MSC. Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User's Guide
MSC. Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User's Guide
Nastran Version 68
Aeroelastic Analysis
User’s Guide
Main Index
Corporate
MSC.Software Corporation
2 MacArthur Place
Santa Ana, CA 92707 USA
Telephone: (800) 345-2078
Fax: (714) 784-4056
Europe
MSC.Software GmbH
Am Moosfeld 13
81829 Munich, Germany
Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0
Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6
Asia Pacific
MSC.Software Japan Ltd.
Shinjuku First West 8F
23-7 Nishi Shinjuku
1-Chome, Shinjyku-Ku, Tokyo 160-0023, Japan
Telephone: (81) (03) 6911 1200
Fax: (81) (03) 6911 1201
Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com
Disclaimer
This documentation, as well as the software described in it, is furnished under license and may be used only in accordance
with the terms of such license.
MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this
document without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only, and are not
intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC.Software Corporation
assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting from the use of
any information contained herein.
User Documentation: Copyright 2004 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC.Software Corporation is
prohibited.
The software described herein may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from
MSC.Software suppliers.
MSC, MSC/, MSC., MSC.Dytran, MSC.Fatigue, MSC.Marc, MSC.Patran, MSC.Patran Analysis Manager, MSC.Patran
CATXPRES, MSC.Patran FEA, MSC.Patran Laminate Modeler, MSC.Patran Materials, MSC.Patran Thermal, MSC.Patran
Queue Manager and PATRAN are trademarks or registered trademarks of MSC.Software Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAM-CRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI Group.
SAMCEF is a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of
Livermore Software Technology Corporation. ANSYS is a registered trademark of SAS IP, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of ANSYS Inc. ABAQUS is a registered trademark of ABAQUS Inc. ACIS is a registered trademark of Spatial
Technology, Inc. CATIA is a registered trademark of Dassault Systemes, SA. EUCLID is a registered trademark of Matra
Datavision Corporation. FLEXlm is a registered trademark of GLOBEtrotter Software, Inc. HPGL is a trademark of
Hewlett Packard. PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc. PTC, CADDS and Pro/ENGINEER are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or
other countries.Unigraphics, Parasolid and I-DEAS are registered trademarks of Electronic Data Systems Corporation or
its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong
to their respective owners.
Main Index
C O N T E N T S
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis
User’s Guide
1
Introduction ■ Overview, 20
2
Fundamentals of ■ Introduction to Aeroelastic Analysis and Design, 26
Aeroelastic ■ Aerodynamic Data Input and Generation, 28
Analysis with
MSC.Nastran ■ Aerodynamic Theories, 30
❑ Doublet-Lattice Subsonic Lifting Surface Theory, 31
❑ ZONA51 Supersonic Lifting Surface Theory, 31
❑ Subsonic Wing-Body Interference Theory, 32
❑ Mach Box Method, 36
❑ Strip Theory, 38
❑ Piston Theory, 39
❑ Experimental Aerodynamic Corrections, 39
■ Static Aeroelasticity, 52
❑ Generation of Aerodynamic Matrices, 52
❑ Static Aeroelastic Equations of Motion, 53
❑ Restrained Analysis, 55
❑ Unrestrained Stability Derivatives, 57
❑ Speed Derivatives, 63
❑ Divergence Analysis, 64
3
Aeroelastic ■ Overview, 94
Modeling in
■ Aerodynamic Modeling, 95
MSC.Nastran
❑ Doublet-Lattice and ZONA51 Panels, 96
❑ Slender and Interference Bodies, 98
❑ Mach Box Method, 102
❑ Strip Theory, 106
❑ Piston Theory, 108
❑ Ordering of J- and K-Set Degrees of Freedom, 109
4
Input Files for ■ Overview, 128
Aeroelastic ■ Executive Control Section, 129
Problems
■ Case Control Section, 130
❑ Static Aeroelastic Trim Variable Selection, 130
❑ Divergence Solution Selection, 130
❑ Structural Damping and Transfer Function Selection, 130
Main Index
❑ Aeroelastic Flutter Solution Selection, 130
❑ Dynamic Aeroelastic Load Selection, 130
❑ Output Control, 131
■ Bulk Data Section, 132
■ Restarts, 136
❑ When to Use Restarts, 136
❑ When Not to Use Restarts, 136
❑ Examples, 136
5
Output Features ■ Overview, 142
and Interpretation ■ Static Aeroelasticity, 143
❑ Stability Derivatives, 143
❑ HP0 and HP Matrices, 143
❑ Trim Variables, 143
❑ Aerodynamic Pressures and Forces, 143
❑ Standard Data Recovery, 144
❑ Divergence Analysis, 144
❑ Diagnostic Output, 144
❑ Plots, 145
■ Flutter, 146
❑ Real Eigenanalysis, 146
❑ Flutter Summaries, 146
❑ Flutter Eigenvectors, 146
6
Aeroelastic ■ Overview, 154
Solution
■ Solution Sequence Functions, 155
Sequences
❑ Static Aeroelasticity, 155
❑ Flutter Analysis, 155
❑ Dynamic Aeroelasticity, 156
❑ Design Sensitivity and Optimization, 157
Main Index
■ Aeroelastic Modules, 173
■ Selected Aeroelastic Data Blocks, 175
❑ Aerodynamic Model and Spline Information, 175
❑ Static Aeroelastic Geometry, 175
❑ Aerodynamics Matrices, 176
❑ Static Aeroelastic Solution, 177
❑ Generalized Aerodynamic Matrices, 177
❑ Flutter Solution, 177
❑ Dynamic Aeroelasticity Solution, 178
❑ Aeroelastic Design Sensitivity, 178
7
Static Aeroelastic ■ Overview, 180
Analysis Sample
■ FSW Airplane in Level Flight (Example HA144A), 181
Problems
■ Jet Transport Wing in Roll (Example HA144B), 206
■ A 15-Degree Sweptback Wing in a Wind Tunnel (Example HA144C), 223
■ FSW Airplane in Antisymmetric Maneuvers (Example HA144D), 241
■ FSW Airplane in Unsymmetric Quasi-Steady Maneuvers
(Example HA144E), 263
■ FSW Airplane with Bodies (Example HA144F), 294
■ Unit Solutions for Loadings of the FSW Airplane (Examples HA144GA and
HA144GB), 321
8
Flutter Analysis ■ Overview, 340
Sample Problems ■ Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (Example HA145A), 342
■ Flutter Analysis of Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (Example
HA145B), 357
■ Flutter and Divergence Analysis of Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory
(Example HA145C), 373
■ Flutter Analysis of Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory
(Example HA145D), 385
■ Subsonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by the KE-Method
(Example HA145E), 397
■ Low Supersonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing Using Mach
Box Aerodynamics (Example HA145F), 411
■ Low Supersonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing Using
ZONA51 Aerodynamics (Examples HA145FA and HA145FB), 422
■ High Supersonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing Using
Piston Theory (Example HA145G), 440
■ Flutter Analysis of a Square Simply Supported Panel (Examples HA145HA and
HA145HB), 458
■ Estimation of Dynamic Stability Derivatives (Example HA145I), 495
Main Index
■ Servoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile (Example HA110A), 509
■ Aeroservoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile (Example HA145J), 533
■ Aerothermoelastic Stability of a Wing (Examples HA153A and HA145KR), 555
9
Dynamic ■ Overview, 582
Aeroelastic ■ Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (Example HA146A), 583
Response
Analysis ■ Transient Rolling of BAH Wing Due to Aileron (Example HA146B), 599
■ Random Gust Response of BAH Wing (Example HA146C), 610
■ Frequency Response of BAH Wing to Oscillating Aileron (Examples HA146D
and HA146DR), 627
■ Subsonic Transient Response Analysis of a Sweptback Wing to an Impulsive
Force Applied at the Tip (Example HA146E), 644
10
Aeroelastic Design ■ Overview, 662
Sensitivities and ■ Aeroelastic Optimization of FSW Airplane (Example HA200A), 664
Optimization
■ Aeroelastic Optimization of FSW Airplane (Example HA200B), 692
A
References and ■ Overview, 704
Bibliography
■ References, 705
■ Bibliography of Aeroelasticity and Unsteady Aerodynamics, 710
■ Bibliography of MSC.Nastran Applications, 712
B
Executive Control ■ Overview, 718
Section
C
Case Control ■ Overview, 720
Section AEROF, 723
APRESSURE, 724
CMETHOD, 725
DIVERG, 726
DLOAD, 727
FMETHOD, 728
FREQUENCY, 729
GUST, 730
METHOD, 731
RANDOM, 732
Main Index
SDAMPING, 733
SET, 734
TFL, 736
TRIM, 737
TSTEP, 738
D
Bulk Data Entries ■ Overview, 740
AEFACT, 743
AELINK, 744
AELIST, 745
AERO, 746
AEROS, 747
AESTAT, 748
AESURF, 750
CAERO1, 752
CAERO2, 754
CAERO3, 756
CAERO4, 758
CAERO5, 760
DAREA, 763
DCONSTR, 764
DELAY, 766
DIVERG, 767
DLOAD, 768
DPHASE, 769
DRESP1, 770
DSCREEN, 777
EIGC, 778
EIGR, 783
EIGRL, 787
FLFACT, 791
FLUTTER, 793
FREQ, 795
FREQ1, 796
FREQ2, 797
GUST, 798
MKAERO1, 799
MKAERO2, 800
PAERO1, 801
PAERO2, 802
PAERO3, 804
PAERO4, 806
PAERO5, 808
PARAM, 812
RANDPS, 813
RANDT1, 814
RLOAD1, 815
RLOAD2, 817
SET1, 819
SET2, 820
SPLINE1, 821
Main Index
SPLINE2, 823
SPLINE3, 825
SUPORT, 828
TABDMP1, 829
TABLED1, 832
TABLED2, 834
TABLED3, 836
TABLED4, 838
TABRND1, 839
TABRNDG, 841
TF, 842
TLOAD1, 843
TLOAD2, 845
TRIM, 848
TSTEP, 849
E
Parameters for ■ Overview, 852
Aeroelastic
Analysis and
Design
Main Index
Main Index
Preface
Main Index
10
Main Index
Preface 11
There are 27 example problems (and problem pairs) in “<hypertext>Static Aeroelastic Analysis
Sample Problems” in Chapter 7 through “<hypertext>Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and
Optimization” in Chapter 10. There are seven static aeroelastic problems, thirteen problems
demonstrating flutter and related analyses, five dynamic response problems, and two
aeroelastic sensitivity and optimization problems. Each problem was chosen to illustrate one or
more special features of MSC.Nastran.
Some apology may be in order for the exclusive use of British (or should we say American units
since the British are now using SI units?) units in the example problems. Most of the examples
include some correlation with experimental data, textbook examples, or other results reported
in the literature that were presented in terms of British units. For this reason, the MSC.Nastran
analyses have been performed using the same system.
The editors wish to acknowledge the many people who contributed to the development of the
this guide. The original design study for adding aeroelasticity to NASTRANΡ was done by Dr.
Richard H. MacNeal, Robert L. Harder, William P. Rodden, and Donald M. McLean. E. Dean
Bellinger participated in the implementation and was the editor of the MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic
Supplement. The compilation of the MSC.Nastran Handbook for Aeroelastic Analysis text and
example problems was done by William P. Rodden, Robert E. Louwers, and Lowell V. Andrew;
the Handbook was edited by William P. Rodden. This guide was reviewed by E. Dean Bellinger,
Robert L. Harder, Mark P. Miller, and Judith E. Hammeran at MSC, and by Robert T. Britt and
Bertil Winther of the Northrop Corporation, Anthony V. Shimko of Universal Analytics, Inc.,
John R. Dykman, Patrick J. Goggin, and Myles L. Baker of McDonnell Douglas Aerospace,
Donald J. Ketter of the Lockheed Aeronautical Systems Company, and Paul F. Taylor of the
Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation.
William P. Rodden and Erwin H. Johnson
Main Index
12
Reference Books
❏ Quick Reference Guide
❏ DMAP Programmer’s Guide
❏ Reference Manual
User’s Guides
❏ Getting Started
❏ Linear Static Analysis
❏ Basic Dynamic Analysis
❏ Advanced Dynamic Analysis
❏ Design Sensitivity and Optimization
❏ Thermal Analysis
❏ Numerical Methods
❏ Aeroelastic Analysis
❏ User Modifiable
❏ Toolkit
Main Index
Preface 13
Technical Support
For help with installing or using an MSC.Software product, contact your local technical support
services. Our technical support provides the following services:
Web Go to the MSC.Software website at www.mscsoftware.com, and click on Support. Here, you
can find a wide variety of support resources including application examples, technical
application notes, available training courses, and documentation updates at the MSC.Software
Training, Technical Support, and Documentation web page.
Madrid, Spain
Telephone: (34) (91) 5560919
Fax: (34) (91) 5567280
Main Index
14
Email Send a detailed description of the problem to the email address below that corresponds to the
product you are using. You should receive an acknowledgement that your message was
received, followed by an email from one of our Technical Support Engineers.
Training
The MSC Institute of Technology is the world's largest global supplier of
CAD/CAM/CAE/PDM training products and services for the product design, analysis and
manufacturing market. We offer over 100 courses through a global network of education
centers. The Institute is uniquely positioned to optimize your investment in design and
simulation software tools.
Our industry experienced expert staff is available to customize our course offerings to meet your
unique training requirements. For the most effective training, The Institute also offers many of
our courses at our customer's facilities.
The MSC Institute of Technology is located at:
2 MacArthur Place
Santa Ana, CA 92707
Phone: (800) 732-7211
Fax: (714) 784-4028
The Institute maintains state-of-the-art classroom facilities and individual computer graphics
laboratories at training centers throughout the world. All of our courses emphasize hands-on
computer laboratory work to facility skills development.
We specialize in customized training based on our evaluation of your design and simulation
processes, which yields courses that are geared to your business.
In addition to traditional instructor-led classes, we also offer video and DVD courses, interactive
multimedia training, web-based training, and a specialized instructor's program.
Main Index
16
Internet Resources
MSC.Software (www.mscsoftware.com)
MSC.Software corporate site with information on the latest events, products and services for the
CAD/CAE/CAM marketplace.
Main Index
CHAPTER 17
Preface
Name:_____________________________________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________________
Company: _________________________________________________________
Address:___________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Telephone:_________________Email: __________________________________
Signature:______________________________ Date: ______________________
Name:_____________________________________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________________
Signature:______________________________ Date: ______________________
Main Index
18
Fold here
_______________________
Place
_______________________
Stamp
_______________________ Here
MSC.Software Corporation
Attention: Legal Department
2 MacArthur Place
Santa Ana, CA 92707
Fold here
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Introduction
1
■ Overview
Main Index
20
1.1 Overview
The MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide describes the theoretical aspects and the
numerical techniques used to perform aeroelastic analyses with MSC.Nastran.
The aeroelastic analyses described in this guide use the following features:
Any of the existing MSC.Nastran structural finite elements (except axisymmetric elements) can
be used to build the structural model. The structural stiffness, mass, and damping matrices
required by the aeroelastic analyses are generated by MSC.Nastran from the user input of
geometric, structural, inertial, and damping data, for subsequent use in the various aeroelastic
analyses.
Matrices of aerodynamic influence coefficients are computed from the data describing the
geometry of the aerodynamic finite elements. The choice of aerodynamic grid points for the
aerodynamic model is independent of the location of the structural grid points. One subsonic
and three supersonic lifting surface aerodynamic theories are available in MSC.Nastran, as well
as Strip Theory. The subsonic theory is the Doublet-Lattice method, which can account for
interference among multiple lifting surfaces and bodies. The supersonic theories are the Mach
Box method, Piston Theory, and the ZONA51 method for multiple interfering lifting surfaces
that was added to MSC.Nastran in Version 67.
An automated interpolation procedure is provided to relate the aerodynamic to the structural
degrees of freedom. Splining techniques for both lines and surfaces are used to generate the
transformation matrix from structural grid point deflections to aerodynamic grid point
deflections where local streamwise slopes are also computed. The transpose of this matrix
transfers the aerodynamic forces and moments at aerodynamic boxes to structural grid points.
The structural load distribution on an elastic vehicle in trimmed flight is determined by solving
the equations for static equilibrium. The solution process leads to aerodynamic stability
derivatives, e.g., lift and moment curve slopes and lift and moment coefficients due to control
surface rotation, and trim variables, e.g., angle of attack and control surface setting, as well as
aerodynamic and structural loads, structural deflections, and element stresses. The analysis at
subsonic speeds utilizes the Vortex-Lattice aerodynamic theory (i.e., the steady case of the
Doublet-Lattice method); the analysis at supersonic speeds uses the ZONA51 aerodynamic
theory at zero reduced frequency. Control surface reversal speeds can be obtained by
interpolation of roll control effectiveness, C l , versus flight dynamic pressure. Static aeroelastic
δ
divergence speeds were determined prior to Version 68 by the K- or KE-methods of flutter
analysis at very low reduced frequency or from the PK-method of flutter analysis. Beginning in
Version 68, they can also be obtained by the new Divergence option in SOLutions 144 and 200.
The number of degrees of freedom required for accurate solutions to dynamic aeroelastic
problems is generally far less than the number of physical degrees of freedom used in the finite
element structural model. The number of independent degrees of freedom can be greatly
reduced by using the (complex) amplitudes of a series of vibration modes as generalized
coordinates, e.g., by Galerkin’s method. MSC.Nastran has the capability to compute the
vibration modes and frequencies and to make the transformation to modal coordinates. The
matrices of aerodynamic influence coefficients are also transformed to generalized aerodynamic
forces by use of the vibration eigenvectors.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 21
Introduction
The dynamic aeroelastic stability problem, flutter, is solved by any of three methods. The
traditional American flutter method developed by the Air Materiel Command (AMC) in 1942 is
available in the first two methods. The first method is called the K-method and is a variation of
the AMC method; the second method, called the KE-method, is more efficient from the point of
view of tracking roots, but is limited in input (no viscous damping) and output (no
eigenvectors). The third method, called the PK-method, is similar to the British flutter method,
which was developed by the Royal Aircraft Establishment.
The capability to couple servo-systems with the structure was included in the original
MSC.Nastran development. With the addition of aerodynamic forces, aeroservoelastic analysis
of stability augmentation or load alleviation systems is also available.
The coupling with aerodynamic loads has also been added to the existing MSC.Nastran
structural modal frequency response capability. Analyses of frequency response to arbitrarily
specified forcing functions can be carried out using the oscillatory aerodynamic loads from any
of the available aerodynamic theories. Frequency response to a harmonic gust field can be
calculated at subsonic speeds using the Doublet-Lattice method for wing/body interference,
and by the ZONA51 method for interfering lifting surfaces at supersonic speeds.
Because unsteady aerodynamic loads are obtained only for steady-state harmonic motion, they
are known only in the frequency- and not the time-domain. Inverse Fourier Transform
techniques provide the appropriate methods by which transient response is obtained from the
frequency response. Both forward and inverse Fourier transforms are provided so that the time-
varying forcing function or the gust profile can be transformed into the frequency domain. Then,
after convolution with the system frequency response, the inverse transform leads to the
transient response of the system to the specified forcing function or gust profile.
Stationary random response depends on the frequency response of the system to a specified
loading and the power spectral density of that loading. The loading may be either a specified
force distribution or a harmonic gust field. The statistical quantities of interest in the response
are A , the ratio of standard deviations (rms values) of the response to that of the input loading,
and N 0 , the mean frequency of zero crossings (with a positive slope) of the response. The
capability to compute these quantities was added to MSC.Nastran by modifying the existing
random response module to include options to generate various atmospheric turbulence power
spectra and to perform the calculation of N 0 .
The sensitivities of response parameters to changes in design variables are calculated by the
perturbation techniques developed for structural optimization in MSC.Nastran and extended to
include static aeroelasticity and flutter in Version 68. The basic aeroelastic sensitivities that can
be obtained include stability derivatives, trim variables, and flutter system dampings. The
synthetic response technique of MSC.Nastran optimization also permits the calculation of
sensitivities of user-specified functions of those standard response quantities.
Optimization of aeroelastic characteristics can be combined with the other optimization features
of MSC.Nastran in SOLution 200, and vehicles can now be designed optimally for aeroelastic
loads, flying qualities, and flutter, as well as for strength, vibration frequencies, and buckling
characteristics.
Main Index
22
In addition to the usual displacement and element force printout, certain output can also be
requested in graphical form. Some of these graphical presentations have been standard features
of MSC.Nastran and some have been added because they are specifically of interest in aeroelastic
analyses. For checking the aeroelastic model, plots can be made of the layouts of structural and
aerodynamic elements. Vibration mode shapes can also be plotted in one or more of three
formats: (1) grid line deflections, (2) grid point vector deflections, and (3) contour lines. Two-
dimensional xy-type plots can be made of flutter analysis results in the form of velocity-damping
and velocity-frequency curves. Frequency response data can be plotted as functions of
frequency, and transient response data can be plotted as functions of time. In random response
analyses, the power spectral densities can be plotted against frequency. Several plotters are
available to the user, the simplest being the printer that provides the results in a numerical
format.
The remaining chapters of this guide describe the theoretical development in “Fundamentals of
Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran” in Chapter 2, modeling in “Aeroelastic Modeling in
MSC.Nastran” in Chapter 3, input files in “Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems” in Chapter 4,
output features in “Output Features and Interpretation” in Chapter 5, solution sequences in
“Aeroelastic Solution Sequences” in Chapter 6, and examples for each type of aeroelastic
analysis in “Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems” in Chapter 7 through “Aeroelastic
Design Sensitivities and Optimization” in Chapter 10. The theoretical section presents an
introduction to aeroelastic analyses, data input, aerodynamic theories, splining, static
aeroelasticity, flutter analysis, transient analysis by the Fourier method, random analysis, and
aeroelastic design sensitivities and optimization. The modeling section describes the
aerodynamic elements, the interpolation from structural to aerodynamic elements, static
aeroelastic analysis, modal flutter analysis, aeroelastic response analysis, and selection of design
variables for optimization. The input file section describes the aeroelastic and related inputs
used in the Executive Control statements, Case Control commands, and Bulk Data entries as well
as the use of restarts with examples. The output features and their interpretation are discussed
in the next chapter. Next, the aeroelastic solution sequences are reviewed in terms of their
structure, modules, and selected data blocks. Finally, the sample problem chapters present
examples of static aeroelastic analyses, flutter analyses, dynamic aeroelastic response analyses,
and design sensitivities and optimization, including discussions of the input and output for each
example and listings of the inputs and outputs.
A large number of problems is necessary to illustrate the principal features of the aeroelastic
capability of MSC.Nastran. The analyses can be grouped under four headings: static
aeroelasticity, dynamic stability (flutter), dynamic response, and design sensitivity and
optimization. Five static aeroelastic problems illustrate the symmetric, antisymmetric, and
unsymmetric options. Flutter analyses by the three available flutter methods have then been
variously selected to demonstrate all of the available aerodynamic theories. Examples of
transient, frequency, and random responses are chosen as applications of the dynamic response
analysis. Finally, several small examples are considered first for their design sensitivities and are
then optimized for a variety of constraints on deflections, strength, and aeroelastic
characteristics.
Main Index
CHAPTER 1 23
Introduction
A physical description of each problem, along with its finite element model, is given and a
discussion of the results of each analysis is presented. Limited MSC.Nastran output is also
presented for each example, including the input data echo and highlights of the calculated
results. (The formats of the Executive Control, Case Control, and Bulk Data entries are presented
in “Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems” in Chapter 4 and in Sections 3, 4, and 5 of the
MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide.)
The seven-character identification used in the Test Problem Library (TPL) is adopted for the
example problems. The notation used here is HAXXXYZ where HA denotes Handbook for
Aeroelastic Analysis [the title of the prior MSC user document on aeroelasticity, see Rodden
(1987)]. XXX denotes the Solution Sequence number (144, 145, 146 or 200), and Y is a letter
denoting the specific example for a given Solution Sequence. Z, if used, denotes a specific feature
of the example, e.g., R denotes a restart. To access the sample problems in the TPL, follow the
instructions in Section 3.9 of the MSC.Nastran Installation and Operation Instructions for your
system.
Main Index
24
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with
2 MSC.Nastran
Main Index
26
The Aerodynamic Finite Element Model. MSC.Nastran aerodynamic analysis, like structural
analysis, is based upon a finite element approach. The finite aerodynamic elements are strips or
boxes on which there are aerodynamic forces. The aerodynamic elements, even for complex
vehicles, must be in regular arrays. In particular, the aerodynamic elements for the lattice
methods are arrays of trapezoidal boxes with sides that are parallel to the airflow. These can be
described simply by defining properties of the array (panel). Because the grid points defining the
structure usually do not coincide with the grid points defining the aerodynamic elements,
provision has been made to generate equations for interpolating between the two. This
interpolation is a key feature since it allows the choice of structural and aerodynamic elements
to be based upon structural and aerodynamic considerations independently.
Oscillatory Aerodynamics. Unsteady aerodynamic forces are generated when the flow is
disturbed by the moving structure, or, as in the case of atmospheric turbulence, when the flow
itself is unsteady. In the former case, theory leads to a matrix that relates the forces acting upon
the structure due to the deflections of the structure. Methods that involve interactions among
aerodynamic elements are available only for steady-state sinusoidal motion. Phase lags occur
between the motions and the forces; thus, the elements of the matrices are complex numbers.
Furthermore, these complex influence coefficient matrices depend upon two parameters of the
flow: reduced frequency (dimensionless ratio of frequency to velocity) and Mach number (ratio
of velocity to speed of sound). Such matrices, if computed by interaction theories such as the
Doublet-Lattice or ZONA51 methods, are expensive to generate. An effective method to
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 27
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
evaluate the matrices for a large number of parameter values is to compute the matrices for a few
selected values and to interpolate to the remaining values. This parametric interpolation is an
automatic feature of the solution modules for aeroelastic analysis.
In the case of atmospheric turbulence theory leads to the forces on the structure in terms of the
spectral composition of the turbulence, as well as the frequency response of the structure in a
harmonic gust field. The turbulence spectrum and frequency response are used to generate the
power spectra of selected responses and their statistical properties.
Main Index
28
Aerodynamic Grid Points. The aerodynamic grid points are physically located at the centers
of the boxes for the lifting surface theories, at the centers of body elements for the DLM, at the
quarter-chord/midspan point of the strips for Strip Theory and Piston Theory, and at user-
defined points for the Mach Box method. Permanent constraints are generated for the unused
degrees of freedom. A second set of grid points, used only for undeformed plotting, is located at
the element corners. Grid point numbers are generated based upon the element identification
number. For any panel, the box numbers start with the panel identification number and increase
consecutively.
Aerodynamic Degrees of Freedom. Aerodynamic degrees of freedom, along with any extra
points, are added after the structural matrices and modes have been determined. This introduces
the following displacement sets for dynamic aeroelasticity:
uk
usa upa
ups
up
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 29
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
The set u p a replaces u p as the set available for output at grid, scalar, and extra points.
For static aeroelasticity, the sets are similar to the displacement sets in static analysis:
Finally, consider the j-set of aerodynamic control points. The j-set is not a user set; it is a
notational set to identify aerodynamic matrices used in the solution processing. Physically, these
are points on the structure where the downwash vectors are computed. As with the k-set, the
location of these points is a function of the aerodynamic method employed:
• For Doublet-Lattice boxes, the control point is at the 75% chordwise station and
spanwise center of the box
• For ZONA51 boxes, the control point is at the 95% chordwise station and the spanwise
center of the box
• For Doublet-Lattice interference and slender body elements, the control point is along
the axis of the element and at 50% of its length
• For all other theories, the aerodynamic control points are at the same physical location
as the aerodynamic grid points discussed above
Main Index
30
Three matrix equations summarize the relationships required to define a set of aerodynamic
influence coefficients [see Rodden and Revell (1962)]. These are the basic relationships between
the lifting pressure and the dimensionless vertical or normal velocity induced by the inclination
of the surface to the airstream; i.e., the downwash (or normalwash),
{ w j } = [ A jj ] { f j ⁄ q } Eq. 2-1
1 2 g
{ w j } = [ D jk + ikD jk ] { u k } + w j Eq. 2-2
{ P k } = [ S kj ] { f j } Eq. 2-3
where:
w j = downwash
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 31
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
The Aerodynamic Influence Coefficient Matrix. The three matrices of Eq. 2-1, Eq. 2-2, and
Eq. 2-3 can be combined to give an aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix:
–1 1 2
[ Q kk ] = [ S kj ] [ A jj ] [ D jk + ikD jk ] Eq. 2-4
1 2
All aerodynamic methods compute the S , D , and D matrices at user-supplied Mach numbers
and reduced frequencies. The Doublet-Lattice and ZONA51 theories compute the A matrix.
Then, matrix decomposition and forward and backward substitution are used in the
–1
computation of the Q matrix. The remaining methods compute A directly and use matrix
multiplications to form Q .
Each of the interfering surfaces (or panels) is divided into small trapezoidal lifting elements
(“boxes”) such that the boxes are arranged in strips parallel to the free stream with surface edges,
fold lines, and hinge lines lying on box boundaries. The unknown lifting pressures are assumed
to be concentrated uniformly across the one-quarter chord line of each box. There is one control
point per box, centered spanwise on the three-quarter chord line of the box, and the surface
normalwash boundary condition is satisfied at each of these points.
The code for computing the aerodynamic influence coefficients A jj was taken from Giesing,
Kalman, and Rodden (1972b). Any number of arbitrarily shaped interfering surfaces can be
analyzed, provided that each is idealized as one or more trapezoidal planes. Aerodynamic
symmetry options are available for motions which are symmetric or antisymmetric with respect
to one or two orthogonal planes. The user may supply one-half (or one-fourth) of the model and
impose the appropriate structural boundary conditions. The full aircraft can also be modeled
when the aircraft or its prescribed maneuvers lack symmetry.
acceleration-potential approach for ZONA51 is presented by Liu, James, Chen, and Pototsky
(1991), and its outgrowth from the harmonic gradient method (HGM) of Chen and Liu (1985) is
described. ZONA51 is a linearized aerodynamic small disturbance theory that assumes all
interfering lifting surfaces lie nearly parallel to the flow, which is uniform and either steady or
gusting harmonically. As in the DLM, the linearized supersonic theory does not account for any
thickness effects of the lifting surfaces.
Also, as in the DLM, each of the interfering surfaces (or panels) is divided into small trapezoidal
lifting elements (“boxes”) such that the boxes are arranged in strips parallel to the free stream
with surface edges, fold lines, and hinge lines lying on box boundaries. The unknown lifting
pressures are assumed to be uniform on each box. There is one control point per box, centered
spanwise on the 95 percent chord line of the box, and the surface normalwash boundary
condition is satisfied at each of these points.
The code for computing the aerodynamic influence coefficients, A jj , was integrated into
MSC.Nastran by Zona Technology, Inc., taking full advantage of the extensive similarities with
the DLM. Any number of arbitrarily shaped interfering surfaces can be analyzed, provided that
each is idealized as one or more trapezoidal planes. Aerodynamic symmetry options are
available for motions that are symmetric or antisymmetric with respect to the vehicle centerline.
Unlike the DLM, symmetry about the xy-plane is not supported. The user may supply one half
of the vehicle model and impose the appropriate structural boundary conditions.
The code for computing the aerodynamic matrices was adapted for MSC.Nastran from Giesing,
Kalman, and Rodden (1972b). The adaptation required a matrix formulation of all of the body
interference and body loading calculations. These equations are written using the symbols
adopted for MSC.Nastran and showing the equivalences to names used in the documentation of
Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972b).
The program of Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972b) finds the forces on the lifting boxes and
bodies of an idealized airplane in terms of the motions of these elements. The lifting surfaces are
divided into boxes. The bodies are divided into elements. There are two types of body elements:
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 33
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
slender elements, which are used to simulate a body’s own motion, and interference elements,
which are used to simulate the interaction with other bodies and boxes. The body elements may
have z (vertical), y (lateral), or both degrees of freedom.
The basic method is the superposition of singularities and their images. There are two basic
singularity types: “forces” and modified acceleration potential “doublets.” Each “force”
singularity is equivalent to a line of doublets in the wake. As discussed, the wing boxes use the
“force” type of singularity concentrated along the box quarter chord. The interference elements
use the “doublet” type of singularity. The slender body elements use both types. Downwashes
are related to the singularities by
ww A ww A wI A ws f w ⁄ q
O = A Iw A II A Is µ I Eq. 2-5
ws O O A ss µ s
where:
= –1
A ss D2D , which is a diagonal matrix discussed below where
2
2πa0 ( 1 + AR ) for vertical motion
D2D =
2πa 2 AR ( 1 + AR ) for lateral motion
0
Main Index
34
fw
Pw S ww 0 0
= µ Eq. 2-6
Iq
Ps S sw S sI S ss
C
sq
where:
Eq. 2-5 and Eq. 2-6 use Method 1 of Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972b). All of the above
matrices have been modified to include the images of the sources caused by the symmetry plane.
In the slender body part of the program developed by Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972b),
there is no matrix that relates the slender element forces, C s , to the slender element doublets, µ s .
MSC was required to derive this matrix. This relationship between the forces and doublets
involves only elements of the same body with the same orientation. The differential equation
relating these distributions is
ω
Cs ( x ) = + i ---- µ s ( x )
d
Eq. 2-7
dx U
where:
µ s ( x ) = velocity potential doublet strength per unit length/free stream velocity (which has
units of length2)
x = streamwise coordinate
ω ⁄ U = unit reduced frequency (which has units of length-1)
The elements of the vector { C s } are C ( x center )∆x , which are the total forces on the elements
divided by the dynamic pressure. The elements of { µ s } are µ ( x center ) . The values of { C s }
[called ∆C p ∆A by Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972b)] are evaluated from an equation that is
equivalent to
ω
C s = ∆x + i ---- µ s ( x ) x = x
d
Eq. 2-8
dx U center
µ s ( x ) = ( SB )w s ( x ) Eq. 2-9
where:
( SB ) =
2
2πa 0 ( 1 + AR ) for vertical motion
2πa2 AR ( 1 + AR ) for lateral motion
0
w s = downwash (dimensionless)
The method used by Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972b) leads to a matrix, [ G ] , which relates
the vector of { C s } to µ s
{ Cs } = [ G ] { µs } Eq. 2-10
2
The derivation of [ G ] assumes that µ s ⁄ a o ( x ) , which is proportional to w s , is a function of x .
2 2
Thus, µ s ( x ) = a o ( x ) [ µ s ( x ) ⁄ a o ( x ) ] . Using Eq. 2-7,
µ s d 2 ω µ s
C s ( x ) = ----- ------ ( a o ) + ( a o ) ------ + i ---- -----
2 d
Eq. 2-11
a 2 dx dx U a 2
o o
2 da o ω 2 d µ s
= ----- --------- + i ---- µ s + ( a o ) ------ -----
a o dx U dx a 2
o
The numerical derivatives required for the last term in Eq. 2-11 are evaluated by the following
rules:
The two point rule comes from a linear fit and the three point rule from a quadratic fit. Examples
are:
y2 – y1
dy
-----
- = -----------------
- ( 2-point ) Eq. 2-12
dx 1 x2 – x1
y2 – y1 y3 – y2 y3 – y1
dy
-----
- = -----------------
- + ------------------ – ------------------ (3-point) Eq. 2-13
dx 2 x2 – x1 x3 – x2 x3 – x1
Main Index
36
2 da o 2k
G ij = δ ij ----- + i ------ + g ij Eq. 2-14
o
a d x c
1, i = j
where: δ ij =
0, i ≠ j
1 1
for j = i -1
- – ---------------------------
-----------------------------------
Xi + 1 – Xi – 1 Xi – Xi – 1
2 1 1
( ao )i --------------------------- – --------------------------- for j = i
g ij = ------------- × Xi – Xi – 1 Xi + 1 – Xi Eq. 2-15
2
( ao )j
1 1
--------------------------- – --------------------------- for j = i + 1
Xi + 1 – Xi Xi + 1 – Xi
0 otherwise
For the first element ( i = 1 ) , the terms involving x x – 1 are deleted; for the last point ( i = N ) , the
terms involving x i + 1 are deleted.
Eq. 2-10 is used to eliminate the slender element forces C s from Eq. 2-6, giving
Cw
fw S ww 0 0
= µ I = [ S kj ] { P j } Eq. 2-16
fs S sw S sI S ss G
µs
Eq. 2-5 and Eq. 2-16 permit relating the forces to the downwashes. The relationship of
deflections to downwashes is given by Eq. 2-2. As can be seen from Eq. 2-5, there is zero
1 2
“downwash” for all interference body elements, therefore, the rows of D jk and D jk associated
with interference body elements vanish. All other rows represent total derivatives for
downwashes of boxes and slender body elements. The basic form of Eq. 2-1 through Eq. 2-3 is
kept, even in the case of panels with interference and slender bodies.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 37
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
–1
Note: This is the variation on A discussed in “Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30; the
matrix A jj in Eq. 2-1 is never computed in MBM. Instead of relating pressures to
downwashes, the MBM relates velocity potentials to downwashes and thereby
circumvents the errors associated with numerical differentiation of the potentials to
obtain pressures. Then the generalized aerodynamic forces are obtained directly from
the potentials (by using an integration by parts) without the intermediate step of
finding the pressures.
As with all potential theory methods, the accuracy of the MBM depends on the validity of
supersonic linearized theory (which is generally assumed to be valid in the Mach number range
from about 1.2 up to 3.0) and the number of Mach boxes with centers on the moving surface. At
high Mach numbers the results approach those from first order Piston Theory.The supersonic
Mach Box code used by MSC.Nastran is based on subroutines in a modified version of the
program of Donato and Huhn (1968); the modifications were made by L. V. Andrew,
G. V. Owens, and J. W. Sleison to include the second control surface.
Velocity
The general planform that can be analyzed is shown in Figure 2-1. The following options are
available:
Strip Theory
The first solutions to the unsteady theoretical aerodynamic problem were obtained in two
dimensions by Theodorsen (1935) and by Küssner and Schwarz (1940). These solutions were
utilized in flutter analyses by assuming that the loads at each spanwise station of a wing
depended only on the motion of that station. An early method of flutter analysis, presented by
Smilg and Wasserman (1942), divided the wing into a number of strips, and the aerodynamic
loads on each strip were calculated on the basis of the two-dimensional coefficients evaluated at
the centerline of the strip. This “Strip Theory” was surprisingly accurate in many cases, although
its successes were primarily in applications to unswept wings with high aspect ratios and may
have been the result of compensating errors in the application of two-dimensional theory to
three-dimensional flow. Because of its place in tradition, Strip Theory is included in
MSC.Nastran for use at the user’s discretion.
–1
The MSC.Nastran code for computing A jj is based on Küssner and Schwarz (1940) and is an
extension of a program written by E. Albano at the Northrop Corporation. Although Küssner
and Schwarz (1940) include a trim tab, only the airfoil and an aerodynamically balanced control
surface are considered in MSC.Nastran. Both the airfoil and the control surface are assumed to
be rigid in the chordwise direction, and the control surface hinge line is assumed to remain on
the wing chord line (i.e., no camber motions or hinge failures are considered).
where k = ωb ⁄ V is the local reduced frequency and b is the semichord of the strip. The user has
the option of invoking F ( k ) and G ( k ) from their exact expressions in terms of Bessel functions,
or from approximations of the form
N
bn
F(k) = ∑ ---------------------------------
1 + ( βn ⁄ k )
2
Eq. 2-18
n = 0
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 39
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
N
bn ( βn ⁄ k )
G(k) = ∑ ---------------------------------
2
Eq. 2-19
1 + ( βn ⁄ k )
n = 0
in which β 0 = 0 . The choice of values for the parameters b n and β n is left to the user. In this
way, Strip Theory can be adjusted to account for compressibility or aspect ratio effects. Some
values of b n and β n are tabulated on Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, pp. 350, 394). An
approximate sweep correction is also incorporated; the correction is the factor cos Λ , where Λ is
the one-quarter chord line sweep angle for the aerodynamic macro-element defined on the
CAERO4 Bulk Data entry and is applied as a multiplier to all loads acting on the element.
Piston Theory
2 2 2
In the limit of high Mach number ( m » 1 ) or high reduced frequency ( m k » 1 ) , the three-
dimensional, pressure-downwash relationship on a lifting surface becomes a nonlinear
uncoupled relationship at each point. The nonlinear point relationship can be linearized for
small disturbances while retaining the nonlinear aspects of the initial steady-state condition. The
result is known as third-order Piston Theory and was developed by Ashley and Zartarian (1956).
–1
A computer program to obtain A jj was written by Rodden, Farkas, Malcom, and Kliszewski
(1962). The program uses much of the same logic as Strip Theory discussed previously. This
computer code has been added directly to MSC.Nastran with only minor adjustments for sign
conventions and has the following general features: it is an extension of Ashley and Zartarian
(1956) to account for sweep and steady angle of attack and to decrease the lower supersonic
Mach number limit so that agreement with Van Dyke (1952) is obtained through the second-
order terms. A rigid chord is assumed as well as a rigid trailing edge control surface hinged at
its leading edge (i.e., no aerodynamic balance is considered because that is not a design feature
on supersonic vehicles). Experimental correlations have indicated the validity of Piston Theory
in the range of Mach numbers from about 2.5 to 7.0.
–1
{ f j } = q [ A jj ] { wj } Eq. 2-20
Two experimental correction may be introduced into Eq. 2-3, so that the corrected force
distribution becomes
e
{ P k } = [ W kk ] [ S kj ] { f j } + q [ S kj ] f j ⁄ q Eq. 2-21
where:
Main Index
40
Both corrections are appropriate in static aeroelastic analysis and provision for them has been
made and is illustrated in a sample problem for static aeroelasticity in “Static Aeroelastic
Analysis Sample Problems” on page 179. However, the additive correction is not appropriate
in the dynamic aeroelastic analyses since these are perturbation analyses. The multiplicative
correction is illustrated in a sample problem for flutter analysis in “Fundamentals of Aeroelastic
Analysis with MSC.Nastran” on page 25. Correction terms are input using DMI Bulk Data
entries with names corresponding to those given in the sample problems.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 41
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
• linear splines, which are a generalization of an infinite beam and allow torsional as well
as bending degrees of freedom
• surface splines, which are solutions for infinite uniform plates
• an explicit user-defined interpolation
Several splines, including combinations of the three types, can be used in one model. For
example, a model may use one spline for the horizontal tail and three splines for the wing (a
surface spline for the inboard section, and a linear spline for the outboard wing section, and the
explicit interpolation for the aileron). Separation into subregions allows discontinuous slopes
(e.g., at the wing-aileron hinge), separate functions (for wing and tail), and smaller regions.
Smaller regions reduce the computing time and may increase the accuracy.
The structural degrees of freedom have been chosen in MSC.Nastran as the independent degrees
of freedom; the aerodynamic degrees of freedom are dependent. A matrix is derived that relates
the dependent degrees of freedom to the independent ones. The structural degrees of freedom
may include any grid components. Two transformations are required: the interpolation from the
structural deflections to the aerodynamic deflections and the relationship between the
aerodynamic forces and the structurally equivalent forces acting on the structural grid points.
The splining methods lead to an interpolation matrix [ G kg ] that relates the components of
structural grid point deflections { u g } to the deflections of the aerodynamic grid points { u k } ,
{ u k } = [ G kg ] { u g } Eq. 2-22
The derivation of the elements of [ G kg ] is discussed in the following sections for the surface
spline and linear spline interpolation methods. Attention is first given to the transformation
between the aerodynamic and structural force systems. This transformation is found from the
requirement that the two force systems be “structurally equivalent” rather than statically
equivalent. Structural equivalence means that the two force systems deflect the structure
equally. Statically equivalent force systems, as used on a whiffletree in a static structural strength
test, do not result in equal deflections. It is the deflections rather than resultant loads that are of
primary interest in aeroelasticity. The concept of structural equivalence is discussed by Schmitt
(1956) and Rodden (1959b).
Main Index
42
k-set g-set
(dependent) (independent)
x
x
Y
surface spline
X
Z
k-set g-set
linear spline
rigid arms
The aerodynamic forces { F k } and their structurally equivalent values { F g } acting on the
structural grid points therefore do the same virtual work in their respective deflection modes,
T T
{ δu k } { F k } = { δu g } { F g } Eq. 2-23
where δu k and δug are virtual deflections. Substituting Eq. 2-22 into the left-hand side of Eq. 2-
23 and rearranging yields
T T
{ δu g } ( [ G kg ] { F k } – { F g } ) = 0 Eq. 2-24
from which the required force transformation is obtained because of the arbitrariness of the
virtual deflections.
T
{ F g } = [ G kg ] { F k } Eq. 2-25
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 43
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
Eq. 2-22 and Eq. 2-25 are both required to complete the formulation of aeroelastic problems in
which the aerodynamic and structural grids do not coincide, i.e., to interconnect the
aerodynamic and structural grid points. However, since the transpose of the deflection
interpolation matrix is all that is required to connect the aerodynamic forces to the structure, it
is appropriate in further discussions to refer to the interconnection problem as simply the
problem of interpolating from the structural to the aerodynamic grid points.
1 d d 1 d dw
D∇ w = D --- ----- r ----- --- ----- r ------- = q
4
Eq. 2-26
r dr dr r dr dr
The distributed load q vanishes except near r = 0. The general solution to the homogeneous
form of Eq. 2-26 is
2 2
w = C 0 + C 1 r + C 2 ln r + C 3 r ln r Eq. 2-27
Set C2 = 0 to keep the solution finite as r → 0 . Then multiply Eq. 2-26 by 2πr and integrate
from r = 0 to r = ε (a small number) to obtain the concentrated force P ,
ε
lim 2πrD ----- --- ----- r -------
d 1 d dw
P = ∫ 2πrq dr
lim
r→0 0
=
r→0 dr r dr dr
Eq. 2-28
Combining Eq. 2-27 and Eq. 2-28 leads to C 3 = P ⁄ ( 8πD ) . The fundamental solution may
therefore be written
2 2 2
w = A + Br + ( P ⁄ 16πD )r ln r Eq. 2-29
since
1 2
ln r = --- ln r
2
The fundamental solutions are superimposed to solve the entire plate problem with a solution
of the form
Main Index
44
2 2 2
w ( x, y ) = ∑ [ Ai + Bi ri + ( p ⁄ 16πD )r i ln r i ] Eq. 2-30
2 2
where: r i = ( x – x i ) + ( y – y i ) 2 .
The remaining requirement is the satisfaction of the boundary condition at infinity: Radial lines
emanating from loaded points (which all may be regarded as at the origin relative to infinity)
appear to be straight lines. To do this, Eq. 2-30 is expanded in a series, assuming a large
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
argument ( x + y ) , and delete all terms of order ( x + y ) ln ( x + y ) , ( x + y ) , x ln ( x + y ) ,
2 2 2 2
and y ln ( x + y ) , leaving terms of order x , y , ln ( x + y ) , and 1. The details of the series
expansion are given by Harder, MacNeal, and Rodden (1971, App. E). The deletion of the
higher-order terms is accomplished by requiring
∑ Bi = 0 Eq. 2-31
∑ Pi = 0 Eq. 2-32
∑ xi Pi = 0 Eq. 2-33
∑ yi Pi = 0 Eq. 2-34
Eq. 2-31 through Eq. 2-34 result in linear deflections at infinity; Eq. 2-32 through Eq. 2-34 are
also recognized as the equations of equilibrium. From Eq. 2-31 it is seen that
2
∑ ( Ai + Bi ri ) = a0 + a1 x + a2 y Eq. 2-35
A solution to the general spline problem, formed by superimposing solutions of Eq. 2-26, is
given by
N
w ( x, y ) = a 0 + a 1 x + a 2 y + ∑ K i ( x, y )P i Eq. 2-36
i = 1
where:
K i ( x, y ) = ( 1 ⁄ ( 16πD ) )r 2 ln r 2
i i
2 = 2 2
ri ( x – xi ) + ( y – yi )
P i = concentrated load at ( x i, y i )
∑ Pi = ∑ xi Pi = ∑ yi Pi = 0 Eq. 2-37
and
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 45
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
N
wj = a0 + a1 xj + a2 y2 + ∑ K ij P i (j = 1, N) Eq. 2-38
i = 1
a0
a1
a2
w ( x, y ) = 1, x, y, K 1 ( x, y ), K 2 ( x, y ), …, K N ( x, y ) P 1
P2
. Eq. 2-39
..
PN
Combining Eq. 2-36 and Eq. 2-37 into the matrix form
0 0 0 0 1 … 1 a0
0 0 0 0 x1 … xN a1
0
0 0 0 y1 … yN a2
w
1 = 1 x1 y1 0 … K 1N P 1 = [ C ] [ P ] Eq. 2-40
w
2 1 x2 y2 K 21 … K 2N P 2
.. .. .. .. .. . .
. . . . . … .. ..
w 1 xN yN K N1 … 0 P
N N
permits solution for the vector of a i and P i . The interpolation to any point in the ( x, y ) plane is
then achieved by evaluating w ( x, y ) from Eq. 2-39 at the desired points. This gives an overall
equation of the form
0
0
1 x 1a y 1a K 1a, 1 K 1a, 2 … K 1a, n 0
1 x 2a y 2a K 2a, 1 K 2a, 2 … K 2a, n –1 w
{ w }a = [C] 1 Eq. 2-41
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . … . w
2
1 x na x na K na, 1 K na, 2 … K na, n ..
.
w
N
Slopes of the aerodynamic panels, which are the negative of the slopes of the displacements, are
also required. These are found by analytically differentiating Eq. 2-41 with respect to x ,
Main Index
46
0
0
0 1 0 DK 1a, 1 … DK 1a, n
∂w –1
0
.
{ α } a = – ------ = – .. .. .. .. .. [C] w
… Eq. 2-42
∂x a
. . . .
1
0 1 0 DK na, 1 … DK na, n ..
.
w
N
where:
∂K i ( x j, y j ) x – xi
DK ij = --------------------------- = -------------- ( 1 + ln r i )
2
Eq. 2-43
∂x 8πD
Bending Bars
Equation for deflection
4
d w dM
EI ---------- = q – -------- Eq. 2-44
4 dx
dx
N 3
Mi ( x – xi ) x – xi Pi x – xi
w ( x ) = a0 + a1 x + ∑ – ---------------------------------------------- + ---------------------------
4EI 12EI
Eq. 2-45
i = 1
N
Mi x – xi Pi ( x – xi ) x – xi
dw – ------------------------- + ---------------------------------------------
θ ( x ) = ------- = a 1 +
dx ∑ 2EI 4EI
Eq. 2-46
i = 1
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 47
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
a0
a1
3 P1
x – x1 ( x – x1 ) x – x1
w(x) 1 x ---------------------- … – ----------------------------------------- … ...
= 12EI 4EI
θ( x) ( – 1 ) x – x1
x x x – x1 PN
0 1 ----------------------------------------- … – ------------------- …
4EI 2EI M1 Eq. 2-47
.
..
MN
To satisfy the boundary condition at infinity, w ( x ) must approach a linear function. This
requires
∑ Pi = 0 Eq. 2-48
∑ ( xi Pi + Mi ) = 0 Eq. 2-49
These are recognized as the equations of equilibrium. The unknowns a i , P i , and M i are found
from
0 a0
0 a1
w
1 T T P1
.. 0 R1 R2 .
. ..
w = R 1 A 11 A 21
N PN
θ R 2 A 21 A 22
1 M1 Eq. 2-50
.. .
. ..
θ
N MN
T 1 1 … 1
R1 =
x1 x2 … xN
T
R2 = 0 0 … 0
1 1 … 1
Main Index
48
3 3
( x2 – x1 ) ( xN – x1 )
0 -------------------------- … ---------------------------
12EI 12EI
3 3
( x2 – x1 ) ( xN – x1 )
A 11 = -------------------------- 0 … ---------------------------
12EI 12EI
.. .. ..
. . … .
3 3
( xN – x1 ) ( xN – x1 )
--------------------------- --------------------------- … 0
12EI 12EI
2 2
( x2 – x1 ) ( xN – x1 )
0 – -------------------------- … – ---------------------------
4EI 4EI
2 2
( x2 – x1 ) ( xN – x2 )
A 21 = -------------------------- 0 … – ---------------------------
4EI 4EI
.. .. ..
. . … .
2 2
( xN – x1 ) ( xN – x2 )
--------------------------- --------------------------- … 0
4EI 4EI
( x2 – x1 ) ( xN – x1 )
0 – ----------------------- … – ------------------------
2EI 2EI
( x2 – x1 ) ( xN – x2 )
A 22 = – ----------------------- 0 … – ------------------------
2EI 2EI
.. .. ..
. . … .
( xN – x1 ) ( xN – x2 )
– ------------------------ – ------------------------ … 0
2EI 2EI
Torsion Bars
Equation for twist:
d 2 φ
GJ --------- = – t Eq. 2-51
dx 2
a0
T
x1 – x x2 – x xN – x 1
φ(x) = 1 – ------------------- – ------------------- … – -------------------- T 2 Eq. 2-52
2GJ 2GJ 2GJ
TN
To satisfy the condition that φ = constant for large x requires the equilibrium condition
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 49
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
∑ Ti = 0 Eq. 2-53
0 1 1 … 1
0 x2 – x1 xN – x1 a0
φ 1 0 – ---------------------- … – -----------------------
1 2GJ 2GJ T1
x2 – x1 xN – x2
φ2 = 1 – ---------------------- 0 … – ----------------------- T2
.. 2GJ 2GJ .
. .. .. .. .. ..
φ . . . … . Eq. 2-54
N xN – x1 xN – x2 TN
1 – ----------------------- – ----------------------- … 0
2GJ 2GJ
T
{ 0 } = [ Ri ] { P } Eq. 2-55
{ u k } = [ R i ] { a } + [ A ij ] { P } Eq. 2-56
The structural deflection, u g , will differ from the spline deflection by the deformation of the
spring, resulting in forces
{ P } = [ Ks ] { ug – uk } Eq. 2-57
where the diagonal matrix, K s , has the spring constant, K , along the diagonal. These are
nonzero (if K were equal to zero, then there would be no attachment and that grid point would
be discarded) and thus the inverse of K s is
1⁄K … 0
–1 .. .
[ Ks ] = . … .. Eq. 2-58
0 … 1⁄K
–1
{ u g } = [ R i ] { a } + ( [ A ij ] + [ K s ] ){P} Eq. 2-59
Thus, all that is required to accommodate springs is to add the spring flexibilities to the diagonal
of the spline influence coefficient matrix. This is also obvious from physical reasoning, since the
spring and spline flexibilities are in series and can be added directly.
Main Index
50
ud = ∑ Ai ui Eq. 2-60
i
where u d is the value of the dependent u k component, and u i is the displacement at grid G i with
component C i .
2 = 2 2
r ij ( xi – xj ) + ( yi – yj )
δ ij =
1 for i = j
0 for i ≠ j
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 51
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
1 yi –xi
[ Ri ] = 0 1 0
0 0 1
3
yi – yj xi xj yi – y δ ij yi – yj ( yi – yj ) xi yi – yj
----------------------- – ---------------------------- + ------ – ------------------------------------------ -------------------------
12EI 2GJ kz 4EI 2GJ
[ A ij ] = yi – yj ( yi – yj ) yi – yj δ ij
------------------------------------------ – -------------------- + ------ 0
4EI 2EI kθ
xj xi – xj yi – yj δ ij
------------------------- 0 – -------------------- + ------
2GJ 2GJ kφ
Main Index
52
g
{ w j } = [ D jk ] { u k } + [ D jx ] { u x } + w j Eq. 2-61
where:
–1
{ f j } = q [ A jj ] { wj } Eq. 2-62
and the aerodynamic forces, based on Eq. 2-20 and Eq. 2-21, can be written
–1 e
{ P k } = q [ W kk ] [ S kj ] [ A jj ] { w j } + q [ S kj ] f j ⁄ q Eq. 2-63
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 53
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
where all the terms have been defined in “Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30.
The vector of aerodynamic extra points specifies the values of aerodynamic trim variables.
MSC.Nastran has a number of predefined variables, including incidence angles ( α and β ), roll,
·· ·· · ·
pitch, and yaw rates ( p , q , and r ) and two translational ( u 2 and u 3 ) and three rotational ( p , q
·
and r ) accelerations. The DJX matrix, then, provides the vector of downwash velocities for unit
values of these aerodynamic extra points. Note that accelerations do not result in any downwash
for the quasi-steady assumption so that the corresponding columns of the DJX matrix are null.
T –1
[ Q aa ] = [ G ka ] [ W kk ] [ S kj ] [ A jj ] [ D jk ] [ G ka ] Eq. 2-64
and a second matrix, Q ax , which provides forces at the structural grid points due to unit
deflections of the aerodynamic extra points:
T –1
[ Q ax ] = [ G ka ] [ W kk ] [ S kj ] [ A jj ] [ D jx ] Eq. 2-65
Pa Vector of applied loads (e.g., mechanical, thermal, and gravity loads plus
aerodynamic terms due to user input pressures and/or downwash velocities)
This is the basic set of equations used for static aeroelastic analysis. In the general case, rigid
body motions are included in the equations to represent the free-flying characteristic of an air
vehicle. This is addressed in MSC.Nastran by a requirement that the user identify reference
degrees of freedom equal in number to the number of rigid body motions using the SUPORT
Bulk Data entry. Eq. 2-66 is then partitioned into r-set (supported) and l -set (left over) degrees
of freedom yielding
a a ·· a
K ll K lr u l M ll M lr u l K lx Pl
+ ·· = – { ux } + Eq. 2-67
a a ur M rl M rr u r a Pr
K K
rl rr K rx
Main Index
54
a
[ K aa ] = [ K aa – qQ aa ]
a
[ K ax ] = – q [ Q ax ]
–1
D = – [ K ll ] [ K lr ] Eq. 2-68
is known as the rigid body mode matrix and can be shown to be only a function of the geometry
of the model. The resulting set of equations is then
a a ··
K ll K lr ul M ll M lr ul
+ T T ·· Eq. 2-69
( D K ll + K rl ) ( D K lr + K rr ) r ( D M ll + M rl ) ( D M lr + M rr ) u r
T a a T a a u
a
K lx Pl
= – { ux } +
T a a
D K lx + K rx DT P + P
l r
T T
If there were no aerodynamic terms, the D K ll + K rl and D K lr + K rr would sum to zero so that
··
the second row of equations could be solved for { u r } . With the aerodynamic coupling, this
simplification is not possible.
The undetermined accelerations can be directly specified using two relations. The first relation
comes from the assumption of quasi-steady equilibrium and specifies that
·· ··
{ ul } = [ D ] { ur } Eq. 2-70
where [ D ] is the rigid body mode matrix of Eq. 2-68, and Eq. 2-69 simplifies to
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 55
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
a a
K ll ul
K lr M ll D M lr
··
+ { ur }
( D K ll + K rl ) ( D K lr + K rr ) r
T a a T a a u mr
Eq. 2-71
a Pl
K lx
= – { ux } + T
T a
D K lx +
a
K rx D Pl + Pr
T T
where [ mr ] = [ Mrr + M rl D + D M lr + D M ll D ] is the “total” mass matrix relative to the u r
points.
··
The second relation recognizes that the { u r } structural accelerations are related to the
aerodynamic extra points { u x } via
·· T
{ u r } = [ TR ] [ TRX ] { u x } Eq. 2-72
where TRX is a Boolean matrix that selects accelerations from the aerodynamic extra points and
T
[ TR ] is a matrix that transforms accelerations from the aerodynamic reference point to the
“supported” degrees of freedom. This second matrix is a function of only the geometry of the
model.
The further solution of the static aeroelastic equations is dependent on the type of analysis
required. The remainder of the section is divided into four subsections that treat (1) restrained
analysis for trim and stability derivative analysis, (2) unrestrained stability derivative analysis,
(3) rigid stability derivatives, and (4) divergence analysis.
Restrained Analysis
Significant simplification is made by assuming that the { u r } terms can be set to zero with the
remaining displacements then computed relative to this assumption. Therefore, setting u r = 0
in Eq. 2-71, and solving for u l from the first row gives:
a –1 ·· a
{ u l } = [ K ll ] [ – [ M ll D + M lr ] { u r } – [ K lx ] { u x } + { P l } ] Eq. 2-73
··
This is then substituted into the second row of Eq. 2-71 and the relationship for { ur } in terms of
{ u x } of Eq. 2-72 is used to give nr equations with only the ux quantities undetermined:
where:
T T a a a –1 T
[ ZZX ] = [ m r ] [ TR ] [ TRX ] + – [ D K ll + K rl ] [ K ll ] [ M ll D + M lr ] [ TR ] [ TRX ] Eq. 2-75
T a a T a a a –1 a
– [ D K lx + K rx ] [ D K ll + K rl ] [ K ll ] [ K lx ]
T T a a a –1
[ PZ ] = [ D ] { P l } + { P r } – [ D K ll + K rl ] [ K ll ] { Pl } Eq. 2-76
Main Index
56
The solution of Eq. 2-74 for u x requires that the equation be augmented by user input relations
that specify all but nr terms in the u x vector. These user specifications can be done by either
specifying u x values directly or by specifying a linkage that makes a term (or terms) in the u x
vector dependent on an independently varying term. The augmented trim equation then has the
form:
ZZX PZ
IP { u x } = Y Eq. 2-77
AEL O
where IP is a pseudo-identity matrix with as many rows as there are user-specified constraints
on the values of u x terms. The IP matrix has ones in the row and columns corresponding to the
constrained variables and zero elsewhere. The Y vector contains the values of the user-specified
constraints. The AEL matrix contains any user-specified relationships between (or among)
aerodynamic extra points. Eq. 2-77 can then be solved for the remaining terms in the u x vector.
··
Once the u x vector has been evaluated, { u l } and { ul } can be recovered using Eq. 2-72, and
Eq. 2-73, respectively. Standard MSC.Nastran data recovery techniques are used to compute
user-requested values of displacements, stresses, etc.
The user may also request pressures and forces on the aerodynamic boxes or elements. These
terms are calculated using Eq. 2-62 for the pressures and Eq. 2-63 for the forces.
Stability derivatives are also calculated using the ZZX and PZ matrices with some
modifications. For stability derivatives associated with aerodynamic extra points, dimensional
stability derivatives are obtained from
T
[ KRZX ] = [ ZZX ] – [ m r ] [ TR ] [ TRX ] Eq. 2-78
Stability Derivatives. The second term on the right-hand side represents removing the vehicle
accelerations from the ZZX matrix. Nondimensional stability derivatives are then calculated
using:
C
x
C
y
Cz 1
= ------ [ NDIM ] [ TR ] [ KRZX ] Eq. 2-79
mx
C qS
C my
C mz
where S is the reference area of the vehicle, TR transforms forces from the support location to
the aerodynamic reference point and
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 57
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
where c ref and b ref are the reference chord and span, respectively.
The intercept coefficients are computed using only partitions of the PZ vector that are dependent
on q , i.e., terms associated with user input downwashes and user input pressure coefficients.
This means that applied mechanical, thermal, and gravity loads are neglected in the following
calculation:
C
x
C
y
Cz 1
= ------ [ NDIM ] [ TR ] [ PZ ] Eq. 2-81
mx
C qS
C my
C mz
0
T M ll M lr u l
D
= 0 Eq. 2-82
I M rl M rr u r
or
T T
[ D M ll + M rl ] { u l } + [ D M lr + M rr ] { u r } = 0 Eq. 2-83
Main Index
58
Eq. 2-71 and Eq. 2-83 can be combined to give an overall system of equations:
a a
K ll K lr M ll D + M lr
ul ··
T T
D M ll + M rl D M lr + M rr u + 0 { ur }
r
T a a T a a mr
D K ll + K rl D K lr + K rr
Eq. 2-84
a
K lx Pl
= – 0 { ux } + 0
T a a T
D K lx + K rx D Pl + Pr
··
The first row of this equation can be solved for u l in terms of u r and u r and u x
a –1 a ·· a
{ u l } = – [ K ll ] [ [ K ll ] { u r } + [ M ll D + M lr ] { u r } + [ K lx ] { u x } – INTL ] Eq. 2-85
··
≡ – [ AMLR ] { u r } – [ ARLR ] { u r } – [ ALX ] { u x } + { UINTL }
where the ARLR, AMLR, ALX, and UINTL terms can be inferred and the notation used
conforms to that used in the static aeroelastic subDMAP (AESTATRS) described in “Flutter
Analysis Sample Problems” on page 339. The INTL vector is the aerodynamic related portion
of the P l vector.
The expression for u l of Eq. 2-85 can be placed in the second row of Eq. 2-84 to give
··
[ M2RR ] { u r } + [ M3RR ] { u r } + [ K3LX ] { u x } = – [ TMP1 ] Eq. 2-86
where:
[ M2RR ] = [ D T M + M ] – [ D T M + M ] [ ARLR ]
lr rr ll rl
[ M3RR ] = – [ D T M + M ] [ AMLR ]
ll rl
[ K3LX ] = – [ D T M + M ] [ ALX ]
ll rl
[ TMP1 ] = [ D T M + M ] { UINTL }
ll rl
··
Eq. 2-86 is solved for ur in terms of ur and u x to give:
··
{ u r } = – [ M4RR ] { u r } – [ K4LX ] { u x } – { TMP2 } Eq. 2-87
where:
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 59
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
If the expression for u l from Eq. 2-85 is placed in the third row of Eq. 2-84, then:
··
[ K2RR ] { u r } + [ MSRR – KAZL ⋅ AMLR ] { u r } + [ KARZX ] { u x } = { IPZ } Eq. 2-88
where:
[ K2RR ] = – [ D T K a + K a ] [ ARLR ] + [ D T K a + K a ]
ll rl lr rr
MSRR = m r
KAZL = D T K a + K a
ll rl
T
where: { INTZ } is the aerodynamic portion of D P l + P r
where:
where:
In a manner similar to the restrained case, the unrestrained stability derivatives can be obtained
using
Cx
Cy
Cz 1
= ------ [ NDIM ] [ TR ] [ Z1ZX ]
C mx qS
C my
C mz
C Eq. 2-91
x
C
y
C
z
= ------ [ NDIM ] [ TR ] { IPZF2 }
1
C mx qS
my
C
C mz
0
T
[ RSTAB ] = q [ SRKT ] [ Q kx ]
where:
–1
[ Q kx ] = [ W kk ] [ S kj ] [ A jj ] [ D jx ]
[see Eq. 2-65], and SRKT is a matrix that sums forces acting on each of the aerodynamic boxes
or elements to the supported degrees of freedom. This matrix is only a function of the geometry
of the aerodynamic model and the locations of the support degrees of freedom.
The intercept stability dimensional derivatives are computed using
T –1 e
{ RINT } = q [ SRKT ] [ W kk ] [ S kj ] [ A jj ] { w j } + [ S kj ] f j ⁄ q Eq. 2-92
Similar expressions are available to the splined rigid stability derivatives and intercepts
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 61
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
T a a
[ KSAZX ] = [ D K lx + K rx ] Eq. 2-93
The rotations of the mean axes relative to the structural axes through the support points are
required when restrained aeroelastic coefficients (stability derivatives and intercept coefficients)
are used in the equations of motion [see Rodden and Love (1985)]. The deflections of the mean
axes relative to the origin of the structural axes are derived as follows.
The grid point deflections relative to the mean axes { u l } are related to the deflections of the
SUPORT points { u r } through the rigid body mode matrix [ D ] (see Figure 2-3).
{ ul } = { ul } + [ D ] { ur } Eq. 2-95
The requirement for the mean axes is that deformation occurs about them such that the center of
gravity does not move and the axes do not rotate. In terms of the rigid body mode matrix and
the mass matrix, this condition is expressed by
T M ll M lr u l
D
= 0 Eq. 2-96
I M rl M rr u r
–1 T
{ ur } = –[ mr ] [ D M ll + M rl ] { u l } Eq. 2-97
–1 T a –1
{ ur } = –[ mr ] [ D M ll + M rl ] [ K ll ] Eq. 2-98
·· a
( [ M ll D + M lr ] { u r } + [ K lx ] { u x } – { P l } )
Main Index
62
–1 T a –1
{ ur } = –[ mr ] [ D M ll + M rl ] [ K ll ] [ ( [ M ll D
Eq. 2-99
T a
+ M lr ] [ TR ] [ TRX ] + [ K lx ] ) { u x } – { P l } ]
–1 T a –1 T a
[ HP ] = [ m r ] [ D M ll + M rl ] [ K ll ] ( [ M ll D + M lr ] [ TR ] [ TRX ] + [ K lx ] )
The second term in Eq. 2-99 is defined as the matrix [ HP0 ] corresponding to the user inputs of
g e
{ w j } and { f j ⁄ q }.
–1 T a –1
[ HP0 ] = – [ m r ] [ D M ll + M rl ] [ K ll ] { Pl }
The columns of deflections in [ HP ] are used to find the mean axis rotations for each
aerodynamic extra point, α m in the longitudinal case, β m in the lateral case, and γ m in the
i i i
directional case, for the user inputs; [ HP0 ] is used in like manner to find the longitudinal mean
axis rotation α m .
0
The general problem of obtaining the mean axis rotations with multiple SUPORT points is a
problem in solid analytical geometry that is beyond the scope of this guide, but is also not
regarded as a practical situation. If there is only a clamped SUPORT at one point (see Figure 2-
3) the deflections in [ HP ] and [ HP0 ] are not needed; only the rotations are of interest, and these
are illustrated in the examples of “Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems” on page 179.
In the more general longitudinal case of two SUPORTed grid points (see Figure 2-4) the
longitudinal mean axis rotations α m and α m are found by dividing the difference between the
i 0
upstream and downstream deflections by the distance between the two grid points. Note that
“upstream” and “downstream” must be determined by PARAM,USETPRT,11 in the Bulk Data
to account for any resequencing of grid points in the MSC.Nastran solution.
ge
la
se
Origin of Aerodynamic
Fu
d
Reference Axis
te
Axis
c
M ean
le
ef
D
Clamped
SUPORT ral Axis x
αm Structu
Relative W
ind
θ
Horizon
z
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 63
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
ge
la
se
Origin of Aerodynamic
Fu
Reference Axis
Axis
ed
M ean
ct
le
ef
Pinned
D
SUPORTs xis x
ral A
αm Structu
Relative W
ind
θ
z
Figure 2-4 Geometry of Deformed Flight Vehicle with Multiple SUPORTs
Speed Derivatives
MSC.Nastran assumes a constant forward velocity in all of its aeroelastic solutions and has no
capability to estimate induced drag coefficients. However, certain speed derivatives that are
required in longitudinal maneuvering studies of aircraft can be obtained using MSC.Nastran.
The lift and moment aeroelastic coefficients are functions of two speed parameters: Mach
number and dynamic pressure, so the expression for the speed derivative is
∂C ∂C ∂C
C v = -------------------- = V ------- + 2q ------
∂( v ⁄ V ) ∂m ∂q
The numerical evaluation of the derivative; e.g., with respect to Mach number, is done with the
finite difference
∂C C ( m + ∆m, q ) – C ( m, q )
------- = -----------------------------------------------------------------
∂m ∆m
In the calculation of the finite difference derivatives, the perturbations, e.g., ∆m , must be large
enough that the close differences do not lose significance. The above example of the finite
difference derivative is a forward difference; a central difference formula might also be used
using perturbations on either side of the flight condition. Three MSC.Nastran subcases are
required to evaluate the speed derivatives by the forward difference equation:
Main Index
64
Divergence Analysis
The divergence speeds of a restrained aircraft component may be obtained by solving an
eigenvalue problem. The divergence eigenvalue problem for the restrained vehicle can be
extracted from the (1,1) partition of Eq. 2-71 above:
a
[ K ll ] { u l } = 0 Eq. 2-100
a
Since [ K ll ] = [ K ll ] – q [ Q ll ] , the divergence eigenvalue problem becomes
[ K ll – λQ ll ] { u l } = 0 Eq. 2-101
where the eigenvalues λ = q d are the dynamic pressures for divergence. Only positive values of
q d have any physical significance and the lowest value of q d is the critical divergence dynamic
pressure.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 65
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
The manner in which the aerodynamic loads are included depends on how the dimensionless
oscillatory aerodynamic coefficients are defined. When Theodorsen (1935) first developed the
American method (K-method) of flutter analysis, he introduced the aerodynamics into a
vibration analysis as complex inertial terms and the flutter analysis became a vibration analysis
requiring complex arithmetic. At the same time, he introduced an artificial complex structural
damping, proportional to the stiffness, to sustain the assumed harmonic motion. Flutter analysis
is then a double eigenvalue problem in frequency and velocity, and an iterative solution, using
the reduced frequency of the assumed harmonic motion as the iteration parameter, leads to the
neutrally stable conditions (flutter frequencies and velocities) at which no artificial damping is
required. The artificial damping is therefore seen not to be physically meaningful, other than,
perhaps, at speeds near flutter speeds.
At about the same time, Frazer and Duncan (1928) in England were attempting to solve the
flutter problem using aerodynamic stability derivatives in the tradition of Bryan (1911) who had
studied the flight mechanics of rigid aircraft. This approach introduced the aerodynamic loads
into the equations of motion as frequency dependent stiffness and damping terms. In this
representation it should be noted that the aerodynamic terms are slowly varying functions of the
reduced frequency, in contrast to the representation of the aerodynamics in the K-method as
mass terms that are highly dependent on the reduced frequency. In what has become known as
the “British” method of flutter analysis some iteration is still necessary to “line-up” the
eigenvalue solution for frequency with the reduced frequency in each mode. A description of the
British method and a comparison with the American method has been given by Lawrence and
Jackson (1970). A variation of the British method in which the aerodynamic loads are treated as
complex springs has been developed by Hassig (1971). Hassig called his method the p-k method,
and MSC.Nastran has adopted his terminology, although it is now applied to the British method.
The MSC.Nastran terminology is K-method for the American method, and PK-method for the
British method. MSC.Nastran also has a very efficient K-method, called the KE-method, but it
does not provide eigenvectors and has no provisions for viscous damping type terms, such as
arise in an automatic control system in the equations of motion.
Main Index
66
T T
[ Q ii ] = [ φ ai ] [ G ka ] [ WTFACT ] [ Q kk ] [ G ka ] [ φ ai ] Eq. 2-102
where:
A level of complexity is added if the flutter analysis includes the use of extra points. Extra points
are used for the representation of control systems and are therefore required in aeroservoelastic
analyses. If the extra point deflections result in displacements of the aerodynamic model, the
user is required to provide the downwash information explicitly on two DMI entries:
where [ ue ] is a vector of extra point displacements, D1JE and D2JE are the required matrices,
and w j is the resulting downwash.
Generalized aerodynamics for these extra points can be computed as
T T
[ Q ie ] = [ φ ai ] [ G ka ] [ WTFACT ] [ Q ke ] Eq. 2-104
–1
[ Q ke ] = [ WTFACT ] [ S kj ] [ A jj ] [ D1JE + ikD2JE ] Eq. 2-105
Q ii Q ie
[ Q hh ] = Eq. 2-106
0 0
where the h-set is a combination of the i-set normal modes and the e-set extra points. It is seen
that the lower e-set rows in the matrix are null. Physically, this indicates that the normal mode
deflections do not produce aerodynamic forces on the extra points ( Q ei = 0 ) and that the extra
point deflections do not produce aerodynamic loads on the extra points ( Q ee = 0 ) .
Interpolation of Qhh
In a typical flutter analysis, the computation of the aerodynamic matrices and the subsequent
processing of these matrices to generate the generalized aerodynamic matrices of the previous
subsection represents a significant portion of the computer resources required to perform the
analysis. These matrices are generated for discrete values of Mach number and reduced
Main Index frequency. As detailed in the flutter algorithm discussions to follow, the actual flutter analysis is
CHAPTER 2 67
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
likely to be performed at reduced frequencies (and sometimes Mach numbers) other than one of
the available values. These intermediate values are obtained from an interpolation of the
available values, and three separate interpolation schemes have been implemented in
MSC.Nastran. The first two are available for the K- and KE-flutter methods and are special
applications of the linear and surface spline. The third is used with the PK-flutter method and is
a linear spline method that has been further tailored to aerodynamic applications. For the
purpose of this discussion, the three methods are designated (1) linear spline, (2) surface spline,
and (3) special linear spline.
Linear Spline
The linear spline of “Interconnection of the Structure with Aerodynamics” on page 41 is
applied to the aerodynamic interpolation task with the spline axis representing reduced
frequency values. The torsion terms are ignored in this case, as are the options of attaching
springs. Under these circumstances, the interpolation can be written as:
nhdpts
Q hh ( k INT ) = ∑ C j Q hh ( k j ) Eq. 2-107
j = 1
–1
{C} = [A] {B} Eq. 2-108
3
ki – kj
- for i and j ≤ nhdpts
----------------------
A ij = 12 Eq. 2-109
ki for i = nhdpts + 1, j ≤ nhdpts
0 for j ≥ nhdpts + 1, i ≥ nhdpts + 1
k i – k INT
3
for i ≤ nhdpts
Bi = 1 for i = nhdpts + 1 Eq. 2-110
k INT for i = nhdpts + 2
Note that only the first nhdpts rows of the C vector are required in performing the interpolation.
Surface Spline
The surface spline of can be applied in the aerodynamic interpolation task with reduced
frequencies and Mach numbers taking the place of the x- and y-coordinates for this application.
Again, a number of simplifications can be made for this application, allowing for a terse
description of the interpolation algorithm. Eq. 2-107 and Eq. 2-108 can still be used to represent
the interpolation, A is now a symmetric nhdpts + 3 matrix with:
Main Index
68
2 2
r ij ln r ij i and j ≤ nhdpts
1.0 i = nhdpts + 1, j ≤ nhdpts
A ij = mi i = nhdpts + 2, j ≥ nhdpts Eq. 2-111
ki i = nhdpts + 3, j ≤ nhdpts
0 i > nhdpts, j ≥ nhdpts
R 2 ln R 2 i ≤ nhdpts
i i
1.0 i = nhdpts + 1
Bi = Eq. 2-112
m INT i = nhdpts + 2
k INT i = nhdpts + 3
where:
2 2 2
r ij = ( ki – k j ) + ( mi – mj )
2 2 2
Ri = ( k i – k INT ) + ( m i – m INT )
Eq. 2-113
As in the case of the linear spline, only the first nhdpts rows of the C vector [Eq. 2-107] are
required to perform the interpolation.
–1
{C} = [A] {B} Eq. 2-115
with
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 69
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
3 3
ki – kj + ki + kj
for i and j ≤ nhdpts
A ij = Eq. 2-116
0 for i = j = nhdpts + 1
1 for i = nhdpts + 1 or j = nhdpts + 1
3 3
k est – k i + k est + k i
for i ≤ nhdpts
Bi = Eq. 2-117
1 for i = nhdpts + 1
where the k i = k j and k est = k j terms result from the symmetry condition.
– M hh ω + iB hh ω + ( 1 + ig ) K hh – --- ρV Q hh (m,k) { u h } = 0
2 1 2
Eq. 2-118
2
where:
K hh = modal stiffness matrix, usually (but not necessarily) diagonal; may be complex
(with actual structural damping); will be singular if there are rigid body modes
m = Mach number
k = reduced frequency = ωc ⁄ ( 2V )
c = reference length
Q hh (m,k) = aerodynamic force matrix, which is a function of parameters m and k
Main Index
70
2
ρ c 2 ω
– M hh + --- ------ Q hh ( m, k ) ---------------- + B hh -------------------- + K hh { u h } = 0
iω
Eq. 2-119
2 2k 1 + ig 1 + ig
The term involving B hh in Eq. 2-119 has been multiplied by 1 + ig for mathematical
convenience, and is valid only at flutter, i.e., when g = 0 . Eq. 2-119 is solved as an eigenvalue
problem for a series of values for parameters m , k , and ρ . The complex eigenvalue is
2
ω ⁄ ( 1 + ig ) , which can be interpreted as real values of ω and g . The velocity, V , is recovered
from V = ωc ⁄ 2k . Flutter occurs for values of m , k , and ρ for which g = 0 . The solutions are
not valid except when g = 0 , since the aerodynamic force terms are valid only for sinusoidal
motion and g is not a physical damping. A slight variation has been used with MSC.Nastran.
The equation is written as
2
2k 2
----- ρ
M hh + --- Q hh ( m, k ) ---------------- + ------ B hh -------------------- + K hh { u h } = 0
–V 2k iV
Eq. 2-120
c- 2 1 + ig c 1 + ig
2
= ---------------------
2 –V
p Eq. 2-121
( 1 + ig )
2 2 ( 1 – ig )
p = V -------------------- = a + ib Eq. 2-122
2
1+g
so that
g = –b ⁄ a Eq. 2-123
2 2
(a + b )
V = – ------------------------ Eq. 2-124
a
kV
f = ------ Eq. 2-125
πc
The eigenvalue problem is expressed in a quadratic form in Eq. 2-111. The manner of solution
depends on which of the various complex eigenvalue methods available in MSC.Nastran is
selected by the user. For more information on the theory of complex eigenvalue analysis, see the
MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide (Komzsik, 1993, Section 7.1).
The K-method of flutter analysis is a looping procedure. The values of V , g , and = ω ⁄ 2π are
solved for various values of m , k , and ρ . Plots of V versus g can be used to determine the flutter
speed(s) (where g goes through zero to positive values).
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 71
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
(e)
p i, n = p i, n – 1 + ( k n – k n – 1 ) ( p i, n – 1 – p i, n – 2 ) ⁄ ( k n – 1 – k n – 2 ), Eq. 2-126
n = 2, 3, 4, …
in which p i, 0 is chosen equal to pi, 1 . Then the values of p i, n are ordered according to closeness
( e)
to pi, n where the “closeness” is measured by a minimum value of
(e) 2 (e) 2
[ Re ( p i, n – p i, n ) ] + [ Im ( p i, n – p i, n ) ] Eq. 2-127
With this sorting, the V-g and V-f curves produced using the MSC.Nastran NASPLOT utility can
be interpreted physically. The curves from the K-method, on the other hand, are extremely
difficult to interpret.
Main Index
72
R I
The matrix terms in Eq. 2-128 are all real. Q hh and Q hh are, respectively, the real and imaginary
parts of Q hh (m,k) . Note that the circular frequency and the reduced frequency are not
independent since k = ωc ⁄ 2V , and furthermore, that
For the PK-method of solution, Eq. 2-128 is rewritten in the state-space form with twice the
order.
[ A – pI ] { u h } = 0 Eq. 2-130
0 I
[A] = –1 1 2 R –1 1 I
Eq. 2-131
– M hh K hh – --- ρV Q hh – M hh B hh – --- ρcVQ hh ⁄ k
2 4
and { u h } now includes both modal displacements and velocities. The eigenvalues of the real
matrix [ A ] ] are either real or complex conjugate pairs. Real roots indicate a convergence or
divergence as in the cases of the roll subsidence (rigid body) mode or a structural (torsional)
divergence mode. For the real roots, the damping is expressed as the decay rate coefficient,
which is the distance travelled (measured in chord lengths) to half (or double) amplitude.
g = 2γ
2pc Eq. 2-132
= -------------------
( ln 2 )V
However, the majority of the eigenvalues will be complex conjugate pairs. The oscillatory
solutions of Eq. 2-128 require an iterative solution so that Eq. 2-129 is satisfied along with Eq. 2-
128. The roll subsidence root or the static structural divergence roots require no iteration but are
found by setting k = 0 . The oscillatory rigid body (i.e., short-period or Dutch-roll) roots and
oscillatory roots are found from the following algorithm. This algorithm is based on a desire for
capability to determine stability at a given speed independently of the stability at lower or higher
speeds and the fact that the aerodynamic terms in Eq. 2-128 are slowly varying functions of the
reduced frequency.
R I
The iteration begins at k = 0 [ Q hh and Q hh ⁄ k are extrapolated to k = 0 from the available
values of Q hh (m,k) ] and all real roots immediately satisfy Eq. 2-129 but the complex roots do not.
The iteration for the complex roots then proceeds as follows. In general, let the complex pairs of
eigenvalues be written as
where r denotes the oscillatory mode number ordered by frequency ( ω 1s < ω2s < … ) , s denotes
the number of the oscillatory mode under investigation, and j denotes the iteration (eigenvalue
solution) number so that the next estimate of the (nonzero) reduced frequency is
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 73
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
(j) (j) c
ks = ω ss -------
2V
To find the first oscillatory root the estimate of the first nonzero reduced frequency is taken as
(0)
= ω 11 -------
c
k1 Eq. 2-134
2V
(j – 1)
(j) (j – 1)
< ε for k 1 < 1.0
k1 – k1 Eq. 2-135
(j – 1) (j – 1)
< εk 1 for k 1 ≥ 1.0
where ε is a user input with a default value of 0.001. Let the converged complex eigenvalues be
(0) (c)
= ω s, s – 1 -------
c
ks Eq. 2-137
2V
(j) (j – i) (j – 1) (j – 1) (j – 1)
ks – ks < ε for k s < 1.0, or < εk s for k s ≥ 1.0 Eq. 2-138
is satisfied. Eq. 2-136 and Eq. 2-137 begin the search for each of the higher modes of interest.
The eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Eq. 2-129 are found by a real version of the Upper
Hessenberg method described by Komzsik (MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide,
Version 68, Sect. 4.2.4). The order of calculations for different values of density, velocity and/or
Mach number is indicated in “Flutter Analysis” on page 117.
The principal advantage of the PK-method is that it produces results directly for given values of
velocity, whereas the K- and KE-methods require iteration to determine the reduced frequency
( c)
of flutter. In addition, the damping given by 2γ ss found from Eq. 2-136 is a more realistic
estimate of the physical damping than the parameter g in Eq. 2-132, which is a mathematical
artifice.
Main Index
74
2 1 2
– M hh ω + iB hh ω + ( 1 + ig )K hh – --- ρV Q hh ( m, k ) { u h } = { P ( ω ) } Eq. 2-139
2
where all terms on the left-hand side are identical to those of Eq. 2-118 and are defined with that
equation. The right-hand side provides the loading in modal coordinates, which can be
aerodynamic or nonaerodynamic in nature and is a function of the analysis frequency.
Nonaerodynamic generalized loads, designated PHF ( ω ) , are obtained in the standard fashion
from the loadings applied to physical coordinates [compare with Eq. (5-11) in the MSC.Nastran
Basic Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide (Blakely, Version 68)] and do not require further comment
here. The aeroelastic (gust) portion of the loading does require further comment that is similar
in nature to the discussion of the generalized aerodynamic matrices of the previous subsection.
A prerequisite to performing aerodynamic gust analysis is the availability of an aerodynamic
matrix that provides the forces on the aerodynamic elements due to an applied downwash at any
other element:
[ Q kj ] = [ S kj ] [ A jj ]
T
[ Q ij ] = [ φ ia ] [ G ka ] [ WTFACT ] [ Q kj ]
Since extra points cannot affect the gust loading, there are no generalized loadings associated
with them so that matrix Q hj (which provides the generalized loadings in the modal set) is
obtained by adding a null matrix onto the bottom of Q ij .
The Q hj matrix supplies the generalized aerodynamic forces due to the downwash vector at the
collocation points. For the matrix to be useful in the gust analysis, two other steps are required.
First, the Q hj and Q hh matrices must be interpolated to all the frequencies required in the
analysis from the discrete reduced frequencies at which the aerodynamics have been calculated.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 75
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
This is done using the Specialized Linear Interpolation technique of the previous subsection
applied to the two matrices. The other step is the generation of the gust downwash matrix. This
is a function of frequency and the geometry of the aerodynamic model:
– iω ( x – x ) ⁄ V
i j o
w j ( ω i ) = cos γ j e Eq. 2-140
where:
ω i = excitation frequency
It is seen that this represents a one-dimensional gust field, i.e., the gust varies only in its x-
coordinate.
where:
q = dynamic pressure
w g = gust scale factor
PP = user-supplied frequency variation of the gust. (This may also be obtained from a Fourier
transform of the user-supplied discrete gust.)
The solution of Eq. 2-139 entails solving for the generalized displacements by
decomposition/forward-backward substitution techniques applied to the coupled set of
complex equations. Because modal reduction techniques have been applied, the solution costs
are typically modest. Once the generalized displacements have been computed, standard data
recovery techniques can be used to determine physical displacements, velocities, stress, etc.
Two forms of the transform are considered, the Fourier series and the Fourier integral, which are
defined using the following terminology.
1
∆f = --- Eq. 2-144
T
T – iw t
n
P̃ a ( ω n ) = ∫0 P a ( t )e dt Eq. 2-145
1 ∞ iwt
u j ( t ) = --- ∫ Re ( ũ ( ω )e )dω Eq. 2-150
π 0
Both methods must be implemented numerically, which requires approximations that the user
should appreciate. First, the inverse transform includes an infinite sum, for which only a finite
number of terms are evaluated numerically; this approximation leads to truncation errors. Next,
the inverse Fourier integral must be integrated numerically, which leads to integration errors.
Finally, the number of frequencies at which the integrand is evaluated is limited by the cost of
calculations. Each of these sources of error should be addressed separately by the user to ensure
adequate accuracy in the final results.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 77
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
Transformation of Loads
The user specifies loads in the same manner as given in Section 6.4 of the MSC.Nastran Basic
Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide (Blakely, Version 68). The two general forms are the tabular,
piecewise linear function [Eq. 2-151 below] and the general purpose function [Eq. 2-156 below].
The transformation is given by Eq. 2-148, in which it is assumed that the user defines a function
which vanishes for t > T .
For piecewise linear tabular functions, a table of pairs x i , yi , i = 1 , N is prescribed, which defines
N – 1 time intervals. In addition, an X 1 shift and an X 2 scale factor are allowed. Thus, the time-
dependent load at point j is given by
t – τ j – X1
P j ( t ) = A j Y T ---------------------------- Eq. 2-151
X2
where Y T is the tabular function supplied by the user-defined by the N pairs ( x i , yi ), and A j and
t j are an amplitude factor and a delay, respectively, which may depend upon the point which is
loaded. The transformed load is
N–1
– iωτ
1 j
P̃ j ( ω ) = --- A j e
2
X2 ∑ ( xi + 1 – xi ) ( Li yi + Ri yi + 1 ) Eq. 2-152
i = 1
with
– i ω ( X1 + X2x i )
Li = e E 2 [ – iωX2 ( x i + 1 – x i ) ] Eq. 2-153
– i ω ( X1 + X2x i )
Ri = e E 2 [ + iωX2 ( x i + 1 – x i ) ] Eq. 2-154
and
2 z
----- ( e – 1 – z ) for z > 0.1
z
2
E2 ( z ) = Eq. 2-155
z z
2
1 + --- + ------------ + … for z ≤ 0.1
3 3⋅4
n a t̃
P j ( t ) = A j t̃ e cos ( 2πf t̃ + φ ), 0 < t̃ < T 2 – T 1 Eq. 2-156
0, otherwise,
where:
t̃ = t – T 1 – τ j Eq. 2-157
Main Index
78
The value of n is restricted to be an integer for transient analysis by the Fourier method. The
transform is given by
– iωτ
j n+1
P̃ j ( ω ) = A j e ( R2 + R1 ) ( T2 – T1 ) ⁄ 2( n + 1) Eq. 2-158
where:
y
R2 = e En + 1 ( z ) Eq. 2-159
and R 1 is the same as R 2 except the signs of φ and f are reversed. Also,
k = K
K! zk
------ e z –
zK ∑ k!-----
k = 0
Ek ( z ) = Eq. 2-162
or
1 + --------------
z z2 z3
+ ---------------------------------------- + ------------------------------------------------------------- + …
K + 1 ( K + 1 )( K + 2 ) ( K + 1 ) ( K + 2 ) ( K + 3 )
=
ω2 – ω1 ω1 > 0
C1
0.5ω 2 ω1 = 0
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 79
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
Cn = ωn + 1 – ωn – 1
----------------------------------- 2 ≤ n ≤ NFREQ – 1
2
= (ω
C NFREQ NFREQ – ω NFREQ – 1 ) ⁄ 2
A special case occurs if all the frequency intervals are equal to ∆f and the first frequency is an
integer multiple of ∆f . In this case, the time step ∆t is adjusted to make 1 ⁄ ∆f∆t = an integer,
thereby reducing the number of distinct values of sin ω n t m and cos ω n t m used in Eq. 2-163, and
c n does not require recalculation at each frequency.
1 t t t
-----
∆f
(a) True Transient
P(t)
t t t
If the system has unstable modes, these will appear as a precursor before the pulse, just like a
“stable mode in reverse time.”
The use of both equal frequency intervals and unequal intervals has been studied briefly and
results are shown by Rodden, Harder, and Bellinger (1979) for a lightly damped, single degree-
of-freedom oscillator. It has been found there that the combination of a few well-chosen values
near the resonant frequencies and a uniformly spaced set of frequencies elsewhere produces
reasonable results for the lightly damped example considered. However, further convergence
studies on more general examples are needed.
Main Index
80
1 T
Rj ( τ ) = lim --- ∫ u j ( t )u j ( t – τ )dt Eq. 2-164
T → ∞T 0
2
Note that R j ( 0 ) is the time average value of uj , which is an important quantity in the analysis
of structural fatigue failure. The power spectral density S j ( ω ) of u j is defined by
2 T – iωt 2
Sj ( ω ) = lim --- ∫ e u j ( t )dt Eq. 2-165
T → ∞T 0
It may be shown (using the theory of Fourier integrals) that the autocorrelation function and the
power spectral density are Fourier transforms of each other. Thus
1 ∞
R j ( τ ) = ------ ∫ S j ( ω ) cos ( ωτ ) dω Eq. 2-166
2π 0
1 ∞
u j2 = R j ( 0 ) = ------ ∫ S j ( ω ) dω Eq. 2-167
2π 0
Note: The factor 1 ⁄ ( 2π ) in Eq. 2-166 is omitted by some authors, or is sometimes replaced by
other factors. The value of the factor depends on the definition of Sj ( ω ) Eq. 2-165.
The expected value of the number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time, or mean
frequency, is another quantity of interest for fatigue analysis and design of aircraft for gusts. This
mean frequency, N 0 , can be found from the power spectral density:
∞ 2
2
∫0 ( ω ⁄ 2π ) S j ( ω )dω
N0 = ------------------------------------------------------
∞
Eq. 2-168
∫ S j ( ω )dω
0
The mean frequency, N 0 , is thus the root mean square frequency, in which the power spectral
density is used as a weighting function.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 81
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
The transfer function theorem [see, e.g., Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, App. C)]
states that if H ja ( ω ) is the frequency response of any physical variable, u j , due to some excitation
source, Q a ( t ) , (e.g., a point force, or a distributed loading condition), so that if
u j ( ω ) = H ja ( ω )Q a ( ω ) Eq. 2-169
where u j ( ω ) and Q a ( ω ) are the Fourier transforms of u j ( t ) and Q a ( t ) , then the power spectral
density of the response, Sj ( ω ) , is related to the power spectral density of the source, S a ( ω ) , by
2
S j ( ω ) = H ja ( ω ) S a ( ω ) Eq. 2-170
Eq. 2-170 is an important result because it allows the statistical properties (e.g., the
autocorrelation function) of the response of a system to random excitation to be evaluated via
the techniques of frequency response.
If the cross-correlation function between any pair of sources
1 T
R ab ( τ ) = lim --- ∫ Q a ( t )Q b ( t – τ )dt Eq. 2-171
T → ∞T 0
is null, the sources are said to be statistically independent and the power spectral density of the
total response is equal to the sum of the power spectral densities of the responses due to
individual sources. Thus,
2
Sj ( ω ) = ∑ S ja ( ω ) = ∑ H ja ( ω ) S a ( ω ) Eq. 2-172
a a
If the sources are statistically correlated, the degree of correlation can be expressed by a cross-
spectral density, S ab , and the spectral density of the response may be evaluated from
∗
Sj( ω ) = ∑ ∑ H ja H jb S ab Eq. 2-173
a b
∗
where H jb is the complex conjugate of H jb . Note that [ S ab ] is a Hermitian matrix, i.e.,
T ∗
[ S ab ] = S ab . Eq. 2-173 can be generalized for multiple responses to
T ∗
[ S ij ] = [ H ai ] [ S ab ] [ H bj ] Eq. 2-174
In applying the theory, it may not be necessary to consider the sources to be forces at individual
points. An ensemble of applied forces that is completely correlated (i.e., a loading condition)
may also be treated as a source. For example, a plane pressure wave from a specified direction
may be treated as a source. Furthermore, the response may be any physical variable including
internal forces and stresses as well as displacements, velocities, and accelerations.
In MSC.Nastran, random response analysis is treated as a data recovery procedure that is
applied to the results of a frequency response analysis. The frequency response analysis is
performed for loading conditions, { P a } , at a sequence of frequencies, ω i . Normal recovery
Main Index
82
procedures are applied to the output of the frequency response analysis module [see the
MSC.Nastran Handbook for Dynamic Analysis, Section 4.5.2 (Gockel, Version 63)], resulting in a set
of output quantities, uj .
The calculation of power spectral densities and autocorrelation functions for the output
quantities is performed in the random response analysis module. The inputs to the calculation
are the frequency responses, H ja ( ω i ) , of quantities uj to loading conditions { P a } at frequencies
ω i and the auto- or cross-spectral densities of the loading conditions, S a or S ab . The response
quantities, u j may be displacements, velocities, accelerations, internal forces, or stresses. The
power spectral densities of the response quantities are calculated by Eq. 2-173 or by Eq. 2-170,
depending on whether the loading conditions are correlated or uncorrelated. At the user’s
option, the spectral densities due to all sources, assumed independent, may be combined by
means of Eq. 2-172.
The autocorrelation function is computed by the following approximation to Eq. 2-166.
N–1
1 Sj ( ωi + 1 ) – Sj ( ωi )
R j ( τ ) = ---------
2πτ ∑ ------------------------------------------------- [ cos ( ω i + 1 τ ) – cos ( ω i τ ) ]
( ω i + 1 – ω i )τ
Eq. 2-175
i = 1
+ S j ( ω i + 1 ) sin ( ω i + 1 τ ) – S j ( ω i ) sin ( ω i τ )
which assumes that Sj ( ω ) varies linearly between ω i and ω i + 1 and also assumes that
S j ( ω ) = 0 for ω < ω 1 and ω > ω N . The user specifies the sequence of values of τ . The rms value
of the response, u j , is evaluated as the square root of a trapezoidal approximation to the integral
in Eq. 2-167, i.e.,
N–1 1⁄2
1
uj = ------
4π ∑ [ Sj ( ωi + 1 ) + Sj ( ωi ) ] ( ωi + 1 – ωi ) Eq. 2-176
i = 1
The mean frequency, N 0 , is evaluated from Eq. 2-168, using a trapezoidal approximation to the
curve for S j ( ω )
rj
N 0 = ---- Eq. 2-177
uj
with
N–1 1⁄2
rj = ∑ ( αS j ( ω i ) + βS j ( ω i + 1 ) ) ( ω i + 1 – ω i ) Eq. 2-178
i = 1
2 2
3ω i + 2ω i ω + ωi + 1
i+1
α = -----------------------------------------------------------------
3
- Eq. 2-179
96π
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 83
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
2 2
ω i + 2ω i ω + 3ω i + 1
i+1
β = -----------------------------------------------------------------
3
- Eq. 2-180
96π
The power spectral densities, S j , are plotted versus frequency and the autocorrelation functions,
R j ( τ ) , are plotted versus the time delay, τ , at the user’s request. Cross-correlation functions and
cross-spectral densities between different output quantities are not calculated.
The measured power spectral density function for atmospheric turbulence has been fitted with
analytic functions by several authors. Two of the commonly used functions are those of Dryden
and von Karman [see, e.g., Taylor (1965, pp. 200-202)]. They can both be expressed by the
equation,
2 2
2w g ( L ⁄ V ) [ 1 + 2 ( p + 1 ) ( kLω ⁄ V ) ]
S a ( ω ) = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Eq. 2-181
2 p+3⁄2
[ 1 + ( kLω ⁄ V ) ]
where:
ω = circular frequency
L = scale of turbulence (length units)
V = airplane velocity (velocity units)
The values of the parameters k and p are given in the following table:
A special data entry (TABRNDG) is used to select this analytic form in MSC.Nastran. The user
supplies w g , L , and V , and selects either the Dryden or the von Karman parameters.
Main Index
84
In static aeroelasticity, the stiffness matrix contains inertial terms related to quasi-rigid body
accelerations and aerodynamic terms from the structural deformations and from the extra
degrees of freedom related to aerodynamic variables. The sensitivity of Eq. 2-182 is simply its
partial derivative with respect to a design variable x
[ K ] { ∆u } = { ∆P } – [ ∆K ] { u } Eq. 2-183
where ∆ is used to denote partial differentiation with respect to the design variable, i.e.,
∆ ≡ ∂ ⁄ ∂x . This sensitivity calculation can be performed in much the same way as the static
sensitivity analysis discussed by Moore in the MSC.Nastran Design Sensitivity and Optimization
User’s Guide (Version 68). The details of the static aeroelastic sensitivity follow.
To explain the sensitivity analysis, it is useful to start from the static aeroelastic equations in the
g-set
u ··
K gg – qA gg – qA gx g + M gg 0 u g Pg
= Eq. 2-184
0 0 ux 0 0 0 0
The A matrices, which contain the aerodynamics, are not actually formed in the g-set in
MSC.Nastran but are shown here to initiate the following discussion.
The mean-axis condition that is used in static aeroelasticity [see Eq. 2-82] imposes additional
requirements on the sensitivity equation. This orthogonality condition is imposed in the a-set
and can be written as
T M ll M lr u l
D I = {0} Eq. 2-185
M rl M rr u r
If Eq. 2-182 is reduced to the a-set and coupled with Eq. 2-183 the basic equation for static
aeroelasticity is obtained [compare with Eq. 2-84].
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 85
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
u
a l
K lla a
K lr ( M ll D + M lr ) K lx u
T T r
( D M ll + M rl ) ( D M lr + M rr ) 0 0 ·· Eq. 2-186
ur
T a a T a a T a a
( D K ll + K rl ) ( D K lr + K rr ) mr ( D K lx + K rx ) u
x
Pl
0
=
T
Pr + D Pl
The basic sensitivity equation for static aeroelasticity has a similar form
∆u
a a a l
K ll K lr ( M ll D + M lr ) K lx ∆u
T T r
( D M ll + M rl ) ( D M lr + M rr ) 0 0 ·· Eq. 2-187
∆u r
T a a T a a T a a
( D K ll + K rl ) ( D K lr + K rr ) mr ( D K lx + K rx ) ∆u
x
DPL l
T
= D DML l + DML r
D T PL + DPL
l r
where the PL terms represent the pseudoloads caused by modifications to the structure. For
static aeroelasticity, the total perturbed load in the g-set can be developed based on Eq. 2-184.
··
{ PL g } = { ∆P g } – [ ∆K gg ] { u g } – [ ∆M gg ] { u g } Eq. 2-188
The first term on the right-hand size is the sensitivity of the applied loads to the design variables.
Gravity and thermal type loadings can be affected by the design variables. Note that
aerodynamic terms are not included in the load sensitivity equation since these terms are
invariant with respect to the design variables.
The DML term of Eq. 2-187 results from the variation of the mean-axis constraint of Eq. 2-185.
The D matrix of the latter equation in invariant with respect to the structural parameter changes
so that the sensitivity is simply
T M ll M lr ∆u l T ∆M ll ∆M lr u l DML l
D I = – D I ≡ Eq. 2-189
M rl M rr ∆u r ∆M rl ∆M rr u r DML r
[ ∆M gg ] { u g } Eq. 2-190
Main Index
86
The reduction of the pseudoload to the a-set required for Eq. 2-187 follows standard reduction
techniques.
A key point is that the matrix on the left-hand side of Eq. 2-187 is the same as the left-hand matrix
of Eq. 2-186 so that operations already performed on this matrix as part of the analysis do not
have to be repeated for the sensitivity calculations.
In applying Eq. 2-187, there are three types of responses for static aeroelasticity for which
sensitivity analysis is supported and the sensitivity calculation varies slightly for each. The first
type is for the responses already available from static sensitivity, e.g., displacements, forces, and
stresses. The sensitivity of these responses is derived based on sensitivities of the elastic
deformations. These sensitivities are recovered from the ∆u l and ∆ur terms of Eq. 2-187 while
using the displacement and accelerations vectors that were computed during the recovery phase
of the trim analysis. A simplification results from the consideration that the static aeroelastic
solution is performed relative to SUPORTed degrees of freedom so that u r , and therefore ∆ur ,
are zero in the sensitivity equation.
The second type of response is for the TRIM variables. The sensitivities of these displacements
are obtained directly in Eq. 2-187 and as a prerequisite to the first type of response discussed
above.
The third type of response is for Stability Derivatives. These derivatives are independent of the
trim deformations and therefore require significant special code to accommodate their
sensitivity calculation. That is, pseudodisplacements (and accelerations) are required that
represent the deflections (and accelerations) that would occur if the aerodynamic extra point
associated with the stability derivative were deflected a unit value. The calculation also differs
depending on whether the user-requested stability derivative is restrained or unrestrained. In
the restrained case, the accelerations and the displacements of the SUPORTed degrees of
freedom are zero, whereas the unrestrained case has a complete set of displacements and
accelerations. Stated in equation form, the pseudoloads of Eq. 2-187 that are obtained for the
unrestrained derivatives are computed based on accelerations and displacements that result
from a solution of the equation
a a us
( K ll + K ll ) ( K lr + K lr )( M ll D + M lr ) u l
T T us
( D M ll + M rl ) ( D M lr + M rr ) 0 ur
T a a T a a ·· us
( D K ll + K rl ) ( D K lr + K rr ) mr ur
Eq. 2-191
a
K lx
us
= – 0 u x
T a
D K lx + K arx
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 87
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
where the us superscript indicates that the ux variable and the response quantities are
associated with unrestrained stability derivatives. The u x vector has all of its rows set to zero
except for the row associated with the variable of interest, which has a value of unity. Once the
accelerations in the r-set and the displacements in the a-set have been computed, they can be
recovered to the g-set using standard recovery techniques.
The unrestrained stability derivative calculation can be viewed as the solution of the third row
of Eq. 2-191.
·· us us us
[ STABU ] = [ m r ] u r = – [ KAZ x ] u x – [ KAZ l ] u l
Eq. 2-192
us
– [ KAZ r ] u r
T a a
where the KAZ notation implies D K li + K ri . Eq. 2-192 represents a dimensional equation, with
the nondimensionalization a function of the stability derivative of interest. The sensitivity of
Eq. 2-192 can be performed on either of the two right-hand sides. The second equality has been
chosen giving
us us
[ ∆STABU ] = [ KAZ l ] ∆u l – [ KAZ r ] ∆u r Eq. 2-193
where the sensitivities of the displacements are obtained from the solution of Eq. 2-187. The
following derivation utilizes notation used in the SAERSENS subDMAP (see “Aeroelastic
Solution Sequences” on page 153) and also notation already introduced in “Unrestrained
Stability Derivatives” on page 57. The ∆u x term of Eq. 2-187 is zero so that the equation
becomes
where DPSALU is the l-partition of the DPSAAU matrix that is, in turn, made up of the relevant
columns from DPL and
··
UDURDD = ∆u r Eq. 2-197
T
[ PLMAZ ] = [ D ] [ DML l ] + [ DML r ] Eq. 2-198
T
[ PLZ ] = [ D ] [ DPSALU ] + [ DPSARU ] Eq. 2-199
Main Index
88
Then
If the expression for UDUL from Eq. 2-200 is substituted into the third row of Eq. 2-194, then
Then the expression for UDUR from Eq. 2-204 can be substituted into Eq. 2-206 to give
Given UDURDD from Eq. 2-208, UDUR is recovered from Eq. 2-202 and UDUL is recovered
from Eq. 2-200. The dimensional stability derivative data are then calculated using
The DSTABU vector is passed in to module DSARSN to compute the stability derivative
sensitivities.
··
The restrained stability calculations are greatly simplified since ur , u x , and u r are all invariant
in Eq. 2-187. Therefore, it is necessary only to solve for the sensitivity of ul . Eq. 2-187 then
becomes
where DUALS is ∆u l and PLSTBL is a partition of the appropriate columns of the PA matrix.
Main Index
CHAPTER 2 89
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
Flutter Sensitivity
The flutter design capability has been developed based on two key considerations:
1. The PK-flutter method is the most appropriate for flutter design.
2. The damping values obtained from the PK-flutter analysis are the most appropriate
design responses.
The PK-flutter method performs the flutter analysis at user-specified velocities and is therefore
ideal in a design task in that it allows the user to focus on a particular velocity range. The K- and
KE-flutter methods, on the other hand, perform the flutter analysis at user-specified reduced
frequencies with little control over the associated velocities.
The selection of damping values on the design response conforms to the design specifications
that are applied to the flutter behavior of air vehicles. Further, the tedious and error-prone
process of determining the flutter velocity is avoided with this approach. Finally, by
constraining the damping values over a range of frequencies, the possibility of “hump modes”
is addressed.
The eigenvalue problem for flutter is given in Eq. 2-128, as
The terms necessary for the constraint conditions and the derivation of the sensitivity are
defined again here: these are the frequency ω , the transient decay rate coefficient γ (Note that
the structural damping coefficient g = 2γ ), and the complex eigenvalue p = ω ( γ + i ) = pR + p r .
The design response that is used in MSC.Nastran to address flutter instabilities is the decay
coefficient γ . The sensitivity calculation for ∆γ is conceptually straightforward, but is
algebraically intense. From the relations γ = p R ⁄ ω and p I = ω , the derivative is expressed in
terms of the real and imaginary parts of the eigenvalue as
1
∆γ = ---- ( ∆p R – γ∆p I ) Eq. 2-214
ω
It remains to determine the sensitivities of the real and imaginary parts of the eigenvalue. The
formulation to be used requires the definition of additional notation:
{ v g } = [ φ gh ] { v h } Eq. 2-215
{ u g } = [ φ gh ] { u h } Eq. 2-216
Main Index
90
I
2 1 Q gg 1 2 R
[ F gg ] = p M gg + p B gg – --- ρcV ---------- + K gg – --- ρV Q gg = 0 Eq. 2-217
4 k 2
The F gg matrix is shown in order to lead the discussion. Aerodynamic matrices are not available
in the g-set and the discussion will show that they are not needed. The left eigenvector of Eq. 2-
213 is required in the sensitivity analysis, which points out a requirement for an eigenvector
extraction in the sensitivity phase that is in addition to the aeroelastic calculations currently
performed. This is a relatively straightforward calculation since the eigenvalues of a matrix and
its transpose are identical.
Eq. 2-213 can be recast as:
T
[ φ gh ] [ F gg ] [ φ gh ] { u h } = 0 Eq. 2-218
Differentiating:
T T
2 [ φ gh ] [ F gg ] [ ∆φ gh ] { u h } + [ φ gh ] [ ∆F gg ] [ φ gh ] { u h } Eq. 2-219
T
+ [ φ gh ] [ F gg ] [ φ gh ] { ∆u h } = 0
The term containing { ∆u h } , the eigenvector sensitivity, is neglected in the following. This is
equivalent to assuming that the normal mode eigenvectors adequately span the space over
which the flutter responses vary.
T
A rigorous simplification results from premultiplying Eq. 2-219 by v h . The left-hand
T
eigensolution of the flutter equation gives v g F gg = 0 so that the third term in Eq. 2-219 becomes
zero and the remaining equation is:
T
{ v g } [ ∆F gg ] { u g } = 0 Eq. 2-220
expanding:
T 2
{ v g } [ p ∆M gg + p∆B gg + ∆K gg + ( 2pM gg + B gg )∆p ] { u g }
Eq. 2-221
I I
T 1 Q hh Q hh 1 2 R
– { v h } --- ρcV p∆ ---------- + ---------- ∆p + --- ρv ∆Q hh { u h } = 0
4 k k 2
By writing the expressions in the g-set, the sensitivities of the mass, damping, and stiffness
matrices are available.
The computation of the sensitivities of the aerodynamic matrices is straightforward since the
matrices are a function only of Mach number and reduced frequency. The Mach number is
invariant in the calculation while the reduced frequency can vary. For the aerodynamic
sensitivity calculation, it is convenient to introduce the following notation:
RQ hh = Re ( Q hh ) Eq. 2-222
Main Index
and
CHAPTER 2 91
Fundamentals of Aeroelastic Analysis with MSC.Nastran
IQ hh = Im ( Q hh ) ⁄ k Eq. 2-223
∂RQ hh
∆RQ hh = ----------------- ∆k Eq. 2-224
∂k
∂IQ hh
∆IQ hh = ---------------- ∆k Eq. 2-225
∂k
T 2
{ v g } [ p ∆M gg + p∆B gg + ∆K gg + ( 2pM gg + B gg )∆p ] { u g } Eq. 2-226
T 1 2 ∂IQ hh 1
– { v h } --- ρc pIm ( ∆p ) ---------------- + --- ρcVIQ hh ∆p
8 ∂k 4
1 ∂RQ hh
+ --- ρcVIm ( ∆p ) ----------------- { u h } = 0
4 ∂k
Eq. 2-226 is a complex scalar equation with the complex ∆p as the single unknown. The equation
can be separated into its real and imaginary parts based on the following definitions:
2
P2R + iP2I = p = PR ⋅ PR – PI ⋅ PI – 2iPR ⋅ PI Eq. 2-228
T
MR + iMI = { v g } [ ∆M gg ] { u g } Eq. 2-230
T
BR + iBI = { v g } [ ∆B gg ] { u g } Eq. 2-231
T
KR + iKI = { v g } [ ∆K gg ] { u g } Eq. 2-232
T
GMR + iGMI = { v h } [ M hh ] { u h } Eq. 2-233
T
GBR + iGBI = { v h } [ B hh ] { u h } Eq. 2-234
Main Index
92
T
AIR + iAII = { v h } [ IQ hh ] { u h } Eq. 2-235
T ∂IQ hh
DAIR + iDAII = { v h } ---------------- { u h } Eq. 2-236
∂k
T ∂RQ hh
DARR + iDARI = { v h } ----------------- { u h } Eq. 2-237
∂k
Then the real and imaginary parts of Eq. 2-226 give the following two equations.
DF11 DF 12 DPR = F1
Eq. 2-238
DF21 DF 22 DPI F2
where
1
∆γ = --------- ∆p R Eq. 2-245
ln 2
CHAPTER
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
3
■ Overview
■ Aerodynamic Modeling
■ The Interpolation from Structural to Aerodynamic Models
■ Static Aeroelastic Analysis
■ Flutter Analysis
■ Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
■ Aeroelastic Design Sensitivity and Optimization
Main Index
94
3.1 Overview
The MSC.Nastran aeroelastic analysis and design capabilities are intended for the study of
stability and response of aeroelastic systems. They are compatible with the general structural
analysis and design capabilities of MSC.Nastran. The structural part of a problem is modeled
following guidelines in the MSC.Nastran Linear Static Analysis User’s Guide (Caffrey and Lee,
Version 68) and the MSC.Nastran Basic Dynamics User’s Guide (Blakely, Version 68). This section
deals primarily with aerodynamic data and the connection between structural and aerodynamic
elements as well as the methods for stability and response analysis and design. Some discussion
of both structural and aerodynamic modeling is also included with the example problems in
“Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems” on page 179 through “Aeroelastic Design
Sensitivities and Optimization” on page 661.
“Aerodynamic Modeling” on page 95 deals with the aerodynamic data. The selection of a good
aerodynamic model depends upon some knowledge of the theory (see “Aerodynamic
Theories” on page 30). Several aerodynamic theories are available; all assume small amplitude,
quasi-steady or sinusoidal motions. Transient aerodynamic loads are obtained by Fourier
methods.
“The Interpolation from Structural to Aerodynamic Models” on page 112 deals with the
interpolation from structural to aerodynamic degrees of freedom, and the interpolation methods
include both linear and surface splines. These methods are usually superior to high-order
polynomials because they tend to give smoother interpolations since they are based upon the
theory of uniform beams and plates of infinite extent.
“Static Aeroelastic Analysis” on page 115 describes static aeroelastic analysis. The trim
solution is obtained only in quasi-steady equilibrium at subsonic or supersonic speeds. Static
and dynamic aerodynamic stability derivatives, as well as aerodynamic and structural loads, are
also obtained along with structural element stresses and deflections. Aeroelastic divergence
speeds of restrained vehicles may be found from the K- or KE-methods of modal flutter analysis,
or they may be obtained from a special purpose static aeroelastic option. Divergence and flutter
speeds of any vehicle may always be determined by the PK-method of flutter analysis.
“Flutter Analysis” on page 117 describes modal flutter analysis by the three available methods:
the American (K) method, a streamlined version of the American method (KE), and the British
(PK) method. After a vibration analysis, the flutter frequencies and dampings are obtained as
functions of the velocity, and the relative modal amplitudes are found, except in the KE-method.
The physical displacements in the vibration modes are also available for output.
“Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis” on page 121 gives instructions for modal dynamic
aeroelastic response analyses. These include frequency response, transient response, and
random response analyses. The excitation may consist of applied mechanical forces using any
aerodynamic theory or gusts with the Doublet-Lattice and ZONA51 theories only. The response
parameters can include loads, stresses, and displacements.
“Aeroelastic Design Sensitivity and Optimization” on page 124 provides guidance for adding
static aeroelastic and flutter constraints to the MSC.Nastran optimization design procedure
(SOL 200).
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 95
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
For every aerodynamic problem, pertinent basic flight and geometric parameters are specified
on one of two Bulk Data entries: the AEROS entry is used in static aeroelastic analysis, and the
AERO entry is used in dynamic analysis. A rectangular aerodynamic coordinate system must
be identified. The flow is in the positive x-direction in this system and parallel to the plane of
the aerodynamic elements. The use of symmetry (or antisymmetry) is available to analyze
structures that have both stiffness and inertial symmetry, to simulate ground effects, and to
simulate wind tunnel wall effects. Any consistent set of units can be used for the dimensional
quantities.
The types of elements available are shown in Table 3-1. Every CAEROi entry must reference an
aerodynamic property (PAEROi) data entry that is used to list additional parameters.
Tabulations of numbers or other defining parameters are sometimes required, depending on the
selected aerodynamic method, and these are listed on AEFACT entries. These lists include
division points (for unequal box sizes) and a variety of other parameter values.
Aerodynamic Theory
Attribute Doublet-
Lifting Body ZONA51 Mach Box Strip Piston
Lattice
(Interference) Panel Surface Theory Theory
Panel
Main Index
96
Aerodynamic Theory
Attribute Doublet-
Lifting Body ZONA51 Mach Box Strip Piston
Lattice
(Interference) Panel Surface Theory Theory
Panel
Box Centers Slender Body Box Centers User Strip Strip
Interconnection
Centers Specified 1/4- 1/4-Cord
to Structure
Locations Chord
Displacement 3,5 3,5 z-Bodies 3,5 3,5 3,5 and 6 3,5 and 6
Components for for Control
2,6 y-Bodies
Used at Control
Connection
Points
If a surface lies in (or nearly in) the wake of another surface, then its spanwise divisions should
lie along the divisions of the upstream surface. The strips near the intersection of intersecting
surfaces should have comparable widths. The aspect ratio of the boxes should approximate
unity; less than three is acceptable in the subsonic case, and of order one is desirable in the
supersonic case. The chord length of the boxes should be less than 0.08 times the velocity
divided by the greatest frequency (in Hz) of interest, i.e., ∆x < 0.08V ⁄ f (Note that this is a
requirement for approximately 12 boxes per minimum wavelength; however, no less than four
boxes per chord should be used.) Boxes should be concentrated near wing edges and hinge lines
or any other place where downwash is discontinuous and pressures have large gradients. [Note
that concentrating boxes near hinge lines is a requirement of Potential Theory (which neglects
viscous effects); not increasing the concentration of boxes near hinge lines lowers the calculated
control surface effectiveness and leads to closer agreement with experimental data (with the
added benefit of reduced computational time).] The chord lengths of adjacent boxes in the
streamwise direction should change gradually. A further discussion of the choice of models is
found in Rodden, Harder, and Bellinger (1979).
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 97
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
air velocity, V
101
106
102
111
107
103 116 yAero
112
108 117
104 113
109 118
114
105
119
110
115
120 Aileron
Aerodynamic panels are assigned to interference groups. All panels within a group have
aerodynamic interaction. The purpose of the groups is to reduce the computational effort for
aerodynamic matrices when it is known that aerodynamic interference is important within the
group but otherwise is negligible or to allow the analyst to investigate the effects of aerodynamic
interference.
Each panel is described by a CAERO1 Bulk Data entry. A property entry PAERO1 may be used
to identify associated interference bodies in the subsonic case; if there are no bodies in a subsonic
case, or in a supersonic case, a dummy PAERO1 entry is still required. A body should be
identified as a member of the group if the panel is within one diameter of the surface of the body.
The box divisions along the span are determined either by specifying the number of equal boxes
NSPAN, or by identifying (by LSPAN), the AEFACT data entry that contains a list of division
points in terms of fractions of the span. A similar arrangement is used to specify divisions in the
chordwise direction by choosing NCHORD or LCHORD. The locations of the two leading edge
points are specified in the coordinate system (CP) defined by the user (including basic). The
lengths of the sides (chords) are specified by the user, and they are in the airstream direction (i.e.
parallel to the x-axis of the aerodynamic coordinate system specified on the AERO or AEROS
Bulk Data entry). Every panel must be assigned to some interference group (IGID). If all panels
interact, then IGID must be the same for all panels.
Aerodynamic Grid Points. There is an aerodynamic grid point with its associated degrees of
freedom in plunge and pitch for each box within a given panel. These points are located at the
center of each box and are automatically numbered and sequenced by the program. The lowest
aerodynamic grid point number for a given panel is automatically assigned the same number as
specified for the panel ID field on the CAERO1 entry starting with the box connected to point 1.
The grid point numbers increase in increments of 1 (see the CAERO1 Bulk Data entry
description) first in the chordwise direction and then spanwise over all boxes in the panel. The
Main Index
98
user must be aware of these internally generated grid points and ensure that their numbers are
greater than any structural grid, scalar, and extra point IDs. The reason for this is that these
aerodynamic points are used for output including displacements, plotting, matrix prints, etc.
The local displacement coordinate system has component T1 in the flow direction and
component T3 in the direction normal to the panel in the element coordinate system defined on
the CAERO1 entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 99
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
x U
(Velocity Vector)
1005
Panel 2005
Boxes
1008
2004 Slender Body
Elements
(Fuselage)
2003
1007
1004 1002
1005
1018 1003
2009
1001
1009
2008
2002
2007
2006
2001
z
z
Main Index
100
x z
Interference
Elements
y
Slender Body
Elements
The PAERO1 Bulk Data entry lists the IDs of all the bodies that are associated (i.e., interfere) with
a given Doublet-Lattice panel (CAERO1 entry). The CAERO2 entry specifies the geometry and
divisions for the slender body and interference elements. The PAERO2 entry provides
orientation and cross-section data for the slender body and interference elements as well as the
sampling data to account for the residual flow discussed later. The location of the body nose and
the length in the flow direction are given. The slender body elements and interference elements
are distinct quantities and must be specified separately. At least two slender body elements and
one interference element are required for each body. The geometry is given in terms of the
element division points, the associated width, and a single height-to-width ratio for the entire
body length. The locations of the division points may be given in dimensionless units or, if the
lengths are equal, only the number of elements need be specified. The body may be divided
along its length unequally to characterize the lift distribution, noting that Slender Body Theory
gives a lift proportional to the rate of change of cross-section area. Shorter elements should be
chosen at the nose where the area is changing rapidly; longer elements can be used along
cylindrical regions where the area is constant and intermediate length elements can be used in
transition regions. The semiwidths of the slender body at interference element boundaries can
be specified separately and are given in units of length. Usually the slender body semiwidth is
taken as zero at the nose and is a function of x , while the interference body semiwidth is taken
to be constant.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 101
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
The interference elements are intended for use only with panels and/or other bodies, while
slender body elements can stand alone. Grid points are generated only for the slender body
elements. The first grid point is assigned the ID of the body corresponding to the element at the
nose and other grid points are incremented by one. The user must ensure that the IDs of these
generated grid points are greater than any structural grid, scalar point, and extra point ID in the
model, and greater than any other aerodynamic grid point ID.
There are some requirements about bodies that have been imposed to simplify coding. All z-
only bodies must have lower ID numbers than zy-bodies, which, in turn, must have lower ID
numbers than y-only bodies. The total number of interference elements associated with a panel
is limited to six. The user should be cautious about the use of associated interference bodies since
they increase computational effort significantly.
A brief review of the Method of Images (and its approximations) follows before the
implementation of the method in MSC.Nastran is discussed.
The interference elements provide the basis for the internal image system that cancels most of
the effects of the trailing vortices from the lifting surfaces. Because of the two-dimensional basis
for this approximation (Thompson's Circle Theorem in Hydrodynamics), the body surface has
been approximated by a constant elliptical cross-section cylinder called the interference tube,
and it is this cylindrical tube that is divided into the interference elements. All panels that
intersect a body must be attached to the interference tube. Image locations are computed from
the semi-width of the interference tube for all lifting surfaces associated with the body. The
image is only computed if it lies between the front of the first interference element and aft of the
last interference element for the associated body. Shorter interference elements are placed in
regions of substantial interference, e.g., near the wing-fuselage intersection; longer interference
elements are placed in regions of less interference, and, of course, no elements are necessary
where interference may be neglected. An image is only computed if it lies between the front of
the first interference element and the rear of the last interference element for the associated body.
The division of the interference tube into interference elements is independent of the division of
the body into slender body elements; the longitudinal locations of their end points are
independent, although they can be chosen to be the same for convenience.
There is a residual flow "through" the body surface because the image system, being based on
two-dimensional considerations, only partially cancels the flow through the body surface. It
does not compensate for the effects of the bound vortices on the lifting surfaces or other bodies.
Additional unknown "residual" doublets are located along the axis of the body, and, when
determined, are added to the known doublet strengths of the slender body elements. The
residual flow is calculated by "sampling" the vertical or side velocity components from the net
effect of the surface, slender body, and image vortices or doublets. The sampling is performed
at various angular positions around the periphery of the elliptical interference tube at the end
points of the interference elements. Two sampling patterns can be specified: the first might be
dense for a region of strong interference, the other might be sparse for a region of weak
interference (or the roles of the two may be interchanged). The strengths of the "residual"
doublets are then determined to cancel the net velocity.
Main Index
102
The calculation of the velocity field induced by the residual doublets requires knowledge of the
geometry of the cross section of the slender body at the end points of the interference elements.
However, experience shows that the residual flow is small compared to the slender body flow
field so that the residual flow need not be represented accurately. This permits the further
approximation of simply using the geometry of the constant cross-section interference tube in
the calculation of the velocities induced by the residual doublets.
The contents of the various fields of the CAERO2 and PAERO2 data entries may now be
summarized. The CAERO2 entry defines the slender body element end points and the
interference body end points, the coordinates of the body nose, and the body length. The
PAERO2 entry defines the cross-sectional properties of the slender body and the interference
tube: ORIENT specifies the direction(s) of motion; WIDTH is the half-width of the interference
tube; AR is the body/tube aspect ratio (height/width); LRSB points to an AEFACT entry that
lists the slender body half-widths at the end points of the slender body elements; LRIB points to
an AEFACT entry that lists the slender body half-widths of the end points of the interference
elements (note that because the residual flow is small, as discussed above, leaving LRIB blank
results in the velocities induced by the residual doublets being based on the interference tube
cross-section, specified by WIDTH and AR, without significant error, and is recommended);
LTH1 and LTH2 point to AEFACT entries that list the angles θ 1 and θ 2 (in degrees),
respectively, around the periphery of the elliptical interference tube at which the residual flow
velocity components are sampled and averaged, the first being the dense (or sparse) sampling
and the second being the sparse (or dense) sampling; finally, THIi and THNi list the first and last
interference element (numbering beginning at one for each body) to use the θ 1 -array.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 103
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
Mach Box aerodynamics may be used to compute unsteady supersonic aerodynamic forces for
a planar, isolated wing at supersonic speeds. The surface (see Figure 3-4) may have a leading
and/or trailing edge crank. There may be one or two adjacent trailing edge control surfaces.
The "inboard" edge (side 1-2 on the CAERO3 entry) must be the plane of structural, mass, and
aerodynamic symmetry.
The geometry of the planform is specified on the CAERO3 data entry. The two leading edge
corners are located by the user. These, along with the flow direction, define the plane of the
element. Up to 10 additional points are permitted to specify cranks and controls; these points
are dimensional quantities using a coordinate system in the plane of the element and with its
origin at point 1.
The recommended minimum number of Mach boxes is 80. The recommended minimum
number in the flow direction is seven. The number of boxes in the flow direction is entered on
the PAERO3 entry. The number of spanwise boxes is determined within the program as
outlined in “Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30 since the total number of boxes depends on the
Mach number, m , and will change for different Mach numbers. The number of Mach boxes in
the flow direction may be computed as follows:
x max
NBOX = Int --------------------------------- + 0.999
βy max
-------------------------
NSB – 0.5-
where:
β = 2
m –1
x max = maximum chordwise dimension
and Int( ) denotes the integer value of ( ), and NSB is the number of spanwise Mach boxes:
βy max
NSB = Int ------------------------------------------ + 0.5
x max
-----------------------------------
NBOX0 + 0.5-
The T3 component of these points is normal to the plane of the element. Additional lists of at
least three points are needed for each optional control surface that is included. These
aerodynamic grid points are numbered starting with the ID field of the CAERO3 entry, which
must be a larger ID number than any GRID, SPOINT, or EPOINT ID in the model. Interpolation
from the Mach box centers to determine deflections and slopes at these designated control points
is performed with surface spline routines within the program and requires no input from the
user.
1 y
5
Grid Points (at least
three per wing and at
least three per each
control surface)
7
9 Sweepback Angle ≥ 0
2 8 11 4
6 10
12
8. When only one control surface is present, it must be control surface one.
9. If the second control surface is not present, then x 11 , y 11 and x 12 , y 12 are not required
as input.
10. If no control surfaces are present, then x i , yi (i = 7 through 12) are not required as input.
11. No aerodynamic balance for the control surfaces has been included in the program.
12. The number of chordwise boxes used as input (NBOX) to the program should be
carefully selected to provide at least 80 boxes on the wing but NBOX cannot exceed 50.
Note that NBOX is the number of chordwise boxes between the most forward point
and the most aft point on the lifting surface, as shown in Figure 3-5.
13. If the maximum number of allowable boxes (500 on the main surface, 200 on each
control surface) is exceeded, the program will reduce the number of chordwise boxes
one at a time until the number of boxes is under the allowable limit.
Mach Line
Di
ap
hr NBOX
ag
m
Re
gi
on
Idealized Surface
Main Index
106
SS S MAIN
SS. 1 CNTRL1
SSS. 2 CNTRL2
SSS.. . DIAPHRAGM
SSSS.. ; WAKE
SSSS...
SSSSS...
SSSSS....
SSSSSS....
SSSSSS.....
SSSSSSS.....
SSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSSSSSSS......
SSSSSSSSSSSSSS......
SS1111122SSSSS.....
SS111112222SSS....
SS1111122222SS...
SS1111122222SS..
22SS.
S
Generated Surface
Figure 3-5 Mach Box Surface Showing Mach Boxes and Diaphragm Region
Strip Theory
Modified Strip Theory can be used for unsteady aerodynamic forces on a high aspect ratio lifting
surface, although it is less accurate than the available lifting surface theories. Each strip may
have two or three degrees of freedom. Plunge and pitch are always used, and rotation of an
aerodynamically balanced control surface is optional. If a control surface is present, either a
sealed or an open gap may be used.
The planform (which may have several strips in one macro-element) is specified on a CAERO4
Bulk Data entry. A sample planform is shown in Figure 3-6. The user supplies the two leading
edge corner locations and the edge chords as dimensional quantities. Edge chords are assumed
to be in the flow direction. All additional geometry (box divisions, hinge locations, etc.) are
given in dimensionless units. Multiple CAERO4 entries may be used if there are several surfaces
or cranks.
A grid point is assigned to each strip, and is assigned an ID starting with the CAERO4 entry ID
and incrementing by one for each strip. The plunge (T3) and pitch (R2) degrees of freedom have
the conventional definition. When a control surface is present, the R3 degree of freedom has a
nonstandard definition, in the case of the relative control rotation. When interconnecting with
the structure, the ordinary (surface or linear) splines can be used for T3 and R2, but a special
method (see SPLINE3 data entry) is used for the relative control rotation.
The parameters such as the lift curve slope or the lag function may be varied to account
approximately for finite-span effects (three-dimensional flow) and Mach number by AEFACT
Bulk Data entry selection from PAERO4. The AEFACT Bulk Data entry format used by Strip
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 107
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
Theory is shown in the remarks on the PAERO4 Bulk Data entry. The user may request a
Prandtl-Glauert (compressibility) and/or a sweep correction to the value of the lift curve slope.
The lag function depends upon the local (i.e., using the chord of the strip) reduced frequency;
for incompressible flow, it is the Theodorsen function C ( k ) . An approximate form for this
function is given by
N
bn
C( k) = ∑ ---------------------------
1 – iβ n ⁄ k
Eq. 3-1
n = 0
in which β 0 = 0 , and may be selected for computing variations on the Theodorsen function that
account for compressibility and finite span effects. The choice of parameters b n and β 0 is left to
the user to select values suitable for the requirement. Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955,
pp. 350, 394) give values for various Mach numbers and aspect ratios.
Main Index
108
R2
U
R3
T3
1 Strip Number
y
1 Free Stream Velocity
U
2
Λ
+ Quarter Chord
3 Interconnection
Grid Points
+
4
+
d
2b 5
Gap
+
4
2
ca
+ One Macro-Element
with Five Sub-Elements
∆y
x
Constant
Percent Chord
Hinge Line
3
Figure 3-6 Strip Theory Example Lifting Surface
Piston Theory
Piston Theory in MSC.Nastran is a form of strip theory taken from Rodden, Farkas, Malcom, and
Kliszewski (1962) who considered a rigid chord airfoil with an aerodynamically unbalanced
rigid control surface. The aerodynamic forces are computed from third-order Piston Theory,
2 2 2
which is valid for large Mach numbers m » 1 , or sufficiently high reduced frequency m k » 1 .
Although the latter condition may be met in subsonic flow, the primary application of Piston
theory is in high supersonic flow. The coefficients of the point-pressure function (relating local
pressure to local downwash) may be modified to agree with the Van Dyke theory for a rigid
chord and to account for sweepback effects. The resulting strip parameters will depend upon
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 109
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
the wing thickness distribution and spanwise variation of initial angle of attack, both of which
must be supplied by the user. If a control surface is present, it is assumed to have no
aerodynamic balance.
Geometry specification and interconnection points follow the same rules as for Strip Theory.
The additional information about angle of attack and thickness is input on AEFACT data entries
that are referenced by the CAERO5 and PAERO5 data entries. The AEFACT data entry formats
used by Piston Theory are shown in the Remarks on the PAERO5 data entry. If thickness
integrals are input on AEFACT data entries, they must be calculated according to the thickness
integral definitions on the CAERO5 data entry.
The effect of wing thickness is to move the local aerodynamic center forward of the midchord;
the effect of initial (trim) angle of attack is to move the local aerodynamic center aft toward the
midchord. Conservative flutter speed predictions should result if the angle of attack is assumed
to be zero.
Chordwise flexibility (camber) can be approximated using multiple CAERO5 entries. Two
examples (HA145G and HA145HA) illustrate this technique in “Flutter Analysis Sample
Problems” on page 339.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 111
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
Main Index
112
For all types of splines, the user must specify the structural degrees of freedom and the
aerodynamic points involved. The given structural points can be specified by a list (SET1) or by
specifying a volume in space and determining all the grid points in the volume (SET2). The
degrees of freedom utilized at the grid points include only the normal displacements for surface
splines. For linear splines, the normal displacement is always used and, by user option, torsional
rotations and/or slopes may be included.
Surface Splines. The SPLINE1 data entry defines a surface spline. This can interpolate for any
“rectangular” subarray of boxes on a panel. For example, one spline can be used for the inboard
end of a panel and another for the outboard end. The interpolated aerodynamic degrees of
freedom (k-set) are specified by naming the lowest and highest aerodynamic grid point numbers
in the area to be splined. The two methods for specifying the structural grid points use either
SET1 or SET2 data entries. A parameter DZ is used to allow smoothing of the spline fit. If
DZ = 0 (the recommended value), the spline will pass through all deflected grid points. If
DZ > 0 , then the spline (a plate) is attached to the deflected grid points via springs, which
produce a smoother interpolation that does not necessarily pass through any of the points. The
flexibility of the springs is proportional to DZ.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 113
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
z (perpendicular to aero-element)
zA
g(structural)-set
k(aerodynamic)-set
flexible attachment to
normal displacement
yA
Aerodynamic
Coordinate x
System x
xA
z (perpendicular to aero-element
k-set g-set
attachment flexibility
to displacement,
slope and torsion
linear spline
rigid arms bending and torsion
x
in aero-element plane,
not necessarily in xA-direction
Linear Splines. The SPLINE2 data entry defines a linear spline. As can be seen from Figure 3-
9, this is a generalization of a simple beam spline to allow for interpolation over an area. It
corresponds to the frequently used assumption of the “elastic axis” in which the structure is
assumed to twist about the axis such that the airfoil chord perpendicular to the axis behaves as
if it were rigid. The portion of a panel to be interpolated and the set of structural points are
determined in the similar manner as with SPLINE1. However, a coordinate system must also be
supplied to determine the axis of the spline; a coordinate system with its y-axis collinear with
Main Index
114
the spline axis is required. Since the spline has torsion and bending flexibility, the user may
specify the ratio DTOR of flexibilities for a wing as a representative value of EI ⁄ GJ ; the default
value for this ratio is 1.0. The attachment flexibilities, D z , D θx , and D θy allow for smoothing,
but usually all values are taken to be zero; when the attachment flexibilities are taken to be zero,
the spline passes through all of the connected grid points and the value of the ratio DTOR has
no effect. In the case where the structural model does not have one or both slopes defined, the
convention DTHX = – 1.0 and/or DTHY = – 1.0 is used. When used with bodies, there is no
torsion and the spline axis is along the body so that a user input coordinate system is not
required.
There are special cases with splines where attachment flexibility is either required or should not
be used. The following special cases should be noted:
1. Two or more grid points, when projected onto the plane of the element (or the axis of
a body), may have the same location. To avoid a singular interpolation matrix, a
positive attachment flexibility must be used (or only one grid point selected at that
location).
2. With linear splines, three deflections with the same spline y-coordinate overdetermine
the interpolated deflections since the perpendicular arms are rigid. A positive DZ is
needed to make the interpolation matrix nonsingular.
3. With linear splines, two slopes (or twists) at the same y-coordinate lead to a singular
interpolation matrix. Use DTHX > 0 (or DTHY > 0 ) to allow interpolation.
4. For some modeling techniques, i.e., those which use only displacement degrees of
freedom, the rotations of the structural model are constrained to zero to avoid matrix
singularities. If a linear spline is used, the rotational constraints should not be enforced
to these zero values. When used for panels, negative values of DTHX will disconnect
the slope, and negative values of DTHY will disconnect the twist. For bodies, DTHY
constrains the slopes since there is no twist degree of freedom for body interpolation.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 115
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
The requirements for static aeroelastic analysis beyond those for the structural and aerodynamic
models are nominal. The Executive Control requires the statement SOL 144 to call for the Static
Aeroelastic Response DMAP sequence, SOL 144.
The stability derivatives are obtained as part of the solution process and are always printed if
there are “SUPORT”ed degrees of freedom. All other derived quantities of interest must be
requested in the Case Control: The subcase commands APRES = n and AEROF = n request
the aerodynamic pressures and forces for a set of aerodynamic grid points defined by n . The
flight conditions are specified for each SUBCASE on TRIM commands that involve TRIM Bulk
Data entries.
The AESTAT entries define the trim parameters, e.g., angle of attack α = ANGLEA , pitching
·· ·
velocity q = PITCH , normal acceleration z = URDD3 , and pitching acceleration q = URDD5
, in the longitudinal case. The trimming surfaces are specified on the AESURF entry; e.g., if the
elevator deflection, δ e = ELEV , is used to trim a symmetric flight condition, then both ELEV
and the aerodynamic boxes in the aerodynamic model that lie on the elevator are identified on
the AESURF entry. The reference geometry for the dimensionless stability derivatives and the
symmetry condition for the maneuver are specified on the AEROS entry. Finally, the flight
condition Mach number m and dynamic pressure q are specified on the TRIM entry along with
all trim parameters that are known from the maneuvering condition; e.g., a longitudinal
·· ·
maneuver may specify q , z , and q and the trim solution would then determine α and δ e .
The AELINK entry can be used to specify known relationships among AESTAT and AESURF
parameters. For example, inboard and outboard ailerons could be linked together in a schedule
specified by flight control engineers.
Experimental data can be included in the static aeroelastic analysis as discussed at the end of
“Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30. Provision has been made for the premultiplying diagonal
e
matrix [ Wkk ] . Provision has also been made for the experimental pressure coefficients { f j ⁄ q } to
be input as DMI with the name FA2J. The elements of WKK and FA2J are user-supplied data.
An initial incidence, camber or twist distribution is introduced in Eq. 2-2 as { w jg } for inclusion
in static aeroelastic analyses, and it can be input on DMI entries with the name W2GJ. The values
must be derived by the user at the aerodynamic grid points of all aerodynamic boxes (at the box
centerline midchord) and slender body elements (at the element midchord). No means of
interpolation have been provided.
Sample problems are presented in “Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems” on page 179
to illustrate static aeroelastic trim solutions for symmetric, antisymmetric, and unsymmetric
flight conditions.
Main Index
116
Divergence Analysis
The Static Aeroelastic Solution Sequence can also perform a divergence analysis. The analysis is
invoked by a DIVERG command in Case Control which, in turn, invokes a DIVERG Bulk Data
entry. The eigenanalysis of Eq. 2-101 is carried out using a complex eigensolver. A CMETHOD
Case Control command invokes an EIGC Bulk Data entry that specifies the attributes for the
eigenanalysis. The DIVERG Bulk Data entry allows the user to extract a desired number of
divergence pressures (typically one, since the second and higher pressures are not of practical
interest) for the Mach numbers given on the entry. Sample Case Control commands and Bulk
Data entries for a divergence analysis are given in Listing 3-1. The CMETHOD request invokes
a complex Lanczos eigenanalysis that asks for five roots to be extracted. The DIVERG Bulk Data
entry indicates that the analysis is to be performed using incompressible aerodynamics
( m = 0.0 ) and that five divergence roots are requested. Results from executing this input file
are given at the end of “Static Aeroelasticity” on page 143 in lieu of an example in “Static
Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems” on page 179.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 117
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
Features of the three flutter methods are shown in . Because of the iterative nature of the PK-
method, the manner of convergence is frequently of interest to the user and can be seen by
specifying the diagnostic, DIAG 39, in the Executive Control Section.
The Case Control selects the flutter method on the FMETHOD command. It also selects the real
eigenvalue method on a METHOD command for use in finding the vibration modes and
frequencies for the modal flutter analysis. If the K-method of flutter analysis is to be used, a
CMETHOD command is also required to specify the complex eigenvalue method. Plot requests
may also be made in the Case Control for the frequency and damping versus velocity curves.
Brief descriptions of the K-, KE-, and PK-flutter methods follow, before the requirements of the
Bulk Data entries are summarized.
Method
Feature
K KE PK
Structural Matrices K (complex) K (complex) K (real)
B (complex) B (real)
M (complex) M (complex) M (real)
Aerodynamic Matrices M (complex) M (complex) K (real)
B (real)
User Input Loops ρ -Density ρ -Density ρ -Density
Main Index
118
Method
Feature
K KE PK
m-Mach Number m-Mach Number m-Mach Number
k-Reduced Frequency k-Reduced Frequency V-Velocity
Output V-g Curve V-g Curve V-g Curve
Complex Modes Complex Modes
Displacements Displacements
Deformed Plots Deformed Plots
Method Compute Roots for Compute Roots for User For Each ρ, m, V,
User Input ρ, m, k Input ρ, m, k. Reorder Iterate on Each
Output so a “Curve” Root to Find
Refers to a Mode. Consistent Results.
Eigenvalue Method Several Methods Complex Upper* Real Upper*
Available, Selected by Hessenberg Hessenberg
User via CMETHOD in
Case Control
All methods allow looping through three sets of parameters: density ratio ρ ⁄ ρref ( ρ ref is given
on an AERO data entry), Mach number m, and reduced frequency k. For example, if the user
specifies two values of each, there will be eight analyses in the following order:
REFREQ or
LOOP (CURVE) DENS MACH
VELOCITY
1 1 1 1
2 2 1 1
3 1 1 2
4 2 1 2
5 1 2 I
6 2 2 1
7 1 2 2
8 2 2 2
The K-method of flutter analysis considers the aerodynamic loads as complex masses, and the
flutter analysis becomes a vibration analysis using complex arithmetic to determine the
frequencies and artificial dampings required to sustain the assumed harmonic motion. This is
Main Index the reason the solution damping is not physical. When a B matrix is present, complex conjugate
CHAPTER 3 119
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
pairs of roots are no longer produced. MSC.Nastran uses the CEAD module to extract all
requested roots but only selects roots with a positive imaginary part for the flutter summary
output.
alues for the parameters are listed on FLFACT Bulk Data entries. Usually, one or two of the
parameters will have only a single value. Caution: If a large number of loops are specified, they
may take an excessive time to execute. Multiple subcases can be specified to pinpoint particular
regions for study while controlling CPU resources.
The KE-method is similar to the K-method. By restricting the functionality, the KE-method is a
more efficient K-method. The two major restrictions are that no damping (B) matrix is allowed
and no eigenvector recovery is made. A complex stiffness matrix can be used to include the
effects of structural damping. The KE-method therefore cannot consider control systems in
which damping terms are usually essential, but it is a good method for producing a large
number of points for the classical V-g curve of a system without automatic controls. The KE-
method also sorts the data for plotting. A plot request for one curve gives all of the reduced
frequencies for a mode whereas a similar request in the K-method gives all of the modes at one
k value. Use of the alternative method for the specification of k (see the FLFACT Bulk Data
entry) is designed to produce well-behaved V-g curves for the KE-method.
The PK-method treats the aerodynamic matrices as real frequency dependent springs and
dampers. A frequency is estimated, and the eigenvalues are found. From an eigenvalue, a new
frequency is found. The convergence to a consistent root is rapid. Advantages of the method
are that it permits control systems analysis and that the damping values obtained at subcritical
flutter conditions appear to be more representative of the physical damping. Another advantage
occurs when the stability at a specified velocity is required since many fewer eigenvalue
analyses are needed to find the behavior at one velocity. The input data for the PK-method also
allows looping, as in the K-method. The inner loop of the user data is on velocity, with Mach
number and density on the outer loops. Thus, finding the effects of variations in one or both of
the two parameters in one run is possible.
The flight condition and remaining flutter control specifications are in the Bulk Data input. The
AERO entry gives the basic aerodynamic data. The MKAERO1 or MKAERO2 entries specify the
Mach number and reduced frequencies for which the generalized aerodynamic forces are
computed explicitly. The FLUTTER entry selects the method of flutter analysis and refers to
FLFACT entries for density ratios, Mach numbers, and reduced frequencies (K- and KE-
methods) or velocities (PK-method). The IMETH field on the FLUTTER entry specifies the
aerodynamic interpolation method. As discussed in “Dynamic Aeroelastic Analysis” on
page 74, the K- and KE-methods of flutter analysis allow the user to select a linear spline that
interpolates on reduced frequency for aerodynamic matrices at the Mach number closest to the
required Mach number, or a surface spline that interpolates on both Mach number and reduced
frequency. It is recommended that the linear spline be used in most cases. The PK-method only
supports the linear spline method. The EIGR entry selects the real eigenvalue method to obtain
the vibration modes and frequencies, and, if the K-method of flutter analysis is to be used, an
EIGC entry selects the complex eigenvalue method to obtain the flutter roots and modes. The
number of vibration modes computed is specified on the EIGR entry, but the number needed in
the flutter analysis should be determined by a convergence study. The parameters LMODES or
LFREQ and HFREQ can be used to select the number of vibration modes to be used in the flutter
Main Index
120
analysis and can be varied to determine the accuracy of convergence. The NVALUE field on the
FLUTTER entry can be used to limit Flutter Summary output. Finally, the parameter
PARAM,VREF may be used to scale the output velocity. This can be used to convert from
consistent units (e.g., in/sec) to any units the user may desire (e.g., knots) as determined from
V out = V ⁄ ( VREF ) .
If physical output (grid point deflections or element forces, plots, etc.) is desired these data can
be recovered by using a Case Control command; for example, the physical displacements can be
obtained with the DISPLACEMENT case control command, DISP = ALL. A selected subset of
the cases can be obtained by the OFREQUENCY command. The selection is based upon the
imaginary part of the eigenvalue: velocity in the K- or KE-method, frequency in the PK-method.
Example problems that demonstrate the different methods of flutter analysis with the various
aerodynamic theories are presented in “Flutter Analysis Sample Problems” on page 339.
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 121
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
Case Control Commands. The Case Control is used to select constraints, methods, and
output. The METHOD command is required since it selects a method to compute the structural
modes and frequencies that provide the modal basis for the response analysis. Some form of
modal damping should be requested [see discussion of alternative representations of damping
Main Index
122
in “Reasons to Compute Normal Modes” on page 36 of the MSC.Nastran Basic Dynamics User’s
Guide since all structures have some damping which can affect the results significantly. The
complex structural damping can be used here since it is consistent with the harmonic
assumptions of a frequency response analysis. A frequency selection FREQ is required, and
some form of excitation, either loading (e.g., direct loads, DLOAD) or enforced displacement, is
also required. The GUST Case Control command specifies a gust field. Output that can be
requested includes solution set displacements (amplitudes of modes and extra points), physical
displacements (grid points and extra points), constraint forces and aerodynamic loading,
element forces and stresses, and plots.
The user specifies the flight conditions in the Bulk Data Input. The same velocity is specified on
both the AERO and the GUST data entries if a gust response is desired, while Mach number and
dynamic pressure are supplied on the Bulk Data entries PARAM,MACH and PARAM,Q. The
FREQi entry defines the set of frequencies for which the frequency response is performed.
For transient response to a gust, the GUST Case Control command and Bulk Data entry augment
the DLOAD Case Control command. A dummy DLOAD request is necessary to force the
transient solution. The GUST Bulk Data entry now refers to a TLOADi entry that gives the gust
profile. The Bulk Data entry PARAM,GUSTAERO,-1 is necessary to generate the airloads
required for the gust load calculation. On a restart; the default value (+1) is recommended if no
new gust loads are to be computed. It Is also recommended that the gust aerodynamics be
calculated at the same time the aerodynamics for motion are calculated, i.e., include
PARAM,GUSTAERO,-1 in the initial flutter solution (SOL 145), so that all aerodynamics will be
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 123
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
available on the database for a restart in SOL 146. Generating gust aerodynamics along with
motion aerodynamics does not add significant cost, but generating them subsequently in a
restart requires repeating all of the aerodynamic calculations.
Main Index
124
Multidisciplinary Analysis
For an optimization procedure to be of maximum benefit, it must be able to simultaneously take
into account of all the conditions that impact the design. For this reason, the design sensitivity
and optimization capability in MSC.Nastran is based on a multidisciplinary analysis capability
that includes statics, normal modes, buckling, direct and modal frequency, modal transient,
static aeroelastic, and flutter analyses. The static aeroelastic and flutter analysis capabilities
present in the multidisciplinary analysis and design solution sequence (SOL 200) contain the full
capabilities of the static aeroelastic (SOL 144) and flutter (SOL 145) solution sequences. It is
necessary in SOL 200 to designate the type of analysis being performed for each subcase using
the ANALYSIS Case Control command. ANALYSIS = SAERO is used for static aeroelasticity,
while ANALYSIS = FLUTTER is used for flutter analysis.
Response Evaluation
For a sensitivity value to be computed, the user must designate it on a DRESP1 entry and either
constrain it on a DCONSTR entry or identify it as the design objective using the DESOBJ Case
Control command. Further, the DCONSTR set must be selected by either a DESSUB or a
DESGLB Case Control command. For static aeroelasticity, the DRESP1 entry can be used to
invoke standard static analysis responses, specifically, RTYPE = DISP, STRAIN, STRESS,
FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, and/or CFAILURE, as well as two responses, RTYPE = STABDER
and/or TRIM, that are unique to static aeroelasticity. The STABDER response requests a
stability derivative response and therefore selects one of the components of an AESTAT or
AESURF aerodynamic extra point. The selected response type can correspond to a restrained or
unrestrained derivative (see “Static Aeroelasticity” on page 52), based on the value of the ATTB
field. The utility of this request is that it is possible to determine how a key aeroelastic
parameter, such as lift curve slope, C L , varies when a structural change is made. More
α
significant perhaps, it is possible to include design requirements on these stability derivatives in
a MSC.Nastran design optimization study.
The TRIM response on the DRESP1 entry requests a particular aerodynamic extra point by
referencing an AESTAT or AESURF entry ID. The associated response is the magnitude of the
aerodynamic extra point for the maneuver condition defined for the subcase. It is to be expected
that the sensitivity of this response to a particular structural parameter is small. The response
can have utility in limiting the range over which an aerodynamic value can vary during an
optimization task; e.g., by limiting an elevator rotation to be less than 20 degrees, therefore,
unrealistic designs can be precluded.
A final DRESP1 response type related to aeroelasticity is for flutter (RTYPE = FLUTTER). The
entry selects damping values from an aerodynamic flutter analysis as response quantities. The
ATTi (i = 1,2,3 and 4) fields of this entry allow for a precise selection of the damping values from
Main Index
CHAPTER 3 125
Aeroelastic Modeling in MSC.Nastran
the available responses; i.e., ATT1 specifies a SET1 entry that selects the mode set, ATT2 specifies
an FLFACT entry that selects the set of densities, ATT3 specifies an FLFACT entry that selects a
set of Mach numbers, and ATT4 specifies an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of velocities. The
requested data must exist from the analysis at precisely the Mach number, density, and velocity
triplets specified by the FLFACT data. The effective use of this capability requires knowledge of
the flutter characteristics of the vehicle so that the subset of the analysis results that are selected
for design are both reasonable and comprehensive. For example, it would make little sense to
try and alter the structure to modify undesirable damping values that result from the rigid body
response of the vehicle. Similarly, most damping values are noncritical and can be safely
excluded from the design task.
MSC.Nastran can also construct synthetic responses that can be a function of DRESP1 response
values, design variables values, user-defined constants, and grid locations. This is done using a
combination of the DRESP2 entry to define the quantities that contribute to the synthetic
response and a DEQATN entry that provides the equation that defines the synthetic response.
A particular aeroelastic application of this capability is the construction of a response that
predicts the roll performance of the vehicle as a function of the ratio of two stability derivatives:
Cl
pb δa
------------- = – -----------
2Vδ a Cl
p
Obtaining adequate roll performance is often a design driver for air-combat vehicles and
typically entails enhancing the torsional stiffness of a wing. By use of the above relationship, this
requirement can be incorporated into a MSC.Nastran design task. An example of this is given
in “Aeroelastic Optimization of FSW Airplane (Example HA200A)” on page 664.
Sensitivity Analysis
The specification of response quantities as described in the preceding subsection is a means
towards the end of obtaining information for the structural design task. The first type of
information that is available is sensitivity results wherein the rate of change of a particular
response quantity r j , with respect to a change in a design variable x j , is produced:
λ ij = ∂r i ⁄ ∂x j
“Defining the Design Variables” on page 7 of the MSC.Nastran Design Sensitivity and
Optimization User’s Guide (Moore, Version 68) contains a detailed description of design
sensitivity analysis while in this “Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization” on
page 84 provides a description of the calculations required to provide these sensitivities for
aeroelastic responses. This section provides guidelines useful in obtaining desired sensitivity
information.
The user selects sensitivity analysis by setting PARAM,OPTEXIT equal to 4. An example of the
output obtained with this option is given in “Aeroelastic Optimization of FSW Airplane
(Example HA200A)” on page 664.
Main Index
126
The MSC.Nastran implementation of design sensitivity analysis requires that the responses
specified on DRESP1 and DRESP2 entries must be “constrained” in order for design sensitivity
to occur. Further, the constrained responses have to pass through screening criteria that are
applied in MSC.Nastran in order to limit the number of responses that are used in a design
sensitivity and/or optimization task. The constraint specification begins with a DESSUB Case
Control command that identifies the constraint set that is to be applied to a particular subcase.
The command invokes DCONADD and/or DCONSTR Bulk Data entries, where the optional
DCONADD entry is used to collect DCONSTR sets applicable in the subcase and the DCONSTR
entry selects the DRESPi entries and specifies lower and upper limits on the response value. The
screening procedure selects the constraints that are greater than a threshold value with a further
limitation that only a limited number of responses of a given type will be retained (see the
“Defining the Analysis Disciplines” on page 4 of the MSC.Nastran Design Sensitivity and
Optimization User’s Guide). The user can force a response to be retained by using the DSCREEN
Bulk Data entry to reduce the threshold value and/or increase the number of retained responses.
For sensitivity analysis, a trick that can be used to force the retention of a response is to specify
identical upper and lower limits on the DCONSTR entry associated with the response.
Optimization
Once the user has specified the design variables, a design objective, and design constraints,
MSC.Nastran can be used to determine the design that provides the minimum (or maximum)
value of the objective while satisfying the imposed constraints. This is a powerful tool for the
aeroelastician in that it provides a systematic means of finding an improved design. It can also
be appreciated that, particularly in the context of aeroelasticity, the user must be involved with
the optimization task and apply “reasonableness“ tests to the designs that are achieved. An
optimization task exploits any deficiencies in the analysis in a way that helps it achieve its goals.
Again, the user is referred to the MSC.Nastran Design Sensitivity and Optimization User’s Guide,
Moore (Version 68) for guidelines into performing optimization tasks, including means of
gaining insight into the performance of the optimizer.
One user guideline that is relevant here is that the use of 0.0 as a limiting value on the DCONSTR
entry should be avoided, if possible. MSC.Nastran uses a normalized value for the constraint
that entails dividing the response value by the constraint limit. Specifying a limit of 0.0 then
produces a division-by-zero problem that MSC.Nastran avoids by substituting a small number
for the limit. In the context of aeroelasticity, the user would be inclined to apply an upper bound
of 0.0 to a DRESP1 entry that has an RTYPE of FLUTTER. This would ensure a negative damping
level. It is recommended that a DRESP2 entry be used to offset the flutter response from zero
and also to scale the response so that the constraint varies over a wider range than the unscaled
response. The DRESP2 response is of the form:
γ – OFFSET
R 2 = ----------------------------------
GFACT
where γ is the flutter response, OFFSET is the offset value (typically 0.3) and GFACT is the
scaling factor (typically 0.1). The DCONSTR entry would then impose an upper bound limit of
-OFFSET/GFACT on the DRESP2 response, and this would be equivalent to restricting the
flutter damping value to be negative.
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems
4
■ Overview
■ Executive Control Section
■ Case Control Section
■ Bulk Data Section
■ Restarts
Main Index
128
4.1 Overview
Before an aeroelastic analysis can be performed, it is necessary to have an input file for the finite
element structural model that satisfies the descriptions in the MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide
regarding the Executive Control statements (Section 3), the Case Control commands (Section 4),
and the Bulk Data entries (Section 5). The descriptions of the input files in this chapter contains
only the information related to the features that must be included in the input file to obtain a
static aeroelastic, flutter, or dynamic aeroelastic response analysis, or aeroelastic design
sensitivity and optimization.
Note that the statements, commands, or entries referred to here are from the Version 68
MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide. The user should refer to the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual
for current features for each application since it is updated with each release of MSC.Nastran.
The MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide is updated less frequently.
Main Index
CHAPTER 4 129
Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems
SOLs 21, 75, and 76 are referred to as “unstructured superelement solution sequences” since the
associated DMAP is a single list of statements with no subDMAPs. These solution sequences,
which were the only ones available prior to Version 66 of MSC.Nastran, are now obsolete, and
are not discussed further here. Solution 200, in addition to performing sensitivity and
optimization, is also a multidisciplinary analysis procedure. This solution sequence contains the
analysis capabilities of SOLs 101 (Statics), 103 (Normal Modes), 105 (Buckling), 108 (Direct
Frequency Response), 111 (Modal Frequency Response), 112 (Modal Transient Response), 144
(Static Aeroelasticity), and 145 (Aerodynamic Flutter). This makes it possible to perform static
aeroelastic and flutter analyses in a single run.
Main Index
130
Main Index
CHAPTER 4 131
Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems
RANDOM Selects the RANDPS and RANDTi entries to be used in random analysis.
TSTEP Selects integration and output time steps for transient problems.
Output Control
AEROF Requests the aerodynamic loads on the aerodynamic control points.
APRESSURE Requests the aerodynamic pressures in static aeroelastic response.
SET Lists identification numbers for output requests, or lists frequencies for
which output will be printed in frequency response analysis.
Main Index
132
Solution
Bulk Data Entry
144 145 146 200
AEFACT A A A A
AELINK A A
AELIST A A
AERO R R A
AEROS R A
AESTAT A A
AESURF A A
CAERO1 A A A A
CAERO2 A(1)* A A A
CAERO3 A(2) A A(3) A
CAERO4 A(2) A A(3) A
CAERO5 A(2) A A(3) A
DIVERG A A
FLFACT R A
FLUTTER R A
GUST A A
MKAERO1 R(4) R(4) A
MKAERO2 R(4) R(4) A
PAERO1 A A A A
* Parenthetical numbers refer to the notes at the end of the table.
Main Index
CHAPTER 4 133
Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems
Solution
Bulk Data Entry
144 145 146 200
PAERO2 A(1) A A A
PAERO3 A(2) A A(3) A
PAERO4 A(2) A A(3) A
PAERO5 A(2) A A(3) A
PARAM A A R(5) A
SET1 A A A A
SET2 A A A A
SPLINE1 A A A A
SPLINE2 A A A A
SPLINE3 A A A A
TABRNDG A
TRIM A A
Note:
The descriptions of the Bulk Data entries found in “Bulk Data Entries” on page 739 or the
MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide are intended to be comprehensive so that extended
descriptions are not presented here. Instead, brief comments are given which highlight features
of the entry, particularly those that have been troublesome to users.
Main Index
134
AEFACT Specifies lists of real numbers for the aerodynamic model required by the
CAEROi and PAEROi entries. When the data refer to spanwise,
chordwise, or bodywise division cuts, the data are in fractions of the
span, chord, and body length, respectively.
AELINK Links aerodynamic extra points.
AELIST Defines aerodynamic elements associated with a control surface in static
aeroelasticity.
AERO Aerodynamic parameter for unsteady aerodynamics. Note that
aerodynamic densities must be in consistent units; i.e., PARAM
WTMASS does not apply to RHOREF.
AEROS Aerodynamic parameters for steady aerodynamics. The reference area
(REFS) is input for half the vehicle when a half-span model is used. The
reference span (REFB) is always the full vehicle span.
AESTAT Rigid body aerodynamic extra points. A number of prespecified labels
are provided to invoke standard rigid body motions such as angle of
attack or roll. If other labels are used, the burden is on the user to provide
the corresponding forces.
AESURF Aerodynamic control surface extra points.
CAERO1 Defines a wing panel for Doublet-Lattice and/or ZONA51. The leading
edge locations are input in the CP coordinate system of the entry while
the edge chords are in the aerodynamic coordinate system specified by
the AERO or AEROS entry. This convention also applies to the other
CAEROi entries.
CAERO2 Body data for Doublet-Lattice aerodynamics.
CAERO3 Panel data for Mach Box aerodynamics.
CAERO4 Panel data for Strip Theory aerodynamics.
CAERO5 Panel data for Piston Theory aerodynamics. Sweep corrections (NTHRY
= 2) cannot be used when the leading edge is subsonic sec Λ ≥ M
DIVERG Specifies static aeroelastic divergence analysis. This is a new feature in
Version 68 of MSC.Nastran.
FLFACT Specification of real number required in a flutter analysis or a flutter
sensitivity analysis. The alternate form is useful for obtaining a good
distribution of k-values for V-G flutter plots when using the KE-flutter
method.
FLUTTER Specifies flutter analysis. IMETH = S permits interpolation of the
computed aerodynamic data on both Mach number and reduced
frequency when employing the K- or KE-methods of flutter analysis.
GUST Specification of vertical gust parameters. The value of V on this entry
must be identical with the VELOCITY input on the AERO entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 4 135
Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems
Main Index
136
4.5 Restarts
A powerful feature of MSC.Nastran is its ability to use previously computed results in a
subsequent analysis. The “restart” capability is briefly described in “Solution Sequences” on
page 341 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Guide. This subsection first lists common scenarios in an
aeroelastic analysis that would benefit from the restart capability and then provides input data,
with examples, required to perform the restart.
Examples
In order to perform a restart run, the cold start run has to have been performed and the database
saved. This is done by submitting the cold start using the SCR = NO qualifier; e.g.,
Main Index
CHAPTER 4 137
Input Files for Aeroelastic Problems
Modifying the Aerodynamic Model. Suppose it is desired to determine the effect of increasing
the aspect ratio of the HA144A wing (see “FSW Airplane in Level Flight (Example HA144A)”
on page 181 from 4 to 5. Furthermore, suppose that there is no interest in the low dynamic
pressure trim results (subcase) described in Example HA144A. This requires changes in the
AEROS entry and the CAERO1 entry that models the wing, with the remaining Bulk Data entries
unchanged. The input data file for the restart is shown in Listing 4-1. The restart simply entails
the addition of a RESTART request in the File Management Section, the removal of the first
subcase, and the replacement of the changed Bulk Data entries. The / entry removes entries on
restart based on the sorted Bulk Data echo of the cold start.
Note that for restart purposes the aerodynamic model is considered modified if any CAEROi,
PAEROi, AEFACT, AERO, or AEROS Bulk Data entry is changed. If coordinate systems called
out by these entries change, the modification is not detected, and a restart should not be used.
Listing 4-1 Restart Input File for Modifying the Aerodynamic Model of Example HA144A
RESTART VERSION=1,KEEP
ID MSC, HA144A_RST
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
TITLE = EXAMPLE HA144A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD
SUBTI = SYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
LABEL = ASPECT RATIO INCREASE RELATIVE TO BASELINE
ECHO = BOTH
SPC = 1 $ SYMMETRIC CONSTRAINTS
DISP = ALL $ PRINT ALL DISPLACEMENTS
STRESS = ALL $ PRINT ALL STRESSES
FORCE = ALL $ PRINT ALL FORCES
AEROF = ALL $ PRINT ALL AERODYNAMIC FORCES
APRES = ALL $ PRINT ALL AERODYNAMIC PRESSURES
SUBCASE 2
TRIM = 2 $ 1 G LEVEL FLIGHT
OUTPUT(PLOT)
PLOTTER = NASTRAN
SET 1 = ALL
FIND SCALE, ORIGIN 1,SET 1
PLOT SET 1
PLOT STATIC DEFORMATION 0, ORIGIN 1, SET 1, OUTLINE
BEGIN BULK
/ 2
AEROS 1 100 10.0 50.0 250. 1
/ 10 11
CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
+CAW 25. 0. 0. 10. 10.56624+25. 0. 10.
ENDDATA
Modifying the Structural Model. Suppose that in the sweptback wing the flutter analysis of
“Subsonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by the KE-Method
(Example HA145E)” on page 397 the effects of increasing the thickness of the plate from 0.041 to
Main Index
138
0.05 were also to be investigated. This thickness value is input on the PSHELL entry as well as
the leading and trailing edge CQUAD4 entries. Furthermore, no V-G plots are required in this
reanalysis. Listing 4-2 shows the required restart input data file.
Listing 4-2 Restart Input File for Modifying the Structured Model of HA146E
RESTART VERSION=1,KEEP
ID MSC, HA145E_RST
TIME 5 $
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145E: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING
SUBT = KE-METHOD FLUTTER ANALYSIS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
LABEL = 0.050 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
SEALL = ALL
ECHO = BOTH
SPC = 1 $ WING ROOT DEFLECTIONS AND PLATE IN-PLANE ROTATIONS FIXED
SDAMP = 2000
METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD OF REAL EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION
FMETHOD = 30 $ KE-FLUTTER METHOD
SVEC = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
BEGIN BULK
/ 107
PSHELL 1 1 .050 1 1
/ 8 21
CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 10 9 +M00000
+M00000 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
CQUAD4 2 1 2 3 11 10 +M00001
+M00001 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
CQUAD4 3 1 3 4 12 11 +M00002
+M00002 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
CQUAD4 4 1 4 5 13 12 +M00003
+M00003 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
CQUAD4 5 1 5 6 14 13 +M00004
+M00004 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
CQUAD4 6 1 6 7 15 14 +M00005
+M00005 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
CQUAD4 7 1 7 8 16 15 +M00006
+M00006 0.0 0.0 .050 .050
/ 36 49
CQUAD4 22 1 25 26 34 33 +M00007
+M00007 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
CQUAD4 23 1 26 27 35 34 +M00008
+M00008 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
CQUAD4 24 1 27 28 36 35 +M00009
+M00009 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
CQUAD4 25 1 28 29 37 36 +M00010
+M00010 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
CQUAD4 26 1 29 30 38 37 +M00011
+M00011 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
CQUAD4 27 1 30 31 39 38 +M00012
+M00012 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
CQUAD4 28 1 31 32 40 39 +M00013
+M00013 .050 .050 0.0 0.0
ENDDATA
specified reduced frequencies and now must specify velocities. Listing 4-3 shows the restart
input data file for this case. Note that the analysis velocities have been input using physically
consistent units of in/sec. Furthermore, note that VERSION = 3 is specified on the RESTART
command. This is the version that contains results from the successful restart run of the previous
example. If there is doubt as to the correct version, the .F04 file of the successful run identifies
the version that contains the desired information.
Listing 4-3 Restart Input File for Modifying the Flutter Method from the Input File
Shown in Listing 4-2
RESTART VERSION=3,KEEP
ID MSC, HA145E_RST2
TIME 5 $
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145E: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING
SUBT = PK-METHOD FLUTTER ANALYSIS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
LABEL = 0.050 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
SEALL = ALL
ECHO = BOTH
SPC = 1 $ WING ROOT DEFLECTIONS AND PLATE IN-PLANE ROTATIONS FIXED
METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD OF REAL EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION
FMETHOD = 30 $ PK-FLUTTER METHOD
SVEC = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
BEGIN BULK
/ 54 55
FLFACT 3 7440. 7500. 7560. 7620. 7680.
FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3
ENDDATA
Addition of m,k Pairs. Modification of the MKAEROi entries represents a special case in that
neither the aerodynamic or structural models have changed, but additional aerodynamic
analyses are required. Before these calculations are made, a check is done to see if the
aerodynamic matrices exist for a particular m and k. If they do, the calculation is skipped.
Listing 4-4 shows the input data file required for a restart of Examples HA146D and “Frequency
Response of BAH Wing to Oscillating Aileron (Examples HA146D and HA146DR)” on
page 627 with an additional m,k pair of m = 0.0 and k = 0.1.
Main Index
140
Listing 4-4 Input Data File for Adding a Mach Number and Reduced Frequency Pair
to Example HA146D
RESTART VERSION=1,KEEP
ID MSC,HA146D_RST
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ AEROELASTIC RESPONSE
CEND
TITLE = BAH WING DYNAMIC FREQUENCY RESPONSE HA146D
SUBTI = ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET LATTICE AERO
LABEL = UNIT, HARMONIC AILERON LOADING
ECHO = BOTH
SPC = 13 $ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS (ANTISYMMETRIC)
MPC = 1 $ CONTROL SURFACE RELATIVE MOTION
METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED-GIVENS EIGENVALUE METHOD
SDAMP = 2000 $ STRUCTURAL DAMPING (3 PERCENT)
DLOAD = 1000 $ FREQUENCY DEPENDENT LOAD
FREQ = 40 $ FREQUENCY LIST
OUTPUT
SET 1 = 11
SPCF = 1 $ SINGLE POINT CONSTRAINT FORCES
OUTPUT(XYOUT) $ XY PLOTTING PACKAGE
CSCALE 2.1
PLOTTER NASTRAN
CURVELINESYMBOL = 0
XMIN = 0.
XMAX = 5.0
XGRID LINES = YES
YGRID LINES = YES
UPPER TICS = -1
RIGHT TICS = -1
XTITLE = FREQUENCY (CPS)
TCURVE = WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT
YTITLE = SPC FORCE OF GRID 11 R3
XYPLOT SPCF / 11(R3)
BEGIN BULK
MKAERO1 0.0
0.10
ENDDATA
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Output Features and Interpretation
5
■ Overview
■ Static Aeroelasticity
■ Flutter
■ Dynamic Aeroelasticity
■ Design Sensitivity And Optimization
Main Index
142
5.1 Overview
Aeroelastic analysis and design involves four solution sequences (SOLs 144, 145, 146, and 200).
Each solution has its own standard output format and each can be supplemented with additional
output obtained by appropriate Case Control commands and the use of parameters (PARAMs)
in the Bulk Data or Case Control files. The examples of “Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample
Problems” in Chapter 7 through “Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis” in Chapter 9
provide a comprehensive description of the aeroelastic output so that this chapter is limited to a
short description of the output and an indication of where it is described and depicted in the
examples.
Main Index
CHAPTER 5 143
Output Features and Interpretation
Trim Variables
The results of the trim analysis for all the aerodynamic extra points are always printed for each
subcase. The values are in the units specified on the AESTAT Bulk Data entry or in radians for
AESURF derived extra points. Each of the output listings in “Static Aeroelastic Analysis
Sample Problems” on page 179 contains at least one example of this output.
Main Index
144
Divergence Analysis
A divergence analysis produces two tables in the results file. An example of this output is given
in Listing 5-1 for the input file discussed in “Static Aeroelastic Analysis” on page 115. The first
table is the standard output from a complex eigenanalysis. Only roots that are purely imaginary
and positive are physically meaningful. The second table therefore has screened the eigenvalues
and prints them out in ascending magnitude of the divergence dynamic pressure, where
2
qp = –λ Eq. 5-1
Listing 5-1
C O M P L E X E I G E N V A L U E S U M M A R Y
ROOT EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE FREQUENCY DAMPING
NO. ORDER (REAL) (IMAG) (CYCLES) COEFFICIENT
1 2 -8.485735E+00 6.882407E-15 .0 .0
2 1 -5.327813E-15 4.548029E+00 7.238412E-01 2.342911E-15
3 3 -5.993966E-16 9.788890E+00 1.557950E+00 1.224647E-16
4 4 -6.475911E-14 1.791923E+01 2.851933E+00 7.227891E-15
5 5 1.594443E-13 2.840956E+01 4.521522E+00 -1.122469E-14
6 6 1.362681E-13 5.442617E+01 8.662194E+00 -5.007446E-15
7 7 4.771999E+06 3.794945E+06 6.03984EE+05 -2.514924E+00
8 8 -3.616392E+05 6.943392E+06 1.105075E+06 1.041679E-01
D I V E R G E N C E S U M M A R Y
Diagnostic Output
Certain MSC.Nastran modules provide the ability to output additional information using
‘‘diagnostic’’ prints. Two examples of this that are relevant to static aeroelasticity are:
Main Index
CHAPTER 5 145
Output Features and Interpretation
Plots
MSC.Nastran contains an internal plotter that provides minimal support for aeroelasticity. In the
current engineering environment of graphical user interfaces, this capability is becoming
obsolete. However, since it contains features that are not available in any other product, these
features are documented here. For static aeroelasticity, the geometry of the aerodynamic models
can be displayed, including the meshing of the aerodynamic panels. This can be plotted in
conjunction with the structural model so that it can be invaluable in identifying user input errors.
“Plotting” on page 501 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Guide contains information of the use of the
internal plotter. The AERO1 element identifies aerodynamic models for plotting purposes.
“FSW Airplane in Level Flight (Example HA144A)” on page 181 shows the Case Control
requests required to produce the plot of the aerodynamic and structural model shown in
Figure 5-1.
2 6/ 3 / 94
Figure 5-1 A Plot of the Forward-Swept-Wing (FSW) Airplane Aerodynamic and Structural
Models Generated in the Example of Section 7.2 Using the MSC.Nastran Internal Plotter
Main Index
146
5.3 Flutter
Real Eigenanalysis
Eigenvalue results from the normal modes analysis are always printed while real eigenvector
results are printed if the appropriate Case Control commands are present (SVEC for
displacements in the a-set, DISP for global displacements). PARAM,OPPHIPA,1 can be used to
output the eigenvectors at the aerodynamic grid points and can therefore assist in assessing the
quality of the structural splining.
Flutter Summaries
A tabular listing is provided of the flutter results with each of the three flutter methods using a
customized format. Listing 8-3 shows output for the PK- and K-methods applied to the same
flutter analysis task. For the PK-method, roots are sorted in increasing frequency. POINT 1 then
outputs the lowest frequency root at each of the velocities used in the flutter analysis and
subsequent POINT’s refer to the higher frequencies. If there are multiple densities and/or Mach
numbers, POINTS corresponding to the first Mach number and density are printed first,
followed by the (optional) second Mach number and first density and finishing with the final
Mach number and final density. It is relatively easy to scan the damping column of a particular
POINT to see if a branch is going unstable. Once a crossing is observed, the flutter velocity and
frequency can be interpolated from the data that brackets the crossing.
K-method results are a bit more difficult to interpret. For this method, a POINT corresponds to
a particular reduced frequency, Mach number, density triplet, with the data within the POINT
arranged in increasing values of frequency. In this case, it is necessary to manually trace a flutter
branch across POINTs to determine where a root goes unstable.
An example of a KE-method flutter summary is shown in Listing 8-16. For this method, a sorting
algorithm, described in Eq. 2-122 and Eq. 2-123, is used to arrange the data in flutter branches,
much like those already described above for the PK-method. The sorting algorithm is not robust
so that sometimes branches become intertwined, but it is usually possible to untangle them
using the plotted output of the V-g and V-f curves.
PARAM,PRINT,NO suppresses the print of the flutter summary. This can be used when V-g and
V-f plots are relied upon to display the results of the flutter analysis.
Flutter Eigenvectors
Eigenvectors associated with the flutter eigenvectors are available for the PK and K methods of
flutter analysis. An example of this output for the PK-method is given in Listing 8-3. The user
indicates that eigenvectors are to be output for a particular velocity by entering a minus sign in
front of that velocity on the FLFACT entry. Two sets of eigenvectors are produced, one in modal
coordinates (i.e., the eigenvector that is generated as part of the complex modal eigenanalysis)
and the second in physical coordinates (i.e., the eigenvector that results when the modal
eigenvector is expanded to physical coordinates using the normal modes eigenvectors). The first
set appears prior to the flutter summary and is printed as the roots are extracted in the flutter
analysis. The second set of eigenvectors is generated and printed following the flutter analysis
Main Index
CHAPTER 5 147
Output Features and Interpretation
as a data recovery operation. In both cases, the burden is on the user to connect the eigenvector
with the particular flutter point by searching for the eigenvalue of interest. It is also possible to
recover other responses, such as element stresses, for the eigenvectors.
An example of flutter eigenvectors produced by the K-method is also given in Listing 8-3. The
OFREQUENCY Case Control command can be used to restrict the range of frequencies over
which eigenvector results are output.
Diagnostic Output
As in the static aeroelastic description above, DIAG 39 produces aerodynamic box geometry
information for ZONA51 aerodynamic modules inside the AMG module. It also provides
detailed information on the PK-method of flutter analysis that provides a history of the iterations
used to produce the Flutter Summary results.
Plots
As in static aeroelasticity, the geometry of the aerodynamic models can be displayed, including
the meshing of the aerodynamic panels. In addition, the real eigenvectors can be displayed on
the aerodynamic model if PARAM,OPPHIPA,1 has been used. Only the VECTOR option can be
used for these displacements.
V-g and V-f plots may be requested by the XYOUT Case Control commands by specifying the
curve type as VG. The ‘‘points’’ are loop numbers and the ‘‘components’’ are g, structural
damping, or f, frequency. An example of these plot requests can be found in Listing 8-5. The first
plots produced by this request are displayed in Figure 5-2.
Main Index
148
Figure 5-2 A V-g, V-f Plot Generated from the Example Contained in Section 8.3 Using the
MSC.Nastran Internal Plotters
Main Index
CHAPTER 5 149
Output Features and Interpretation
Random Response
The following printed output is available for random response calculations:
• The power spectral density function and the root mean square value of the response of
listed components for points or elements.
• The expected number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time, N0.
• The autocorrelation function of the response of listed components for points or
elements.
Plots
The following plotter output is available for dynamic aeroelastic response analyses:
• Undeformed plot of the structural model.
• XY-plot of any component of displacement, velocity, or acceleration of a list of points
versus time or frequency.
• XY-plot of any component of the applied-load vector or single-point force of constraint
versus time or frequency.
• XY-plot of any stress or force component for an element versus time or frequency.
The following additional plotter output is available for random response analyses:
• XY-plot of the power spectral density versus frequency for the response of listed
components for points or elements.
Main Index
150
• XY-plot of the autocorrelation versus time delay for the response of listed components
for points or elements.
The data specified for the XY-plots may also be punched or printed in tabular form [see
“Plotting” on page 501 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Guide]. Also, a summary is printed for each
XY-plot that includes the maximum and minimum values of the plotted function.
Main Index
CHAPTER 5 151
Output Features and Interpretation
Main Index
152
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
6
■ Overview
■ Solution Sequence Functions
■ Solution Sequence Structure
■ Aeroelastic Modules
■ Selected Aeroelastic Data Blocks
Main Index
154
6.1 Overview
As discussed in “Executive Control Section” on page 129, the standard use of MSC.Nastran
requires a solution sequence, and there are four solution sequences that relate to aeroelasticity:
This chapter first briefly describes the functionality of each of these solution sequences. Some
users require a more in-depth understanding to the solution sequences; e.g., to extract
intermediate results or to alter the solution sequence to provide functionality not provided in the
basic sequence. For this reason, the remainder of the chapter provides significant detail on the
solution sequences. This includes a description of the key subDMAPS, brief descriptions of each
of the modules, and a listing of key data blocks.
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 155
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
Flutter Analysis
The flutter solution sequence (SOL 145) provides a comprehensive flutter analysis with the
following capabilities:
• The user supplies finite element models for the definition of the structure and the
aerodynamic model. Aerodynamic matrices are computed explicitly at each of the
user-supplied Mach number and reduced frequency combinations.
• A modal analysis is always performed. Changes in the mass and stiffness matrices may
be made subsequent to the modal analysis via DMIG Bulk Data entries.
• Control systems can be modeled using extra point, transfer function and DMIG inputs.
The user can supply downwash vectors for extra point motions using the DMI matrices
D1JE and D2JE.
• A flutter analysis is performed based on the parameters specified on the FLUTTER
Bulk Data entry that is selected by the FMETHOD Case Control command. The K- and
KE-methods compute flutter roots for user-specified values of density, Mach number
and reduced frequency. The PK-method extracts these roots for user-specified values
of density, Mach number and velocity.
Main Index
156
• Multiple subcases can be specified. This enables the use of, e.g., different flutter
solutions or multiple sets of DMIG information.
• A flutter summary is printed and (optionally) V-g and V-f plots are produced.
• Data recovery can be performed on the flutter eigenvectors produced for the K- and
PK-flutter solutions.
All MSC.Nastran aerodynamic theories are available and more than one aerodynamic theory
can be present in the same aerodynamic model.
Dynamic Aeroelasticity
The dynamic aeroelasticity solution sequence (SOL 146) provides analysis capability in the time
or frequency domain. The following capabilities are available:
• The user supplies finite element models for the structure and the aerodynamics.
Aerodynamic matrices, including gust loads, are computed at each of the user-
specified Mach number and reduced frequency combinations.
• Frequency or time-dependent loading can be specified. Time varying loads are
converted to the frequency domain using ad hoc Fourier transform techniques (see
“Dynamic Aeroelastic Analysis” on page 74). The excitation can be aerodynamic (such
as gust loading), or external (such as mechanical loads representing store ejection or
landing loads).
• A modal analysis is always performed. Changes in the mass and stiffness matrices may
be made subsequent to the modal analysis via DMIG Bulk Data entries.
• Control systems can be modeled using extra point, transfer function, and DMIG inputs.
The user can supply downwash vectors for extra point motions using DMI matrices
D1JE and D2JE.
• Basic computations are always performed in the frequency domain. If input is
provided in the time domain, an inverse Fourier transform is used to provide output in
the time domain.
• The modal participation type of data recovery is used. The internal loads or stresses are
found in each mode and the response loads are found from the linear combination of
the products of the loads in each mode and its amplitude. This method of internal load
response calculation is called the “Modal Displacement Method” in Bisplinghoff,
Ashley, and Halfman (1955, pp 641-650).
• Output can be displacements (including velocities and accelerations), stresses, or
constraint forces. XY-plots are available. Aerodynamic data (pressures and forces) are
also available with frequency response analysis.
• Random response analysis obtains power spectral density, root mean square response,
and mean frequency of zero crossings.
All MSC.Nastran aerodynamic theories are available for calculating the dynamic aeroelastic
response to external loading. The Strip, Mach Box, and Piston Theory aerodynamics are not
available for gust loads.
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 157
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
• The full range of static and flutter analysis capabilities of SOLs 144 and 145 are
available in SOL 200.
• Sensitivity of analysis responses with respect to changes in properties of the structural
finite element model can be computed. For static aeroelastic analyses, these responses
include not only standard displacement and stress responses, but also sensitivities of
stability derivatives and trim variables. For flutter, the sensitivity of the damping levels
computed in a PK-flutter analysis are available.
• Multidisciplinary optimization enables the simultaneous consideration of responses
from any number of disciplines in order to formulate a structural design that minimizes
a user-defined quantity, such as vehicle weight, while satisfying imposed design
conditions (e.g., requirements on stress, roll performance, and flutter stability).
Although all of the SOL 144 and 145 analysis capabilities are available in SOL 200, a subset of
these capabilities is available for sensitivity and optimization. In static aeroelasticity, the
divergences capability is not available. For flutter, only the PK-method of analysis can be used
in flutter design.
Main Index
158
• SUPER1 -- Performs initial processing extending from input file processing through the
assembly of the global matrices.
• PMLUSET -- Set USET parameters.
• SEGOA -- Forms a-set GOA matrix from the t and q submatrices. This is relevant in
advanced reduction methods, such as Generalized Dynamic Reduction.
• SUPER3 -- Solution vector data recovery.
The following subDMAPs are only used in modal solutions (SOLs 145 and 146):
• OPPH -- Processes normal modes for data recovery and plots.
• GMA -- Converts physical matrices into modal coordinates.
• VDR1 -- Processes xy plot and solution set requests.
• MODACC -- Selects vectors for further postprocessing.
• MODERS -- Performs normal modes analysis.
Two modules shown in the figures are:
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 159
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
SUPER1
PMLUSET
DPD
SEGOA
PFAERO
SSG2
Yes
TRIM
AESTATRS
No
SUPER3
Yes
DIVERG
DIVERGRS No
END
Main Index
160
SUPER1
DPD
SEGOA
MODERS
VDR
SUBCNTR=1
GMA
Yes
SUBCNTR=1 SUBCNTR=
SUBCNTR+1
PFAERO No
SSG2
OPPH
FLUTTER
VDR1
MODACC
SUPER3
Last No
Subcase
EXIT
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 161
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
SUPER1
DPD
SEGOA
MODERS
GMA
PFAERO
SSG2
OPPH
MFREQRS
VDR1
MODACC
SUPER3
EXIT
Figure 6-3 Solution Sequence 146 (Dynamic Aeroelasticity)
Shaded subDMAPs shown in Figure 6-1 through Figure 6-3 plus aeroelastic sensitivity
subDMAPs are identified in Figure 6-4 with the remainder of this subsection devoted to
discussion of each. The discussions are meaningful only if a listing of the subDMAP is available.
A complete solution sequence listing may be obtained making a MSC.Nastran run with DIAG
14 set in the Executive Control Section of the input data file. This will list the complete solution
sequence. If only a particular subDMAP, e.g., PFAERO, is of interest, this can be obtained with
the following Executive Control Command:
COMPILE PFAERO SOUIN=MSCSOU LIST NOREF
Main Index
162
Solution Sequence
SubDMAPS Function
144 145 146 200
PFAERO X X X X Performs preface aerodynamics calculations
AESTATRS X X Statics aeroelastic analysis
FLUTTER X X Flutter analysis
MFREQRS X X* Modal frequency analysis
DESAERDR X Generates output solution vectors for static
aeroelastic sensitivity analysis
SAERSENS X Performs static aeroelastic sensitivity
analysis
* The MFREQRS subDMAP in SOL 200 only supports standard modal frequency analysis
without including aeroelastic effects.
PFAERO
This subDMAP performs all processing of the aerodynamic data that is independent of the
structural model, plus it generates the global spline matrix. The steps involved are:
1. Read in any DMI input (DMIIN).
2. Process aerodynamic model geometry (APD).
3. If there are plot requests, the aerodynamic model data is processed and plotted
(PLOT).
4. Print USET data, if requested (TABPRT).
5. Form spline matrix (GI).
6. Determine which aerodynamic methods are present.
7. If only unsteady results are required, go to step 20.
8. Form static aeroelastic matrices that are only a function of geometry (ADG).
9. Loop on the number of static aeroelastic subcases.
10. Loop on the number of Mach numbers per subcase. For trim analysis, this number is
one. For divergence analysis, this is the number of Mach numbers appearing on the
DIVERG Bulk Data entry.
11. Determine Mach number of the current pass (AELOOP).
12. If the aerodynamic data are already present for this Mach number, go to step 18.
13. Generate aerodynamic matrices (AMG).
14. Apply weighting factors, if any. [ WSKJ ] = [ WKK ] [ SKL ] .
15. For divergence analysis, it is possible to mix aerodynamic methods. For brevity, the
Main Index
description of the portion of the subDMAP that enables this capability is not provided.
CHAPTER 6 163
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
–1
16. Form: KKS] = [ WSKJ ] [ AJJ ] [ DJK
.
–1
17. Form: KX] = [ WSKJ ] [ AJJ ] [ DJK
.
18. Next Mach number.
19. Next subcase.
20. If only steady results are required, go to step 36.
21. Determine if aerodynamic matrices are to be generated (PARAML).
22. Loop on the number of Mach number, reduced frequency pairs.
23. Determine Mach number and reduced frequency.
24. If the required aerodynamic data are already present for this condition, go to step 35.
25. Compute aerodynamic matrices (AMG).
26. Apply weight factors, if any. [ SKJ1 ] = [ WTFACT ] [ SKJF ] .
27. Form: [ DKJB ] = [ D1JK ] + ik [ D2JK ] .
28. It is possible to mix aerodynamic methods. For brevity, the lengthy DMAP code that
enables this capability is not described.
29. If Strip Theory, Mach Box method, or Piston Theory, go to step 34.
–1
30. Form: KJ] = [ AJJ ] [ SKJ1 ].
31. Form: [ QKK ] = [ QKJ ] [ DJKB ] .
32. If there are user input downwash matrices due to extra points, form
[ QKE ] = [ QKJ ] [ D1JE + ik D2JE ] .
33. Go to step 35.
34. Form: KK] = [ SKJ1 ] [ AJJT ] [ DKJB
.
35. Process the next Mach number and reduced frequency.
36. Return.
AESTATRS
This subDMAP performs the basic static aeroelastic operations as discussed in “Static
Aeroelasticity” on page 52. The steps involved are:
1. Perform various matrix operations using the rigid body matrix, D , and partitions of the
mass matrix:
T
[ QAA ] = [ GKA ] [ QKKS ] [ GKA ]
T
[ QAX ] = [ GKA ] [ QKX ]
[ KAAA ] = – q [ QAA ]
[ KAAX ] = – q [ QAX ]
[ KSAA1 ] = [ KAA ] + [ KAAA ]
8. If there are SUPORT degree(s) of freedom, partition the [ KSAA1 ] , [ KALX ] , and
[ KAAA ] matrices into the l -set and r -set components.
–1
9. Form: [ ALX ] = [ KSALL ] [ KALX ] .
10. If there are no SUPORT degree(s) of freedom, go to step 12.
11. There are a large number of multiply and adds (MPYAD and SMPYAD),
decompositions (DECOMP) and forward/backward substitutions (FBS) to obtain the
matrices required for stability derivative prints and trim analysis. The matrix algebra
is provided in “Static Aeroelasticity” on page 52 with the notation similar to that used
in the subDMAP. The following matrices that result from these calculations are of
interest:
12. The MATMOD utility is used to bring in a single column from matrices W2GJ, FA2J,
and PA that are used in developing intercept coefficients:
13. Further matrix algebra, also discussed in “Static Aeroelasticity” on page 52, is used to
obtain:
T
{ UK } = [ GTKL ] { UL }
20. Total downwash velocities are computed:
–1
{ FFAJ } = q [ AJJ ] { WJ } + q { FAJE }
22. Forces on the aerodynamic elements are computed:
DIVERGRS
This subDMAP performs static aeroelastic divergence analysis. The steps involved are:
T
1. A matrix transform is performed on a spline matrix: [ GKL ] = [ GTKL ]
2. A loop is begun on the number of subcases.
3. Determine if this is a divergence subcase (PARAML).
Main Index
166
FLUTTER
The FLUTTER subDMAP performs flutter analysis. The subDMAP is called inside a subcase
loop from the SEFLUTTR main driver for SOL 145. Steps 17 through 41 listed below describe the
FLUTTER subDMAP while the remaining steps describe the subcase do-loop within SEFLUTTR
that begins with the statement ‘‘DO WHILE (NSKIP >0)’’:
1. Increment SUBCNTR by 1.
2. NSKIP is set to -1 if this is the last subcase (CASE).
3. Obtain parameters for this subcase (PVT).
4. If this is a data recovery only run (EXTRCV>0), go to step 45.
5. Extract parameters that indicate whether the subcase has transfer function or DMIG
inputs (PARAML).
6. If this is the first subcase, go to step 10.
7. Determine if the generalized matrices are available for the current parameters
(DBSTATUS).
8. If the any of the generalized structural matrices are not available, delete all of them
(DELETE).
9. Delete solution vectors.
10. Generate the generalized modal matrices (excepting aerodynamics) (subDMAP GMA).
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 167
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
MFREQRS
This subDMAP performs modal frequency response analysis. For this reason, it is also called by
the modal frequency response solution (SOL 111) and is therefore not a purely aeroelastic
subDMAP. However, because it is the key subDMAP for SOL 146, it is described here. The
subDMAP consists of the following steps:
1. Generate external loads in the frequency domain (FRLG).
2. If there are extra points, partition out portions of the PHIDH matrix that correspond to
extra points.
3. Form: [ GPKI ] = [ GKA ] [ PHIA ] .
4. Determine if generalized matrices are to be generated (PARAML).
5. Loop on the number of Mach number, reduced frequency pairs.
6. Set Mach number and reduced frequency qualifiers.
7. Form: [ QKI ] = [ QKK ] [ GPKI ]
T
[ QKK ] = [ GPKI ] [ QKI ]
8. If there are no extra points, equivalence [ QKI ] and [ QII ] to [ QKH ] and [ QHH ] ,
respectively, and go to step 12.
T
9. Form: [ QIE ] = [ GPKI ] [ QKE ]
10. Form [ QKH ] by merging [ QII ] with [ QIE ] .
11. Form [ QKH ] by merging [ QKI ] with [ QKE ]
12. Append [ QHH ] and [ QKH ] onto [ QHHA ] and [ QKHA ] , respectively, using the
special append feature of SDR1.
13. End of Mach number and reduced frequency loop.
14. Generate matrix lists [ QHHL ] and [ QKHI ] (MATMOD, option 22)
15. Form the loading in generalized coordinates (GUST).
16. Calculate the frequency response in generalized coordinates (FRRD2).
17. If required, transfer the frequency response data into the time domain (IFT).
18. Satisfy user requests for aerodynamic forces on the aerodynamic elements (ADR).
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 169
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
19. Return.
DESAERDR
This subDMAP performs specialized matrix operations required in the computations of static
aeroelastic sensitivities. The output of the subDMAP is three a-set size matrices that contain
(1) all the displacement vectors required in performing aeroelastic sensitivity analysis (AUADS),
(2) all the acceleration vectors required in performing aeroelastic sensitivity analysis (AAADS),
and (3) the subset of the displacement vectors that is required in the sensitivity analysis for
unrestrained stability derivatives (UUADS). The steps in the subDMAP are:
T
1. Matrix [ RFSOP ] = [ TR ] [ TRX ] is formed and counters for the number of columns in
AUADS (NSOL) and UUADS (NMSOL) are initialized to zero.
2. A loop on the number of records in the Case Control data block and that terminates at
step 20 is initiated.
3. A determination is made as to whether the sensitivity is required for static responses
(STFLG > 0), trim responses (TFLG > 0) and/or stability derivatives (SDFLG > 0). For
SDFLG > 0, [UXU] contains pseudotrim vectors for determining unrestrained stability
derivative sensitivities, and UXR contains pseudotrim vectors for determining
restrained stability derivative sensitivities (DSARLP).
4. If none of the above flags is set, go to step 2.
5. The Mach number and dynamic pressure qualifiers are set for the subcase.
–1
6. Form: [ ALX ] = [ KSALL ] [ KALX ] .
7. If STFLG = 0 and TFLG = 0, go to step 11
8. Extract the a-set accelerations and the l -set displacements vector for the current
subcase from the respective matrices created in AESTATRS (MATMOD).
9. Expand the displacement vector to the a-set (UMERGE).
10. Append the vector onto the scratch output data blocks and increment NSOL by one.
11. If [ UXU ] is not present, go to step 16.
12. Increment NMSOL and NSOL by the number of columns in [ UXU ] .
13. Repeat a number of analysis calculations to create data blocks required for the
sensitivity analysis. See the “Unrestrained Stability Derivatives” on page 57 for a
description of these operations.
14. Recover a-set displacements [ UAP ] and accelerations [ UADDP ] for the [ UXU ] vector
based on
15. [ UAP ] is appended onto both [ AUADSX ] and [ UUADSX ] . [ URDDP ] is appended
onto [ AAADSX ] .
16. If [ UXR ] is not present, go to step 20.
17. Increment NSOL by the number of columns in [ UXR ] .
18. Recover a-set displacements [ UAR ] and accelerations [ AAR ] for the [ UXR ] matrix
based on:
SAERSENS
This subDMAP creates sensitivities of static aeroelastic displacements [ AULDS ] , trim variables
[ DELX ] , and stability derivatives [ DELS ] . The steps involved are:
1. The rigid body matrix [ DALR ] and [ RFSOP ] matrix are formed.
2. NCOL , the number of displacement and acceleration vectors, NMCOL , the number of
pseudodisplacement vectors, and NDV , the number of design variables, are
determined.
3. A loop that terminates at step 35 is initiated on the number of records in the Case
Control data block.
4. A determination is made as to whether sensitivity analysis is required for static
responses ( STFLG > 0 ), trim responses ( TFLG > 0 ), and/or stability derivatives
( SDFLG > 0 ). For SDFLG > 0 , [ UXU ] contains pseudotrim vectors for determining
unrestrained stability derivative sensitivities, and [ UXR ] contains pseudotrim vectors
for determining restrained stability derivative sensitivities (DSARLP).
5. If STFLG and TFLG are both zero, construct a null matrix all with l -size rows and
NDV columns and append it to LAULAX .
6. If all of the DSARLP flags are zero, go to the next subcase (step 3).
7. Set Mach number and dynamic pressure qualifiers.
T
8. Form: [ KAZR ] = [ DM ] [ KALR ] + [ KARR ] .
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 171
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
–1
[ DUAL ] = [ KSALL ] [ DPSAL ]
13. Create trim pseudoloads:
–1
[ DPZ ] = – [ KAZL ] [ DUAL ] + [ DALR ] [ DPSAA ]
14. Solve for [ DUX ] , the perturbed trim variables (ASG).
15. Recover [ DUL ] , sensitivity displacements in the l -set:
16. The sensitivity vectors are appended onto a scratch output data block.
17. If [ UXU ] is absent, go to step 23.
18. Recreate some AESTATRS data blocks that were not stored (see “Static Aeroelasticity”
on page 52).
19. Create a partitioning vector to cut out the required pseudoloads from the [ PA ] matrix
(MATGEN, option 4).
20. Partition out the vectors into matrix [ DPSAAU ] and equivalence the remaining
columns to [ PA ] .
21. Create a partitioning vector to cut out the required pseudoloads due to mean axis
deformations from the PMA matrix (MATGEN, option 4).
22. Partition out the vectors into matrix [ DPSAUM ] and equivalence the remaining
columns to [ PMA ] .
23. A series of matrix algebra statements is now executed to form matrix [ DSTABU ] , a
matrix of dimensional unrestrained stability derivative sensitivities. “Static
Aeroelastic Sensitivity” on page 84 contains a description of these operations in the
notation used in this subDMAP.
24. If [ UXR ] is absent, go to step 28.
25. Create a partitioning vector to cut out the required pseudoloads from the [ PA ] matrix
(MATGEN, option 4).
26. Partition out the vectors into matrix [ DPSAR ] and equivalence the remaining columns
to [ PA ] .
Main Index
172
27. Remove the r-set degrees of freedom from [ DPSAR ] with the result placed into
[ PLSTBL ] .
28. Form the dimensional restrained stability derivative matrix:
–1
[ DSTABR ] = – [ KAZL ] [ KSALL ] [ PLSTABL ]
29. The information contained in matrices [ DUX ] , [ DSTABR ] , and [ DSTABU ] is
extracted and converted into matrices [ DELX1 ] and [ DELS1 ] . [ DELX1 ] contains
sensitivities for the user-requested trim variables while [ DELS1 ] contains sensitivities
for all the user-requested stability derivatives. (DSARSN)
30. If this is the first subcase to generate [ DELS1 ] , equivalence [ DELS1 ] to [ DELS2 ] and
go to step 31.
31. Merge matrices [ DELS1 ] ] and [ DELS2 ] ] into [ DELSX ] and equivalence [ DELSX ] to
[ DELS2 ] .
32. If this is the first subcase to generate [ DELX1 ] , equivalence [ DELX1 ] to [ DELX2 ] and
go to step 33.
33. Merge matrices [ DELX1 ] and [ DELX2 ] into [ DELXX ] and equivalence [ DELXX ] to
[ DELX2 ] .
34. Go to step 3.
35. Scratch data blocks [ DELX2 ] and [ DELS2 ] are equivalenced to NDDL data blocks
[ DELX ] and [ DELS ] .
36. Scratch data block [ LAULDX ] contains sensitivity vectors for multiple subcase and
multiple design variables. Further processing of these vectors require that all the
vectors for a given design variable be contiguous. A do loop on the number of design
variables rearranges the vectors that have all vectors for a given subcase contiguous
into the required order and places the results in scratch data block [ AULDSX ] .
37. [ AULDSX ] is equivalenced to NDDL data block [ AULDS ] .
38. Return.
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 173
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
FA1 The FA1 module prepares the modal matrices MXHH, BXHH, and KXHH
for the K-method of eigenvalue analysis or does the complete eigenvalue
analysis for the KE- or PK-method.
FA2 The FA2 module collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and
presentation for each triplet of the configuration parameters.
GI The Geometric Interpolation module generates the transformation matrix
from structural to aerodynamic displacements.
IFT The Inverse Fourier Transform module obtains solutions as a function of
time for aeroelastic problems for which the aerodynamic forces are only
known as functions of frequency.
SDP The Stability Derivative Printer module calculates and prints the
nondimensional stability and control derivatives.
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 175
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
Main Index
176
Aerodynamics Matrices
AJJT Aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix. For Doublet-Lattice and
ZONA51 aerodynamics, the transpose of this matrix computes the
downwash on the aerodynamic elements for a specified pressure vector.
For Strip, Mach Box, and Piston Theories the matrix computes the pressure
on the aerodynamic elements for a specified downwash vector. This matrix
is for unsteady flows and is therefore complex (AMG).
D1JK Real part of the substantial differentiation matrix. This matrix, when
combined with D2JK, computes the downwash at the aerodynamic control
point due to deflections of the aerodynamic degrees of freedom. (AMG).
D2JK Imaginary part of the substantial differentiation matrix (see D1JK above).
This matrix is not required for the static aeroelastic analysis (AMG).
QKJ Gust aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix. Computes forces on the
degrees of freedom in the k-set due to downwashes at the aerodynamic
control points. This matrix is for unsteady flows and is therefore complex
(PFAERO subDMAP).
QKK Aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix. Computes forces on the degrees
of freedom in the k-set due to displacements at the k-set degrees of
freedom. This matrix is for unsteady flows and is therefore complex
(PFAERO subDMAP).
QKKS Steady aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix. Computes forces on the
degrees of freedom in the k-set due to displacements at the k-set degrees of
freedom. This matrix is for steady flows and is therefore real (PFAERO
subDMAP).
QKX Steady aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix for aerodynamic extra
points. Computes forces on the degrees of freedom in the k-set due to
displacements of the aerodynamic extra points. This matrix is for steady
flows and is therefore real (PFAERO subDMAP).
RAJJT Same as AJJT for steady aerodynamics. This matrix is real (AMG).
SKJ Integration matrix. Computes forces on the k-set degrees of freedom due to
pressures at the aerodynamic control points. This matrix is for steady flows
and is therefore real (AMG).
SKJF Same as SKJ for unsteady aerodynamics. This matrix is for unsteady flows
and is therefore complex (AMG).
Main Index
CHAPTER 6 177
Aeroelastic Solution Sequences
Flutter Solution
FLAMA Table of flutter eigenvalues (FA2).
FPHH Matrix of flutter eigenvectors (FA2).
OVG Output flutter curve (V-G and V-F) requests (FA2).
Main Index
178
DELFL A table containing the flutter sensitivity data that is transferred to the
DSCM matrix (DSFLTN).
DELS A table containing stability derivative sensitivity data that is transferred to
the DSCM matrix (DSARSN).
DELX A table containing trim variable sensitivity data that is transferred to the
DSCM matrix (DSARSN).
VTQU A table containing scalars required in performing the flutter sensitivity
calculation (DSFLTE).
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample
7 Problems
■ Overview
■ FSW Airplane in Level Flight (Example HA144A)
■ Jet Transport Wing in Roll (Example HA144B)
■ A 15-Degree Sweptback Wing in a Wind Tunnel (Example HA144C)
■ FSW Airplane in Antisymmetric Maneuvers (Example HA144D)
■ FSW Airplane in Unsymmetric Quasi-Steady Maneuvers (Example HA144E)
■ FSW Airplane with Bodies (Example HA144F)
■ Unit Solutions for Loadings of the FSW Airplane (Examples HA144GA and
HA144GB)
Main Index
180
7.1 Overview
Static aeroelastic problems consider the application of steady-state aerodynamic forces to a
flexible vehicle, which deflects under the applied loads resulting in perturbed aerodynamic
forces. The solution of these problems assumes that the system comes to a state of static (or
quasi-static) equilibrium. The aerodynamic load redistribution and consequent internal
structural load and stress redistributions can be used for design purposes by structural analysts.
The possibility of a static aeroelastic instability, i.e., divergence, is also of concern to them. Static
aeroelastic effects are of concern to other analysts as well. For example, aerodynamicists are
concerned with the effects on induced drag, and control systems analysts are concerned with the
effects on control effectiveness and static stability. The needs of these analysts from several
related disciplines have been considered in the static aeroelastic capability of MSC.Nastran.
Seven quasi-static examples are included in this chapter. These examples produce the
symmetric and antisymmetric static stability derivatives as well as loads and stresses due to a
variety of potential design conditions:
• Examples HA144A (p. 181) and HA144D (p. 241) are symmetric and antisymmetric
models of an idealized forward swept wing (hereafter referred to as FSW)
configuration.
• Example HA144E (p. 263) is a full-span model of the FSW configuration.
• Example HA144F (p. 294) adds a fuselage and two underwing stores to the HA144E
example.
• Examples HA144GA and HA144GB (p. 321) use the FSW configuration to provide unit
solutions for the loadings for the initial incidence and each of the trim variables.
• Example HA144B (p. 206) produces static aeroelastic results for the BAH wing [the jet
transport wing analyzed throughout Bisplinghoff, Asheley, and Halfman(1955)].
• Example HA144C (p. 223) considers a 15-deg swept untapered wing when mounted on
a wind-tunnel wall at a prescribed angle of attack.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 181
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
97
1000
98
90
1007
99 121
1100 120
111 122
1131
110
112
100
The half-span model of the wing is divided into 32 equal aerodynamic boxes, as shown on the
left wing in Figure 7-1, for both the Doublet-Lattice and ZONA51 methods of aerodynamic
analysis, and the canard is divided into eight equal boxes, as also shown in Figure 7-1.
Aerodynamic forces on the fuselage are neglected. (Note that the right-hand side is modeled;
the aerodynamic boxes are shown on the left side for convenience.) The right wing and fuselage
in Figure 7-1 show the structural idealization. Four weights are located at the one-quarter and
three-quarter span and chord positions of the wing, and are assumed to be connected to the 50%
chord elastic axis by rigid streamwise bars. The weights are 600 lb forward and 400 lb aft, giving
a wing centroid at 45% of the wing chord. The wing is assumed to be uniform with equal
7 2
bending ( EL y ) and torsion ( GJ ) stiffnesses of 25 × 10 lb-ft and is connected to the fuselage at
its root. The right-side fuselage is assumed to have the same bending stiffness as the wing and
is shown with four equal and equidistant weights (1500 lb each per side). The fuselage length is
30.0 ft. The total weight per side is 8000 lb, the center of gravity is 12.82 ft forward of the
intersection of the fuselage and wing elastic axis, and the centroidal moment of inertia in pitch
2
per side is I y = 892, 900 lb-ft . For the subsonic case, the airplane is assumed to be flying at a
Mach number m = 0.9 at sea level ( q = 1200 psf ). The low speed characteristics (but at
Main Index
182
m = 0.9 ) are obtained by assuming a low value of dynamic pressure, q = 40 psf , to illustrate
the behavior of the quasi-rigid vehicle. In the supersonic case, the airplane is assumed to be
flying at m = 1.3 at 20,000 ft ( q = 1151 psf ).
Structural Model. The input of structural data is considered first. The fuselage model is
illustrated in Figure 7-1. The fuselage length from GRID 97 to GRID 100 is 30.0 ft. BAR elements
are used between grid points, and a CONM2 weight of 1500 lb is at each fuselage grid point
except GRID 90. The wing input is also illustrated in Figure 7-1. Grid points 111, 112, 121, and
122 are connected to the elastic axis by rigid bars. The wing stiffnesses were assumed to be equal
in bending and torsion, EL y = GJ = 25.0 + 07 ; thus, assuming E = 1.44 + 09 psf and
4 4
G = 5.40 + 08 psf , leads to I y = 0.173611 ft and J = 0.462963 ft , respectively. Values of
2 4
cross-sectional area, A = 1.5 ft , and chordwise inertia, I z = 2.0 ft , are chosen arbitrarily. A
nominal symmetrical rectangular cross section with a 6.0 ft chord and 1.0 ft depth is also
assumed for the wing structural box for stress recovery purposes at the four corners. The wing
forward CONM2 weights are 600 lb, and the aft weights are 400 lb. The half-fuselage material
properties are assumed to be the same as in the wing with the same vertical cross-sectional
4
moment of inertia, I y = 0.173611 ft . The remaining fuselage cross-sectional area properties are
2 4
selected arbitrarily for stiffness and stress recovery, specifically, A = 2.0 ft , I z = 0.15 ft ,
4
J = 0.5 ft , and the points selected for stress recovery are at y, z = ± 1.0, ± 1.0 . There are two
rigid body motions in this model: vertical translation and rotation in pitch. A SUPORT Bulk
Data entry defines a reference point for these rigid body modes on GRID 90, DOFs 3 and 5.
Component 4 (roll) of wing grid points 110 and 120 is omitted from the calculation in order to
illustrate this means of reducing the problem size and thus has no effect on the results. GRID 90
is constrained longitudinally, and all of the fuselage grid points are constrained for symmetry
using SPC1 entries. PARAM entries select GRID 90 as the inertial property reference point and
convert the input weights to masses in slugs. [Note that PARAM,WTMASS,1/G provides the
conversion of weight to mass; PARAM,AUNITS,1/G allows for the input of the accelerations
using load factors (Gs).] CORD2R 100 provides the NACA reference axes for the stability
derivatives. The trim angle of attack is the angle of attack of the structural axis at the SUPORT
point.
Aerodynamic Model. The Doublet-Lattice and ZONA51 methods for surfaces are specified on
the CAERO1 entries. CAERO1 1000 specifies the canard with a 2 × 4 division into boxes.
CAERO1 1100 specifies the wing with an 8 × 4 division into boxes. The PAERO1 entry is
required even though the fuselage modeling is being neglected. Additional aerodynamic data
are included in DMI entries to account for the differences between test and theory [the correction
factors W kk of Eq. 2-21], experimental pressure data at some reference condition, e.g., zero angle
e
of attack, [the additive coefficients f also of Eq. 2-21], and any initial downwash distribution
g
arising, e.g., from incidence, camber or twist [the additional downwash w j of Eq. 2-2]. In this
e
example, W kk = WKK = 1.0 and f = FA2J = 0.0 for all of the wing and canard aerodynamic
g
boxes, and w j = W2GJ = 0.1 deg = 0.001745 rad for the wing boxes and W2GJ = 0.0 for the
canard boxes.
The SPLINE2 1501 and SET1 1000 entries specify a linear spline on the canard to interconnect the
structural and aerodynamic grids. The Cartesian coordinate system CORD2R 1 is for the spline
on the canard through the one-quarter chord hinge line. The simplicity of the canard splining
makes it uncharacteristic of what can be expected in practice, but it also provides an illustrative
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 183
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
example of the use of the smoothing factors DTHX and DTHY. It is seen that DTHX has been set
to 1.0, implying that the canard is restrained in roll about the centerline by a rotational spring.
If DTHX were set to 0.0, the spline would be overdetermined since the two grid points that lie
on the same line perpendicular to the spline axis each have a value for the bending slope when
only one is allowed. On the other hand, if DTHX were set to -1.0, the splining would become
singular because displacements at two points are not sufficient to define a plane, i.e., rotation of
the canard about the centerline would not be precluded. Setting DTHY to -1.0 ensures that only
the transverse displacements of the two grid points are used in determining the displacement
and rotation of the spline.
The SPLINE2 1601 and SET1 1100 entries specify a linear spline on the wing. SET1 1100 includes
GRIDs 99 and 100 for a good spline fit to the wing in the root region. CORD2R 2 is the Cartesian
coordinate system through the wing elastic axis.
CORD2R 100 is for the rigid body motions of the aerodynamic reference point; specifically the
pitch and moment axis is at the canard midchord at GRID 90. This coordinate system is the
standard NACA body axis system with the x-axis forward and the z-axis downward. The
stability derivatives are output using this coordinate system.
Static Aeroelastic Input. The foregoing input is typical for any aeroelastic analysis. The
entries in the Bulk Data specifically for static aeroelastic analysis begin with the AESTAT entries,
which specify the trim parameters. The parameters are angle of attack, α = ANGLEA ; pitch
··
rate, qc ⁄ 2V = PITCH ; normal load factor z ⁄ g = URDD3 ; and pitch acceleration,
θ ⁄ g = URDD5. Next, the trim surface is defined by an AESURF entry as the elevator (canard)
ELEV using coordinate system CORD2R 1 for its hinge line and defining the aerodynamic boxes
using AELlST 1000, which specifies aerodynamic box numbers 1000 through 1007. The reference
geometry is specified on the AEROS entry. This entry specifies the aerodynamic coordinate
system CORD2R 1, the aerodynamic reference coordinate system for rigid body motions
CORD2R 100, a reference chord of REFC = c = 10.0 ft , a reference span of REFB = b = 40.0 ft
(the full span), a reference area of REFS = S = 200.0 sq ft (half-model), and symmetric
aerodynamic loading (SYMXZ = 1). The first two TRIM entries specify the flight condition at
Mach number, m = 0.9 and level flight with no pitch rate, qc ⁄ 2V = PITCH = 0.0 , a one-g load
·· ··
factor, z ⁄ g = URDD3 = – 1.0 , and no pitching acceleration,⁄ g = θ ⁄ g = URDD5 = 0. The first
entry, TRIM 1, specifies the low speed condition with dynamic pressure q = Q = 40 psf , and
the second entry, TRIM 2, specifies q = Q = 1200 psf , both at m = 0.9 at sea level. The third
entry, TRIM 3, specifies supersonic level flight at m = 1.3 at 20,000 ft with Q = 1151 psf .
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with three title commands. ECHO
= BOTH echoes the input data in both unsorted/annotated and in sorted/unannotated formats.
SPC = 1 provides the set of symmetric constraints. DISP, STRESS, and FORCE = ALL print all
of the displacements, stresses, and forces, respectively. AEROF, APRES = ALL call for all of the
aerodynamic forces and pressures to be printed in all subcases: SUBCASE 1 (TRIM = 1) is the
low q case of level flight at Mach number m = 0.9 ; SUBCASE 2 (TRIM = 2) is the high q case at
m = 0.9 ; SUBCASE 3 is the supersonic flight case at m = 1.3 . The OUTPUT(PLOT) request
permits graphs to be obtained from auxiliary plotting equipment. In this case, the planform is
plotted.
Main Index
184
In the Executive Control statement, ID MSC, HA144A indicates the identification of this
problem. TIME 5 limits CPU time to 5.0 minutes. SOL 144 calls for the Static Aeroelastic
Response DMAP sequence, No. 144.
Output. The input data for this example is shown in Listing 7-1 followed by the sorted Bulk
Data entries in Listing 7-2, and finally the output results in Listing 7-3. The significant output
data are discussed and summarized below.
The OUTPUT FROM THE GRID POINT WEIGHT GENERATOR gives a centroid of the half-
airplane 2.182 ft aft of GRID 90 and 2.500 ft outboard from the centerline, and a centroidal
2
moment of inertia in pitch of 892 ,894 lb-ft .
Stability Derivatives. The typical definition of the stability derivatives in the restrained
longitudinal case may be illustrated by the lift coefficient [see, e.g., Rodden and Love (1985), and
note that C z = – C L ]:
· ·· ··
qc αc z θc
C z = C z + C z α + C z δ e + C z ------- + C z ------- + C z --- + C z ------ Eq. 7-1
o α δe q 2V α 2V ··
zg θ 2g
··
·
The a -derivatives are not obtained from the quasi-steady considerations here and will not be
discussed further. The rotations of the mean axis in the restrained Iongitudinal case are defined
in terms of rotational derivatives defined by Rodden and Love (1985).
· ·· ··
qc αc z θc
α m = α m + α m α + α m δ e + α m ------- + α m ------- + α m --- + α m ------ Eq. 7-2
o α δ q 2V α 2V
· ··
zg θ 2g
··
·
Again, the a -term will not be discussed further. In the unrestrained case, all inertial derivatives
vanish because their effects appear in the remaining derivatives, and the mean axis rotations do
not have to be considered in the equations of motion.
Four sets of stability derivatives are generated for the system for each flight condition:
1. Rigid unsplined
2. Rigid splined
3. Elastic restrained at the SUPORTed degrees of freedom
4. Elastic unrestrained
Before the stability derivatives are tabulated, the transformation from the basic to the reference
coordinates is shown. This transformation provides a check on the input of the aerodynamic
reference coordinate system for the stability derivatives. The stability derivatives for the rigid
and elastic vehicle are shown next. The rigid derivatives are those that are obtained while
neglecting elastic deformation of the vehicle. These derivatives are presented in two ways:
unsplined and splined coefficients, which provide checks on the splining. The unsplined
coefficients are based on all of the boxes in the aerodynamic model and are independent of the
spline. Usually, the two sets of coefficients are nearly identical unless there is an error in the
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 185
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
spline input, such as not including all of the boxes. However, there may be situations where
some boxes intentionally may not be connected to the spline, as in the case when no motion of
certain boxes is desired.
The stability derivatives are summarized in Table 7-1. For the first dynamic pressure,
q = Q = 40 psf , the rigid and elastic coefficients are all quite close except that the inertial
derivatives have finite values for the low dynamic pressure. In the rigid case, the inertial
derivatives vanish, but in the limit of zero dynamic pressure, the flexible inertial derivatives
remain finite. By virtue of the definitions of the inertial derivatives in Eq. 7-1, the printed output
··
values corresponding to unit URDD5 = θ ⁄ g must be divided by c ⁄ 2 = 5.0 ft . The inertial
derivatives are absorbed into the basic stability derivatives in the unrestrained case. The
aerodynamic center for each loading may be found by dividing its moment coefficient by its lift
coefficient and multiplying by the reference chord, e.g., for the angle of attack α loading in
unrestrained flight x a.c. = – C m c ⁄ C z = 2.835 ft aft of GRID 90 at low q .
α α
Mean Axis Deformation. The mean axis translations and rotations for the SUPORT degrees of
freedom follow next in the output and are shown as INTERMEDIATE MATRIX...HP. The
rotational derivatives are presented in the second row (i.e., printed in the second column
shown). These derivatives are only associated with the restrained case, since they must be
included in the equations of motion that utilize restrained stability derivatives, as discussed by
Rodden and Love (1985). Equations of motion relative to the SUPORT using unrestrained
stability derivatives are already expressed in terms of mean axis rotations. The mean axis
rotational derivatives are also summarized in Table 7-1. The derivative α m is obtained by
α
adding 1.0 to the tabulated value, and the derivative α m is obtained by dividing by
··
c ⁄ 2 = 5.0 ft . θ
Main Index
186
αm - -0.000004062 - -0.0001419 -
o
αm - 0.9980 - 0.9251 -
α
αm - 0.0003336 - 0.006420 -
δe
αm - -0.006942 - -0.2136 -
q
αm - -0.0001624 - -0.0001108 -
··
z
αm - -0.001641 - -0.001457 -
··
θ
The level flight trim solution follows the mean axis rotations. For the low speed condition, the
angle of attack of the structural axis is necessarily high, ANGLEA = α = 0.169191 rad =
9.69 deg , and the corresponding canard incidence is ELEV = δ e = 0.492457 rad = 28.22 deg .
The aerodynamic pressure and load data follow the trim solution. The pressure coefficients on
each box are also high at the high angle of attack and low dynamic pressure. The pressures and
box normal forces balance the weight of the airplane. The aerodynamic moments are taken
about the midchord of each box: at subsonic speeds the box force acts at the box quarter-chord
and causes a moment about the box reference midchord; at supersonic speeds the box force acts
at the box midchord and results in a zero moment on each box.
The restrained and unrestrained derivatives for the second dynamic pressure, q = 1200 psf , are
shown next and are also summarized in Table 7-1. In this case, the aerodynamic center in
unrestrained flight has moved slightly aft to x a.c. = 2.945 ft behind GRID 90. The level flight
trim solution is given next. The angle of attack of the structural axis through GRID 90 is
α = ANGLEA = 0.001373 rad = 0.079 deg and δ e = ELEV = 0.01932 rad = 1.107 deg .
Following the trim solution are the aerodynamic pressure coefficients and pressures on each
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 187
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
aerodynamic box in the trimmed condition and then the aerodynamic forces and moments about
the 50% chord of each box. The aeroelastic redistribution of loads with increasing dynamic
pressure is seen by comparing the pressures and normal forces between Subcases 1 and 2.
The third subcase is supersonic level flight at m = 1.3 and q = 1151 psf . The supersonic
stability derivatives are output next and are summarized in Table 7-2. The aerodynamic center
has moved aft to 4.088 ft behind GRID 90. Because of the wing incidence of 0.1 deg, the
supersonic angle of attack of the structural axis is negative, α = ANGLEA = – 0.0005118
rad = – 0.003 deg , and the canard angle is δ e = ELEV = 0.03027 rad = 1.734 deg . The
supersonic load distribution is quite different from the subsonic distribution as can be seen by
comparing the pressures and normal forces between Subcases 2 and 3.
Next are the structural deformations of all the grid points relative to the SUPORT point,
GRID 90, for the three subcases.
Finally, the element loads and stresses are given for the three subcases. The loads include
bending moments, shears, and torques. Some of the stresses are high for the arbitrarily chosen
cross-sectional properties.
Restrained Unrestrained
Value for Rigid
Derivative Value at Value at
Airplane
q = 1151 psf q = 1151 psf
Cz 0.0 0.002447 -
··
z
Cm 0.0 0.002470 -
··
z
Cz 0.0 0.010366 -
··
θ
Main Index
188
Restrained Unrestrained
Value for Rigid
Derivative Value at Value at
Airplane
q = 1151 psf q = 1151 psf
Cm 0.0 0.009444 -
··
θ
αm - -0.0001459 -
o
αm - 0.9165 -
α
αm - 0.00009123 -
δe
αm - -0.1875 -
q
αm - -0.0001120 -
··
z
αm - -0.001448 -
··
θ
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 189
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA144A
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA144A $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING W/CANARD $
$ BEAM MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES $
$ $
$ SOLUTION SYMMETRIC IN-FLIGHT STATIC STABILITY $
$ ANALYSIS USING DOUBLET LATTICE $
$ METHOD AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.9 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF THE STICK MODEL AND AERO $
$ GRID, LISTS OF RESTRAINED AND $
$ UNRESTRAINED SYMMETRIC STATIC $
$ STABILITY DERIVATIVES PLUS THE $
$ AERODYNAMIC FORCES AND PRESSURES $
$ PLUS STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR $
$ 1G LEVEL FLIGHT. $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
Main Index
190
Listing 7-1 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT SECTION ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ * * * STRUCTURAL DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * GRID GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ GRID 90 - 100 (T3) FUSELAGE POINTS $
$ GRID 110 - 122 (T3) WING POINTS $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE GRID * $
$ $
$ THE GRID ENTRY DEFINES THE LOCATION OF A STRUCTURAL GRID $
$ POINT. LISTED ARE ITS COORDINATE SYSTEM ID, ITS LOCATION, $
$ THE ID OF THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH ITS DISPLACEMENTS $
$ ARE DEFINED, ITS PERMANENT SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS AND $
$ ITS ASSOCIATED SUPERELEMENT ID. $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
$ $
$ * WING GRID * $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 111 24.61325 +5. 0.
GRID 110 27.11325 +5. 0.
GRID 112 29.61325 +5. 0.
GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL STIFFNESS PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ THE CBAR ENTRY DEFINES A SIMPLE BEAM ELEMENT. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS PROPERTY ENTRY ID, THE TWO GRID POINTS JOINED BY THE $
$ BEAM AND COMPONENTS OF A VECTOR FROM THE FIRST POINT. $
$ THIS VECTOR DEFINES THE DIRECTION OF THE STRUCTURAL DE- $
$ FLECTION OF THE POINT AND ITS POSITIVE SENSE. $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE PBAR ENTRY DEFINES GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF THE BEAM. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS ASSOCIATED MATERIAL ENTRY ID, ITS CROSS SEC- $
$ TIONAL AREA, AREA MOMENTS OF INERTIA, TORSIONAL MOMENT $
$ OF INERTIA AND NON-STRUCTURAL MASS PER UNIT AREA. THE $
$ OPTIONAL CONTINUATION ENTRY CONTAINS STRESS RECOVERY $
$ COEFFICIENTS, I.E., Y,Z COORDINATES WHERE STRESSES ARE $
$ TO BE COMPUTED. K1 AND K2 ARE AREA FACTORS FOR SHEAR $
$ STIFFNESS (DEFAULT IS BLANK; THEN SHEAR STIFFNESS IS $
$ INFINITE, I.E., SHEAR FLEXIBILITY IS ZERO. I12 IS THE $
$ AREA PRODUCT OF INERTIA. $
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 191
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-1 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
$ $
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 100 1 2.0 .173611 0.15 0.5 +PB1
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB1 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB2 0.0
$ $
$ * WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ POINTS AT EACH END AND THE DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT DOFS $
$ AT EACH END. THE NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO $
$ ENDS MUST EQUAL SIX. BY DEFAULT THOSE NOT DECLARED INDE- $
$ PENDENT ARE MADE DEPENDENT. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 111 110 111 123456
RBAR 112 110 112 123456
RBAR 121 120 121 123456
RBAR 122 120 122 123456
$ $
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 101 1 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB3
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB3 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB4
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB4 0.0
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES. LISTED $
$ ARE ITS ID, ITS ELASTIC MODULUS, SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS $
$ RATIO, MASS DENSITY, TEMPERATURE EXPANSION COEFFICIENT, $
$ REFERENCE TEMPERATURE AND A STRUCTURAL DAMPING COEFFICIENT. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE MASSES * $
$ $
$ THE CONM2 ENTRY DEFINES A CONCENTRATED MASS. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS ID, GRID LOCATION, COORDINATE SYSTEM TO LOCATE THE $
$ CENTER OF GRAVITY, THE MASS VALUE AND THE LOCATION OF $
$ THE CENTER OF GRAVITY RELATIVE TO THE GRID LOCATION. $
$ $
$ EID G CID M X1 X2 X3
CONM2 97 97 0 1500.0
CONM2 98 98 0 1500.0
CONM2 99 99 0 1500.0
CONM2 100 100 0 1500.0
$ $
$ * WING MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,GRDPNT,XX ENTRY CAUSES THE GRID POINT WEIGHT $
$ GENERATOR TO BE EXECUTED USING GRID POINT XX AS THE REF- $
$ ERENCE POINT. THEN THE INERTIA MATRIX, THE TRANSFER MATRIX $
$ FROM BASIC TO PRINCIPAL AXES AND OTHER PERTINENT INERTIA $
$ DATA ARE PRINTED. $
$ $
PARAM GRDPNT 90
$ $
Main Index
192
Listing 7-1 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 193
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-1 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
Main Index
194
Listing 7-1 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 195
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-1 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRIES. LISTED ARE ITS ID, $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. SEE SECTION 3.5.3 OF THE THEO- $
$ RETICAL MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS. $
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 1: 1 G LEVEL FLIGHT AT LOW SPEED $
$ $
$ ID MACH Q LABEL1 UX1 LABEL2 UX2 +TRM
TRIM 1 0.9 40.0 PITCH 0.0 URDD3 -1.0 +TR1
$ LABEL3 UX3
+TR1 URDD5 0.0
$ * * * $
$ TRIM CONDITION 2: 1 G LEVEL FLIGHT AT HIGH SUBSONIC SPEED $
$ $
TRIM 2 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 0.0 URDD3 -1.0 +TR2
+TR2 URDD5 0.0
$ * * * $
$ TRIM CONDITION 3: 1 G LEVEL FLIGHT AT LOW SUPERSONIC SPEED $
$ $
TRIM 3 1.3 1151.0 PITCH 0.0 URDD3 -1.0 +TR3
+TR3 URDD5 0.0
$ * * * $
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 388
Main Index
196
Listing 7-2 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane in Level Flight
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AELIST 1000 1000 THRU 1007
2- AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 200.0 1
3- AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
4- AESTAT 502 PITCH
5- AESTAT 503 URDD3
6- AESTAT 504 URDD5
7- AESURF 505 ELEV 1 1000
8- CAERO1 1000 1000 2 4 1 +CAC
9- +CAC 10. 0. 0. 10. 10. 5. 0. 10.
10- CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
11- +CAW 25. 0. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 0. 10.
12- CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
13- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
14- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
15- CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
16- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
17- CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
18- CONM2 97 97 0 1500.0
19- CONM2 98 98 0 1500.0
20- CONM2 99 99 0 1500.0
21- CONM2 100 100 0 1500.0
22- CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
23- CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
24- CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
25- CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
26- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
27- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
28- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2
29- +CRD2 38.66025+5.0 0.
30- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
31- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
32- DMI FA2J 0 2 1 0 40 3
33- DMI FA2J 1 1 0.0 THRU 40
34- DMI FA2J 2 1 0.0 THRU 40
35- DMI FA2J 3 1 0.0 THRU 40
36- DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 40 3
37- DMI W2GJ 1 9 .0017453THRU 40
38- DMI W2GJ 2 9 .0017453THRU 40
39- DMI W2GJ 3 9 .0017453THRU 40
40- DMI WKK 0 3 1 0 80 1
41- DMI WKK 1 1 1.0 THRU 80
42- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
43- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
44- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
45- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
46- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
47- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
48- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
49- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
50- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
51- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
52- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
53- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
54- OMIT1 4 110 120
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 197
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-2 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane in Level Flight (continued)
Main Index
198
REFERENCE POINT = 90
M O
* 8.000000E+03 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -2.000000E+04 *
* 0.000000E+00 8.000000E+03 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.745300E+04 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 8.000000E+03 2.000000E+04 -1.745300E+04 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.000000E+04 2.500000E+05 -1.456625E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.745300E+04 -1.456625E+05 9.309703E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* -2.000000E+04 1.745300E+04 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.180970E+06 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 8.000000E+03 0.000000E+00 2.500000E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 8.000000E+03 2.181625E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 8.000000E+03 2.181625E+00 2.500000E+00 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 2.000000E+05 1.020300E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 1.020300E+05 8.928944E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.092894E+06 *
I(Q)
* 9.076062E+05 *
* 1.852883E+05 *
* 1.092894E+06 *
Q
* 1.427144E-01 9.897639E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -9.897639E-01 1.427144E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 199
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 4.000000E+01
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
Main Index
200
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 201
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
ANGLEA 1.373013E-03
PITCH -1.084202E-19
URDD3 -1.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 1.932495E-02
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
Main Index
202
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA -5.118454E-05
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 -1.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 3.027371E-02
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 203
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
204
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 -1.820093E+04 0.0 -2.140187E+04 0.0 6.401870E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 -9.094947E-13 0.0 -1.500000E+04 0.0 1.500000E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -1.500000E+04 0.0 -1.820094E+04 0.0 6.401870E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 -2.140187E+04 0.0 -4.323508E+04 0.0 2.183321E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 5.796102E+04 0.0 3.544555E+04 0.0 3.899794E+03 0.0 0.0 45978E+04
120 3.026060E+04 0.0 4.318098E+03 0.0 2.246687E+03 0.0 0.0 479167E+03
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 -1.885620E+04 0.0 -2.271239E+04 0.0 7.712394E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 9.094947E-13 0.0 -1.500000E+04 0.0 1.500000E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -1.500000E+04 0.0 -1.885620E+04 0.0 7.712394E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 -2.271239E+04 0.0 -4.598023E+04 0.0 2.326784E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 6.164220E+04 0.0 3.819550E+04 0.0 4.061087E+03 0.0 0.0 1.750427E+04
120 3.274051E+04 0.0 4.651097E+03 0.0 2.432615E+03 0.0 0.0 8.055939E+03
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 -1.676073E+04 0.0 -1.852147E+04 0.0 3.521470E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 0.0 0.0 -1.500000E+04 0.0 1.500000E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -1.500000E+04 0.0 -1.676073E+04 0.0 3.521470E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 -1.852147E+04 0.0 -3.202391E+04 0.0 1.350244E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 4.827697E+04 0.0 2.721261E+04 0.0 3.648454E+03 0.0 0.0 9.105316E+03
120 2.196529E+04 0.0 9.632417E+00 0.0 1.901416E+03 0.0 0.0 1.668437E+01
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 1.048374E+05 1.048374E+05 -1.048374E+05 -1.048374E+05 0.0 1.048374E+05 -1.048374E+05
1.232748E+05 1.232748E+05 -1.232748E+05 -1.232748E+05 1.232748E+05 -1.232748E+05
101 5.238693E-12 5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12 0.0 5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12
8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
102 8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 0.0 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
1.048375E+05 1.048375E+05 -1.048375E+05 -1.048375E+05 1.048375E+05 -1.048375E+05
103 1.232748E+05 1.232748E+05 -1.232748E+05 -1.232748E+05 0.0 1.232748E+05 -1.232748E+05
2.490342E+05 2.490342E+05 -2.490342E+05 -2.490342E+05 2.490342E+05 -2.490342E+05
110 -1.669278E+05 -1.669278E+05 1.669278E+05 1.669278E+05 0.0 1.669278E+05 -1.669278E+05
-1.020832E+05 -1.020832E+05 1.020832E+05 1.020832E+05 1.020832E+05 -1.020832E+05
120 -8.715058E+04 -8.715058E+04 8.715058E+04 8.715058E+04 0.0 8.715058E+04 -8.715058E+04
-1.243613E+04 -1.243613E+04 1.243613E+04 1.243613E+04 1.243613E+04 -1.243613E+04
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 205
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 1.086118E+05 1.086118E+05 -1.086118E+05 -1.086118E+05 0.0 1.086118E+05 -1.086118E+05
1.308235E+05 1.308235E+05 -1.308235E+05 -1.308235E+05 1.308235E+05 -1.308235E+05
101 -5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12 5.238693E-12 5.238693E-12 0.0 5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12
8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
102 8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 0.0 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
1.086118E+05 1.086118E+05 -1.086118E+05 -1.086118E+05 1.086118E+05 -1.086118E+05
103 1.308235E+05 1.308235E+05 -1.308235E+05 -1.308235E+05 0.0 1.308235E+05 -1.308235E+05
2.648463E+05 2.648463E+05 -2.648463E+05 -2.648463E+05 2.648463E+05 -2.648463E+05
110 -1.775296E+05 -1.775296E+05 1.775296E+05 1.775296E+05 0.0 1.775296E+05 -1.775296E+05
-1.100031E+05 -1.100031E+05 1.100031E+05 1.100031E+05 1.100031E+05 -1.100031E+05
120 -9.429273E+04 -9.429273E+04 9.429273E+04 9.429273E+04 0.0 9.429273E+04 -9.429273E+04
-1.339517E+04 -1.339517E+04 1.339517E+04 1.339517E+04 1.339517E+04 -1.339517E+04
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 9.654189E+04 9.654189E+04 -9.654189E+04 -9.654189E+04 0.0 9.654189E+04 -9.654189E+04
1.066837E+05 1.066837E+05 -1.066837E+05 -1.066837E+05 1.066837E+05 -1.066837E+05
101 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
102 8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 0.0 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
9.654189E+04 9.654189E+04 -9.654189E+04 -9.654189E+04 9.654189E+04 -9.654189E+04
103 1.066837E+05 1.066837E+05 -1.066837E+05 -1.066837E+05 0.0 1.066837E+05 -1.066837E+05
1.844578E+05 1.844578E+05 -1.844578E+05 -1.844578E+05 1.844578E+05 -1.844578E+05
110 -1.390378E+05 -1.390378E+05 1.390378E+05 1.390378E+05 0.0 1.390378E+05 -1.390378E+05
-7.837237E+04 -7.837237E+04 7.837237E+04 7.837237E+04 7.837237E+04 -7.837237E+04
120 -6.326009E+04 -6.326009E+04 6.326009E+04 6.326009E+04 0.0 6.326009E+04 -6.326009E+04
-2.774138E+01 -2.774138E+01 2.774138E+01 2.774138E+01 2.774138E+01 -2.774138E+01
Main Index
206
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 207
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Aerodynamic
Box Number Nonstandard Degrees of Freedom:
Basic V Airflow Grid 11 (R3) Wing Root Hinge, Tip Up
x Wing Root
Grid 12 (R2) Aileron, TE UP 3001
Structural
Grid Point
1001
78.75 2001
1 3 35.00
z 11 5 7 9
y
10 65.00
6 8
146.25 2 4
2018
1035
12
Aileron 3005
370
487
The wing inertial data are derived from the three masses on each wing strip given by Rodden
(1959a) and are input in the CMASS2 format, which provides for the inertial coupling between
the forward (25% chord) and aft (75% chord) degrees of freedom. CONM1 is the concentrated
rigid fuselage mass, static unbalance, and inertia. PARAM,GRDPNT specifies GRID 11 as the
reference in the weight and balance analysis. PARAM,WTMASS = 1/g converts the input
weights to units of mass. The inertial data are contained in the input file BAH_MASS.DAT and
are shown in Listing 7-5.
The relative rotation between the aileron and the wing is represented by GRID 12. GRID 12 is
located streamwise behind GRIDs 7 and 8 on the wing trailing edge slightly inboard of the
aileron inboard edge. MPC 1 defines the control surface rotation relative to the wing based on
the chord lengths between GRIDs 7 and 8 (66.50 in.) and between GRIDs 8 and 12 (33.25 in) at
wing station 368. CONM1 2 gives the aileron inertial characteristics: weight (0.0 lbs), unbalance
2
about the hinge line (0.0 in-lbs), and moment of inertia about the hinge line ( 13, 970.lb-in ).
CELAS2 3 provides the rotational stiffness of the aileron actuator and is derived from the
moment of inertia and the assumed uncoupled frequency of 60.0 Hz
2
[ ( 13970.5 ⁄ g ) ⋅ ( 2π ⋅ 60.0 ) = 5,142,661 in-lb/rad ]. The aileron data are contained in the input
file BAH_AILERON.DAT and are shown in Listing 7-6.
Aerodynamic Data. The definition of the wing geometry begins with CORD2R 1, which has its
x-axis in the streamwise direction. The wing planform is divided into three panels via
combinations of three CAERO1 entries and four AEFACT entries. The panel between the
centerline and the aileron is specified by CAERO1 1001; by NCHORD = 5, which divides it into
five equal chordwise boxes; and by AEFACT 1, which divides it into seven unequal spanwise
Main Index
208
strips. The panel containing the aileron is specified by CAERO1 2001 and is divided spanwise
into three strips and chordwise into six boxes by AEFACTs 2 and 4, respectively. Finally,
CAERO1 3001 specifies the wing tip with NCHORD = 5 and AEFACT 3. PAERO1 1000 is the
required aerodynamic property entry although no body aerodynamics are considered in this
example. The fuselage aerodynamics are found from the extension of the wing between the
centerline and the side of the fuselage.
Spline Data. Linear splines are used to connect the wing aerodynamics to the wing structure,
consisting of grid points listed on SET1 14. SPLlNE2 101 connects the first 35 boxes to the wing
structure. Since the GENEL has no rotations, DTHX = DTHY = -1.0. SPLINE2 102 connects
boxes 2001 through 2004, 2007 through 2010, and 2013 through 2016 to the wing structure (see
Remark 1 on the SPLINE1 Bulk Data entry). SPLINE2 103 connects boxes 3001 through 3005 to
the wing structure. The aerodynamic elements are specified in the input file
BAH_AERO58.DAT as shown in Listing 7-7.
The requirements in the Bulk Data Section for the static aeroelastic analysis begin with the
AESTAT entries that specify the antisymmetric trim parameters, roll rate, pb ⁄ 2V = ROLL , and
·
rolling acceleration, p = URDD4 . The aileron rotation δ a is defined on AESURF as AILE using
the hinge line coordinate system CORD2R 10 and by defining the aileron doublet-lattice boxes
on AELIST 2005 that lists the six boxes: 2005, 2006, 2011, 2012, 2017 and 2018. SPLINE 104
specifies a plane through the aileron and connects the three SET 15 grid points to the six aileron
boxes. The geometry is given on AEROS that specifies CORD2R 1 as both the aerodynamic and
rigid body motion reference coordinate systems, a reference chord of REFC = c = 162.5 in , a
2
reference span of REFB = b = 1000.0 in , a reference area of REFS = S = 81,250.0 in , and
antisymmetric aerodynamic motion (SYMXZ = -1). The TRIM entry specifies the flight condition
at Mach number, m = 0.0 , with a dynamic pressure, Q = 4.00075 psi [corresponding to
V = 475 mph in Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955) and the units used in the present
·
analysis], and a steady roll maneuver, p = URDD4 = 0.0 , with unit aileron rotation
δ a = AILE = 1.0 radian . PARAM,AUNITS = 1/g = 0.0025907 permits accelerations to be
input in load factor units. ENDDATA completes the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with three title commands. ECHO
= BOTH calls for both annotated and sorted input entries to be listed. SPC = 13 specifies the
fuselage (GRID 11) to be constrained in plunge and pitch. MPC = 1 gives the relative angle
between the control surface and the wing in terms of wing vertical displacements at GRIDs 7 and
8 and the trailing edge vertical displacement at GRID 12. DlSP = 2 prints the displacements of
SET 2, which includes GRIDs in the aileron region of the wing. SPCF = 3 prints the SPC forces
on the SET 3 grid points, which is in this case the fuselage at GRID 11. AEROF = ALL and APRES
= ALL call for all of the pressures and forces on the aerodynamic boxes to be printed. TRIM 1
specifies the maneuvering condition. BEGIN BULK ends the Case Control Section.
In the Executive Control Section, ID MSC, HA144B indicates this test problem identification.
TIME 5 specifies the maximum CPU time at 5.0 minutes. SOL 144 calls for the static aeroelastic
solution sequence. CEND concludes the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data files are shown in Listing 7-8 followed by the sorted Bulk Data entries
in Listing 7-9 and the output in Listing 7-10. The highlights of the computed results are
Main Index
discussed below.
CHAPTER 7 209
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
In the unrestrained case, the inertial derivative vanishes, its effect is included in the other two
derivatives, and the rotations are not needed in the rolling equation of motion.
At the Mach number m = 0.0, the restrained derivatives are found to be
Cl = – 0.518943 ⁄ rad
p
Cl = – 0.00021282 ⁄ rad
·
p
Cl = 0.105493 ⁄ rad
δa
The output value for URDD4 is C l b/2 ; therefore, a division by b/2 = 500 in. leads to the
·
p
value above. The rotational derivatives are found from the intermediate matrix HP to be
∂α m
γm = ---------------- = 0.305455
∂ -------
p pb
2V
∂α p
γm = --------------
· - = 0.00419677
·
p p b
∂ ------
2g
∂α p
γm = --------- = – 0.0730480
δa ∂δ a
where γ m is obtained from the output by dividing by b/2. In the unrestrained case, the
·
p are
derivatives
Cl = – 0.505960 ⁄ rad
p
and
Cl = 0.102853 ⁄ rad
δa
⁄ 2V = –C l δ a ⁄ C l = 0.2032
δa p
Main Index
210
for the aileron command of δ a = 1.0 rad . A dynamic response solution gives pb ⁄ 2Vδ a = 0.197
from its graphical solution (see Example HA146B (p. 599)).
The remaining output of interest gives the pressure coefficients, pressures, and aerodynamic box
forces in the steady roll, and the deformations near the wing tip (GRIDs 7, 8, 9, and 10) and at
the aileron trailing edge (GRID 12). The rotation of the aileron actuator spring is given by
GRID12, R2 and is -0.05056 rad; this is the aeroelastic effect on the aileron, i.e., the net
commanded aileron rotation is only 1.0 – 0.05056 = 0.9435 rad .
Structural element loads and stresses are not available in this example since the GENEL stiffness
model does not contain any details of the structure.
The complete solution for aileron effectiveness as a function of dynamic pressure is shown in
Figure 7-3. The aileron reversal dynamic pressure is found to be q = 11.06 psi by interpolation
and corresponds to V = 789 mph at sea level based on the incompressible aerodynamics
assumed. Note that the curve in Figure 7-3 is not a straight line, although in this example its
curvature is very small. Note also that the curve has not included the reduction in commanded
aileron rotation due to the actuator flexibility.
0.3
0.2
pb
------------
2V δ a
0.1
-0.1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
q ( psi )
Figure 7-3 Aileron Effectiveness of BAH Wing
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 211
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
212
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * WING MASSES * $
$ $
$ THE CMASS2 ENTRY DEFINES A SCALAR MASS ELEMENT WITHOUT $
$ REFERENCE TO A PROPERTY ENTRY. IT LISTS THE MASS, THE $
$ GRID NO. AND ITS DOF COMPONENTS. WHEN TWO GRID POINTS $
$ ARE LISTED THE MASS IS ADDED TO BOTH POINTS. $
$ $
$ EID M G1 C1 G2 C2
CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE MASS AND INERTIA VALUES * $
$ $
$ THE CONM1 ENTRY DEFINES A 6 BY 6 SYMMETRIC INERTIA MATRIX $
$ FOR A GRID POINT. LISTED IS THE ID, THE GRID POINT NO., $
$ THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH THE INERTIA MATRIX IS $
$ DEFINED AND THE LOWER LEFT TRIANGULAR PART OF THE MATRIX. $
$ $
$ EID G CID M11 M21 M22 M31 M32
CONM1 1 11 +51
$ M33 M41 M42 M43 M44 M51 M52 M53
+51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
$ M54 M55 M61 M62 M63 M64 M65 M66
+52 4.35+09
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,WTMASS,GINV CAUSES ALL THE STRUCTURAL MASSES AND $
$ MASS DENSITIES TO BE MULTIPLIED BY GINV (I.E., BY ONE OVER $
$ THE ACCELERATION OF GRAVITY). THE DYNAMIC PRESSURE SUPPLIED $
$ FOR AERODYNAMIC FORCE CALCULATIONS WILL NOT BE MULTIPLIED $
$ BY GINV. $
$ $
PARAM WTMASS .0025907
$ $
$ THE PARAM,GRDPNT,XX ENTRY CAUSES THE GRID POINT WEIGHT $
$ GENERATOR TO BE EXECUTED USING GRID POINT XX AS THE REF- $
$ ERENCE POINT. THEN THE INERTIA MATRIX, THE TRANSFER MATRIX $
$ FROM BASIC TO PRINCIPAL AXES AND OTHER PERTINENT INERTIA $
$ DATA ARE PRINTED. $
$ $
PARAM GRDPNT 11
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 213
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
214
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 215
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
216
ID MSC, HA144B
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA144B $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ CANTILEVERED WING WITH TEN BEAM $
$ ELEMENTS AND DUMBBELL MASSES $
$ $
$ SOLUTION STATIC AEROELASTIC SOLUTION TO $
$ AN AILERON DEFLECTION USING DOUBLET $
$ LATTICE METHOD AERODYNAMICS AT MACH $
$ NO. 0.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF THE STICK MODEL AND AERO $
$ GRID, LISTS OF RESTRAINED AND $
$ UNRESTRAINED ANTISYMMETRIC STATIC $
$ STABILITY DERIVATIVES PLUS THE $
$ STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR A $
$ TYPICAL DESIGN CONDITION $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 217
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-8 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing in Roll (continued)
EXAMPLE HA144B: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PAGE 3
ANTISYMMETRIC, 58 BOXES, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
AILERON ROLL, STATIC AERO SOLUTION
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT SECTION ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ THE GRID ENTRY DEFINES THE LOCATION OF A STRUCTURAL GRID $
$ POINT. LISTED ARE ITS COORDINATE SYSTEM ID, ITS LOCATION, $
$ THE ID OF THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH ITS DISPLACEMENTS $
$ ARE DEFINED, ITS PERMANENT SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS, AND $
$ ITS ASSOCIATED SUPERELEMENT ID. $
$ $
$ THE BAH JET TRANSPORT WING, AS SHOWN ON P.45 OF THE BOOK $
$ "AEROELASTICITY" BY BISPLINGHOFF, ASHLEY AND HALFMAN, IS $
$ ROTATED 180 DEG AROUND THE Y AXIS. THAT ORIENTATION IS $
$ RETAINED HERE. POINTS 1 THRU 10 ARE ALONG THE ONE- AND $
$ THREE-QUARTER CHORD LINES, POINT 11 IS AT THE ROOT OF THE $
$ ELASTIC AXIS (35% CHORD), AND POINT 12 IS AT THE INBOARD $
$ TRAILING EDGE OF THE AILERON. $
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_STRUCT.DAT
$
INCLUDE BAH_MASS.DAT
$
INCLUDE BAH_AILERON.DAT
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS $
$ AND ENFORCED DISPLACEMENTS. IT LISTS THE ID, GRID POINT $
$ NO., CONSTRAINED DOFS AND VALUE OF AN ENFORCED DISPLACE- $
$ MENT. $
$ $
$ SID G C D
SPC 13 11 35
$ $
$ THE SUPORT ENTRY IDENTIFIES A GRID POINT OR A SCALAR POINT $
$ AND SPECIFIES THE DOF COMPONENTS IN WHICH THE USER DESIRES $
$ REACTIONS TO BE APPLIED TO PREVENT RIGID BODY MOTION. IT $
$ THUS INVOKES THE SOLUTION OF THE BALANCE EQUATIONS TO DETER- $
$ MINE THE REACTIONS. IN THE STATIC AEROELASTIC SOLUTION $
$ THE DOF COMPONENTS MUST BE CONSISTENT WITH THE UNDEFINED $
$ VARIABLES ON THE TRIM ENTRIES. $
$ $
SUPORT 11 4
$ $
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AEROS ENTRY IS UNIQUE TO THE STATIC AEROELASTICITY $
$ SOLUTION, SOL144. ACSID IDENTIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE $
$ SYSTEM. RCSID IDENTIFIES THE REFERENCE COORDINATE SYS- $
$ TEM FOR RIGID BODY MOTION. REFC IS THE REFERENCE CHORD. $
$ REFB IS THE REFERENCE SPAN. REFS IS THE REFERENCE WING $
$ AREA. SYMXZ AND SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS. $
$ $
$ ACS RCID CHORD SPAN AREA SYMYZ SYMXY
AEROS 1 1 162.5 1000.0 81250.0 -1
$ $
$ $
$ * CONTROL SURFACE DEFINITION * $
Main Index
218
Listing 7-8 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing in Roll (continued)
EXAMPLE HA144B: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PAGE 8
ANTISYMMETRIC, 58 BOXES, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
AILERON ROLL, STATIC AERO SOLUTION
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$ $
$ THE AESURF ENTRY DEFINES AN AERODYNAMIC CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ LISTED ARE THE ALPHANUMERIC NAME OF THE SURFACE, THE ID $
$ OF A COORDINATE SYSTEM THAT DEFINES THE HINGE LINE AND $
$ THE ID OF AN AELIST ENTRY. $
$ $
$ ID LABEL CID1 ALID1 CID2 ALID2
AESURF 503 AILE 10 2005
$ $
$ THE CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH THE $
$ HINGE-LINE IS DEFINED. IT LISTS THE ORIGIN, A POINT ALONG $
$ THE Z-AXIS AND A POINT IN THE X-Z PLANE. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 10 -90.0 0. 0. -90.0 0. 1. +CR10
$ C1 C2 C3
+CR10 410.0 -50.0 0.0
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_AERO58.DAT
$ $
$ THE AELIST ENTRY LISTS AERODYNAMIC BOXES THAT LIE ON THE $
$ CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ $
$ SID E1 E2 E3 ETC
AELIST 2005 2005 2006 2011 2012 2017 2018
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE AILERON * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE1 ENTRY DEFINES A SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPO- $
$ LATING OUT-OF-PLANE DISPLACEMENTS FROM THE STRUCTURAL $
$ GRID POINTS ON THE SETG ENTRY TO THE SUB-REGION DEFINED $
$ BY AERODYNAMIC BOXES 2005 THRU 2018 OF THE REGION ON THE $
$ CAERO1 ENTRY. DZ=0 SPECIFIES THAT NO SMOOTHING OF THE $
$ SPLINE IS TO BE IMPOSED. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ
SPLINE1 104 2001 2005 2018 15
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF POINTS TO BE USED BY $
$ THE SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
SET1 15 8 10 12
$ $
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DOFS * * $
$ $
$ THE AESTAT ENTRY LISTS TRIM VARIABLES USED TO SPECIFY $
$ RIGID BODY MOTIONS. THESE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE $
$ ROTATIONS MAKE UP THE VARIABLES IN THE EQUATIONS OF $
$ MOTION. $
$ $
AESTAT 501 ROLL
AESTAT 502 URDD4
$ $
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRIES. LISTED ARE ITS ID, $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. SEE SECTION 3.5.3 OF THE THEO- $
$ RETICAL MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS. $
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 1: STEADY ROLL $
$ $
$ ID MACH Q LABEL1 UX1 LABEL2 UX2 $
TRIM 1 0.0 4.0075 URDD4 0.0 AILE 1.0
$ $
$ THE PARAM,AUNITS,GINV PERMITS THE ACCELERATIONS ON THE TRIM
$ ENTRY TO BE SPECIFIED IN UNITS OF LOAD FACTOR (I.E., IN G’S)
$
PARAM AUNITS .0025907
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 430
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 219
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-9 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Jet Transport Wing in Roll
EXAMPLE HA144B: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PAGE 12
ANTISYMMETRIC, 58 BOXES, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
AILERON ROLL, STATIC AERO SOLUTION
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 1 0. .09 .21 .33 .45 .56 .66 +AE1
2- +AE1 .74
3- AEFACT 2 .74 .82 .90 .974
4- AEFACT 3 .974 1.00
5- AEFACT 4 0. .1875 .375 .625 .750 .875 1.00
6- AELIST 2005 2005 2006 2011 2012 2017 2018
7- AEROS 1 1 162.5 1000.0 81250.0 -1
8- AESTAT 501 ROLL
9- AESTAT 502 URDD4
10- AESURF 503 AILE 10 2005
11- CAERO1 1001 1000 0 5 1 1 +CA1
12- +CA1 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
13- CAERO1 2001 1000 0 2 4 1 +CA2
14- +CA2 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
15- CAERO1 3001 1000 0 5 3 1 +CA3
16- +CA3 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
17- CELAS2 3 5142661.12 5
18- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
19- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
20- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
21- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
22- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
23- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
24- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
25- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
26- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
27- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
28- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
29- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
30- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
31- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
32- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
33- CONM1 1 11 +51
34- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
35- +52 4.35+09
36- CONM1 2 12 +AIL1
37- +AIL1 0.0 0.0 +AIL2
38- +AIL2 13970.5
39- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
40- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
41- CORD2R 10 -90.0 0. 0. -90.0 0. 1. +CR10
42- +CR10 410.0 -50.0 0.0
43- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
44- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
45- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
46- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
47- +04 11 6 +05
48- +05 Z 8.7172-61.3361-61.2778-56.2720-61.6251-51.0492-52.0478-5+06
49- +06 1.5630-52.4285-52.0403-53.0861-56.2720-63.2297-51.0492-53.3529-5+07
50- +07 1.5630-53.5021-52.0257-53.5785-52.7732-51.5726-54.8255-53.7628-5+08
51- +08 7.3284-56.4338-59.5810-58.8378-56.3749-53.7628-58.0136-56.4338-5+09
52- +09 1.0012-48.8378-51.1811-41.2758-41.1344-41.9350-41.8160-42.5283-4+10
53- +10 2.4294-41.6999-41.8160-42.2920-42.4294-42.8249-43.6862-43.5052-4+11
54- +11 5.2675-45.1171-44.2292-45.1171-45.7187-48.4840-48.2340-49.2340-4+12
55- +12 S 1.0 90.0 -20.25 45.0 1.0 90.0 81.0 +13
56- +13 45.0 1.0 186.0 -17.85 141.0 1.0 186.0 71.4 +14
57- +14 141.0 1.0 268.0 -15.80 223.0 1.0 268.0 63.2 +15
58- +15 223.0 1.0 368.0 -13.30 323.0 1.0 368.0 53.2 +16
59- +16 323.0 1.0 458.0 -11.05 413.0 1.0 458.0 44.2 +17
60- +17 413.0
61- GRID 1 20.25 90. 12456
62- GRID 2 -81. 90. 12456
63- GRID 3 17.85 186. 12456
64- GRID 4 -71.4 186. 12456
65- GRID 5 15.8 268. 12456
66- GRID 6 -63.2 268. 12456
67- GRID 7 13.3 368. 12456
68- GRID 8 -53.2 368. 12456
69- GRID 9 11.05 458. 12456
70- GRID 10 -44.2 458. 12456
Main Index
220
Listing 7-9 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Jet Transport Wing in Roll (continued)
71- GRID 11 0.0 0. 126
72- GRID 12 -86.45 368. 1246
73- MPC 1 12 3 -1.0 8 3 1.5 +MPC1
74- +MPC1 7 3 -0.5 12 5 33.25
75- PAERO1 1000
76- PARAM AUNITS .0025907
77- PARAM GRDPNT 11
78- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
79- SET1 14 1 THRU 11
80- SET1 15 8 10 12
81- SPC 13 11 35
82- SPLINE1 104 2001 2005 2018 15
83- SPLINE2 101 1001 1001 1035 14 0. 1. 0 +SP1
84- +SP1 -1.0 -1.0
85- SPLINE2 102 2001 2001 2016 14 0. 1. 0 +SP2
86- +SP2 -1.0 -1.0
87- SPLINE2 103 3001 3001 3005 14 0. 1. 0 +SP3
88- +SP3 -1.0 -1.0
89- SUPORT 11 4
90- TRIM 1 0.0 4.0075 URDD4 0.0 AILE 1.0
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 91
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 221
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
Main Index
222
ROLL 2.032838E-01
URDD4 0.000000E+00
AILE 1.000000E+00
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 0.000000E+00 Q = 4.007500E+00
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS -1.354849E-01 -5.429556E-01 1001 LS -1.071998E+03 -1.175848E+04
2 LS -4.765255E-02 -1.909676E-01 1002 LS -3.770417E+02 -4.135676E+03
3 LS -2.612218E-02 -1.046846E-01 1003 LS -2.066867E+02 -2.267095E+03
4 LS -1.495107E-02 -5.991640E-02 1004 LS -1.182974E+02 -1.297575E+03
5 LS -7.376158E-03 -2.955995E-02 1005 LS -5.836243E+01 -6.401630E+02
6 LS -3.648801E-01 -1.462257E+00 1006 LS -3.619086E+03 -3.732182E+04
7 LS -1.464361E-01 -5.868426E-01 1007 LS -1.452435E+03 -1.497824E+04
8 LS -8.362006E-02 -3.351074E-01 1008 LS -8.293911E+02 -8.553097E+03
9 LS -4.900119E-02 -1.963723E-01 1009 LS -4.860213E+02 -5.012094E+03
10 LS -2.503084E-02 -1.003111E-01 1010 LS -2.482700E+02 -2.560284E+03
11 LS -6.398618E-01 -2.564246E+00 1011 LS -5.884946E+03 -5.627479E+04
12 LS -2.556842E-01 -1.024655E+00 1012 LS -2.351582E+03 -2.248700E+04
13 LS -1.459844E-01 -5.850326E-01 1013 LS -1.342650E+03 -1.283910E+04
14 LS -8.575688E-02 -3.436707E-01 1014 LS -7.887239E+02 -7.542170E+03
15 LS -4.417319E-02 -1.770241E-01 1015 LS -4.062703E+02 -3.884959E+03
16 LS -9.208332E-01 -3.690239E+00 1016 LS -7.804856E+03 -6.878029E+04
17 LS -3.609245E-01 -1.446405E+00 1017 LS -3.059147E+03 -2.695873E+04
18 LS -2.014354E-01 -8.072526E-01 1018 LS -1.707340E+03 -1.504593E+04
19 LS -1.155547E-01 -4.630855E-01 1019 LS -9.794256E+02 -8.631187E+03
20 LS -5.842042E-02 -2.341198E-01 1020 LS -4.951635E+02 -4.363628E+03
21 LS -1.163823E+00 -4.664021E+00 1021 LS -8.304871E+03 -6.721755E+04
22 LS -4.398006E-01 -1.762501E+00 1022 LS -3.138353E+03 -2.540105E+04
23 LS -2.303485E-01 -9.231217E-01 1023 LS -1.643734E+03 -1.330397E+04
24 LS -1.207852E-01 -4.840466E-01 1024 LS -8.619053E+02 -6.976046E+03
25 LS -5.559115E-02 -2.227816E-01 1025 LS -3.966904E+02 -3.210713E+03
26 LS -1.347419E+00 -5.399781E+00 1026 LS -8.032175E+03 -5.973930E+04
27 LS -4.651038E-01 -1.863904E+00 1027 LS -2.772556E+03 -2.062088E+04
28 LS -1.955689E-01 -7.837424E-01 1028 LS -1.165817E+03 -8.670762E+03
29 LS -5.785358E-02 -2.318482E-01 1029 LS -3.448742E+02 -2.565002E+03
30 LS -1.905612E-03 -7.636740E-03 1030 LS -1.135965E+01 -8.448740E+01
31 LS -1.437025E+00 -5.758880E+00 1031 LS -6.334769E+03 -4.355154E+04
32 LS -4.041525E-01 -1.619641E+00 1032 LS -1.781605E+03 -1.224854E+04
33 LS -2.264492E-02 -9.074951E-02 1033 LS -9.982446E+01 -6.862932E+02
34 LS 2.357795E-01 9.448866E-01 1034 LS 1.039375E+03 7.145705E+03
35 LS 2.615480E-01 1.048154E+00 1035 LS 1.152969E+03 7.926661E+03
36 LS -1.530291E+00 -6.132641E+00 2001 LS -5.864338E+03 -3.504858E+04
37 LS -3.360160E-01 -1.346584E+00 2002 LS -1.287671E+03 -7.695847E+03
38 LS 2.695004E-01 1.080023E+00 2003 LS 1.377029E+03 1.097320E+04
39 LS 1.497109E+00 5.999664E+00 2004 LS 3.824786E+03 1.523938E+04
40 LS 3.661325E+00 1.467276E+01 2005 LS 9.353885E+03 3.726939E+04
41 LS 1.145043E+00 4.588762E+00 2006 LS 2.925336E+03 1.165563E+04
42 LS -1.569205E+00 -6.288589E+00 2007 LS -5.541820E+03 -3.052331E+04
43 LS -2.701145E-01 -1.082484E+00 2008 LS -9.539389E+02 -5.254117E+03
44 LS 4.182711E-01 1.676221E+00 2009 LS 1.969560E+03 1.446396E+04
45 LS 1.815431E+00 7.275338E+00 2010 LS 4.274261E+03 1.569455E+04
46 LS 4.017232E+00 1.609906E+01 2011 LS 9.458201E+03 3.472934E+04
47 LS 1.380969E+00 5.534232E+00 2012 LS 3.251362E+03 1.193859E+04
48 LS -1.562750E+00 -6.262719E+00 2013 LS -4.686912E+03 -2.370004E+04
49 LS -2.563097E-01 -1.027161E+00 2014 LS -7.687097E+02 -3.887089E+03
50 LS 3.775468E-01 1.513019E+00 2015 LS 1.509757E+03 1.017906E+04
51 LS 1.684529E+00 6.750751E+00 2016 LS 3.368097E+03 1.135417E+04
52 LS 3.921867E+00 1.571688E+01 2017 LS 7.841497E+03 2.643442E+04
53 LS 1.306940E+00 5.237563E+00 2018 LS 2.613135E+03 8.809122E+03
54 LS -1.122619E+00 -4.498896E+00 3001 LS -1.188721E+03 -6.040188E+03
55 LS -1.255417E-01 -5.031084E-01 3002 LS -1.329338E+02 -6.754702E+02
56 LS 2.223080E-01 8.908994E-01 3003 LS 2.353979E+02 1.196116E+03
57 LS 6.150346E-01 2.464751E+00 3004 LS 6.512489E+02 3.309158E+03
58 LS 8.130676E-01 3.258368E+00 3005 LS 8.609423E+02 4.374663E+03
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 223
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
yB
15° A 5.72 in
2.00 in
A 0.041 in
xB
0.25 in
The method of solution for the restrained wind tunnel model employs the “large mass” method
discussed in “Enforced Motion” on page 195 of the MSC.Nastran Basic Dynamics User’s Guide for
enforced motion. A large support mass is assumed (chosen approximately six orders of
magnitude larger than the system mass) which in turn is reacted by an equally large force so
there is a very small consequent acceleration of the system. A gravity force is included to
account for the weight of the system.
The present example represents the plate model appropriately by plate elements. The basic
structural model consists of GRID and CQUAD4 entries. The plate wing is divided into seven
strips of equal width and four chordwise elements separated along the one-eighth, one-half, and
seven-eighths chord lines; its idealization into 28 structural plate elements is shown in
Figure 7-5 (a). The leading- and trailing-edge CQUAD4 elements taper in thickness to zero at
the edges on their corresponding CQUAD4 entries, whereas the interior elements have the
constant thickness of 0.041 in. as given on the PSHELL entry. The MAT1 entry lists the moduli
6 6 3
E = 10.3 × 10 psi and G = 3.9 × 10 psi , and the weight density of ρ = 0.100 lb/in for
Main Index
224
aluminum. Three grid points are constrained to simulate a perfectly clamped root chord.
However, the root leading and trailing edge grid points are assumed to be free because a clamp
would not restrain the beveled edges. GRIDs 9 and 25 (at the one-eighth and seven-eighths
chord points at the root) are connected to GRID 17 by rigid bars (RBAR 101 and RBAR 102), and
GRID 17 is constrained in all degrees of freedom except the support (SUPORT) degrees of
freedom, vertical translation (T3), and pitch (R2). GRIDs 1 through 8, 10 through 16, 18 through
24, and 26 through 40 are constrained against in-plane rotation (R3) because the CQUAD4
element has no in-plane rotational stiffness. ASET1 entries are included to reduce the size of the
problem by restricting the degrees of freedom to the normal deflections of the wing (the GRID
T3 degrees of freedom), which are the only deflections required to determine the aerodynamic
loads. This plate model is used in several subsequent examples. The Bulk Data entries are
contained in the separate input file PLATE_STRUCT. DAT that is presented in Listing 7-11.
The density on the MAT1 entry and PARAM,COUPMASS,1 result in the generation of the
coupled (note that a coupled mass matrix is not a consistent mass matrix) mass matrix of the
plate, while the GRAV entry introduces the weight of the model into the problem. Although the
weight of a wind tunnel model is usually small, it is not negligible and is just as easily included.
5
The large mass is placed at the support point GRID 17 and is chosen arbitrarily as 10 lbs on a
5 2
CONM2 entry with its pitching moment of inertia also chosen arbitrarily as 10 lb-in . These
are converted to mass units by the parameter WTMASS. The additional PARAM,AUNITS is
included to permit accelerations to be specified in units of Gs both in the input (on the TRIM
entry) and in the output (the values of the UX for accelerations in the Aerostatic Data Recovery
5
Output Table). The reacting force of 10 lbs is also placed at GRID 17 on the FORCE entry. The
LOAD entry combines the gravity load with the reacting force. (Note that the load and the force
are in opposite directions.)
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 225
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
1
2
9 1
3
10
2 Grid Point No. (e.g., 3)
11 4
8 3 Element No. (e.g., 5)
17 5
9 12 4
18 6
10 13
15 19 5
25 11 7
14 6
16 20
26 12 15 8
22 17 21 7
27 13 16
33 23 18
28 22
14
34 24 19 23
29
35 25 20
24
30
36 26 21
31
37 27
38 32
28
39
40
(a) Structural Grid Point and CQUAD 4 Elements
101
105
102 109
113
106 117
103 110 121
114
107 118
104 111 122
108 115
119
112 123
116
120
124
The Aerodynamic Model. The aerodynamic data begin with the AEROS entry, which includes
the reference chord of 2.07055 in., the reference span (twice the exposed span) of 11.0502 in., the
exposed surface area of 11.4400 sq in., and the symmetry flags SYMXZ = 1 to account for the
wind tunnel wall reflection and SYMXY = 0 to neglect tunnel floor and ceiling interference. The
aerodynamic coordinate system CORD2R has its origin at the wing support point (GRID 17) and
its positive x-axis aft in the streamwise direction. The CAERO1 entry, along with a subsonic
Mach number on the TRIM entry, specifies the subsonic Doublet-Lattice method. Six equal
width spanwise strips are specified along with the minimum recommended number of four
equal chordwise strips. The planform geometry is specified on the continuation entry. A
PAERO1 entry is required although there are no interfering bodies in the problem. The division
of the planform into aerodynamic boxes is shown in Figure 7-5(b).
Main Index
226
Spline Data. The aerodynamics and structure are interconnected by a surface spline SPLINE1.
The 24 aerodynamic boxes are tied to the 20 grid points listed on the SET1 entries. The 20 points
are variously spaced spanwise from the root to tip and along the leading edge, the one-eighth,
one-half, and seven-eighth chord lines, and the trailing edge.
The optional user input of downwashes caused by incidence, twist, or camber is illustrated by
g
the direct matrix input item DMI W2GJ. The additional downwashes w j [See Eq. 2-2] at the
three-quarter chord location of each aerodynamic box are input in this manner. In this example,
it is assumed that the model has no camber or twist and is set in the wind tunnel at an angle of
attack of 10 deg = 0.17453 rad so that W2GJ is constant for the 24 boxes and is input using the
“THRU” option on the DMI entry.
Static Aeroelastic Inputs. The static aeroelastic solution requires the definition of the trim
variables. Normally, both AESTAT and AESURF entries are required. However, in this example
there is no trimming surface required since the model is trimmed by the inertial forces of the
large mass attached to the model; therefore, no AESURF entry is input. The trim variables, angle
··
of attack α = ANGLEA , pitch rate qc ⁄ 2V = PITCH , vertical acceleration z ⁄ g = URDD3 , and
·
pitching acceleration q ⁄ g = URDD5 are listed on four AESTAT entries. A TRIM entry
completes the data required for the static aeroelastic solution. One entry is sufficient for both the
rigid and flexible wing solutions. The entry specifies the Mach number m = 0.45 , the dynamic
pressure q = 2.0 psi , the angle of attack α = 0.0 (since the wind tunnel setting has already been
included as 10.0 deg of incidence), and the pitch rate qc ⁄ 2V = 0.0 . The ENDDATA entry
completes the input Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with three title commands that
appear at the top of each page of output and at the bottom of each output plot. Using
ECHO = BOTH prints both the annotated and sorted Bulk Data Sections with the output. The
SPC and LOAD commands invoke the corresponding Bulk Data entries (SPC1, and GRAV and
FORCE, respectively). The DISP = ALL, STRESS = ALL, FORCE = ALL, AEROF = ALL, and
APRES = ALL commands are print requests for structural deflections, stresses, forces, and
aerodynamic forces and pressures. The TRIM command selects the single trim condition from
the Bulk Data Section.
The remaining commands in the Case Control Section specify output plot parameters. The
OUTPUT(PLOT) command delimits the output request designated by the structure plotter. The
CSCALE 2.0 command specifies spacing of characters in the titles on the plots. The PLOTTER
NASTRAN command invokes the NASTRAN plotter routine. The first set of elements to be
plotted is identified as the aerodynamic elements and the second set as the CQUAD4 elements.
The plot titles are “AERODYNAMIC ELEMENTS” and “STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS”. The
FIND command finds a scale and origin for the set to be plotted, and the PLOT command
invokes the plot routine. For each subcase, the aerodynamic and structural elements are plotted
with their elements labeled. BEGIN BULK ends the Case Control Section.
In the Executive Control Section, ID MSC, HA144C is the identification of this problem. TIME 5
limits the CPU time to 5 minutes. SOL 144 calls for the static aeroelastic response analysis.
CEND completes the Executive Control Section.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 227
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Output. The input data file for this example is shown below in Listing 7-12 followed by the
sorted Bulk Data entries in Listing 7-13 and the output results in Listing 7-14. Results of
particular interest are reviewed in the following discussion.
The restrained stability derivatives are found for the model and are shown in Table 7-3. The
unrestrained values are not shown since they are the same as the restrained derivatives (except
for the inertial derivatives which are zero in the unrestrained case), nor are the mean axis
rotational derivatives shown since they are not of interest for the wind tunnel installation. Only
a slight decrease in C L is obtained along with a slight aft movement of the aerodynamic center
α
at the high speed. The aerodynamic center in the rigid case is at
∆x ⁄ c = C m ⁄ C L = – 0.0695 = 6.95%
α α
chord aft of the aerodynamic reference point, which is at the midchord of the root, or at 56.95%
of the root chord. In the flexible case at q = 2.0 psi , the aerodynamic center has moved aft to
··
57.97% of the root chord. The pitch rate ( qc ⁄ 2V ) and pitch acceleration (θ ⁄ g ) derivatives
provide additional information about the model but have no experimental counterpart. Note
that the intercept coefficients are
g g
CL = C L w j and C m = C m w j
o α o α
g
w j = 0.17453 rad
Note also that the tabulated output pitch acceleration coefficients must be divided by
c ⁄ 2 = 1.03528 in. to obtain the values listed in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3 Derivatives for the 15-Degree Swept Wind Tunnel Model
CL 0.7829 0.6870
o
Cm -0.05443 -0.05477
o
CL 4.486 3.936
α
Cm -0.3119 -0.3138
α
CL 5.204 2.930
q
Cm -1.347 -1.115
q
CL 0.0 0.001184
··
z
Main Index
228
Table 7-3 Derivatives for the 15-Degree Swept Wind Tunnel Model
Cm 0.0 -0.0001548
··
z
CL 0.0 -0.001662
··
θ
Cm 0.0 0.0002389
··
θ
Additional output data of interest include the solution trim variables, the aerodynamic
pressures and forces, the grid point displacements and the structural element forces and stresses.
The trim variables are the accelerations and are quite small as expected with the large support
··
mass and the opposing applied force: z ⁄ g = URDD3 = 0.00015050 and
-4
⁄ 2g = URDD5 ⋅ c ⁄ 2 = – 0.2662 ×10 ×1. The aerodynamic forces are substantial at the angle of
attack of 10 degrees and dynamic pressure q = 2.0 psi and result in large displacements that are
probably too large for the assumed small deflection theory in both the aerodynamic and
structural analyses and in large stresses that are probably beyond the yield strength of the
aluminum plate. The deflection of GRID 40 is 2.886 in. and the principal stresses at the root are
± 78,270 psi in CQUAD4 15.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 229
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
230
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 231
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
ID MSC, HA144C
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA144C $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ THIS RUN ALSO DEMONSTRATES THAT THE $
$ USER MAY PROVIDE DOWNWASHES DUE TO $
$ INITIAL INCDENCE, TWIST, AND CAMBER $
$ $
$ SOLUTION WIND TUNNEL MOUNT, STATIC STABILITY $
$ ANALYSIS USING DOUBLET LATTICE METHOD $
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.45 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF THE STRUCTURAL MODEL $
$ LISTS OF STATIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES, $
$ AND THE STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS OF $
$ A CANTILEVERED WING WIND TUNNEL MODEL $
$ AT AN INITIAL ANGLE OF ATTACK $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
Main Index
232
Listing 7-12 Input Files for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing (continued)
EXAMPLE HA144C: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING PAGE 3
CANTILEVERED WIND TUNNEL MOUNT, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
0.041 IN PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR WITH SIX DEGREES OF $
$ FREEDOM AT EACH END. LISTED ARE THE GRID POINT NUMBERS, $
$ THE INDEPENDENT AND THE DEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO ENDS. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB $
RBAR 101 17 9 123456
RBAR 102 17 25 123456
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO MASS $
$ DENSITY, THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT AND STRUCTURAL $
$ ELEMENT DAMPING. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 10.3+6 3.9+6 .100
$ $
$ THE CONM2 ENTRY ASSIGNS A CONCENTRATED MASS AND MOMENT OF $
$ INERTIA TO STRUCTURAL GRID POINT G. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ NUMBER, THE COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE MASS AND THE LOCATION $
$ OF THE CENTER OF MASS RELATIVE TO THE GRID POINT. THE $
$ CONTINUATION ENTRY LISTS THE LOWER LEFT TRIANGLE OF THE $
$ MOMENT OF INERTIA MATRIX (SANS MINUS SIGNS). THE NUMBERS $
$ LISTED HERE ARE CHOSEN AS LARGE VALUES TO REPRESENT A $
$ GROUNDED SYSTEM. $
$ $
$ EID G CID M X1 X2 X3 $
CONM2 53 17 0 1.0+5 +CM2
$ I11 I21 I22 I31 I32 I33 $
+CM2 1.0+5
$ $
$ THE GRAV ENTRY DEFINES A UNIT GRAVITY VECTOR TO BE USED $
$ TO APPLY THE GRAVITY LOAD. LISTED ARE THE COORDINATE $
$ SYSTEM, THE SCALAR ACCELERATION DUE TO GRAVITY AND THE $
$ COMPONENTS OF THE UNIT VECTOR. $
$ $
$ SID CID G N1 N2 N3
GRAV 10 386.088 0.0 0.0 -1.0
$ $
$
$ THE FORCE ENTRY DEFINES A STATIC LOAD AT A GRID POINT BY $
$ DEFINING A VECTOR. THE FORCE IS NECESSARY HERE TO BALANCE $
$ THE WEIGHT OF THE MODEL AND ITS SUPPORT. $
$ $
$ ID G CID F N1 N2 N3
FORCE 20 17 1.0+5 0.0 0.0 1.0
$ $
$ THE LOAD ENTRY PERMITS COMBINING THE FORCE AND GRAVITY LOADS. $
$ S AND THE SI ARE SCALE FACTORS AND THE LI ARE LOAD SET ID $
$ NUMBERS. $
$ $
$ SID S S1 L1 S2 L2 ETC $
LOAD 30 1.0 1.0 10 1.0 20
$ $
$ $
PARAM AUNITS .0025901
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 233
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-12 Input Files for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing (continued)
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SUPORT ENTRY IDENTIFIES A DOF IN WHICH THE USER DESIRES $
$ DETERMINATE REACTIONS TO BE APPLIED TO PREVENT RIGID BODY $
$ MOTION. IT INVOKES THE SOLUTION OF THE BALANCE EQUATIONS TO $
$ DETERMINE THE REACTIONS. IN THE STATIC AEROELASTIC SOLUTION $
$ THE DOF COMPONENTS MUST BE CONSISTENT WITH THE UNDEFINED $
$ VARIABLES ON THE TRIM ENTRIES. IT IS ALSO IMPORTANT THAT $
$ NO OTHER POINT ON THE STRUCTURE BE CONSTRAINED IN THESE $
$ DOFS; OTHERWISE, UNDETERMINED CONSTRAINT FORCES WILL BE $
$ IMPOSED AND THE REACTIONS AT THE SUPORT POINT WILL NOT $
$ BE THE TOTAL OF THE REACTION FORCES. $
$ $
$ ID C $
SUPORT 17 35
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS ITS ID, THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED $
$ AND THE GRID POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC.
SPC1 1 1246 17
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 8
SPC1 1 6 10 THRU 16
SPC1 1 6 18 THRU 24
SPC1 1 6 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ INDEPENDENT. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS AND THE $
$ GRID ID NO.S. $
$ $
$ V ID1 THRU ID2
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 16
ASET1 3 18 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AEROS ENTRY IS UNIQUE TO THE STATIC AEROELASTICITY $
$ SOLUTION, SOL21. ACSID IDENTIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE $
$ SYSTEM. RCSID IDENTIFIES THE REFERENCE COORDINATE SYS- $
$ TEM FOR RIGID BODY MOTION. REFC IS THE REFERENCE CHORD. $
$ REFB IS THE REFERENCE SPAN (NOT THE SEMI-SPAN). REFS IS $
$ THE REFERENCE WING AREA (FOR ONE SIDE ONLY, IN THIS CASE). $
$ SYMXZ AND SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS THAT SPECIFY THE $
$ PRESENCE OF REFLECTION PLANES ONLY, NOT THE EXISTENCE OF $
$ OTHER LIFTING SURFACES. $
$ $
$ ACSID RCSID REFC REFB REFS SYMXZ SYMXY $
AEROS 0 11 2.07055 11.0502 11.4400 1
$ $
$ THIS CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FLAGGED BY THE AEROS ENTRY. THE ORIGIN IS AT THE WING $
$ SUPPORT POINT (GRID 17). LISTED ARE THE ORIGIN, A POINT $
$ 0N THE Z-AXIS AND A POINT ON THE X-AXIS, ALL IN THE RID $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 $
CORD2R 11 1.035275 0.0 0.0 1.035275 0.0 1.0 +CORD1
$ C1 C2 C3 $
+CORD1 2.0 0.0 0.0
$ $
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE POINTS $
$ (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN AND LCHORD, ARE $
$ USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC PANELS. $
$ THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE LATTER $
$ FOR NON-UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS. IGID IS THE ID OF ITS $
$ ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ DEFINES POINTS 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. $
$ THE BOXES FORMED BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED $
$ BEGINNING WITH EID SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, $
$ AND IS GREATER THAN ALL STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND $
$ EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
Main Index
234
Listing 7-12 Input Files for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing (continued)
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 101 1 0 6 4 1 +CA101
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) ROOTCHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) TIP CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
$ $
$ THE PAERO1 ENTRY IS REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH IT IS NON-FUNCTIONAL $
$ (BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ASSOCIATED BODIES IN THIS EXAMPLE). $
$ $
$ PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
PAERO1 1
$
$ * SURFACE SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE1 ENTRY DEFINES A SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPO- $
$ LATING OUT-OF-PLANE DISPLACEMENTS FROM THE STRUCTURAL $
$ GRID POINTS ON THE SETG ENTRY TO THE SUB-REGION DEFINED $
$ BY AERODYNAMIC BOXES 101 THRU 124 OF THE REGION ON THE $
$ CAERO1 ENTRY. DZ=0 SPECIFIES THAT NO SMOOTHING OF THE $
$ SPLINE IS TO BE IMPOSED. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ
SPLINE1 100 101 101 124 100 .0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS TO $
$ BE USED BY THE SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
SET1 100 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 +S1
+S1 15 18 20 22 24 25 27 29 +S2
+S2 31 34 36 38 40
$ $
$ * * USER SUPPLIED AERO DATA * * $
$ $
$ THE DMI ENTRY ACCOMMODATES DIRECT INPUT OF USER SUPPLIED $
$ MATRICES OF DATA. LISTED ARE THE NAME OF THE MATRIX, THE $
$ FORM OF MATRIX, THE TYPE OF DATA BEING INPUT, AND THE TYPE $
$ EXPECTED AS OUTPUT. M IS THE NUMBER OF ROWS AND N IS THE $
$ NUMBER OF COLUMNS. THE DATA ARE EXPECTED BY COLUMNS. THE $
$ CONTINUATION ENTRY LISTS THE COLUMN NO., THE ROW NO. OF THE $
$ FIRST NON-ZERO ELEMENT AND THE FOLLOWING ELEMENTS IN THAT $
$ COLUMN. $
$ $
$ * INITIAL DOWNWASHES (E.G., DUE TO INCIDENCE,TWIST OR CAMBER) * $
$ $
DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 24 2
DMI W2GJ 1 1 0.17453 THRU 24
DMI W2GJ 2 1 0.17453 THRU 24
$ $
$ * * * STATIC AEROELASTIC SOLUTION * * * $
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DOFS * * $
$ $
$ THE AESTAT ENTRY LISTS TRIM VARIABLES USED TO SPECIFY $
$ RIGID BODY MOTIONS. THESE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE $
$ ROTATIONS MAKE UP THE VARIABLES IN THE EQUATIONS OF $
$ MOTION. $
$ $
AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
AESTAT 502 PITCH
AESTAT 503 URDD3
AESTAT 504 URDD5
$ $
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRIES. LISTED ARE ITS ID $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. $
$ $
TRIM 1 0.45 2.0 ANGLEA 0.0 PITCH 0.0
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 352
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 235
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-13 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
EXAMPLE HA144C: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING PAGE 11
CANTILEVERED WIND TUNNEL MOUNT, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
0.041 IN PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 . . 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEROS 0 11 2.07055 11.0502 11.4400 1
2- AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
3- AESTAT 502 PITCH
4- AESTAT 503 URDD3
5- AESTAT 504 URDD5
6- ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
7- ASET1 3 10 THRU 16
8- ASET1 3 18 THRU 24
9- ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
10- CAERO1 101 1 0 6 4 1 +CA101
11- +CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
12- CONM2 53 17 0 1.0+5 +CM2
13- +CM2 1.0+5
14- CORD2R 11 1.035275 0.0 0.0 1.035275 0.0 1.0 +CORD1
15- +CORD1 2.0 0.0 0.0
16- CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 10 9 +M00000
17- +M00000 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
18- CQUAD4 2 1 2 3 11 10 +M00001
19- +M00001 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
20- CQUAD4 3 1 3 4 12 11 +M00002
21- +M00002 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
22- CQUAD4 4 1 4 5 13 12 +M00003
23- +M00003 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
24- CQUAD4 5 1 5 6 14 13 +M00004
25- +M00004 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
26- CQUAD4 6 1 6 7 15 14 +M00005
27- +M00005 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
28- CQUAD4 7 1 7 8 16 15 +M00006
29- +M00006 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
30- CQUAD4 8 1 9 10 18 17
31- CQUAD4 9 1 10 11 19 18
32- CQUAD4 10 1 11 12 20 19
33- CQUAD4 11 1 12 13 21 20
34- CQUAD4 12 1 13 14 22 21
35- CQUAD4 13 1 14 15 23 22
36- CQUAD4 14 1 15 16 24 23
37- CQUAD4 15 1 17 18 26 25
38- CQUAD4 16 1 18 19 27 26
39- CQUAD4 17 1 19 20 28 27
40- CQUAD4 18 1 20 21 29 28
41- CQUAD4 19 1 21 22 30 29
42- CQUAD4 20 1 22 23 31 30
43- CQUAD4 21 1 23 24 32 31
44- CQUAD4 22 1 25 26 34 33 +M00007
45- +M00007 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
46- CQUAD4 23 1 26 27 35 34 +M00008
47- +M00008 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
48- CQUAD4 24 1 27 28 36 35 +M00009
49- +M00009 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
50- CQUAD4 25 1 28 29 37 36 +M00010
51- +M00010 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
52- CQUAD4 26 1 29 30 38 37 +M00011
53- +M00011 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
54- CQUAD4 27 1 30 31 39 38 +M00012
55- +M00012 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
56- CQUAD4 28 1 31 32 40 39 +M00013
57- +M00013 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
58- DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 24 2
59- DMI W2GJ 1 1 0.17453 THRU 24
60- DMI W2GJ 2 1 0.17453 THRU 24
61- FORCE 20 17 1.0+5 0.0 0.0 1.0
62- GRAV 10 386.088 0.0 0.0 -1.0
63- GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
64- GRID 2 .211491 .7893 0.0
65- GRID 3 .422983 1.5786 0.0
66- GRID 4 .634474 2.3679 0.0
67- GRID 5 .845966 3.1572 0.0
68- GRID 6 1.05746 3.9465 0.0
69- GRID 7 1.26895 4.7358 0.0
70- GRID 8 1.48044 5.5251 0.0
71- GRID 9 .258819 0.0 0.0
72- GRID 10 .47031 .7893 0.0
73- GRID 11 .681802 1.5786 0.0
74- GRID 12 .893293 2.3679 0.0
75- GRID 13 1.10478 3.1572 0.0
Main Index
236
Listing 7-13 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing (continued)
76- GRID 14 1.31628 3.9465 0.0
77- GRID 15 1.52777 4.7358 0.0
78- GRID 16 1.73926 5.5251 0.0
79- GRID 17 1.03528 0.0 0.0
80- GRID 18 1.24677 .7893 0.0
81- GRID 19 1.45826 1.5786 0.0
82- GRID 20 1.66975 2.3679 0.0
83- GRID 21 1.88124 3.1572 0.0
84- GRID 22 2.09273 3.9465 0.0
85- GRID 23 2.30422 4.7358 0.0
86- GRID 24 2.51572 5.5251 0.0
87- GRID 25 1.81173 0.0 0.0
88- GRID 26 2.02322 .7893 0.0
89- GRID 27 2.23471 1.5786 0.0
90- GRID 28 2.44621 2.3679 0.0
91- GRID 29 2.6577 3.1572 0.0
92- GRID 30 2.86919 3.9465 0.0
93- GRID 31 3.08068 4.7358 0.0
94- GRID 32 3.29217 5.5251 0.0
95- GRID 33 2.07055 0.0 0.0
96- GRID 34 2.28204 .7893 0.0
97- GRID 35 2.49353 1.5786 0.0
98- GRID 36 2.70502 2.3679 0.0
99- GRID 37 2.91652 3.1572 0.0
100- GRID 38 3.12801 3.9465 0.0
101- GRID 39 3.3395 4.7358 0.0
102- GRID 40 3.55099 5.5251 0.0
103- LOAD 30 1.0 1.0 10 1.0 20
104- MAT1 1 10.3+6 3.9+6 .100
105- PAERO1 1
106- PARAM AUNITS .0025901
107- PARAM COUPMASS1
108- PARAM WTMASS .0025901
109- PSHELL 1 1 .041 1 1
110- RBAR 101 17 9 123456
111- RBAR 102 17 25 123456
112- SET1 100 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 +S1
113- +S1 15 18 20 22 24 25 27 29 +S2
114- +S2 31 34 36 38 40
115- SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 8
116- SPC1 1 6 10 THRU 16
117- SPC1 1 6 18 THRU 24
118- SPC1 1 6 26 THRU 40
119- SPC1 1 1246 17
120- SPLINE1 100 101 101 124 100 .0
121- SUPORT 17 35
122- TRIM 1 0.45 2.0 ANGLEA 0.0 PITCH 0.0
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 123
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 237
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 0.000000E+00
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 1.504998E-04
URDD5 -2.571351E-05
Main Index
238
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 4.500000E-01 Q = 2.000000E+00
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 239
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
F O R C E S I N Q U A D R I L A T E R A L E L E M E N T S ( Q U A D 4 )
S T R E S S E S I N Q U A D R I L A T E R A L E L E M E N T S ( Q U A D 4 )
ELEMENT FIBRE STRESSES IN ELEMENT COORD SYSTEM PRINCIPAL STRESSES (ZERO SHEAR)
ID. DISTANCE NORMAL-X NORMAL-Y SHEAR-XY ANGLE MAJOR MINOR VON MISES
1 -1.025000E-02 -1.408605E+04 2.158952E+03 1.361889E+03 85.2409 2.272333E+03 -1.419943E+04 1.546135E+04
1.025000E-02 1.408605E+04 -2.158952E+03 -1.361889E+03 -4.7591 1.419943E+04 -2.272333E+03 1.546135E+04
2 -1.025000E-02 -3.894043E+04 -5.025272E+03 -3.513571E+02 -89.4065 -5.021633E+03 -3.894407E+04 3.669189E+04
1.025000E-02 3.894043E+04 5.025272E+03 3.513571E+02 0.5935 3.894407E+04 5.021633E+03 3.669189E+04
3 -1.025000E-02 -1.100524E+04 1.251146E+03 4.419229E+03 72.1017 2.678372E+03 -1.243246E+04 1.396562E+04
1.025000E-02 1.100524E+04 -1.251146E+03 -4.419229E+03 -17.8983 1.243246E+04 -2.678372E+03 1.396562E+04
4 -1.025000E-02 -1.373621E+04 -1.359847E+03 2.284297E+03 79.8695 -9.516965E+02 -1.414436E+04 1.369334E+04
1.025000E-02 1.373621E+04 1.359847E+03 -2.284297E+03 -10.1305 1.414436E+04 9.516965E+02 1.369334E+04
5 -1.025000E-02 -1.211225E+03 7.166118E+02 2.503082E+03 55.5307 2.434960E+03 -2.929573E+03 4.652400E+03
1.025000E-02 1.211225E+03 -7.166118E+02 -2.503082E+03 -34.4693 2.929573E+03 -2.434960E+03 4.652400E+03
6 -1.025000E-02 -3.061542E+03 -7.862926E+02 7.663711E+02 73.0167 -5.522342E+02 -3.295601E+03 3.057124E+03
1.025000E-02 3.061542E+03 7.862926E+02 -7.663711E+02 -16.9833 3.295601E+03 5.522342E+02 3.057124E+03
7 -1.025000E-02 1.821490E+03 3.958957E+02 6.706247E+02 21.6270 2.087375E+03 1.300116E+02 2.025501E+03
1.025000E-02 -1.821490E+03 -3.958957E+02 -6.706247E+02 -68.3730 -1.300116E+02 -2.087375E+03 2.025501E+03
8 -2.050000E-02 -6.690167E+04 -1.766426E+04 -6.460077E+01 -89.9248 -1.766417E+04 -6.690176E+04 6.005085E+04
2.050000E-02 6.690167E+04 1.766426E+04 6.460077E+01 0.0752 6.690176E+04 1.766417E+04 6.005085E+04
9 -2.050000E-02 -5.137702E+04 -4.776955E+03 -1.366834E+03 -88.3214 -4.736899E+03 -5.141707E+04 4.921988E+04
2.050000E-02 5.137702E+04 4.776955E+03 1.366834E+03 1.6786 5.141707E+04 4.736899E+03 4.921988E+04
10 -2.050000E-02 -3.341677E+04 9.606033E+02 2.980779E+03 85.0809 1.217145E+03 -3.367331E+04 3.429809E+04
2.050000E-02 3.341677E+04 -9.606033E+02 -2.980779E+03 -4.9191 3.367331E+04 -1.217145E+03 3.429809E+04
11 -2.050000E-02 -1.871099E+04 8.224392E+02 2.550912E+03 82.6811 1.150073E+03 -1.903862E+04 1.963893E+04
2.050000E-02 1.871099E+04 -8.224392E+02 -2.550912E+03 -7.3189 1.903862E+04 -1.150073E+03 1.963893E+04
12 -2.050000E-02 -8.910451E+03 6.972113E+02 2.387208E+03 76.7877 1.257665E+03 -9.470904E+03 1.015830E+04
2.050000E-02 8.910451E+03 -6.972113E+02 -2.387208E+03 -13.2123 9.470904E+03 -1.257665E+03 1.015830E+04
13 -2.050000E-02 -2.503280E+03 4.686713E+02 1.516719E+03 67.2067 1.106033E+03 -3.140641E+03 3.815834E+03
2.050000E-02 2.503280E+03 -4.686713E+02 -1.516719E+03 -22.7933 3.140641E+03 1.106033E+03 3.815834E+03
14 -2.050000E-02 -2.246894E+02 2.078012E+02 5.906477E+02 55.0542 6.205446E+02 -6.374327E+02 1.089473E+03
2.050000E-02 2.246894E+02 -2.078012E+02 -5.906477E+02 -34.9458 6.374327E+02 -6.205446E+02 1.089473E+03
15 -2.050000E-02 -7.748209E+04 -1.932071E+04 6.816729E+03 83.4038 -1.853245E+04 -7.827036E+04 7.084602E+04
2.050000E-02 7.748209E+04 1.932071E+04 -6.816729E+03 -6.5962 7.827036E+04 1.853245E+04 7.084602E+04
16 -2.050000E-02 -4.622241E+04 -2.269111E+03 1.037085E+03 88.6491 -2.244655E+03 -4.624687E+04 4.516639E+04
2.050000E-02 4.622241E+04 2.269111E+03 -1.037085E+03 -1.3509 4.624687E+04 2.244655E+03 4.516639E+04
17 -2.050000E-02 -3.042764E+04 1.959940E+01 -7.119167E+02 -88.6613 3.623633E+01 -3.044428E+04 3.046241E+04
2.050000E-02 3.042764E+04 -1.959940E+01 7.119167E+02 1.3387 3.044428E+04 -3.623633E+01 3.046241E+04
18 -2.050000E-02 -1.659516E+04 4.042723E+02 3.551079E+02 88.8038 4.116870E+02 -1.660258E+04 1.681220E+04
2.050000E-02 1.659516E+04 -4.042723E+02 -3.551079E+02 -1.1962 1.660258E+04 -4.116870E+02 1.681220E+04
19 -2.050000E-02 -8.157003E+03 3.496873E+02 5.239100E+02 86.4890 3.818324E+02 -8.189149E+03 8.386587E+03
2.050000E-02 8.157003E+03 -3.496873E+02 -5.239100E+02 -3.5110 8.189149E+03 -3.818324E+02 8.386587E+03
20 -2.050000E-02 -2.528031E+03 3.323183E+02 4.294501E+02 81.6431 3.954041E+02 -2.591116E+03 2.809763E+03
2.050000E-02 2.528031E+03 -3.323183E+02 -4.294501E+02 -8.3569 2.591116E+03 -3.954041E+02 2.809763E+03
Main Index
240
S T R E S S E S I N Q U A D R I L A T E R A L E L E M E N T S ( Q U A D 4 )
ELEMENT FIBRE STRESSES IN ELEMENT COORD SYSTEM PRINCIPAL STRESSES (ZERO SHEAR)
ID. DISTANCE NORMAL-X NORMAL-Y SHEAR-XY ANGLE MAJOR MINOR VON MISES
21 -2.050000E-02 -7.347600E+02 1.846049E+02 3.334895E+02 72.0200 2.928337E+02 -8.429888E+02 1.021390E+03
2.050000E-02 7.347600E+02 -1.846049E+02 -3.334895E+02 -17.9800 8.429888E+02 -2.928337E+02 1.021390E+03
22 -1.025000E-02 -2.943598E+04 2.923094E+03 4.745082E+03 81.8274 3.604554E+03 -3.011744E+04 3.207200E+04
1.025000E-02 2.943598E+04 -2.923094E+03 -4.745082E+03 -8.1726 3.011744E+04 -3.604554E+03 3.207200E+04
23 -1.025000E-02 -2.807203E+04 -2.840667E+03 2.856905E+03 83.6201 -2.521229E+03 -2.839147E+04 2.721857E+04
1.025000E-02 2.807203E+04 2.840667E+03 -2.856905E+03 -6.3799 2.839147E+04 2.521229E+03 2.721857E+04
24 -1.025000E-02 -1.038235E+04 1.615831E+03 -4.807837E+02 -87.7090 1.635065E+03 -1.040159E+04 1.130813E+04
1.025000E-02 1.038235E+04 -1.615831E+03 4.807837E+02 2.2910 1.040159E+04 -1.635065E+03 1.130813E+04
25 -1.025000E-02 -1.053353E+04 -9.559919E+02 6.147603E+02 86.3423 -9.166931E+02 -1.057282E+04 1.014558E+04
1.025000E-02 1.053353E+04 9.559919E+02 -6.147603E+02 -3.6577 1.057282E+04 9.166931E+02 1.014558E+04
26 -1.025000E-02 -8.567358E+02 1.099871E+03 -8.235638E+01 -87.5940 1.103331E+03 -8.601962E+02 1.704805E+03
1.025000E-02 8.567358E+02 -1.099871E+03 8.235638E+01 2.4060 8.601962E+02 -1.103331E+03 1.704805E+03
27 -1.025000E-02 -4.030456E+03 -8.305634E+02 1.698495E+02 86.9701 -8.215731E+02 -4.039446E+03 3.697757E+03
1.025000E-02 4.030456E+03 8.305634E+02 -1.698495E+02 -3.0299 4.039446E+03 8.215731E+02 3.697757E+03
28 -1.025000E-02 2.891490E+03 8.994210E+02 1.024826E+02 2.9373 2.896749E+03 8.941626E+02 2.569146E+03
1.025000E-02 -2.891490E+03 -8.994210E+02 -1.024826E+02 -87.0627 -8.941626E+02 -2.896749E+03 2.569146E+03
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 241
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
97 98
98 97
1000
90 90
1007
121
99 99
120
111 122 1131
1100 1127
110 1123
1119
Rudder
The Bulk Data Section is only slightly different from that of Example HA144A with the addition
of the fin aileron, and rudder as the new control surfaces. The SPC1 constraints are modified to
permit the antisymmetric degrees of freedom. GRIDs 310, 311, and 312 are added for the fin,
CBAR 310 provides the fin elastic axis, and RBARs 311 and 312 connect the fin masses CONM2
311 and 312 to the elastic axis. The aerodynamic reference geometry and coordinates are given
on the AEROS entry.
This entry lists:
Main Index
242
• CORD2R
This is the NACA coordinate system and is used as a reference for the stability
derivatives.
• the reference chord of 10.0 ft
• the reference span of 40.0 ft
• the reference area of the half-model of 200.0 sq. ft
• SYMXZ = -1 for antisymmetric motion
The aerodynamic model also requires the addition of the fin using CAERO1 3100 and its spline
SPLlNE2 3100 with its axis on CORD2R 300 and connected to the SET1 3100 grid points.
The control surfaces are defined by AESURF and AELIST entries along with the coordinate
systems whose y-axes define their hinge lines. AESURF 517 is the aileron and includes the
trailing edge boxes on the outboard half of the wing as enumerated on AELIST 2000. The aileron
rotation is assumed to be positive trailing-edge up on the right wing as given by CORD2R 110;
this definition of positive aileron gives a positive rolling moment (right wing down). AESURF
518 is the rudder and includes the four trailing edge boxes on the fin as listed on AELIST 3000.
A trailing-edge left rudder rotation gives a positive side force from the rudder so the rudder
hinge line is defined by CORD2R 301.
For use in a later example, the above data are separated into the input file
HA144D_MODEL.DAT as shown in Listing 7-15, and included in the present example using the
INCLUDE entry.
The AESTAT entry defines the motions that respond to the control surface inputs. In the lateral-
directional case these are: sideslip, β = SIDES ; roll rate, pb ⁄ 2V = ROLL ; yaw rate,
··
rb ⁄ 2V = YAW ; the lateral (side) acceleration, y ⁄ g = URDD2 ; and the rotational accelerations
· ·
in roll, p ⁄ g = URDD4 , and yaw, r ⁄ g = URDD6 . These six motions are defined on AESTAT
entries 511 through 516. PARAM,AUNITS permits load factor units for the accelerations.
Two subsonic trim conditions are considered. The first, TRIM 1, uses the sea-level value of
dynamic pressure q = 1200 psf at a Mach number of m = 0.9 and finds the steady roll solution
for an aileron rotation of δ a = AILERON = 25 deg = 0.436332 rad , no yaw rate,
··
rb ⁄ 2V = YAW = 0.0 , no lateral (side) acceleration, y ⁄ g = URDD2 = 0.0 , and no rotational
· ·
accelerations, p ⁄ g = URDD4 = 0.0 and r ⁄ g = URDD6 = 0.0 . The second trim condition,
TRlM 2, is an abrupt roll at high speed, and assumes zero roll and yaw rates, pb ⁄ 2V = ROLL
and rb ⁄ 2V = YAW = 0.0 , and no side or yaw accelerations, URDD2 = URDD6 = 0.0 . The
ENDDATA entry completes the Bulk Data Section.
The Case Control Section begins with three title commands. Using ECHO = BOTH prints the
input data with and without the annotations. SPC = 1 enforces the constraints in the Bulk Data
Section. Using DISP = STRESS = FORCE = AEROF = APRES = ALL calculates and prints all of
these derived quantities from the analysis. The two subcases request that the two input trim
cases be analyzed. The OUTPUT(PLOT) and remaining entries request plots of the deformed
structure overlaid on the undeformed structure. The Case Control Section ends with BEGIN
BULK.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 243
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
The Executive Control Section begins with the identification ID MSC, HA144D. TIME 5 limits
the total computing time to 5.0 CPU minutes. SOL 144 calls for the Static Aeroelastic Response
DMAP sequence. The Executive Control Section is concluded with the CEND entry.
The input data file is shown in Listing 7-16; the sorted Bulk Data are in Listing 7-17, and those
are followed by selected output in Listing 7-18. Highlights of the selected output are discussed
next.
The OUTPUT FROM THE GRID POINT WEIGHT GENERATOR shows the effect of the
additional fin weight. The half-airplane now weighs 8,050 lbs, and the centroid is now 2.276 ft
aft of GRID 90 and 2.484 ft outboard from the centerline.
The restrained lateral-directional stability derivatives are defined by:
Side Force
·· · ·
pb rb y pb rb
C Y = C Y β + C Y δ a + C Y δ r + C Y ------- + C Y ------- + C Y --- + C Y ------ + C Y ------ Eq. 7-5
β δa δr p 2V r 2V ··
yg p 2g
·
r 2g
·
Rolling Moment
·· · ·
pb rb y pb rb
C l = C l β + C l δ a + C l δ r + C l ------- + C l ------- + C l --- + C l ------ + C l ------ Eq. 7-6
β δa δr p 2V r 2V ··
yg p 2g
·
r 2g
·
Yawing Moment
·· · ·
pb rb y pb rb
C n = C n β + C n δ a + C n δ r + C n ------- + C n ------- + C n --- + C n ------ + C n ------ Eq. 7-7
β δ δ p 2V r 2V ··
yg p 2g
·
r 2g
·
a r
The rotations of the mean axes in the lateral-directional case are defined in a similar manner to
those in the longitudinal case defined by Rodden and Love (1985). However, in the lateral-
directional case there are two sets of rotations that are required in the equations of motion when
using restrained aeroelastic derivatives: one is the rotation of the mean x-axis in the xy-plane,
and the other is the rotation of the mean y-axis in the yz-plane.
The rotation of the mean x-axis in the xy-plane is
·· · ·
pb rb y pb rb
β m = β m β + β m δ a + β m δ r + β m ------- + β m ------- + β m --- + β m ------ + β m ------ Eq. 7-8
β δa δr p 2V r 2V ··
yg p 2g
·
r 2g
·
The derivatives are printed in the table NONDlMENSlONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL
DERIVATIVE COEFFIClENTS and the mean axis rotations are printed in the second (for the
angle β m ) and third (for the angle γ m ) rows of INTERMEDIATE MATRIX... HP and are listed
in Table 7-4 for the two restraint conditions. Note that the angular acceleration derivatives and
Main Index
244
rotations are divided by b ⁄ 2 , because of their definitions in Eq. 7-5 through Eq. 7-9, just as the
pitch acceleration terms are divided by c ⁄ 2 in Example HA144A (p. 181). Note also that the
values of β m and γ m are obtained by adding 1.0 to the tabulated rotations.
β β
The trim solutions follow the printouts of the stability derivatives. The steady roll trim solution
for δ a = 25 deg = 0.436332 rad is
pb
------- = 0.2600
2V
β = – 0.01824 rad = – 1.05°
δ r = 0.02059 rad = 1.18°
The trim requirement for positive rudder is consistent with the lifting surface theory predicting
proverse aileron yaw. To predict adverse yaw from the aileron requires the additional ability to
predict induced drag on the lifting surfaces. It should also be noted that the predicted dihedral
effect C l does not include the effects from the sweep of the planform.
β
The second trim solution is the abrupt roll at high speed. The solution is
· · 2
p ⁄ g = 4.454 rad/ft or p = 8211 deg/s
β = – 0.06297 rad = – 3.61°
δ r = 0.01100 rad = 0.63°
The pressure data and aerodynamic box forces and moments are shown for the high-speed
maneuvers. These forces, moments, and data are followed by deflections relative to the support
point at GRID 90. Finally, the forces and stresses in the CBAR elements are presented.
Restrained Unrestrained
Derivative Rigid Value Value at Value at
q = 1200 psf q = 1200 psf
Restrained Unrestrained
Derivative Rigid Value Value at Value at
q = 1200 psf q = 1200 psf
CY - 0.0007188 -
··
y
Cl - 0.00003018 -
··
y
Cn - -0.0002602 -
··
y
CY - 0.0001011 -
·
p
Cl - -0.0001818 -
·
p
Cn - -0.00003559 -
·
p
CY - -0.001107 -
·
r
Cl - -0.00004991 -
·
r
Cn - 0.0004040 -
·
r
βm 1.0 1.006878 -
β
βm - -0.2378 -
δa
Main Index
246
Restrained Unrestrained
Derivative Rigid Value Value at Value at
q = 1200 psf q = 1200 psf
βm - -0.01859 -
δr
βm - 0.4273 -
p
βm - -0.01403 -
r
βm - 0.00001049 -
··
y
βm - 0.001214 -
·
p
βm - -0.000001260 -
·
r
γm - -0.9630 -
β
γm - -0.006602 -
δa
γm - 0.02767 -
δr
γm - 0.006442 -
p
γm - 0.04077 -
r
γm - -0.0003089 -
··
y
γm - 0.00000291 -
·
p
γm - 0.0008229 -
·
r
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 247
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
248
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 249
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
250
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 251
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA144D
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA144D $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION 30 DEG FORWARD SWEPT WING WITH $
$ AILERON, CANARD AND AFT SWEPT $
$ VERTICAL FIN AND RUDDER. $
$ BAR MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION ANTISYMMETRIC STATIC STABILITY $
$ DERIVATIVE ANALYSIS USING DOUBLET- $
$ LATTICE AERODYNAMICS AT MACH 0.9. $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF THE STICK MODEL AND AERO $
$ GRID, LISTS OF RESTRAINED AND $
$ UNRESTRAINED SYMMETRIC STATIC $
$ STABILITY DERIVATIVES, THE $
$ AERODYNAMIC FORCES AND PRESSURES, $
$ AND STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR $
$ ROLL MANEUVERS. $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
Main Index
252
Listing 7-16 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Antisymmetric Maneuvers (continued)
EXAMPLE HA144D: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 2
ANTISYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC ANTISYMMETRIC LOADING
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA144D: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN
2 SUBTI = ANTISYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
3 LABEL = HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC ANTISYMMETRIC LOADING
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $ SYMMETRIC CONSTRAINTS
6 DISP = ALL $ PRINT ALL DISPLACEMENTS
7 STRESS = ALL $ PRINT ALL STRESSES
8 FORCE = ALL $ PRINT ALL FORCES
9 AEROF = ALL $ PRINT ALL AERODYNAMIC FORCES
10 APRES = ALL $ PRINT ALL AERODYNAMIC PRESSURES
11 SUBCASE 1
12 TRIM = 1 $ HIGH SUBSONIC SPEED STEADY ROLL
13 SUBCASE 2
14 TRIM = 2 $ HIGH SUBSONIC SPEED ABRUPT ROLL
15 OUTPUT(PLOT)
16 PLOTTER = NASTRAN
17 SET 1 = ALL
18 FIND SCALE, ORIGIN 1, SET 1
19 PLOT SET 1
20 PLOT STATIC DEFORMATION 0, ORIGIN 1, SET 1, OUTLINE
21 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 253
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-16 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Antisymmetric Maneuvers (continued)
EXAMPLE HA144D: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 3
ANTISYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
INCLUDE HA144D_MODEL.DAT
$ $
$ THE PARAM,AUNITS,GINV PERMITS THE ACCELERATIONS ON THE TRIM $
$ ENTRY TO BE SPECIFIED IN UNITS OF LOAD FACTOR, I.E., IN G’S. $
$ $
PARAM AUNITS .031081
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DOFS * * $
$ $
$ THE AESTAT ENTRY LISTS TRIM VARIABLES USED TO SPECIFY $
$ RIGID BODY MOTIONS. THESE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE $
$ ROTATIONS MAKE UP THE VARIABLES IN THE EQUATIONS OF $
$ MOTION. $
$ $
$ ID LABEL
AESTAT 511 SIDES
AESTAT 512 YAW
AESTAT 513 ROLL
AESTAT 514 URDD2
AESTAT 515 URDD4
AESTAT 516 URDD6
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AEROS ENTRY IS UNIQUE TO THE STATIC AEROELASTICITY $
$ SOLUTION, SOL21. ACSID IDENTIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE $
$ SYSTEM, RCSID IDENTIFIES THE REFERENCE COORDINATE SYS- $
$ TEM FOR RIGID BODY MOTION. REFC IS THE REFERENCE CHORD. $
$ REFB IS THE REFERENCE SPAN. REFS IS THE REFERENCE WING $
$ AREA. SYMXZ AND SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS. $
$ $
$ ACSID RCSID REFC REFB REFS SYMXZ SYMXY
AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 200.0 -1
$ $
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRIES. LISTED ARE ITS ID, $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. SEE SECTION 3.5.3 OF THE THEO- $
$ RETICAL MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS. $
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 1: STEADY ROLL AT HIGH DYNAMIC PRESSURE $
$ $
TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 AILERON .436332 YAW 0. +TR1
+TR1 URDD2 0. URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 2: ABRUPT ROLL AT HIGH DYNAMIC PRESSURE $
$ $
TRIM 2 0.9 1200.0 AILERON .436332 YAW 0. +TR2
+TR2 URDD2 0. ROLL 0. URDD6 0.
$ * * * $
ENDDATA
Main Index
254
Listing 7-17 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane in Antisymmetric Maneuvers
EXAMPLE HA144D: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 11
ANTISYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AELIST 2000 1119 1123 1127 1131
2- AELIST 3000 3103 3107 3111 3115
3- AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 200.0 -1
4- AESTAT 511 SIDES
5- AESTAT 512 YAW
6- AESTAT 513 ROLL
7- AESTAT 514 URDD2
8- AESTAT 515 URDD4
9- AESTAT 516 URDD6
10- AESURF 517 AILERON 110 2000
11- AESURF 518 RUDDER 301 3000
12- CAERO1 1000 1000 2 4 1 +CAC
13- +CAC 10. 0. 0. 10. 10. 5. 0. 10.
14- CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
15- +CAW 25. 0. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 0. 10.
16- CAERO1 3100 1000 4 4 1 +CA1FI
17- +CA1FI 30.7735 0. 10. 10. 25. 0. 0. 10.
18- CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
19- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
20- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
21- CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
22- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
23- CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
24- CBAR 310 301 100 310 0. 0. 1.
25- CONM2 97 97 0 1500.0
26- CONM2 98 98 0 1500.0
27- CONM2 99 99 0 1500.0
28- CONM2 100 100 0 1500.0
29- CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
30- CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
31- CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
32- CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
33- CONM2 311 311 0 30.0
34- CONM2 312 312 0 20.0
35- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
36- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
37- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2
38- +CRD2 38.66025+5.0 0.
39- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
40- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
41- CORD2R 110 0 26.7265 10.0 0. 26.7265 10.0 -10.0 +CRD2A
42- +CRD2A 36.7265 15.7735 0.
43- CORD2R 300 0 30.0 0. 0. 30.0 10.0 0. +CRD2FI
44- +CRD2FI 20.0 0. 5.7735
45- CORD2R 301 0 32.5 0. 0. 32.5 -10. 0.0 +CRD2R
46- +CRD2R 22.5 0. 5.7735
47- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
48- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
49- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
50- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
51- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
52- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
53- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
54- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
55- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
56- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
57- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
58- GRID 310 32.88675+0. 5.
59- GRID 311 30.38675+0. 5.
60- GRID 312 35.38675+0. 5.
61- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
62- OMIT1 4 110 120 310
63- PAERO1 1000
64- PARAM GRDPNT 90
65- PARAM WTMASS .031081
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 255
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-17 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane in Antisymmetric Maneuvers (continued)
66- PARAM AUNITS .31081
67- PBAR 100 1 2.0 .173611 0.15 0.5 +PB1F
68- +PB1F 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2F
69- +PB2F 0.0
70- PBAR 101 1 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1W
71- +PB1W 0.05 3.0 0.05 -3.0 -0.05 3.0 -0.05 -3.0 +PB2W
72- +PB2W 0.0
73- PBAR 301 1 .75 .086806 1.0 .231482 +PB1FI
74- +PB1FI 0.05 3.0 0.05 -3.0 -0.05 3.0 -0.05 -3.0 +PB2FI
75- +PB2FI 0.
76- RBAR 111 110 111 123456
77- RBAR 112 110 112 123456
78- RBAR 121 120 121 123456
79- RBAR 122 120 122 123456
80- RBAR 311 310 311 123456
81- RBAR 312 310 312 123456
82- SET1 1000 98 99
83- SET1 1100 99 100 111 112 121 122
84- SET1 3100 99 100 311 312
85- SPC1 1 35 97 98 99 100
86- SPC1 1 135 90
87- SPLINE2 1501 1000 1000 1007 1000 0. 1. 1 +SPC
88- +SPC 1. -1.
89- SPLINE2 1601 1100 1100 1131 1100 0. 1. 2 +SPW
90- +SPW -1. -1.
91- SPLINE2 3100 3100 3100 3115 3100 0. 1. 300 +SP2FI
92- +SP2FI -1. -1.
93- SUPORT 90 246
94- TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 AILERON .436332 YAW 0. +TR1
95- +TR1 URDD2 0. URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
96- TRIM 2 0.9 1200.0 AILERON .436332 YAW 0. +TR2
97- +TR2 URDD2 0. ROLL 0. URDD6 0.
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 98
Main Index
256
EXAMPLE HA144D: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 15
ANTISYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 257
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
COLUMN 1
-1.678953E-01 6.878061E-03 -3.704068E-02
COLUMN 2
1.784256E-01 -1.403152E-02 4.077220E-02
COLUMN 3
3.155028E-02 4.272658E-01 6.442384E-03
COLUMN 4
-5.583723E-03 1.048801E-05 -3.089367E-04
COLUMN 5
3.735903E-04 2.427399E-02 5.812574E-05
COLUMN 6
1.905984E-02 -2.519723E-05 1.645743E-02
COLUMN 7
-3.053800E-02 -2.377972E-01 -6.602198E-03
COLUMN 8
1.061561E-01 -1.858679E-02 2.767085E-02
Main Index
258
SIDES -1.823546E-02
YAW 0.000000E+00
ROLL 2.600432E-01
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 0.000000E+00
URDD6 0.000000E+00
AILERON 4.363320E-01
RUDDER 2.058725E-02
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 6.953958E-02 8.344750E+01 1000 LS 5.215469E+02 3.259668E+02
2 LS 5.945857E-03 7.135028E+00 1001 LS 4.459393E+01 2.787120E+01
3 LS 5.795575E-03 6.954690E+00 1002 LS 4.346682E+01 2.716676E+01
4 LS 1.174454E-02 1.409345E+01 1003 LS 8.808403E+01 5.505252E+01
5 LS 1.639822E-01 1.967786E+02 1004 LS 1.229866E+03 7.686666E+02
6 LS 1.235348E-02 1.482418E+01 1005 LS 9.265111E+01 5.790694E+01
7 LS 1.403922E-02 1.684706E+01 1006 LS 1.052941E+02 6.580883E+01
8 LS 3.117443E-02 3.740932E+01 1007 LS 2.338083E+02 1.461302E+02
9 LS 1.303585E-01 1.564302E+02 1100 LS 9.776888E+02 6.110555E+02
10 LS 2.760369E-02 3.312442E+01 1101 LS 2.070276E+02 1.293923E+02
11 LS -2.503506E-02 -3.004207E+01 1102 LS -1.877630E+02 -1.173519E+02
12 LS -5.044424E-03 -6.053308E+00 1103 LS -3.783317E+01 -2.364573E+01
13 LS 3.236980E-01 3.884376E+02 1104 LS 2.427735E+03 1.517334E+03
14 LS -2.888322E-02 -3.465986E+01 1105 LS -2.166241E+02 -1.353901E+02
15 LS -6.597198E-02 -7.916637E+01 1106 LS -4.947899E+02 -3.092437E+02
16 LS -4.027840E-02 -4.833408E+01 1107 LS -3.020880E+02 -1.888050E+02
17 LS 8.405132E-01 1.008616E+03 1108 LS 6.303850E+03 3.939906E+03
18 LS -3.487058E-03 -4.184470E+00 1109 LS -2.615294E+01 -1.634559E+01
19 LS -1.656872E-01 -1.988246E+02 1110 LS -1.242654E+03 -7.766587E+02
20 LS -1.130559E-01 -1.356671E+02 1111 LS -8.479193E+02 -5.299496E+02
21 LS 1.071735E+00 1.286082E+03 1112 LS 8.038014E+03 5.023759E+03
22 LS 7.084341E-02 8.501208E+01 1113 LS 5.313256E+02 3.320785E+02
23 LS -3.196873E-01 -3.836247E+02 1114 LS -2.397655E+03 -1.498534E+03
24 LS -3.142666E-01 -3.771199E+02 1115 LS -2.357000E+03 -1.473125E+03
25 LS 1.265719E+00 1.518862E+03 1116 LS 9.492890E+03 5.933056E+03
26 LS 1.607172E-01 1.928606E+02 1117 LS 1.205379E+03 7.533619E+02
27 LS -3.866311E-01 -4.639574E+02 1118 LS -2.899734E+03 -1.812333E+03
28 LS -1.454455E+00 -1.745346E+03 1119 LS -1.090842E+04 -6.817759E+03
29 LS 1.379795E+00 1.655755E+03 1120 LS 1.034847E+04 6.467791E+03
30 LS 2.622649E-01 3.147179E+02 1121 LS 1.966987E+03 1.229367E+03
31 LS -3.446601E-01 -4.135921E+02 1122 LS -2.584950E+03 -1.615594E+03
32 LS -1.637659E+00 -1.965191E+03 1123 LS -1.228244E+04 -7.676525E+03
33 LS 1.351922E+00 1.622306E+03 1124 LS 1.013941E+04 6.337134E+03
34 LS 3.383746E-01 4.060495E+02 1125 LS 2.537810E+03 1.586131E+03
35 LS -2.112721E-01 -2.535266E+02 1126 LS -1.584541E+03 -9.903381E+02
36 LS -1.607247E+00 -1.928696E+03 1127 LS -1.205435E+04 -7.533970E+03
37 LS 1.081452E+00 1.297742E+03 1128 LS 8.110890E+03 5.069306E+03
38 LS 3.072515E-01 3.687018E+02 1129 LS 2.304386E+03 1.440241E+03
39 LS -1.031863E-02 -1.238236E+01 1130 LS -7.738976E+01 -4.836860E+01
40 LS -1.353353E+00 -1.624024E+03 1131 LS -1.015015E+04 -6.343843E+03
41 LS -1.499667E-01 -1.799601E+02 3100 LS -1.124750E+03 -7.029689E+02
42 LS -1.346411E-02 -1.615693E+01 3101 LS -1.009808E+02 -6.311300E+01
43 LS 4.820608E-03 5.784729E+00 3102 LS 3.615456E+01 2.259660E+01
44 LS 3.093417E-02 3.712100E+01 3103 LS 2.320063E+02 1.450040E+02
45 LS -7.612907E-02 -9.135488E+01 3104 LS -5.709680E+02 -3.568550E+02
46 LS -3.047888E-02 -3.657465E+01 3105 LS -2.285916E+02 -1.428698E+02
47 LS 6.683536E-04 8.020244E-01 3106 LS 5.012652E+00 3.132908E+00
48 LS 3.554533E-02 4.265440E+01 3107 LS 2.665900E+02 1.666188E+02
49 LS 4.053394E-02 4.864073E+01 3108 LS 3.040046E+02 1.900029E+02
50 LS -2.538108E-02 -3.045730E+01 3109 LS -1.903581E+02 -1.189738E+02
51 LS -6.749813E-03 -8.099775E+00 3110 LS -5.062360E+01 -3.163975E+01
52 LS 3.387398E-02 4.064878E+01 3111 LS 2.540549E+02 1.587843E+02
53 LS 1.469073E-01 1.762888E+02 3112 LS 1.101805E+03 6.886282E+02
54 LS -4.172111E-03 -5.006533E+00 3113 LS -3.129083E+01 -1.955677E+01
55 LS -1.380020E-02 -1.656024E+01 3114 LS -1.035015E+02 -6.468845E+01
56 LS 2.685823E-02 3.222987E+01 3115 LS 2.014367E+02 1.258979E+02
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 259
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
COLUMN 1
-1.678953E-01 6.878061E-03 -3.704068E-02
COLUMN 2
1.784256E-01 -1.403152E-02 4.077220E-02
COLUMN 3
3.155028E-02 4.272658E-01 6.442384E-03
COLUMN 4
-5.583723E-03 1.048801E-05 -3.089367E-04
COLUMN 5
3.735903E-04 2.427399E-02 5.812574E-05
COLUMN 6
1.905984E-02 -2.519723E-05 1.645743E-02
COLUMN 7
-3.053800E-02 -2.377972E-01 -6.602198E-03
COLUMN 8
1.061561E-01 -1.858679E-02 2.767085E-02
Main Index
260
SIDES -6.297442E-02
YAW 0.000000E+00
ROLL -6.938894E-18
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 4.454218E+00
URDD6 0.000000E+00
AILERON 4.363320E-01
RUDDER 1.099768E-02
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS -4.527578E-04 -5.433094E-01 1000 LS -3.395684E+00 -2.122302E+00
2 LS -5.883921E-04 -7.060705E-01 1001 LS -4.412941E+00 -2.758088E+00
3 LS -1.556158E-03 -1.867390E+00 1002 LS -1.167119E+01 -7.294493E+00
4 LS -4.046254E-03 -4.855505E+00 1003 LS -3.034690E+01 -1.896681E+01
5 LS -1.045061E-03 -1.254073E+00 1004 LS -7.837959E+00 -4.898724E+00
6 LS -1.345259E-03 -1.614311E+00 1005 LS -1.008944E+01 -6.305902E+00
7 LS -3.623927E-03 -4.348712E+00 1006 LS -2.717945E+01 -1.698716E+01
8 LS -1.008748E-02 -1.210498E+01 1007 LS -7.565610E+01 -4.728506E+01
9 LS -6.170879E-02 -7.405054E+01 1100 LS -4.628159E+02 -2.892599E+02
10 LS -3.456980E-02 -4.148376E+01 1101 LS -2.592735E+02 -1.620459E+02
11 LS -2.932927E-02 -3.519513E+01 1102 LS -2.199696E+02 -1.374810E+02
12 LS -5.151585E-03 -6.181902E+00 1103 LS -3.863688E+01 -2.414805E+01
13 LS -1.462438E-01 -1.754925E+02 1104 LS -1.096828E+03 -6.855176E+02
14 LS -1.315322E-01 -1.578387E+02 1105 LS -9.864918E+02 -6.165573E+02
15 LS -9.292479E-02 -1.115097E+02 1106 LS -6.969359E+02 -4.355850E+02
16 LS -3.714078E-02 -4.456893E+01 1107 LS -2.785558E+02 -1.740974E+02
17 LS -1.884638E-01 -2.261566E+02 1108 LS -1.413479E+03 -8.834241E+02
18 LS -2.229333E-01 -2.675199E+02 1109 LS -1.672000E+03 -1.045000E+03
19 LS -2.293306E-01 -2.751968E+02 1110 LS -1.719980E+03 -1.074987E+03
20 LS -1.156730E-01 -1.388076E+02 1111 LS -8.675476E+02 -5.422172E+02
21 LS -1.648933E-01 -1.978720E+02 1112 LS -1.236700E+03 -7.729375E+02
22 LS -2.805383E-01 -3.366459E+02 1113 LS -2.104037E+03 -1.315023E+03
23 LS -4.403211E-01 -5.283854E+02 1114 LS -3.302408E+03 -2.064005E+03
24 LS -3.472629E-01 -4.167155E+02 1115 LS -2.604472E+03 -1.627795E+03
25 LS -1.096741E-01 -1.316089E+02 1116 LS -8.225557E+02 -5.140973E+02
26 LS -2.777997E-01 -3.333597E+02 1117 LS -2.083498E+03 -1.302186E+03
27 LS -5.641140E-01 -6.769368E+02 1118 LS -4.230854E+03 -2.644284E+03
28 LS -1.514845E+00 -1.817814E+03 1119 LS -1.136134E+04 -7.100837E+03
29 LS -4.686868E-02 -5.624242E+01 1120 LS -3.515151E+02 -2.196969E+02
30 LS -2.175127E-01 -2.610153E+02 1121 LS -1.631346E+03 -1.019591E+03
31 LS -5.620423E-01 -6.744507E+02 1122 LS -4.215317E+03 -2.634573E+03
32 LS -1.723270E+00 -2.067924E+03 1123 LS -1.292452E+04 -8.077828E+03
33 LS 5.910913E-06 7.093096E-03 1124 LS 4.433185E-02 2.770741E-02
34 LS -1.246974E-01 -1.496369E+02 1125 LS -9.352308E+02 -5.845192E+02
35 LS -4.382653E-01 -5.259183E+02 1126 LS -3.286990E+03 -2.054368E+03
36 LS -1.709366E+00 -2.051239E+03 1127 LS -1.282024E+04 -8.012652E+03
37 LS 2.074346E-02 2.489215E+01 1128 LS 1.555759E+02 9.723495E+01
38 LS -4.688111E-02 -5.625734E+01 1129 LS -3.516083E+02 -2.197552E+02
39 LS -1.931140E-01 -2.317368E+02 1130 LS -1.448355E+03 -9.052219E+02
40 LS -1.447031E+00 -1.736438E+03 1131 LS -1.085274E+04 -6.782960E+03
41 LS 3.751652E-02 4.501982E+01 3100 LS 2.813739E+02 1.758587E+02
42 LS 1.016392E-03 1.219671E+00 3101 LS 7.622944E+00 4.764340E+00
43 LS 3.669803E-03 4.403764E+00 3102 LS 2.752353E+01 1.720220E+01
44 LS 1.666951E-02 2.000341E+01 3103 LS 1.250213E+02 7.813833E+01
45 LS 2.865467E-02 3.438560E+01 3104 LS 2.149100E+02 1.343188E+02
46 LS 4.867668E-04 5.841202E-01 3105 LS 3.650751E+00 2.281719E+00
47 LS 3.336146E-03 4.003375E+00 3106 LS 2.502109E+01 1.563818E+01
48 LS 1.955092E-02 2.346111E+01 3107 LS 1.466319E+02 9.164496E+01
49 LS 2.050808E-02 2.460970E+01 3108 LS 1.538106E+02 9.613164E+01
50 LS -8.179694E-03 -9.815634E+00 3109 LS -6.134771E+01 -3.834232E+01
51 LS -5.041794E-04 -6.050153E-01 3110 LS -3.781346E+00 -2.363341E+00
52 LS 1.912964E-02 2.295556E+01 3111 LS 1.434723E+02 8.967017E+01
53 LS 2.040322E-02 2.448386E+01 3112 LS 1.530241E+02 9.564007E+01
54 LS -1.897506E-02 -2.277007E+01 3113 LS -1.423129E+02 -8.894558E+01
55 LS -9.822684E-03 -1.178722E+01 3114 LS -7.367014E+01 -4.604383E+01
56 LS 1.501389E-02 1.801666E+01 3115 LS 1.126041E+02 7.037759E+01
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 261
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 0.0 3.456485E-11 0.0 2.287579E-11 0.0 2.337814E-12 -4.525395E-13 -3.551595E+03
101 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.842171E-14
102 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.551595E+03
103 0.0 2.284248E-11 0.0 -2.623917E+03 0.0 2.623917E+02 -4.525395E-13 -7.103189E+03
110 1.977727E+05 1.818989E-11 1.872521E+05 5.062471E-12 1.822220E+03 2.273737E-12 3.637979E-12 3.748168E+05
120 1.317888E+05 1.637090E-11 1.609371E+05 1.111993E-11 -2.524316E+03 4.547474E-13 -9.094947E-13 2.787513E+05
310 4.102077E-29 6.507272E+03 4.584849E-30 -3.918364E+03 6.310887E-30 1.805773E+03 9.466331E-30 6.786811E+03
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 0.0 4.879410E-12 0.0 3.636308E-12 0.0 2.486204E-13 1.381945E-10 2.575722E+02
101 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.552714E-15
102 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.575722E+02
103 0.0 3.646647E-12 0.0 -4.788349E+02 0.0 4.788349E+01 1.381945E-10 5.151445E+02
110 9.012888E+04 1.822855E-09 9.559770E+04 1.179611E-09 -9.472266E+02 1.114131E-10 -8.344614E-11 1.517433E+05
120 8.744491E+04 1.153694E-09 7.945616E+04 4.836493E-11 6.918464E+02 9.572432E-11 -4.183676E-11 1.376222E+05
310 1.817536E-27 -1.683244E+03 -5.143632E-28 2.418574E+02 4.038968E-28 -3.334373E+02 1.615587E-27 -4.189096E+02
Main Index
262
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 -2.304324E-10 2.304324E-10 -2.304324E-10 2.304324E-10 -2.262697E-13 2.302061E-10 -2.306586E-10
-1.525052E-10 1.525052E-10 -1.525052E-10 1.525052E-10 1.522790E-10 -1.527315E-10
101 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 -1.522832E-10 1.522832E-10 -1.522832E-10 1.522832E-10 -2.262697E-13 1.520569E-10 -1.525095E-10
1.749278E+04 -1.749278E+04 1.749278E+04 -1.749278E+04 1.749278E+04 -1.749278E+04
110 -5.695858E+05 -5.695858E+05 5.695858E+05 5.695858E+05 2.425319E-12 5.695858E+05 -5.695858E+05
-5.392864E+05 -5.392864E+05 5.392864E+05 5.392864E+05 5.392864E+05 -5.392864E+05
120 -3.795520E+05 -3.795520E+05 3.795520E+05 3.795520E+05 -6.063298E-13 3.795520E+05 -3.795520E+05
-4.634991E+05 -4.634991E+05 4.634991E+05 4.634991E+05 4.634991E+05 -4.634991E+05
310 -1.952182E+04 1.952182E+04 -1.952182E+04 1.952182E+04 1.262177E-29 1.952182E+04 -1.952182E+04
1.175509E+04 -1.175509E+04 1.175509E+04 -1.175509E+04 1.175509E+04 -1.175509E+04
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 -3.252940E-11 3.252940E-11 -3.252940E-11 3.252940E-11 6.909727E-11 1.016267E-10 3.656787E-11
-2.424206E-11 2.424206E-11 -2.424206E-11 2.424206E-11 9.333933E-11 4.485521E-11
101 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 -2.431098E-11 2.431098E-11 -2.431098E-11 2.431098E-11 6.909727E-11 9.340825E-11 4.478629E-11
3.192233E+03 -3.192233E+03 3.192233E+03 -3.192233E+03 3.192233E+03 -3.192233E+03
110 -2.595713E+05 -2.595713E+05 2.595713E+05 2.595713E+05 -5.563076E-11 2.595713E+05 -2.595713E+05
-2.753215E+05 -2.753215E+05 2.753215E+05 2.753215E+05 2.753215E+05 -2.753215E+05
120 -2.518415E+05 -2.518415E+05 2.518415E+05 2.518415E+05 -2.789117E-11 2.518415E+05 -2.518415E+05
-2.288339E+05 -2.288339E+05 2.288339E+05 2.288339E+05 2.288339E+05 -2.288339E+05
310 5.049731E+03 -5.049731E+03 5.049731E+03 -5.049731E+03 2.154116E-27 5.049731E+03 -5.049731E+03
-7.255722E+02 7.255722E+02 -7.255722E+02 7.255722E+02 7.255722E+02 -7.255722E+02
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 263
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Symmetrical Cruise. One symmetrical and four unsymmetrical flight conditions are
demonstrated in this example. The symmetrical condition is included for comparison with
Example HA144A (p. 181). All of the flight conditions are at high speed at sea level with
q = 1200 psf and a Mach number m = 0.9 . With a speed of sound at sea level of 1117 ft/sec,
the m = 0.9 airspeed is V = 0.9 × 1117 = 1005 ft/s . For level flight, the vertical load factor is
n z = URDD3 = – 1.0 in the NACA frame of reference (z is positive downward), the pitch rate
is zero, the aileron and rudder rotations are zero, and the five accelerations are all zero. With
eight trim variables specified, the remaining five are determined: angle of attack, sideslip angle,
canard rotation, and roll and yaw rates. The symmetry of the flight condition should result in
computed zeroes for the antisymmetric trim variables.
Steady Rolling Pullout. The second flight condition is the first unsymmetrical maneuver.
TRIM 2 is a high-speed steady rolling pullout with a vertical load factor of nz = URDD3 = – 4.8 .
Corresponding to the load factor is the steady pitch rate of
Snap Roll. The third unsymmetrical flight condition is TRIM 4, which is a transition from level
flight into a snap-roll with maximum rotations of canard and rudder that are assumed at
δ e = ELEV = 25.0 deg = 0.436332 rad = δ r = RUDDER . From SUBCASE 1 the initial angle
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 265
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
of attack is α = ANGLEA = 0.0031512 rad = 0.18 deg . The variables that are assumed to be
zero at the beginning of the maneuver are aileron rotation, sideslip angle, and pitch, roll, and
yaw rates. The five resulting accelerations will be found.
Steady Climbing Turn. The last unsymmetrical maneuver, TRIM 5, is a steady climbing turn.
This type of maneuver is thoroughly analyzed by Etkin (1972, pp. 423-428). A climb rate of
R ⁄ C = 1500.0 ft/min and a horizontal turning rate of ω = 3.0 deg/sec are assumed along
with the Mach number m = 0.9 at sea level assumed in the previous subcases. The turn
coordinator gyro instrument actually measures the yaw rate r but is calibrated to give the
standard turning rate of 3.0 deg/sec at the bank angle that would be flown in a level turn at
cruise speed. The angular rates in a steady turn with a small climb angle θ as given in Etkin
[1972, Eqs. (10.4,5)] are
p –θ
q = sin φ ω
r cos φ
ωV
tan φ = --------
g
For this subcase ω = 3.0 deg/sec = 0.052360 rad/sec ; therefore, the bank angle becomes
0.052360 × 1005
tan φ = ------------------------------------------ = 1.635538
32.174
The roll rate requires the pitch angle in the climb, which is found from the vertical speed and the
angle of attack. The angle of attack in the climb can be estimated from the load factor [Etkin
(1972, Eqs. (10.4,9))].
and the level flight trim angle of attack from SUBCASE 1 of α = 0.003152 to be
R⁄C 1500 ⁄ 60
γ = ------------- = ----------------------- = 0.024876 rad
V 1005
θ = γ + α = 0.030918 rad
p = – θω = – 0.001619 rad/sec
pb
------- = ROLL = – 0.00003222
2V
qc
------- = PITCH = 0.0002222
2V
rb
------- = YAW = 0.0005435
2V
The remaining input parameters are the zero accelerations: URDD2 = URDD4 = URDD5 =
URDD6 = 0.0. The five trim variables to be determined are the angle of attack, the canard
rotation, the sideslip angle, the aileron rotation, and the rudder rotation. The ENDDATA entry
completes the Bulk Data Section. The trim data for the five flight conditions are also shown in
Listing 7-20.
Case Control Commands. The first three entries of the Case Control Section list the headers
that appear at the top of every page of output and at the bottom of every plot output. The ECHO
= BOTH command specifies that both the unsorted and sorted Bulk Data entries be printed in
the output. The SPC command is required by the corresponding Bulk Data entries. The DlSP
command specifies that all displacements be printed. The STRESS, FORCE, AEROF, and APRES
commands request that all stress, force, aerodynamic force, and pressure data be printed. The
pairs of SUBCASE and TRIM commands are also required by the corresponding Bulk Data
entries; the sets of output data are identified according to the subcase number, which may be
different from the TRIM command ID.
The remaining commands in the Case Control Section specify output plot parameters. The
OUTPUT(PLOT) command delimits the output request designated by its argument, in this case,
the structure plotter. The PLOTTER NASTRAN command invokes the NASTRAN plotter
routine. The SET 1 command specifies that all deflections be plotted. The FIND command
requests that the computer program determine the scale and origin for the set to be plotted.
Then the PLOT command invokes the plot routine and specifies that the static deformations be
plotted and outlined. The BEGIN BULK command completes the Case Control Section.
The first statement in the Executive Control Section is ID MSC, HA144E, which is the
identification of this example. The next statement TIME 5 restricts the CPU time to 5.0 minutes
of computing. SOL 144 calls for the Static Aeroelastic Response DMAP sequence. Finally, the
CEND statement completes the Executive Control Section.
Output. The Executive Control and Case Control data are shown in Listing 7-20. The sorted
Bulk Data entries are presented in Listing 7-21, and the output results follow in Listing 7-22.
The output data to be discussed begin with the OUTPUT FROM GRID POINT WEIGHT
GENERATOR, which gives the inertial characteristics of the full-span model, including its gross
weight of 16,100 lbs.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 267
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
The remaining output includes the AEROSTATIC DATA RECOVERY OUTPUT TABLE which
contains the trim solutions (AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES) and aerodynamic pressure
coefficients, pressures, and loads (NORMAL FORCES and MOMENTS on each aerodynamic
box). The aeroelastic coefficients are output for each subcase but are only shown in Listing 7-22
for the first subcase. The standard MSC.Nastran output of displacements, element forces, and
element stresses follows the aeroelastic output.
SUBCASE 1 determines the trim variables in level flight and is followed by the aerodynamic
loads. The angle of attack is α = 0.003151 rad = 0.18 deg and canard incidence is
δ e = 0.01725 rad = 0.99 deg . The sideslip angle and the yaw and roll rates are computed
zeroes.
The SUBCASE 2 trim solution and aerodynamic loads for the rolling pullout are shown next.
The pullout at 4.8 g’s results in an angle of attack α = 0.01370 rad = 0.78 deg and canard
incidence δ e = 0.08540 rad = 4.89 deg . The steady roll rate achieved with the aileron
deflection δ a of 25 deg is pb ⁄ 2V = 0.2600 and is accompanied by a sideslip angle
β = –0.01824 rad = – 1.05 deg and rudder rotation δ r = 0.02059 rad = 1.18 deg . The positive
rudder rotation is required because the lifting surface theory (Vortex-Lattice method) predicts a
proverse yawing moment from the ailerons.
The SUBCASE 3 trim solution and aerodynamic loads are then shown for the maneuver of a
pullout with an abrupt roll. The pullout results in the same angle of attack and canard incidence
·
as before, but the abrupt aileron input now results in a roll acceleration p ⁄ g = 4.454 rad/ft or
· 2
p = 8211 deg/s with a sideslip angle β = – 0.06297 rad = – 3.61 deg and rudder rotation
δ r = 0.01100 rad = 0.63 deg .
Main Index
268
The SUBCASE 4 trim solution and aerodynamic loads are shown next for the snap-roll entry.
The resulting accelerations are a vertical load factor of n z = – 8.660 g's , a lateral load factor of
· · 2
n y = 3.127 g's , a pitching acceleration of q ⁄ g = 0.5768 rad/ft or q = 1063 deg/s , a rolling
· · 2
acceleration of p ⁄ g = 0.5235 rad/ft or p = 965 deg/s , and a yawing acceleration of
· · 2
r ⁄ g = – 0.5281 rad/ft or r = – 974 deg/s .
The SUBCASE 5 trim solution and aerodynamic loads for the climbing turn are shown last. The
angle of attack is α = 0.005519 rad = 0.32 deg , and the canard angle is
δ e = 0.03402 rad = 1.94 deg . The input data for this case required a pitch angle to determine
the roll rate. The pitch angle was estimated from the sum of the climb angle, known from the
vertical speed, and the angle of attack, which was estimated from the load factor in the turn and
the previously determined angle of attack in level flight. The input roll rate was based on a pitch
angle calculation that assumed an angle of attack of 0.006042 rad = 0.35 deg . The assumed
angle of attack is close to the value just obtained from the climbing turn solution. Another
iteration could be made to bring these numbers into even closer agreement, but it does not
appear necessary. Only small control surface rotations and sideslip angle are required to
coordinate the example turn: aileron, δ a = – 0.00005857 rad = – 0.0034 deg , rudder,
δ r = – 0.0001941 rad = –0.011 deg , and sideslip angle, β = 0.0004591 rad = 0.026 deg .
Data Recovery. Following the SUBCASE 5 trim solution and aerodynamic loads are the
outputs for the five subcases for displacements, forces in the BAR elements, and the stresses in
the BAR elements. The stresses may appear to be high, but recall that their units are psf. The
differences between the stresses in the right and left sides are of interest in the unsymmetrical
maneuvers. The higher levels will, of course, be the critical ones for the purpose of aircraft
design.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 269
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
270
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 271
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
272
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 273
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
274
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA144E
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA144E $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION FULL SPAN 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING $
$ WITH AILERON, CANARD AND AFT SWEPT $
$ VERTICAL FIN AND RUDDER. $
$ BAR MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION QUASI-STEADY AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS $
$ USING DOUBLET-LATTICE METHOD $
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.9. $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF THE STICK MODEL AND AERO $
$ GRID, LISTS OF RESTRAINED AND $
$ UNRESTRAINED SYMMETRIC AND ANTI- $
$ SYMMETRIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES, $
$ AERODYNAMIC FORCES AND PRESSURES $
$ PLUS STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR $
$ LEVEL FLIGHT AND SEVERAL UNSYM- $
$ METRICAL MANUEVERS. $
$ $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 275
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-20 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Unsymmetric Maneuvers (continued)
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
$
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
INCLUDE FSW_TWO.DAT $
$ $
$ * RIGHT WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ POINTS AT EACH END AND THE DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT DOFS $
$ AT EACH END. THE NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO $
$ ENDS MUST EQUAL SIX. BY DEFAULT THOSE NOT DECLARED INDE- $
$ PENDENT ARE MADE DEPENDENT. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 111 110 111 123456
RBAR 112 110 112 123456
RBAR 121 120 121 123456
RBAR 122 120 122 123456
$ $
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 101 2 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1W
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB1W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2W
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB2W 0.0
$ $
$
$ * LEFT WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 210 101 100 210 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 220 101 210 220 0. 0. 1.
$
RBAR 211 210 211 123456
RBAR 212 210 212 123456
RBAR 221 220 221 123456
RBAR 222 220 222 123456
$ $
$ * FIN STRUCTURE * $
$ $
CBAR 310 101 100 310 0. 0. 1.
$ $
RBAR 311 310 311 123456
RBAR 312 310 312 123456
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES. LISTED $
$ ARE ITS ID, ITS ELASTIC MODULUS, SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS $
$ RATIO, MASS DENSITY, TEMPERATURE EXPANSION COEFFICIENT, $
$ REFERENCE TEMPERATURE AND A STRUCTURAL DAMPING COEFFICIENT. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 2 1.44+9 5.40+8
$ $
$ * RIGHT WING MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
Main Index
276
Listing 7-20 Input Files for FSW Airplane in Unsymmetric Maneuvers (continued)
$ $
$ * LEFT WING MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 211 211 0 600.0
CONM2 212 212 0 400.0
CONM2 221 221 0 600.0
CONM2 222 222 0 400.0
$ $
$ * FIN MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 311 311 0 60.0
CONM2 312 312 0 40.0
$ $
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRIES. LISTED ARE ITS ID, $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. SEE SECTION 3.5.3 OF THE THEO- $
$ RETICAL MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS. $
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 1: LEVEL FLIGHT AT HIGH DYNAMIC PRESSURE $
$ $
TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 0. URDD3 -1.0 +TR1A
+TR1A URDD5 0. AILERON 0. RUDDER 0. URDD2 0. +TR1B
+TR1B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 2: HIGH SPEED ROLLING PULLOUT $
$ $
TRIM 2 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 6.0499-4URDD3 -4.8 +TR2A
+TR2A URDD5 0. AILERON .436332 YAW 0. URDD2 0. +TR2B
+TR2B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 3: HIGH SPEED PULLUP WITH ABRUPT ROLL $
$ $
TRIM 3 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 6.0499-4URDD3 -4.8 +TR3A
+TR3A URDD5 0. AILERON .436332 ROLL 0. YAW 0. +TR3B
+TR3B URDD2 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 4: HIGH SPEED ENTRY INTO SNAP-ROLL $
$ $
TRIM 4 0.9 1200.0 ANGLEA .0031512ELEV .436332 +TR4A
+TR4A PITCH 0. SIDES 0. ROLL 0. YAW 0. +TR4B
+TR4B AILERON 0. RUDDER .436332
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 5: HIGH SPEED CLIMBING TURN $
$ $
TRIM 5 0.9 1200.0 PITCH .2222-3 URDD3 -1.9170 +TR5A
+TR5A URDD5 0. YAW .5435-3 ROLL -.3222-4URDD2 0. +TR5B
+TR5B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ * * * $
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 502
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 277
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-21 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane in Unsymmetric Maneuvers
Main Index
278
Listing 7-21 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane in Unsymmetric Maneuvers (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 279
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
280
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 281
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
COLUMN 1
4.021594E-10 1.407690E+00 -5.855442E-09 -7.312004E-02 -2.556327E-11
COLUMN 2
-9.998472E-09 2.974801E+00 -3.697710E-08 -2.120767E-01 -2.831717E-09
COLUMN 3
-8.257486E-13 5.589295E-03 5.549625E-12 -1.224622E-04 -3.008684E-15
COLUMN 4
-2.190958E-11 -7.228872E-04 8.050897E-11 -7.453961E-03 -2.549860E-12
COLUMN 5
-2.208870E-09 5.403202E-02 -5.456374E-11 6.722745E-03 -3.931490E-10
COLUMN 6
-1.678953E-01 6.462641E-09 6.878061E-03 -4.676101E-10 -3.704068E-02
COLUMN 7
1.784256E-01 -5.601964E-09 -1.403152E-02 4.994862E-10 4.077220E-02
COLUMN 8
3.155028E-02 2.087690E-08 4.272658E-01 -1.371366E-10 6.442385E-03
COLUMN 9
-5.583723E-03 -6.944514E-12 1.048801E-05 5.006829E-13 -3.089367E-04
COLUMN 10
3.735903E-04 2.159876E-10 2.427399E-02 -7.083333E-12 5.812574E-05
COLUMN 11
1.906394E-02 2.094061E-10 -2.522435E-05 -1.604130E-11 1.645562E-02
COLUMN 12
-3.053800E-02 -4.163063E-08 -2.377971E-01 1.762600E-09 -6.602197E-03
COLUMN 13
1.061561E-01 -1.208490E-09 -1.858679E-02 1.890525E-10 2.767085E-02
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 3.151205E-03
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 -1.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 1.724982E-02
SIDES -1.457720E-09
YAW -1.182399E-09
ROLL 1.214894E-10
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 0.000000E+00
URDD6 0.000000E+00
AILERON 0.000000E+00
RUDDER 0.000000E+00
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 1.480992E-01 1.777191E+02 1000 LS 1.110744E+03 6.942151E+02
2 LS 2.723155E-02 3.267786E+01 1001 LS 2.042366E+02 1.276479E+02
3 LS 1.154897E-02 1.385876E+01 1002 LS 8.661728E+01 5.413580E+01
4 LS 9.633810E-03 1.156057E+01 1003 LS 7.225358E+01 4.515849E+01
5 LS 1.172538E-01 1.407045E+02 1004 LS 8.794033E+02 5.496271E+02
6 LS 1.959021E-02 2.350826E+01 1005 LS 1.469266E+02 9.182912E+01
7 LS 8.839857E-03 1.060783E+01 1006 LS 6.629893E+01 4.143683E+01
8 LS 8.520475E-03 1.022457E+01 1007 LS 6.390356E+01 3.993972E+01
9 LS -3.474722E-02 -4.169667E+01 1100 LS -2.606042E+02 -1.628776E+02
10 LS -3.303323E-03 -3.963988E+00 1101 LS -2.477492E+01 -1.548433E+01
11 LS -6.613627E-04 -7.936352E-01 1102 LS -4.960220E+00 -3.100138E+00
12 LS -1.289034E-04 -1.546841E-01 1103 LS -9.667754E-01 -6.042346E-01
13 LS 7.057209E-03 8.468651E+00 1104 LS 5.292907E+01 3.308067E+01
14 LS -2.407379E-03 -2.888855E+00 1105 LS -1.805535E+01 -1.128459E+01
15 LS -2.951239E-04 -3.541487E-01 1106 LS -2.213429E+00 -1.383394E+00
16 LS -1.041256E-03 -1.249507E+00 1107 LS -7.809415E+00 -4.880884E+00
17 LS 1.412354E-01 1.694825E+02 1108 LS 1.059265E+03 6.620409E+02
18 LS 1.587099E-02 1.904519E+01 1109 LS 1.190325E+02 7.439529E+01
19 LS 2.484603E-03 2.981524E+00 1110 LS 1.863452E+01 1.164658E+01
20 LS -2.250555E-03 -2.700666E+00 1111 LS -1.687916E+01 -1.054948E+01
21 LS 1.082991E-01 1.299589E+02 1112 LS 8.122433E+02 5.076521E+02
22 LS 3.481510E-02 4.177812E+01 1113 LS 2.611133E+02 1.631958E+02
23 LS 9.695046E-03 1.163406E+01 1114 LS 7.271284E+01 4.544553E+01
24 LS 2.207176E-03 2.648612E+00 1115 LS 1.655382E+01 1.034614E+01
25 LS 8.606955E-02 1.032835E+02 1116 LS 6.455216E+02 4.034510E+02
Main Index
282
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 283
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 1.370419E-02
PITCH 6.049900E-04
URDD3 -4.800000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 8.539610E-02
SIDES -1.823546E-02
YAW 0.000000E+00
ROLL 2.600431E-01
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 0.000000E+00
URDD6 -2.168404E-19
AILERON 4.363320E-01
RUDDER 2.058725E-02
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 7.864448E-01 9.437338E+02 1000 LS 5.898336E+03 3.686460E+03
2 LS 1.396064E-01 1.675277E+02 1001 LS 1.047048E+03 6.544051E+02
3 LS 6.360418E-02 7.632501E+01 1002 LS 4.770313E+02 2.981446E+02
4 LS 5.981490E-02 7.177788E+01 1003 LS 4.486117E+02 2.803823E+02
5 LS 7.315380E-01 8.778456E+02 1004 LS 5.486535E+03 3.429084E+03
6 LS 1.086405E-01 1.303686E+02 1005 LS 8.148035E+02 5.092522E+02
7 LS 5.830283E-02 6.996339E+01 1006 LS 4.372712E+02 2.732945E+02
8 LS 7.348040E-02 8.817648E+01 1007 LS 5.511030E+02 3.444394E+02
9 LS -4.793925E-02 -5.752710E+01 1100 LS -3.595444E+02 -2.247152E+02
10 LS 1.212338E-02 1.454806E+01 1101 LS 9.092536E+01 5.682835E+01
11 LS -2.603003E-02 -3.123603E+01 1102 LS -1.952252E+02 -1.220158E+02
12 LS -3.782949E-03 -4.539539E+00 1103 LS -2.837212E+01 -1.773257E+01
13 LS 3.487090E-01 4.184508E+02 1104 LS 2.615318E+03 1.634574E+03
14 LS -4.106984E-02 -4.928381E+01 1105 LS -3.080238E+02 -1.925149E+02
15 LS -6.558547E-02 -7.870257E+01 1106 LS -4.918911E+02 -3.074320E+02
16 LS -4.328452E-02 -5.194143E+01 1107 LS -3.246339E+02 -2.028962E+02
17 LS 1.517685E+00 1.821222E+03 1108 LS 1.138264E+04 7.114149E+03
18 LS 7.238707E-02 8.686449E+01 1109 LS 5.429031E+02 3.393144E+02
19 LS -1.522643E-01 -1.827172E+02 1110 LS -1.141982E+03 -7.137390E+02
20 LS -1.218619E-01 -1.462342E+02 1111 LS -9.139639E+02 -5.712275E+02
21 LS 1.587969E+00 1.905563E+03 1112 LS 1.190977E+04 7.443606E+03
22 LS 2.385288E-01 2.862346E+02 1113 LS 1.788966E+03 1.118104E+03
23 LS -2.716918E-01 -3.260302E+02 1114 LS -2.037689E+03 -1.273556E+03
24 LS -3.019391E-01 -3.623269E+02 1115 LS -2.264543E+03 -1.415339E+03
25 LS 1.673347E+00 2.008017E+03 1116 LS 1.255010E+04 7.843815E+03
26 LS 3.382304E-01 4.058765E+02 1117 LS 2.536728E+03 1.585455E+03
27 LS -3.085978E-01 -3.703174E+02 1118 LS -2.314483E+03 -1.446552E+03
28 LS -1.427823E+00 -1.713388E+03 1119 LS -1.070867E+04 -6.692922E+03
29 LS 1.705563E+00 2.046675E+03 1120 LS 1.279172E+04 7.994825E+03
30 LS 4.176543E-01 5.011851E+02 1121 LS 3.132407E+03 1.957754E+03
31 LS -2.567720E-01 -3.081264E+02 1122 LS -1.925790E+03 -1.203619E+03
32 LS -1.599504E+00 -1.919405E+03 1123 LS -1.199628E+04 -7.497675E+03
33 LS 1.602263E+00 1.922716E+03 1124 LS 1.201698E+04 7.510610E+03
34 LS 4.607435E-01 5.528923E+02 1125 LS 3.455577E+03 2.159736E+03
35 LS -1.318212E-01 -1.581854E+02 1126 LS -9.886589E+02 -6.179119E+02
36 LS -1.564726E+00 -1.877671E+03 1127 LS -1.173545E+04 -7.334654E+03
37 LS 1.246066E+00 1.495279E+03 1128 LS 9.345496E+03 5.840936E+03
38 LS 3.864193E-01 4.637032E+02 1129 LS 2.898145E+03 1.811341E+03
39 LS 4.524189E-02 5.429027E+01 1130 LS 3.393142E+02 2.120714E+02
40 LS -1.317840E+00 -1.581409E+03 1131 LS -9.883804E+03 -6.177377E+03
41 LS 4.035736E-01 4.842884E+02 2000 LS 3.026802E+03 1.891751E+03
42 LS 8.393354E-02 1.007202E+02 2001 LS 6.295015E+02 3.934384E+02
43 LS 3.022441E-02 3.626929E+01 2002 LS 2.266831E+02 1.416769E+02
44 LS 1.113158E-02 1.335789E+01 2003 LS 8.348683E+01 5.217927E+01
45 LS 6.473656E-01 7.768387E+02 2004 LS 4.855242E+03 3.034526E+03
46 LS 1.277147E-01 1.532577E+02 2005 LS 9.578604E+02 5.986628E+02
47 LS 5.201303E-02 6.241564E+01 2006 LS 3.900977E+02 2.438111E+02
48 LS 3.632584E-02 4.359101E+01 2007 LS 2.724438E+02 1.702774E+02
49 LS -9.168379E-01 -1.100205E+03 2100 LS -6.876284E+03 -4.297677E+03
50 LS -2.280832E-01 -2.736999E+02 2101 LS -1.710624E+03 -1.069140E+03
Main Index
284
ANGLEA 1.370419E-02
PITCH 6.049900E-04
URDD3 -4.800000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 8.539611E-02
SIDES -6.297442E-02
YAW 9.658545E-19
ROLL 0.000000E+00
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 4.454218E+00
URDD6 -2.168404E-19
AILERON 4.363320E-01
RUDDER 1.099768E-02
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 285
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
286
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 3.151200E-03
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 -8.659549E+00
URDD5 5.768343E-01
ELEV 4.363320E-01
SIDES 0.000000E+00
YAW 1.135192E-19
ROLL -1.695235E-19
URDD2 3.127156E+00
URDD4 5.235149E-01
URDD6 -5.281315E-01
AILERON 0.000000E+00
RUDDER 4.363320E-01
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 3.127665E+00 3.753198E+03 1000 LS 2.345749E+04 1.466093E+04
2 LS 5.400828E-01 6.480993E+02 1001 LS 4.050621E+03 2.531638E+03
3 LS 1.769049E-01 2.122858E+02 1002 LS 1.326786E+03 8.292416E+02
4 LS 9.641417E-02 1.156970E+02 1003 LS 7.231063E+02 4.519414E+02
5 LS 2.476894E+00 2.972273E+03 1004 LS 1.857671E+04 1.161044E+04
6 LS 3.860235E-01 4.632282E+02 1005 LS 2.895176E+03 1.809485E+03
7 LS 1.326031E-01 1.591237E+02 1006 LS 9.945233E+02 6.215770E+02
8 LS 8.484723E-02 1.018167E+02 1007 LS 6.363542E+02 3.977214E+02
9 LS -2.170004E+00 -2.604005E+03 1100 LS -1.627503E+04 -1.017190E+04
10 LS -4.091441E-01 -4.909729E+02 1101 LS -3.068581E+03 -1.917863E+03
11 LS -5.153607E-02 -6.184329E+01 1102 LS -3.865206E+02 -2.415754E+02
12 LS 2.604646E-01 3.125575E+02 1103 LS 1.953484E+03 1.220927E+03
13 LS -1.106834E+00 -1.328201E+03 1104 LS -8.301254E+03 -5.188284E+03
14 LS -5.150145E-01 -6.180175E+02 1105 LS -3.862609E+03 -2.414131E+03
15 LS -1.648353E-01 -1.978024E+02 1106 LS -1.236265E+03 -7.726657E+02
16 LS 1.409162E-02 1.690994E+01 1107 LS 1.056871E+02 6.605445E+01
17 LS 1.700471E+00 2.040565E+03 1108 LS 1.275353E+04 7.970957E+03
18 LS -1.818285E-01 -2.181942E+02 1109 LS -1.363714E+03 -8.523212E+02
19 LS -1.830603E-01 -2.196723E+02 1110 LS -1.372952E+03 -8.580950E+02
20 LS -8.198647E-02 -9.838377E+01 1111 LS -6.148986E+02 -3.843116E+02
21 LS 1.153930E+00 1.384716E+03 1112 LS 8.654474E+03 5.409046E+03
22 LS 2.310237E-01 2.772285E+02 1113 LS 1.732678E+03 1.082924E+03
23 LS -7.476046E-02 -8.971255E+01 1114 LS -5.607034E+02 -3.504396E+02
24 LS -6.853464E-02 -8.224157E+01 1115 LS -5.140098E+02 -3.212561E+02
25 LS 8.178837E-01 9.814605E+02 1116 LS 6.134128E+03 3.833830E+03
26 LS 3.208675E-01 3.850410E+02 1117 LS 2.406507E+03 1.504067E+03
27 LS 5.670957E-02 6.805148E+01 1118 LS 4.253217E+02 2.658261E+02
28 LS -3.194197E-02 -3.833036E+01 1119 LS -2.395647E+02 -1.497280E+02
29 LS 6.001082E-01 7.201298E+02 1120 LS 4.500812E+03 2.813007E+03
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 287
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
288
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 5.518734E-03
PITCH 2.222000E-04
URDD3 -1.917000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 3.402172E-02
SIDES 4.590776E-04
YAW 5.435000E-04
ROLL -3.222000E-05
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 0.000000E+00
URDD6 -1.099301E-28
AILERON -5.857044E-05
RUDDER -1.940631E-04
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 2.861119E-01 3.433343E+02 1000 LS 2.145839E+03 1.341150E+03
2 LS 5.328529E-02 6.394235E+01 1001 LS 3.996397E+02 2.497748E+02
3 LS 2.301040E-02 2.761248E+01 1002 LS 1.725780E+02 1.078613E+02
4 LS 1.913792E-02 2.296551E+01 1003 LS 1.435344E+02 8.970901E+01
5 LS 2.264952E-01 2.717943E+02 1004 LS 1.698714E+03 1.061696E+03
6 LS 3.838074E-02 4.605689E+01 1005 LS 2.878556E+02 1.799097E+02
7 LS 1.761722E-02 2.114066E+01 1006 LS 1.321291E+02 8.258070E+01
8 LS 1.684681E-02 2.021617E+01 1007 LS 1.263511E+02 7.896941E+01
9 LS -7.093064E-02 -8.511677E+01 1100 LS -5.319798E+02 -3.324874E+02
10 LS -6.260771E-03 -7.512926E+00 1101 LS -4.695579E+01 -2.934737E+01
11 LS -3.741469E-04 -4.489763E-01 1102 LS -2.806102E+00 -1.753814E+00
12 LS 4.836466E-04 5.803760E-01 1103 LS 3.627350E+00 2.267093E+00
13 LS 1.021406E-02 1.225687E+01 1104 LS 7.660545E+01 4.787841E+01
14 LS -4.882480E-03 -5.858975E+00 1105 LS -3.661860E+01 -2.288662E+01
15 LS 1.086909E-04 1.304290E-01 1106 LS 8.151815E-01 5.094885E-01
16 LS -1.217015E-03 -1.460418E+00 1107 LS -9.127609E+00 -5.704756E+00
17 LS 2.703598E-01 3.244317E+02 1108 LS 2.027698E+03 1.267311E+03
18 LS 3.029836E-02 3.635804E+01 1109 LS 2.272377E+02 1.420236E+02
19 LS 5.322694E-03 6.387233E+00 1110 LS 3.992020E+01 2.495013E+01
20 LS -3.554577E-03 -4.265492E+00 1111 LS -2.665932E+01 -1.666208E+01
21 LS 2.061523E-01 2.473827E+02 1112 LS 1.546142E+03 9.663388E+02
22 LS 6.693786E-02 8.032543E+01 1113 LS 5.020340E+02 3.137712E+02
23 LS 1.915643E-02 2.298771E+01 1114 LS 1.436732E+02 8.979576E+01
24 LS 4.908526E-03 5.890231E+00 1115 LS 3.681395E+01 2.300871E+01
25 LS 1.628166E-01 1.953799E+02 1116 LS 1.221124E+03 7.632026E+02
26 LS 7.085872E-02 8.503046E+01 1117 LS 5.314404E+02 3.321502E+02
27 LS 3.116174E-02 3.739408E+01 1118 LS 2.337130E+02 1.460706E+02
28 LS 1.077477E-02 1.292973E+01 1119 LS 8.081078E+01 5.050674E+01
29 LS 1.301445E-01 1.561734E+02 1120 LS 9.760836E+02 6.100522E+02
30 LS 6.202522E-02 7.443027E+01 1121 LS 4.651892E+02 2.907432E+02
31 LS 3.509580E-02 4.211496E+01 1122 LS 2.632185E+02 1.645115E+02
32 LS 1.540234E-02 1.848281E+01 1123 LS 1.155175E+02 7.219846E+01
33 LS 1.000322E-01 1.200386E+02 1124 LS 7.502413E+02 4.689008E+02
34 LS 4.884014E-02 5.860817E+01 1125 LS 3.663011E+02 2.289382E+02
35 LS 3.171773E-02 3.806128E+01 1126 LS 2.378830E+02 1.486768E+02
36 LS 1.714549E-02 2.057459E+01 1127 LS 1.285912E+02 8.036951E+01
37 LS 6.579221E-02 7.895065E+01 1128 LS 4.934416E+02 3.084010E+02
38 LS 3.159373E-02 3.791247E+01 1129 LS 2.369529E+02 1.480956E+02
39 LS 2.216355E-02 2.659625E+01 1130 LS 1.662266E+02 1.038916E+02
40 LS 1.432258E-02 1.718709E+01 1131 LS 1.074193E+02 6.713708E+01
41 LS 2.265358E-01 2.718430E+02 2000 LS 1.699019E+03 1.061887E+03
42 LS 3.838381E-02 4.606057E+01 2001 LS 2.878786E+02 1.799241E+02
43 LS 1.762072E-02 2.114486E+01 2002 LS 1.321554E+02 8.259712E+01
44 LS 1.685473E-02 2.022567E+01 2003 LS 1.264104E+02 7.900652E+01
45 LS 2.861291E-01 3.433549E+02 2004 LS 2.145969E+03 1.341230E+03
46 LS 5.328677E-02 6.394413E+01 2005 LS 3.996508E+02 2.497817E+02
47 LS 2.301185E-02 2.761422E+01 2006 LS 1.725889E+02 1.078680E+02
48 LS 1.914092E-02 2.296910E+01 2007 LS 1.435569E+02 8.972305E+01
49 LS 6.605995E-02 7.927194E+01 2100 LS 4.954496E+02 3.096560E+02
50 LS 3.166926E-02 3.800311E+01 2101 LS 2.375195E+02 1.484497E+02
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 289
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
290
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 291
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
Main Index
292
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 293
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
Main Index
294
The Configuration. The fuselage is assumed to be 40.0 ft long with the nose 5.0 ft forward of
GRID 97 and the aft end 5.0 ft behind GRID 100. Its assumed circular cross section has a diameter
of 5.0 ft at the root of the wing and tapers in diameter to 4.0 ft at the root of the canard; a parabolic
ogive extends forward of the canard to the nose. The wing and canard spans are maintained at
40.0 and 10.0 ft, respectively, as before. The wing stores are mounted on pylons at the midspan
of each wing. The pylons have a chord of 5.0 ft and extend below the wing 1.0 ft and are centrally
aligned on the wing chord. Each store is 10.0 ft long with a diameter of 1.0 ft in the region of the
pylon with a pointed nose and an aft end. The stores are centrally aligned along the pylons. The
wings are assumed to have an incidence of 0.1 deg relative to the fuselage centerline and to have
a dihedral break at the pylons such that the wing tip chord is 2.0 ft above the inboard wing plane.
Structural models for the canard, pylons, and stores are added. An elastic axis (CBAR)
representation of the canard is assumed from the fuselage centerline (GRID 90) to the canard tips
along the canard midchord (50%) line. A vertical elastic axis is assumed for the pylons between
the wing elastic axis and the store elastic axis, which is assumed along the store centerline. The
same stiffness properties are assumed for the canard, pylon, and store elastic axes as for the
wing.
Additional Structural Model. The additions to the structural model begin with grid points.
First, the wings have been modified to introduce the dihedral: GRIDs 115 and 215 are
introduced on the right and left wing elastic axes, respectively, to define the pylon station and
dihedral break. Next, the points on the canard elastic axis are GRIDs 88, 89, 91, 92, 890, and 910.
GRIDs 88 and 92 are at the left and right canard tips, respectively. GRIDS 89 and 91 are at the
left and right sides of the fuselage, respectively. GRIDs 890 and 910 are also at the sides of the
fuselage, coincident with GRIDs 89 and 91, respectively, and are introduced by the requirements
of the aerodynamic Method of Images, as is discussed below. The canard hinge line is now
assumed to be located along its elastic axis (in previous examples with this configuration, the
hinge line was assumed to be located at the canard quarter-chord). GRIDs 150 and 151 locate the
right pylon/store: 150 is forward on the store elastic axis, and 151 is aft on the store elastic axis
and also at the bottom of the pylon elastic axis. The corresponding GRIDs on the left pylon/store
are 250 and 251.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 295
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
The wing elastic axes are represented by two BAR elements on each side. On the right wing,
CBAR 115 connects GRIDs 110 and 115, and CBAR 120 connects GRIDs 115 and 120. On the left
wing, CBAR 215 connects GRIDs 210 and 215, and CBAR 220 connects GRIDs 215 and 220. The
canard structural elements also consist of BARs: CBAR 89 between GRIDs 88 and 89, CBAR 90
between GRIDs 890 and 90, CBAR 91 between GRIDs 90 and 910, and CBAR 92 between GRIDs
91 and 92. The right pylon structural element is CBAR 151 between GRIDs 115 and 150, and the
right store structural element is CBAR 150 between GRIDs 150 and 151. The corresponding left
pylon/store elements are CBARs 251 and 250. All of these new elements refer to the property
and material entries for the wing, PBAR 101 and MAT1 1, for their stiffnesses. No additional
weights are considered in the additions of the canard structure and the pylons and stores.
Main Index
296
Aerodynamic Model. The wings are divided into two panels on each side, having the same size
boxes as before, with the fuselage replacing the inboard strips of boxes on each side, and also
with an outboard dihedral angle (11.31 deg). The right inboard wing is specified on lifting
surface entry CAERO1 1104, which refers to PAERO1 1000 for the identification of any
associated bodies. PAERO1 1000 now refers to the fuselage CAERO2 4000, the right store
CAERO2 4510, and the left store, CAERO2 4610. CAERO1 1104 then specifies 3 equal span strips
and 4 equal chord boxes in the first interference group. The planform geometry on the
continuation entry begins with the leading edge location at the root of the wing (which is now
displaced by the radius of the fuselage in the wing region, 2.5 ft), the root chord length, and the
leading edge location at the dihedral break and its chord length.
The right outboard wing is specified on entry CAERO1 1116, which associates the panel with the
three bodies using the PAERO1 entry and divides the panel equally into four spanwise strips
and four chordwise boxes in the first interference group. The continuation entry provides the
leading edge location and chord length at the dihedral break and then the leading edge location
and chord length at the tip.
Two splines are now needed on each wing because of the dihedral break. On the right inboard
wing, SPLINE2 1602 with its axis CORD2R 2 as before, but now with grid points designed by
SETG 1101. On the right outboard wing, the spline is prescribed by SPLINE2 1603 with a new
axis CORD2R 3 and grid points designated by SETG 1102 prescribe the spline. CAERO1s 2100
and 2116 provide similar data for the left wing, arbitrarily numbering the boxes from the tip
inboard, whereas the right wing box numbering scheme begins at the root and increases
outboard. The left wing spline and spline axes are also similar: for the outboard wing, SPLINE2
2601 with CORD2R 30 and SETG 2102, and for the inboard wing, SPLINE2 2602 with CORD2R
20 and SETG 2101.
Pylons. The right wing pylon is specified on lifting surface entry CAERO1 3500 and is
modelled as one strip with two chordwise boxes and is associated with all three bodies. Its
spline is SPLINE2 4520 with axis CORD2R 450 and structural connection to grid points SETG
4521. The left wing pylon is similar to the lifting surface entry CAERO1 3600; its spline is
SPLINE2 4620 with axis CORD2R 460 and structural connection to points SETG 4621.
Canard. The right side of the canard is specified on entry CAERO1 1000. It associates the panel
with the three bodies, specifies the right side geometry in the Cartesian coordinate system
CORD2R 900 (for reasons to be discussed below regarding the requirements of the Method of
Images), divides the span unequally into two strips with four chordwise boxes via AEFACT 1000
in order to align the trailing vortices with the wing in the same interference group. The geometry
on the continuation entry begins with the leading edge location at the root of the canard
(displaced here by the radius of the fuselage in the canard region, 2.0 ft), the root chord length,
and then the leading edge location of the tip and the tip chord. The right canard is now
interconnected using the new SPLINE2 1502 with its elastic axis along CORD2R 90 to the
structural grid points on both sides, SET1 1000. The hinge line is also aligned with the elastic
axis in this modification to Example HA144E. CAERO1 2000 and AEFACT 2000 provide similar
data for the left side of the canard but with the box numbering scheme beginning at the tip
leading edge. The associated spline is SPLINE2 2501 with the same axis CORD2R 90 and
structural connection SET1 1000.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 297
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Fin. The fin is again specified on entry CAERO1 3100 but with only three strips because of the
presence of the fuselage and modified geometry on the continuation entry for the leading edge
location at the fuselage junction.
Fuselage. The fuselage aerodynamic properties are given on entry CAERO2 4000:
• In the PID field, the reference is to the entry PAERO2 4020, which specifies additional
data for the fuselage.
• The CP field refers to the coordinate system for the fuselage geometry; in this case, it is
blank and thus refers to the basic system.
• The NSB field specifies eight equal length divisions of the fuselage.
• Because of the NSB field specification, the LSB field is not needed.
• The NINT field also specifies eight equal divisions of the interference tube.
• The LINT field, like the LSB field, is again not needed.
• The IGID field specifies the same interference group as the other aerodynamic
components.
The continuation entry contains the coordinates of the fuselage nose and its length.
The additional fuselage data on entry PAERO2 4020 include:
• The ORIENT field, which is the body orientation, (in this case ZY) specifies that the
fuselage can move both vertically and laterally.
• The WIDTH field, which is actually the semiwidth or radius of 2.5 ft in this case since
the cross section is circular. This is the maximum width of the fuselage at the root of
the wing, and this also determines the width of the interference tube.
• The AR field, is the aspect ratio (the ratio of the height to the width) of the possibly
elliptical cross section; in this case, AR = 1.0 specifies a circular section.
• The LRSB field, refers to the entry AEFACT 4015, which lists the half-widths at the nine
end points of the eight slender body elements.
• The LRIB field is the reference to a list of slender body half-widths at the end points of
the eight interference elements but is left blank in accordance with the
recommendation in “Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30.
• The LTH1 field refers to the entry AEFACT 4018, which lists the angular positions (the
q1 array) around the periphery of the interference tube for averaging the interfering
flow from the lifting surfaces and other slender bodies; in this case, four sampling
points are selected beginning at 45 deg and every 90 deg beyond.
• The LTH2 field could refer to a alternate list of angular positions, as discussed in
“Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30 (the θ 2 array), but is not used here.
The continuation entry lists pairs of first and last interference elements that use the array; in this
case, all eight interference elements use the same array. The fuselage spline is SPLINE2 4000 and
is connected to structural grid points SET1 4001. Note that the linear spline used for a body does
not require the specification of a coordinate system for the spline axis along the body.
Main Index
298
The right store aerodynamic properties are entered on CAERO2 4510. The third field of the entry
refers to PAERO2 4520 for additional body data. The fifth and sixth fields specify four equal
length divisions of both the body and its interference tube. The continuation locates the store
nose below the wing leading edge and gives its length as 10.0 ft. The additional properties on
PAERO2 4520 include the ZY degrees of freedom, the reference width of 0.5 ft, and AR = 1.0 for
the circular cross section. LRSB refers to AEFACT 4515 for the list of store half-widths at the five
end points of the four slender body elements, and LTH1 refers to the same q1-array used for the
fuselage, AEFACT 4018. The continuation entry specifies that the four interference elements will
use the single array. The right store spline is SPLINE2 4525 and is interconnected to grids SET1
4525. The left store CAERO2 4610 entry is similar except for its nose location and uses the
additional data for the right store on entry PAERO2 4520. Its spline is SPLINE2 4625 with
connections to SET1 4625.
Wing Incidence and Dihedral. The remaining new configuration data are the DMI entries to
specify the wing incidence of 0.1 degrees = 0.0017453 radians . Because of the dihedral angle
–1
of Γ = tan 0.2 = 11.31 deg , the outboard wing panels have less incidence than the inboard
panels by a factor of cos G, and the outboard value becomes 0.0017114 rad . The DMI name for
incidence, twist, and camber is W2GJ. Since the incidence is constant for a number of boxes in
this example, the DMI input can use the convenience of the "THRU" data input option, but it
requires the j-set numbering of the aerodynamic boxes in the sequence from the right wing root
to the left wing root (see “Aerodynamic Theories” on page 30). The numbering begins with the
lowest numbered CAERO1 identification number. The right side canard (CAERO1 1000) has
eight boxes; thus, the first inboard wing (CAERO1 1104) box is No. 9; the last box on the right
inboard wing is No. 20 since there are 12 boxes on the inboard wing. There are 16 boxes on the
right outboard wing (CAERO1 1116), and their numbers range from No. 21 to No. 36. The left
canard (CAERO1 2000) intervenes in the sequence with its eight boxes; therefore, the next 16
wing boxes begin with No. 45 at the outboard left wing (CAERO1 2100) tip and range to No. 60
at the dihedral break. The twelve inboard left wing (CAERO1 2116) boxes range from No. 61 to
No. 72. The remaining lifting surfaces are beyond the range of concern to DMI W2GJ (and the
bodies must have even higher numbers). However, it is necessary to specify the correct number
of rows for the matrix which is the M field (152 in this case, see “Aerodynamic Modeling” on
page 95) on the parent DMI entry.
Interference. The final modeling task is to satisfy the requirements of Giesing's Method of
Images [Giesing, Kalman, and Rodden (1972a, Section 2.5.8)]. This example has a tapered
fuselage, and is narrower forward in the region of the canard and wider aft at the root of the
wing. The idealization selected chose the aft fuselage cross section as the reference for the
interference tube which, in this example, is the circular cross section of the aft fuselage slender
body. This idealization places its emphasis on modeling the aft fuselage interference effects,
rather than on the effects of the canard. (In order to emphasize the effects of the canard, the
interference tube would have chosen the fuselage cross section in the canard region as its
reference.) With the larger diameter interference tube, the physical model has the canard root
inside the interference tube. If the physical model were used for the data input, numerical
singularities could arise because the external singularities of the lifting surface could be inside
with the images. This situation violates the requirements of the Method of Images, which
permits only a system of images inside the interference tube (and the line of axial doublets along
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 299
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
the body centerline). The physical model of the lifting surfaces must be modified to maintain all
parts of lifting surfaces outside of all interference tubes. A further judgment is required
regarding which aeroelastic characteristics to emphasize: longitudinal or lateral-directional.
This example emphasizes the longitudinal characteristics; therefore, the results will be more
comparable to Example HA144A (and HA144E).
The canard is raised vertically until its root intersects the interference tube at a height of 1.5 ft
(recall that the fuselage has a radius of 2.0 ft at the root of the canard and the interference tube
has a diameter of 2.5 ft). A new coordinate system, CORD2R 900, is introduced and the canard
geometry is specified in this system. This coordinate system has its origin at the fuselage
centerline, the extension of the canard leading edge, and an elevation of 1.5 ft relative to the basic
coordinate system. This coordinate system moves the canard physically so that no part of it is
within the interference tube and satisfies the requirements of the Method of Images. However,
there is now a structural discontinuity that can be resolved by the use of multipoint constraints
(MPCs). Four GRIDs are introduced at the intersections of the canard elastic axis and the sides
of the fuselage; these are GRIDs 91 and 910 on the right side and GRIDs 89 and 890 on the left
side. The right canard elastic axis CBAR 91 extends from the fuselage centerline GRID 90 to the
side of the fuselage GRID 910 which is located in the basic coordinate system; the elastic axis
continues outboard in CBAR 92 from GRIDs 91 to 92 located in CORD2R 900. GRIDs 91 and 910
are in identical locations but in different coordinate systems. The continuity of structural loads
is assured by MPC 10, which provides the identity of all six components of GRIDS 91 and 910.
Similarly, the left elastic axis, CBAR 90, connects GRIDs 90 and 890 within the fuselage in the
basic coordinates, and CBAR 89 connects GRIDs 88 and 89 on the canard in CORD2R 900. Again,
GRIDs 89 and 890 are identically located but in different coordinate systems, and MPC 10 also
guarantees structural continuity by connecting all six components of GRIDs 89 and 890.
Trim Condition. Only the level flight condition at sea level (Mach number m = 0.9 and
dynamic pressure q = 1200 psf ) is considered in the present example (corresponding to
Subcase 1 of previous Example HA144E) since this example is primarily intended to illustrate
the inclusion of slender bodies in a quasi-static aeroelastic analysis. The effects of the pylons,
bodies, and dihedral on the stability derivatives may be of interest, and a limited comparison
with the longitudinal values of Example HA144E is shown in Table 7-5. The trim angle of attack
and canard rotation are different from HA144E, not only because of the bodies but also because
of the addition of incidence and dihedral. The aerodynamic and structural loads are not
discussed here but are shown in Listing 7-25 as information for the user.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control commands and the Executive Control statements
are the same as in ExampleHA144E with the exception of the titles. The input data file echo for
this example is shown below in Listing 7-23 followed by the sorted Bulk Data entries in
Listing 7-24 and the output in Listing 7-25.
Output. The significant output data in this example relate to the addition of the slender bodies
to the configuration. The stability derivatives are compared to those from Example HA144E
(without the bodies) in Table 7-5, and the aerodynamic loads on the bodies which are contained
at the end of the AEROSTATIC DATA RECOVERY OUTPUT TABLE in Listing 7-25. The most
significant differences relate to the canard, as would be expected.
Main Index
300
Aerodynamic Forces and Pressures. Pressures are not available for the body elements but
tabulated in place of the pressures are the values of µ I , the strengths of the acceleration potential
interference doublets, and µ s , the strengths of the acceleration potential slender element
doublets. The loads on the slender elements are listed under NORMAL FORCES and
MOMENTS and their components are labeled as YSB and ZSB for y-forces and z-forces,
respectively. Their moments are zero because the grid point for all aerodynamic elements is at
midchord and the distributed loading on a slender element has been assumed to act at this point.
The eight fuselage element numbers are 4000 through 4007 and their side forces, YSB, are
computed zeros because of the symmetry of the configuration and the maneuver; the vertical
forces, ZSB, are all positive, upward in the aerodynamic coordinate system. The external store
numbers are 4510 through 4513 on the right side, and 4610 through 4613 on the left. The side
forces on both stores act away from the fuselage (the net pylon forces, LS 3500 and 3501 on the
right and 3601 and 3601 on the left, also act away from the fuselage). The vertical store forces act
upward on the forward three elements of each store but downward on the aft boattail elements
as expected from Slender Body Theory.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 301
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Cz - 0.003809 - - 0.004104 -
··
z
Cm - 0.002738 - - 0.002821 -
··
z
Cz - 0.01521 - - 0.016112 -
··
θ
Cm - 0.009872 - - 0.010478 -
··
θ
αm - 0.0 - - -0.0001219 -
o
αm - 0.9269 - - 0.9258 -
α
αm - 0.006723 - - 0.002294 -
δe
αm - -0.2121 - - -0.2095 -
q
αm - -0.0001225 - - -0.0001234 -
··
z
αm - -0.001491 - - -0.001489 -
··
θ
Main Index
302
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 303
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
EXAMPLE HA144F: FSW WITH FUSELAGE, 3 CONTROLS & 2 STORES PAGE 3
UNSYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
FULL-SPAN MODEL WITH DISPLACED CANARD
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ * * * STRUCTURAL DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * GRID GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ GRID 90 - 100 (T3) FUSELAGE POINTS $
$ GRID 110 - 122 (T3) WING POINTS $
$ GRID 310 - 312 (T3) FIN POINTS $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE GRID * $
$ $
$ THE GRID ENTRY DEFINES THE LOCATION OF A STRUCTURAL GRID $
$ POINT. LISTED ARE ITS COORDINATE SYSTEM ID, ITS LOCATION, $
$ THE ID OF THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH ITS DISPLACEMENTS $
$ ARE DEFINED, ITS PERMANENT SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS AND $
$ ITS ASSOCIATED SUPERELEMENT ID. $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
GRID 890 15. -2.0 0.
GRID 910 15. +2.0 0.
$ $
$ * LEFT CANARD GRID *
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 88 900 5.0 -5.0 0.0
GRID 89 900 5.0 -2.0 0.0
$
$ * RIGHT CANARD GRID *
$
GRID 91 900 5.0 2.0 0.0
GRID 92 900 5.0 5.0 0.0
$
$ ** CANARD COORDINATE SYSTEMS **
$
$ * CANARD HINGELINE AND ELASTIC AXIS *
$
$ CID CS A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 +CRD
CORD2R 90 900 5.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 15.0 +CRD90C
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD90C 20.0 0.0 0.0
$
$ * COORDINATES AT CANARD/INTERFERENCE TUBE INTERSECTION *
$
$ CID CS A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 +CRD
CORD2R 900 10.0 0.0 1.5 10.0 0.0 15.0 +CRD900C
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD900C20.0 0.0 1.5
$
$ * RIGHT WING GRID * $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 111 24.61325 +5. 0.
GRID 110 27.11325 +5. 0.
GRID 112 29.61325 +5. 0.
GRID 115 24.22650+10. 0.
GRID 121 18.83975+15. 1.
GRID 120 21.33975+15. 1.
GRID 122 23.83975+15. 1.
$ $
Main Index
304
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ * RIGHT STORE GRID *
$
GRID 150 19.22650+10. -1.5
GRID 151 24.22650+10. -1.5
$
$ * LEFT WING GRID * $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 211 24.61325 -5. 0.
GRID 210 27.11325 -5. 0.
GRID 212 29.61325 -5. 0.
GRID 215 24.22650-10. 0.
GRID 221 18.83975-15. 1.
GRID 220 21.33975-15. 1.
GRID 222 23.83975-15. 1.
$ $
$ * LEFT STORE GRID *
$
GRID 250 19.22650-10. -1.5
GRID 251 24.22650-10. -1.5
$
$ * FIN GRID * $
$ $
GRID 310 32.88675+0. 5.
GRID 311 30.38675+0. 5.
GRID 312 35.38675+0. 5.
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL STIFFNESS PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ THE CBAR ENTRY DEFINES A SIMPLE BEAM ELEMENT. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS PROPERTY ENTRY ID, THE TWO GRID POINTS JOINED BY THE $
$ BEAM AND COMPONENTS OF A VECTOR FROM THE FIRST POINT. $
$ THIS VECTOR DEFINES THE DIRECTION OF THE STRUCTURAL DE- $
$ FLECTION OF THE POINT AND ITS POSITIVE SENSE. $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE PBAR ENTRY DEFINES GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF THE BEAM. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS ASSOCIATED MATERIAL ENTRY ID, ITS CROSS SEC- $
$ TIONAL AREA, AREA MOMENTS OF INERTIA, TORSIONAL MOMENT $
$ OF INERTIA AND NON-STRUCTURAL MASS PER UNIT AREA. THE $
$ OPTIONAL CONTINUATION ENTRY CONTAINS STRESS RECOVERY $
$ COEFFICIENTS, I.E., Y,Z COORDINATES WHERE STRESSES ARE $
$ TO BE COMPUTED. K1 AND K2 ARE AREA FACTORS FOR SHEAR $
$ STIFFNESS (DEFAULT IS BLANK; THEN SHEAR STIFFNESS IS $
$ INFINITE, I.E., SHEAR FLEXIBILITY IS ZERO. I12 IS THE $
$ AREA PRODUCT OF INERTIA. $
$ $
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 100 1 4.0 .347222 .30 1.0 +PB1F
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB1F 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2F
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB2F 0.0
$ $
$ * CANARD STRUCTURE *
$ EID PID GA GB X1,G0 X2 X3
CBAR 89 101 88 89 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 90 101 890 90 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 91 101 90 910 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 92 101 91 92 0. 0. 1.
$
$ * LEFT CANARD/FUSELAGE STRUCTURAL CONNECTION *
$
MPC 10 89 1 1.0 890 1 -1.0
MPC 10 89 2 1.0 890 2 -1.0
MPC 10 89 3 1.0 890 3 -1.0
MPC 10 89 4 1.0 890 4 -1.0
MPC 10 89 5 1.0 890 5 -1.0
MPC 10 89 6 1.0 890 6 -1.0
$
$ * RIGHT CANARD/FUSELAGE STRUCTURAL CONNECTION *
$
MPC 10 91 1 1.0 910 1 -1.0
MPC 10 91 2 1.0 910 2 -1.0
MPC 10 91 3 1.0 910 3 -1.0
MPC 10 91 4 1.0 910 4 -1.0
MPC 10 91 5 1.0 910 5 -1.0
MPC 10 91 6 1.0 910 6 -1.0
$
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 305
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ * RIGHT WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 115 101 110 115 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 120 101 115 120 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ POINTS AT EACH END AND THE DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT DOFS $
$ AT EACH END. THE NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO $
$ ENDS MUST EQUAL SIX. BY DEFAULT THOSE NOT DECLARED INDE- $
$ PENDENT ARE MADE DEPENDENT. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 111 110 111 123456
RBAR 112 110 112 123456
RBAR 121 120 121 123456
RBAR 122 120 122 123456
$ $
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 101 1 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1W
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB1W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2W
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB2W 0.0
$ $
$ * LEFT WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 210 101 100 210 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 215 101 210 215 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 220 101 215 220 0. 0. 1.
$
RBAR 211 210 211 123456
RBAR 212 210 212 123456
RBAR 221 220 221 123456
RBAR 222 220 222 123456
$ $
$ * RIGHT PYLON/STORE STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 150 101 150 151 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 151 101 151 115 1. 0. 0.
$
$ * LEFT PYLON/STORE STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 250 101 250 251 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 251 101 251 215 1. 0. 0.
$
$ * FIN STRUCTURE * $
$ $
CBAR 310 101 100 310 0. 0. 1.
$ $
RBAR 311 310 311 123456
RBAR 312 310 312 123456
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES. LISTED $
$ ARE ITS ID, ITS ELASTIC MODULUS, SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS $
$ RATIO, MASS DENSITY, TEMPERATURE EXPANSION COEFFICIENT, $
$ REFERENCE TEMPERATURE AND A STRUCTURAL DAMPING COEFFICIENT. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE MASSES * $
$ $
$ THE CONM2 ENTRY DEFINES A CONCENTRATED MASS. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS ID, GRID LOCATION, COORDINATE SYSTEM TO LOCATE THE $
$ CENTER OF GRAVITY, THE MASS VALUE AND THE LOCATION OF $
$ THE CENTER OF GRAVITY RELATIVE TO THE GRID LOCATION. $
$ $
$ EID G CID M X1 X2 X3
CONM2 97 97 0 3000.0
CONM2 98 98 0 3000.0
CONM2 99 99 0 3000.0
CONM2 100 100 0 3000.0
$ $
$ * RIGHT WING MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
$ $
Main Index
306
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ * LEFT WING MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 211 211 0 600.0
CONM2 212 212 0 400.0
CONM2 221 221 0 600.0
CONM2 222 222 0 400.0
$ $
$ * FIN MASSES * $
$ $
CONM2 311 311 0 60.0
CONM2 312 312 0 40.0
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,WTMASS,GINV CAUSES ALL THE STRUCTURAL MASSES AND $
$ MASS DENSITIES TO BE MULTIPLIED BY GINV (I.E., BY ONE OVER $
$ THE ACCELERATION OF GRAVITY). THE DYNAMIC PRESSURE SUPPLIED $
$ FOR AERODYNAMIC FORCE CALCULATIONS WILL NOT BE MULTIPLIED $
$ BY GINV. $
$ $
PARAM WTMASS .031081
PARAM AUNITS .031081
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY CONSTRAINS THE LISTED GRID POINTS IN THE $
$ SPECIFIED DOF COMPONENTS. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 G3 G4
SPC1 1 1 90
$ $
$ THE SUPORT ENTRY IDENTIFIES A GRID POINT OR A SCALAR POINT $
$ AND SPECIFIES THE DOF COMPONENTS IN WHICH THE USER DESIRES $
$ REACTIONS TO BE APPLIED TO PREVENT RIGID BODY MOTION. IT $
$ THUS INVOKES THE SOLUTION OF THE BALANCE EQUATIONS TO DETER- $
$ MINE THE REACTIONS. IN THE STATIC AEROELASTIC SOLUTION $
$ THE DOF COMPONENTS MUST BE CONSISTENT WITH THE UNDEFINED $
$ VARIABLES ON THE TRIM ENTRIES. $
$ $
$ ID C
SUPORT 90 23456
$ $
$ THE OMIT1 ENTRY IDENTIFIES GRID POINTS TO BE OMITTED FROM $
$ THE REMAINDER OF THE ANALYSIS. $
$ $
$ ID G G G G
OMIT1 4 110 120 210 220 310
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AEROS ENTRY IS UNIQUE TO THE STATIC AEROELASTICITY $
$ SOLUTION, SOL21. ACSID IDENTIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE $
$ SYSTEM, RCSID IDENTIFIES THE REFERENCE COORDINATE SYS- $
$ TEM FOR RIGID BODY MOTION. REFC IS THE REFERENCE CHORD. $
$ REFB IS THE REFERENCE SPAN. REFS IS THE REFERENCE WING $
$ AREA. SYMXZ AND SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS. $
$ $
$ ACSID RCSID REFC REFB REFS SYMXZ SYMXY
AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 400.0
$ $
$ THIS CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FLAGGED BY THE AEROS ENTRY. THE ORIGIN IS AT THE CANARD $
$ QUARTER CHORD. LISTED ARE THE ORIGIN, A POINT ALONG THE $
$ Z AXIS AND A POINT IN THE X-Z PLANE, ALL IN THE RID $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD1 20. 0. 0.
$ $
$ THIS CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE NACA COORDINATE SYSTEM TO $
$ WHICH ALL THE STABILITY DERIVATIVES AND TRIM CONDITIONS $
$ WILL BE REFERENCED. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
$ $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 307
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ * WING AERODYNAMIC MODEL * $
$ $
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET-LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE POINTS $
$ (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN AND LCHORD, ARE $
$ USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC PANELS, $
$ THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE LATTER $
$ FOR NON-UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS. IGID IS THE ID OF ITS $
$ ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ DEFINES POINTS 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. $
$ THE BOXES FORMED BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED $
$ BEGINNING WITH EID SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, $
$ AND IS GREATER THAN ALL STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND $
$ EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
$ * RIGHT INBOARD WING *
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 1104 1000 3 4 1 +CARW2
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) CHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CARW2 23.55662+2.5 0. 10. 19.22650+10. 0. 10.
$ $
$ * RIGHT OUTBOARD WING *
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 1116 1000 4 4 1 +CARW3
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) CHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CARW3 19.22650+10. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 2. 10.
$ $
$ $
$ * LEFT OUTBOARD WING *
CAERO1 2100 1000 4 4 1 +CALW1
+CALW1 13.45299-20. 2. 10. 19.22650-10. 0. 10.
$ $
$ * LEFT INBOARD WING *
CAERO1 2116 1000 3 4 1 +CALW2
+CALW2 19.22650-10. 0. 10. 23.55662-2.5 0. 10.
$ $
$
$ * CANARD AERODYNAMIC MODEL * $
$ $
$ * RIGHT OUTBOARD SIDE *
CAERO1 1000 1000 900 4 1000 1 +CARC2
+CARC2 0.0 2.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 10.
$ $
AEFACT 1000 0.0 0.16667 1.0
$
$ * LEFT OUTBOARD SIDE *
CAERO1 2000 1000 900 4 2000 1 +CALC1
+CALC1 0.0 -5.0 0.0 10. 0.0 -2.0 0.0 10.
$ $
AEFACT 2000 0.0 0.83333 1.0
$
$ $
$ * FIN AERODYNAMIC MODEL * $
$ $
CAERO1 3100 1000 3 4 1 +CA1FI1
+CA1FI1 30.7735 0. 10. 10. 26.44334 0.0 2.5 10.
$ $
$
$
$ * FUSELAGE AERODYNAMIC MODEL *
$
$ PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
PAERO1 1000 4000 4510 4610
$
$ EID PID CP NSB NINT LSB LINT IGID +CA2
CAERO2 4000 4020 8 8 1 +CA2F
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12
+CA2F -5.0 0.0 0.0 40.0
$ $
$ PID ORIENT WIDTH AR LRSB LRIB LTH1 LTH2 +PA2
PAERO2 4020 ZY 2.5 1.0 4015 4018 +PA2F
$ THI1 THN1 THI2 THN2
+PA2F 1 8
$
$ * (LRSB) SLENDER BODY HALF-WIDTHS *
$
AEFACT 4015 0.0 1.111 1.778 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 +LRSBF
+LRSBF 2.5 2.5
$
$ * (LTH1 & 2) THETA ARRAYS *
$
AEFACT 4018 45. 135. 225. 315.
$
$
Main Index
308
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ * RIGHT PYLON/STORE AERODYNAMIC MODEL *
$
$ * RIGHT PYLON *
CAERO1 3500 1000 1 2 1 +CA1RP
+CA1RP 21.72650+10.0 0. 5.0 21.72650+10.0 -1.0 5.0
$ $
$ * RIGHT STORE *
$
$ EID PID CP NSB NINT LSB LINT IGID +CA2
CAERO2 4510 4520 4 4 1 +CA2RS
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12
+CA2RS 19.22650+10.0 -1.5 10.0
$ $
$ PID ORIENT WIDTH AR LRSB LRIB LTH1 LTH2 +PA2
PAERO2 4520 ZY 0.5 1.0 4515 4018 +PA2RS
$ THI1 THN1 THI2 THN2
+PA2RS 1 4
$
$ * (LRSB) SLENDER BODY HALF-WIDTHS *
$
AEFACT 4515 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.0
$
$
$ * LEFT PYLON/STORE AERODYNAMIC MODEL *
$
$ * LEFT PYLON *
CAERO1 3600 1000 1 2 1 +CA1LP
+CA1LP 21.72650-10.0 0. 5.0 21.72650-10.0 -1.0 5.0
$ $
$ * LEFT STORE *
$
$ EID PID CP NSB NINT LSB LINT IGID +CA2
CAERO2 4610 4520 4 4 1 +CA2LS
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12
+CA2LS 19.22650-10.0 -1.5 10.0
$ $
$
$ $
$ * * SPLINE FIT ON THE LIFTING SURFACES * * $
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE2 ENTRY SPECIFIES A BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLAT- $
$ ION OVER THE REGION OF THE CAERO ENTRY (ID1 AND ID2 ARE $
$ THE FIRST AND LAST BOXES IN THIS REGION). SETG REFERS $
$ TO A SET1 ENTRY WHERE THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS ARE $
$ DEFINED. DZ AND DTOR ARE SMOOTHING CONSTANTS FOR LINEAR $
$ ATTACHMENT AND TORSIONAL FLEXIBILITIES. CID IDENTIFIES $
$ THE CORD2R ENTRY THAT DEFINES THE SPLINE AXIS. DTHX AND $
$ DTHY ARE ROTATIONAL ATTACHMENT FLEXIBILITIES (-1. SPECIFIES $
$ NO ATTACHMENT). $
$ $
$ * RIGHT INBOARD WING * $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 1602 1104 1104 1115 1101 0. 1. 2 +SPRW2
$ DTHX DTHY
+SPRW2 -1. -1.
$ $
$ * RIGHT OUTBOARD WING * $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 1603 1116 1116 1131 1102 0. 1. 3 +SPRW3
$ DTHX DTHY
+SPRW3 -1. -1.
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4
SET1 1101 100 111 112 115
SET1 1102 115 121 122
$ $
$ * LEFT OUTBOARD WING * $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 2601 2100 2100 2115 2102 0. 1. 30 +SPLW1
$ DTHX DTHY
+SPLW1 -1. -1.
$ $
$ * LEFT INBOARD WING * $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 2602 2116 2116 2127 2101 0. 1. 20 +SPLW2
$ DTHX DTHY
+SPLW2 -1. -1.
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 309
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4
SET1 2101 100 211 212 215
SET1 2102 215 221 222
$ $
$
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE CANARD * $
$ $
$ $
$ * RIGHT OUTBOARD SIDE * $
SPLINE2 1502 1000 1000 1007 1000 0. 1. 90 +SPRC2
+SPRC2 0.0 0.0
$ $
SET1 1000 88 89 91 92
$ $
$ * LEFT OUTBOARD SIDE * $
SPLINE2 2501 2000 2000 2007 1000 0. 1. 90 +SPLC1
+SPLC1 0.0 0.0
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE FIN * $
$ $
SPLINE2 3100 3100 3100 3111 3100 0. 1. 300 +SP2FI1
+SP2FI1 -1. -1.
$ $
SET1 3100 99 100 311 312
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE PYLONS * $
$ $
$ * RIGHT PYLON *
$
SPLINE2 4520 3500 3500 3501 4521 0. 1. 450 +SP2RP
+SP2RP -1. -1.
$ $
SET1 4521 115 150 151
$ $
$ * LEFT PYLON *
$
SPLINE2 4620 3600 3600 3601 4621 0. 1. 460 +SP2LP
+SP2LP -1. -1.
$ $
SET1 4621 215 250 251
$ $
$
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE BODIES * $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE *
$
SPLINE2 4000 4000 4000 4007 4001 0. 1. +SP2F
+SP2F -1.
$ $
SET1 4001 97 98 99 100
$ $
$ $
$ * RIGHT STORE *
$
SPLINE2 4525 4510 4510 4513 4525 0. 1. +SP2RS
+SP2RS -1.
$ $
SET1 4525 150 151
$ $
$ $
$ * LEFT STORE *
$
SPLINE2 4625 4610 4610 4613 4625 0. 1. +SP2LS
+SP2LS -1.
$ $
SET1 4625 250 251
$ $
$ THE CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH THE $
$ BEAM SPLINE EXTENDS ALONG THE WING Y-AXIS. IT LISTS THE $
$ ORIGIN, A POINT ALONG THE Z-AXIS AND A POINT IN THE X-Z $
$ PLANE. $
$ $
$ * INBOARD RIGHT WING SPLINE AXIS * $
$ $
$ CID CS A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2RW
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD2RW 38.66025+5.0 0.
$ $
$ * OUTBOARD RIGHT WING SPLINE AXIS * $
$ $
$ CID CS A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 3 0 24.22650+10. 0. 25.07982 8.293369.853293+CRD2ORW
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD2ORW34.2265015.77350+0.
$ $
Main Index
310
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ * INBOARD LEFT WING SPLINE AXIS * $
$ $
$ CID CS A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 20 0 30.0 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2ILW
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD2ILW38.66025-5.0 0.
$ $
$ * OUTBOARD LEFT WING SPLINE AXIS * $
$ $
$ CID CS A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 30 0 24.22650-10. 0. 25.07982-8.293369.853293+CRD2OLW
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD2OLW34.22650-15.7735+0.
$ $
$ * FIN SPLINE AXIS * $
$ $
CORD2R 300 0 30.0 0. 0. 30.0 10.0 0. +CRD2FI
+CRD2FI 20.0 0.0 5.7735
$
$ * RIGHT PYLON SPLINE AXIS *
$
CORD2R 450 0 24.22650+10.0 0. 24.22650+20.0 0.0 +CRD2RP
+CRD2RP 30.0 20.0 0.0
$
$ * LEFT PYLON SPLINE AXIS * $
$
CORD2R 460 0 24.22650-10.0 0. 24.22650+20.0 0.0 +CRD2LP
+CRD2LP 30.0 20.0 0.0
$
$ $
$ * CONTROL SURFACE DEFINITION * $
$ $
$ THE AESURF ENTRY DEFINES AN AERODYNAMIC CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ LISTED ARE THE ALPHANUMERIC NAME OF THE SURFACE, THE ID $
$ OF A COORDINATE SYSTEM THAT DEFINES THE HINGE LINE AND $
$ THE ID OF AN AELIST ENTRY. $
$ $
$ ID LABEL CID1 ALID1 CID2 ALID2
AESURF 505 ELEV 90 1000 90 2000
AESURF 517 AILERON 110 1100 210 2100
AESURF 518 RUDDER 301 3000
$ $
$ THE AELIST ENTRY LISTS AERODYNAMIC BOXES THAT LIE ON THE $
$ CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ $
$ SID E1 E2 E3 ETC
AELIST 1000 1000 THRU 1007
AELIST 2000 2000 THRU 2007
AELIST 1100 1119 1123 1127 1131
AELIST 2100 2103 2107 2111 2115
AELIST 3000 3103 3107 3111
$ $
$ * CONTROL SURFACE HINGE LINES * $
$ $
$ * CANARD * $
$ THE COORDINATE SYSTEM, CORD2R,1, REFERENCED BY THE AEROS ENTRY $
$ IS THE CANARD HINGE LINE, AND NEEDS NO FURTHER DEFINITION $
$ $
$ * RIGHT AILERON * $
CORD2R 110 0 26.7265 10.0 0. 26.7265 10.0 -10.0 +CRD2RA
+CRD2RA 36.7265 15.7735 0.
$ $
$ * LEFT AILERON * $
CORD2R 210 0 26.7265 -10.0 0. 26.7265 -10.0 10.0 +CRD2LA
+CRD2LA 36.7265 -15.7735 0.
$ $
$ * RUDDER * $
CORD2R 301 0 32.5 0. 0. 32.5 -10. 0.0 +CRD2R
+CRD2R 22.5 0. 5.7735
$ $
$ * * USER SUPPLIED INPUT DATA * * $
$ $
$ THE DMI ENTRY ACCOMMODATES DIRECT INPUT OF USER SUPPLIED $
$ MATRICES OF DATA. LISTED ARE THE NAME OF THE MATRIX, THE $
$ FORM OF MATRIX (IN THIS CASE DIAGONAL), THE TYPE OF DATA $
$ (IN THIS CASE REAL SINGLE PRECISION), BEING INPUT AND THE $
$ TYPE EXPECTED AT OUTPUT (IN THIS CASE TO BE DETERMINED $
$ INTERNALLY). M IS THE NUMBER OF ROWS AND N IS THE NUMBER $
$ OF COLUMNS. THE DATA IS EXPECTED BY COLUMNS. THE CONTIN- $
$ UATION ENTRY LISTS THE COLUMN NO., THE ROW NO. OF THE FIRST $
$ NON-ZERO ELEMENT AND THE FOLLOWING ELEMENTS IN THAT COLUMN. $
$ $
$ * INITIAL DOWNWASHES (E.G., DUE TO INCIDENCE,TWIST OR CAMBER) * $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 311
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-23 Input Files for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
$ NAME "0" FORM TIN TOUT M N
DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 152 1
$ NAME J I1 A(I1,J) A(I1+1,J)...
DMI W2GJ 1 9 .0017453THRU 20 21 .0017114+DM1
+DM1 THRU 36 45 .0017114THRU 60 61 .0017453+DM2
+DM2 THRU 72
$
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DOFS * * $
$ $
$ THE AESTAT CARD LISTS TRIM VARIABLES USED TO SPECIFY $
$ RIGID BODY MOTIONS. THESE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE $
$ ROTATIONS MAKE UP THE VARIABLES IN THE EQUATIONS OF $
$ MOTION. $
$ $
$ ID LABEL
AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
AESTAT 502 PITCH
AESTAT 503 URDD3
AESTAT 504 URDD5
AESTAT 511 SIDES
AESTAT 512 YAW
AESTAT 513 ROLL
AESTAT 514 URDD2
AESTAT 515 URDD4
AESTAT 516 URDD6
$ $
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRIES. LISTED ARE ITS ID, $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. SEE SECTION 3.5.3 OF THE THEO- $
$ RETICAL MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS. $
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 1: LEVEL FLIGHT AT HIGH DYNAMIC PRESSURE $
$ $
TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 0. URDD3 -1.0 +TR1A
+TR1A URDD5 0. AILERON 0. RUDDER 0. URDD2 0. +TR1B
+TR1B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ * * * $
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 722
Main Index
312
Listing 7-24 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane with Bodies
EXAMPLE HA144F: FSW WITH FUSELAGE, 3 CONTROLS & 2 STORES PAGE 18
UNSYMMETRIC FLIGHT CONDITIONS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
FULL-SPAN MODEL WITH DISPLACED CANARD
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 1000 0.0 0.16667 1.0
2- AEFACT 2000 0.0 0.83333 1.0
3- AEFACT 4015 0.0 1.111 1.778 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 +LRSBF
4- +LRSBF 2.5 2.5
5- AEFACT 4018 45. 135. 225. 315.
6- AEFACT 4515 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.0
7- AELIST 1000 1000 THRU 1007
8- AELIST 1100 1119 1123 1127 1131
9- AELIST 2000 2000 THRU 2007
10- AELIST 2100 2103 2107 2111 2115
11- AELIST 3000 3103 3107 3111
12- AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 400.0
13- AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
14- AESTAT 502 PITCH
15- AESTAT 503 URDD3
16- AESTAT 504 URDD5
17- AESTAT 511 SIDES
18- AESTAT 512 YAW
19- AESTAT 513 ROLL
20- AESTAT 514 URDD2
21- AESTAT 515 URDD4
22- AESTAT 516 URDD6
23- AESURF 505 ELEV 90 1000 90 2000
24- AESURF 517 AILERON 110 1100 210 2100
25- AESURF 518 RUDDER 301 3000
26- CAERO1 1000 1000 900 4 1000 1 +CARC2
27- +CARC2 0.0 2.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 10.
28- CAERO1 1104 1000 3 4 1 +CARW2
29- +CARW2 23.55662+2.5 0. 10. 19.22650+10. 0. 10.
30- CAERO1 1116 1000 4 4 1 +CARW3
31- +CARW3 19.22650+10. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 2. 10.
32- CAERO1 2000 1000 900 4 2000 1 +CALC1
33- +CALC1 0.0 -5.0 0.0 10. 0.0 -2.0 0.0 10.
34- CAERO1 2100 1000 4 4 1 +CALW1
35- +CALW1 13.45299-20. 2. 10. 19.22650-10. 0. 10.
36- CAERO1 2116 1000 3 4 1 +CALW2
37- +CALW2 19.22650-10. 0. 10. 23.55662-2.5 0. 10.
38- CAERO1 3100 1000 3 4 1 +CA1FI1
39- +CA1FI1 30.7735 0. 10. 10. 26.443340.0 2.5 10.
40- CAERO1 3500 1000 1 2 1 +CA1RP
41- +CA1RP 21.72650+10.0 0. 5.0 21.72650+10.0 -1.0 5.0
42- CAERO1 3600 1000 1 2 1 +CA1LP
43- +CA1LP 21.72650-10.0 0. 5.0 21.72650-10.0 -1.0 5.0
44- CAERO2 4000 4020 8 8 1 +CA2F
45- +CA2F -5.0 0.0 0.0 40.0
46- CAERO2 4510 4520 4 4 1 +CA2RS
47- +CA2RS 19.22650+10.0 -1.5 10.0
48- CAERO2 4610 4520 4 4 1 +CA2LS
49- +CA2LS 19.22650-10.0 -1.5 10.0
50- CBAR 89 101 88 89 0. 0. 1.
51- CBAR 90 101 890 90 0. 0. 1.
52- CBAR 91 101 90 910 0. 0. 1.
53- CBAR 92 101 91 92 0. 0. 1.
54- CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
55- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
56- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
57- CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
58- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
59- CBAR 115 101 110 115 0. 0. 1.
60- CBAR 120 101 115 120 0. 0. 1.
61- CBAR 150 101 150 151 0. 0. 1.
62- CBAR 151 101 151 115 1. 0. 0.
63- CBAR 210 101 100 210 0. 0. 1.
64- CBAR 215 101 210 215 0. 0. 1.
65- CBAR 220 101 215 220 0. 0. 1.
66- CBAR 250 101 250 251 0. 0. 1.
67- CBAR 251 101 251 215 1. 0. 0.
68- CBAR 310 101 100 310 0. 0. 1.
69- CONM2 97 97 0 3000.0
70- CONM2 98 98 0 3000.0
71- CONM2 99 99 0 3000.0
72- CONM2 100 100 0 3000.0
73- CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
74- CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
75- CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 313
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-24 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
76- CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
77- CONM2 211 211 0 600.0
78- CONM2 212 212 0 400.0
79- CONM2 221 221 0 600.0
80- CONM2 222 222 0 400.0
81- CONM2 311 311 0 60.0
82- CONM2 312 312 0 40.0
83- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
84- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
85- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2RW
86- +CRD2RW 38.66025+5.0 0.
87- CORD2R 3 0 24.22650+10. 0. 25.079828.29336 9.853293+CRD2ORW
88- +CRD2ORW34.2265015.77350+0.
89- CORD2R 20 0 30.0 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2ILW
90- +CRD2ILW38.66025-5.0 0.
91- CORD2R 30 0 24.22650-10. 0. 25.07982-8.293369.853293+CRD2OLW
92- +CRD2OLW34.22650-15.7735+0.
93- CORD2R 90 900 5.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 15.0 +CRD90C
94- +CRD90C 20.0 0.0 0.0
95- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
96- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
97- CORD2R 110 0 26.7265 10.0 0. 26.7265 10.0 -10.0 +CRD2RA
98- +CRD2RA 36.7265 15.7735 0.
99- CORD2R 210 0 26.7265 -10.0 0. 26.7265 -10.0 10.0 +CRD2LA
100- +CRD2LA 36.7265 -15.77350.
101- CORD2R 300 0 30.0 0. 0. 30.0 10.0 0. +CRD2FI
102- +CRD2FI 20.0 0.0 5.7735
103- CORD2R 301 0 32.5 0. 0. 32.5 -10. 0.0 +CRD2R
104- +CRD2R 22.5 0. 5.7735
105- CORD2R 450 0 24.22650+10.0 0. 24.22650+20.0 0.0 +CRD2RP
106- +CRD2RP 30.0 20.0 0.0
107- CORD2R 460 0 24.22650-10.0 0. 24.22650+20.0 0.0 +CRD2LP
108- +CRD2LP 30.0 20.0 0.0
109- CORD2R 900 10.0 0.0 1.5 10.0 0.0 15.0 +CRD900C
110- +CRD900C20.0 0.0 1.5
111- DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 152 1
112- DMI W2GJ 1 9 .0017453THRU 20 21 .0017114+DM1
113- +DM1 THRU 36 45 .0017114THRU 60 61 .0017453+DM2
114- +DM2 THRU 72
115- GRID 88 900 5.0 -5.0 0.0
116- GRID 89 900 5.0 -2.0 0.0
117- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
118- GRID 91 900 5.0 2.0 0.0
119- GRID 92 900 5.0 5.0 0.0
120- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
121- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
122- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
123- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
124- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
125- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
126- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
127- GRID 115 24.22650+10. 0.
128- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 1.
129- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 1.
130- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 1.
131- GRID 150 19.22650+10. -1.5
132- GRID 151 24.22650+10. -1.5
133- GRID 210 27.11325-5. 0.
134- GRID 211 24.61325-5. 0.
135- GRID 212 29.61325-5. 0.
136- GRID 215 24.22650-10. 0.
137- GRID 220 21.33975-15. 1.
138- GRID 221 18.83975-15. 1.
139- GRID 222 23.83975-15. 1.
140- GRID 250 19.22650-10. -1.5
141- GRID 251 24.22650-10. -1.5
142- GRID 310 32.88675+0. 5.
143- GRID 311 30.38675+0. 5.
144- GRID 312 35.38675+0. 5.
145- GRID 890 15. -2.0 0.
146- GRID 910 15. +2.0 0.
147- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
148- MPC 10 89 1 1.0 890 1 -1.0
149- MPC 10 89 2 1.0 890 2 -1.0
150- MPC 10 89 3 1.0 890 3 -1.0
Main Index
314
Listing 7-24 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for FSW Airplane with Bodies (continued)
151- MPC 10 89 4 1.0 890 4 -1.0
152- MPC 10 89 5 1.0 890 5 -1.0
153- MPC 10 89 6 1.0 890 6 -1.0
154- MPC 10 91 1 1.0 910 1 -1.0
155- MPC 10 91 2 1.0 910 2 -1.0
156- MPC 10 91 3 1.0 910 3 -1.0
157- MPC 10 91 4 1.0 910 4 -1.0
158- MPC 10 91 5 1.0 910 5 -1.0
159- MPC 10 91 6 1.0 910 6 -1.0
160- OMIT1 4 110 120 210 220 310
161- PAERO1 1000 4000 4510 4610
162- PAERO2 4020 ZY 2.5 1.0 4015 4018 +PA2F
163- +PA2F 1 8
164- PAERO2 4520 ZY 0.5 1.0 4515 4018 +PA2RS
165- +PA2RS 1 4
166- PARAM AUNITS .031081
167- PARAM WTMASS .031081
168- PBAR 100 1 4.0 .347222 .30 1.0 +PB1F
169- +PB1F 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2F
170- +PB2F 0.0
171- PBAR 101 1 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1W
172- +PB1W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2W
173- +PB2W 0.0
174- RBAR 111 110 111 123456
175- RBAR 112 110 112 123456
176- RBAR 121 120 121 123456
177- RBAR 122 120 122 123456
178- RBAR 211 210 211 123456
179- RBAR 212 210 212 123456
180- RBAR 221 220 221 123456
181- RBAR 222 220 222 123456
182- RBAR 311 310 311 123456
183- RBAR 312 310 312 123456
184- SET1 1000 88 89 91 92
185- SET1 1101 100 111 112 115
186- SET1 1102 115 121 122
187- SET1 2101 100 211 212 215
188- SET1 2102 215 221 222
189- SET1 3100 99 100 311 312
190- SET1 4001 97 98 99 100
191- SET1 4521 115 150 151
192- SET1 4525 150 151
193- SET1 4621 215 250 251
194- SET1 4625 250 251
195- SPC1 1 1 90
196- SPLINE2 1502 1000 1000 1007 1000 0. 1. 90 +SPRC2
197- +SPRC2 0.0 0.0
198- SPLINE2 1602 1104 1104 1115 1101 0. 1. 2 +SPRW2
199- +SPRW2 -1. -1.
200- SPLINE2 1603 1116 1116 1131 1102 0. 1. 3 +SPRW3
201- +SPRW3 -1. -1.
202- SPLINE2 2501 2000 2000 2007 1000 0. 1. 90 +SPLC1
203- +SPLC1 0.0 0.0
204- SPLINE2 2601 2100 2100 2115 2102 0. 1. 30 +SPLW1
205- +SPLW1 -1. -1.
206- SPLINE2 2602 2116 2116 2127 2101 0. 1. 20 +SPLW2
207- +SPLW2 -1. -1.
208- SPLINE2 3100 3100 3100 3111 3100 0. 1. 300 +SP2FI1
209- +SP2FI1 -1. -1.
210- SPLINE2 4000 4000 4000 4007 4001 0. 1. +SP2F
211- +SP2F -1.
212- SPLINE2 4520 3500 3500 3501 4521 0. 1. 450 +SP2RP
213- +SP2RP -1. -1.
214- SPLINE2 4525 4510 4510 4513 4525 0. 1. +SP2RS
215- +SP2RS -1.
216- SPLINE2 4620 3600 3600 3601 4621 0. 1. 460 +SP2LP
217- +SP2LP -1. -1.
218- SPLINE2 4625 4610 4610 4613 4625 0. 1. +SP2LS
219- +SP2LS -1.
220- SUPORT 90 23456
221- TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 0. URDD3 -1.0 +TR1A
222- +TR1A URDD5 0. AILERON 0. RUDDER 0. URDD2 0. +TR1B
223- +TR1B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 224
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 315
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
316
COLUMN 1
-8.813170E-11 2.237854E-03 -5.660327E-10 -1.218842E-04 -2.451579E-11
COLUMN 1
-5.818967E-08 1.414439E+00 -3.489635E-07 -7.417409E-02 -1.609712E-08
COLUMN 2
-9.743544E-08 2.969788E+00 -5.736758E-07 -2.094978E-01 -2.610605E-08
COLUMN 3
3.281455E-11 5.562317E-03 2.026536E-10 -1.233582E-04 8.997147E-12
COLUMN 4
6.772485E-10 -1.540755E-03 4.252287E-09 -7.445705E-03 1.867415E-10
COLUMN 5
-3.466741E-09 -6.417216E-03 -5.491675E-09 2.293641E-03 -9.819316E-10
COLUMN 6
-1.529903E-01 -6.875273E-08 1.071376E-01 3.554970E-09 -2.518214E-02
COLUMN 7
1.536015E-01 2.205481E-08 -5.494779E-02 -1.111257E-09 3.605024E-02
COLUMN 8
1.071310E-02 -2.447038E-07 4.499267E-01 1.233983E-08 7.624566E-03
COLUMN 9
-5.622060E-03 6.714389E-11 -2.100419E-05 -3.355533E-12 -3.169009E-04
COLUMN 10
-1.395212E-04 -1.718798E-09 2.456579E-02 8.955151E-11 1.693952E-05
COLUMN 11
1.966925E-02 -2.092211E-09 2.716776E-03 1.057792E-10 1.675671E-02
COLUMN 12
-5.356136E-03 1.152103E-07 -2.441650E-01 -6.919825E-09 -3.753309E-03
COLUMN 13
7.398353E-02 -2.923241E-09 -1.039103E-02 1.238324E-10 1.980789E-02
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 1.907433E-03
PITCH -1.084202E-19
URDD3 -1.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 4.417495E-02
SIDES 1.959896E-09
YAW 3.874560E-09
ROLL 3.860787E-09
URDD2 0.000000E+00
URDD4 0.000000E+00
URDD6 1.615587E-27
AILERON 0.000000E+00
RUDDER 0.000000E+00
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 317
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 2.197457E-01 2.636949E+02 1000 LS 3.296252E+02 2.060158E+02
2 LS 2.134067E-02 2.560880E+01 1001 LS 3.201165E+01 2.000728E+01
3 LS 8.235436E-03 9.882523E+00 1002 LS 1.235340E+01 7.720877E+00
4 LS 6.941908E-03 8.330289E+00 1003 LS 1.041307E+01 6.508169E+00
5 LS 2.061283E-01 2.473539E+02 1004 LS 1.545956E+03 9.662225E+02
6 LS 1.982115E-02 2.378538E+01 1005 LS 1.486581E+02 9.291129E+01
7 LS 7.704427E-03 9.245313E+00 1006 LS 5.778298E+01 3.611436E+01
8 LS 6.705724E-03 8.046868E+00 1007 LS 5.029273E+01 3.143295E+01
9 LS -1.653892E-02 -1.984671E+01 1104 LS -1.240419E+02 -7.752621E+01
10 LS 7.864603E-03 9.437523E+00 1105 LS 5.898452E+01 3.686533E+01
11 LS 4.503795E-03 5.404554E+00 1106 LS 3.377847E+01 2.111155E+01
12 LS 1.776906E-03 2.132287E+00 1107 LS 1.332679E+01 8.329247E+00
13 LS 8.997116E-02 1.079654E+02 1108 LS 6.747838E+02 4.217399E+02
14 LS 1.303863E-02 1.564635E+01 1109 LS 9.778970E+01 6.111857E+01
15 LS 6.372170E-03 7.646604E+00 1110 LS 4.779128E+01 2.986956E+01
16 LS 3.041159E-03 3.649391E+00 1111 LS 2.280869E+01 1.425543E+01
17 LS 9.469719E-02 1.136366E+02 1112 LS 7.102289E+02 4.438931E+02
18 LS 2.907472E-02 3.488967E+01 1113 LS 2.180604E+02 1.362878E+02
19 LS 9.546882E-03 1.145626E+01 1114 LS 7.160162E+01 4.475101E+01
20 LS 4.849496E-03 5.819396E+00 1115 LS 3.637122E+01 2.273201E+01
21 LS 8.148860E-02 9.778632E+01 1116 LS 6.232680E+02 3.895425E+02
22 LS 2.826109E-02 3.391330E+01 1117 LS 2.161557E+02 1.350973E+02
23 LS 1.321945E-02 1.586334E+01 1118 LS 1.011094E+02 6.319334E+01
24 LS 5.626781E-03 6.752137E+00 1119 LS 4.303660E+01 2.689787E+01
25 LS 6.758305E-02 8.109966E+01 1120 LS 5.169109E+02 3.230693E+02
26 LS 2.871564E-02 3.445876E+01 1121 LS 2.196324E+02 1.372702E+02
27 LS 1.489998E-02 1.787998E+01 1122 LS 1.139630E+02 7.122684E+01
28 LS 6.808581E-03 8.170298E+00 1123 LS 5.207563E+01 3.254727E+01
29 LS 5.297777E-02 6.357333E+01 1124 LS 4.052021E+02 2.532513E+02
30 LS 2.394363E-02 2.873236E+01 1125 LS 1.831336E+02 1.144585E+02
31 LS 1.422081E-02 1.706497E+01 1126 LS 1.087683E+02 6.798019E+01
32 LS 7.345882E-03 8.815059E+00 1127 LS 5.618520E+01 3.511575E+01
33 LS 3.528650E-02 4.234381E+01 1128 LS 2.698899E+02 1.686812E+02
34 LS 1.595349E-02 1.914419E+01 1129 LS 1.220207E+02 7.626295E+01
35 LS 1.036819E-02 1.244183E+01 1130 LS 7.930141E+01 4.956339E+01
36 LS 6.222871E-03 7.467445E+00 1131 LS 4.759581E+01 2.974738E+01
37 LS 2.061283E-01 2.473539E+02 2000 LS 1.545956E+03 9.662225E+02
38 LS 1.982118E-02 2.378542E+01 2001 LS 1.486583E+02 9.291142E+01
39 LS 7.704393E-03 9.245272E+00 2002 LS 5.778272E+01 3.611420E+01
40 LS 6.705716E-03 8.046859E+00 2003 LS 5.029267E+01 3.143291E+01
41 LS 2.197458E-01 2.636949E+02 2004 LS 3.296252E+02 2.060158E+02
42 LS 2.134071E-02 2.560886E+01 2005 LS 3.201171E+01 2.000732E+01
43 LS 8.235380E-03 9.882456E+00 2006 LS 1.235332E+01 7.720824E+00
44 LS 6.941923E-03 8.330308E+00 2007 LS 1.041309E+01 6.508184E+00
45 LS 3.528652E-02 4.234382E+01 2100 LS 2.698900E+02 1.686812E+02
46 LS 1.595351E-02 1.914421E+01 2101 LS 1.220209E+02 7.626305E+01
47 LS 1.036821E-02 1.244185E+01 2102 LS 7.930154E+01 4.956346E+01
48 LS 6.222877E-03 7.467453E+00 2103 LS 4.759586E+01 2.974741E+01
49 LS 5.297777E-02 6.357333E+01 2104 LS 4.052021E+02 2.532513E+02
50 LS 2.394365E-02 2.873237E+01 2105 LS 1.831337E+02 1.144585E+02
51 LS 1.422082E-02 1.706498E+01 2106 LS 1.087683E+02 6.798022E+01
52 LS 7.345878E-03 8.815054E+00 2107 LS 5.618517E+01 3.511573E+01
53 LS 6.758301E-02 8.109961E+01 2108 LS 5.169107E+02 3.230692E+02
54 LS 2.871561E-02 3.445874E+01 2109 LS 2.196322E+02 1.372701E+02
55 LS 1.489997E-02 1.787996E+01 2110 LS 1.139629E+02 7.122679E+01
56 LS 6.808588E-03 8.170306E+00 2111 LS 5.207570E+01 3.254731E+01
57 LS 8.148856E-02 9.778627E+01 2112 LS 6.232676E+02 3.895422E+02
58 LS 2.826110E-02 3.391332E+01 2113 LS 2.161558E+02 1.350974E+02
59 LS 1.321943E-02 1.586332E+01 2114 LS 1.011092E+02 6.319324E+01
60 LS 5.626791E-03 6.752150E+00 2115 LS 4.303668E+01 2.689792E+01
61 LS 9.469719E-02 1.136366E+02 2116 LS 7.102290E+02 4.438932E+02
62 LS 2.907470E-02 3.488964E+01 2117 LS 2.180603E+02 1.362877E+02
63 LS 9.546896E-03 1.145628E+01 2118 LS 7.160173E+01 4.475109E+01
64 LS 4.849524E-03 5.819428E+00 2119 LS 3.637143E+01 2.273214E+01
65 LS 8.997115E-02 1.079654E+02 2120 LS 6.747837E+02 4.217399E+02
66 LS 1.303864E-02 1.564636E+01 2121 LS 9.778978E+01 6.111862E+01
67 LS 6.372197E-03 7.646636E+00 2122 LS 4.779148E+01 2.986968E+01
68 LS 3.041142E-03 3.649371E+00 2123 LS 2.280857E+01 1.425535E+01
69 LS -1.653893E-02 -1.984671E+01 2124 LS -1.240420E+02 -7.752623E+01
70 LS 7.864612E-03 9.437534E+00 2125 LS 5.898459E+01 3.686537E+01
71 LS 4.503803E-03 5.404564E+00 2126 LS 3.377853E+01 2.111158E+01
72 LS 1.776905E-03 2.132286E+00 2127 LS 1.332679E+01 8.329241E+00
73 LS -1.501252E-09 -1.801503E-06 3100 LS -1.125939E-05 -7.037121E-06
74 LS 3.040361E-09 3.648433E-06 3101 LS 2.280271E-05 1.425170E-05
75 LS 2.393172E-09 2.871806E-06 3102 LS 1.794879E-05 1.121800E-05
76 LS 6.758486E-10 8.110183E-07 3103 LS 5.068864E-06 3.168040E-06
77 LS -1.229602E-09 -1.475522E-06 3104 LS -9.222016E-06 -5.763761E-06
78 LS 2.333110E-09 2.799732E-06 3105 LS 1.749833E-05 1.093646E-05
79 LS 3.938139E-09 4.725766E-06 3106 LS 2.953605E-05 1.846003E-05
80 LS 2.000437E-09 2.400525E-06 3107 LS 1.500328E-05 9.377050E-06
81 LS 1.249291E-09 1.499149E-06 3108 LS 9.369681E-06 5.856051E-06
82 LS -4.946589E-09 -5.935907E-06 3109 LS -3.709942E-05 -2.318714E-05
Main Index
318
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
* NOTE THAT, FOR BODY ELEMENTS, PRESSURES ARE NOT AVAILABLE. THE VALUES PRINTED REPRESENT DOUBLET STRENGTHS.
PLEASE SEE THE HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTICITY.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 319
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
89 -7.741117E+02 0.0 2.622377E+03 0.0 -1.132163E+03 0.0 0.0 -4.117094E+03
90 3.250819E+03 0.0 7.625005E+03 0.0 -2.187093E+03 0.0 0.0 -8.310884E+03
91 7.625004E+03 0.0 3.250818E+03 0.0 2.187093E+03 0.0 0.0 8.310882E+03
92 2.622377E+03 0.0 -7.741116E+02 0.0 1.132163E+03 0.0 0.0 4.117093E+03
100 -3.822030E+04 2.566290E-04 -4.155522E+04 -4.746479E-04 6.669843E+02 1.462554E-04 5.640281E-11 2.039962E-04
101 -5.456968E-12 -2.241588E-17 -2.963621E+04 9.879128E-04 2.963621E+03 -9.879128E-05 0.0 0.0
102 -2.963621E+04 9.879128E-04 -5.484206E+04 2.566332E-04 5.041170E+03 1.462559E-04 0.0 0.0
103 -4.155522E+04 -4.746479E-04 -7.156216E+04 -2.071325E-03 3.000694E+03 1.596677E-04 6.396444E-11 2.039962E-04
110 5.200714E+04 -6.324351E+03 3.552312E+04 -4.720463E+03 2.855118E+03 -2.778015E+02 -4.811666E+02 1.115231E+04
115 3.282450E+04 -4.720463E+03 1.435679E+04 -3.116575E+03 3.198701E+03 -2.778016E+02 -4.811666E+02 6.478144E+03
120 1.428939E+04 -2.075387E+03 3.896671E+03 -4.824830E+02 1.773664E+03 -2.718516E+02 -1.706641E+02 6.933296E+03
150 1.455192E-11 2.910383E-11 3.435822E+01 -1.116298E+02 -6.871643E+00 2.232595E+01 2.910383E-11 -2.728484E-12
151 -3.435822E+01 -5.820766E-11 -3.435822E+01 5.798500E+01 -8.731149E-11 -3.865667E+01 -3.010736E+00 1.116298E+02
210 5.200714E+04 6.324349E+03 3.552311E+04 4.720462E+03 2.855118E+03 2.778014E+02 -4.811665E+02 -1.115231E+04
215 3.282450E+04 4.720462E+03 1.435679E+04 3.116574E+03 3.198700E+03 2.778015E+02 -4.811664E+02 -6.478143E+03
220 1.428939E+04 2.075387E+03 3.896670E+03 4.824830E+02 1.773664E+03 2.718516E+02 -1.706641E+02 -6.933294E+03
250 -2.910383E-11 2.910383E-11 3.435807E+01 1.116297E+02 -6.871614E+00 -2.232594E+01 0.0 5.456968E-12
251 -3.435807E+01 1.746230E-10 -3.435807E+01 -5.798510E+01 -5.820766E-11 3.865673E+01 -3.010688E+00 -1.116297E+02
310 -2.386749E+02 -1.089980E-03 4.999999E+01 -1.339079E-04 -4.999997E+01 -1.655967E-04 -8.660255E+01 2.319354E-04
Main Index
320
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 321
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
aerodynamic box pressures. The first column is for the unit angle of attack and the last column
is for the unit canard rotation; these agree with Subcases 2 and 3, respectively, of Example
HA144GA (Listing 7-28), as anticipated above. The next matrix, PAK, contains the lift and
moment on each aerodynamic box, and again the first and last column are in agreement with
HA144GA. This is followed by more standard output for Subcase 1 and then the additional
requested output of the structural deflections and element forces and stresses for the five unit
trim variables.
These unit solutions can be output from MSC.Nastran in the OUTPUT4 format for use in
subsequent postprocessors.
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA144GA
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA144GA: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD
2 SUBTI = ISOLATED CAMBER SOLUTION PLUS ANGLEA AND CANARD ROTATIONS
3 LABEL = HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC SYMMETRIC LOADING
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $ SYMMETRIC CONSTRAINTS
6 DISP = ALL $ PRINT ALL DISPLACEMENTS
7 STRESS = ALL $ PRINT ALL STRESSES
8 FORCE = ALL $ PRINT ALL FORCES
9 AEROF = ALL $ PRINT ALL AERODYNAMIC FORCES
10 APRES = ALL $ PRINT ALL AERODYNAMIC PRESSURES
11 SUBCASE 1
12 TRIM = 1 $ INTERCEPT SOLUTION
13 SUBCASE 2
14 TRIM = 2 $ ANGLEA SOLUTION
15 SUBCASE 3
16 TRIM = 3 $ ELEV SOLUTION
17 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 323
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-27 Sorted Bulk Data for Camber/Twist Loading of Example HA144GA
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AELIST 1000 1000 THRU 1007
2- AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 200.0 1
3- AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
4- AESTAT 502 PITCH
5- AESTAT 503 URDD3
6- AESTAT 504 URDD5
7- AESURF 505 ELEV 1 1000
8- CAERO1 1000 1000 2 4 1 +CAC
9- +CAC 10. 0. 0. 10. 10. 5. 0. 10.
10- CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
11- +CAW 25. 0. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 0. 10.
12- CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
13- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
14- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
15- CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
16- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
17- CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
18- CONM2 97 97 0 1500.0
19- CONM2 98 98 0 1500.0
20- CONM2 99 99 0 1500.0
21- CONM2 100 100 0 1500.0
22- CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
23- CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
24- CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
25- CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
26- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
27- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
28- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2
29- +CRD2 38.66025+5.0 0.
30- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
31- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
32- DMI FA2J 0 2 1 0 40 3
33- DMI FA2J 1 1 0.0 THRU 40
34- DMI FA2J 2 1 0.0 THRU 40
35- DMI FA2J 3 1 0.0 THRU 40
36- DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 40 3
37- DMI W2GJ 1 9 .0017453THRU 40
38- DMI W2GJ 2 9 .0 THRU 40
39- DMI W2GJ 3 9 .0 THRU 40
40- DMI WKK 0 3 1 0 80 1
41- DMI WKK 1 1 1.0 THRU 80
42- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
43- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
44- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
45- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
46- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
47- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
48- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
49- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
50- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
51- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
52- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
53- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
54- OMIT1 4 110 120
55- PAERO1 1000
56- PARAM AUNITS .031081
57- PARAM GRDPNT 90
58- PARAM WTMASS .031081
59- PBAR 100 1 2.0 .173611 0.15 0.5 +PB1
60- +PB1 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2
61- +PB2 0.0
62- PBAR 101 1 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB3
Main Index
324
Listing 7-27 Sorted Bulk Data for Camber/Twist Loading of Example HA144GA (continued)
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
63- +PB3 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB4
64- +PB4 0.0
65- RBAR 111 110 111 123456
66- RBAR 112 110 112 123456
67- RBAR 121 120 121 123456
68- RBAR 122 120 122 123456
69- SET1 1000 98 99
70- SET1 1100 99 100 111 112 121 122
71- SPC1 1 35 90
72- SPC1 1 246 97 98 99 100
73- SPC1 1 1246 90
74- SPLINE2 1501 1000 1000 1007 1000 0. 1. 1 +SPC
75- +SPC 1. -1.
76- SPLINE2 1601 1100 1100 1131 1100 0. 1. 2 +SPW
77- +SPW -1. -1.
78- TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 ANGLEA 0.0 PITCH 0.0 +TR1
79- +TR1 URDD3 0.0 URDD5 0.0 ELEV 0.0
80- TRIM 2 0.9 1200.0 ANGLEA 1.0 PITCH 0.0 +TR2
81- +TR2 URDD3 0.0 URDD5 0.0 ELEV 0.0
82- TRIM 3 0.9 1200.0 ANGLEA 0.0 PITCH 0.0 +TR3
83- +TR3 URDD3 0.0 URDD5 0.0 ELEV 1.0
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 84
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 325
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 0.000000E+00
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 0.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 0.000000E+00
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 8.645258E-04 1.037431E+00 1000 LS 6.483944E+00 4.052465E+00
2 LS 9.342593E-04 1.121111E+00 1001 LS 7.006945E+00 4.379340E+00
3 LS 1.551324E-03 1.861588E+00 1002 LS 1.163493E+01 7.271830E+00
4 LS 2.427776E-03 2.913331E+00 1003 LS 1.820832E+01 1.138020E+01
5 LS 6.718651E-04 8.062381E-01 1004 LS 5.038988E+00 3.149368E+00
6 LS 7.300189E-04 8.760228E-01 1005 LS 5.475142E+00 3.421964E+00
7 LS 1.255685E-03 1.506822E+00 1006 LS 9.417638E+00 5.886024E+00
8 LS 2.173061E-03 2.607673E+00 1007 LS 1.629796E+01 1.018622E+01
9 LS 3.140397E-02 3.768477E+01 1100 LS 2.355298E+02 1.472061E+02
10 LS 8.190622E-03 9.828746E+00 1101 LS 6.142966E+01 3.839354E+01
11 LS 3.100009E-03 3.720011E+00 1102 LS 2.325007E+01 1.453130E+01
12 LS 1.090936E-03 1.309123E+00 1103 LS 8.182018E+00 5.113761E+00
13 LS 2.808250E-02 3.369899E+01 1104 LS 2.106187E+02 1.316367E+02
14 LS 1.036211E-02 1.243453E+01 1105 LS 7.771582E+01 4.857239E+01
15 LS 4.421213E-03 5.305456E+00 1106 LS 3.315910E+01 2.072444E+01
16 LS 1.355177E-03 1.626212E+00 1107 LS 1.016382E+01 6.352389E+00
17 LS 2.980389E-02 3.576467E+01 1108 LS 2.235292E+02 1.397057E+02
18 LS 1.167771E-02 1.401325E+01 1109 LS 8.758281E+01 5.473925E+01
19 LS 5.542692E-03 6.651231E+00 1110 LS 4.157019E+01 2.598137E+01
20 LS 1.428168E-03 1.713801E+00 1111 LS 1.071126E+01 6.694537E+00
21 LS 2.644349E-02 3.173219E+01 1112 LS 1.983262E+02 1.239538E+02
22 LS 1.156806E-02 1.388167E+01 1113 LS 8.676043E+01 5.422527E+01
23 LS 6.411158E-03 7.693390E+00 1114 LS 4.808369E+01 3.005231E+01
24 LS 2.861865E-03 3.434238E+00 1115 LS 2.146399E+01 1.341499E+01
25 LS 2.339144E-02 2.806973E+01 1116 LS 1.754358E+02 1.096474E+02
26 LS 1.060380E-02 1.272457E+01 1117 LS 7.952853E+01 4.970533E+01
27 LS 6.417695E-03 7.701234E+00 1118 LS 4.813271E+01 3.008295E+01
28 LS 3.311539E-03 3.973847E+00 1119 LS 2.483654E+01 1.552284E+01
29 LS 2.021148E-02 2.425377E+01 1120 LS 1.515861E+02 9.474129E+01
30 LS 9.227427E-03 1.107291E+01 1121 LS 6.920570E+01 4.325356E+01
31 LS 5.903500E-03 7.084200E+00 1122 LS 4.427625E+01 2.767266E+01
32 LS 3.336834E-03 4.004201E+00 1123 LS 2.502626E+01 1.564141E+01
33 LS 1.644886E-02 1.973863E+01 1124 LS 1.233665E+02 7.710404E+01
34 LS 7.445403E-03 8.934484E+00 1125 LS 5.584053E+01 3.490033E+01
35 LS 4.959068E-03 5.950882E+00 1126 LS 3.719301E+01 2.324563E+01
36 LS 3.048317E-03 3.657980E+00 1127 LS 2.286238E+01 1.428899E+01
37 LS 1.131609E-02 1.357930E+01 1128 LS 8.487065E+01 5.304416E+01
38 LS 4.946161E-03 5.935393E+00 1129 LS 3.709621E+01 2.318513E+01
39 LS 3.392896E-03 4.071475E+00 1130 LS 2.544672E+01 1.590420E+01
40 LS 2.313882E-03 2.776659E+00 1131 LS 1.735412E+01 1.084632E+01
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
Main Index
326
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 1.000000E+00
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 0.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 0.000000E+00
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
MACH = 9.000000E-01 Q = 1.200000E+03
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 7.638809E+00 9.166570E+03 1000 LS 5.729107E+04 3.580691E+04
2 LS 1.767498E+00 2.120998E+03 1001 LS 1.325624E+04 8.285148E+03
3 LS 1.290209E+00 1.548251E+03 1002 LS 9.676568E+03 6.047855E+03
4 LS 1.606494E+00 1.927792E+03 1003 LS 1.204870E+04 7.530439E+03
5 LS 6.041941E+00 7.250330E+03 1004 LS 4.531456E+04 2.832160E+04
6 LS 1.298661E+00 1.558393E+03 1005 LS 9.739958E+03 6.087474E+03
7 LS 1.019578E+00 1.223494E+03 1006 LS 7.646835E+03 4.779272E+03
8 LS 1.433167E+00 1.719800E+03 1007 LS 1.074875E+04 6.717970E+03
9 LS 1.291075E+01 1.549290E+04 1100 LS 9.683061E+04 6.051913E+04
10 LS 3.628104E+00 4.353725E+03 1101 LS 2.721078E+04 1.700674E+04
11 LS 1.392011E+00 1.670413E+03 1102 LS 1.044008E+04 6.525054E+03
12 LS 4.928862E-01 5.914635E+02 1103 LS 3.696647E+03 2.310404E+03
13 LS 1.345262E+01 1.614314E+04 1104 LS 1.008946E+05 6.305914E+04
14 LS 4.678058E+00 5.613669E+03 1105 LS 3.508543E+04 2.192839E+04
15 LS 2.022729E+00 2.427275E+03 1106 LS 1.517047E+04 9.481546E+03
16 LS 5.607044E-01 6.728453E+02 1107 LS 4.205283E+03 2.628302E+03
17 LS 2.084907E+01 2.501889E+04 1108 LS 1.563680E+05 9.773002E+04
18 LS 6.215158E+00 7.458190E+03 1109 LS 4.661369E+04 2.913355E+04
19 LS 2.683741E+00 3.220489E+03 1110 LS 2.012806E+04 1.258004E+04
20 LS 5.237615E-01 6.285137E+02 1111 LS 3.928211E+03 2.455132E+03
21 LS 1.768373E+01 2.122048E+04 1112 LS 1.326280E+05 8.289248E+04
22 LS 7.104998E+00 8.525997E+03 1113 LS 5.328748E+04 3.330468E+04
23 LS 3.455575E+00 4.146690E+03 1114 LS 2.591681E+04 1.619801E+04
24 LS 1.429336E+00 1.715203E+03 1115 LS 1.072002E+04 6.700013E+03
25 LS 1.517674E+01 1.821209E+04 1116 LS 1.138256E+05 7.114098E+04
26 LS 6.764285E+00 8.117142E+03 1117 LS 5.073214E+04 3.170758E+04
27 LS 3.771950E+00 4.526340E+03 1118 LS 2.828963E+04 1.768102E+04
28 LS 1.792641E+00 2.151169E+03 1119 LS 1.344481E+04 8.403006E+03
29 LS 1.286854E+01 1.544225E+04 1120 LS 9.651405E+04 6.032128E+04
30 LS 5.904088E+00 7.084905E+03 1121 LS 4.428066E+04 2.767541E+04
31 LS 3.638149E+00 4.365779E+03 1122 LS 2.728612E+04 1.705383E+04
32 LS 1.926708E+00 2.312049E+03 1123 LS 1.445031E+04 9.031441E+03
33 LS 1.034013E+01 1.240815E+04 1124 LS 7.755095E+04 4.846934E+04
34 LS 4.739940E+00 5.687928E+03 1125 LS 3.554955E+04 2.221847E+04
35 LS 3.116378E+00 3.739654E+03 1126 LS 2.337284E+04 1.460802E+04
36 LS 1.840009E+00 2.208011E+03 1127 LS 1.380007E+04 8.625043E+03
37 LS 7.047599E+00 8.457119E+03 1128 LS 5.285699E+04 3.303562E+04
38 LS 3.130690E+00 3.756828E+03 1129 LS 2.348017E+04 1.467511E+04
39 LS 2.145972E+00 2.575166E+03 1130 LS 1.609479E+04 1.005924E+04
40 LS 1.430286E+00 1.716344E+03 1131 LS 1.072715E+04 6.704467E+03
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 0.000000E+00
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 0.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 1.000000E+00
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 327
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
AERODYNAMIC FORCES
AERODYNAMIC AERODYNAMIC PRES. AERODYNAMIC
GRID LABEL COEFFICIENTS PRESSURES EXTERNAL ID LABEL NORMAL FORCES(T3) MOMENTS(R2)
1 LS 7.143464E+00 8.572156E+03 1000 LS 5.357598E+04 3.348498E+04
2 LS 1.232198E+00 1.478638E+03 1001 LS 9.241486E+03 5.775929E+03
3 LS 4.013512E-01 4.816215E+02 1002 LS 3.010134E+03 1.881334E+03
4 LS 2.154573E-01 2.585487E+02 1003 LS 1.615929E+03 1.009956E+03
5 LS 5.656984E+00 6.788381E+03 1004 LS 4.242738E+04 2.651712E+04
6 LS 8.803840E-01 1.056461E+03 1005 LS 6.602880E+03 4.126800E+03
7 LS 3.001114E-01 3.601337E+02 1006 LS 2.250836E+03 1.406772E+03
8 LS 1.880739E-01 2.256887E+02 1007 LS 1.410554E+03 8.815964E+02
9 LS -5.082705E+00 -6.099246E+03 1100 LS -3.812029E+04 -2.382518E+04
10 LS -1.064855E+00 -1.277826E+03 1101 LS -7.986414E+03 -4.991508E+03
11 LS -3.841929E-01 -4.610315E+02 1102 LS -2.881447E+03 -1.800905E+03
12 LS -1.321844E-01 -1.586213E+02 1103 LS -9.913829E+02 -6.196143E+02
13 LS -2.637738E+00 -3.165285E+03 1104 LS -1.978303E+04 -1.236439E+04
14 LS -1.259093E+00 -1.510912E+03 1105 LS -9.443198E+03 -5.901999E+03
15 LS -5.104817E-01 -6.125781E+02 1106 LS -3.828613E+03 -2.392884E+03
16 LS -2.157675E-01 -2.589211E+02 1107 LS -1.618256E+03 -1.011410E+03
17 LS 3.772414E+00 4.526896E+03 1108 LS 2.829311E+04 1.768319E+04
18 LS -4.757876E-01 -5.709451E+02 1109 LS -3.568407E+03 -2.230254E+03
19 LS -4.920412E-01 -5.904494E+02 1110 LS -3.690309E+03 -2.306443E+03
20 LS -2.945322E-01 -3.534386E+02 1111 LS -2.208991E+03 -1.380620E+03
21 LS 2.532474E+00 3.038969E+03 1112 LS 1.899356E+04 1.187097E+04
22 LS 4.768783E-01 5.722540E+02 1113 LS 3.576588E+03 2.235367E+03
23 LS -2.178098E-01 -2.613718E+02 1114 LS -1.633574E+03 -1.020984E+03
24 LS -2.104192E-01 -2.525031E+02 1115 LS -1.578144E+03 -9.863401E+02
25 LS 1.774211E+00 2.129053E+03 1116 LS 1.330658E+04 8.316615E+03
26 LS 6.886503E-01 8.263804E+02 1117 LS 5.164877E+03 3.228048E+03
27 LS 9.482024E-02 1.137843E+02 1118 LS 7.111518E+02 4.444698E+02
28 LS -1.047628E-01 -1.257154E+02 1119 LS -7.857213E+02 -4.910758E+02
29 LS 1.288023E+00 1.545628E+03 1120 LS 9.660174E+03 6.037608E+03
30 LS 6.170731E-01 7.404877E+02 1121 LS 4.628048E+03 2.892530E+03
31 LS 2.556365E-01 3.067638E+02 1122 LS 1.917273E+03 1.198296E+03
32 LS 1.481013E-02 1.777215E+01 1123 LS 1.110759E+02 6.942246E+01
33 LS 9.154637E-01 1.098557E+03 1124 LS 6.865978E+03 4.291236E+03
34 LS 4.739670E-01 5.687604E+02 1125 LS 3.554753E+03 2.221720E+03
35 LS 2.749938E-01 3.299926E+02 1126 LS 2.062454E+03 1.289034E+03
36 LS 9.342295E-02 1.121075E+02 1127 LS 7.006721E+02 4.379200E+02
37 LS 5.638503E-01 6.766204E+02 1128 LS 4.228878E+03 2.643049E+03
38 LS 2.967008E-01 3.560410E+02 1129 LS 2.225256E+03 1.390785E+03
39 LS 2.019532E-01 2.423438E+02 1130 LS 1.514649E+03 9.466555E+02
40 LS 1.045072E-01 1.254087E+02 1131 LS 7.838041E+02 4.898776E+02
*** LABEL NOTATIONS: LS = LIFTING SURFACE, ZIB = Z INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, ZSB = Z SLENDER BODY ELEMENT,
YIB = Y INTERFERENCE BODY ELEMENT, YSB = Y SLENDER BODY ELEMENT.
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
328
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 329
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
Main Index
330
Listing 7-29 Input File for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA144GB
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA144GB $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING W/CANARD $
$ BEAM MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES $
$ $
$ SOLUTION SYMMETRIC IN-FLIGHT STATIC STABILITY $
$ ANALYSIS USING DOUBLET-LATTICE $
$ METHOD AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.9 $
$ AND ZONA51 AERO AT MACH NO. 1.3
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF THE STICK MODEL AND AERO $
$ GRID, LISTS OF RESTRAINED AND $
$ UNRESTRAINED SYMMETRIC STATIC $
$ STABILITY DERIVATIVES PLUS THE $
$ AERODYNAMIC FORCES AND PRESSURES $
$ PLUS STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR $
$ 1G LEVEL FLIGHT. $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 144 $ STATIC AERO
COMPILE AESTATRS SOUIN=MSCSOU NOREF
$
$ UNIT SOLUTION ALTER
$
ALTER 116,116 $
PARAML ZZX//’TRAILER’/1/S,N,NUXSET//S,N,NOZZX $
MATGEN /UX/1/NUXSET $
ALTER 124,124 $
MPYAD KALX,UX,/KSALX//-1 $
ALTER 128,128
MPYAD DJX,UX,/WJ1 $
ALTER 131 $
MATPRN FFAJ// $
ALTER 134 $
MATPRN PAK// $
ALTER 138,138
ALTER 140 $
JUMP ENDAS $
ALTER 144 $
LABEL ENDAS $
$
$ END OF ALTER
$
ENDALTER
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 331
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-29 Input File for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB
CARD
COUNT
Main Index
332
Listing 7-30 Sorted Bulk Data for Unit Trim Bariable Solutions of Example HS144GB
EXAMPLE HA144GB: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD PAGE 16
STABILITY DERIVATIVES AND UNIT INERTIAL SOLUTIONS
HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC SYMMETRIC LOADING
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AELIST 1000 1000 THRU 1007
2- AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 200.0 1
3- AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
4- AESTAT 502 PITCH
5- AESTAT 503 URDD3
6- AESTAT 504 URDD5
7- AESURF 505 ELEV 1 1000
8- CAERO1 1000 1000 2 4 1 +CAC
9- +CAC 10. 0. 0. 10. 10. 5. 0. 10.
10- CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
11- +CAW 25. 0. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 0. 10.
12- CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
13- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
14- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
15- CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
16- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
17- CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
18- CONM2 97 97 0 1500.0
19- CONM2 98 98 0 1500.0
20- CONM2 99 99 0 1500.0
21- CONM2 100 100 0 1500.0
22- CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
23- CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
24- CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
25- CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
26- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
27- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
28- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2
29- +CRD2 38.66025+5.0 0.
30- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
31- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
32- DMI FA2J 0 2 1 0 40 3
33- DMI FA2J 1 1 0.0 THRU 40
34- DMI FA2J 2 1 0.0 THRU 40
35- DMI FA2J 3 1 0.0 THRU 40
36- DMI W2GJ 0 2 1 0 40 3
37- DMI W2GJ 1 9 .0017453THRU 40
38- DMI W2GJ 2 9 .0 THRU 40
39- DMI W2GJ 3 9 .0 THRU 40
40- DMI WKK 0 3 1 0 80 1
41- DMI WKK 1 1 1.0 THRU 80
42- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
43- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
44- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
45- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
46- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
47- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
48- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
49- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
50- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
51- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
52- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
53- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
54- OMIT1 4 110 120
55- PAERO1 1000
56- PARAM AUNITS .031081
57- PARAM GRDPNT 90
58- PARAM WTMASS .031081
59- PBAR 100 1 2.0 .173611 0.15 0.5 +PB1
60- +PB1 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2
61- +PB2 0.0
62- PBAR 101 1 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB3
63- +PB3 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB4
64- +PB4 0.0
65- RBAR 111 110 111 123456
66- RBAR 112 110 112 123456
67- RBAR 121 120 121 123456
68- RBAR 122 120 122 123456
69- SET1 1000 98 99
70- SET1 1100 99 100 111 112 121 122
71- SPC1 1 246 97 98 99 100
72- SPC1 1 1246 90
73- SPLINE2 1501 1000 1000 1007 1000 0. 1. 1 +SPC
74- +SPC 1. -1.
75- SPLINE2 1601 1100 1100 1131 1100 0. 1. 2 +SPW
76- +SPW -1. -1.
77- SUPORT 90 35
78- TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 ANGLEA 0.0 PITCH 0.0 +TR1
79- +TR1 URDD3 0.0 URDD5 0.0 ELEV 0.0
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 80
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 333
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-31 Output for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB
EXAMPLE HA144GB: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD PAGE 22
STABILITY DERIVATIVES AND UNIT INERTIAL SOLUTIONS
HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC SYMMETRIC LOADING SUBCASE 1
N O N - D I M E N S I O N A L S T A B I L I T Y A N D C O N T R O L D E R I V A T I V E C O E F F I C I E N T S
COLUMN 1
2.373158E-03 -1.418578E-04
COLUMN 1
1.414911E+00 -7.485947E-02
COLUMN 2
2.982306E+00 -2.136336E-01
COLUMN 3
5.546751E-03 -1.107548E-04
COLUMN 4
-1.318791E-03 -7.283140E-03
COLUMN 5
5.516857E-02 6.420408E-03
Main Index
334
Listing 7-31 Output for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB (continued)
MATRIX FFAJ (GINO NAME 101 ) IS A DB PREC 5 COLUMN X 40 ROW RECTANG MATRIX.
MATRIX PAK (GINO NAME 101 ) IS A DB PREC 5 COLUMN X 80 ROW RECTANG MATRIX.
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 335
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-31 Output for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB (continued)
COLUMN 4 ROWS 1 THRU 80 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -2.5808D+02 -1.6130D+02 -8.4219D+01 -5.2637D+01 -9.0560D+01 -5.6600D+01 -1.2957D+02 -8.0979D+01 -2.0373D+02 -1.2733D+02
11) -6.3323D+01 -3.9577D+01 -7.2524D+01 -4.5328D+01 -1.1573D+02 -7.2330D+01 -1.4706D+03 -9.1913D+02 -3.9720D+02 -2.4825D+02
21) -1.5419D+02 -9.6368D+01 -5.4847D+01 -3.4280D+01 -1.3620D+03 -8.5122D+02 -5.0056D+02 -3.1285D+02 -2.1996D+02 -1.3747D+02
31) -6.8960D+01 -4.3100D+01 -1.6268D+03 -1.0168D+03 -5.8965D+02 -3.6853D+02 -2.7738D+02 -1.7336D+02 -6.9528D+01 -4.3455D+01
41) -1.4082D+03 -8.8013D+02 -6.0671D+02 -3.7919D+02 -3.2775D+02 -2.0484D+02 -1.4673D+02 -9.1708D+01 -1.2254D+03 -7.6589D+02
51) -5.5859D+02 -3.4912D+02 -3.3334D+02 -2.0834D+02 -1.7063D+02 -1.0665D+02 -1.0480D+03 -6.5497D+02 -4.8410D+02 -3.0256D+02
61) -3.0857D+02 -1.9286D+02 -1.7266D+02 -1.0791D+02 -8.4702D+02 -5.2939D+02 -3.8782D+02 -2.4239D+02 -2.5951D+02 -1.6220D+02
71) -1.5917D+02 -9.9484D+01 -5.8000D+02 -3.6250D+02 -2.5631D+02 -1.6019D+02 -1.7707D+02 -1.1067D+02 -1.2078D+02 -7.5487D+01
A E R O S T A T I C D A T A R E C O V E R Y O U T P U T T A B L E
AEROELASTIC TRIM VARIABLES
TRIM VARIABLE VALUE OF UX
ANGLEA 1.000000E+00
PITCH 0.000000E+00
URDD3 0.000000E+00
URDD5 0.000000E+00
ELEV 0.000000E+00
Main Index
336
Listing 7-31 Output for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB (continued)
HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC SYMMETRIC LOADING SUBCASE 1
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
Main Index
CHAPTER 7 337
Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 7-31 Output for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB (continued)
HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC SYMMETRIC LOADING SUBCASE 1
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 9.420228E+06 0.0 2.283996E+06 0.0 1.427247E+06 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 -1.455192E-11 0.0 2.182787E-11 0.0 -3.637979E-12 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -2.910383E-11 0.0 6.192809E+05 0.0 -1.238562E+05 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 2.283996E+06 0.0 -1.135454E+07 0.0 1.363854E+06 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 1.722000E+07 0.0 9.448613E+06 0.0 1.346043E+06 0.0 0.0 3.169128E+06
120 8.474888E+06 0.0 8.559712E+05 0.0 6.598176E+05 0.0 0.0 1.482587E+06
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 2.488472E+07 0.0 9.684911E+06 0.0 3.039961E+06 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 -3.637979E-12 0.0 -3.637979E-12 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -1.455192E-11 0.0 2.271263E+05 0.0 -4.542525E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 9.684910E+06 0.0 -1.843211E+07 0.0 2.811702E+06 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 3.060099E+07 0.0 1.501103E+07 0.0 2.700260E+06 0.0 0.0 3.616088E+06
120 1.363715E+07 0.0 7.138633E+05 0.0 1.119189E+06 0.0 0.0 1.236449E+06
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 4.106438E+04 0.0 2.033378E+04 0.0 4.146119E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 -9.094947E-13 0.0 1.500000E+04 0.0 -1.500000E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 1.500000E+04 0.0 2.990810E+04 0.0 -2.981619E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 2.033378E+04 0.0 -6.689378E+03 0.0 2.702316E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 1.445256E+04 0.0 7.345504E+03 0.0 1.230979E+03 0.0 0.0 -6.199578E+02
120 7.564060E+03 0.0 -1.393779E+02 0.0 6.671373E+02 0.0 0.0 -2.414098E+02
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 4.398598E+05 0.0 2.862749E+05 0.0 3.071698E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 1.455192E-11 0.0 -2.250000E+05 0.0 2.250000E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -2.250000E+05 0.0 -3.782586E+05 0.0 3.065172E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 2.862749E+05 0.0 4.502091E+04 0.0 2.412540E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 -2.628852E+04 0.0 -3.780227E+04 0.0 1.994240E+03 0.0 0.0 -3.680798E+04
120 -2.721547E+04 0.0 -1.066428E+04 0.0 -1.433375E+03 0.0 0.0 -1.847108E+04
F O R C E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT BEND-MOMENT END-A BEND-MOMENT END-B - SHEAR - AXIAL
ID. PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 PLANE 1 PLANE 2 FORCE TORQUE
100 -4.076896E+05 0.0 -5.404446E+05 0.0 2.655099E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
101 -2.182787E-11 0.0 -2.182787E-11 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
102 -1.455192E-11 0.0 5.188265E+05 0.0 -1.037653E+05 0.0 0.0 0.0
103 -5.404446E+05 0.0 -9.819649E+05 0.0 4.415202E+04 0.0 0.0 0.0
110 1.274054E+06 0.0 9.145390E+05 0.0 6.226979E+04 0.0 0.0 3.983004E+05
120 7.893908E+05 0.0 1.048104E+05 0.0 5.928641E+04 0.0 0.0 1.815371E+05
Main Index
338
Listing 7-31 Output for Unit Trim Variable Solutions of Example HA144GB (continued)
HALF-SPAN MODEL, STATIC SYMMETRIC LOADING SUBCASE 1
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 -5.426055E+07 -5.426055E+07 5.426055E+07 5.426055E+07 0.0 5.426055E+07 -5.426055E+07
-1.315582E+07 -1.315582E+07 1.315582E+07 1.315582E+07 1.315582E+07 -1.315582E+07
101 8.381908E-11 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 0.0 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11
-1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10 1.257286E-10 1.257286E-10 1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10
102 1.676382E-10 1.676382E-10 -1.676382E-10 -1.676382E-10 0.0 1.676382E-10 -1.676382E-10
-3.567060E+06 -3.567060E+06 3.567060E+06 3.567060E+06 3.567060E+06 -3.567060E+06
103 -1.315582E+07 -1.315582E+07 1.315582E+07 1.315582E+07 0.0 1.315582E+07 -1.315582E+07
6.540219E+07 6.540219E+07 -6.540219E+07 -6.540219E+07 6.540219E+07 -6.540219E+07
110 -4.959362E+07 -4.959362E+07 4.959362E+07 4.959362E+07 0.0 4.959362E+07 -4.959362E+07
-2.721202E+07 -2.721202E+07 2.721202E+07 2.721202E+07 2.721202E+07 -2.721202E+07
120 -2.440769E+07 -2.440769E+07 2.440769E+07 2.440769E+07 0.0 2.440769E+07 -2.440769E+07
-2.465199E+06 -2.465199E+06 2.465199E+06 2.465199E+06 2.465199E+06 -2.465199E+06
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 -1.433360E+08 -1.433360E+08 1.433360E+08 1.433360E+08 0.0 1.433360E+08 -1.433360E+08
-5.578512E+07 -5.578512E+07 5.578512E+07 5.578512E+07 5.578512E+07 -5.578512E+07
101 2.095477E-11 2.095477E-11 -2.095477E-11 -2.095477E-11 0.0 2.095477E-11 -2.095477E-11
2.095477E-11 2.095477E-11 -2.095477E-11 -2.095477E-11 2.095477E-11 -2.095477E-11
102 8.381908E-11 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 0.0 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11
-1.308248E+06 -1.308248E+06 1.308248E+06 1.308248E+06 1.308248E+06 -1.308248E+06
103 -5.578512E+07 -5.578512E+07 5.578512E+07 5.578512E+07 0.0 5.578512E+07 -5.578512E+07
1.061690E+08 1.061690E+08 -1.061690E+08 -1.061690E+08 1.061690E+08 -1.061690E+08
110 -8.813090E+07 -8.813090E+07 8.813090E+07 8.813090E+07 0.0 8.813090E+07 -8.813090E+07
-4.323180E+07 -4.323180E+07 4.323180E+07 4.323180E+07 4.323180E+07 -4.323180E+07
120 -3.927501E+07 -3.927501E+07 3.927501E+07 3.927501E+07 0.0 3.927501E+07 -3.927501E+07
-2.055928E+06 -2.055928E+06 2.055928E+06 2.055928E+06 2.055928E+06 -2.055928E+06
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 -2.365310E+05 -2.365310E+05 2.365310E+05 2.365310E+05 0.0 2.365310E+05 -2.365310E+05
-1.171226E+05 -1.171226E+05 1.171226E+05 1.171226E+05 1.171226E+05 -1.171226E+05
101 5.238693E-12 5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12 0.0 5.238693E-12 -5.238693E-12
-8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
102 -8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 8.640005E+04 0.0 8.640005E+04 -8.640005E+04
-1.722708E+05 -1.722708E+05 1.722708E+05 1.722708E+05 1.722708E+05 -1.722708E+05
103 -1.171226E+05 -1.171226E+05 1.171226E+05 1.171226E+05 0.0 1.171226E+05 -1.171226E+05
3.853084E+04 3.853084E+04 -3.853084E+04 -3.853084E+04 3.853084E+04 -3.853084E+04
110 -4.162341E+04 -4.162341E+04 4.162341E+04 4.162341E+04 0.0 4.162341E+04 -4.162341E+04
-2.115506E+04 -2.115506E+04 2.115506E+04 2.115506E+04 2.115506E+04 -2.115506E+04
120 -2.178451E+04 -2.178451E+04 2.178451E+04 2.178451E+04 0.0 2.178451E+04 -2.178451E+04
4.014085E+02 4.014085E+02 -4.014085E+02 -4.014085E+02 4.014085E+02 -4.014085E+02
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 -2.533594E+06 -2.533594E+06 2.533594E+06 2.533594E+06 0.0 2.533594E+06 -2.533594E+06
-1.648945E+06 -1.648945E+06 1.648945E+06 1.648945E+06 1.648945E+06 -1.648945E+06
101 -8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 8.381908E-11 8.381908E-11 0.0 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11
1.296001E+06 1.296001E+06 -1.296001E+06 -1.296001E+06 1.296001E+06 -1.296001E+06
102 1.296001E+06 1.296001E+06 -1.296001E+06 -1.296001E+06 0.0 1.296001E+06 -1.296001E+06
2.178771E+06 2.178771E+06 -2.178771E+06 -2.178771E+06 2.178771E+06 -2.178771E+06
103 -1.648945E+06 -1.648945E+06 1.648945E+06 1.648945E+06 0.0 1.648945E+06 -1.648945E+06
-2.593206E+05 -2.593206E+05 2.593206E+05 2.593206E+05 2.593206E+05 -2.593206E+05
110 7.571099E+04 7.571099E+04 -7.571099E+04 -7.571099E+04 0.0 7.571099E+04 -7.571099E+04
1.088706E+05 1.088706E+05 -1.088706E+05 -1.088706E+05 1.088706E+05 -1.088706E+05
120 7.838059E+04 7.838059E+04 -7.838059E+04 -7.838059E+04 0.0 7.838059E+04 -7.838059E+04
3.071313E+04 3.071313E+04 -3.071313E+04 -3.071313E+04 3.071313E+04 -3.071313E+04
S T R E S S E S I N B A R E L E M E N T S ( C B A R )
ELEMENT SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 AXIAL SA-MAX SA-MIN M.S.-T
ID. SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 STRESS SB-MAX SB-MIN M.S.-C
100 2.348294E+06 2.348294E+06 -2.348294E+06 -2.348294E+06 0.0 2.348294E+06 -2.348294E+06
3.112963E+06 3.112963E+06 -3.112963E+06 -3.112963E+06 3.112963E+06 -3.112963E+06
101 1.257286E-10 1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10 0.0 1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10
1.257286E-10 1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10 1.257286E-10 -1.257286E-10
102 8.381908E-11 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11 0.0 8.381908E-11 -8.381908E-11
-2.988442E+06 -2.988442E+06 2.988442E+06 2.988442E+06 2.988442E+06 -2.988442E+06
103 3.112963E+06 3.112963E+06 -3.112963E+06 -3.112963E+06 0.0 3.112963E+06 -3.112963E+06
5.656122E+06 5.656122E+06 -5.656122E+06 -5.656122E+06 5.656122E+06 -5.656122E+06
110 -3.669277E+06 -3.669277E+06 3.669277E+06 3.669277E+06 0.0 3.669277E+06 -3.669277E+06
-2.633874E+06 -2.633874E+06 2.633874E+06 2.633874E+06 2.633874E+06 -2.633874E+06
120 -2.273447E+06 -2.273447E+06 2.273447E+06 2.273447E+06 0.0 2.273447E+06 -2.273447E+06
-3.018542E+05 -3.018542E+05 3.018542E+05 3.018542E+05 3.018542E+05 -3.018542E+05
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
8
■ Overview
■ Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (Example HA145A)
■ Flutter Analysis of Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (Example
HA145B)
■ Flutter and Divergence Analysis of Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory
(Example HA145C)
■ Flutter Analysis of Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory
(Example HA145D)
■ Subsonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by the KE-
Method (Example HA145E)
■ Low Supersonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing Using
Mach Box Aerodynamics (Example HA145F)
■ Low Supersonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing Using
ZONA51 Aerodynamics (Examples HA145FA and HA145FB)
■ High Supersonic Flutter Analysis of the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing Using
Piston Theory (Example HA145G)
■ Flutter Analysis of a Square Simply Supported Panel (Examples HA145HA
and HA145HB)
8.1 Overview
The examples in this chapter illustrate a range of unsteady aerodynamic problems, primarily
flutter analyses, using the three flutter methods and six aerodynamic methods available in
MSC.Nastran. Estimation of aerodynamic static and dynamic stability derivatives and
interactions with control systems and thermal loading are also demonstrated.
Thirteen examples (or example pairs) are presented:
• Example HA145B (p. 357) and Example HA145C (p. 373) illustrate the PK- and K-
methods for finding flutter and divergence speeds and also show significant
differences in results between the Doublet-Lattice method (DLM) and Strip Theory.
• Example HA145D (p. 385) includes the aileron using Strip Theory with an
approximation to the circulation function and experimental correction factors for the
spanwise loading.
The next four examples illustrate the effects of Mach number and demonstrate experimental
correlation with wind-tunnel tests of a series of 15-deg swept-wing models:
• Example HA145E (p. 397) uses the KE-flutter method with DLM aerodynamics at a
Mach number of m = 0.45 .
• Example HA145F (p. 411) uses the PK-method with supersonic Mach Box
aerodynamics at m = 1.3 .
• Examples HA145FA and HA145FB (p. 422) reconsider Example HA145F using
ZONA51 aerodynamics.
• Example HA145G (p. 440) uses the PK-method with the high supersonic Piston Theory
aerodynamics at m = 3.0 .
• Examples HA145HA and HA145HB (p. 458) perform supersonic panel flutter analyses
of a square plate using Piston Theory and ZONA51 aerodynamics.
• Example HA145I (p. 495) demonstrates the calculation of aerodynamic static and
dynamic stability derivatives. Example HA145I applies the DLM to the forward-
swept-wing (FSW) airplane to obtain aerodynamic coefficients for lateral-directional
motions.
• Example HA110A (p. 509) and Example HA145J (p. 533) illustrate the inclusion of a
control system in two different stability analyses. These examples consider a simplified
air-to-air missile, first without and then with the effects of an airstream, in
representative servoelastic and aeroservoelastic stability analyses.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 341
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
342
GP 102
Center of
Gravity
GPs 100,101
Airstream
Elastic Aerodynamic
Axis Center
The airfoil lift curve slope is the theoretical two-dimensional incompressible value of
Cl = 2π ⁄ rad .
a
Both the exact Theodorsen function and an approximation are used for the circulation function.
The approximation constants are those of W. P. Jones (1945): b 0 = 1.0 , b 1 = 0.165 , b 2 = 0.335 ,
β 1 = 0.041 , and β 2 = 0.320 . The mass ratio and the foregoing parameters translate to the
following dimensional input parameters:
The input data are set up with options for both centers of gravity and both aerodynamic
representations. The option selected is the 37% chord center of gravity with the approximate
Theodorsen function with the remaining options commented out using a “$” in the first column
of the data entry.
Bulk Data Entries. The Bulk Data entries specify that the two-dimensional airfoil has unit
width. GRID 100 is on the airfoil centerline at the elastic axis with freedoms in plunge (T3) and
pitch (R2). GRID 101 defines the elastic axis at the outboard edge of the strip and is connected
to GRID 100 by RBAR 101. GRID 102 is the fuselage with only the plunge degree of freedom.
CELAS2 103 is the bending spring connecting the airfoil elastic axis to the fuselage, and
CELAS2 105 is the torsion spring between the airfoil elastic axis and ground (since the fuselage
does not pitch). CMASS2 111 is the fuselage concentrated mass, and CONM1 110 gives the mass
coupling of the airfoil. CDAMP2 123 is the bending damper between the airfoil and the fuselage,
and CDAMP2 125 is the torsion damper to ground. ElGR selects the Modified Givens method
MGlV for analysis of the vibration eigenvalues and eigenvectors. This completes the structural
data.
Next, the aerodynamic data are considered. The AERO entry includes a velocity of 100.0 fps
(this is not needed for a flutter analysis but is required for a response analysis), the reference
chord, sea-level density, and no symmetry or ground effect. The CAERO4 entry specifies Strip
Theory for one strip with its leading edge 2.4 ft upstream from the elastic axis, a 6.0 ft chord and
a unit width. Two PAERO4 entries are shown: one for the exact Theodorsen function and the
other for the optional approximate circulation function. PAERO4 leads to the exact function by
taking CLA = LCLA = CIRC = LClRC = 0, the absence of a control surface is indicated by DOC1
= CAOC1 = GAPO1 = 0.0, and no AEFACT entry is required. The optional PAERO4 specifies
the lift curve slope of 2π via CLA = LCLA = 0, a two-term approximation via ClRC = 2 with the
W. P. Jones coefficients on AEFACT 13 for Mach number, m = 0.0 . This approximation to the
circulation function is (Fung, 1969, p. 215):
0.165 0.335
C ( k ) ≈ 1 – ---------------------------------- – ------------------------------- Eq. 8-1
1 – i0.041 ⁄ k 1 – i0.32 ⁄ k
A series of reduced frequencies for m = 0.0 is specified on two MKAERO1 entries from
k = 0.001 to k = 5.0 in order to cover the frequency range of interest in the PK-flutter solution.
The linear spline SPLlNE2 provides the data for the connection between the aerodynamics and
the structure, which consists simply of aerodynamic element CAERO4 1000 and SET1 of grid
points 100 and 101. The spline is rigidly attached to the elastic axis by selecting DTHX = DTHY
= 0.0.
Main Index
344
FLFACT 1 gives the air density ratio and FLFACT 2 gives the Mach number. FLFACT 3 gives
the series of velocities for flutter analysis by the PK-method; the negative values call for flutter
modes (eigenvectors) as well as eigenvalues to be printed. The FLUTTER 3 entry specifies the
British Flutter Method (PK). The FLUTTER 4 entry specifies the American Flutter Method (K),
and FLFACT 4 provides the series of reduced frequencies required by the K-method. The
ENDDATA entry ends the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Commands. In the Case Control Section, the title and label are shown along
with the other options. ECHO = BOTH requests that the annotated Bulk Data Section with all
comment entries be printed as well as the sorted data entries. METHOD = 1 specifies the
eigenvalue method (ElGR entry) for the vibration analyses. SVEC = ALL requests the vibration
modes printed for the degrees of freedom in the analysis set. DlSP = ALL requests the
displacements at all grid points. The multiple subcase capability of SOL 145 is illustrated by
requesting analyses by two flutter methods. In Subcase 1, FMETHOD = 3 specifies the PK-flutter
method (FLUTTER entry); in Subcase 2, FLUTTER = 4 specifies the K-method, and the complex
eigenvalue method by CMETHOD = 20 as required in the K-method. The remaining data
specify the plotting formats for the V-g and V-f curves. BEGIN BULK is placed at the end of the
Case Control Section.
In the Executive Control Section, ID MSC, HA145A identifies this problem. TIME 5 restricts the
run time to 5.0 CPU minutes. SOL 145 calls for the Aerodynamic Flutter DMAP Sequence, and
CEND completes the Executive Control Section.
Output. Both annotated and sorted input data are shown below in Listing 8-1 and Listing 8-2,
respectively, and selected output follows in Listing 8-3. The plotted V-g and V-f curves for the
PK-method are shown in Figure 8-2.
The printed output begins with the vibration analysis which gives all three natural frequencies,
generalized masses and vibration modes of the undamped, unrestrained system. The rigid body
frequency is a computed zero (using the SUPORT entry would result in an exact zero).
The output from the first subcase is the PK-flutter analysis. The first item is the zero frequency
roots and is followed by the modal participation factors that were requested by SVEC and the
negative velocities on the FLFACT entry. Next, the flutter summaries are presented, in which
Point = No. refers to mode number for all velocities, followed by the flutter modes at the grid
points requested by DISP and the negative velocities.
PK-Method Results. The unique characteristics of the PK-method should be noted. In the case
of the constrained fuselage (which is obtained by adding the T3 constraint to GRID 102 in this
example), Rodden and Bellinger (1982a) showed that the PK-results were not continuous. A
discontinuity occurs at some velocity (slightly different in the two representation of the
Theodorsen function) at which the PK algorithm converges to an aerodynamic lag root (with
zero frequency) rather than the bending root. The PK algorithm in MSC.Nastran then skips over
the bending root in the reduced frequency “lining-up” process and next obtains the torsion root.
In the unrestrained case (the present example), Rodden and Bellinger (1982b) did not find an
obvious aerodynamic lag root because the PK solution appeared to be continuous, as is shown
in Figure 8-2. The reason for the different behavior between restrained and unrestrained
systems is a subject for further study. From Figure 8-2 and the printed Flutter Summary for
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 345
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Point 2, the “dynamic divergence” speed (i.e., the speed at which the oscillatory instability finds
its origin in a tendency to static divergence) and frequency are 232.0 ft/s and 1.177 Hz,
respectively. From Figure 8-2 and the Flutter Summary for Point 3, the flutter speed and
frequency are 283.1 ft/s and 2.692 Hz, respectively. These results are only slightly different from
those obtained by the “transient solution” in Rodden and Bellinger (1982b).
Some explanation of the damping in Point 1 of the PK-Flutter Summary is also in order. The
unrestrained system, free to plunge, has a zero eigenvalue as can be shown exactly with
frequency-independent aerodynamics (i.e., with aerodynamic lags neglected). A frequency of
zero is given for Point 1 in the Summary, but the damping is not zero. The damping should be
regarded as a computed zero and should not be interpreted as an instability between 120 and
140 ft/s.
Eigenvector Output. The eigenvectors at speeds near divergence and flutter are also printed
for the PK-method. The modal eigenvectors (modal participation factors) are shown before the
Flutter Summaries and the physical eigenvectors are shown after the Summaries. In the physical
eigenvectors, Point IDs 100 and 101 show the deflection and rotation of the airfoil elastic axis and
Point ID 102 shows the fuselage deflection. The physical eigenvectors are not normalized.
K-Method Results. Listing 8-3 concludes with Flutter Summaries for Subcase 2, the K-method;
no modal data have been requested. The dynamic divergence speed and frequency are found
by interpolating the second mode results to g = 0 between Points 6 and 7. The speed and
frequency by linear interpolation are 231.9 ft/s and 1.196 Hz, respectively. The flutter speed and
frequency are found by interpolating the third mode results between Points 2 and 3. The speed
and frequency are 301.2 ft/s and 2.658 Hz, respectively. The interpolated results for the K-
method differ slightly from the PK-method because of the wide spacing of the reduced
frequencies in the K-method. A more refined K-method will lead to agreement with the PK-
method.
Main Index
346
4.0
3.0
1.0
Bending Mode
Torsion Mode
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Velocity (ft/sec)
1.0
Bending Mode
0.5 Torsion Mode
Dynamic
Divergence
Damping, g
Flutter
-0.5
-1.0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Velocity (ft/sec)
Figure 8-2 V-g and V-f Curves for Three Degree of Freedom Aeroelastic Model
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 347
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-1 Input Files for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage
NASTRAN EXECUTIVE CONTROL DECK ECHO
ID MSC, HA145A
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145A $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION A TWO-DIMENSIONAL AIRFOIL IDEALIZED $
$ AS A SINGLE STRIP WITH A UNIT WIDTH, $
$ A MASS AT MID-SPAN WITH FREEDOM TO $
$ MOVE VERTICALLY RELATIVE TO A DUMB- $
$ BELL AT MID-SPAN WITH A DISPLACEMENT $
$ SPRING BETWEEN THEM. THE DUMBBELL $
$ IS ATTACHED BY A TORSION SPRING TO $
$ GROUND. THIS RESULTS IN ONE RIGID $
$ BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE DEGREES OF $
$ FREEDOM. THIS EXAMPLE HAS BEEN $
$ PUBLISHED IN THE JOURNAL OF AIRCRAFT, $
$ SEPT. 1982, PP. 796-797. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD USING $
$ STRIP THEORY AERODYNAMICS WITH THE $
$ W.P.JONES APPROXIMATION TO THE $
$ THEODORSEN CIRCULATION FUNCTION. $
$ $
$ OUTPUT DISPLACEMENTS, AERODYNAMIC FORCES $
$ AND X-Y PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ TIME IN CPU MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.37 CHORD
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145A: THREE DEGREE OF FREEDOM AEROELASTIC MODEL
2 SUBTI = 2-D AERO, W.P. JONES C(K) AND BRITISH (PK) FLUTTER METHOD
3 $SUBTI = 2-D AERO, EXACT C(K) AND BRITISH (PK) FLUTTER METHOD
4 LABEL = ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.37 CHORD
5 $LABEL = ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.45 CHORD
6 ECHO = BOTH
7 METHOD = 1 $ MODIFIED GIVENS EIGENVALUE METHOD
8 SVEC = ALL $ PRINT THE VIBRATION MODES
9 DISP = ALL $ PRINT THE FLUTTER MODES
10 SUBCASE 1
11 FMETHOD = 3 $ PK FLUTTER METHOD
12 SUBCASE 2
13 FMETHOD = 4 $ K FLUTTER METHOD
14 CMETHOD = 20
15 OUTPUT(XYOUT)
16 CSCALE 2.0
17 PLOTTER NASTRAN
18 CURVELINESYMBOL = -6
19 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
20 YBTITLE = FREQUENCY F HZ
21 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (FT/SEC)
22 XTGRID LINES = YES
23 XBGRID LINES = YES
24 YTGRID LINES = YES
25 YBGRID LINES = YES
26 UPPER TICS = -1
27 TRIGHT TICS = -1
28 BRIGHT TICS = -1
29 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F)
30 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
348
Listing 8-1 Input Files for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
EXAMPLE HA145A: THREE DEGREE OF FREEDOM AEROELASTIC MODEL PAGE 3
2-D AERO, W.P. JONES C(K) AND BRITISH (PK) FLUTTER METHOD
ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.37 CHORD
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ * * * STRUCTURAL DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * GRID GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ GRID 102 (T3) SIMULATED FUSELAGE POINT $
$ GRID 100-101 (T3) WING POINTS $
$ $
$ THE GRID ENTRY DEFINES THE LOCATION OF A STRUCTURAL GRID $
$ POINT. LISTED ARE ITS COORDINATE SYSTEM ID, ITS LOCATION, $
$ THE ID OF THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH ITS DISPLACEMENTS $
$ ARE DEFINED, ITS PERMANENT SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS AND $
$ ITS ASSOCIATED SUPERELEMENT ID. $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 100 0. 0.5 0. 1246
GRID 101 0. 1.0 0.
GRID 102 0. 0.5 0. 12456
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL STIFFNESS PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * SPRING MOUNTING DATA * $
$ $
$ THE CELAS2 ENTRY DEFINES A SCALAR SPRING ELEMENT WITHOUT $
$ REFERENCE TO A PROPERTY ENTRY, IN THIS CASE K IS THE SPRING $
$ CONSTANT, G1 AND G2 ARE JOINED BY THE SPRING (DEFAULT IS $
$ TO GROUND), C1 AND C2 ARE THE DOFS AT THESE POINTS, GE IS $
$ THE DAMPING COEFFICIENT AND S IS THE STRESS COEFFICIENT. $
$ POINT 102 MOVES RELATIVE TO POINT 100 LIKE A PISTON MOVES $
$ IN A CYLINDER. $
$ $
$ EID K G1 C1 G2 C2 GE S
CELAS2 103 134.47 100 3 102 3
CELAS2 105 1891. 100 5
$ $
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ POINTS AT EACH END AND THE DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT DOFS $
$ AT EACH END. THE NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO $
$ ENDS MUST EQUAL SIX. BY DEFAULT THOSE NOT DECLARED INDE- $
$ PENDENT ARE MADE DEPENDENT. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 101 100 101 123456
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE CMASS2 ENTRY DEFINES A SCALAR MASS ELEMENT WITHOUT $
$ REFERENCE TO A PROPERTY ENTRY. IT LISTS THE MASS, THE $
$ GRID NO. AND ITS DOF COMPONENTS. WHEN TWO GRID POINTS $
$ ARE LISTED THE MASS IS ADDED TO BOTH POINTS. $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE MASS * $
$ $
$ EID M G1 C1 G2 C2
CMASS2 111 1.3447 102 3
$ $
$ THE CONM1 ENTRY DEFINES A 6 BY 6 SYMMETRIC INERTIA MATRIX $
$ FOR A GRID POINT. LISTED IS THE ID, THE GRID POINT NO., $
$ THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH THE INERTIA MATRIX IS $
$ DEFINED AND THE LOWER LEFT TRIANGULAR PART OF THE MATRIX. $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 349
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-1 Input Files for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
$ * WING MASS * $
$ $
$ EID G CID M11 M21 M22 M31 M32
CONM1 110 100 +CNM1
$ ELASTIC AXIS AT 37 PERCENT CHORD
$ M33 M41 M42 M43 M44 M51 M52 M53
+CNM1 1.3447 0.24205 +CNM1A
$ M54 M55 M61 M62 M63 M64 M65 M66
+CNM1A 3.0256
$ * * * $
$ ELASTIC AXIS AT 45 PERCENT CHORD
$ M33 M41 M42 M43 M44 M51 M52 M53
$+CNM1 1.3447 -.40342 +CNM1A
$ * * * $
$ $
$ $
$ THE CDAMP2 ENTRY DEFINES A SCALAR DAMPER ELEMENT WITHOUT REF- $
$ ERENCE TO A PROPERTY ENTRY. B IS THE DAMPER CONSTANT, G1 AND $
$ G2 ARE THE GRID POINTS TO WHICH THE DAMPER IS ATTACHED AND $
$ C1 AND C2 ARE THE DOF COMPONENTS IN WHICH THEY MOVE. $
$ $
$ EID B G1 C1 G2 C2
CDAMP2 123 .40341 100 3 102 3
CDAMP2 125 2.2692 100 5
$ $
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ REFERENCE LENGTHS PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ = 0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED WITH NO ROOT REFLECTION PLANE; $
$ SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH $
$ FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 100. 6. .002378 0 0
$ $
$ * * SPLINE FIT ON THE LIFTING SURFACES * * $
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE2 ENTRY SPECIFIES A BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLAT- $
$ ION OVER THE REGION OF THE CAERO ENTRY (ID1 AND ID2 ARE $
$ THE FIRST AND LAST BOXES IN THIS REGION). SETG REFERS $
$ TO A SET1 ENTRY WHERE THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS ARE $
$ DEFINED. DZ AND DTOR ARE SMOOTHING CONSTANTS FOR LINEAR $
$ ATTACHMENT AND TORSIONAL FLEXIBILITIES. DTHX AND DTHY $
$ ARE ROTATIONAL ATTACHMENT FLEXIBILITIES. CID IDENTIFIES $
$ THE SPLINE COORDINATE SYSTEM AND ITS AXIS. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 1201 1000 1000 1000 1100 0. 1. 0 +SP2
$ DTHX DTHY
+SP2 0. 0.
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 ETC
SET1 1100 100 101
$ $
$ THE CAERO4 ENTRY IS USED TO SPECIFY STRIP THEORY AERO. $
$ PID IDENTIFIES A PAERO4 ENTRY WHERE THE ELEMENT PROPERTIES $
$ ARE GIVEN, CP DEFAULTS TO THE BASIC COORDINATE SYSTEM, $
$ NSPAN IS THE NUMBER OF EQUAL SPAN STRIPS (IF UNEQUAL, $
$ LSPAN WOULD SPECIFY AN AEFACT ENTRY THAT WOULD DEFINE THE $
$ STRIPS WIDTHS). THE CONTINUATION ENTRY DEFINES THE INBD $
$ AND OUTBD LEADING EDGE POINTS AND THE CHORDS. $
$ $
Main Index
350
Listing 8-1 Input Files for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
$ EID PID CP NSPAN LSPAN
CAERO4 1000 1000 1 +CA1
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
+CA1 -2.4 0. 0. 6. -2.4 1. 0. 6.
$ $
$ THE PAERO4 ENTRY DEFINES PROPERTIES OF THE STRIP ELEMENTS $
$ FOR STRIP THEORY AERODYNAMICS. IT OFFERS A WIDE VARIETY $
$ OF OPTIONS. CLA DEFAULTS TO NO COMPRESSIBILITY CORRECTION $
$ AND NO CORRECTIONS OF LIFT CURVE SLOPES. LCLA MUST BE ZERO $
$ WHEN CLA IS ZERO. CIRC=0 SPECIFIES THE EXACT EXPRESSION FOR $
$ THE THEODORSEN CIRCULATION FUNCTION. DOC, CAOC AND GAPOC $
$ ARE REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH THE STRIP HAS NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ IN FRACTIONS OF CHORD THESE ARE THE DISTANCE FROM THE QUARTER $
$ CHORD TO THE HINGE LINE, THE CONTROL SURFACE CHORD AND THE $
$ GAP BETWEEN THE PRIMARY SURFACE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ CAOC1=0. SPECIFIES NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ $
$ PID CLA LCLA CIRC LCIRC DOC1 CAOC1 GAPOC1 +PAER
PAERO4 1000 0 0 2 13 0. 0. 0.
$ $
$ THIS AEFACT ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION CONTAIN SIX FIELDS $
$ FOR EACH MACH NO. ON THE MKAERO ENTRY; THE MACH NO. AND FIVE $
$ CONSTANTS USED TO APPROXIMATE THEODORSENS CIRCULATION FUNC- $
$ TION. IN THIS CASE THE APPROXIMATION OF W.P. JONES IS USED $
$ AT MACH NO. 0.0. $
$ $
$ SID D1 D2 D3 ETC
AEFACT 13 0.0 1.0 -0.165 0.041 -0.335 0.320
$ $
$ THE PAERO4 ENTRY DEFINES PROPERTIES OF THE STRIP ELEMENTS $
$ FOR STRIP THEORY AERODYNAMICS. IT OFFERS A WIDE VARIETY $
$ OF OPTIONS. CLA DEFAULTS TO NO COMPRESSIBILITY CORRECTION $
$ AND NO CORRECTIONS OF LIFT CURVE SLOPES. LCLA MUST BE ZERO $
$ WHEN CLA IS ZERO. CIRC=0 SPECIFIES THE EXACT EXPRESSION FOR $
$ THE THEODORSEN CIRCULATION FUNCTION. DOC, CAOC AND GAPOC $
$ ARE REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH THE STRIP HAS NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ IN FRACTIONS OF CHORD THESE ARE THE DISTANCE FROM THE QUARTER $
$ CHORD TO THE HINGE LINE, THE CONTROL SURFACE CHORD AND THE $
$ GAP BETWEEN THE PRIMARY SURFACE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ CAOC1=0. SPECIFIES NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ $
$ AN ALTERNATE METHOD WOULD BE TO SET CIRC=0 TO SPECIFY THE $
$ EXACT EXPRESSION FOR THE THEODORSEN CIRCULATION FUNCTION $
$ (SEE EXAMPLE HA75BAHK). $
$ $
$ PID CLA LCLA CIRC LCIRC DOC1 CAOC1 GAPOC1 +PAER
$PAERO4 1000 0 0 0 0 0. 0. 0.
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION WILL BE USED TO $
$ GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. IF MORE THAN EIGHT $
$ MACH NOS OR REDUCED FREQUENCIES ARE REQUIRED A SECOND MKAERO1 $
$ IS NECESSARY. $
$ $
MKAERO1 0. +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 ETC
+MK .001 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
MKAERO1 0. +MKA
+MKA .8 .9 1. 1.1 1.3 1.5 2. 5.
$ $
$ $
$ * * VIBRATION SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM; IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. THREE MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NO $
EIGR 1 MGIV 0. 25. 3 +EGR
$ NORM G C $
+EGR MAX
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 351
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-1 Input Files for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
$ * * FLUTTER SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 3 PK 1 2 3 L 3
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NOS $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ NEGATIVE VELOCITIES ARE SIGNALS TO COMPUTE AND PRINT EIGEN- $
$ VECTORS. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
FLFACT 2 0. MACH NO.
FLFACT 3 20. 40. 60. 80. 100. 120. 140. +FLF1
+FLF1 160. 170. 180. 190. 200. 210. 220. -230. +FLF2
+FLF2 -240. 260. -280. -290. 300. VELOCITY
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH RFREQ IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 4 K 1 2 4 L 3
$
$ K1 K2 K3 K4
FLFACT 4 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 +FL4
+FL4 0.06
$ $
$ THE EIGC ENTRY DEFINES DATA NEEDED TO PERFORM A COMPLEX $
$ EIGENVALUE ANALYSIS. THIS ONE SPECIFIES THAT THE UPPER $
$ HESSENBERG METHOD BE USED TO EXTRACT COMPLEX EIGENVALUES $
$ AND THAT THE EIGENVECTORS BE NORMALIZED ON THEIR MAXIMUM $
$ COMPONENTS. IF THEY WERE TO HAVE BEEN NORMALIZED ON A $
$ POINT THE GRID AND DOF COMPONENT WOULD HAVE BEEN REQUIRED. $
$ THE CONVERGENCE CRITERION DEFAULTS TO 1.0-4 FOR THE INVERSE $
$ POWER METHOD, TO 1.0-11 FOR THE DETERMINANT METHOD AND TO $
$ 1.0-15 FOR THE HESSENBERG METHOD. WHEN THE HESSENBERG $
$ METHOD IS SPECIFIED ALL ENTRIES ON THE CONTINUATION CARD $
$ EXCEPT THE NUMBER OF DESIRED ROOTS (NDL) ARE IGNORED. $
$
$ SID METHOD NORM G C E
EIGC 20 HESS MAX +EC
$ ALPHAA1 OMEGAA1 ALPHAB1 OMEGAB1 L1 NEL NDL
+EC 3
$
$ NOTE THE ABSENCE OF A PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY TO STIPULATE THE $
$ NO. OF MODES TO BE USED IN THE ANALYSIS. LMODES DEFAULTS $
$ TO ZERO BUT THE PROGRAM THEN INTERROGATES LFREQ AND HFREQ $
$ WHICH DEFINE THE FREQUENCY RANGE OF INTEREST; LFREQ DEFAULTS $
$ TO ZERO AND HFREQ DEFAULTS TO 1.0E30. AS A RESULT ALL MODES $
$ ARE INCLUDED. $
$ $
ENDDATA
Main Index
352
Listing 8-2 Bulk Data Entries for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage
EXAMPLE HA145A: THREE DEGREE OF FREEDOM AEROELASTIC MODEL PAGE 9
2-D AERO, W.P. JONES C(K) AND BRITISH (PK) FLUTTER METHOD
ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.37 CHORD
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 13 0.0 1.0 -0.165 0.041 -0.335 0.320
2- AERO 100. 6. .002378 0 0
3- CAERO4 1000 1000 1 +CA1
4- +CA1 -2.4 0. 0. 6. -2.4 1. 0. 6.
5- CDAMP2 123 .40341 100 3 102 3
6- CDAMP2 125 2.2692 100 5
7- CELAS2 103 134.47 100 3 102 3
8- CELAS2 105 1891. 100 5
9- CMASS2 111 1.3447 102 3
10- CONM1 110 100 +CNM1
11- +CNM1 1.3447 0.24205 +CNM1A
12- +CNM1A 3.0256
13- EIGC 20 HESS MAX +EC
14- +EC 3
15- EIGR 1 MGIV 0. 25. 3 +EGR
16- +EGR MAX
17- FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
18- FLFACT 2 0. MACH NO.
19- FLFACT 3 20. 40. 60. 80. 100. 120. 140. +FLF1
20- +FLF1 160. 170. 180. 190. 200. 210. 220. -230. +FLF2
21- +FLF2 -240. 260. -280. -290. 300. VELOCITY
22- FLFACT 4 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 +FL4
23- +FL4 0.06
24- FLUTTER 3 PK 1 2 3 L 3
25- FLUTTER 4 K 1 2 4 L 3
26- GRID 100 0. 0.5 0. 1246
27- GRID 101 0. 1.0 0.
28- GRID 102 0. 0.5 0. 12456
29- MKAERO1 0. +MKA
30- +MKA .8 .9 1. 1.1 1.3 1.5 2. 5.
31- MKAERO1 0. +MK
32- +MK .001 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
33- PAERO4 1000 0 0 2 13 0. 0. 0.
34- RBAR 101 100 101 123456
35- SET1 1100 100 101
36- SPLINE2 1201 1000 1000 1000 1100 0. 1. 0 +SP2
37- +SP2 0. 0.
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 38
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 353
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-3 Output for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage
EXAMPLE HA145A: THREE DEGREE OF FREEDOM AEROELASTIC MODEL PAGE 11
2-D AERO, W.P. JONES C(K) AND BRITISH (PK) FLUTTER METHOD
ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.37 CHORD
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 1.000000E-35 3.162278E-18 5.032922E-19 2.689400E+00 2.689400E-35
2 2 1.993302E+02 1.411843E+01 2.247019E+00 2.693529E+00 5.369017E+02
3 3 6.362626E+02 2.522425E+01 4.014564E+00 2.986609E+00 1.900268E+03
ONE RIGID BODY AND TWO FLEXIBLE MODES, C.G. AT 0.37 CHORD SUBCASE 1
EIGENVALUE = 1.000000E-35
CYCLES = 5.032922E-19 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 1.993302E+02
CYCLES = 2.247019E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
EIGENVALUE = 6.362626E+02
CYCLES = 4.014564E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
A ZERO FREQUENCY ROOT HAS EMERGED. WHEN THE MACH NO., DENSITY AND VELOCITY ARE COMPATIBLE
IT MAY BE INTERPRETED TWO WAYS DEPENDING ON THE SIGN OF THE REAL PART:
1. (-) A MODE IS CRITICALLY DAMPED, OR,
2. (+) THE SYSTEM IS DIVERGING.
ONLY THE MOST CRITICAL ( I.E., MOST POSITIVE REAL ROOTS ) ARE PRINTED IN THE FLUTTER SUMMARY.
FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES, THE REMAINING REAL ROOTS ARE PRINTED HERE.
* * * ETC * * *
Main Index
354
Listing 8-3 Output for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
METHOD
EIGENVALUE = 7.31108E-02 1.68646E+01
EIGENVECTOR
-2.93904E-01 3.76281E-02
1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
9.73343E-02 -8.69973E-02
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 355
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-3 Output for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
COMPLEX EIGENVALUE = -1.183223E-01, 7.437230E+00
C O M P L E X E I G E N V E C T O R NO. 3
(REAL/IMAGINARY)
Main Index
356
Listing 8-3 Output for Three Degree of Freedom Airfoil and Fuselage (continued)
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 357
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
For this example, the structural model is the same as discussed in Example HA144B (p. 206)
except that the aileron and the CONM1 and CELAS2 Bulk Data entries that represented the
model’s inertia and stiffness have been removed. The structural and mass data are contained in
input files BAH_STRUCT.DAT (see Listing 7-4) and BAH_MASS.DAT (see Listing 7-5). The
effect of structural damping, which was available in the dynamic problem, has been added via
a PARAM,KDAMP,+1 entry and tabular values listed on a TABDMP1 entry. In this case, a zero
value of structural damping is input for comparison with previous solutions to this problem that
did not include structural damping a priori.
The absence of the aileron also permits a simpler aerodynamic model than in Example HA144B.
The aerodynamic model is divided into six strips across the span, as shown in Figure 8-3, and
divided equally into four boxes chordwise. This aerodynamic idealization, while not
representative of industrial practice, is consistent with the idealization of the structure into a
small number of grid points.
The new Bulk Data entries relate to the different aerodynamic idealization and the items
required by the dynamic analysis, i.e., structural damping, and the vibration and flutter
analyses. The PARAM KDAMP and TABDMP1 entries for structural damping have been
discussed above. AERO specifies the aerodynamic coordinate system CORD2R 1 with its
positive x-direction streamwise, the reference semichord, sea-level density, and symmetrical
motion. The DLM aerodynamics are called for on CAERO1 1001, which calls for the body entry
PAERO1 1000. (This entry is required even though no fuselage effects are considered.) The
CAERO1 entry also includes: the basic coordinate system for the wing geometry, four equal
chordwise divisions, AEFACT 77 to specify six unequal strips, and interference group IGlD 1.
The continuation entry gives the geometrical data at the root and tip of the wing.
Splines. The aerodynamic and structural grids are connected by the linear SPLlNE2 along the
35% chord elastic axis, which connects to all of the aerodynamic boxes outboard of the root strip,
i.e., boxes 1005 through 1024. The spline is not connected to the root strip (boxes 1001 through
1004) since no motion of the fuselage is assumed, but the spline does go through all 11 structural
grid points via SET1 14. The spline coordinate system CID is also the basic system because all
geometry has been expressed relative to the elastic axis. The SPLlNE2 continuation entry sets
DTHX = DTHY = -1.0 because there are no rotational degrees of freedom in the GENEL
structural model. The aerodynamic and spline data are contained in the file BAH_AERO5.DAT
and are shown in Listing 8-4.
The vibration analysis uses EIGR 10, which requests the Modified Givens method to obtain all
10 modes normalized on the maximum deflection.
Main Index
358
Flutter Bulk Data Entries. The modal flutter analysis requires a number of generalized
aerodynamic influence coefficient matrices. These are obtained for the (m, k) pairs on the
MKAERO1 entry. A Mach number of 0.0 and a reduced frequency range from 0.001 to 1.0 are
chosen; selection of a very low reduced frequency in the PK-method is advised if divergence is
to be determined for a restrained surface or if a low frequency root, e.g., the short period, is to
be determined for an unrestrained vehicle. FLUTTER 40 selects the PK-method for a density
ratio of 1.0 on FLFACT 1, a Mach number of 0.0 on FLFACT 2, and a series of velocities from 4800
in/s to 25,200 in/s on FLFACT 4 (flutter eigenvectors are requested on FLFACT 4 by negative
velocities). Only linear interpolation on k of the (m,k) aerodynamic coefficients is allowed for
the PK-method so the IMETH field is left blank, and five flutter roots are requested. The optional
PARAM,LMODES entry uses all 10 vibration modes in the modal formulation so there is no
problem with modal convergence when comparisons are made with earlier direct solutions.
Finally, PARAM,VREF divides the solution velocities by 12.0 in/ft to output the velocities in
units of ft/s. The ENDDATA entry completes the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with the Title, Subtitle, and Label
commands. ECHO = BOTH prints both annotated and sorted Bulk Data entries. SPC = 1 points
to the Bulk Data entry SPC1 1, which adds the constraints in the plunge and pitch degrees of
freedom to the fuselage. METHOD = 10 points to ElGR 10 for vibration analysis and
SVEC = ALL requests the print of the vibration modes of the a-set grid points. FMETHOD = 40
points to the FLUTTER 40 entry for the PK-flutter method. DlSP = ALL prints all the
displacements of the grid points in addition to the modal eigenvectors. The BEGIN BULK
command ends the Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section gives the identification ID MSC, HA145B. TIME 10 specifies 10.0
minutes CPU computing time. SOL 145 calls for the Aerodynamic Flutter DMAP solution
sequence. The remaining statements determine the formats of the plotted output. The CEND
statement is last in the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data are shown in Listing 8-5 followed by the sorted Bulk Data entries in
Listing 8-6. Selected items of the printed output are shown in Listing 8-7. The V-g and V-f
curves are shown in Figure 8-4 and Figure 8-5. The significant results are discussed below.
The first output shown is the weight and balance analysis. Next, the vibration analysis gives the
10 coupled frequencies of the cantilever wing. The first two frequencies are
12.798 rad/s = 2.037 Hz for first bending and 22.322 rad/s = 3.553 Hz for first torsion. These
are in close agreement with the uncoupled bending and torsion frequencies of 12.799 and 22.357
rad/s obtained in Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, pp. 177 and 181). The first five
vibration modes are given next. The PK-Flutter Summaries are preceded by the flutter modal
participation factors and followed by the flutter grid point modes near the flutter and divergence
speeds. The Flutter Summaries for the five requested flutter modes are presented, showing a
number of instabilities, including both flutter and divergence. The V-f curves are shown in
Figure 8-4 and the V-g curves are shown in Figure 8-5 for the first two aeroelastic modes. The
lowest flutter speed is a coupled first-bending/ first-torsion mode flutter and is found in
Figure 8-5 (and in Point 2 of the printed Flutter Summary by linear interpolation) to be
1056 ft/s = 720 mph . The divergence speed is found in Figure 8-5 and Point 1 of the Flutter
Summary at 1651 ft/s = 1125 mph . The V-f curve for the bending mode in Figure 8-4 appears
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 359
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
to be discontinuous as the frequency approaches zero near 1430 ft/s, and this behavior is similar
to that observed by Rodden and Bellinger (1982a) using Strip Theory. However, a refined
analysis in the range of velocities from 1420 to 1430 ft/s shows a continuous variation in the
eigenvalue as it transitions from complex to real. There is no appearance of an aerodynamic lag
root. Note in Figure 8-5 that the definition of damping changes between the low speed branch,
with its finite frequency, and the high speed branch, with its zero frequency.
25% Chord
35% Elastic
Axis 100 in
225 in
75% Chord
500 in
Figure 8-3 BAH Wing Planform and Aerodynamic Strip Idealization
4.0
3.0
Frequency, f (Hz)
2.0
1.0
Velocity (ft/s)
Main Index
360
0.2
0.1
Damping, g
0.0
Flutter Divergence
-0.1
-0.2
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Velocity (ft/s)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 361
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
362
Listing 8-5 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145B
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145B $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ CANTILEVERED WING WITH TEN BEAM $
$ ELEMENTS AND DUMBBELL MASSES $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD USING $
$ DOUBLET-LATTICE AERODYNAMICS AT $
$ MACH NO. 0.0 $
$ $
$ $
$ OUTPUT TABULATED MODAL DEFLECTIONS PLUS $
$ X-Y PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ TIME IN CPU MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 363
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-5 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
Main Index
364
Listing 8-5 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
INCLUDE BAH_STRUCT.DAT
$
INCLUDE BAH_MASS.DAT
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY CONSTRAINS DOFS OF THE LISTED GRID POINTS. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC.
SPC1 1 345 11
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUSION $
$ OF STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE HANDBOOK $
$ FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECT. 3.2.2). IF SET TO -1, MODAL $
$ DAMPING IS PUT INTO COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX AS STRUCTURAL $
$ DAMPING. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM KDAMP +1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY DEFINES MODAL DAMPING AS A TABULAR $
$ FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING LEVELS ARE LINEAR $
$ BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE ZERO $
$ OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 ENDT
$ $
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (SNAIL-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=1 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED WITH A ROOT REFLECTION PLANE; $
$ SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH $
$ FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 131.232 1.1468-7 1
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_AERO5.DAT
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ * VIBRATION SOLUTION PARAMETERS * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM, IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. TEN MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMALIZED $
$ ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 365
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-5 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 ND $
EIGR 10 MGIV 10 +EIGR
$ NORM G C $
+EIGR MAX
$ $
$ * AERODYNAMIC CONDITIONS * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. IF MORE THAN $
$ EIGHT MACH NO.S OR REDUCED FREQUENCIES ARE REQUIRED A SECOND $
$ MKAERO1 ENTRY IS NECESSARY. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 0. +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 ETC
+MK 0.001 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.50 1.0
$ $
$ *FLUTTER SOLUTION PARAMETERS * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 40 PK 1 2 4 L 5
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NO.S $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ NEGATIVE VELOCITIES ARE SIGNALS TO COMPUTE AND PRINT EIGEN- $
$ VECTORS. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
FLFACT 2 .0 MACH NO
FLFACT 4 4800. 6000. 7200. 8400. 9600. 10800. -12000. +FLF4
+FLF4 -13200. 14400. 15600. 16800. 16920. 17040. 17100. 17112. +FLF4A
+FLF4A 17124. 17136. 17148. 17160. 18000. -19200. -20400. 21600. +FLF4B
+FLF4B 22800. 24000. 25200. VELOCITY
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE $
$ USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS. $
$ $
PARAM LMODES 10
$ $
$ THE PARAM,VREF,C ENTRY SPECIFIES A CONVERSION FACTOR TO BE $
$ USED TO CONVERT THE DIMENSIONS OF THE OUTPUT VELOCITIES BY $
$ DIVIDING BY C, IN THIS CASE BY 12.0 IN/FT TO PRINT VEL- $
$ OCITIES IN FT/SEC RATHER THAN IN/SEC. $
$ $
PARAM VREF 12.0
$
ENDDATA
Main Index
366
Listing 8-6 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory
EXAMPLE HA145B: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING FLUTTER ANALYSIS PAGE 11
CANTILEVERED, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.0
PK FLUTTER METHOD
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 77 .0 .09 .276 .454 .636 .826 1.0
2- AERO 1 131.232 1.1468-71
3- CAERO1 1001 1000 0 4 77 1 +CA1
4- +CA1 78.75 0.0 0.0 225.0 35.0 500.0 0.0 100.0
5- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
6- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
7- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
8- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
9- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
10- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
11- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
12- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
13- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
14- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
15- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
16- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
17- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
18- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
19- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
20- CONM1 1 11 +51
21- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
22- +52 4.35+09
23- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
24- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
25- EIGR 10 MGIV 10 +EIGR
26- +EIGR MAX
27- FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
28- FLFACT 2 .0 MACH NO
29- FLFACT 4 4800. 6000. 7200. 8400. 9600. 10800. -12000. +FLF4
30- +FLF4 -13200. 14400. 15600. 16800. 16920. 17040. 17100. 17112. +FLF4A
31- +FLF4A 17124. 17136. 17148. 17160. 18000. -19200. -20400. 21600. +FLF4B
32- +FLF4B 22800. 24000. 25200. VELOCITY
33- FLUTTER 40 PK 1 2 4 L 5
34- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
35- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
36- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
37- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
38- +04 11 6 +05
39- +05 Z 8.7172-61.3361-61.2778-56.2720-61.6251-51.0492-52.0478-5+06
40- +06 1.5630-52.4285-52.0403-53.0861-56.2720-63.2297-51.0492-53.3529-5+07
41- +07 1.5630-53.5021-52.0257-53.5785-52.7732-51.5726-54.8255-53.7628-5+08
42- +08 7.3284-56.4338-59.5810-58.8378-56.3749-53.7628-58.0136-56.4338-5+09
43- +09 1.0012-48.8378-51.1811-41.2758-41.1344-41.9350-41.8160-42.5283-4+10
44- +10 2.4294-41.6999-41.8160-42.2920-42.4294-42.8249-43.6862-43.5052-4+11
45- +11 5.2675-45.1171-44.2292-45.1171-45.7187-48.4840-48.2340-49.2340-4+12
46- +12 S 1.0 90.0 -20.25 45.0 1.0 90.0 81.0 +13
47- +13 45.0 1.0 186.0 -17.85 141.0 1.0 186.0 71.4 +14
48- +14 141.0 1.0 268.0 -15.80 223.0 1.0 268.0 63.2 +15
49- +15 223.0 1.0 368.0 -13.30 323.0 1.0 368.0 53.2 +16
50- +16 323.0 1.0 458.0 -11.05 413.0 1.0 458.0 44.2 +17
51- +17 413.0
52- GRID 1 20.25 90. 12456
53- GRID 2 -81. 90. 12456
54- GRID 3 17.85 186. 12456
55- GRID 4 -71.4 186. 12456
56- GRID 5 15.8 268. 12456
57- GRID 6 -63.2 268. 12456
58- GRID 7 13.3 368. 12456
59- GRID 8 -53.2 368. 12456
60- GRID 9 11.05 458. 12456
61- GRID 10 -44.2 458. 12456
62- GRID 11 0.0 0. 126
63- MKAERO1 0. +MK
64- +MK 0.001 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.50 1.0
65- PAERO1 1000
66- PARAM GRDPNT 11
67- PARAM KDAMP -1
68- PARAM LMODES 10
69- PARAM VREF 12.0
70- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
71- SET1 14 1 THRU 11
72- SPC1 1 345 11
73- SPLINE2 100 1001 1005 1024 14 0.0 1.0 0 +SP100
74- +SP100 -1.0 -1.0
75- TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
76- +T2000 0.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 ENDT
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 77
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 367
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-7 Output for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory
EXAMPLE HA145B: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING FLUTTER ANALYSIS PAGE 14
CANTILEVERED, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.0
PK FLUTTER METHOD
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 11
M O
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.191900E+04 5.128960E+06 -1.642074E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 5.128960E+06 1.350243E+09 -2.381847E+07 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.642074E+05 -2.381847E+07 4.458782E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 4.191900E+04 3.917256E+00 1.223541E+02 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 7.226942E+08 3.727022E+06 0.000000E+00 *
* 3.727022E+06 4.458139E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
I(Q)
* 4.458143E+09 *
* 7.226906E+08 *
* 0.000000E+00 *
Q
* 9.977437E-04 9.999995E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -9.999995E-01 9.977437E-04 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 1.637768E+02 1.279753E+01 2.036790E+00 8.160930E+00 1.336571E+03
2 2 4.982469E+02 2.232145E+01 3.552568E+00 5.525822E+01 2.753224E+04
3 3 2.092550E+03 4.574440E+01 7.280447E+00 7.079897E+00 1.481504E+04
4 4 5.402874E+03 7.350424E+01 1.169856E+01 8.652712E+00 4.674951E+04
5 5 8.742090E+03 9.349915E+01 1.488085E+01 4.002357E+00 3.498896E+04
6 8 1.766007E+04 1.328912E+02 2.115029E+01 3.883447E+00 6.858195E+04
7 6 2.398459E+04 1.548696E+02 2.464826E+01 3.597392E+00 8.628196E+04
8 10 4.211864E+04 2.052283E+02 3.266309E+01 3.142601E+00 1.323621E+05
9 9 6.020812E+04 2.453734E+02 3.905239E+01 1.016253E+00 6.118669E+04
10 7 9.183204E+04 3.030380E+02 4.823000E+01 8.617019E+00 7.913184E+05
EIGENVALUE = 1.637768E+02
CYCLES = 2.036790E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 4.982469E+02
CYCLES = 3.552568E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
Main Index
368
Listing 8-7 Output for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
EIGENVALUE = 2.092550E+03
CYCLES = 7.280447E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
EIGENVALUE = 5.402874E+03
CYCLES = 1.169856E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 4
EIGENVALUE = 8.742090E+03
CYCLES = 1.488085E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 5
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 369
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-7 Output for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
A ZERO FREQUENCY ROOT HAS EMERGED. WHEN THE MACH NO., DENSITY AND VELOCITY ARE COMPATIBLE
IT MAY BE INTERPRETED TWO WAYS DEPENDING ON THE SIGN OF THE REAL PART:
1. (-) A MODE IS CRITICALLY DAMPED, OR,
2. (+) THE SYSTEM IS DIVERGING.
ONLY THE MOST CRITICAL ( I.E., MOST POSITIVE REAL ROOTS ) ARE PRINTED IN THE FLUTTER SUMMARY.
FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES, THE REMAINING REAL ROOTS ARE PRINTED HERE.
FLUTTER SUMMARY
POINT = 1 MACH NUMBER = 0.0000 DENSITY RATIO = 1.0000E+00 METHOD = PK
Main Index
370
Listing 8-7 Output for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
POINT = 2 MACH NUMBER = 0.0000 DENSITY RATIO = 1.0000E+00 METHOD = PK
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 371
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-7 Output for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
POINT = 5 MACH NUMBER = 0.0000 DENSITY RATIO = 1.0000E+00 METHOD = PK
Main Index
372
Listing 8-7 Output for Jet Transport Wing by Lifting Surface Theory (continued)
COMPLEX EIGENVALUE = -1.002459E+00, 0.000000E+00
C O M P L E X E I G E N V E C T O R NO. 12
(REAL/IMAGINARY)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 373
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Strip Theory Aerodynamics. CAERO4 4000 is the Bulk Data entry for the Strip Theory
aerodynamics. It invokes property entry PAERO4 that lists the aerodynamic and geometrical
characteristics of each strip. The basic coordinate system is specified and nonuniform strip
divisions are given on AEFACT 77 for the six strips; the continuation entry tabulates the
planform geometry at the root and tip chords. PAERO4 4001 provides CLA = 0 for no Prandtl-
Glauert compressibility correction, LCLA = 0 for the theoretical two-dimensional lift curve slope
on each strip to be c l = 2π , CIRC = 0 for the exact circulation function of Theodorsen, and
α
LCIRC = 0 since no approximation is used for the circulation function. The remaining required
data provide any control surface geometry, and, since there is no aileron,
DOCi = CAOCi = GAPOCi = 0.0 for all six strips.
SPLlNE2 100 is the linear spline along the 35%-chord elastic axis that connects all 11 structural
grid points to the five strips (IDs 4001 through 4005) outboard of the fuselage side, i.e., the
inboard strip (ID 4000), which is assumed to represent the fuselage, does not move.
The aerodynamics for the flutter analysis are specified on MKAERO1 entries for a Mach number
m = 0.0 and reduced frequencies k from 0.0001 (to obtain the divergence speed) up to 1.5; the
11 values of k require two separate MKAERO1 entries. FLUTTER 30 specifies the K-method of
flutter analysis with a density ratio of 1.0 on FLFACT 1, a Mach number m = 0.0 on FLFACT 2,
and a series of reduced frequencies decreasing from k = 0.20 to k = 0.0001 ; the two small
values of k determine the divergence speed, and the remaining values determine the flutter
speed.
The K-method also requires an EIGC entry to specify the complex eigenvalue method. EIGC 20
requests the Upper Hessenberg method to determine all 10 eigenvalues with the modal
participation factors (eigenvectors of the modal solution) normalized on their maximum
component. The ENDDATA entry completes the Bulk Data Section.
The Case Control Section includes the title, subtitle, and label. ECHO = BOTH prints both the
annotated and sorted input files. SPC = 1 refers to the SPC1 1 entry, which constrains the
fuselage additionally in plunge, roll, and pitch. SDAMP = 2000 refers to the damping entry
TABDMP1. The vibration control METHOD = 10 refers to ElGR 10. The complex eigenvalue
control CMETHOD = 20 refers to EIGC 20, and the flutter control FMETHOD = 30 refers to
FLUTTER 30, which specifies the K-method. SDISP(PLOT) = ALL and DISP(PLOT) = ALL save
the eigenvector and displacement data for plotting but do not print them. Note that
SDISP = ALL and DISP = ALL will lead to an extensive amount of printed output. The
remaining Case Control entries set up the V-g and V-f curves for plotting. The command BEGIN
BULK ends the Case Control Section.
Main Index
374
The Executive Control Section begins with the identification ID MSC, HA145C. Time 5 limits
CPU time to 5.0 minutes. SOL 145 calls for the Aerodynamic Flutter DMAP solution sequence,
and CEND concludes the Executive Control Section. The input data echo is shown in Listing 8-
8 followed by the sorted Bulk Data entries in Listing 8-9. Selected output data are shown in
Listing 8-10 and in Figure 8-6. The primary results of the analysis are discussed as follows.
The K-flutter analysis shows the same number of instabilities as the PK-flutter analysis of
Example HA145B (p. 357), but at somewhat different speeds because of the significant
differences between Lifting Surface Theory and Strip Theory. The critical flutter speed in the V-
g curve of Figure 8-6 or in the Flutter Summary for Point 6 ( k = 0.090 ) is 1152 ft/s = 786 mph .
This speed is 9.1% higher than that obtained by Lifting Surface Theory. A comparison of the
Lifting Surface and Strip Theory damping results is shown in Figure 8-7 for the critical second
(torsion) flutter mode. The differences in frequencies are small whereas the differences in
damping are substantial.
The divergence speeds are found from the K-flutter analysis at very low reduced frequencies.
From the Flutter Summary, Point 12 ( k = 0.0010 ) shows the lowest divergence speed to be
1421.4 ft/s (with an artificial structural damping of g = – 0.0250 ), and Point 13 ( k = 0.0001 )
shows the lowest divergence speed to be 1419.8 ft/s (with g = – 0.00303 ). Point 13,
corresponding to a very low value of k , is the more accurate result and agrees almost exactly
with the value of 1419.9 ft/s obtained by regarding divergence as a static instability (eigenvalue)
problem in Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955). The critical speeds of the higher
divergence modes are also estimated from Point 13. The second speed is 2873 ft/s and the third
speed is 4486 ft/s, approximately in the ratio 1:2:3 as theoretically predicted for a uniform wing
by Strip Theory. The divergence speed of 1420 ft/s from Strip Theory is 14.0% lower than the
1651 ft/s obtained from Lifting Surface Theory in Example HA145B.
It is important to note that in this example Strip Theory is conservative for the prediction of
divergence, but unconservative for the prediction of flutter.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 375
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
0.1
1st mode
Flutter Divergence
2nd mode
0.0
Damping, g
-0.1
-0.2
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Velocity (ft/s)
4.0
3.0
Frequency (Hz)
2.0
1.0
1st mode
2nd mode
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Velocity (ft/s)
Figure 8-6 BAH Wing V-g and V-f Curves for First and Second Modes
Main Index
376
0.20
Doublet-Lattice Method
Strip Theory
0.10
Damping, g
-0.10
-0.20
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Velocity, ft/s
Figure 8-7 Stability Curves for Critical Torsion Mode of BAH Wing
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 377
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
ID MSC, HA145C
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145C $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ CANTILEVERED WING WITH TEN BEAM $
$ ELEMENTS AND DUMBBELL MASSES $
$ $
$ SOLUTION K METHOD OF FLUTTER ANALYSIS $
$ USING STRIP THEORY WITH THE EXACT $
$ THEODORSEN FUNCTION AT MACH NO. 0.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT TABULATED MODAL DEFLECTIONS PLUS $
$ X-Y PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ TIME IN CPU MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
Main Index
378
Listing 8-8 Input for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory (continued)
EXAMPLE HA145C: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING FLUTTER ANALYSIS PAGE 4
CANTILEVERED, EXACT STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
K-FLUTTER METHOD
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$
INCLUDE BAH_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_MASS.DAT
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS $
$ AND ENFORCED DISPLACEMENTS. IT LISTS THE ID, GRID POINT $
$ NO., CONSTRAINED DOFS AND VALUE OF AN ENFORCED DISPLACE- $
$ MENT. $
$ $
$ SID G C D
SPC 1 11 345
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUSION $
$ OF STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE HANDBOOK $
$ FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECT. 3.2.2). IF SET TO -1, MODAL $
$ DAMPING IS PUT INTO COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX AS STRUCTURAL $
$ DAMPING. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM KDAMP -1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY DEFINES MODAL DAMPING AS A TABULAR $
$ FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING LEVELS ARE LINEAR $
$ BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE EXTRAP- $
$ OLATED OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID TYPE +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 G +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 ENDT
$
$
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=1 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED WITH A ROOT REFLECTION PLANE; $
$ SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH $
$ FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ NOTE THAT THE THE DIMENSIONS OF THE REFERENCE DENSITY OF $
$ AIR ARE SNAILS PER CUBIC INCH, NOT POUNDS PER CUBIC INCH. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 131.232 1.1468-7 1
$ $
$ THIS CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FLAGGED BY THE AERO ENTRY. LISTED ARE THE ORIGIN, A $
$ POINT ALONG THE Z AXIS AND A POINT IN THE X-Z PLANE, $
$ ALL IN THE RID COORDINATE SYSTEM. NOTE THAT IN THIS $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM THE UPSIDE DOWN AND BACKWARDS STRUC- $
$ TURE WILL FLY UPSIDE UP AND FORWARD. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
$ C1 C2 C3
+C1 -1. 0. 0.
$ $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 379
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-8 Input for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory (continued)
$ THE CAERO4 ENTRY IS USED TO SPECIFY STRIP THEORY AERO. $
$ PID IDENTIFIES A PAERO4 ENTRY WHERE THE ELEMENT PROPERTIES $
$ ARE GIVEN, CP DEFAULTS TO THE BASIC COORDINATE SYSTEM, $
$ NSPAN WOULD BE THE NUMBER OF EQUAL SPAN STRIPS, HOWEVER $
$ LSPAN SPECIFIES THE AEFACT ENTRY WHERE THE UNEQUAL STRIP $
$ WIDTHS ARE DEFINED. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY DEFINES THE $
$ INBD AND OUTBD LEADING EDGE POINTS AND THE CHORDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN LSPAN
CAERO4 4000 4001 0 0 77 +BAH
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
+BAH 78.75 0.0 0.0 225.0 35.0 500.0 0.0 100.0
$ $
$ THIS AEFACT ENTRY GIVES THE EDGES OF THE STRIPS IN PERCENT $
$ OF SPAN. $
$ $
$ SID D1 D2 D3 ETC
AEFACT 77 .0 .09 .276 .454 .636 .826 1.0
$ $
$ THE PAERO4 ENTRY DEFINES PROPERTIES OF THE STRIP ELEMENTS $
$ FOR STRIP THEORY AERODYNAMICS. IT OFFERS A WIDE VARIETY $
$ OF OPTIONS. CLA DEFAULTS TO NO COMPRESSIBILITY CORRECTION $
$ AND NO CORRECTIONS OF LIFT CURVE SLOPES. LCLA MUST BE ZERO $
$ WHEN CLA IS ZERO. CIRC=0 SPECIFIES THE EXACT EXPRESSION FOR $
$ THE THEODORSEN CIRCULATION FUNCTION. DOC, CAOC AND GAPOC $
$ ARE REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH THE STRIP HAS NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ IN FRACTIONS OF CHORD THESE ARE THE DISTANCE FROM THE QUARTER $
$ CHORD TO THE HINGE LINE, THE CONTROL SURFACE CHORD AND THE $
$ GAP BETWEEN THE PRIMARY SURFACE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ CAOC1=0. SPECIFIES NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ $
$ PID CLA LCLA CIRC LCIRC DOC1 CAOC1 GAPOC1
PAERO4 4001 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA41
+PA41 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA42
+PA42 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
$ $
$ * * SPLINE FIT ON THE LIFTING SURFACES * * $
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE2 ENTRY SPECIFIES A BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLAT- $
$ ION OVER THE REGION OF THE CAERO ENTRY (ID1 AND ID2 ARE $
$ THE FIRST AND LAST BOXES IN THIS REGION). SETG REFERS $
$ TO A SET1 ENTRY WHERE THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS ARE $
$ DEFINED. DZ AND DTOR ARE SMOOTHING CONSTANTS FOR LINEAR $
$ ATTACHMENT AND TORSIONAL FLEXIBILITIES. DTHX AND DTHY $
$ ARE ROTATIONAL ATTACHMENT FLEXIBILITIES. CID IDENTIFIES $
$ THE SPLINE AXIS. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 100 4000 4001 4005 14 .0 1.0 0 +SP100
$ DTHX DTHY
+SP100 -1.0 -1.0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
SET1 14 1 THRU 11
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. IF MORE THAN $
$ EIGHT MACH NO.S OR REDUCED FREQUENCIES ARE REQUIRED A SECOND $
$ MKAERO1 ENTRY IS NECESSARY. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 0.0 +MK1
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 ETC
+MK1 0.0001 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.20
MKAERO1 0.0 +MK2
+MK2 0.50 1.0 1.5
$ $
$ * * SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
Main Index
380
Listing 8-8 Input for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory (continued)
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 30 K 1 2 3 L 6
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NO.S $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
FLFACT 2 .0 MACH NO
FLFACT 3 0.20 0.16 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 +FLF3
+FLF3 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.001 0.0001
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE $
$ USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM LMODES 10
$ $
$ THE PARAM,VREF,C ENTRY SPECIFIES A CONVERSION FACTOR TO BE $
$ USED TO CONVERT THE DIMENSIONS OF THE OUTPUT VELOCITIES BY $
$ DIVIDING BY C, IN THIS CASE BY 12.0 IN/FT TO PRINT VEL- $
$ OCITIES IN FT/SEC RATHER THAN IN/SEC. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM VREF 12.0
$ $
$ * * EIGENSOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM; IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. THREE MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 ND $
EIGR 10 MGIV 10 +EIGR
$ NORM G C $
+EIGR MAX
$ $
$ THE EIGC ENTRY DEFINES DATA NEEDED TO PERFORM A COMPLEX $
$ EIGENVALUE ANALYSIS. THIS ONE SPECIFIES THAT THE UPPER $
$ HESSENBERG METHOD BE USED TO EXTRACT COMPLEX EIGENVALUES $
$ AND THAT THE EIGENVECTORS BE NORMALIZED ON THEIR MAXIMUM $
$ COMPONENTS. IF THEY WERE TO HAVE BEEN NORMALIZED ON A $
$ POINT THE GRID AND DOF COMPONENT WOULD HAVE BEEN REQUIRED. $
$ THE CONVERGENCE CRITERION DEFAULTS TO 1.0-4 FOR THE INVERSE $
$ POWER METHOD, TO 1.0-11 FOR THE DETERMINANT METHOD AND TO $
$ 1.0-15 FOR THE HESSENBERG METHOD. WHEN THE HESSENBERG $
$ METHOD IS SPECIFIED ALL ENTRIES ON THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ EXCEPT THE NUMBER OF DESIRED ROOTS (NDL) ARE IGNORED. $
$
$ SID METHOD NORM G C E
EIGC 20 HESS MAX +EC
$ ALPHAA1 OMEGAA1 ALPHAB1 OMEGAB1 L1 NEL NDL
+EC 10
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 359
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 381
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-9 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory
EXAMPLE HA145C: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING FLUTTER ANALYSIS PAGE 12
CANTILEVERED, EXACT STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
K-FLUTTER METHOD
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 77 .0 .09 .276 .454 .636 .826 1.0
2- AERO 1 131.232 1.1468-71
3- CAERO4 4000 4001 0 0 77 +BAH
4- +BAH 78.75 0.0 0.0 225.0 35.0 500.0 0.0 100.0
5- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
6- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
7- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
8- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
9- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
10- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
11- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
12- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
13- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
14- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
15- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
16- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
17- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
18- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
19- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
20- CONM1 1 11 +51
21- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
22- +52 4.35+09
23- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
24- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
25- EIGC 20 HESS MAX +EC
26- +EC 10
27- EIGR 10 MGIV 10 +EIGR
28- +EIGR MAX
29- FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
30- FLFACT 2 .0 MACH NO
31- FLFACT 3 0.20 0.16 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 +FLF3
32- +FLF3 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.001 0.0001
33- FLUTTER 30 K 1 2 3 L 6
34- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
35- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
36- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
37- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
38- +04 11 6 +05
39- +05 Z 8.7172-61.3361-61.2778-56.2720-61.6251-51.0492-52.0478-5+06
40- +06 1.5630-52.4285-52.0403-53.0861-56.2720-63.2297-51.0492-53.3529-5+07
41- +07 1.5630-53.5021-52.0257-53.5785-52.7732-51.5726-54.8255-53.7628-5+08
42- +08 7.3284-56.4338-59.5810-58.8378-56.3749-53.7628-58.0136-56.4338-5+09
43- +09 1.0012-48.8378-51.1811-41.2758-41.1344-41.9350-41.8160-42.5283-4+10
44- +10 2.4294-41.6999-41.8160-42.2920-42.4294-42.8249-43.6862-43.5052-4+11
45- +11 5.2675-45.1171-44.2292-45.1171-45.7187-48.4840-48.2340-49.2340-4+12
46- +12 S 1.0 90.0 -20.25 45.0 1.0 90.0 81.0 +13
47- +13 45.0 1.0 186.0 -17.85 141.0 1.0 186.0 71.4 +14
48- +14 141.0 1.0 268.0 -15.80 223.0 1.0 268.0 63.2 +15
49- +15 223.0 1.0 368.0 -13.30 323.0 1.0 368.0 53.2 +16
50- +16 323.0 1.0 458.0 -11.05 413.0 1.0 458.0 44.2 +17
51- +17 413.0
52- GRID 1 20.25 90. 12456
53- GRID 2 -81. 90. 12456
54- GRID 3 17.85 186. 12456
55- GRID 4 -71.4 186. 12456
56- GRID 5 15.8 268. 12456
57- GRID 6 -63.2 268. 12456
58- GRID 7 13.3 368. 12456
59- GRID 8 -53.2 368. 12456
60- GRID 9 11.05 458. 12456
61- GRID 10 -44.2 458. 12456
62- GRID 11 0.0 0. 126
63- MKAERO1 0.0 +MK1
64- +MK1 0.0001 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.20
65- MKAERO1 0.0 +MK2
66- +MK2 0.50 1.0 1.5
67- PAERO4 4001 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA41
68- +PA41 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA42
69- +PA42 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
70- PARAM GRDPNT 11
71- PARAM KDAMP -1
72- PARAM LMODES 10
73- PARAM VREF 12.0
74- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
75- SET1 14 1 THRU 11
76- SPC 1 11 345
77- SPLINE2 100 4000 4001 4005 14 .0 1.0 0 +SP100
78- +SP100 -1.0 -1.0
79- TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
80- +T2000 0.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 ENDT
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 81
Main Index
382
Listing 8-10 Output Data for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory
EXAMPLE HA145C: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING FLUTTER ANALYSIS PAGE 15
CANTILEVERED, EXACT STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
K-FLUTTER METHOD
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 11
M O
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.191900E+04 5.128960E+06 -1.642074E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 5.128960E+06 1.350243E+09 -2.381847E+07 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.642074E+05 -2.381847E+07 4.458782E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 4.191900E+04 3.917256E+00 1.223541E+02 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 7.226942E+08 3.727022E+06 0.000000E+00 *
* 3.727022E+06 4.458139E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
I(Q)
* 4.458143E+09 *
* 7.226906E+08 *
* 0.000000E+00 *
Q
* 9.977437E-04 9.999995E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -9.999995E-01 9.977437E-04 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 1.637768E+02 1.279753E+01 2.036790E+00 8.160930E+00 1.336571E+03
2 2 4.982469E+02 2.232145E+01 3.552568E+00 5.525822E+01 2.753224E+04
3 3 2.092550E+03 4.574440E+01 7.280447E+00 7.079897E+00 1.481504E+04
4 4 5.402874E+03 7.350424E+01 1.169856E+01 8.652712E+00 4.674951E+04
5 5 8.742090E+03 9.349915E+01 1.488085E+01 4.002357E+00 3.498896E+04
6 8 1.766007E+04 1.328912E+02 2.115029E+01 3.883447E+00 6.858195E+04
7 6 2.398459E+04 1.548696E+02 2.464826E+01 3.597392E+00 8.628196E+04
8 10 4.211864E+04 2.052283E+02 3.266309E+01 3.142601E+00 1.323621E+05
9 9 6.020812E+04 2.453734E+02 3.905239E+01 1.016253E+00 6.118669E+04
10 7 9.183204E+04 3.030380E+02 4.823000E+01 8.617019E+00 7.913184E+05
EIGENVALUE = 1.637768E+02
CYCLES = 2.036790E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 4.982469E+02
CYCLES = 3.552568E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 383
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-10 Output Data for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory (continued)
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
384
Listing 8-10 Output Data for Jet Transport Wing by Strip Theory (continued)
POINT = 9 MACH NUMBER = 0.0000 DENSITY RATIO = 1.0000E+00 METHOD = K
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 385
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
The aileron characteristics are provided by the input data BAH_AILERON.DAT, shown
previously in Listing 7-6. The CAERO4 1001 and PAERO4 entries, along with the AEFACT 1
and AEFACT 2 entries, provide the Strip Theory aerodynamics for nine strips on the wing: five
inboard of the aileron, three across the aileron, and one outboard, as shown in Figure 8-8. The
PAERO4 entry specifies no Prandtl-Glauert compressibility correction and three terms in the
approximate circulation function with coefficients on AEFACT 2. The PAERO4 entry also
specifies the control surface geometry on each strip, (there is no control surface on Strips 1
through 5, and 9) and a control surface on Strips 6 through 8 with a 75% hinge line and 25% chord
without a gap. The theoretical oscillatory aerodynamic loads are modified by factors on DMI
entries. Unit factors are input on each strip for lift and pitching moment and a factor of 0.50 is
input to reduce the control surface hinge moments on Strips 6 through 8. Three SPLlNE3 entries
provide the control surface connection for the three strips with the control surface. SPLlNE3 151
specifies the relative angle on the sixth strip (UKID = 1006) on panel CAER04 1001 via the code
COMP = 6 to be equal to the negative rotation (R2) of GRID 12. SPLINE3 152 and 153 specify the
angle on the seventh and eighth strips.
The vibration analysis uses the modified Givens method and requests 11 modes: 10 for the wing
and one for the aileron. The parameter PARAM,LMODES selects all eleven modes for the modal
formulation of the flutter equations. The PK-method is specified on FLUTTER 40 for sea-level
density and Mach zero; the tabulation of velocities on FLFACT 4 lists all values as positive so no
eigenvectors will be obtained for the six roots that are requested. ENDDATA is the last entry in
the input Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section includes the title, subtitle, label, ECHO =
BOTH, SPC = 1 for the additional fuselage constraints, SDAMP = 2000 for the structural
damping, MPC = 1 for the control surface rotation, METHOD = 10 for the vibration analysis,
SVEC = ALL to print the vibration modes of the a-set grid points, and FLUTTER = 40 for the PK-
flutter method. SDISP(PLOT) = ALL, and DISP(PLOT) = 10 save the data for subsequent
plotting but do not print them, and BEGIN BULK completes the Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section includes ID MSC, HA145D, TIME 5, and SOL 145. CEND
concludes the Executive Control Section.
Main Index
386
Output. The input data are shown in Listing 8-11 and the Sorted Bulk Data entries follow in
Listing 8-12. Selected output data are presented in Listing 8-13. Highlights of the output are
discussed as follows.
The statically balanced (and massless) aileron does not affect any of the wing frequencies, and
the coupled wing/aileron frequency is 59.993 Hz. The flutter solutions are almost identical to
the case without the aileron [Rodden, Harder, and Bellinger (1979, Figs. 17-19)] as expected
because of the high aileron frequency, the aileron complete balance, and the reduction in the
aileron aerodynamic hinge moment coefficients. In the Flutter Summaries, Points 1 and 2 are of
primary interest. Point 1 gives the solution for the stable bending mode until it transitions to an
aerodynamic lag root that goes unstable at the divergence speed of V = 1419.9 ft/s . This is the
expected divergence speed. The appearance of the aerodynamic lag root was not recognized by
Rodden, Harder, and Bellinger (1979) but is explained by Rodden and Bellinger (1982a). Point 2
is the coupled torsion mode that goes unstable at the lowest flutter speed of V = 1133 ft/s (by
linear interpolation), as before. The flutter speed is slightly lower than that obtained ( 1152 ft/s )
in the previous Example HA145C of (p. 373) because of the different representations of the
circulation function, not because of differences between the K- and PK-methods of flutter
analysis.
25% Chord
7
35% Elastic
Axis 100 in
225 in
8
Aileron
12
75% Chord
500 in
Figure 8-8 BAH Wing and Aileron and Aerodynamic Strip Idealization
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 387
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-11 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145D
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE H145D $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ CANTILEVERED WING WITH BALANCED $
$ CONTROL SURFACE $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD USING $
$ STRIP THEORY AERODYNAMICS WITH THE $
$ W.P.JONES APPROXIMATION TO THE $
$ THEODORSEN FUNCTION AT MACH NO. 0. $
$ $
$ OUTPUT TABULATED MODAL DEFLECTIONS PLUS $
$ X-Y PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ TIME IN CPU MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
EXAMPLE HA145D: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING WITH CONTROL SURFACE PAGE 2
CANTILEVERED, W.P.JONES STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
PK FLUTTER METHOD
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145D: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING WITH CONTROL SURFACE
2 SUBTI = CANTILEVERED, W.P.JONES STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
3 LABEL = PK FLUTTER METHOD
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $ FUSELAGE CONSTRAINT
6 SDAMP = 2000 $ STRUCTURAL DAMPING
7 MPC = 1 $ CONTROL SURFACE RELATIVE MOTION
8 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS FOR VIBRATION ANALYSIS
9 SVEC = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
10 FMETHOD = 40 $ PK-FLUTTER METHOD
11 $---BE CAREFUL WITH EIGENVECTOR TABULATIONS: THE SDISP COMMAND PRINTS
12 $ ONE MODAL EIGENVECTOR PER PAGE FOR EACH EIGENVALUE AND FOR ALL THE
13 $ VALUES OF REDUCED FREQUENCY; THE DISP COMMAND PRINTS THE CORRESPONDING
14 $ GRID DISPLACEMENTS ONE SET PER PAGE
15 SDISP(PLOT) = ALL $ PLOT AND SAVE ALL MODAL PARTICIPATION FACTORS
16 SET 10 = 1 THRU 5000
17 DISP(PLOT) = 10 $ PLOT AND SAVE STRUCTURAL DISPLACEMENTS IN SET 10
18 OUTPUT(XYOUT)
19 CSCALE 2.0
20 PLOTTER NASTRAN
21 CURVELINESYMBOL = -6
22 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
23 YBTITLE =FREQUENCY F HZ
24 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (FT/SEC)
25 XMIN = 0.
26 XMAX = 2500.
27 YTMIN = -.6
28 YTMAX = +.1
29 YBMIN = 0.
30 YBMAX = 15.
31 XTGRID LINES = YES
32 XBGRID LINES = YES
33 YTGRID LINES = YES
34 YBGRID LINES = YES
35 UPPER TICS = -1
36 TRIGHT TICS = -1
37 BRIGHT TICS = -1
38 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F) 4(G,F) 5(G,F) 6(G,F) 7(G,F),
39 8(G,F) 9(G,F) 10(G,F) 11(G,F) 12(G,F) 13(G,F) 14(G,F),
40 15(G,F) 16(G,F) 17(G,F) 18(G,F) 19(G,F)
41 CURVELINESYMBOL = -6
42 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
43 YBTITLE =FREQUENCY F HZ
44 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (FT/SEC)
45 XMIN = 0.
46 XMAX = 1600.
47 YTMIN = -1.7
48 YTMAX = +.1
49 YBMIN = 0.
Main Index
388
Listing 8-11 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory (continued)
50 YBMAX = 2.5
51 XTGRID LINES = YES
52 XBGRID LINES = YES
53 YTGRID LINES = YES
54 YBGRID LINES = YES
55 UPPER TICS = -1
56 TRIGHT TICS = -1
57 BRIGHT TICS = -1
58 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F) 4(G,F) 5(G,F) 6(G,F) 7(G,F),
59 8(G,F) 9(G,F) 10(G,F) 11(G,F) 12(G,F) 13(G,F) 14(G,F),
60 15(G,F) 16(G,F) 17(G,F) 18(G,F) 19(G,F)
61 BEGIN BULK
EXAMPLE HA145D: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING WITH CONTROL SURFACE PAGE 4
CANTILEVERED, W.P.JONES STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
PK FLUTTER METHOD
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_AILERON.DAT
$ $
INCLUDE BAH_MASS.DAT
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS $
$ AND ENFORCED DISPLACEMENTS. IT LISTS THE ID, GRID POINT $
$ NO., CONSTRAINED DOFS AND VALUE OF AN ENFORCED DISPLACE- $
$ MENT. $
$ $
$ SID G C D
SPC 1 11 345
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUSION $
$ OF STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE HANDBOOK $
$ FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECT. 3.2.2). IF SET TO -1, MODAL $
$ DAMPING IS PUT INTO COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX AS STRUCTURAL $
$ DAMPING. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM KDAMP +1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY DEFINES MODAL DAMPING AS A TABULAR $
$ FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING LEVELS ARE LINEAR $
$ BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE EXTRAP- $
$ OLATED OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0. 0.0 10. 0.0 ENDT
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 389
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-11 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory (continued)
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ REFERENCE LENGTHS PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ = 1 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED WITH A ROOT REFLECTION PLANE; $
$ SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH $
$ FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ NOTE THAT THE THE DIMENSIONS OF THE REFERENCE DENSITY OF $
$ AIR ARE SNAILS PER CUBIC INCH, NOT POUNDS PER CUBIC INCH. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 131.232 1.1468-7 1
$ $
$ THIS CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FLAGGED BY THE AERO ENTRY. LISTED ARE THE ORIGIN, A $
$ POINT ALONG THE Z AXIS AND A POINT IN THE X-Z PLANE, $
$ ALL IN THE RID COORDINATE SYSTEM. NOTE THAT IN THIS $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM THE UPSIDE DOWN AND BACKWARDS STRUC- $
$ TURE WILL FLY UPSIDE UP AND FORWARD. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
$ C1 C2 C3
+C1 -1. 0. 0.
$ $
$ THE CAERO4 ENTRY IS USED TO SPECIFY STRIP THEORY AERO. $
$ PID IDENTIFIES A PAERO4 ENTRY WHERE THE ELEMENT PROPERTIES $
$ ARE GIVEN, CP DEFAULTS TO THE BASIC COORDINATE SYSTEM, $
$ NSPAN WOULD BE THE NUMBER OF EQUAL SPAN STRIPS, HOWEVER $
$ LSPAN SPECIFIES THE AEFACT ENTRY WHERE THE UNEQUAL STRIP $
$ WIDTHS ARE DEFINED. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY DEFINES THE $
$ INBD AND OUTBD LEADING EDGE POINTS AND THE CHORDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN LSPAN
CAERO4 1001 1001 0 0 1 +BAH
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
+BAH 78.75 0.0 0.0 225.0 35.0 500.0 0.0 100.0
$ $
$ THIS AEFACT ENTRY GIVES THE EDGES OF THE STRIPS IN PERCENT $
$ OF SPAN. $
$ $
$ SID D1 D2 D3 ETC
AEFACT 1 .0 .09 .276 .454 .636 .74 .826 +AF
+AF .90 .974 1.0
$ $
$ THE PAERO4 ENTRY DEFINES PROPERTIES OF THE STRIP ELEMENTS $
$ FOR STRIP THEORY AERODYNAMICS. IT OFFERS A WIDE VARIETY $
$ OF OPTIONS. CLA DEFAULTS TO NO COMPRESSIBILITY CORRECTION $
$ AND NO CORRECTIONS OF LIFT CURVE SLOPES. LCLA MUST BE ZERO $
$ WHEN CLA IS ZERO. CIRC=2 SPECIFIES AN APPROXIMATE EXPRESSION $
$ FOR THE THEODORSEN CIRCULATION FUNCTION; THE APPOXIMATION $
$ CONSTANTS ARE LISTED ON AN AEFACT ENTRY SPECIFIED BY LCIRC. $
$ DOC, CAOC, AND GAPOC ARE REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH A STRIP HAS NO $
$ CONTROL SURFACE. THESE ARE THE DISTANCE FROM THE QUARTER- $
$ CHORD TO THE HINGE LINE, THE CONTROL SURFACE CHORD, AND THE $
$ GAP BETWEEN THE PRIMARY SURFACE AND THE CONTROL SURFACE, ALL $
$ EXPRESSED AS FRACTIONS OF THE LOCAL CHORD. CAOC=0.0 SPECIFIES $
$ NO CONTROL SURFACE. $
$ $
$ PID CLA LCLA CIRC LCIRC DOC1 CAOC1 GAPOC1
PAERO4 1001 0 0 2 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA41
+PA41 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA42
+PA42 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.50 0.25 0.0 0.50 +PA43
+PA43 0.25 0.0 0.50 0.25 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
$ $
$ THE AEFACT ENTRY IS A UTILITY ENTRY USED TO SPECIFY LISTS OF $
$ NUMBERS. THESE ARE IDENTIFIED BY THE LCIRC FIELD OF THE $
$ PAERO4 ENTRY AND ARE THE W.P.JONES CONSTANTS FOR THE $
$ APPROXIMATE CIRCULATION FUNCTION. $
$ $
AEFACT 2 0.0 1.0 -0.165 0.041 -0.335 0.320
$ $
$ * AERODYNAMIC CORRECTION FACTORS * $
$ $
$ THE DMI ENTRIES PROVIDE FOR DIRECT MATRIX INPUT BY THE USER. $
$ THEY MUST BE ANNOUNCED BY A DMAP ALTER IN THE EXECUTIVE $
$ CONTROL DECK. IN THIS CASE, THEY ARE CORRECTION FACTORS TO $
$ MODIFY THE THEORETICAL OSCILLATORY AERODYNAMIC COEFFICIENTS $
$ TO AGREE WITH EXPERIMENTAL DATA. $
$ $
$ NAME "0" FORM TIN TOUT M N
DMI WTFACT 0 2 1 21 21
$ 1ST STRIP
$ NAME J I1 A(I1,J) A(I1+1,J) ETC.
Main Index
390
Listing 8-11 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory (continued)
DMI WTFACT 1 1 1.0
DMI WTFACT 2 2 1.0
$ 2ND STRIP
DMI WTFACT 3 3 1.0
DMI WTFACT 4 4 1.0
$ 3RD STRIP
DMI WTFACT 5 5 1.0
DMI WTFACT 6 6 1.0
$ 4TH STRIP
DMI WTFACT 7 7 1.0
DMI WTFACT 8 8 1.0
$ 5TH STRIP
DMI WTFACT 9 9 1.0
DMI WTFACT 10 10 1.0
$ 6TH STRIP
DMI WTFACT 11 11 1.0
DMI WTFACT 12 12 1.0
DMI WTFACT 13 13 0.50
$ 7TH STRIP
DMI WTFACT 14 14 1.0
DMI WTFACT 15 15 1.0
DMI WTFACT 16 16 0.50
$ 8TH STRIP
DMI WTFACT 17 17 1.0
DMI WTFACT 18 18 1.0
DMI WTFACT 19 19 0.50
$ 9TH STRIP
DMI WTFACT 20 20 1.0
DMI WTFACT 21 21 1.0
$ $
$ * * SPLINE FIT ON THE LIFTING SURFACES * * $
$ $
$ * BEAM SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE2 ENTRY SPECIFIES A BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLAT- $
$ ION OVER THE REGION OF THE CAERO ENTRY (ID1 AND ID2 ARE $
$ THE FIRST AND LAST BOXES IN THIS REGION). SETG REFERS $
$ TO A SET1 ENTRY WHERE THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS ARE $
$ DEFINED. DZ AND DTOR ARE SMOOTHING CONSTANTS FOR LINEAR $
$ ATTACHMENT AND TORSIONAL FLEXIBILITIES. DTHX AND DTHY $
$ ARE ROTATIONAL ATTACHMENT FLEXIBILITIES. CID IDENTIFIES $
$ THE SPLINE AXIS. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 100 1001 1002 1009 14 .0 1.0 0 +SP100
$ DTHX DTHY
+SP100 -1.0 -1.0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
SET1 14 1 THRU 11
$
$ THE SPLINE3 ENTRY DEFINES A CONSTRAINT EQUATION FOR AEROELASTIC $
$ PROBLEMS; IT IS PARTICULARLY USEFUL FOR CONTROL SURFACE $
$ CONSTRAINTS. THE CAERO FIELD IS ID OF MACRO-ELEMENT ON WHICH $
$ THE ELEMENT TO BE INTERPOLATED LIES; UKID FIELD IS ID OF UK $
$ POINT, I.E., THE BOX NUMBER; COMP IS COMPONENT OF MOTION TO BE $
$ INTERPOLATED; GI IS ID OF INDEPENDENT GRID POINT; CI IS $
$ COMPONENT TO BE USED; AI IS COEFFICIENT IN CONSTRAINT $
$ RELATIONSHIP. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO UKID COMP G1 C1 A1 --- +ETC
SPLINE3 151 1001 1006 6 12 5 -1.0
SPLINE3 152 1001 1007 6 12 5 -1.0
SPLINE3 153 1001 1008 6 12 5 -1.0
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. IF MORE THAN $
$ EIGHT MACH NO.S OR REDUCED FREQUENCIES ARE REQUIRED A SECOND $
$ MKAERO1 ENTRY IS NECESSARY. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 0.0 +MK1
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 ETC
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 391
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-11 Input Files for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory (continued)
+MK1 0.001 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.20
MKAERO1 0.0 +MK2
+MK2 0.50 1.0 1.5
$ $
$ * * SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 40 PK 1 2 4 L 6
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NO.S $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
FLFACT 2 0.0 MACH NO
FLFACT 4 4800. 6000. 7200. 8400. 9600. 10800. 12000. +FLF4
+FLF4 12597.6 12598.8 13200. 14400. 15600. 17038.8 18000. 19200. +FLF4A
+FLF4A 20400. 21600. 22800. 24000. 25200. RFREQ
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE $
$ USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM LMODES 11
PARAM OPGTKG 1
$ $
$ THE PARAM,VREF,C ENTRY SPECIFIES A CONVERSION FACTOR TO BE $
$ USED TO CONVERT THE DIMENSIONS OF THE OUTPUT VELOCITIES BY $
$ DIVIDING BY C, IN THIS CASE BY 12.0 IN/FT TO PRINT VEL- $
$ OCITIES IN FT/SEC RATHER THAN IN/SEC. $
$ $
PARAM VREF 12.0
$ $
$ * * EIGENSOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM; IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. ELEVEN MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 ND $
EIGR 10 MGIV 11 +EIGR
$ NORM G C $
+EIGR MAX
$ $
ENDDATA
Main Index
392
Listing 8-12 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron
by Strip Theory
EXAMPLE HA145D: BAH JET TRANSPORT WING WITH CONTROL SURFACE APRIL 1, 1993 MSC/NASTRAN 3/31/93 PAGE 13
CANTILEVERED, W.P.JONES STRIP THEORY AT MACH NO. 0.0
PK FLUTTER METHOD
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 1 .0 .09 .276 .454 .636 .74 .826 +AF
2- +AF .90 .974 1.0
3- AEFACT 2 0.0 1.0 -0.165 0.041 -0.335 0.320
4- AERO 1 131.232 1.1468-71
5- CAERO4 1001 1001 0 0 1 +BAH
6- +BAH 78.75 0.0 0.0 225.0 35.0 500.0 0.0 100.0
7- CELAS2 3 5142661.12 5
8- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
9- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
10- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
11- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
12- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
13- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
14- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
15- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
16- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
17- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
18- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
19- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
20- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
21- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
22- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
23- CONM1 1 11 +51
24- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
25- +52 4.35+09
26- CONM1 2 12 +AIL1
27- +AIL1 0.0 0.0 +AIL2
28- +AIL2 13970.5
29- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
30- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
31- DMI WTFACT 0 2 1 21 21
32- DMI WTFACT 1 1 1.0
33- DMI WTFACT 2 2 1.0
34- DMI WTFACT 3 3 1.0
35- DMI WTFACT 4 4 1.0
36- DMI WTFACT 5 5 1.0
37- DMI WTFACT 6 6 1.0
38- DMI WTFACT 7 7 1.0
39- DMI WTFACT 8 8 1.0
40- DMI WTFACT 9 9 1.0
41- DMI WTFACT 10 10 1.0
42- DMI WTFACT 11 11 1.0
43- DMI WTFACT 12 12 1.0
44- DMI WTFACT 13 13 0.50
45- DMI WTFACT 14 14 1.0
46- DMI WTFACT 15 15 1.0
47- DMI WTFACT 16 16 0.50
48- DMI WTFACT 17 17 1.0
49- DMI WTFACT 18 18 1.0
50- DMI WTFACT 19 19 0.50
51- DMI WTFACT 20 20 1.0
52- DMI WTFACT 21 21 1.0
53- EIGR 10 MGIV 11 +EIGR
54- +EIGR MAX
55- FLFACT 1 1. DENSITY
56- FLFACT 2 0.0 MACH NO
57- FLFACT 4 4800. 6000. 7200. 8400. 9600. 10800. 12000. +FLF4
58- +FLF4 12597.6 12598.8 13200. 14400. 15600. 17038.8 18000. 19200. +FLF4A
59- +FLF4A 20400. 21600. 22800. 24000. 25200. RFREQ
60- FLUTTER 40 PK 1 2 4 L 6
61- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
62- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
63- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
64- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
65- +04 11 6 +05
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 393
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-12 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron
by Strip Theory (continued)
Main Index
394
PK FLUTTER METHOD
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 11
M O
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.191900E+04 5.128960E+06 -1.642074E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 5.128960E+06 1.350243E+09 -2.381847E+07 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.642074E+05 -2.381847E+07 4.458796E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 4.191900E+04 3.917256E+00 1.223541E+02 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 7.226942E+08 3.727022E+06 0.000000E+00 *
* 3.727022E+06 4.458153E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
I(Q)
* 4.458157E+09 *
* 7.226906E+08 *
* 0.000000E+00 *
Q
* 9.977400E-04 9.999995E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -9.999995E-01 9.977400E-04 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 1.637768E+02 1.279753E+01 2.036790E+00 8.160930E+00 1.336571E+03
2 2 4.982469E+02 2.232145E+01 3.552568E+00 5.525822E+01 2.753224E+04
3 3 2.092550E+03 4.574440E+01 7.280447E+00 7.079897E+00 1.481504E+04
4 4 5.402874E+03 7.350424E+01 1.169856E+01 8.652712E+00 4.674951E+04
5 5 8.742090E+03 9.349915E+01 1.488085E+01 4.002357E+00 3.498896E+04
6 8 1.766007E+04 1.328912E+02 2.115029E+01 3.883447E+00 6.858195E+04
7 6 2.398459E+04 1.548696E+02 2.464826E+01 3.597392E+00 8.628196E+04
8 10 4.211864E+04 2.052283E+02 3.266309E+01 3.142601E+00 1.323621E+05
9 9 6.020812E+04 2.453734E+02 3.905239E+01 1.016253E+00 6.118669E+04
10 7 9.183204E+04 3.030380E+02 4.823000E+01 8.617019E+00 7.913184E+05
11 11 1.420885E+05 3.769462E+02 5.999286E+01 3.619337E+01 5.142661E+06
EIGENVALUE = 1.637768E+02
CYCLES = 2.036790E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 4.982469E+02
CYCLES = 3.552568E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 395
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-13 Output for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory (continued)
EIGENVALUE = 1.420885E+05
CYCLES = 5.999286E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 11
MATRIX WTFACT (GINO NAME 101 ) IS A DB PREC 21 COLUMN X 21 ROW SQUARE MATRIX.
COLUMN 1 ROWS 1 THRU 1 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 2 ROWS 2 THRU 2 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
2) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 3 ROWS 3 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
3) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 4 ROWS 4 THRU 4 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
4) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 5 ROWS 5 THRU 5 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
5) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 6 ROWS 6 THRU 6 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
6) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 7 ROWS 7 THRU 7 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
7) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 8 ROWS 8 THRU 8 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
8) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 9 ROWS 9 THRU 9 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
9) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 10 ROWS 10 THRU 10 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
10) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 11 ROWS 11 THRU 11 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
11) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 12 ROWS 12 THRU 12 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
12) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 13 ROWS 13 THRU 13 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
13) 5.0000D-01
COLUMN 14 ROWS 14 THRU 14 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
14) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 15 ROWS 15 THRU 15 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
15) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 16 ROWS 16 THRU 16 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
16) 5.0000D-01
COLUMN 17 ROWS 17 THRU 17 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
17) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 18 ROWS 18 THRU 18 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
18) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 19 ROWS 19 THRU 19 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
19) 5.0000D-01
COLUMN 20 ROWS 20 THRU 20 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
20) 1.0000D+00
COLUMN 21 ROWS 21 THRU 21 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
21) 1.0000D+00
Main Index
396
Listing 8-13 Output for Jet Transport Wing/Aileron by Strip Theory (continued)
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 397
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Bulk Data Entries. The Bulk Data Section builds on that of Example HA144C (p. 223) for the
basic structural and aerodynamic data. The parameter PARAM,GRDPNT,17 has been added to
obtain the weight data that permitted adjusting the density. The KE-method of flutter analysis
is being demonstrated in this example. Since the KE-method permits inclusion of damping only
as a complex frequency dependent factor in the structural stiffness, structural damping is
included by means of the parameter PARAM,KDAMP,-1 and the TABDMP1 table. No damping
data were reported by Tuovila and McCarty (1955) so a value of g = 0.01 is assumed up to a
frequency of 1000.0 Hz.
The aerodynamic data begin with the AERO entry that uses the basic coordinate system for the
aerodynamic coordinate system, a reference chord of 2.0706 in., sea-level reference density,
SYMXZ = 1 for a complete wind tunnel wall reflection, and SYMXY = 0 to neglect wind
Main Index
398
tunnel floor or ceiling interference. The CAERO1, PAERO1, SPLlNE1 and SET1 entries provide
the aerodynamic geometry and surface spline data and are the same as in Example HA144C
(p. 223). The MKAERO1 entry provides the data required to interpolate the aerodynamic
matrices in the flutter solution. The Mach number, m = 0.45 , and reduced frequencies,
k = 0.001 , 0.10 , 0.12 , 0.14 , 0.16 and 0.20 , are specified to encompass the experimental value of
k = 0.1314 .
The Modified Givens method is selected for vibration analysis on the EIGR entry to obtain four
modes that have their largest components normalized to unity. The parameter
PARAM,LMODES,4 specifies that all four vibration modes be included in the formulation of the
flutter problem.
The FLUTTER entry specifies the KE-method of flutter analysis. Note that no EIGC entry is
required since the Upper Hessenberg method is built into the KE-method for complex
eigenvalues. The FLUTTER entry also identifies the three FLFACT entries that list the densities,
Mach numbers and reduced frequencies, and specifies linear interpolation for the aerodynamic
generalized force influence coefficients. The data item NVALUE is left blank so the KE-method
computes the default LMODES complex eigenvalues. FLFACT 1 gives the density ratio for the
wind tunnel test, FLFACT 2 gives the test Mach number, and FLFACT 3 gives the series of
reduced frequencies for the flutter analysis. The output flutter velocities in the summary are
converted from the analysis units of in/s to ft/s by means of the parameter PARAM,VREF,12.0.
The Bulk Data Section ends with the ENDDATA entry.
Case Control Commands. The first three entries in the Case Control Section are titles. ECHO
= BOTH requests the input data be printed in unsorted and sorted formats. SPC = 1 selects the
constraints on the wing root deflections and on the plate element in-plane rotations. SDAMP =
2000 invokes the tabular Bulk Data for structural damping. METHOD = 10 selects the
eigenvalue method for the vibration analysis, and FMETHOD = 30 selects the method of flutter
analysis. SVEC = ALL requests printed output of the displacements of the grid point degrees of
freedom in the analysis set (a-set), which in this case are the transverse deflections in the
vibration modes.
The OUTPUT(PLOT) entry identifies the plot packet for the structure plotter. CSCALE 2.0
specifies spacing of characters in the plot title. The set of elements to be plotted are the QUAD4s.
The FIND entry determines a scale and origin for the plots. The PLOT entry requests plots of the
vibration modes with undeformed underlays. The OUTPUT(XYOUT) entry identifies the plot
packet for xy-plots. CURVELINESYMBOL = 6 requests points on the first curve to be identified
by circle symbols. XYPLOT VG/1 (G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F) requests two types of xy-plots: plots of
velocity (x-axis) versus damping (y-axis) on the upper half of each frame and velocity versus
frequency (y-axis) on the lower half of each frame. Three curves are requested and represent the
first three modes. YTTITLE and YBTITLE request titles for the top and bottom plots. Similarly,
XTGRID, etc. request that reference lines be drawn on the plots at equal increments. BEGIN
BULK completes the Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section begins with the problem identification, ID MSC, HA145E. TIME
5 limits the CPU time to 5.0 minutes, and SOL 145 requests the Structured Aerodynamic Flutter
DMAP sequence. The CEND entry completes the Executive Control Section.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 399
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Output. The input data for this example are shown in Listing 8-14 and Listing 8-15 and limited
output data follow in Listing 8-16. The output data are discussed below.
The output consists of the weight and inertial data (which were used to monitor the model
weight and adjust the structural density), the vibration frequencies and the four (LMODES = 4)
vibration modal deflections for the a-set grid points, and the Flutter Summaries. The sorting
algorithm in the KE-method is shown in Eq. 2-126 and Eq. 2-127 and the “Points” in the
Summary Tables are not necessarily in the order of ascending modes. In this example, Point 1 is
the third mode, Point 2 is the second (critical) mode, Point 3 is the fourth mode, and Point 4 is
the first mode. This is the order in which the complex eigenvalues for the first value of reduced
frequency were output from the eigenvalue subroutine.
The flutter data from Point 2 are plotted in Figure 8-9 along with the experimental data. The
present four mode solution gives a flutter speed of V f = 483 ft/sec and flutter frequency of
f f = 113.0 Hz . The test results were V f = 495 ft/sec and f f = 120 Hz . The earlier analysis of
Rodden, Harder, and Bellinger (1979, Fig. 14), using the structural stick model, and three
vibration modes obtained V f = 509 ft/sec and f f = 134 Hz without any adjustment of that
model to agree with the measured vibration frequencies or including any structural damping.
Main Index
400
0.10
Experiment
Analysis
0.05
Damping, g
0.00
-0.05
-0.10
400 450 500 550
Velocity (ft/s)
200
150
Frequency (Hz)
100
Experiment
Analysis
50
400 450 500 550
Velocity (ft/s)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 401
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-14 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by KE-Method
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145E
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145E $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ SOLUTION KE FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD $
$ USING DOUBLET LATTICE METHOD $
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.45 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF VIBRATION MODES AND X-Y $
$ PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145E: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING
2 SUBT = KE-METHOD FLUTTER ANALYSIS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
3 LABEL = 0.041 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $ WING ROOT DEFLECTIONS AND PLATE IN-PLANE ROTATIONS FIXED
6 SDAMP = 2000
7 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD OF REAL EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION
8 FMETHOD = 30 $ KE-FLUTTER METHOD
9 SVEC = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
10 OUTPUT(PLOT)
11 CSCALE 2.0
12 PLOTTER NASTRAN
13 SET 1 = QUAD4
14 PTITLE = STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
15 FIND SCALE, ORIGIN 1, SET 1
16 PLOT MODAL 0 ORIGIN 1, SET 1
17 OUTPUT (XYOUT)
18 CSCALE 2.0
19 PLOTTER NASTRAN
20 CURVELINESYMBOL = 6
21 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
22 YBTITLE = FREQUENCY F HZ
23 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (FT/S)
24 XTGRID LINES = YES
25 XBGRID LINES = YES
26 YTGRID LINES = YES
27 YBGRID LINES = YES
28 UPPER TICS = -1
29 TRIGHT TICS = -1
30 BRIGHT TICS = -1
31 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F)
32 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
402
Listing 8-14 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by KE-Method (continued)
EXAMPLE HA145E: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING PAGE 3
KE-METHOD FLUTTER ANALYSIS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO, MASS $
$ DENSITY, THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT AND STRUCTURAL $
$ ELEMENT DAMPING. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 9.2418+63.4993+6 0.097464
$
$ PARAM GRDPNT CAUSES THE INERTIAL MATRIX TO BE GENERATED WITH $
$ RESPECT TO COORDINATES THROUGH THE GRID POINT SPECIFIED. $
$
PARAM GRDPNT 17
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED AND THE GRID $
$ POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC $
SPC1 1 12345 9
SPC1 1 12345 25
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ IN THE ANALYSIS SET. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS $
$ AND THE GRID ID NOS. $
$ $
$ V ID1 THRU ID2
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 16
ASET1 3 18 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUDING $
$ STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN THE EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE THE $
$ HANDBOOK FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECTION 3.2.2). IF SET TO $
$ -1, MODAL STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS INCLUDED AS THE IMAGINARY $
$ PART OF A COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM KDAMP -1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY AND TABLE DEFINE MODAL DAMPING AS A $
$ TABULAR FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING VALUES ARE $
$ LINEAR BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE $
$ EXTRAPOLATED OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 403
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-14 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by KE-Method (continued)
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED AS AN ISOLATED WING; SYMXY = 0 $
$ ASSUMES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH FROM THE $
$ FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 0 2.0706 1.1092-7 1
$ $
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET-LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE POINTS $
$ (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN AND LCHORD, ARE $
$ USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC PANELS. $
$ THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE LATTER $
$ FOR NON-UNIFORM SPACING. IGID IS THE ID OF ITS ASSOCIATED $
$ INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY DEFINES POINTS $
$ 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. THE BOXES FORMED $
$ BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED BEGINNING WITH EID $
$ SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, AND IS GREATER THAN ALL $
$ STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 101 1 0 6 4 1 +CA101
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) ROOTCHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) TIP CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
$ $
$ THE PAERO1 ENTRY IS REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH IT IS NON-FUNCTIONAL $
$ (BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ASSOCIATED BODIES IN THIS EXAMPLE). $
$ $
$ PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
PAERO1 1
$ $
$ * * SPLINE FIT ON THE LIFTING SURFACES * * $
$ $
$ * SURFACE SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$
$ THE SPLINE1 ENTRY DEFINES A SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPO- $
$ LATING OUT-OF-PLANE DISPLACEMENTS FROM THE STRUCTURAL $
$ GRID POINTS ON THE SETG ENTRY TO THE SUB-REGION DEFINED $
$ BY AERODYNAMIC BOXES 101 THRU 124 OF THE REGION ON THE $
$ CAERO1 ENTRY. DZ=0 SPECIFIES THAT NO SMOOTHING OF THE $
$ SPLINE IS TO BE IMPOSED. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ $
SPLINE1 100 101 101 124 100 .0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SET OF POINTS TO BE USED BY $
$ THE SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4 ETC
SET1 100 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 +S1
+S1 15 18 20 22 24 25 27 29 +S2
+S2 31 34 36 38 40
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DATABASE * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 0.45 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 ETC
+MK .001 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.20
$ $
Main Index
404
Listing 8-14 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing by KE-Method (continued)
$ * * VIBRATION ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE; IN THIS CASE THE MODIFIED $
$ GIVENS METHOD. SIX MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMALIZED ON THE $
$ MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NO $
EIGR 10 MGIV 4 +ER
$ NORM $
+ER MAX
$ $
$ THE PARAM,OPPHIPA,1 PROVIDES THE VIBRATION MODES FOR THE $
$ MODAL PLOT REQUESTS. $
$ $
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$ $
$ * * FLUTTER ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N VIBRATION MODES $
$ ARE TO BE USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS. IF A RESTART IS $
$ CONTEMPLATED TO DELETE MODES FROM THE ANALYSIS LMODES $
$ SHOULD BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE THE DELETION. $
$ $
PARAM LMODES 4
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 30 KE 1 2 3 L
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NOS. $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 0.967 DENSITY
FLFACT 2 .45 MACH NO
FLFACT 3 .20000 .16667 .14286 .12500 .11111 .10000 RFREQ
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER VREF IS USED TO DIVIDE THE ANALYSIS UNITS $
$ OF VELOCITY TO THOSE DESIRED IN THE FLUTTER SUMMARY, IN $
$ THIS CASE FROM IN/S TO FT/S. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM VREF 12.0
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 321
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 405
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-15 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
by KE-Method
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AERO 0 2.0706 1.1092-71
2- ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
3- ASET1 3 10 THRU 16
4- ASET1 3 18 THRU 24
5- ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
6- CAERO1 101 1 0 6 4 1 +CA101
7- +CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
8- CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 10 9 +M00000
9- +M00000 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
10- CQUAD4 2 1 2 3 11 10 +M00001
11- +M00001 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
12- CQUAD4 3 1 3 4 12 11 +M00002
13- +M00002 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
14- CQUAD4 4 1 4 5 13 12 +M00003
15- +M00003 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
16- CQUAD4 5 1 5 6 14 13 +M00004
17- +M00004 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
18- CQUAD4 6 1 6 7 15 14 +M00005
19- +M00005 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
20- CQUAD4 7 1 7 8 16 15 +M00006
21- +M00006 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
22- CQUAD4 8 1 9 10 18 17
23- CQUAD4 9 1 10 11 19 18
24- CQUAD4 10 1 11 12 20 19
25- CQUAD4 11 1 12 13 21 20
26- CQUAD4 12 1 13 14 22 21
27- CQUAD4 13 1 14 15 23 22
28- CQUAD4 14 1 15 16 24 23
29- CQUAD4 15 1 17 18 26 25
30- CQUAD4 16 1 18 19 27 26
31- CQUAD4 17 1 19 20 28 27
32- CQUAD4 18 1 20 21 29 28
33- CQUAD4 19 1 21 22 30 29
34- CQUAD4 20 1 22 23 31 30
35- CQUAD4 21 1 23 24 32 31
36- CQUAD4 22 1 25 26 34 33 +M00007
37- +M00007 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
38- CQUAD4 23 1 26 27 35 34 +M00008
39- +M00008 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
40- CQUAD4 24 1 27 28 36 35 +M00009
41- +M00009 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
42- CQUAD4 25 1 28 29 37 36 +M00010
43- +M00010 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
44- CQUAD4 26 1 29 30 38 37 +M00011
45- +M00011 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
46- CQUAD4 27 1 30 31 39 38 +M00012
47- +M00012 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
48- CQUAD4 28 1 31 32 40 39 +M00013
49- +M00013 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
50- EIGR 10 MGIV 4 +ER
51- +ER MAX
52- FLFACT 1 0.967 DENSITY
53- FLFACT 2 .45 MACH NO
54- FLFACT 3 .20000 .16667 .14286 .12500 .11111 .10000 RFREQ
55- FLUTTER 30 KE 1 2 3 L
56- GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
57- GRID 2 .211491 .7893 0.0
58- GRID 3 .422983 1.5786 0.0
59- GRID 4 .634474 2.3679 0.0
60- GRID 5 .845966 3.1572 0.0
61- GRID 6 1.05746 3.9465 0.0
62- GRID 7 1.26895 4.7358 0.0
63- GRID 8 1.48044 5.5251 0.0
64- GRID 9 .258819 0.0 0.0
65- GRID 10 .47031 .7893 0.0
66- GRID 11 .681802 1.5786 0.0
67- GRID 12 .893293 2.3679 0.0
Main Index
406
Listing 8-15 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
by KE-Method (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 407
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 17
M O
* 4.000018E-02 -2.715799E-20 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.105025E-01 *
* -2.715799E-20 4.000018E-02 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.960875E-02 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.000018E-02 1.105025E-01 -2.960875E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.105025E-01 4.070250E-01 -1.090611E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -2.960875E-02 -1.090611E-01 4.038716E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* -1.105025E-01 2.960875E-02 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.474122E-01 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 4.000018E-02 0.000000E+00 2.762550E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 4.000018E-02 7.402154E-01 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 4.000018E-02 7.402154E-01 2.762550E+00 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 1.017562E-01 2.726544E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 2.726544E-02 1.847031E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.202265E-01 *
I(Q)
* 1.098882E-01 *
* 1.033837E-02 *
* 1.202265E-01 *
Q
* 9.582864E-01 2.858097E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -2.858097E-01 9.582864E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 4.656516E+04 2.157896E+02 3.434399E+01 2.485460E-05 1.157358E+00
2 2 1.741004E+06 1.319471E+03 2.100004E+02 9.088139E-06 1.582249E+01
3 3 2.677549E+06 1.636322E+03 2.604287E+02 8.523229E-06 2.282136E+01
4 4 1.590669E+07 3.988319E+03 6.347607E+02 7.943937E-06 1.263618E+02
5 5 2.676045E+07 5.173050E+03 8.233165E+02 0.0 0.0
6 6 6.705251E+07 8.188560E+03 1.303250E+03 0.0 0.0
7 7 1.020573E+08 1.010234E+04 1.607838E+03 0.0 0.0
8 8 2.060991E+08 1.435615E+04 2.284852E+03 0.0 0.0
9 9 2.839795E+08 1.685169E+04 2.682030E+03 0.0 0.0
10 10 3.717569E+08 1.928100E+04 3.068666E+03 0.0 0.0
11 11 4.330577E+08 2.081004E+04 3.312021E+03 0.0 0.0
12 12 5.752655E+08 2.398469E+04 3.817282E+03 0.0 0.0
13 13 6.478299E+08 2.545250E+04 4.050891E+03 0.0 0.0
14 14 7.371569E+08 2.715063E+04 4.321158E+03 0.0 0.0
15 15 1.062141E+09 3.259050E+04 5.186939E+03 0.0 0.0
16 16 1.340560E+09 3.661366E+04 5.827244E+03 0.0 0.0
17 17 1.504211E+09 3.878416E+04 6.172690E+03 0.0 0.0
18 18 2.016247E+09 4.490264E+04 7.146477E+03 0.0 0.0
19 19 2.896543E+09 5.381954E+04 8.565646E+03 0.0 0.0
20 20 3.734665E+09 6.111191E+04 9.726263E+03 0.0 0.0
21 21 3.846094E+09 6.201689E+04 9.870294E+03 0.0 0.0
22 24 4.477241E+09 6.691219E+04 1.064941E+04 0.0 0.0
23 25 4.639453E+09 6.811353E+04 1.084060E+04 0.0 0.0
24 27 4.942807E+09 7.030509E+04 1.118940E+04 0.0 0.0
25 31 5.256085E+09 7.249886E+04 1.153855E+04 0.0 0.0
26 35 5.759771E+09 7.589316E+04 1.207877E+04 0.0 0.0
27 37 6.100986E+09 7.810880E+04 1.243140E+04 0.0 0.0
28 36 6.657555E+09 8.159384E+04 1.298606E+04 0.0 0.0
29 34 7.332474E+09 8.562987E+04 1.362842E+04 0.0 0.0
30 33 8.441385E+09 9.187702E+04 1.462268E+04 0.0 0.0
31 32 9.166367E+09 9.574114E+04 1.523768E+04 0.0 0.0
32 30 1.070424E+10 1.034613E+05 1.646638E+04 0.0 0.0
33 29 1.173995E+10 1.083510E+05 1.724460E+04 0.0 0.0
34 28 1.259991E+10 1.122493E+05 1.786503E+04 0.0 0.0
35 26 1.455259E+10 1.206341E+05 1.919951E+04 0.0 0.0
36 23 1.897902E+10 1.377644E+05 2.192588E+04 0.0 0.0
37 22 2.018797E+10 1.420844E+05 2.261343E+04 0.0 0.0
Main Index
408
EIGENVALUE = 4.656516E+04
CYCLES = 3.434399E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 1.741004E+06
CYCLES = 2.100004E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 409
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EIGENVALUE = 2.677549E+06
CYCLES = 2.604287E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
EIGENVALUE = 1.590669E+07
CYCLES = 6.347607E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 4
Main Index
410
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 411
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
412
The PARAM,LMODES entry specifies that the four lowest frequencies of the six vibration modes
be used in the flutter analysis. The FLUTTER entry specifies the PK-method of analysis at the
test density ratio on FLFACT 1, the test Mach number on FLFACT 2, and for the series of
velocities on FLFACT 3 entries. Since no negative velocity is given on the FLFACT 3 entry, no
flutter modes will be calculated. The FLUTTER entry also specifies three flutter solutions be
output from the four mode formulation. The PARAM,VREF = 12.0 converts the analysis units
of velocity from in/s to ft/s in the Flutter Summary. The ENDDATA entry completes the Bulk
Data Section.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with three title entries. ECHO =
BOTH lists both the annotated and sorted Bulk Data entries. SPC = 1 provides the restraints on
the wing root and on the plate element in-plane rotations. SDAMP = 2000 invokes the tabulated
damping data. METHOD = 10 selects the method of vibration analysis, and FLUTTER = 30
chooses the method of flutter analysis. The DlSP = ALL entry (and PARAM,OPPHIPA,1)
provides the modal displacements at both the structural and aerodynamic grid points.
The OUTPUT(PLOT) entry identifies the plot packet for the structure plotter. The spacing in the
title is specified by CSCALE 2.0. The CQUAD4 structural elements will be plotted. The FIND
entry prescribes the origin and scales of the plots. The PLOT entry requests that the vibration
modes be overlaid on the undeformed structure. The OUTPUT(XYOUT) entry identifies the plot
packet for xy-plots. The first several statements are optional and define the plot frame and plot
titles. The xy-plot request is for the first three flutter modes. Plots of damping on the top frame
and frequency on the bottom frame, both versus velocity, will be plotted. BEGIN BULK
concludes the Case Control Section.
The problem identification ID MSC, HA145F begins the Executive Control Section. TIME 5
restricts the CPU time to 5.0 minutes. SOL 145 calls for the Structured Aerodynamic Flutter
DMAP sequence. CEND completes the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data are shown in Listing 8-17, the sorted Bulk Data entries are in Listing 8-
18, and the representative output data follow in Listing 8-19. The results shown are discussed
below.
The output begins with the vibration results, which are given for the six modes requested. The
results agree with those in the previous Example HA145E where four modes were requested.
The vibration modes are not shown because they are identical with Example HA145E. The next
two items of output are a summary of the planform geometry data for the points and lines shown
in the description of the “PAERO3” on page 804 and a graphic display of the Mach boxes on
and off the planform for the Mach number under consideration. At other Mach numbers the
distribution of Mach boxes will be different, and the display provides a guide to indicate if a
sufficient number of Mach boxes are on the main and control surfaces. The Flutter Summaries
for the three flutter modes requested complete the output shown. The flutter damping and
frequency versus velocity curves for the second mode (Point 2) are plotted in Figure 8-10 along
with the experimental data. The first and third modes are stable while the second mode goes
unstable at V f = 1582 ft/s with a frequency of f f = 128 Hz for the four mode solution. The test
results were V f = 1280 ft/s and f f = 102 Hz .
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 413
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
The reason for the unconservative prediction here is not known; the Mach Box method has been
shown to be conservative in another application by Pendleton, French, and Noll (1987). There
is, however, an unconservative aspect of linearized aerodynamic theory at supersonic speeds
that must be mentioned. A consequence of neglecting thickness effects at supersonic speeds is
an aft location of the aerodynamic center. These effects of thickness are included in Piston
Theory but that theory is only valid at high Mach numbers. The correction matrix (WKK) in
Eq. 2-21 might be used to adjust the Mach Box pressure solution so that the line of local
aerodynamic centers moves forward by an amount determined by some appropriate
aerodynamic method for thick wings in steady supersonic flow. The correction matrix might
compensate for this unconservative feature of the Mach Box method. However, in this example
the thin plate airfoil has only 2% thickness, and thickness effects alone do not explain the
magnitude of the discrepancy between the predicted and measured flutter speeds observed
here.
Main Index
414
0.05
Experiment
Analysis
0.00
Damping, g
-0.05
-0.10
1200 1400 1600 1800
Velocity (ft/s)
200
150
Frequency, f (Hz)
100
Experiment
Analysis
50
1200 1400 1600 1800
Velocity (ft/s)
Figure 8-10 Low Supersonic Flutter Damping and Frequency Curves for Sweptback Wing
Model by Mach Box Method
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 415
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145F
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145F $$$$$$$$ $
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK-FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD $
$ USING MACH BOX METHOD $
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 1.3 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF VIBRATION MODES AND X-Y $
$ PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$ $
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
EXAMPLE HA145F: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING OCTOBER 29, 1993 MSC/NASTRAN 10/28/93 PAGE 2
PK-METHOD OF FLUTTER ANALYSIS, MACH BOX AERO
0.041 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145F: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING
2 SUBT = PK-METHOD OF FLUTTER ANALYSIS, MACH BOX AERO
3 LABEL = 0.041 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $
6 SDAMP = 2000
7 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS
8 FMETHOD = 30 $ PK-FLUTTER METHOD
9 DISP = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
10 OUTPUT(PLOT)
11 CSCALE 2.0
12 PLOTTER NASTRAN
13 SET 1 = QUAD4
14 PTITLE = STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
15 FIND SCALE, ORIGIN 1, SET 1
16 PLOT MODAL 0
17 OUTPUT (XYOUT)
18 CSCALE 2.0
19 PLOTTER NASTRAN
20 CURVELINESYMBOL = -6
21 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
22 YBTITLE = FREQUENCY F HZ
23 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (IN/SEC)
24 XTGRID LINES = YES
25 XBGRID LINES = YES
26 YTGRID LINES = YES
27 YBGRID LINES = YES
28 UPPER TICS = -1
29 TRIGHT TICS = -1
30 BRIGHT TICS = -1
31 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F)
32 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
416
EXAMPLE HA145F: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING OCTOBER 29, 1993 MSC/NASTRAN 10/28/93 PAGE 3
PK-METHOD OF FLUTTER ANALYSIS, MACH BOX AERO
0.041 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO, $
$ MASS DENSITY, THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT AND STRUCTURAL $
$ ELEMENT DAMPING. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 9.2418+63.4993+6 0.097464
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED AND THE GRID $
$ POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC
SPC1 1 12345 9
SPC1 1 12345 25
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ INDEPENDENT. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS AND THE $
$ GRID ID NO.S. $
$ $
$ V ID1 THRU ID2
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUDING $
$ STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN THE EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE THE $
$ HANDBOOK FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECTION 3.2.2). IF SET TO $
$ -1, MODAL STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS INCLUDED AS THE IMAGINARY $
$ PART OF A COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM KDAMP +1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY AND TABLE DEFINE MODAL DAMPING AS A $
$ TABULAR FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING VALUES ARE $
$ LINEAR BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE $
$ ZERO OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 417
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED AS AN ISOLATED WING; SYMXY=0 $
$ INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH FROM THE $
$ FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 0 2.07055 1.145-7 1
$ $
$ THE CAERO3 ENTRY DEFINES PANEL ELEMENTS FOR THE MACH BOX $
$ METHOD: PID REFERS TO PROPERTIES DEFINED ON A PAERO3 $
$ ENTRY, CP REFERS TO THE COORDINATE SYSTEM OF POINTS 1 AND 4, $
$ LISTW IS THE ID OF AN AEFACT ENTRY ON WHICH ARE LISTED THE $
$ (X,Y) COORDINATES OF AN INTERMEDIATE SET OF POINTS ON THE $
$ WING, OPTIMALLY, THE MINIMUM NUMBER REQUIRED TO DEFINE THE $
$ MODE SHAPES AND CHORDWISE SLOPES OF ALL THE MODES USED IN $
$ THE ANALYSIS. THE INTERMEDIATE SET OF POINTS AND DISPLACE- $
$ MENTS IS THEN USED TO GENERATE INTERPOLATED DOWNWASHES AT $
$ ANY REQUIRED MACH NUMBER. LISTC1 AND LISTC2 ARE CORRES- $
$ PONDING AEFACT ENTRIES WHEN CONTROL SURFACES ARE PRESENT. $
$ THE CONTINUATION ENTRY LISTS THE COORDINATES AND CHORD AT $
$ POINTS 1 AND 4. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP LISTW LISTC1 LISTC2
CAERO3 101 1 0 11 +CA101
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
+CA101 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.07055 1.48044 5.5251 0.0 2.07055
$ $
$ THE NUMBER OF X,Y PAIRS ON THE AEFACT ENTRY MUST EQUAL THE $
$ NUMBER OF POINTS SPECIFIED IN FIELDS 4 AND 5 OF ITS ASSOCIATED $
$ SPLINE ENTRY (IN THIS CASE SPLINE1,100). $
$ $
$ X1 Y1 X2 Y2 ETC $
AEFACT 11 0.21 0.79 0.63 2.37 1.06 3.95 1.48 +AEF1
+AEF1 5.53 0.26 0.0 0.68 1.58 1.10 3.16 1.53 +AEF2
+AEF2 4.74 1.25 0.79 1.67 2.37 2.09 3.95 2.52 +AEF3
+AEF3 5.53 1.81 0.0 2.23 1.58 2.66 3.16 3.08 +AEF4
+AEF4 4.74 2.28 0.79 2.71 2.37 3.13 3.95 3.55 +AEF5
+AEF5 5.53
$ $
$ THE PAERO3 ENTRY DEFINES THE NUMBER OF CHORDWISE BOXES $
$ BETWEEN THE FOREMOST AND AFTMOST POINTS OF THE CONFIGUR- $
$ ATION AND THE NUMBER OF CONTROL SURFACES. IN THE CASE WHEN $
$ CONTROL SURFACES ARE PRESENT THE COORDINATES OF THEIR $
$ CORNERS ARE LISTED. $
$ $
$ PID NBOX NCTRL
PAERO3 1 11 0
$ $
$ * SURFACE SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE1 ENTRY DEFINES A SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPO- $
$ LATING OUT-OF-PLANE DISPLACEMENTS FROM THE STRUCTURAL $
$ GRID POINTS ON THE SETG ENTRY TO THE REGION DEFINED BY $
$ AERODYNAMIC BOXES 101 THRU 109 OF THE REGION ON THE $
$ CAERO1 ENTRY. DZ=0 SPECIFIES THAT NO SMOOTHING OF THE $
$ SPLINE IS TO BE IMPOSED. $
$ $
$ IN SUPERSONIC CASES, BOX1 AND BOX2 ARE MISNOMERS; INSTEAD, $
$ THE DATA SPECIFY FIRST AND LAST POINT NUMBERS GENERATED BY $
$ THE CAERO3 ENTRY, THE FIRST NUMBER BEING THE ID NUMBER OF THE $
$ CAERO3 ENTRY AND THE LAST ONE BEING CONSISTENT WITH SEQUENTIAL $
$ NUMBERING OF THE X,Y PAIRS SPECIFIED BY THE CAERO3 ENTRY. $
$ THE SPLINE DETERMINED FROM EACH SETG IS USED TO GENERATE $
$ DEFLECTIONS AT THESE GIVEN INTERMEDIATE POINTS. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ
SPLINE1 100 101 101 120 100 0.0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SET OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS TO $
$ BE USED BY THE SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 ETC
SET1 100 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 +S1
+S1 15 18 20 22 24 25 27 29 +S2
+S2 31 34 36 38 40
$ $
Main Index
418
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DATABASE * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 1.3 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 ETC
+MK .03 .04 .05
$ $
$ * * VIBRATION ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE. IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. THREE MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NO $
EIGR 10 MGIV 6 +ER
$ NORM $
+ER MAX
$ $
$ OPPHIPA = 1 (WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A DISPLACEMENT REQUEST IN $
$ THE CASE CONTROL DECK), WILL PRODUCE THE VIBRATION MODE $
$ DISPLACEMENTS IN THE OUTPUT. $
$ $
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$ $
$ * * FLUTTER ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE $
$ USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS. $
$ $
PARAM LMODES 4
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH RFRQ IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 L 3
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NOS $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 .20606 DENSITY
FLFACT 2 1.3 MACH NO
FLFACT 3 14400. 15600. 16800. 18000. 19200. 20400. VELOCITY
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER VREF IS USED TO SCALE THE ANALYSIS UNITS OF $
$ VELOCITY, HERE IN/S, TO THE UNITS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT $
$ FLUTTER SUMMARY TABLES, FT/S. $
$ $
PARAM VREF 12.0
$ $
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK CARD ENTRY COUNT = 332
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 419
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-18 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with Mach Box Aerodynamics
EXAMPLE HA145F: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING OCTOBER 29, 1993 MSC/NASTRAN 10/28/93 PAGE 10
PK-METHOD OF FLUTTER ANALYSIS, MACH BOX AERO
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 11 0.21 0.79 0.63 2.37 1.06 3.95 1.48 +AEF1
2- +AEF1 5.53 0.26 0.0 0.68 1.58 1.10 3.16 1.53 +AEF2
3- +AEF2 4.74 1.25 0.79 1.67 2.37 2.09 3.95 2.52 +AEF3
4- +AEF3 5.53 1.81 0.0 2.23 1.58 2.66 3.16 3.08 +AEF4
5- +AEF4 4.74 2.28 0.79 2.71 2.37 3.13 3.95 3.55 +AEF5
6- +AEF5 5.53
7- AERO 0 2.07055 1.145-7 1
8- ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
9- ASET1 3 10 THRU 24
10- ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
11- CAERO3 101 1 0 11 +CA101
12- +CA101 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.07055 1.48044 5.5251 0.0 2.07055
13- CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 10 9 +M00000
14- +M00000 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
15- CQUAD4 2 1 2 3 11 10 +M00001
16- +M00001 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
17- CQUAD4 3 1 3 4 12 11 +M00002
18- +M00002 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
19- CQUAD4 4 1 4 5 13 12 +M00003
20- +M00003 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
21- CQUAD4 5 1 5 6 14 13 +M00004
22- +M00004 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
23- CQUAD4 6 1 6 7 15 14 +M00005
24- +M00005 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
25- CQUAD4 7 1 7 8 16 15 +M00006
26- +M00006 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
27- CQUAD4 8 1 9 10 18 17
28- CQUAD4 9 1 10 11 19 18
29- CQUAD4 10 1 11 12 20 19
30- CQUAD4 11 1 12 13 21 20
31- CQUAD4 12 1 13 14 22 21
32- CQUAD4 13 1 14 15 23 22
33- CQUAD4 14 1 15 16 24 23
34- CQUAD4 15 1 17 18 26 25
35- CQUAD4 16 1 18 19 27 26
36- CQUAD4 17 1 19 20 28 27
37- CQUAD4 18 1 20 21 29 28
38- CQUAD4 19 1 21 22 30 29
39- CQUAD4 20 1 22 23 31 30
40- CQUAD4 21 1 23 24 32 31
41- CQUAD4 22 1 25 26 34 33 +M00007
42- +M00007 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
43- CQUAD4 23 1 26 27 35 34 +M00008
44- +M00008 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
45- CQUAD4 24 1 27 28 36 35 +M00009
46- +M00009 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
47- CQUAD4 25 1 28 29 37 36 +M00010
48- +M00010 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
49- CQUAD4 26 1 29 30 38 37 +M00011
50- +M00011 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
51- CQUAD4 27 1 30 31 39 38 +M00012
52- +M00012 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
53- CQUAD4 28 1 31 32 40 39 +M00013
54- +M00013 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
55- EIGR 10 MGIV 6 +ER
56- +ER MAX
57- FLFACT 1 .20606 DENSITY
58- FLFACT 2 1.3 MACH NO
59- FLFACT 3 14400. 15600. 16800. 18000. 19200. 20400. VELOCITY
60- FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 L 3
61- GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
62- GRID 2 .211491 .7893 0.0
63- GRID 3 .422983 1.5786 0.0
64- GRID 4 .634474 2.3679 0.0
65- GRID 5 .845966 3.1572 0.0
Main Index
420
Listing 8-18 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with Mach Box Aerodynamics (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 421
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 4.656516E+04 2.157896E+02 3.434399E+01 2.485460E-05 1.157358E+00
2 2 1.741003E+06 1.319471E+03 2.100003E+02 9.088159E-06 1.582251E+01
3 3 2.677548E+06 1.636322E+03 2.604286E+02 8.523231E-06 2.282136E+01
4 4 1.590605E+07 3.988239E+03 6.347479E+02 7.944785E-06 1.263701E+02
5 5 2.676011E+07 5.173018E+03 8.233114E+02 8.134972E-06 2.176928E+02
6 6 6.703381E+07 8.187417E+03 1.303068E+03 4.671878E-06 3.131738E+02
7 7 1.020194E+08 1.010046E+04 1.607539E+03 0.0 0.0
8 8 2.059570E+08 1.435120E+04 2.284065E+03 0.0 0.0
9 9 2.830802E+08 1.682499E+04 2.677780E+03 0.0 0.0
10 10 3.717334E+08 1.928039E+04 3.068569E+03 0.0 0.0
GEOMETRY DATA
N X Y SWEEP ANGLE TANGENT
1 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1-5 0.149999E+02 0.267948E+00
2 0.207055E+01 0.000000E+00 2-6 0.149999E+02 0.267948E+00
3 0.355099E+01 0.552510E+01
4 0.148044E+01 0.552510E+01
5 0.148044E+01 0.552510E+01 5-4 0.000000E+00
6 0.355099E+01 0.552510E+01 6-3 0.000000E+00
7 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
8 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
9 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
10 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
11 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
12 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
SSSS S MAIN
SSSSSSS 1 CNTRL1
SSSSSSSSSS 2 CNTRL2
SSSSSSSSSSSSS . DIAPHRAGM
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSS , WAKE
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSS.
SSSSSSSSSSSSSSS..
SSSSSSSSSSSSSS...
SSSSSSSSSS...
SSSSSSS..
SSSS.
S
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
422
2x ac M ho
----------- = ---------- Eq. 8-2
c L ho
K2
= ------ Eq. 8-3
K1
2 2
C 1 + 4C 2 MI 2 + 3C 3 M ( 2I 5 + α o )
= ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2
- Eq. 8-4
C 1 + 2C 2 MI 1 + 3C 3 M ( I 4 + α o )
The coefficients C 1 and C 2 are discussed on the CAERO5 Bulk Data entry, the third-order
coefficient is C 3 = ( γ + 1 ) ⁄ 12 from Piston Theory. The thickness integrals I 1 , I 2 , I 4 , and I 5 are
also discussed on the CAERO5 Bulk Data entry. Eq. 8-4 is conservative (i.e., predicts a farther
forward aerodynamic center) if the third-order effect of trim angle of attack α o is neglected.
Main Index
Therefore, Eq. 8-4 will be rewritten for the purposes of the correction as
CHAPTER 8 423
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
2
x ac 1 C 1 + 4C 2 MI 2 + 6C 3 M I 5
-------- = --- -------------------------------------------------------------------- Eq. 8-5
c 2 C + 2C MI + 3C M 2 I
1 2 1 3 4
1.0
0 0.5 1.0 ζ
Figure 8-11 shows a linear variation in the chordwise correction factor required to shift forward
the theoretical uniform pressure distribution due to the angle of attack of a flat plate airfoil. The
linear correction factor is
where ξ is measured aft from the leading edge. If the chordwise load is l ( ξ ) , the corrected lift is
1
L = ∫ Wl ( ξ ) dξ Eq. 8-7
0
x ac Mo
-------- = ------- Eq. 8-9
c L
x ac
w = 6 – 12 -------- Eq. 8-10
c
Main Index
424
The procedure is illustrated by modifying the above Example HA145FA. The thickness integrals
can be obtained from Example HA75G (Rodden, 1987).
I1 = 0
I 2 = – 0.008663
I 4 = 0.001568
I 5 = 0.000784
M
C 1 = -----------------------------------
2 2
M – sec Λ
4 2 2 2
M ( γ + 1 ) – 4sec Λ ( M – sec Λ )
C 2 = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2
4 ( M – sec Λ )
γ+1
C 3 = -------------
12
The example wing has a leading edge sweep angle of Λ = 15° and air has a specific heat ratio
of γ = 1.400 , so the following coefficients, aerodynamic center locations, and loading
corrections are found:
M C1 C2 C3 x ac ⁄ c w
1.3 1.6534 2.7502 0.2 0.4626 0.4488
The ZONA51 idealization for the example wing uses 10 equal chordwise and 10 equal spanwise
divisions. The correction factors are then the same on each strip and are tabulated in Table 8-1
from Eq. 8-6.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 425
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Table 8-1 Correction Factors for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing at Mach 1.3
ξ W
0.05 1.2020
0.15 1.1571
0.25 1.1122
0.35 1.0673
0.45 1.0224
0.55 0.9776
0.65 0.9327
0.75 0.8878
0.85 0.8429
0.95 0.7980
Listing 8-23 shows the Input Data for HA145FB that includes the DMI input for the correction
factors for the 10 strips. Listing 8-24 gives the sorted Bulk Data entries. The Flutter Summaries
for the three output flutter modes are shown in Listing 8-25; interpolation between tabulated
values for the critical mode gives a flutter speed V f = 1405 ft/s and frequency f f = 129 Hz .
These results are seen to compare somewhat more closely to the test results discussed above
( V f = 1280 ft/s and f f = 102 Hz .
Main Index
426
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145FA
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145FA $$$$$$$$ $
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK-FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD $
$ USING ZONA51 AERODYNAMICS $
$ AT MACH NO. 1.3 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF VIBRATION MODES AND X-Y $
$ PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$ $
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145FA: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING
2 SUBT = PK-METHOD OF FLUTTER ANALYSIS, ZONA51 AERO
3 LABEL = 0.041 IN AL PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $
6 SDAMP = 2000
7 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS
8 FMETHOD = 30 $ PK-FLUTTER METHOD
9 DISP = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
10 OUTPUT(PLOT)
11 CSCALE 2.0
12 PLOTTER NASTRAN
13 SET 1 = QUAD4
14 PTITLE = STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
15 FIND SCALE, ORIGIN 1, SET 1
16 PLOT MODAL 0
17 OUTPUT (XYOUT)
18 CSCALE 2.0
19 PLOTTER NASTRAN
20 CURVELINESYMBOL = -6
21 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
22 YBTITLE = FREQUENCY F HZ
23 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (IN/SEC)
24 XTGRID LINES = YES
25 XBGRID LINES = YES
26 YTGRID LINES = YES
27 YBGRID LINES = YES
28 UPPER TICS = -1
29 TRIGHT TICS = -1
30 BRIGHT TICS = -1
31 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F) 3(G,F)
32 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 427
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO, $
$ MASS DENSITY, THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT AND STRUCTURAL $
$ ELEMENT DAMPING. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 9.2418+63.4993+6 0.097464
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED AND THE GRID $
$ POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC
SPC1 1 12345 9
SPC1 1 12345 25
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ INDEPENDENT. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS AND THE $
$ GRID ID NO.S. $
$ $
$ V ID1 THRU ID2
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUDING $
$ STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN THE EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE THE $
$ HANDBOOK FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECTION 3.2.2). IF SET TO $
$ -1, MODAL STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS INCLUDED AS THE IMAGINARY $
$ PART OF A COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM KDAMP +1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY AND TABLE DEFINE MODAL DAMPING AS A $
$ TABULAR FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING VALUES ARE $
$ LINEAR BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE $
$ ZERO OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
$ $
Main Index
428
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED AS AN ISOLATED WING; SYMXY=0 $
$ INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH FROM THE $
$ FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 0 2.07055 1.145-7 1
$ $
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE POINTS $
$ (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN AND LCHORD, ARE $
$ USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC PANELS. $
$ THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE LATTER $
$ FOR NON-UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS. IGID IS THE ID OF ITS $
$ ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ DEFINES POINTS 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. $
$ THE BOXES FORMED BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED $
$ BEGINNING WITH EID SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, $
$ AND IS GREATER THAN ALL STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND $
$ EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 101 1 0 10 10 1 +CA101
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) ROOTCHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) TIP CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
$ $
$ THE PAERO1 ENTRY IS REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH IT IS NON-FUNCTIONAL $
$ (BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ASSOCIATED BODIES IN THIS EXAMPLE). $
$ $
$ PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
PAERO1 1
$ $
$ * SURFACE SPLINE FIT ON THE WING * $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE1 ENTRY DEFINES A SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPO- $
$ LATING OUT-OF-PLANE DISPLACEMENTS FROM THE STRUCTURAL $
$ GRID POINTS ON THE SETG ENTRY TO THE REGION DEFINED BY $
$ AERODYNAMIC BOXES 101 THRU 200 OF THE REGION ON THE $
$ CAERO1 ENTRY. DZ=0 SPECIFIES THAT NO SMOOTHING OF THE $
$ SPLINE IS TO BE IMPOSED. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ
SPLINE1 100 101 101 200 100 0.0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SET OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS TO $
$ BE USED BY THE SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 ETC
SET1 100 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 +S1
+S1 15 18 20 22 24 25 27 29 +S2
+S2 31 34 36 38 40
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 429
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
$ * * AERODYNAMIC DATABASE * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 1.3 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 ETC
+MK .03 .04 .05
$ $
$ * * VIBRATION ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE. IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. THREE MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NO $
EIGR 10 MGIV 6 +ER
$ NORM $
+ER MAX
$ $
$ OPPHIPA = 1 (WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A DISPLACEMENT REQUEST IN $
$ THE CASE CONTROL DECK), WILL PRODUCE THE VIBRATION MODE $
$ DISPLACEMENTS IN THE OUTPUT. $
$ $
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$ $
$ * * FLUTTER ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE $
$ USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS. $
$ $
PARAM LMODES 4
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH RFRQ IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 L 3
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NOS $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 .20606 DENSITY
FLFACT 2 1.3 MACH NO
FLFACT 3 14400. 15600. 16800. 18000. 19200. 20400. VELOCITY
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER VREF IS USED TO SCALE THE ANALYSIS UNITS OF $
$ VELOCITY, HERE IN/S, TO THE UNITS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT $
$ FLUTTER SUMMARY TABLES, FT/S. $
$ $
PARAM VREF 12.0
$ $
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 310
Main Index
430
Listing 8-21 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with ZONA51 Aerodynamics
Listing 8-21 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with ZONA51 Aerodynamics (continued)
Main Index
432
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 433
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-23 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing with ZONA51 Aerodynamics and
Thickness Correction
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145FB
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145FB $$$$$$$$ $
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK-FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD $
$ USING ZONA51 AERODYNAMICS $
$ AT MACH NO. 1.3 AND CORRECTIONS $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF VIBRATION MODES AND X-Y $
$ PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$ $
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
Main Index
434
Listing 8-23 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing with ZONA51 Aerodynamics and
Thickness Correction (continued)
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO, $
$ MASS DENSITY, THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT AND STRUCTURAL $
$ ELEMENT DAMPING. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 9.2418+63.4993+6 0.097464
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED AND THE GRID $
$ POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC
SPC1 1 12345 9
SPC1 1 12345 25
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ INDEPENDENT. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS AND THE $
$ GRID ID NO.S. $
$ $
$ V ID1 THRU ID2
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUDING $
$ STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN THE EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE THE $
$ HANDBOOK FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECTION 3.2.2). IF SET TO $
$ -1, MODAL STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS INCLUDED AS THE IMAGINARY $
$ PART OF A COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM KDAMP +1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY AND TABLE DEFINE MODAL DAMPING AS A $
$ TABULAR FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING VALUES ARE $
$ LINEAR BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE $
$ ZERO OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 435
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-23 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing with ZONA51 Aerodynamics and
Thickness Correction (continued)
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED AS AN ISOLATED WING; SYMXY=0 $
$ INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH FROM THE $
$ FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 0 2.07055 1.145-7 1
$ $
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE POINTS $
$ (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN AND LCHORD, ARE $
$ USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC PANELS. $
$ THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE LATTER $
$ FOR NON-UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS. IGID IS THE ID OF ITS $
$ ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ DEFINES POINTS 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. $
$ THE BOXES FORMED BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED $
$ BEGINNING WITH EID SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, $
$ AND IS GREATER THAN ALL STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND $
$ EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 101 1 0 10 10 1 +CA101
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) ROOTCHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) TIP CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
$ $
$ THE PAERO1 ENTRY IS REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH IT IS NON-FUNCTIONAL $
$ (BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ASSOCIATED BODIES IN THIS EXAMPLE). $
$ $
$ PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
PAERO1 1
$
$ * * * CORRECTION FACTORS FOR THICKNESS * * *
$
DMI WTFACT 0 3 1 0 200 1
DMI WTFACT 1 1 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122
1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327
0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020
1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224
1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429
0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122
1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327
0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020
1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224
1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429
0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122
1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327
0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020
1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224
1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429
0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122
1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327
0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020
1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224
1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429
0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122
1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327
0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020
1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224
1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429
0.8429 0.7980 0.7980
$ $
$ $
Main Index
436
Listing 8-23 Input Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing with ZONA51 Aerodynamics and
Thickness Correction (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 437
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-24 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with ZONA51 Aerodynamics and Thickness Correction
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AERO 0 2.07055 1.145-7 1
2- ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
3- ASET1 3 10 THRU 24
4- ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
5- CAERO1 101 1 0 10 10 1 +CA101
6- +CA101 .0 .0 .0 2.07055 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 2.07055
7- CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 10 9 +M00000
8- +M00000 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
9- CQUAD4 2 1 2 3 11 10 +M00001
10- +M00001 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
11- CQUAD4 3 1 3 4 12 11 +M00002
12- +M00002 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
13- CQUAD4 4 1 4 5 13 12 +M00003
14- +M00003 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
15- CQUAD4 5 1 5 6 14 13 +M00004
16- +M00004 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
17- CQUAD4 6 1 6 7 15 14 +M00005
18- +M00005 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
19- CQUAD4 7 1 7 8 16 15 +M00006
20- +M00006 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
21- CQUAD4 8 1 9 10 18 17
22- CQUAD4 9 1 10 11 19 18
23- CQUAD4 10 1 11 12 20 19
24- CQUAD4 11 1 12 13 21 20
25- CQUAD4 12 1 13 14 22 21
26- CQUAD4 13 1 14 15 23 22
27- CQUAD4 14 1 15 16 24 23
28- CQUAD4 15 1 17 18 26 25
29- CQUAD4 16 1 18 19 27 26
30- CQUAD4 17 1 19 20 28 27
31- CQUAD4 18 1 20 21 29 28
32- CQUAD4 19 1 21 22 30 29
33- CQUAD4 20 1 22 23 31 30
34- CQUAD4 21 1 23 24 32 31
35- CQUAD4 22 1 25 26 34 33 +M00007
36- +M00007 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
37- CQUAD4 23 1 26 27 35 34 +M00008
38- +M00008 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
39- CQUAD4 24 1 27 28 36 35 +M00009
40- +M00009 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
41- CQUAD4 25 1 28 29 37 36 +M00010
42- +M00010 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
43- CQUAD4 26 1 29 30 38 37 +M00011
44- +M00011 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
45- CQUAD4 27 1 30 31 39 38 +M00012
46- +M00012 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
47- CQUAD4 28 1 31 32 40 39 +M00013
48- +M00013 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
49- DMI WTFACT 0 3 1 0 200 1
50- DMI WTFACT 1 1 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 +000001
51- ++0000011.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 +000002
52- ++0000020.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 +000003
53- ++0000031.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 +000004
54- ++0000041.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 +000005
55- ++0000050.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 +000006
56- ++0000061.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 +000007
57- ++0000070.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 +000008
58- ++0000081.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 +000009
59- ++0000091.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 +000010
60- ++0000100.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 +000011
61- ++0000111.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 +000012
62- ++0000120.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 +000013
63- ++0000131.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 +000014
64- ++0000141.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 +000015
65- ++0000150.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 +000016
66- ++0000161.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 +000017
67- ++0000170.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 +000018
68- ++0000181.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 +000019
69- ++0000191.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 +000020
70- ++0000200.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 1.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 +000021
Main Index
438
Listing 8-24 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with ZONA51 Aerodynamics and Thickness Correction (continued)
71- ++0000211.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 1.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 +000022
72- ++0000220.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 0.8429 0.7980 0.7980 1.2020 +000023
73- ++0000231.2020 1.1571 1.1571 1.1122 1.1122 1.0673 1.06739 1.0224 +000024
74- ++0000241.0224 0.9776 0.9776 0.9327 0.9327 0.8878 0.8878 0.8429 +000025
75- ++0000250.8429 0.7980 0.7980 +000026
76- EIGR 10 MGIV 6 +ER
77- +ER MAX
78- FLFACT 1 .20606 DENSITY
79- FLFACT 2 1.3 MACH NO
80- FLFACT 3 14400. 15600. 16800. 18000. 19200. 20400. VELOCITY
81- FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 L 3
82- GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
83- GRID 2 .211491 .7893 0.0
84- GRID 3 .422983 1.5786 0.0
85- GRID 4 .634474 2.3679 0.0
86- GRID 5 .845966 3.1572 0.0
87- GRID 6 1.05746 3.9465 0.0
88- GRID 7 1.26895 4.7358 0.0
89- GRID 8 1.48044 5.5251 0.0
90- GRID 9 .258819 0.0 0.0
91- GRID 10 .47031 .7893 0.0
92- GRID 11 .681802 1.5786 0.0
93- GRID 12 .893293 2.3679 0.0
94- GRID 13 1.10478 3.1572 0.0
95- GRID 14 1.31628 3.9465 0.0
96- GRID 15 1.52777 4.7358 0.0
97- GRID 16 1.73926 5.5251 0.0
98- GRID 17 1.03528 0.0 0.0
99- GRID 18 1.24677 .7893 0.0
100- GRID 19 1.45826 1.5786 0.0
101- GRID 20 1.66975 2.3679 0.0
102- GRID 21 1.88124 3.1572 0.0
103- GRID 22 2.09273 3.9465 0.0
104- GRID 23 2.30422 4.7358 0.0
105- GRID 24 2.51572 5.5251 0.0
106- GRID 25 1.81173 0.0 0.0
107- GRID 26 2.02322 .7893 0.0
108- GRID 27 2.23471 1.5786 0.0
109- GRID 28 2.44621 2.3679 0.0
110- GRID 29 2.6577 3.1572 0.0
111- GRID 30 2.86919 3.9465 0.0
112- GRID 31 3.08068 4.7358 0.0
113- GRID 32 3.29217 5.5251 0.0
114- GRID 33 2.07055 0.0 0.0
115- GRID 34 2.28204 .7893 0.0
116- GRID 35 2.49353 1.5786 0.0
117- GRID 36 2.70502 2.3679 0.0
118- GRID 37 2.91652 3.1572 0.0
119- GRID 38 3.12801 3.9465 0.0
120- GRID 39 3.3395 4.7358 0.0
121- GRID 40 3.55099 5.5251 0.0
122- MAT1 1 9.2418+63.4993+6 0.097464
123- MKAERO1 1.3 +MK
124- +MK .03 .04 .05
125- PAERO1 1
126- PARAM COUPMASS1
127- PARAM KDAMP +1
128- PARAM LMODES 4
129- PARAM OPPHIPA 1
130- PARAM VREF 12.0
131- PARAM WTMASS .0025901
132- PSHELL 1 1 .041 1 1
133- SET1 100 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 +S1
134- +S1 15 18 20 22 24 25 27 29 +S2
135- +S2 31 34 36 38 40
136- SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
137- SPC1 1 12345 9
138- SPC1 1 12345 25
139- SPLINE1 100 101 101 200 100 0.0
140- TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
141- +T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 142
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 439
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
440
The version of Piston Theory implemented in MSC.Nastran is based on a rigid chord with a rigid
trailing edge flap without aerodynamic balance. The example wing has no control surface. It
also is not rigid in the chordwise direction but can have a camber mode of vibration due to
chordwise bending (cambering) of the plate elements. To obtain a mean chord line, a linear
spline was used to interpolate between representative fore and aft grid points on the chord in
the earlier solution [Example HA75G in Rodden (1987)]. It is possible to use multiple CAERO5
entries to represent a cambering surface with certain limitations, and the present example is a
reconsideration of Example HA75G using four CAERO5 entries.
The nominal properties of magnesium for the MAT1 entry include the moduli of elasticity,
6 6 3
E = 6.0 × 10 and G = 2.4 × 10 psi , and a density of 0.064 lb/in . Using the grid point weight
generator PARAM,GRDPNT,17 and the nominal density, the weight and the inertial properties
with respect to GRID 17 are obtained and include a weight of 0.0262662 lb. The adjusted density
3
to give the experimental weight of 0.0257 lb becomes 0.0626202 lb/in . With the adjusted
density and nominal moduli, a vibration analysis yields a second mode frequency of 211.734 Hz.
The second experimental frequency is 218 Hz, so adjusting the moduli by the square of the
6 6
frequency ratio gives E = 6.3604 × 10 and G = 2.5442 × 10 psi and, consequently, a model
tuned to the experimental data. The calculated first and third frequencies become 35.5 and
273.7 Hz, which compare favorably with the measured values of 37 and 270 Hz. However, the
three frequencies measured on the magnesium model tested at Mach 2.0 were only 35, 205, and
234 Hz; the variations in test frequencies among nominally identical models suggests a
sensitivity of the installation in the wind tunnel support fixture.
Two further details are necessary to include the structural damping, which was not measured
but that is assumed to be g = 0.01 up to a frequency of 1000.0 rad/s. The Case Control
Command SDAMP = 2000 invokes the tabulated damping TABDMP1 entry, and the damping
parameter PARAM,KDAMP,+1 (the default value) selects the equivalent viscous form of the
structural damping appropriate to the PK-method of flutter analysis.
The AERO entry specifies the basic coordinate system as the aerodynamic coordinate system, the
reference chord of 2.0706 in., and the sea-level density; no symmetry considerations are needed
since the Piston Theory is a strip theory that does not have spanwise interactions. Four CAERO5
entries divide the wing into four chordwise regions and six equal width strips. The first
CAERO5 entry describes the forward beveled area of the wing, i.e., the forward one-eighth
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 441
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
chord. The second CAERO5 entry describes the forward constant thickness area of the wing
between the edge of the bevel to the midchord. The third CAERO5 entry describes the aft
constant thickness area of the wing between the midchord and the edge of the aft bevel. Finally,
the fourth CAERO5 entry describes the aft beveled area of the wing. The four CAERO5 entries
prescribe the six equal width strips, Piston Theory with the Van Dyke correction (NTHRY = 2)
and a sweep correction, and the thickness integrals on AEFACT entries; the continuation entries
list the coordinates of the root and tip forward edges and the chords there for each of the
chordwise regions.
The thickness integrals in any analysis of a cambering surface must be input by the user; the
automatic generation of the thickness integrals for a typical airfoil can no longer be used since
the cambering airfoil now consists of several independent segments. The “airfoil” shape of this
model consists of the beveled leading and trailing edge regions with constant thickness in
between, and the thickness integrals are derived in the four chordwise regions from the general
expressions:
1
I1 = ∫0 g ξ dξ
1
I2 = ∫0 ξg ξ dξ
1 2
I3 = ∫0 ξ g ξ dξ
1 2
I4 = ∫0
g ξ dξ
1 2
I5 = ∫0 ξg ξ dξ
1 2 2
I6 = ∫0 ξg ξ dξ
where ξ is the dimensionless distance along the chord and g ξ is the slope of the dimensionless
semi-thickness distribution g ( ξ ) . The dimensional thickness is 2τcg ( ξ ) where τ = t ⁄ c is the
dimensionless thickness ratio. The airfoil thickness is t = 0.041 in. ; its chord is c = 2.0706 in. ,
and it is beveled through the first and last eighths of the chord. The thickness ratio is
τ = 0.041 ⁄ 2.0706 = 0.019801 . The slope in the leading edge region is
g ξ = ( c ⁄ 2 ) ⁄ ( 1 ⁄ 8 ) = 0.079204 ; the slope in the trailing edge region is -0.079204, and the slope
in between is zero. The first set of integrals is evaluated over the forward region and the limit
ξ = 1.0 occurs at the one-eighth chord. The integrals for the forward region are:
Main Index
442
I 1 = 0.079204
I 2 = 0.039602
I 3 = 0.026401
I 4 = 0.006273
I 5 = 0.003137
I 6 = 0.002091
These are entered on the AEFACT 601 entry. Because the slope of the airfoil is zero in the two
intermediate chordwise regions, all of the thickness integrals are zero, and these are entered on
AEFACT 602 and 603. Because the aft slope is -0.079206 in the aft beveled region, the thickness
integrals are the same as in the forward region except that the first three have the opposite sign:
I 1 = – 0.079204
I 2 = – 0.039602
I 3 = – 0.026401
I 4 = 0.006273
I 5 = 0.003137
I 6 = 0.002091
The surface spline is the appropriate one for a cambering surface, so four SPLINE1 entries are
used, and each SPLINE1 entry corresponds to the aerodynamic elements in its corresponding
CAERO5 entry. The SET1 entry for the splines lists the 20 grid points used in the Mach Box
Example HA145F (p. 411).
For the vibration analysis, the Modified Givens method, MGlV, on the ElGR entry is chosen. Six
modes are requested that have the largest component normalized to unity. The parameter
PARAM,OPPHIPA,1, along with a DISP request in the Case Control Section, provides the
vibration mode data at both the structural and aerodynamic grid points for printing and
plotting.
The flutter analysis uses the lowest five of the six vibration modes as prescribed by
PARAM,LMODES,5. The FLUTTER entry specifies the PK-method for the test density on
FLFACT 1, the test Mach number on FLFACT 2, and the series of velocities on FLFACT 3. It also
requests that three flutter eigenvalues be output from the five mode formulation. The negative
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 443
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
velocity on FLFACT 3 requests that the flutter mode be printed at that velocity. The parameter
PARAM,VREF,12.0 specifies that the Flutter Summary velocities will be divided by 12.0 in order
to convert units to ft/s for comparison with the published test flutter speed. The last entry in the
Bulk Data Section is ENDDATA.
Case Control Commands. The first three commands in the Case Control Section are title
commands. ECHO = BOTH requests the annotated and sorted Bulk Data be printed in the
output. SPC = 1 selects the constraints on the wing root deflections and on the plate element in-
plane rotations. METHOD = 10 selects the eigenvalue method for the vibration analysis. SET 10
= 1 THRU 1000 and DISP = 10, along with PARAM,OPPHlPA,1 in the Bulk Data Section, request
the vibration and flutter eigenvector output.
The OUTPUT(PLOT) entry identifies the plot packet for the structure plotter. The plot requests
are identical to those of Example HA145E (p. 397).
The Executive Control Section begins with the problem identification, ID MSC, HA145G. TIME
5 limits the computing time to 5.0 CPU minutes, and SOL 145 requests the Structured
Aerodynamic Flutter DMAP sequence. The CEND statement completes the Executive Control
Section.
Output. The input data for this example are shown in Listing 8-26, followed by the sorted Bulk
Data entries in Listing 8-27 and then selected output in Listing 8-28. The output data shown are
discussed below.
The output begins with the weight data that were used to match the measured weight. Next are
the vibration frequencies and three of the six vibration modes that were calculated, including the
modes of the six aerodynamic strips (one-quarter chord deflections and rotations) in each of the
four chordwise regions. The flutter solution includes the complex modal participation factors
that were requested via the negative velocity at V = 25200 in/s = 2100 ft/s , the Flutter
Summaries, and one of the complex flutter modes of the structural grid points.
The five mode flutter solution for the first three roots is presented in three Flutter Summaries
and is preceded by the complex modal participation factors at V = 2100 ft/s and followed by
the complex deflections at the structural grid points, also at V = 2100 ft/s . The Flutter
Summary for the second mode (Point 2) presents the critical stability data that are plotted in
Figure 8-12. The calculated flutter speed is 2077 ft/s and the frequency is 148.6 Hz. The
experimental flutter speed was 2030 ft/s and the frequency was 146 Hz. The results from
HA75G were V f = 1857 ft/s and f f = 145 Hz . The earlier solution of Rodden, Harder, and
Bellinger (1979) using a stick model and six modes obtained a flutter speed of 2170 ft/s and
frequency of 168.0 Hz. The new solution accounting for camber has shown significant
improvement over the earlier solutions.
Main Index
444
Figure 8-12 High Speed Flutter and Damping Curves for Sweptback Wing Model by Piston
Theory
A difficulty that exists in MSC.Nastran when using multiple CAERO5 entries to represent a
cambering surface is that any sweep correction (NTHRY = 2) should be based on the sweep angle
of the surface leading edge, not on the sweep angle of an aft panel. This becomes a problem for
a tapered wing. This example wing has an untapered planform so the four CAERO5 panels used
here all have the same leading edge sweep angle, and there is no inconsistency.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 445
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145G
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145G $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK-FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD $
$ USING PISTON THEORY METHOD $
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 3.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOTS OF VIBRATION MODES AND X-Y $
$ PLOTS OF V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145G: HALF SPAN 15-DEG SWEPT UNTAPERED WING
2 SUBT = PK-METHOD FLUTTER ANALYSIS, CAMBERING PISTON THEORY AERO
3 LABEL = 0.041 IN MAG PLATE W/BEVELLED LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $
6 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED GIVENS
7 FMETHOD = 30 $ PK-FLUTTER METHOD
8 SDAMP = 2000
9 SET 10 = 1 THRU 1000
10 DISP = 10 $ GRID AND AERO BOX DISPLACEMENTS IN MODES
11 $
12 OUTPUT(XYOUT)
13 CSCALE 2.0
14 PLOTTER NASTRAN
15 CURVELINESYMBOL = 6
16 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
17 YBTITLE = FREQUENCY F HZ
18 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (FT/S)
19 XMIN = 1500.
20 XMAX = 2400.
21 YTMIN = -1.0
22 YTMAX = +1.0
23 YBMIN = 0.
24 YBMAX = 200.
25 XTGRID LINES = YES
26 XBGRID LINES = YES
27 YTGRID LINES = YES
28 YBGRID LINES = YES
29 UPPER TICS = -1
30 TRIGHT TICS = -1
31 BRIGHT TICS = -1
32 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F)
33 $
34 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
446
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO, DENSITY, $
$ THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENT DAMPING. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 6.3604+62.5442+6 .0626202 MGNSIUM
$ $
$ $
$ PARAMETER GRDPNT GENERATES THE INERTIAL MATRIX WITH RESPECT $
$ TO A COORDINATE SYSTEM THROUGH THE GRID POINT SPECIFIED. $
$ $
PARAM GRDPNT 17
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS ITS ID, THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED $
$ AND THE GRID POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC
SPC1 1 12345 9
SPC1 1 12345 25
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ IN THE ANALYSIS SET. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS AND $
$ THE GRID ID NO.S. $
$ $
$ V ID1 THRU ID2
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 16
ASET1 3 18 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * STRUCTURAL DAMPING * $
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER KDAMP DETERMINES THE MANNER OF INCLUDING $
$ STRUCTURAL DAMPING IN THE EQUATIONS OF MOTION (SEE THE $
$ HANDBOOK FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS, SECTION 3.2.2). IF SET TO $
$ -1, MODAL STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS INCLUDED AS THE IMAGINARY $
$ PART OF A COMPLEX STIFFNESS MATRIX. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM KDAMP +1
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY AND TABLE DEFINE MODAL DAMPING AS A $
$ TABULAR FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. THE DAMPING VALUES ARE $
$ LINEAR BETWEEN THE FREQUENCY AND DAMPING PAIRS AND ARE $
$ EXTRAPOLATED OUTSIDE THE TABULATED FREQUENCY RANGE. $
$ $
$ ID +TDP
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 ETC ENDT
+T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 447
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
448
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 449
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-27 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with Piston Theory Aerodynamics
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 601 0.079204.039602 .026401 .006273 .003137 .002091
2- AEFACT 602 0.0 -.0 -.0 .0 .0 .0
3- AEFACT 603 0.0 -.0 -.0 .0 .0 .0
4- AEFACT 604 -.079204-.039602-.026401.006273 .003137 .002091
5- AEFACT 701 3.0 0.
6- AERO 0 2.0706 1.145-7
7- ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
8- ASET1 3 10 THRU 16
9- ASET1 3 18 THRU 24
10- ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
11- CAERO5 101 1 0 6 2 601 +CA101
12- +CA101 .0 .0 .0 .258819 1.48044 5.52510 0.0 .258819
13- CAERO5 201 1 0 6 2 602 +CA201
14- +CA201 .258819 .0 .0 .776456 1.7392595.52510 0.0 .776456
15- CAERO5 301 1 0 6 2 603 +CA301
16- +CA301 1.035275.0 .0 .776456 2.5157155.52510 0.0 .776456
17- CAERO5 401 1 0 6 2 604 +CA401
18- +CA401 1.811731.0 .0 .258819 3.2921715.52510 0.0 .258819
19- CORD2R 10 1.0352750.0 0.0 1.0352750.0 1.0 +CRD
20- +CRD 2.07055 -.2774011.0
21- CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 10 9 +M00000
22- +M00000 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
23- CQUAD4 2 1 2 3 11 10 +M00001
24- +M00001 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
25- CQUAD4 3 1 3 4 12 11 +M00002
26- +M00002 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
27- CQUAD4 4 1 4 5 13 12 +M00003
28- +M00003 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
29- CQUAD4 5 1 5 6 14 13 +M00004
30- +M00004 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
31- CQUAD4 6 1 6 7 15 14 +M00005
32- +M00005 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
33- CQUAD4 7 1 7 8 16 15 +M00006
34- +M00006 0.0 0.0 .041 .041
35- CQUAD4 8 1 9 10 18 17
36- CQUAD4 9 1 10 11 19 18
37- CQUAD4 10 1 11 12 20 19
38- CQUAD4 11 1 12 13 21 20
39- CQUAD4 12 1 13 14 22 21
40- CQUAD4 13 1 14 15 23 22
41- CQUAD4 14 1 15 16 24 23
42- CQUAD4 15 1 17 18 26 25
43- CQUAD4 16 1 18 19 27 26
44- CQUAD4 17 1 19 20 28 27
45- CQUAD4 18 1 20 21 29 28
46- CQUAD4 19 1 21 22 30 29
47- CQUAD4 20 1 22 23 31 30
48- CQUAD4 21 1 23 24 32 31
49- CQUAD4 22 1 25 26 34 33 +M00007
50- +M00007 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
51- CQUAD4 23 1 26 27 35 34 +M00008
52- +M00008 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
53- CQUAD4 24 1 27 28 36 35 +M00009
54- +M00009 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
55- CQUAD4 25 1 28 29 37 36 +M00010
56- +M00010 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
57- CQUAD4 26 1 29 30 38 37 +M00011
58- +M00011 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
59- CQUAD4 27 1 30 31 39 38 +M00012
60- +M00012 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
61- CQUAD4 28 1 31 32 40 39 +M00013
62- +M00013 .041 .041 0.0 0.0
63- EIGR 10 MGIV 6 +ER
64- +ER MAX
65- FLFACT 1 0.391 DENSITY
Main Index
450
Listing 8-27 Sorted Bulk Data for the 15-Degree Sweptback Wing
with Piston Theory Aerodynamics (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 451
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 17
M O
* 2.569994E-02 -6.723324E-21 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -7.099739E-02 *
* -6.723324E-21 2.569994E-02 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.902349E-02 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.569994E-02 7.099739E-02 -1.902349E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 7.099739E-02 2.615118E-01 -7.007129E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.902349E-02 -7.007129E-02 2.594858E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* -7.099739E-02 1.902349E-02 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.874604E-01 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 2.569994E-02 0.000000E+00 2.762550E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 2.569994E-02 7.402154E-01 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 2.569994E-02 7.402154E-01 2.762550E+00 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 6.537795E-02 1.751793E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 1.751793E-02 1.186710E-02 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 7.724505E-02 *
I(Q)
* 7.060268E-02 *
* 6.642361E-03 *
* 7.724505E-02 *
Q
* 9.582864E-01 2.858095E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -2.858095E-01 9.582864E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 4.966088E+04 2.228472E+02 3.546724E+01 1.597554E-05 7.933596E-01
2 2 1.876190E+06 1.369741E+03 2.180010E+02 6.074554E-06 1.139702E+01
3 3 2.956955E+06 1.719580E+03 2.736796E+02 5.465819E-06 1.616218E+01
4 4 1.694829E+07 4.116830E+03 6.552139E+02 5.314034E-06 9.006378E+01
5 5 2.949705E+07 5.431119E+03 8.643893E+02 5.243518E-06 1.546683E+02
6 6 7.178733E+07 8.472740E+03 1.348478E+03 3.104154E-06 2.228389E+02
7 7 1.101135E+08 1.049350E+04 1.670092E+03 0.0 0.0
8 8 2.209181E+08 1.486331E+04 2.365570E+03 0.0 0.0
9 9 3.014644E+08 1.736273E+04 2.763365E+03 0.0 0.0
10 10 3.820511E+08 1.954613E+04 3.110863E+03 0.0 0.0
EIGENVALUE = 4.966088E+04
CYCLES = 3.546724E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
Main Index
452
EIGENVALUE = 1.876190E+06
CYCLES = 2.180010E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 453
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EIGENVALUE = 2.956955E+06
CYCLES = 2.736796E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
Main Index
454
EIGENVECTOR
1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1.78271E-01 8.55037E-02
-1.33187E-04 -5.57844E-03
5.87747E-03 4.75562E-03
6.01815E-04 -3.17303E-04
EIGENVECTOR
1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2.74293E-01 -8.44493E-02
-2.05499E-03 -3.81114E-03
1.00665E-02 -1.16588E-03
2.97790E-04 9.50066E-06
EIGENVECTOR
-5.18031E-01 7.81684E-03
6.43021E-01 1.35772E-03
1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
-2.79864E-03 9.72150E-04
3.85070E-03 -4.21105E-04
FLUTTER SUMMARY
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 455
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
456
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 457
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
458
a
M,V
The panel is assumed to be square with sides a = b = 10.0 in. and thickness t = 0.041 in. and
6 6
to be made of aluminum with moduli E = 10.3 × 10 and G = 3.9 × 10 psi and density
3
r = 0.100 lb/in . The panel is modeled with 100 square CQUAD4 elements as shown in
Figure 8-14. The model is contained in input file PANEL_STRUCT.DAT that contains the 121
GRID entries and the 100 CQUAD4 entries, as well as the SPC1 entries required to restrain rigid
body rotation, to obtain the simple supports around the edges, and to restrain the drilling
degrees of freedom of the QUAD4 elements. PANEL_STRUC.DAT also contains the panel
properties on the PSHELL and MAT1 entries; transverse shear effects are neglected. The
PARAMs GRDPNT, WTMASS, and COUPMASS are also included. PARAM,WTMASS
converts the input weight data to mass data, and PARAM,COUPMASS generates a coupled (not
a consistent) mass matrix for the vibration analysis. The structural data are shown in Listing 8-
29 and are included in the flutter analyses by the request INCLUDE PANEL_STRUCT.DAT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 459
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
10.0 in
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
10.0 in
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121
x 3
Grid Point No.
5 Element No.
Example HA145HA uses Piston Theory and models the panel surface by 10 CAERO5 entries
along the chord, each being divided into 10 equal spanwise strips as shown in Figure 8-15. Each
CAERO5 entry specifies the one PAERO5, 1001 entry that provides the two Mach numbers,
m = 2.0 and 3.0 , and zero trim angle of attack data on AEFACT 20. Each CAERO5 entry also
specifies the NSPAN = 10 equal strip widths, the Van Dyke correction to Piston Theory by
NTHRY = 1, the NTHICK = 10 zero thickness integrals on AEFACT 10, and the spanwise strip
geometry with a unit chord. The linear spline SPLINE2 is consistent with the rigid chord
assumption of Piston Theory. Ten SPLINE2 entries connect each of the 10 spanwise strips to
their respective forward and aft GRIDs via 10 SET1 entries and 10 CORD2R elastic axes through
the midchord of each spanwise strip. The flutter analysis entries begin with the AERO entry,
which specifies the aerodynamic coordinate system with its positive x-axis streamwise to be the
basic coordinate system, the reference chord as 10.0 in., and the sea-level density. The
MKAERO1 entry specifies the two Mach numbers m = 2.0 and 3.0 and the four reduced
frequencies, k = 0.001 , 0.1 , 0.2 , and 0.4 , for the generation of the Piston Theory aerodynamic
influence coefficients.
The FLUTTER entry specifies the PK-method and requests four modes output from the flutter
analysis. FLFACT 1 introduces the factor of 0.5 on the density to account for the air only flowing
on one side of the panel. FLFACT 2 specifies the two Mach numbers. FLFACT 3 specifies the
Main Index velocities for the PK-flutter analysis in in/s and PARAM,VREF,12.0 provides the factor to output
460
the flutter speeds in the Flutter Summary table in units of ft/s. The vibration analysis method is
specified by the EIGR entry as the Givens method and requests 15 modes to be normalized on
their largest components. All 15 modes are used in the flutter analysis. Finally,
PARAM,OPPHIPA, along with a DISP request in Case Control, provides the deflections of all
grid points including the aerodynamic points which, for Piston Theory, are located at the
quarter-chord of the centerline of each aerodynamic box. It should be mentioned that the flutter
mode of the square panel is symmetric about its streamwise centerline and that the 15 modes
selected include both symmetric and antisymmetric modes. It is not likely that the 10 × 10
CQUAD4 model of the panel structure will have an accurate 15th mode, but the correlation
shown below indicates that it is a reasonable model.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section includes the title, subtitle, label, ECHO =
BOTH, METHOD = 20 for the vibration analysis, and FMETHOD = 30 for the PK flutter analysis.
SPC = 1 includes all of the Bulk Data constraints. DISP = 10 and SET 10 = 1 thru 999,999 requests
the vibration modes at all grid points including the aerodynamic grid points. BEGIN BULK
concludes the Case Control Section. The Executive Control Section includes ID MSC, HA145HA,
TIME 25 minutes, and SOL 145, and concludes with CEND.
Output. The input data are shown in Listing 8-30 and Listing 8-31. Selected output data are
shown in Listing 8-32 and are discussed below.
The output from the GRID POINT WEIGHT GENERATOR checks some of the structural data
input with the weight of 0.410 lbs and centroid at x = y = 5.0 in . The first vibration frequency
is f 1 = 78.57 Hz . This agrees with the theoretical value, with transverse shear effects neglected,
of
2
f 1 = ( π ⁄ a ) ( gD ⁄ ρt ) = 78.28 Hz
3 2
D = Et ⁄ 12 ( 1 – ν ) = 65.93 in-lb
2
f 2 = ( 5π ⁄ 2a ) ( gD ⁄ ρt ) = 195.70 Hz
and corresponds to a calculated value of 200.43 Hz , and the limitations of the 10 × 10 element
structural model are apparent in the loss in accuracy of the calculated second frequency.
Although 15 modes are used in the flutter analysis, the flutter is caused primarily by the
coupling between the first two symmetric modes and great accuracy is not required in the higher
modes. The first three vibration modes follow the frequency output. Since the second and third
modes have identical frequencies, any linear combination of the second and third modes shown
are also modes. Appropriate combinations of these modes would correspond to the second
symmetric and second antisymmetric modes.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 461
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
The flutter data summaries for the first four modes are shown next, and the dampings and
frequencies are plotted in Figure 8-16 for the critical second mode at the two Mach numbers. At
a Mach number m = 2.0 the flutter speed is V = 1919 ft/s , and at m = 3.0 the speed is
V = 2436 ft/s ; the flutter frequencies are 171 and 173 Hz, respectively. The nondimensional
stability parameter customarily used in panel flutter studies is
3
λ cr = 2qa ⁄ βD
2 2
where β = M – 1 . The values of λ for the two Mach numbers are found to be λ cr = 532 at
m = 2.0 and λ cr = 526 at m = 3.0 . These compare reasonably well with the theoretical values
given by Hedgepeth (1957, Table 2) of λ cr = 492 at m = 2.0 and λ cr = 499 at m = 3.0 .
10.0 in
y
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010
4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010
5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010
10.0 in
6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010
7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010
8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010
9001 9002 9003 9004 9005 9006 9007 9008 9009 9010
10001 10002 10003 10004 10005 10006 10007 10008 10009 10010
Main Index
462
0.5
m = 2.0
0.4 m = 3.0
0.3
Damping, g 0.2
0.1
0.0
-0.1
-0.2
1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600
Velocity, V, ft/s
300
m = 2.0
m = 3.0
200
Frequency, f, Hz
100
0
1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600
Velocity, V, ft/s
Figure 8-16 Critical Flutter V-g and V-f Curves for Piston Theory
Example HA145HB uses ZONA51 supersonic aerodynamics and models the panel surface by a
single CAERO1 entry divided into 100 equal boxes. It also models the regions to either side of
the panel by square CAERO1 panels that have no motion so that the center panel behaves as a
panel within a larger surface rather than as a wing. The lateral CAERO1 panels prevent the
edges of the central CAERO1 panel from acting like tips on an isolated wing. The aspect ratio of
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 463
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
the lateral panels must be such that the Mach lines from the forward outboard corners do not
intersect the side edges of the central panel as shown in Figure 8-17. The square lateral panels
chosen here would permit an analysis Mach number as low as 2 = 1.414 . The Bulk Data
Section is similar to that described above for Piston Theory. The three CAERO1 entries specify
the panel and its lateral counterparts, each divided into 10 equal spanwise and 10 equal
chordwise boxes. The PAERO1 entry is required. The 10 spanwise linear splines are the same
as those required to obtain accurate interpolation at the aerodynamic grid points for Piston
Theory; note that Remark 1 on the SPLINE1 entry also applies to the SPLINE2 entry and the box
numbering for each SPLINE2 is taken from Figure 8-18. The SET1 and CORD2R entries are
those used in the Piston Theory analysis. The remainder of the Bulk Data entries are the same
as in the Piston Theory analysis.
Mach Lines
µ µ
–1
µ = sin (1 ⁄ M)
Main Index
464
y
3091
3100
1091 3001
1100 3010
2091 1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
2100 1010
x
2001
2010
The input data are shown in Listing 8-33 and Listing 8-34 and the Flutter Summary tables are
shown in Listing 8-35. The dampings and frequencies are plotted in Figure 8-19, again for the
critical second mode at the two Mach numbers. At m = 2.0 the flutter speed is V = 1873 ft/s ,
and at m = 3.0 the speed is V = 2410 ft/s ; the flutter frequencies are 169 and 173 Hz,
respectively. The values of the stability parameter are λ cr = 507 at m = 2.0 and λ cr = 515 at
m = 3.0 . These compare reasonably well with the Piston Theory results above and more closely
with the values of Hedgepeth (1957, Table 2). ZONA51 appears to be more conservative than
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 465
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Piston Theory. The panel stability parameters are compared in Table 8-2 for the various
methods at the two Mach numbers. One would expect better agreement between Piston Theory
and ZONA51 at the higher Mach number, and this is the case.
Main Index
466
0.5
m = 2.0
0.4 m = 3.0
0.3
Damping, g 0.2
0.1
0.0
-0.1
-0.2
1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600
Velocity, V, ft/s
300
m = 2.0
m = 3.0
200
Frequency, f, Hz
100
0
1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600
Velocity, V, ft/s
Figure 8-19 Critical Flutter V-g and V-f Curves for ZONA51 Aerodynamics
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 467
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
$
$ REPLICATION IS A LIMITED DATA GENERATION CAPABILITY OF MSC/NASTRAN.
$ IT CAN BE USED HERE FOR GRID POINT GENERATION AND QUAD4 ELEMENT
$ GEOMETRY GENERATION BECAUSE OF THE UNIFORM DIVISIONS OF THE STRUCTURAL
$ MODEL IN THIS EXAMPLE.
$
GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 12 1.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 23 2.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 34 3.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 45 4.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 56 5.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 67 6.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 78 7.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 89 8.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 100 9.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
GRID 111 10.0 0.0 0.0
= *1 = = *1.0 =
=9
$
CQUAD4 1 1 1 2 13 12
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 11 1 12 13 24 23
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 21 1 23 24 35 34
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 31 1 34 35 46 45
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 41 1 45 46 57 56
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 51 1 56 57 68 67
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 61 1 67 68 79 78
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 71 1 78 79 90 89
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 81 1 89 90 101 100
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
CQUAD4 91 1 100 101 112 111
= *1 = *1 *1 *1 *1
=8
$
Main Index
468
Listing 8-29 Bulk Data Entries for PANEL_STRUCT.DAT Input File (continued)
SPC1 1 1 1
SPC1 1 2 1 110
SPC1 1 3 1 THRU 11
SPC1 1 3 111 THRU 121
SPC1 1 3 12 22 23 33 34 44 +SP1
+SP1 45 55 56 66 67 77 78 88 +SP2
+SP2 89 99 100 110
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 121
$
$ PROPERTY AND MATERIAL BULK DATA ENTRIES
$
PSHELL 1 10 .041 10
$
MAT1 10 1.03+7 3.9+6 .1
$
PARAM GRDPNT 1
$
PARAM WTMASS .0025907
$
PARAM COUPMASS1
$
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 469
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-30 Input Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel Using Piston Theory
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145HA
TIME 25
SOL 145
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 $
2 TITLE = 3D PANEL FLUTTER
3 SUBTI = PINNED EDGES
4 LABEL = PISTON THEORY AERO WITH VAN DYKE CORRECTION, EXAMPLE HA145HA
5 ECHO = BOTH
6 METHOD = 20
7 FMETHOD = 30
8 SPC = 1
9 SET 10 = 1 THRU 999999
10 DISP = 10
11 BEGIN BULK
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
INCLUDE PANEL_STRUCT.DAT
$
$ TEN CAERO5 ENTRIES FOR PANEL SURFACE
$
$ EID PID CP NSPAN LSPAN NTHRY NTHICK
CAERO5 1001 1001 10 1 10 +CA501
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
+CA501 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
$
CAERO5 2001 1001 10 1 10 +CA502
+CA502 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 3001 1001 10 1 10 +CA503
+CA503 2.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 4001 1001 10 1 10 +CA504
+CA504 3.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 3.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 5001 1001 10 1 10 +CA505
+CA505 4.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 4.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 6001 1001 10 1 10 +CA506
+CA506 5.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 5.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 7001 1001 10 1 10 +CA507
+CA507 6.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 6.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 8001 1001 10 1 10 +CA508
+CA508 7.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 7.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 9001 1001 10 1 10 +CA509
+CA509 8.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 8.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
CAERO5 10001 1001 10 1 10 +CA510
+CA510 9.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 9.0 10.0 0.0 1.0
$
$ THICKNESS INTEGRALS
AEFACT 10 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
$
$ PID NALPHA LALPHA NXIS LXIS NTAUS LTAUS
PAERO5 1001 1 20 +PA5
$ CAOC1 CAOC2 ETC
+PA5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 +PA51
+PA51 0.0 0.0
$
$ MACH, ALPHA COMBOS
Main Index
470
Listing 8-30 Input Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel Using Piston Theory (continued)
$ SID MACH1 ALPHA11 MACH2 ALPHA21 ETC
AEFACT 20 2.0 0.0 3.0 0.0
$
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID +SPL
SPLINE2 1001 1001 1001 1010 1001 0.0 1.0 1 +SPL1
$+SPL DTHX DTHY
+SPL1 -1.0 -1.0
$
SPLINE2 2001 2001 2001 2010 2001 0.0 1.0 2 +SPL2
+SPL2 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 3001 3001 3001 3010 3001 0.0 1.0 3 +SPL3
+SPL3 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 4001 4001 4001 4010 4001 0.0 1.0 4 +SPL4
+SPL4 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 5001 5001 5001 5010 5001 0.0 1.0 5 +SPL5
+SPL5 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 6001 6001 6001 6010 6001 0.0 1.0 6 +SPL6
+SPL6 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 7001 7001 7001 7010 7001 0.0 1.0 7 +SPL7
+SPL7 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 8001 8001 8001 8010 8001 0.0 1.0 8 +SPL8
+SPL8 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 9001 9001 9001 9010 9001 0.0 1.0 9 +SPL9
+SPL9 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 10001 10001 10001 10010 10001 0.0 1.0 10 +SPL10
+SPL10 -1.0 -1.0
$
$ SID G1 G2 G3 ETC
SET1 1001 1 THRU 22
SET1 2001 12 THRU 33
SET1 3001 23 THRU 44
SET1 4001 34 THRU 55
SET1 5001 45 THRU 66
SET1 6001 56 THRU 77
SET1 7001 67 THRU 88
SET1 8001 78 THRU 99
SET1 9001 89 THRU 110
SET1 10001 100 THRU 121
$
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 +CRD
CORD2R 1 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD1
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD1 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 2 1.5 0.0 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD2
+CRD2 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 3 2.5 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD3
+CRD3 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 4 3.5 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD4
+CRD4 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 5 4.5 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD5
+CRD5 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 6 5.5 0.0 0.0 5.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD6
+CRD6 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 7 6.5 0.0 0.0 6.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD7
+CRD7 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 8 7.5 0.0 0.0 7.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD8
+CRD8 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 9 8.5 0.0 0.0 8.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD9
+CRD9 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 10 9.5 0.0 0.0 9.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD10
+CRD10 20.0 0.0 0.0
$
AERO 0 0 10.0 1.1468-7
$
$ M1 M2 ETC +MK
MKAERO1 2.0 3.0 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 ETC
+MK 0.001 0.1 0.2 0.4
$
FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 4
FLFACT 1 0.5
FLFACT 2 2.0 3.0
FLFACT 3 21600. 22800. 23400. 24000. 26400. 28800. 29400. +FL3
+FL3 30000. 31200.
$
PARAM VREF 12.0
$ ND
EIGR 20 AGIV 0. 1000. 15 +ER
+ER MAX
$
$PARAM LMODES 9
$
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 216
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 471
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-31 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using Piston Theory
Main Index
472
Listing 8-31 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using Piston Theory (continued)
76- CQUAD4 33 1 36 37 48 47
77- CQUAD4 34 1 37 38 49 48
78- CQUAD4 35 1 38 39 50 49
79- CQUAD4 36 1 39 40 51 50
80- CQUAD4 37 1 40 41 52 51
81- CQUAD4 38 1 41 42 53 52
82- CQUAD4 39 1 42 43 54 53
83- CQUAD4 40 1 43 44 55 54
84- CQUAD4 41 1 45 46 57 56
85- CQUAD4 42 1 46 47 58 57
86- CQUAD4 43 1 47 48 59 58
87- CQUAD4 44 1 48 49 60 59
88- CQUAD4 45 1 49 50 61 60
89- CQUAD4 46 1 50 51 62 61
90- CQUAD4 47 1 51 52 63 62
91- CQUAD4 48 1 52 53 64 63
92- CQUAD4 49 1 53 54 65 64
93- CQUAD4 50 1 54 55 66 65
94- CQUAD4 51 1 56 57 68 67
95- CQUAD4 52 1 57 58 69 68
96- CQUAD4 53 1 58 59 70 69
97- CQUAD4 54 1 59 60 71 70
98- CQUAD4 55 1 60 61 72 71
99- CQUAD4 56 1 61 62 73 72
100- CQUAD4 57 1 62 63 74 73
101- CQUAD4 58 1 63 64 75 74
102- CQUAD4 59 1 64 65 76 75
103- CQUAD4 60 1 65 66 77 76
104- CQUAD4 61 1 67 68 79 78
105- CQUAD4 62 1 68 69 80 79
106- CQUAD4 63 1 69 70 81 80
107- CQUAD4 64 1 70 71 82 81
108- CQUAD4 65 1 71 72 83 82
109- CQUAD4 66 1 72 73 84 83
110- CQUAD4 67 1 73 74 85 84
111- CQUAD4 68 1 74 75 86 85
112- CQUAD4 69 1 75 76 87 86
113- CQUAD4 70 1 76 77 88 87
114- CQUAD4 71 1 78 79 90 89
115- CQUAD4 72 1 79 80 91 90
116- CQUAD4 73 1 80 81 92 91
117- CQUAD4 74 1 81 82 93 92
118- CQUAD4 75 1 82 83 94 93
119- CQUAD4 76 1 83 84 95 94
120- CQUAD4 77 1 84 85 96 95
121- CQUAD4 78 1 85 86 97 96
122- CQUAD4 79 1 86 87 98 97
123- CQUAD4 80 1 87 88 99 98
124- CQUAD4 81 1 89 90 101 100
125- CQUAD4 82 1 90 91 102 101
126- CQUAD4 83 1 91 92 103 102
127- CQUAD4 84 1 92 93 104 103
128- CQUAD4 85 1 93 94 105 104
129- CQUAD4 86 1 94 95 106 105
130- CQUAD4 87 1 95 96 107 106
131- CQUAD4 88 1 96 97 108 107
132- CQUAD4 89 1 97 98 109 108
133- CQUAD4 90 1 98 99 110 109
134- CQUAD4 91 1 100 101 112 111
135- CQUAD4 92 1 101 102 113 112
136- CQUAD4 93 1 102 103 114 113
137- CQUAD4 94 1 103 104 115 114
138- CQUAD4 95 1 104 105 116 115
139- CQUAD4 96 1 105 106 117 116
140- CQUAD4 97 1 106 107 118 117
141- CQUAD4 98 1 107 108 119 118
142- CQUAD4 99 1 108 109 120 119
143- CQUAD4 100 1 109 110 121 120
144- EIGR 20 AGIV 0. 1000. 15 +ER
145- +ER MAX
146- FLFACT 1 0.5
147- FLFACT 2 2.0 3.0
148- FLFACT 3 21600. 22800. 23400. 24000. 26400. 28800. 29400. +FL3
149- +FL3 30000. 31200.
150- FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 4
151- GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
152- GRID 2 0.0 1.0 0.0
153- GRID 3 0.0 2. 0.0
154- GRID 4 0.0 3. 0.0
155- GRID 5 0.0 4. 0.0
156- GRID 6 0.0 5. 0.0
157- GRID 7 0.0 6. 0.0
158- GRID 8 0.0 7. 0.0
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 473
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-31 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using Piston Theory (continued)
Main Index
474
Listing 8-31 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using Piston Theory (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 475
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
REFERENCE POINT = 1
M O
* 4.100000E-01 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -2.050000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 4.100000E-01 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.050000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.100000E-01 2.050000E+00 -2.050000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.050000E+00 1.366667E+01 -1.025000E+01 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -2.050000E+00 -1.025000E+01 1.366667E+01 0.000000E+00 *
* -2.050000E+00 2.050000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.733333E+01 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 4.100000E-01 0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 4.100000E-01 5.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 4.100000E-01 5.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 3.416665E+00 -1.907349E-06 0.000000E+00 *
* -1.907349E-06 3.416665E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 6.833330E+00 *
I(Q)
* 3.416665E+00 *
* 3.416665E+00 *
* 6.833330E+00 *
Q
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
Main Index
476
EIGENVALUE = 2.437391E+05
CYCLES = 7.857470E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 477
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
478
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 479
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EIGENVALUE = 1.585938E+06
CYCLES = 2.004302E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
Main Index
480
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 481
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
482
0 EIGENVALUE = 1.585938E+06
CYCLES = 2.004302E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 483
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
484
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 485
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
FLUTTER SUMMARY
POINT = 1 MACH NUMBER = 2.0000 DENSITY RATIO = 5.0000E-01 METHOD = PK
Main Index
486
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145HB
TIME 45
SOL 145
CEND
CARD
COUNT
1 $
2 TITLE = 3D PANEL FLUTTER
3 SUBTI = PINNED EDGES
4 LABEL = ZONA51 AERO, EXAMPLE HA145HB
5 ECHO = BOTH
6 METHOD = 20
7 FMETHOD = 30
8 SPC = 1
9 SET 10 = 1 THRU 999999
10 DISP = 10
11 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 487
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
INCLUDE PANEL_STRUCT.DAT
$
$ CAERO FOR PANEL SURFACE
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID +CA
CAERO1 1001 1 0 10 10 1 +CA1
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CA1 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 10.0
$ CAERO FOR SURFACE INBOARD OF PANEL
CAERO1 2001 1 0 10 10 1 +CA2
+CA2 0.0 -10.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.0
$ CAERO FOR SURFACE OUTBOARD OF SURFACE
CAERO1 3001 1 0 10 10 1 +CA3
+CA3 0.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 10.0
$
PAERO1 1
$
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID +SPL
SPLINE2 1001 1001 1001 1091 1001 0.0 1.0 1 +SPL1
$+SPL DTHX DTHY
+SPL1 -1.0 -1.0
$
SPLINE2 2001 1001 1002 1092 2001 0.0 1.0 2 +SPL2
+SPL2 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 3001 1001 1003 1093 3001 0.0 1.0 3 +SPL3
+SPL3 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 4001 1001 1004 1094 4001 0.0 1.0 4 +SPL4
+SPL4 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 5001 1001 1005 1095 5001 0.0 1.0 5 +SPL5
+SPL5 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 6001 1001 1006 1096 6001 0.0 1.0 6 +SPL6
+SPL6 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 7001 1001 1007 1097 7001 0.0 1.0 7 +SPL7
+SPL7 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 8001 1001 1008 1098 8001 0.0 1.0 8 +SPL8
+SPL8 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 9001 1001 1009 1099 9001 0.0 1.0 9 +SPL9
+SPL9 -1.0 -1.0
SPLINE2 10001 1001 1010 1100 10001 0.0 1.0 10 +SPL10
+SPL10 -1.0 -1.0
Main Index
488
$
$ SID G1 G2 G3 ETC
SET1 1001 1 THRU 22
SET1 2001 12 THRU 33
SET1 3001 23 THRU 44
SET1 4001 34 THRU 55
SET1 5001 45 THRU 66
SET1 6001 56 THRU 77
SET1 7001 67 THRU 88
SET1 8001 78 THRU 99
SET1 9001 89 THRU 110
SET1 10001 100 THRU 121
$
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 +CRD
CORD2R 1 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD1
$ C1 C2 C3
+CRD1 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 2 1.5 0.0 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD2
+CRD2 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 3 2.5 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD3
+CRD3 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 4 3.5 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD4
+CRD4 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 5 4.5 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD5
+CRD5 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 6 5.5 0.0 0.0 5.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD6
+CRD6 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 7 6.5 0.0 0.0 6.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD7
+CRD7 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 8 7.5 0.0 0.0 7.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD8
+CRD8 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 9 8.5 0.0 0.0 8.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD9
+CRD9 20.0 0.0 0.0
CORD2R 10 9.5 0.0 0.0 9.5 0.0 1.0 +CRD10
+CRD10 20.0 0.0 0.0
$
AERO 0 0 10.0 1.1468-7
$
$ M1 M2 ETC +MK
MKAERO1 2.0 3.0 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 ETC
+MK 0.001 0.1 0.2 0.4
$
FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 4
FLFACT 1 0.5
FLFACT 2 2.0 3.0
FLFACT 3 21600. 22200. 22800. 24000. 26400. 28800. 29400. +FL3
+FL3 30000. 31200.
$
PARAM VREF 12.0
$
EIGR 20 AGIV 0. 1000. 15 +ER
+ER MAX
$
$PARAM LMODES 10
$
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 191
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 489
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-34 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using ZONA51 Aerodynamics
Main Index
490
Listing 8-34 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using ZONA51 Aerodynamics (continued)
76- CQUAD4 49 1 53 54 65 64
77- CQUAD4 50 1 54 55 66 65
78- CQUAD4 51 1 56 57 68 67
79- CQUAD4 52 1 57 58 69 68
80- CQUAD4 53 1 58 59 70 69
81- CQUAD4 54 1 59 60 71 70
82- CQUAD4 55 1 60 61 72 71
83- CQUAD4 56 1 61 62 73 72
84- CQUAD4 57 1 62 63 74 73
85- CQUAD4 58 1 63 64 75 74
86- CQUAD4 59 1 64 65 76 75
87- CQUAD4 60 1 65 66 77 76
88- CQUAD4 61 1 67 68 79 78
89- CQUAD4 62 1 68 69 80 79
90- CQUAD4 63 1 69 70 81 80
91- CQUAD4 64 1 70 71 82 81
92- CQUAD4 65 1 71 72 83 82
93- CQUAD4 66 1 72 73 84 83
94- CQUAD4 67 1 73 74 85 84
95- CQUAD4 68 1 74 75 86 85
96- CQUAD4 69 1 75 76 87 86
97- CQUAD4 70 1 76 77 88 87
98- CQUAD4 71 1 78 79 90 89
99- CQUAD4 72 1 79 80 91 90
100- CQUAD4 73 1 80 81 92 91
101- CQUAD4 74 1 81 82 93 92
102- CQUAD4 75 1 82 83 94 93
103- CQUAD4 76 1 83 84 95 94
104- CQUAD4 77 1 84 85 96 95
105- CQUAD4 78 1 85 86 97 96
106- CQUAD4 79 1 86 87 98 97
107- CQUAD4 80 1 87 88 99 98
108- CQUAD4 81 1 89 90 101 100
109- CQUAD4 82 1 90 91 102 101
110- CQUAD4 83 1 91 92 103 102
111- CQUAD4 84 1 92 93 104 103
112- CQUAD4 85 1 93 94 105 104
113- CQUAD4 86 1 94 95 106 105
114- CQUAD4 87 1 95 96 107 106
115- CQUAD4 88 1 96 97 108 107
116- CQUAD4 89 1 97 98 109 108
117- CQUAD4 90 1 98 99 110 109
118- CQUAD4 91 1 100 101 112 111
119- CQUAD4 92 1 101 102 113 112
120- CQUAD4 93 1 102 103 114 113
121- CQUAD4 94 1 103 104 115 114
122- CQUAD4 95 1 104 105 116 115
123- CQUAD4 96 1 105 106 117 116
124- CQUAD4 97 1 106 107 118 117
125- CQUAD4 98 1 107 108 119 118
126- CQUAD4 99 1 108 109 120 119
127- CQUAD4 100 1 109 110 121 120
128- EIGR 20 AGIV 0. 1000. 15 +ER
129- +ER MAX
130- FLFACT 1 0.5
131- FLFACT 2 2.0 3.0
132- FLFACT 3 21600. 22200. 22800. 24000. 26400. 28800. 29400. +FL3
133- +FL3 30000. 31200.
134- FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 4
135- GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
136- GRID 2 0.0 1.0 0.0
137- GRID 3 0.0 2.0 0.0
138- GRID 4 0.0 3.0 0.0
139- GRID 5 0.0 4.0 0.0
140- GRID 6 0.0 5.0 0.0
141- GRID 7 0.0 6.0 0.0
142- GRID 8 0.0 7.0 0.0
143- GRID 9 0.0 8.0 0.0
144- GRID 10 0.0 9.0 0.0
145- GRID 11 0.0 10.0 0.0
146- GRID 12 1.0 0.0 0.0
147- GRID 13 1.0 1.0 0.0
148- GRID 14 1.0 2.0 0.0
149- GRID 15 1.0 3.0 0.0
150- GRID 16 1.0 4.0 0.0
151- GRID 17 1.0 5.0 0.0
152- GRID 18 1.0 6.0 0.0
153- GRID 19 1.0 7.0 0.0
154- GRID 20 1.0 8.0 0.0
155- GRID 21 1.0 9.0 0.0
156- GRID 22 1.0 10.0 0.0
157- GRID 23 2.0 0.0 0.0
158- GRID 24 2.0 1.0 0.0
159- GRID 25 2.0 2.0 0.0
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 491
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-34 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using ZONA51 Aerodynamics (continued)
Main Index
492
Listing 8-34 Sorted Bulk Data for Flutter Analysis of Square Panel
Using ZONA51 Aerodynamics (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 493
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
494
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 495
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
The intercept values C z and C m will be omitted from further discussion since they cannot be
0 0
estimated from oscillatory theory. Complex oscillatory aerodynamic coefficients are related to
the real coefficients in harmonic motion via
iωt
C z = Re ( C z e ) Eq. 8-13
and
iωt
C m = Re ( C m e ) Eq. 8-14
where Re( ) denotes the real part of ( ). Harmonic plunging with amplitude
· iωt
h0 [ θ = 0, α = h ⁄ V = ( h0 ⁄ V )Re ( iωe ) ]
2
C z ⁄ h 0 ( 2 ⁄ c ) = ikC z – k C z Eq. 8-15
α ·
α
2
C m ⁄ h 0 ( 2 ⁄ c ) = ikC m – k C m Eq. 8-16
α ·
α
iωt
α 0 [ θ = α = α 0 Re ( e )]
C z ⁄ α 0 = C z + ik C z + C z Eq. 8-17
α α· q
C m ⁄ α 0 = C m + ik C m + C m Eq. 8-18
α α· q
The relationship between the generalized aerodynamic force matrices and the longitudinal
stability derivatives requires the following information: a reference wing area, S , the mean
aerodynamic chord (M.A.C.), c , a reference chord, c r , for the reduced frequency, k = ωc r ⁄ 2V ,
the plunge mode amplitude, h0 , and the pitch mode amplitude, α 0 . These parameters allow
nondimensionalizing the elements of the generalized aerodynamic influence matrices. For one
(m,k) pair, the generalized influence matrix Q hh due to rigid body plunge and pitch appears as
Q 11 Q 12
[ Q hh ] = Eq. 8-19
Q 21 Q 22
Cz Q 11
---------------------- = -------------------------- Eq. 8-20
h0 ( 2 ⁄ c ) 2
h0 S ( 2 ⁄ c )
Cm Q 21
---------------------- = ------------------------------------ Eq. 8-21
h0 ( 2 ⁄ c ) α 0 h Sc ( 2 ⁄ c )
0
Cz Q 12
------ = ---------------- Eq. 8-22
α0 α0 h S
0
Cm Q 22
------- = ------------- Eq. 8-23
α0 2
α 0 Sc
Substitution of Eq. 8-20 through Eq. 8-23 into Equations 5 through 10 of Rodden and Giesing
(1970) yields the final relationship between the Q hh matrix elements and the stability
derivatives.
= – ---------------- Re ( Q 12 )
1
Cz Eq. 8-24
α α h S
0 0
b
= ------------ lm ( Q 11 ) Eq. 8-25
h 2 kS
0
1
Cm = – ------------- Re ( Q 22 ) Eq. 8-26
α α 2 Sc
0
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 497
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
b
= – ---------------------- lm ( Q 21 ) Eq. 8-27
α 0 h kSc
0
2b b
Cz = – ------ --------------- Re ( Q 11 ) Eq. 8-28
·
α
c 2 2
h k S
0
2b
= ------ ------------------------- Re ( Q 21 )
b
Cm Eq. 8-29
c 2
α h k Sc
·
α
0 0
C z + C z = ------ ------------------- lm ( Q 12 )
2b 1
Eq. 8-30
· α
α q c 0 0 kS
h
2b 1
C m + C m = ------ ---------------- lm ( Q 22 ) Eq. 8-31
·
α q c α 2 kSc
0
· · 2
βb pb pb rb
C Y = C y β + C Y ------- + C Y ------- + C Y ---------- + C Y ------- Eq. 8-32
β · 2V 2V · 2 2V
β p p 4V r
· · 2
βb pb pb rb
C l = C l β + C l ------- + C l ------- + C l ---------- + C l ------- Eq. 8-33
β · 2V 2V · 2 2V
β p p 4V r
· · 2
βb pb pb rb
C n = C n β + C n ------- + C n ------- + C n ---------- + C n ------- Eq. 8-34
β · 2V 2V · 2 2V
β p p 4V r
Note: Eq. 8-32 through Eq. 8-34 include p· -terms but not r· -terms because the p· -terms are first
·
order in reduced freqency (k) but r -terms are second order in k. The higher-order
solution of Rodden and Giesing (1970) demonstrated the procedure to obtain the
·
longitudinal second-order q -terms. Following this procedure in the lateral-directional
·
case will lead to the r -terms.
· iωt
[ φ = ψ = 0, β = y ⁄ V = ( y 0 ⁄ V )Re ( iωe ) ]
· iωt
then roll [ β = ψ = 0, p = φ = φ 0 Re ( iωe ) ]
iωt · iωt
and, finally, yaw [ φ = 0, ψ = – β = ψ 0 Re ( e ) ] , r = ψ = ψ 0 Re ( iωe ) , in order to compare the
lateral-directional stability derivatives in Eq. 8-32 through Eq. 8-34 to the elements of the
MSC.Nastran generalized aerodynamic force matrix QHHL that appears as
Q 11 Q 12 Q 13
[ Q hh ] = Q 21 Q 22 Q 23 Eq. 8-35
Q 31 Q 32 Q 33
where the i -subscript of Q ij denotes side force by i = 1 , rolling moment by i = 2 , and yawing
moment by i = 3 ; the j -subscript of Q ij denotes sideslip by j = 1 , roll rate by j = 2 , and yaw
rate by j = 3 . In the following, the amplitude of the lateral displacement is y 0 , the amplitude
of the bank angle is φ 0 , and the amplitude of the yaw angle is ψ 0 , and the reference span of the
vehicle is b . The expressions for the derivatives are:
Sideslip Derivatives
cr
CY = --------------- lm ( Q 11 ) Eq. 8-36
β 2y 2 kS
0
= – ---------------- Re ( Q 13 )
1
Eq. 8-37
y ψ S
0 0
cr
2
C Y = – ---------------------- Re ( Q 11 )
Eq. 8-38
·
β
2 2
2y 0 k Sb
cr
Cl = ------------------------- lm ( Q 21 ) Eq. 8-39
β 2y 0 φ 0 kSb
= – -------------------- Re ( Q 23 )
1
Eq. 8-40
φ ψ Sb
0 0
cr
2
C l = – ------------------------------- Re ( Q 21 )
Eq. 8-41
· 2 2
β 2y 0 φ 0 k Sb
cr
Cn = -------------------------- lm ( Q 31 ) Eq. 8-42
β 2y 0 ψ 0 kSb
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 499
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
1
= – -------------- Re ( Q 33 ) Eq. 8-43
ψ 2 Sb
0
cr
2
C n = – -------------------------------- lm ( Q 31 )
Eq. 8-44
· 2 2
β 2y 0 ψ 0 k Sb
Rolling Derivatives
cr
CY = ---------------------- lm ( Q 12 ) Eq. 8-45
p y 0 φ 0 kSb
cr
2
C Y = – --------------------------- Re ( Q 12 )
Eq. 8-46
· 2 2
p y 0 φ 0 k Sb
cr
Cl = ------------------- lm ( Q 22 ) Eq. 8-47
p φ 2 kSb 2
0
cr
2
C l = – --------------------- Re ( Q 22 )
Eq. 8-48
· 2 2 3
p φ 0 k Sb
cr
Cn = -------------------------- lm ( Q 32 ) Eq. 8-49
p φ ψ kSb 2
0 0
cr
2
C n = – ----------------------------- Re ( Q 32 )
Eq. 8-50
· 2 3
p φ 0 ψ 0 k Sb
Yawing Derivatives
cr
CY = ----------------------- lm ( Q 13 ) + C Y Eq. 8-51
r 0 0
y ψ kSb ·
β
cr
Cl = -------------------------- lm ( Q 23 ) + C l Eq. 8-52
φ ψ kSb 2 ·
r β
0 0
cr
Cn = -------------------- lm ( Q 33 ) + C n Eq. 8-53
r ψ 2 kSb 2 ·
β
0
Main Index
500
Note that the present calculation of dynamic stability derivatives from an oscillatory solution at
·
only one reduced frequency does not permit obtaining the r -derivatives.
The present example uses the model from Example HA144D, which is contained in the input file
HA144D_MODEL.DAT and is shown in Listing 7-15. Since Example HA144D calculated
stability derivatives with respect to NACA coordinates at GRID 90, it is necessary to force the
center of gravity here to GRID 90 by adding the large weight CONM1 90 to GRID 90 chosen
9
arbitrarily as 8.0 × 10 lbs . Furthermore, it is essential to align the rigid body modes with the
NACA axes, and this is accomplished by assigning large principal moments of inertia to
12 2
CONM1 90 in the amount of 1.0 × 10 lb-in . With both the large weight and large moments
of inertia added, the calculated rigid body modes will be motions relative to the NACA axes, and
the generalized aerodynamic forces will lead to the desired stability derivatives.
The Bulk Data Section begins with the request INCLUDE HA144D_MODEL.DAT. The next
entry is CONM1 90. This is followed by the AERO entry, which is only required here to
prescribe the antisymmetric motion. Next, the MKAERO1 entry specifies the Mach Number
m = 0.9 and the two low reduced frequencies k = 0.001 and 0.01 ; two frequencies are selected
to illustrate the frequency dependence of the dynamic derivatives. The vibration analysis for the
rigid body modes is performed by EIGR 10, which specifies the modified Givens method MGIV
and requests only the three rigid body modes normalized on their maximum components. The
PARAM,OPPHIPA,1 along with the DISP request in Case Control provides the modal output so
that the amplitudes of the rigid body modes are displayed.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with three title commands. It then
requests ECHO = BOTH, SPC = 1 for the antisymmetric boundary condition, DISP = 25 for the
SET 25 = 1 through 400 structural grid point displacements to be printed, and the vibration
analysis METHOD = 10.
The Executive Control Section specifies 5 minutes CPU time, and the Flutter Solution Sequence
SOL 145. Then it provides the Alter to print the generalized aerodynamic force matrix QHHL
for the flight conditions listed on the MKAERO entry and to exit the execution.
Output. The input data are shown in Listing 8-36 and Listing 8-37. The output data required
for the stability derivative calculations follow in Listing 8-38.
The first output shown is the eigenvalue analysis. The rigid body modes are of interest and their
frequencies are exact rather than computed zeros because of the SUPORT entry in the input. The
modal amplitudes are required in the stability derivative calculation, and they are found from
the eigenvectors. It should be noted that the eigenvectors are in the basic coordinate system, so
the signs of the roll and yaw angles must be reversed to obtain them in the reference (NACA)
coordinate system for use in the stability derivative calculations. The first eigenvector is the
sidesway mode, and its amplitude is y 0 = 1.0 . The second eigenvector is the roll mode, and its
amplitude is φ 0 = – 0.06666667 . Finally, the third eigenvector is the yaw mode, and
ψ 0 = – 0.05590732 . The final output shown is the matrix QHHL for the three rigid modes, as in
Eq. 8-35, printed by columns for the two reduced frequencies: the first three columns correspond
to the lower frequency, k = 0.001 , and the last three columns are for k = 0.01 . The generalized
aerodynamic forces are summarized in Table 8-3.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 501
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Table 8-3 Complex Generalized Aerodynamic Forces for Antisymmetric Rigid Body
Modes of Example HA144D
The reference geometry cr = 10.0 ft , b = 40.0 ft , S = 200 sq. ft , and Eq. 8-36 through Eq. 8-53
lead to the desired stability derivatives. The results are summarized in Table 8-4. The frequency
dependence of the derivatives is seen by comparing the columns for the two frequencies. The
static solution in the last column is taken from Example HA144D and has no estimates for the
dynamic derivatives, which can only be obtained by using the oscillatory aerodynamic theory.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 503
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145H
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145H $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION 30 DEG FORWARD SWEPT WING WITH $
$ AILERON, CANARD AND AFT SWEPT $
$ VERTICAL FIN AND RUDDER. $
$ BAR MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION ANTISYMMETRIC STATIC STABILITY $
$ DERIVATIVE ANALYSIS USING DOUBLET- $
$ LATTICE AERODYNAMICS AT MACH 0.9. $
$ $
$ OUTPUT RIGID BODY MODES AND OSCILLATORY $
$ AERODYNAMIC MATRIX QHHL. $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER
COMPILE SUBDMAP=FLUTTER,SOUIN=MSCSOU,NOREF,NOLIST $ V68
ALTER 50 $ V68
MATPRN QHHL// $ PRINTS QHHL MATRIX
EXIT $
CEND
EXAMPLE HA145H: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 2
ANTISYMMETRIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145H: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN
2 SUBTI = ANTISYMMETRIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES
3 LABEL = HALF-SPAN MODEL, RIGID SIDESWAY, ROLL, AND YAW MOTIONS
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 1 $ ANTISYMMETRIC CONSTRAINTS
6 SET 25 = 1 THRU 400
7 DISP = 25 $ PRINT GRID POINT DISPLACEMENTS
8 METHOD = 10
9 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
504
Listing 8-36 Input Files for Estimation of Dynamic Stability Derivatives (continued)
EXAMPLE HA145H: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 3
ANTISYMMETRIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$ $
INCLUDE HA144D_MODEL.DAT
$ $
$ * GRID POINT 90 MASS * $
$ $
$ THE CONM1 ENTRY DEFINES A CONCENTRATED MASS IN ITS GENERAL $
$ FORM. IT DEFINES A 6*6 SYMMETRIC MASS MATRIX AT A GEOMETRIC $
$ GRID POINT. LISTED ARE THE ELEMENTS OF THE 3*3 MASS $
$ PARTITION, THE 3*3 STATIC UNBALANCE PARTITION, AND THE 3*3 $
$ INERTIA PARTITION. IN THIS CASE, A LARGE MASS, WITH LARGE $
$ PRINCIPAL MOMENTS OF INERTIA, IS CHOSEN AT THE REFERENCE $
$ POINT TO ALIGN THE COMPUTED MODES WITH THE REFERENCE NACA $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM. $
$ $
$CONM1 EID G CID M11 M21 M22 M31 M32 +M1
CONM1 90 90 8.+9 8.+9 +M1
$+M1 M33 M41 M42 M43 M44 M51 M52 M53 +M2
+M1 8.+9 1.+12 +M2
$+M2 M54 M55 M61 M62 M63 M64 M65 M66
+M2 1.+12 1.+12
$ $
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-FT-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ REFERENCE LENGTHS PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ = -1 INDICATES $
$ ANTISYMMETRICAL MOTION. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 10.0 2.378-3 -1
$
$ $
$ * AERODYNAMIC CONDITIONS * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 CARD AND ITS CONTINUATION CARD WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. $
$ $
MKAERO1 0.9 +MK
+MK 0.001 0.01
$ $
$ * * VIBRATION SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM; IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. THE THREE RIGID BODY MODES ARE $
$ DESIRED, NORMALIZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
EIGR 10 MGIV 3 +IGR
+IGR MAX
$
$ THE PARAM,OPPHIPA,1 PROVIDES THE VIBRATION MODES FOR THE $
$ MODAL PRINT AND PLOT REQUESTS. $
$ $
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
ENDDATA
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 505
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EXAMPLE HA145I: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 12
ANTISYMMETRIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES
HALF-SPAN MODEL, RIGID SIDESWAY, ROLL, AND YAW MOTIONS
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AELIST 2000 1119 1123 1127 1131
2- AELIST 3000 3103 3107 3111 3115
3- AERO 1 10.0 2.378-3 -1
4- AESURF 517 AILERON 110 2000
5- AESURF 518 RUDDER 301 3000
6- CAERO1 1000 1000 2 4 1 +CAC
7- +CAC 10. 0. 0. 10. 10. 5. 0. 10.
8- CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
9- +CAW 25. 0. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 0. 10.
10- CAERO1 3100 1000 4 4 1 +CA1FI
11- +CA1FI 30.7735 0. 10. 10. 25. 0. 0. 10.
12- CBAR 100 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
13- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
14- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
15- CBAR 103 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
16- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
17- CBAR 120 101 110 120 0. 0. 1.
18- CBAR 310 301 100 310 0. 0. 1.
19- CONM1 90 90 8.+9 8.+9 +M1
20- +M1 8.+9 1.+12 +M2
21- +M2 1.+12 1.+12
22- CONM2 97 97 0 1500.0
23- CONM2 98 98 0 1500.0
24- CONM2 99 99 0 1500.0
25- CONM2 100 100 0 1500.0
26- CONM2 111 111 0 600.0
27- CONM2 112 112 0 400.0
28- CONM2 121 121 0 600.0
29- CONM2 122 122 0 400.0
30- CONM2 311 311 0 30.0
31- CONM2 312 312 0 20.0
32- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
33- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
34- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2
35- +CRD2 38.66025+5.0 0.
36- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
37- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
38- CORD2R 110 0 26.7265 10.0 0. 26.7265 10.0 -10.0 +CRD2A
39- +CRD2A 36.7265 15.7735 0.
40- CORD2R 300 0 30.0 0. 0. 30.0 10.0 0. +CRD2FI
41- +CRD2FI 20.0 0. 5.7735
42- CORD2R 301 0 32.5 0. 0. 32.5 -10. 0.0 +CRD2R
43- +CRD2R 22.5 0. 5.7735
44- EIGR 10 MGIV 3 +IGR
45- +IGR MAX
46- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
47- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
48- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
49- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
50- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
51- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
52- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
53- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
54- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
55- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
56- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
57- GRID 310 32.88675+0. 5.
58- GRID 311 30.38675+0. 5.
59- GRID 312 35.38675+0. 5.
60- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8
61- MKAERO1 0.9 +MK
62- +MK 0.001 0.01
63- OMIT1 4 110 120 310
64- PAERO1 1000
65- PARAM GRDPNT 90
66- PARAM OPPHIPA 1
67- PARAM WTMASS .031081
Main Index
506
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 507
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EXAMPLE HA145H: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD & FIN PAGE 21
ANTISYMMETRIC STABILITY DERIVATIVES
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.486483E+08 0.0
2 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.381378E+08 0.0
3 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.714776E+07 0.0
4 4 1.189524E+03 3.448947E+01 5.489170E+00 0.0 0.0
5 5 1.512659E+03 3.889292E+01 6.190001E+00 0.0 0.0
6 7 4.028532E+03 6.347072E+01 1.010168E+01 0.0 0.0
7 6 7.604801E+03 8.720551E+01 1.387919E+01 0.0 0.0
8 8 6.609194E+04 2.570835E+02 4.091611E+01 0.0 0.0
9 9 1.532933E+05 3.915269E+02 6.231343E+01 0.0 0.0
10 12 2.790091E+05 5.282131E+02 8.406773E+01 0.0 0.0
EIGENVALUE = 0.000000E+00
CYCLES = 0.000000E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 0.000000E+00
CYCLES = 0.000000E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
EIGENVALUE = 0.000000E+00
CYCLES = 0.000000E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
Main Index
508
MATRIX QHHL (GINO NAME 101 ) IS A CMP D.P. 6 COLUMN X 3 ROW RECTANG MATRIX.
COLUMN 1 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 1.2752D-05,-2.8634D-02 -1.4758D-05, 3.4945D-03 1.7980D-05,-2.3189D-02
COLUMN 2 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -2.1631D-05,-4.2480D-03 5.6038D-05,-5.9515D-02 -1.8804D-05,-3.1072D-03
COLUMN 3 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -8.0042D+00,-3.5915D-02 9.7683D-01, 9.2522D-03 -6.4820D+00,-3.2783D-02
COLUMN 4 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 1.2748D-03,-2.8634D-01 -1.4776D-03, 3.4947D-02 1.7977D-03,-2.3189D-01
COLUMN 5 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -2.1650D-03,-4.2464D-02 5.5982D-03,-5.9523D-01 -1.8821D-03,-3.1060D-02
COLUMN 6 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -8.0034D+00,-3.5914D-01 9.7541D-01, 9.2577D-02 -6.4807D+00,-3.2782D-01
THE NUMBER OF NON-ZERO TERMS IN THE DENSEST COLUMN = 3
THE DENSITY OF THIS MATRIX IS 100.00 PERCENT.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 509
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
1⁄2 2
ω 1 ( M ⁄ LEI ) = ( 4.730 ⁄ L )
4
I y = I z = 135.54 in .
A very large cross-sectional area and polar moment of inertia are selected arbitrarily. The first
eight CONM2 entries give the weight of each as 50.0 lb at GRIDs 1 through 8. The weight of the
vertical flippers in the cruciform configuration have been included by adding the weight of one
flipper divided between GRIDS 9 and 10 according to its center of gravity location, and the
weight at GRID 9 becomes 52.833 lbs and at GRID 10 becomes 52.167 lbs.
Main Index
510
The flipper is modeled by four equal size CQUAD4 elements with corner GRIDs 21 through 29
as shown in Figure 8-20. The flipper is connected to the fuselage at GRID 24, and an RBAR is
extended from GRID 11 on the fuselage centerline to GRID 12 at the side of the fuselage
coincident with GRID 24. Multipoint constraints connect GRIDs 12 and 24 together except for
the pitch degree of freedom. The flipper rotation δ is defined by Scalar Point SPOINT 49 and is
the difference between the pitch rotations (R2) of GRIDs 24 and 12; the sign convention for the
flipper angle δ is positive with the trailing edge down. The flipper and its hinge are idealized
to be very stiff, and this condition is realized by providing lateral constraints (T2) on GRIDs 21
and 27 and by choosing a large modulus of elasticity (1.0E+10) on the MAT1 10 and MAT1 20
Bulk Data entries; the densities of 0.0188889 and 0.0144444 on MAT1 10 and MAT1 20 lead to the
desired weight and center of gravity for the flipper. PARAM,GRDPNT,45 generates the inertial
data for the fuselage/flipper combination relative to GRID 45. PARAM,WTMASS converts the
weights to mass units.
Structural damping is included as an equivalent frequency-dependent viscous damping
through the table TABDMP1. Assuming that g 1 = 0.03 in the first mode, g2 = 0.05 in the
second mode, and g 3 = 0.08 in the third mode. The vibration analysis below gives the first
three undamped frequencies as f 1 = 45.2 , f 2 = 126.7 and f 3 = 251.0 Hz . The damping-
frequency pairs provide the data necessary for the tabular damping format.
The structural model including the grid, stiffness, inertial, and damping data is contained in
input file MISSILE_STRUCT.DAT shown in Listing 8-39.
Next, the servo system is considered. The block diagram shown in Figure 8-21 is an
oversimplification of an air-to-air missile control system, but is adequate for illustrative
purposes. The signals in Figure 8-21 denoted by e i generally represent voltages or quantities
equivalent to voltages output by the various servo elements. The transfer functions are as
follows. For the command error:
e1 = ec + e4 Eq. 8-54
e2
----- = K p Eq. 8-55
δ
e3 – e1 + e2 = 0 Eq. 8-56
δ Ka
----- = ----------------------------- Eq. 8-57
e3 p ( Ta p + 1 )
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 511
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
y 30 in
23 26 29
22 25 28 20 in
21 24 12
27
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 in
CL
x Flipper
Gyro
30 in
L = 150 in
ec + e1 + e3 δ + TE down
ACTUATOR
+ -
e4 e2
GYRO POSITION
POT
h′
BODY
e4 Kg p
----- = ------------------------------------------------------------------- Eq. 8-58
h′ 2 2
( p ⁄ ω g + 2ζ g p ⁄ ω g + 1 )
in which p denotes the Laplace transform operator. The flipper rotation, δ , is considered as part
of the servo system and is assigned extra point numbers EPOINT 50 (it is also SPOINT 49 when
considered as part of the flipper structure). The signals e 1 , e 2 , e 3 , and e 4 , respectively, are
given the extra point numbers 51, 52, 53, and 54. The slope of the beam, h′ = ∂h ⁄ ∂x at the rate
gyro, is the rotation (R2) of GRID 45. The MSC.Nastran transfer function TF entry assumes a
single output and multiple inputs of the form
2 2
( B0 + B1p + B2p )u d + ∑ ( A0 ( i ) + A1 ( i )p + A2 ( i )p )u i = 0 Eq. 8-59
i
2
( p + T a p )δ – K a e e = 0 Eq. 8-60
for EPOINT 51 ( e 1 )
Main Index
512
e1 – e4 = 0 Eq. 8-61
for EPOINT 52 ( e 2 )
e2 – Kp δ = 0 Eq. 8-62
for EPOINT 53 ( e 3 )
e3 – e1 + e2 = 0 Eq. 8-63
2ζ g p p 2
1 + ------------ + ------2 e 4 – K g ph′ = 0 Eq. 8-64
ωg ω g
The numerical values assumed for the servo time constants are K a = 50.0 deg per deg/s,
T a = 0.002 s , K p = 1.0 deg/deg , ω g = 60.0 Hz = 376.991 rad/s , ζ g = 0.70 , and
K g = 0.13 deg per deg/s.
The solution to the modal servoelastic eigenvalue problem by the QR-Transform method
MSC.Nastran (HESS) requires a nonsingular mass matrix. This requirement is met by
differentiating the servo equations a sufficient number of times so that all servo elements
effectively become second-order systems and the mass matrix will no longer be singular; the
servo equations here require six differentiations, which will add six zero roots to the eigenvalue
analysis, and result in a 20th order eigenvalue problem with 20 real or complex conjugate roots.
The modified servo equations become
2
( p + T a p )δ – K a e 3 = 0 Eq. 8-65
2 2
p e1 – p e4 = 0 Eq. 8-66
2 2
p e2 – Kp p δ = 0 Eq. 8-67
2 2 2
p e3 – p e1 + p e2 = 0 Eq. 8-68
2ζ g p p 2
1 + ------------ + ------2 e 4 – K g ph′ = 0 Eq. 8-69
ωg ω g
One additional transfer function is necessary to make the servo representation and the structural
representation of the flipper angles the same, i.e., SPOINT 49 and EPOINT 50 should be
identical. This can be done by introducing a stiff spring between the two that would
approximate the actuator stiffness, i.e., the oil column stiffness, the cylinder breathing (radial)
stiffness, and the piston rod stiffness. If the structural and servo representations of the flipper
angles are denoted by δ 49 and δ 50 , respectively, then the transfer function can be written as
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 513
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
K f ( δ 49 – δ 50 ) = 0 Eq. 8-70
where K f is selected large enough that the new frequency added to the system is above the range
of interest and no damping is considered. The value K f = 1.0E+8 adds the frequency
f f = 1631.7 Hz , which is sufficiently higher than the third fuselage bending frequency of
f 3 = 251.0 Hz . The above equation is written as equaling zero but this is not actually the case.
In MSC.Nastran the TF terms are added to the existing system of equations and, in this case, the
TF terms are added to the flipper hinge-moment equation and give rise to the new frequency
because of the stiffness K f and the moment of inertia of the flipper.
The above six equations are placed on the TF entries, which are contained in input file
MISSILE_SERVO.DAT along with the definitions of the SPOINT and EPOINTs and are shown
in Listing 8-40.
The use of the additional transfer function above to make SPOINT 49 and EPOINT 50
approximately equal is a realistic approach to the problem since an actuator has only a finite
stiffness. However, if it is desired to make SPOINT 49 and EPOINT 50 exactly equal, i.e., to
assume a rigid actuator. This can be done by the Lagrange Multiplier technique discussed by
Blakely (Version 68, Appendix K). This requires the addition of another scalar point, SPOINT
48, which can be interpreted as the actuator hinge moment.
The structural and servo models are called into the Bulk Data Section by means of the INCLUDE
entry. The vibration analysis for the three rigid body modes of fuselage plunge and pitch and
the open loop flipper rotation along with the three flexible modes is carried out by the modified
Householder eigenvalue method as specified on the EIGR entry. All six modes are included in
the modal formulation via PARAM,LMODES, and the complex eigenvalues are requested on the
EIGC entry by the QR-Transform method (HESS) with the eigenvectors to be normalized on
their maximum components. ENDDATA completes the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Section. The Case Control Section begins with the three title entries. ECHO =
BOTH requests both annotated and sorted Bulk Data be printed. MPC = 50 specifies the
constraints on the flipper (QUAD4) GRIDs and the flipper rotation in terms of the pitch rotations
of GRIDs 24 and 12. SDAMP = 1 specifies the modal damping. TFL = 1 specifies the set number
for the transfer functions, the TF entries. METHOD = 14 calls for the modified Householder real
eigenvalue (vibration) method on EIGR; SVEC = ALL requests the vibration modes. CMETHOD
= 40 calls for the complex Hessenberg (QR-Transform) eigenvalue method on the ElGC entry.
SDISP = ALL requests the modal participation factors and the extra point displacements for each
eigenvalue. DISP = ALL requests the grid point displacements for each complex eigenvalue.
The BEGIN BULK command completes the Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section begins with the identification ID MSC, HA110A. TIME 5 limits
the computing time to 5.0 CPU minutes. SOL 110 specifies the modal complex eigenvalue
solution sequence. The CEND statement completes the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data file for this example is shown in Listing 8-41, followed by the sorted
Bulk Data entries in Listing 8-42, and representative output results in Listing 8-43. The results
are discussed below.
Main Index
514
The weight analysis is the first output. The half-missile weighs 510.0 lbs and has a center of
gravity 16.157 inches aft of the rate gyro location at Station 61.157. The vibration frequencies for
the open loop are three computed zeroes and three fuselage frequencies slightly coupled with
the overbalanced flipper, f 1 = 45.17 Hz , f 2 = 126.74 Hz and f 3 = 251.04 Hz .
The rigid body modes and the coupled bending modes are shown next, and the flipper coupling
is evident. The 22 roots from the closed-loop servoelastic solution consist of four zero roots from
the two rigid body modes, four complex conjugate pairs from the three coupled vibration modes
( f 1 = 45.13 Hz , g1 = 0.0254 ; f 2 = 126.12 Hz , g 2 = 0.0507 ; f 3 = 249.34 Hz , g 3 = 0.0786 ). The
frequency is introduced (with no damping) by the flipper servo/structure connection transfer
function ( f f = 1631.7 ), two real roots from the actuator/potentiometer loop ( p = – 440.29
corresponding to T a = 0.002 and p = – 56.324 corresponding to K a = 50.0 ), a complex
conjugate pair from the rate-gyro ( f g = 42.85 Hz and g g = 1.981 . Note that these are coupled
values that correspond closely to the uncoupled input values of ω g = 60.0 and ζ g = 0.70 ), and
the six zero roots artificially added to permit the use of HESS by making the mass matrix
nonsingular.
Closing the servo loop is seen to cause only slight changes in the open loop root characteristics.
The modal displacement output also shows the same lack of coupling. The modal displacements
include the amplitudes of the vibration modes and the extra points. The grid point displacement
output (note that it is not normalized) shows the servoelastic mode shapes and includes the
scalar point SPOINT 49. Note that the amplitudes for EPOINT 50 and SPOINT 49 are equal as
expected for the lower modes where there are only small modal convergence errors.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 515
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ * * * STRUCTURAL DATA * * * $
$ $
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM) $
$ $
$ * * GRID GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ GRID 1 - 10 (T3,R2) FUSELAGE POINTS $
$ GRID 45 (T3,R2) SERVO SENSOR POINT $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE GRID * $
$ $
$ THE GRID ENTRY DEFINES THE LOCATION OF A STRUCTURAL GRID $
$ POINT. LISTED ARE ITS COORDINATE SYSTEM ID, ITS LOCATION, $
$ THE ID OF THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH ITS DISPLACEMENTS $
$ ARE DEFINED, ITS PERMANENT SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS AND $
$ ITS ASSOCIATED SUPERELEMENT ID. $
$ $
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 1 -52.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 2 -37.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 3 -22.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 4 -7.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 5 7.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 6 22.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 7 37.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 8 52.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 9 67.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 10 82.5 0. 0. 246
GRID 45 0.0 0. 0. 1246
GRID 21 60.0 10. 0. 26
GRID 22 60.0 20. 0. 6
GRID 23 60.0 30. 0. 6
GRID 24 75.0 10. 0. 6
GRID 25 75.0 20. 0. 6
GRID 26 75.0 30. 0. 6
GRID 27 90.0 10. 0. 26
GRID 28 90.0 20. 0. 6
GRID 29 90.0 30. 0. 6
GRID 11 75.0 0. 0. 246
GRID 12 75.0 10. 0.
$
$ SID G C A G C A
MPC 50 24 1 1.0 12 1 -1.0
MPC 50 24 2 1.0 12 2 -1.0
MPC 50 24 3 1.0 12 3 -1.0
MPC 50 24 4 1.0 12 4 -1.0
$
MPC 50 49 1.0 24 5 -1.0 +MPC50
+MPC50 12 5 1.0
$
$ * * STRUCTURAL STIFFNESS PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ * FUSELAGE STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ THE CBAR ENTRY DEFINES A SIMPLE BEAM ELEMENT. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS PROPERTY ENTRY ID, THE TWO GRID POINTS JOINED BY THE $
$ BEAM AND COMPONENTS OF A VECTOR FROM THE FIRST POINT. $
$ THIS VECTOR DEFINES THE DIRECTION OF THE STRUCTURAL DE- $
$ FLECTION OF THE POINT AND ITS POSITIVE SENSE. $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 1 1 1 2 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 2 1 2 3 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 3 1 3 4 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 4 1 4 45 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 45 1 45 5 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 5 1 5 6 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 6 1 6 7 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 7 1 7 8 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 8 1 8 9 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 9 1 9 11 0.0 0.0 1.0
CBAR 10 1 11 10 0.0 0.0 1.0
$ $
Main Index
516
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ POINTS AT EACH END AND THE DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT DOFS $
$ AT EACH END. THE NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO $
$ ENDS MUST EQUAL SIX. BY DEFAULT THOSE NOT DECLARED INDE- $
$ PENDENT ARE MADE DEPENDENT. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 11 11 12 123456
$
PARAM GRDPNT 45
$
$ THE PARAM,WTMASS,GINV CAUSES ALL THE STRUCTURAL MASSES AND $
$ MASS DENSITIES TO BE MULTIPLIED BY GINV (I.E., BY ONE OVER $
$ THE ACCELERATION OF GRAVITY). $
$ $
PARAM WTMASS .0025907
$
PARAM COUPMASS1
$
Main Index
518
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 519
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA110A
$$$$$$$$ AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA110A $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION TYPICAL AIR-TO-AIR MISSILE - $
$ BAR MODEL WITH 10 FUSELAGE STATIONS $
$ AND AN ACTIVE CONTROLS SYSTEM. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION MODAL COMPLEX EIGENVALUE SOLUTION $
$ FOR SERVOELASTIC STABILITY ANALYSIS $
$ $
$ OUTPUT EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS FOR $
$ USE IN EVALUATING STABILITY $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 5 $ TIME IN CPU MINUTES
SOL 110 $ MODAL COMPLEX EIGENVALUES
CEND
Main Index
520
Listing 8-41 Input Files for Servoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile (continued)
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DEFINITIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
INCLUDE MISSILE_STRUCT.DAT
$
INCLUDE MISSILE_SERVO.DAT
$
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NE ND +EIG
EIGR 14 MHOU 6 +HOU
$+EIG NORM G C
+HOU MAX
$ $
$ * * * SOLUTION SPECIFICATIONS * * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE $
$ USED IN THE ANALYSIS. $
$ $
PARAM LMODES 6
$ $
$ * * SERVOELASTIC STABILITY ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGC ENTRY DEFINES DATA NEEDED TO PERFORM A COMPLEX $
$ EIGENVALUE ANALYSIS. THIS ONE SPECIFIES THAT THE UPPER $
$ HESSENBERG METHOD BE USED TO EXTRACT COMPLEX EIGENVALUES $
$ AND THAT THE EIGENVECTORS BE NORMALIZED ON THEIR MAXIMUM $
$ COMPONENTS. THE CONVERGENCE CRITERION DEFAULTS TO: $
$ 1.0-4 INVERSE POWER METHOD, $
$ 1.0-11 DETERMINANT METHOD, $
$ 1.0-15 HESSENBERG METHOD. $
$ WHEN THE HESSENBERG METHOD IS SPECIFIED ALL ENTRIES ON THE $
$ CONTINUATION ENTRY EXCEPT THE NUMBER OF DESIRED ROOTS (NDL) $
$ ARE IGNORED. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD NORM G C E
EIGC 40 HESS MAX +EC
$ ALFA1 OMEGA1 ALFB1 OMEGB1 L1 NE1 ND1
+EC 22
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 295
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 521
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-42 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Servoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile
EXAMPLE HA110A: FLEXIBLE MISSILE WITH CONTROL SYSTEM PAGE 10
SYMMETRIC MOTIONS, NO AERODYNAMIC FORCES
HALF-SPAN MODEL, SERVOELASTIC ANALYSIS
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- CBAR 1 1 1 2 0.0 0.0 1.0
2- CBAR 2 1 2 3 0.0 0.0 1.0
3- CBAR 3 1 3 4 0.0 0.0 1.0
4- CBAR 4 1 4 45 0.0 0.0 1.0
5- CBAR 5 1 5 6 0.0 0.0 1.0
6- CBAR 6 1 6 7 0.0 0.0 1.0
7- CBAR 7 1 7 8 0.0 0.0 1.0
8- CBAR 8 1 8 9 0.0 0.0 1.0
9- CBAR 9 1 9 11 0.0 0.0 1.0
10- CBAR 10 1 11 10 0.0 0.0 1.0
11- CBAR 45 1 45 5 0.0 0.0 1.0
12- CONM2 1 1 50.
13- CONM2 2 2 50.
14- CONM2 3 3 50.
15- CONM2 4 4 50.
16- CONM2 5 5 50.
17- CONM2 6 6 50.
18- CONM2 7 7 50.
19- CONM2 8 8 50.
20- CONM2 9 9 52.833
21- CONM2 10 10 52.167
22- CQUAD4 1 1 21 22 25 24
23- CQUAD4 2 1 22 23 26 25
24- CQUAD4 3 2 24 25 28 27
25- CQUAD4 4 2 25 26 29 28
26- EIGC 40 HESS MAX +EC
27- +EC 22
28- EIGR 14 MHOU 6 +HOU
29- +HOU MAX
30- EPOINT 50 51 52 53 54
31- GRID 1 -52.5 0. 0. 246
32- GRID 2 -37.5 0. 0. 246
33- GRID 3 -22.5 0. 0. 246
34- GRID 4 -7.5 0. 0. 246
35- GRID 5 7.5 0. 0. 246
36- GRID 6 22.5 0. 0. 246
37- GRID 7 37.5 0. 0. 246
38- GRID 8 52.5 0. 0. 246
39- GRID 9 67.5 0. 0. 246
40- GRID 10 82.5 0. 0. 246
41- GRID 11 75.0 0. 0. 246
42- GRID 12 75.0 10. 0.
43- GRID 21 60.0 10. 0. 26
44- GRID 22 60.0 20. 0. 6
45- GRID 23 60.0 30. 0. 6
46- GRID 24 75.0 10. 0. 6
47- GRID 25 75.0 20. 0. 6
48- GRID 26 75.0 30. 0. 6
49- GRID 27 90.0 10. 0. 26
50- GRID 28 90.0 20. 0. 6
51- GRID 29 90.0 30. 0. 6
52- GRID 45 0.0 0. 0. 1246
53- MAT1 1 10.3+6 0.33 0.0
54- MAT1 10 1.0+10 0.30 .0188889
55- MAT1 20 1.0+10 0.30 .0144444
56- MPC 50 24 1 1.0 12 1 -1.0
57- MPC 50 24 2 1.0 12 2 -1.0
58- MPC 50 24 3 1.0 12 3 -1.0
59- MPC 50 24 4 1.0 12 4 -1.0
60- MPC 50 49 1.0 24 5 -1.0 +MPC50
61- +MPC50 12 5 1.0
62- PARAM COUPMASS1
63- PARAM GRDPNT 45
64- PARAM LMODES 6
65- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
66- PBAR 1 1 1.0+8 67.77 67.77 1.0+8
67- PSHELL 1 10 .500 10
68- PSHELL 2 20 .500 20
69- RBAR 11 11 12 123456
70- SPOINT 49
Main Index
522
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 45
M O
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 5 7.130438E-10 2.670288E-05 4.249895E-06 4.623947E-01 3.297077E-10
2 3 2.192974E-08 1.480869E-04 2.356877E-05 1.776271E-02 3.895316E-10
3 2 5.170114E-07 7.190350E-04 1.144380E-04 4.765784E-03 2.463964E-09
4 1 8.055728E+04 2.838261E+02 4.517233E+01 5.257575E-01 4.235359E+04
5 4 6.341577E+05 7.963402E+02 1.267415E+02 7.764813E-01 4.924116E+05
6 6 2.487909E+06 1.577311E+03 2.510368E+02 7.707402E-01 1.917531E+06
7 7 6.871412E+06 2.621338E+03 4.171989E+02 0.0 0.0
8 8 1.533512E+07 3.916008E+03 6.232521E+02 0.0 0.0
9 9 2.929255E+07 5.412259E+03 8.613878E+02 0.0 0.0
10 10 4.846846E+07 6.961929E+03 1.108025E+03 0.0 0.0
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 523
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EIGENVALUE = 7.130438E-10
CYCLES = 4.249895E-06 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 2.192974E-08
CYCLES = 2.356877E-05 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
EIGENVALUE = 5.170114E-07
CYCLES = 1.144380E-04 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
Main Index
524
EIGENVALUE = 8.055728E+04
CYCLES = 4.517233E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 4
EIGENVALUE = 6.341577E+05
CYCLES = 1.267415E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 5
EIGENVALUE = 2.487909E+06
CYCLES = 2.510368E+02 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 6
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 525
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
C O M P L E X E I G E N V A L U E S U M M A R Y
ROOT EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE FREQUENCY DAMPING
NO. ORDER (REAL) (IMAG) (CYCLES) COEFFICIENT
1 14 -4.402914E+02 -2.400192E-06 0.0 0.0
2 10 -2.684033E-04 -2.634747E-04 4.193330E-05 2.037412E+00
3 15 -2.666100E+02 -2.692103E+02 4.284615E+01 1.980682E+00
4 16 -3.600679E+00 -2.835854E+02 4.513402E+01 2.539396E-02
5 18 -2.010827E+01 -7.924460E+02 1.261217E+02 5.074987E-02
6 19 -6.156796E+01 -1.566627E+03 2.493364E+02 7.859939E-02
7 22 -9.602314E-01 -1.025234E+04 1.631710E+03 1.873195E-04
8 8 -3.855580E-06 0.0 0.0 0.0
9 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
10 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
11 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
12 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
13 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
14 6 3.205092E-19 0.0 0.0 0.0
15 7 -8.010432E-07 0.0 0.0 0.0
16 11 -5.632386E+01 1.132465E-08 0.0 0.0
17 9 2.652530E-04 2.636524E-04 4.196158E-05 -2.012142E+00
18 12 -2.666100E+02 2.692103E+02 4.284615E+01 1.980682E+00
19 13 -3.600678E+00 2.835854E+02 4.513402E+01 2.539396E-02
20 17 -2.010828E+01 7.924460E+02 1.261217E+02 5.074991E-02
21 20 -6.156797E+01 1.566627E+03 2.493364E+02 7.859941E-02
22 21 -9.602517E-01 1.025234E+04 1.631710E+03 1.873235E-04
Main Index
526
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 527
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
528
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 529
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
530
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 531
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
532
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 533
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
The values of Mach number and reduced frequency that provide the basis for interpolation are
specified on MKAEROi entries. In this case, the MKAERO1 entry is selected for one Mach
number, m = 0.8 , and six reduced frequencies, k = 0.001 , 0.1 , 0.2 , 0.5 , 1.0 , and 4.0 , are
specified to cover the range required by the velocities and frequencies of interest.
The flutter data entries include FLFACT 1, which gives the density ratio of 1.0; FLFACT 2, which
gives the Mach number 0.8; and FLFACT 3, which lists six velocities for the aeroservoelastic
stability analysis ranging from 6000 to 12000 in/s. The first velocity is input as negative to obtain
eigenvectors in addition to eigenvalues in the PK-method of solution. FLUTTER 40 specifies the
PK-method of flutter analysis, refers to the FLFACT entries, and requests output for 16 modes.
Sixteen roots are requested because the differentiation of the servo equations added six zero
roots to the system of two rigid and three flexible body roots, two actuator/potentiometer roots,
the gyro root, and the artificial actuator/flipper transfer function root. All real root data are
output first. The last flutter data entry is PARAM,VREF to convert the output velocity units
from in/s to ft/s by dividing by 12.0. The ENDDATA entry completes the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Section. The Case Control Section is changed for the flutter analysis from what
was required in the servoelastic analysis. New title commands are used. The FMETHOD
command replaces the CMETHOD command when the PK-method is specified for flutter
analysis. Specifying SET1 = 1 through 2000, which includes all aerodynamic degrees of
freedom, along with DISP requests modal displacements. The last command in the Case Control
Section is BEGIN BULK.
The Executive Control Section starts with the identification ID MSC, HA145J. It then specifies
TIME 5 for 30.0 minutes of CPU time and SOL 145 for the Superelement Aerodynamic Flutter
DMAP sequence. The CEND statement completes the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data echo is shown below in Listing 8-44 followed by the sorted Bulk Data
entries in Listing 8-45. Selected items in the printed output are shown in Listing 8-46. The
significant results are discussed here. The first output shown is the result of the vibration
analysis: the first six frequencies, the generalized masses, and stiffnesses. These are the same as
shown in Listing 8-43 in the previous section (except for round-off differences between SOLs 110
and 145). The next output shown is a representative real eigenvector, the fourth mode that is the
first fuselage bending mode, and includes the SPOINT, EPOINT, and all aerodynamic grid point
displacements. Following the typical real eigenvector is a series of eigenvalues and modal
eigenvectors (participation factors) for the servo and vibration modes that were requested by the
negative velocity V = – 6000 in/s = – 500 ft/s . Shown are the two actuator modes, the short
period mode, the gyro mode, and three vibration modes. Also shown, for all of the velocities,
are the zero frequency roots that are not listed in the Flutter Summary tables. The aerodynamic
forces in this example have very little effect on the servoelastic system. The roots (shown next
in the Flutter Summary tables) are changed only slightly from the previous Example HA110A
(p. 509), except for the rigid body pitch mode, which has become the short period mode and
appears as Point 6 in the Flutter Summary tables.
The PK-method of flutter analysis provides a solution for the short period mode whereas the K-
method does not. With the flipper locked (by using scalar spring CELAS2 1 shown in the Bulk
Data of Listing 8-44; results are not listed) the short period of the missile is lightly damped and
has a constant reduced frequency k = 0.0186 for the range of airspeed from V = 500 to
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 535
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
1000 ft/s . Its frequency increases from f = 1.183 to 2.362 Hz , and its damping is constant at
g = 2ζ = 0.2708 . The purpose of the servo system is to increase the short period damping
substantially. A reasonably well damped short period throughout the speed range of interest is
obtained by adjusting the gyro gain to K g = 0.13 deg per deg/s, and this is the design
consideration that determines K g . In the Flutter Summary for Point 6, the damping and
frequency at V = 500 ft/s are g = 1.945 and f = 0.961 Hz and at V = 1000 ft/s the damping
has decreased to g = 1.316 and the frequency has increased to f = 5.821 Hz .
The short period characteristics in Point 6 of the Flutter Summary are the data of primary interest
in this analysis. However, the other Points also deserve some comment. Point 7 is the gyro
mode, which is unaffected by the airstream. Points 8 through 10 are the three fuselage modes
and their frequencies are unaffected and their dampings are only slightly affected by the
airstream. Point 11 is the artificial actuator/flipper transfer function mode, and the output
indicating instability is meaningless. The first four Points correspond to some of the six zero
frequency roots introduced by the differentiations required to avoid a singular mass matrix.
Finally, Point 5 is the rigid body plunge mode that should also have a zero frequency, even in
the presence of the airstream; the nonzero frequencies shown are round-off errors that result
from the MSC.Nastran formulation using plunge and pitch ( h, α ) degrees of freedom rather than
pitch and pitch rate ( α, q ) degrees of freedom in the equations of motion. The positive dampings
shown should not be interpreted as instabilities.
The data following the Flutter Summary tables are the complex eigenvectors of grid point
deflections that were also generated by the negative velocity in the Bulk Data Section and the
DISPlacement command in the Case Control Section. These correspond to the same servo and
vibration modes for which the modal participation factors (discussed above) are shown.
Main Index
536
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145J
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA145J $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION TYPICAL AIR-TO-AIR MISSILE - $
$ BAR MODEL WITH 10 FUSELAGE STATIONS $
$ AND AN ACTIVE CONTROLS SYSTEM. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION PK FLUTTER ANALYSIS METHOD USING $
$ DOUBLET-LATTICE METHOD AERODYNAMICS $
$ ON THE FLIPPERS AND SLENDER BODY $
$ AERODYNAMICS ON THE BODY $
$ $
$ OUTPUT XY PLOTS OF THE V-G FLUTTER DATA $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 30 $ TIME IN CPU MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER ANALYSIS
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 537
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-44 Input Files for Aeroservoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile (continued)
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS SPECIFIC $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DEFINITIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
INCLUDE MISSILE_STRUCT.DAT
$
$ SPRING FOR LOCKING FLIPPER ROTATION
$
$ EID K G1 C1 G2 C2 GE S
$CELAS2 1 1.0+10 12 5 24 5
$
INCLUDE MISSILE_SERVO.DAT
$
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ REFERENCE LENGTHS PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ = 0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED WITH NO ROOT REFLECTION PLANE; $
$ SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH $
$ FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 30.0 1.1468-71
$ $
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE POINTS $
$ (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN AND LCHORD, ARE $
$ USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC PANELS. $
$ THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE LATTER $
$ FOR NON-UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS. IGID IS THE ID OF ITS $
$ ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ DEFINES POINTS 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. $
$ THE BOXES FORMED BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED $
$ BEGINNING WITH EID SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, $
$ AND IS GREATER THAN ALL STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND $
$ EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID +CONT
CAERO1 101 1 10 15 1 +CA1
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) ROOTCHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) TIP CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CA1 60.0 10.0 0.0 30.0 60.0 30.0 0.0 30.0
$ $
$ THE PAERO1 ENTRY DEFINES CAERO2 ENTRIES THAT DEFINE ASSOCIATED $
$ BODIES. $
$ $
$ PID B1 B2 B3 ETC
PAERO1 1 1500
$ $
$ THE CAERO2 ENTRY DEFINES AN AERODYNAMIC BODY FOR DOUBLET- $
$ LATTICE AERODYNAMICS. IT LISTS ITS PAERO2 ENTRY, THE $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM FOR LOCATING POINT 1 AT THE NOSE OF THE $
$ BODY, THE NUMBER OF UNIFORM SLENDER BODY AND INTERFERENCE $
$ ELEMENTS, OR IF NON-UNIFORM IT IDENTIFIES AEFACT ENTRIES ON $
$ WHICH THE ELEMENTS ARE DEFINED, AND IT IDENTIFIES THE $
$ ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY LISTS $
$ THE COORDINATES OF THE NOSE POINT AND THE LENGTH OF THE BODY. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSB NINT LSB LINT IGID +CONT
CAERO2 1500 1520 1505 1506 1 +CA2
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12
+CA2 -60.0 0.0 0.0 150.0
$ $
$ SID D1 D2 D3 ETC
AEFACT 1505 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
AEFACT 1506 .6 .8 1.
Main Index
538
Listing 8-44 Input Files for Aeroservoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile (continued)
$ $
$ THE PAERO2 ENTRY DEFINES THE CROSS-SECTION PROPERTIES OF $
$ AERODYNAMIC BODIES. IT LISTS THE ORIENTATION OF MOTION $
$ OF THE BODY, ITS HALF-WIDTH AND ASPECT RATIO (HEIGHT/ $
$ WIDTH), IDENTIFIES AEFACT ENTRIES FOR ADDITIONAL DATA AND $
$ IDENTIFIES THE FIRST AND LAST INTERFERENCE ELEMENTS OF THE $
$ BODY TO USE THE THETA ARRAYS DESIGNATED BY LTH1 AND LTH2. $
$ $
$ PID ORIENT WIDTH AR LRSB LRIB LTH1 LTH2
PAERO2 1520 Z 10.0 1.0 1515 1518 +PA2
$ THI1 THN1 THI2 THN2
+PA2 1 2
$ $
$ (LRSB) SLENDER BODY HALF-WIDTHS $
$ $
$ SID D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
AEFACT 1515 0.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
$ $
$ (LTH1 AND 2) THETA ARRAYS $
$ $
$ THETA IS A POSITIVE ROTATION ABOUT THE X-AXIS, SO 0. LIES $
$ AT THE JUNCTURE OF THE FLIPPER AND THE BODY. $
$ $
$ SID D1 D2 D3 D4 ETC
AEFACT 1518 45. 135. 225. 315.
$ $
$ $
$ THE SPLINE2 ENTRY SPECIFIES A BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLAT- $
$ ION OVER THE REGION OF THE CAERO ENTRY (ID1 AND ID2 ARE $
$ THE FIRST AND LAST BOXES IN THIS REGION). SETG REFERS $
$ TO A SET1 ENTRY WHERE THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS ARE $
$ DEFINED. DZ AND DTOR ARE SMOOTHING CONSTANTS FOR LINEAR $
$ ATTACHMENT AND TORSIONAL FLEXIBILITIES. DTHX AND DTHY $
$ ARE ROTATIONAL ATTACHMENT FLEXIBILITIES. CID IDENTIFIES $
$ THE CORD2R ENTRY THAT DEFINES THE SPLINE AXIS. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 1 101 101 250 1 0.0 1.0 1 +SP1
$ DTHX DTHY
+SP1 -1.0 -1.0
$ $
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 ETC
SET1 1 21 22 23 27 28 29
$ $
$ THE CORD2R ENTRY DEFINES THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IN WHICH THE $
$ BEAM SPLINE EXTENDS ALONG THE Y-AXIS. IT LISTS THE ORIGIN, $
$ A POINT ALONG THE Z-AXIS AND A POINT IN THE X-Z PLANE. IN $
$ THIS CASE, THE SPLINE AXIS IS ALIGNED WITH THE HINGE LINE. $
$ $
$ CID RID A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
CORD2R 1 75.0 75.0 30. +CR1
$ C1 C2 C3
+CR1 100.
$ $
$ THE NEXT ENTRY AND THE SET1 ENTRY IT SPECIFIES DEFINE A BEAM $
$ SPLINE TO INTERPOLATE BETWEEN ELEMENTS 101 AND 109 ON $
$ THE FUSELAGE. CID DEFAULTS TO THE BASIC COORDINATE SYSTEM $
$ WHICH DEFINES THE Y AXIS OF THE SPLINE AS COINCIDENT WITH $
$ THE BASIC Y AXIS. DZ, DTOR, DTHX AND DTHY ARE ATTACHMENT $
$ FLEXIBILITIES WHICH, FOR BODIES, ARE TAKEN AS DTOR = 1.0 $
$ AND DTHX IS NOT USED. $
$ $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 2 1500 1500 1505 2 0.0 1.0 +SP2
$ DTHX DTHY
+SP2 0.0
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G2 ETC
SET1 2 1 THRU 10
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 539
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-44 Input Files for Aeroservoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile (continued)
$ $
$ * * VIBRATION ANALYSIS * * $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NE ND +EIG
EIGR 14 MHOU 6 +HOU
$+EIG NORM G C
+HOU MAX
$ $
$ * VIBRATION MODES * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM, OPPHIPA = 1 (WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A DISPLACEMENT $
$ REQUEST IN THE CASE CONTROL DECK), WILL GENERATE THE VIBRA- $
$ TION MODE DISPLACEMENTS FOR BOTH THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ AND THE AERODYNAMIC GRID POINTS (BOX CENTERLINE MIDPOINTS) $
$ IN THE OUTPUT. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$ $
$ * * * AEROSERVOELASTIC STABILITY ANALYSIS * * * $
$ $
$ THE PARAM,LMODES,N ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N VIBRATION MODES $
$ ARE TO BE USED IN THE ANALYSIS. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2 $
PARAM LMODES 6
$ $
$ * * AERODYNAMIC CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. IF MORE THAN $
$ EIGHT MACH NO.S OR REDUCED FREQUENCIES ARE REQUIRED A SECOND $
$ MKAERO1 IS NECESSARY. $
$ $
$ M1 M2 M3 ETC
MKAERO1 0.8 +MKA
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 ETC
+MKA 0.001 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0
$ $
$ * * FLUTTER SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 40 PK 1 2 3 L 16 0.01
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NOS $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ NEGATIVE VELOCITIES ARE CODES TO COMPUTE AND PRINT EIGEN- $
$ VECTORS. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1.0
FLFACT 2 0.8
FLFACT 3 -6000. 7200. 8400. 9600. 10800. 12000.
$ $
$ THE PARAM,VREF,C ENTRY SPECIFIES A CONVERSION FACTOR TO BE $
$ USED TO CONVERT THE DIMENSIONS OF THE OUTPUT VELOCITIES BY $
$ DIVIDING BY C, IN THIS CASE BY 12.0 IN/FT TO PRINT VEL- $
$ OCITIES IN FT/SEC RATHER THAN IN/SEC. $
$ $
$ N V1 V2
PARAM VREF 12.0
$ $
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 465
Main Index
540
Listing 8-45 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Aeroservoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 541
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Listing 8-45 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Aeroservoelastic Stability Analysis of a Missile
Main Index
542
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 5 7.130438E-10 2.670288E-05 4.249895E-06 4.623947E-01 3.297077E-10
2 3 2.192974E-08 1.480869E-04 2.356877E-05 1.776271E-02 3.895316E-10
3 2 5.170114E-07 7.190350E-04 1.144380E-04 4.765784E-03 2.463964E-09
4 1 8.055728E+04 2.838261E+02 4.517233E+01 5.257575E-01 4.235359E+04
5 4 6.341577E+05 7.963402E+02 1.267415E+02 7.764813E-01 4.924116E+05
6 6 2.487909E+06 1.577311E+03 2.510368E+02 7.707402E-01 1.917531E+06
EIGENVALUE = 8.055728E+04
CYCLES = 4.517233E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 4
Main Index
544
A ZERO FREQUENCY ROOT HAS EMERGED. WHEN THE MACH NO., DENSITY AND VELOCITY ARE COMPATIBLE
IT MAY BE INTERPRETED TWO WAYS DEPENDING ON THE SIGN OF THE REAL PART:
1. (-) A MODE IS CRITICALLY DAMPED, OR,
2. (+) THE SYSTEM IS DIVERGING.
ONLY THE MOST CRITICAL ( I.E., MOST POSITIVE REAL ROOTS ) ARE PRINTED IN THE FLUTTER SUMMARY.
FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES, THE REMAINING REAL ROOTS ARE PRINTED HERE.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 545
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
546
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 547
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
548
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 549
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
550
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 551
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
552
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 553
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
554
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 555
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
The example is a small wing that might be typical of a cantilevered wind tunnel model (see
Figure 8-22). It has an unswept, rectangular planform with an internal structure that consists of
three spars connected only by ribs at the root and at the tip. In order to emphasize thermoelastic
effects, the closing ribs are assumed to be rigid, the main (center) spar is not heated, and the
forward and aft spars are assumed to be heated uniformly to the same temperature. The spars
are assumed to be weightless but support a number of concentrated weights. The following
geometry and other model properties are assumed for the input to SOL 153.
The rectangular lifting surface extends forward and aft of the structural model. A wing span of
100.0 in. and a wing chord of 40.0 in. are assumed. The wing spars are spaced 10.0 in apart and
are located within the planform such that the wing leading edge is 5.0 in. forward of the front
spar and the trailing edge is 15.0 in. behind the rear spar. The spars are thus located at 12.5%,
37.5%, and 62.5% of the wing chord. There are no intermediate ribs connecting the spars
between the root and the tip. The three spars are assumed to be uniform across the span and to
have the same section properties, each being relatively stiff in the chordwise direction but weak
6
in torsion. The spar material is assumed to be aluminum with moduli E = 10.3 × 10 and
6 –5
G = 3.9 × 10 psi , and coefficient of thermal expansion α = 1.244 × 10 in/in/°F . The spar
2 4 4
section properties are assumed to be: area A = 2.0 in , I y = 1.0 in , I z = 100.0 in , I yz = 0.0 ,
4
and J = 0.1 in .
Main Index
556
RBARs
5 in
GP100
y
10 in
GP200
40 in
COMM2s BEAMs 10 in
GP300
20 in 20 in 20 in 20 in 20 in 15 in
100 in
x
(a) Structural Layout
Box
1001
Box
1032
The MSC.Nastran structural model consists of GRIDs, BEAMs (note that SOL 153 does not
support the MSC.Nastran BAR element), RBARs, and CONM2s. The structural layout and the
aerodynamic boxes are shown in Figure 8-22. Each spar is modeled by five equal length BEAM
elements. The leading edge spar has GRIDs 100 through 105 and CBEAMs 101 through 105, the
main spar has GRIDs 200 through 205 and CBEAMs 201 through 205, and the aft spar has GRIDs
300 through 305 and CBEAMs 301 through 305. Each spar element has the same properties listed
on PBEAM 100 with material properties on MAT1 1. Although no variation of material
properties with temperature is considered here, provision is made for variations with
temperature by including the MATT1 entry with its associated TABLEMi entries using the same
properties at both ends of the tabulated temperature range. Root GRIDs 100 and 200 are rigidly
connected by rigid bar RBAR 100, and GRIDs 200 and 300 are connected by RBAR 200. Tip
GRIDs 105 and 205 are connected by RBAR 105, and GRIDs 205 and 305 are connected by RBAR
205.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 557
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Constraints are an important consideration in this restart analysis since statically determinate
constraints are desirable in SOL 153, but the different MSC.Nastran aeroelastic SOLs may
require different constraints. The flutter analysis of this example assumes a cantilever condition,
but a static aeroelastic analysis requires a SUPORT entry, so the specification of the cantilever
condition must be completed in the restart flutter analysis. For these reasons, the initial
constraints imposed on the structure are only as many as the aeroelastic analyses permit. For
symmetric aeroelastic analyses these are DOFs T1, T2, R1, and R3 and are imposed in the
permanent constraint field on GRID 200 (1246). The additional cantilever constraints (DOFs T3,
and R2, i.e., 35) for the flutter analysis will be included in the Bulk Data for the restart in SOL 145
using the database from SOL 153. For the symmetric static aeroelastic analysis, GRID 200 would
be SUPORTed in DOFs T3 and R2 in the restart in SOL 144 from the SOL 153 database. The
PARAM,WTMASS is included in the Bulk Data for SOL 153 for convenience since it is needed in
all of the aeroelastic solutions to convert input weight to mass units. The PARAM,LGDISP,1 is
required in SOL 153 to account for large displacement effects in updating element coordinates
and follower forces.
The temperature data are input on TEMP and TEMPD entries. The TEMPD entry is used to
specify all temperatures not specified on the TEMP entry and is also used here to specify the
initial temperature. Four sets of TEMP entries are used to specify the increase in temperature on
the forward and aft spars. TEMP 2 specifies a slight temperature increase of 0.001°F to simulate
the cold condition. TEMPs 3, 4, and 5 specify temperatures of 50, 150, and 200°F. The nonlinear
parameter entry NLPARM specifies data for the nonlinear iteration strategy: NINC is the
number of increments to reach the final temperature; KMETHOD is the method for controlling
the stiffness updates; KSTEP is the number of iterations between stiffness updates; CONV selects
the convergence criteria; and INTOUT provides intermediate output. For this example, the
number of increments NINC is chosen depending on the temperature change: one increment to
reach 0.001°F, 4 to go from 0.001 to 50°F, 10 to go from 50 to 150°F, and 10 to go from 150 to 200°F.
The other parameters are selected as KMETHOD = AUTO (the default), KSTEP = 1, CONV = PW
(the default), and INTOUT = YES.
At the end of the Bulk Data is the CORD2R 2 entry. This is the coordinate system for the spline
that connects the aerodynamic and structural grids in the aeroelastic solutions. Normally this
coordinate system would be contained in the Bulk Data for the aeroelastic solutions but is placed
here to avoid the requirement for a DMAP Alter in the aeroelastic solutions that would skip the
coordinate system check in the restart.
SOL 153 Case Control Command. The Case Control Section for SOL 153 specifies the title and
subtitle, requests printout of both annotated and sorted Bulk Data entries, and prescribes the
initial temperature, before specifying the four subcases to increase the temperatures on the front
and rear spars by 200°F.
The Executive Control Section for SOL 153 specifies the problem ID MSC, HA153A, five minutes
of CPU time, and SOL 153 for the Nonlinear Statics and Heat Transfer solution.
SOL 153 Output. The input data are shown in Listing 8-47, the sorted Bulk Data entries are in
Listing 8-48, and selected output data follow in Listing 8-49. The results of interest for the
restart are discussed as follows.
Main Index
558
Because the structure in SOL 153 is not supported in a statically determinate manner, the
stiffness matrix is not well conditioned. This is indicated at the beginning of the output by a
warning message regarding excessive matrix factor diagonal ratios. This is not a problem in this
example because the restarts in the Aeroelastic SOLs will provide sufficient additional supports.
The remaining output shows the results from the nonlinear iteration module. Due to the purely
axial loading that results from the temperature increase in this example, the structure behaves
as geometrically linear in every load step. Therefore, the solution converges in one iteration step
for every temperature increment. Of concern for the restart is, first, the fact of convergence and,
then, the LOOPID number for the stiffness matrix that is saved for the restart. Twenty-five loops
were executed and 25 stiffness matrices are saved on the database corresponding to various
temperatures from 0.001 to 200°F. The flutter analysis is to be demonstrated at 100°F, and this
temperature corresponds to Load Factor 0.500 in Subcase 3 with a LOOPID of 10. To obtain the
stiffness matrix corresponding to the temperature of 100°F in the restart it is necessary to add the
PARAM,NMLOOP and give it the value of the LOOPID for the temperature of interest, in this
case, 10.
SOL 145 Bulk Data Entry. The Bulk Data entries for the restart of Example HA145KR (R for
Restart) in SOL 145, Aerodynamic Flutter Analysis, are considered next, and are shown in
Listing 8-50. PARAM,GRDPNT,100 requests the weight and balance analysis relative to the root
of the front spar at GRID 100. SPC1 imposes the additional constraints to achieve the cantilever
boundary condition at the root of the main spar, GRID 200: the DOFs T3 and R2 are also
constrained. The aerodynamic data begin with the AERO entry that specifies the reference
chord as 20.0 in., sea-level density, and symmetric motion. The CAERO1 1001 entry specifies the
unswept rectangular aerodynamic model for the subsonic Doublet-Lattice method with eight
equal spanwise divisions and four equal chordwise divisions [see Figure 8-22(b)]; the
continuation locates the root and tip leading edges at 5.0 in. forward of the forward spar, the 40.0
in. root and tip chords, and the 100.0 in. span. The PAERO1 1000 entry is required even though
there is no fuselage. Linear SPLINE2 1001 connects aerodynamic boxes 1001 through 1032 to the
normal structural translations (T3) only along the leading and trailing edge spars via the SET1
1100 GRIDs; a rigid chord is thereby effectively imposed even though there is no chordwise
stiffening (ribs) except at the root and tip. The spline axis is aligned with the main spar using
the coordinate system CORD2R 1. The MKAERO1 entry assumes incompressible flow,
m = 0.0 , and a range of reduced frequencies, k from 0.001 to 1.0.
The flutter analysis is the final consideration. The vibration analysis for the modal flutter
analysis is prescribed on the EIGR entry as the MGIV method, requesting four modes and
normalizing the eigenvectors on their maximum components. The FLUTTER entry prescribes
the PK-method, FLFACT entries for density, Mach number, and velocities, the output for four
flutter modes, and a relaxed convergence criterion, ε = 0.01 , for the PK-iteration.
PARAM,LMODES,4 specifies all four vibration modes to be used in the flutter analysis, and
PARAM,VREF,12.0 outputs velocity in ft/s in the Flutter Summary Tables.
The Case Contol Section for the restart must include some information from the initial run. After
the title, subtitle, and echo commands, the initial temperature must be given again. The
PARAM,NMLOOP was mentioned above. It may be included either in the Bulk Data or in the
Case Control. It is shown here in Case Control, and its value of 10 corresponds to the stiffness
Main Index
for 100°F. The additional constraints are called via the SPC command. The METHOD command
CHAPTER 8 559
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
invokes the EIGR entry, and the SVEC command requests vibration mode shapes. The
FLUTTER command requests the PK-flutter analysis. The remaining data specify the plotting
formats for the V-g and V-f curves. Finally, the BEGIN BULK command concludes the section.
The Executive Control Section begins with the RESTART statement that specifies the database
version to be used. Next are the problem identification, estimated CPU time, and SOL 145 for
the flutter analysis. CEND is the last statement in the section.
The input to the restart is shown in Listing 8-50; the sorted Bulk Data are in Listing 8-51, and the
output from the flutter analysis is shown in Listing 8-52. The plotted V-g and V-f curves are
shown in Figure 8-23. The results of special interest are the following.
The weight and balance analysis shows a total wing weight of 250 lbs, with a center of gravity
60.0 in. outboard from the root and 14.0 in. aft of the front spar. The chordwise position of the
center of gravity can also be expressed as 47.5% of the wing chord.
The vibration analysis leads to the first four frequencies of 2.815, 5.649, 17.572, and 27.162 Hz.
An examination of the eigenvectors indicates that the first mode is bending and the second mode
is torsion. The third and fourth modes are difficult to characterize, but the spars appear to be
vibrating somewhat independently due to the lack of chordwise stiffening.
The flutter analysis predicts a second mode instability in Point 2 of the Flutter Summary (a
typical bending/torsion flutter because of the close bending and torsion frequencies and aft
center of gravity) at a velocity of 155 ft/s and frequency of 3.96 Hz. An instability also appears
in Point 1 with a zero frequency at a velocity of 270 ft/s; this is the divergence speed. Both
instabilities are seen in Figure 8-23.
The above is a demonstration of the restart for flutter analysis with the front and rear spar
temperatures raised 100°F. The vibration and flutter characteristics can be determined for other
temperature increases by restarting with other values of PARAM,NMLOOP. The following
values, from Listing 8-49, of LOOPID = NMLOOP correspond to the temperature increases
noted: NMLOOP = 1 for 0.001°F, NMLOOP = 5 for 50°F, NMLOOP = 20 for 150°F, and NMLOOP
= 25 for 200°F. The natural frequencies and flutter speeds have been studied up to 150°F and are
shown in Figure 8-24 and Figure 8-25. The dramatic effect of temperature is apparent in the
rapid decrease in frequencies and flutter speeds with increasing temperatures. Another study
(not shown) of vibration frequencies above 150°F suggests thermally induced buckling around
180°F; this characteristic deserves further investigation.
Main Index
560
Flutter Divergence
Figure 8-23 V-g and V-f Curves Illustrating Flutter and Divergence Characteristics
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 561
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
10
Torsion
Bending
8
f, Hz
0
0 50 100 150
∆T, °F
300
M = 0.0
h = Sea Level
200
Vf, ft/s
100
0
0 50 100 150
∆T, °F
Restarts in the other aeroelastic SOLs, i.e., 144 and 146, can be made in the same way as the
SOL 145 restart. Case Control must include the initial temperature TEMP(INIT) set number, and
PARAM,NMLOOP must give the LOOPID for the temperature of interest. The Bulk Data must
include any additional constraints for the prescribed boundary conditions, and SOL 144 must
include the SUPORT entry. Any problems with the conditioning of the stiffness matrix from
SOL 153 when restarting in SOL 144 can be overcome by including PARAM,BAILOUT,-1 in the
Bulk Data. If there is any mass added to the system in the restart Bulk Data, e.g., an unrestrained
Main Index
fuselage mass, a DMAP Alter is required to skip the mass check in the restart.
562
This example has used SOL 153 assuming the temperatures are known. If transient
temperatures are obtained using SOL 159, the TEMP entries required by SOL 153 can be obtained
in a “PCH” file by including the THERM(PRINT, PUNCH), OTIME, and SET commands
appropriately in the SOL 159 Case Control Section and the PARAM,CURVPLOT,1 entry in the
Bulk Data.
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA153A
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 153 $ NLSCSH, NONLINEAR STATICS AND HEAT TRANSFER
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA153A: THREE BAR HEATED WING
2 SUBTI = GEOMETRIC NONLINEAR STATICS AND HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS
3 ECHO = BOTH
4 TEMP(INIT) = 1 $ INITIAL TEMPERATURES
5 SUBCASE 1
6 LABEL = TEMPERATURE LOAD
7 TEMP(LOAD) = 2 $ TEMPERATURE INCREASE TO 0.001 DEG F.
8 NLPARM = 10
9 SUBCASE 2
10 LABEL = TEMPERATURE LOAD
11 TEMP(LOAD) = 3 $ TEMPERATURE INCREASE TO 50 DEG F.
12 NLPARM = 20
13 SUBCASE 3
14 LABEL = TEMPERATURE LOAD
15 TEMP(LOAD) = 4 $ TEMPERATURE INCREASE TO 150 DEG F.
16 NLPARM = 30
17 SUBCASE 4
18 LABEL = TEMPERATURE LOAD
19 TEMP(LOAD) = 5 $ TEMPERATURE INCREASE TO 200 DEG F.
20 NLPARM = 40
21 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 563
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
$ THE GRID ENTRY DEFINES THE LOCATION OF A GEOMETRIC GRID
$ POINT, THE DIRECTIONS OF ITS DISPLACEMENT, AND ITS PERMANENT
$ SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS.
$
$ ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
GRID 100 0. 0. 0.
GRID 101 0. 20. 0.
GRID 102 0. 40. 0.
GRID 103 0. 60. 0.
GRID 104 0. 80. 0.
GRID 105 0. 100. 0.
GRID 200 10. 0. 0. 1246
GRID 201 10. 20. 0.
GRID 202 10. 40. 0.
GRID 203 10. 60. 0.
GRID 204 10. 80. 0.
GRID 205 10. 100. 0.
GRID 300 20. 0. 0.
GRID 301 20. 20. 0.
GRID 302 20. 40. 0.
GRID 303 20. 60. 0.
GRID 304 20. 80. 0.
GRID 305 20. 100. 0.
$ $
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL STIFFNESS PROPERTIES * * $
$
$ THE CBEAM ENTRY DEFINES A BEAM ELEMENT.
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1 X2 X3
CBEAM 101 100 100 101 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 102 100 101 102 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 103 100 102 103 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 104 100 103 104 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 105 100 104 105 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 201 100 200 201 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 202 100 201 202 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 203 100 202 203 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 204 100 203 204 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 205 100 204 205 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 301 100 300 301 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 302 100 301 302 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 303 100 302 303 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 304 100 303 304 0. 0. 1.
CBEAM 305 100 304 305 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE PBEAM ENTRY DEFINES THE PROPERTIES OF A BEAM ELEMENT.
$ $
$ PID MID A(A) I1(A) I2(A) I12(A) J(A) NSM(A) +PB1
PBEAM 100 1 2.0 1.0 100. 0.0 0.1 +PB100
$+PB1 SO X/XB A I1 I2 I12 J NSM
+PB100 NO 1.0 $
$
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR WITH SIX DEGREES OF
$ FREEDOM AT EACH END.
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 100 200 100 123456
RBAR 105 105 205 123456
RBAR 200 200 300 123456
RBAR 205 205 305 123456
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 10.3+6 3.9+6 1.244-5 0.0
$ $
Main Index
564
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 565
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
566
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- CBEAM 101 100 100 101 0. 0. 1.
2- CBEAM 102 100 101 102 0. 0. 1.
3- CBEAM 103 100 102 103 0. 0. 1.
4- CBEAM 104 100 103 104 0. 0. 1.
5- CBEAM 105 100 104 105 0. 0. 1.
6- CBEAM 201 100 200 201 0. 0. 1.
7- CBEAM 202 100 201 202 0. 0. 1.
8- CBEAM 203 100 202 203 0. 0. 1.
9- CBEAM 204 100 203 204 0. 0. 1.
10- CBEAM 205 100 204 205 0. 0. 1.
11- CBEAM 301 100 300 301 0. 0. 1.
12- CBEAM 302 100 301 302 0. 0. 1.
13- CBEAM 303 100 302 303 0. 0. 1.
14- CBEAM 304 100 303 304 0. 0. 1.
15- CBEAM 305 100 304 305 0. 0. 1.
16- CONM2 101 101 0 5.0
17- CONM2 102 102 0 5.0
18- CONM2 103 103 0 5.0
19- CONM2 104 104 0 5.0
20- CONM2 105 105 0 5.0
21- CONM2 201 201 0 20.0
22- CONM2 202 202 0 20.0
23- CONM2 203 203 0 20.0
24- CONM2 204 204 0 20.0
25- CONM2 205 205 0 20.0
26- CONM2 301 301 0 25.0
27- CONM2 302 302 0 25.0
28- CONM2 303 303 0 25.0
29- CONM2 304 304 0 25.0
30- CONM2 305 305 0 25.0
31- CORD2R 1 0 20. 0. 0. 20. 0. 10. +CRD
32- +CRD 30. 0. 0.
33- GRID 100 0. 0. 0.
34- GRID 101 0. 20. 0.
35- GRID 102 0. 40. 0.
36- GRID 103 0. 60. 0.
37- GRID 104 0. 80. 0.
38- GRID 105 0. 100. 0.
39- GRID 200 10. 0. 0. 1246
40- GRID 201 10. 20. 0.
41- GRID 202 10. 40. 0.
42- GRID 203 10. 60. 0.
43- GRID 204 10. 80. 0.
44- GRID 205 10. 100. 0.
45- GRID 300 20. 0. 0.
46- GRID 301 20. 20. 0.
47- GRID 302 20. 40. 0.
48- GRID 303 20. 60. 0.
49- GRID 304 20. 80. 0.
50- GRID 305 20. 100. 0.
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 567
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
568
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 1 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 2
ITERATION TIME 0.33 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.250
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 2 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 2
ITERATION TIME 0.34 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.500
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 3 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 2
ITERATION TIME 0.34 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.750
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 569
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 5 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 6 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 7 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 3
ITERATION TIME 0.36 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.300
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 8 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
Main Index
570
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 3
ITERATION TIME 0.35 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.500
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 10 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 3
ITERATION TIME 0.35 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.600
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 11 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 3
ITERATION TIME 0.35 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.700
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 12 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 13 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 3
ITERATION TIME 0.35 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.900
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 14 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 571
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 15 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 16 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 4
ITERATION TIME 0.34 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.200
- - - CONVERGENCE FACTORS - - - - - - LINE SEARCH DATA - - -
ITERATION EUI EPI EWI LAMBDA DLMAG FACTOR E-FIRST E-FINAL NQNV NLS ENIC NDV MDV
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 17 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
STIFFNESS UPDATE TIME 2.65 SECONDS SUBCASE 4
ITERATION TIME 0.34 SECONDS LOAD FACTOR 0.300
- - - CONVERGENCE FACTORS - - - - - - LINE SEARCH DATA - - -
ITERATION EUI EPI EWI LAMBDA DLMAG FACTOR E-FIRST E-FINAL NQNV NLS ENIC NDV MDV
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 18 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 19 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
Main Index
572
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 21 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 22 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 23 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 24 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
N O N - L I N E A R I T E R A T I O N M O D U L E O U T P U T
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9005 (NLSCSH) - THE SOLUTION FOR LOOPID= 25 IS SAVED FOR RESTART
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 573
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
N A S T R A N F I L E M A N A G E M E N T S E C T I O N E C H O
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA145KR
TIME 5 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 145 $ FLUTTER
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA145KR: THREE BEAM HEATED WING
2 SUBTI = GEOMETRIC NONLINEAR ANALYSIS AND FLUTTER
3 ECHO = BOTH
4 TEMP(INIT) = 1 $ INITIAL TEMPERATURE
5 PARAM,NMLOOP,10
6 $ SPECIFIES LOOP IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN SOL 153 FOR UPDATED STIFFNESS
7 SPC = 1 $ ADDITIONAL CONSTRAINTS
8 METHOD = 10 $ MGIV REAL EIGENVALUE METHOD FOR VIBES
9 SVEC = ALL $ REQUEST VIBRATION MODES
10 FMETHOD = 20 $ PK-FLUTTER METHOD
11 $
12 OUTPUT(XYOUT)
13 CSCALE 2.0
14 PLOTTER NASTRAN
15 CURVELINESYMBOL = 6
16 YTTITLE = DAMPING G
17 YBTITLE = FREQUENCY F HZ
18 XTITLE = VELOCITY V (FT/S)
19 XMIN = 0.
20 XMAX = 300.
21 YTMIN = -1.0
22 YTMAX = +1.0
23 YBMIN = 0.
24 YBMAX = 10.
25 XTGRID LINES = YES
26 XBGRID LINES = YES
27 YTGRID LINES = YES
28 YBGRID LINES = YES
29 UPPER TICS = -1
30 TRIGHT TICS = -1
31 BRIGHT TICS = -1
32 XYPLOT VG / 1(G,F) 2(G,F)
33 $
34 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
574
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
$ GRID POINT WEIGHT GENERATOR
$
PARAM GRDPNT 100
$ $
$ ADDITIONAL CONSTRAINTS FOR CANTILEVER WING
$
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC
SPC1 1 35 200
$
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * *
$
$ THE AERO ENTRY GIVES BASIC AERODYNAMIC PARAMETERS FOR UNSTEADY
$ AERODYNAMICS.
$
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 20. 1.1463-7 1 0
$
$ THE CAERO1 ENTRY IS USED FOR DOUBLET-LATTICE AND ZONA51 $
$ AERODYNAMICS. LISTED ARE ITS PAERO ENTRY ID AND THE $
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM FOR LOCATING THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD $
$ LEADING EDGE POINTS (1 AND 4). NSPAN AND NCHORD, OR LSPAN $
$ AND LCHORD, ARE USED TO PARTITION THE WING INTO AERODYNAMIC $
$ PANELS, THE FORMER FOR UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS AND THE $
$ LATTER FOR NON-UNIFORMLY SPACED PANELS. IGID IS THE ID OF $
$ ITS ASSOCIATED INTERFERENCE GROUP. THE CONTINUATION ENTRY $
$ DEFINES POINTS 1 AND 4, THE ROOT CHORD AND TIP CHORD. $
$ THE BOXES FORMED BY THE GRID LINES WILL BE NUMBERED $
$ BEGINNING WITH EID SO CHOOSE A NUMBER THAT IS UNIQUE, $
$ AND IS GREATER THAN ALL STRUCTURAL GRID, SCALAR AND $
$ EXTRA POINT IDS. $
$ $
$ EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
CAERO1 1001 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
$ ( FWD LEFT POINT ) CHORD ( FWD RIGHT POINT ) CHORD
$ X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X14
+CAW -5. 0. 0. 40. -5. 100. 0. 40.
$ $
$ THE PAERO1 ENTRY IS REQUIRED EVEN THOUGH IT IS NON-FUNCTIONAL $
$ (BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ASSOCIATED BODIES IN THIS EXAMPLE). $
$ $
$ PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
PAERO1 1000
$ $
$ THE SPLINE2 ENTRY DEFINES A BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATING PANELS
$ AND BODIES FOR AEROELASTIC PROBLEMS.
$ $
$ EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
SPLINE2 1001 1001 1001 1032 1100 0. 1.0 1 +SPL
+SPL -1.0 -1.0
$
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE SETS OF STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS $
$ TO BE USED BY THE BEAM SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION. $
$ $
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4
SET1 1100 100 THRU 105 300 THRU 305
$
$ THE MKAERO1 ENTRY PROVIDES A TABLE OF MACH NUMBERS AND REDUCED
$ FREQUENCIES FOR AERODYNAMIC MATRIX CALCULATION.
$
$ M1 M2 ETC
MKAERO1 0. +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 ETC
+MK .001 .1 .2 .5 1.0
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 575
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
$ $
$ * * VIBRATION SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM; IN THIS CASE THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. FOUR MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NO $
EIGR 10 MGIV 0. 25. 4 +EGR
$ NORM G C $
+EGR MAX
$
$ * * FLUTTER SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 20 PK 1 2 3 4 0.01
$ $
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NO.S $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ NEGATIVE VELOCITIES ARE SIGNALS TO COMPUTE AND PRINT EIGEN- $
$ VECTORS. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1.0 DENSITY
FLFACT 2 0. MACH NO.
FLFACT 3 600. 1200. 1800. 1920. 2400. 3000. 3600. VELOCITY
$ $
$ THE PARAMETER LMODES IS THE LOWEST NUMBER OF MODES TO BE
$ USED IN A MODAL FORMULATION.
$
PARAM LMODES 4
$
$ IN A FLUTTER ANALYSIS, THE VELOCITIES ARE DIVIDED BY THE
$ PARAMETER VREF TO CONVERT UNITS OF VELOCITY IN THE OUTPUT
$ FLUTTER SUMMARY TABLE.
$
PARAM VREF 12.0
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 110
Main Index
576
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AERO 20. 1.1463-71 0
2- CAERO1 1001 1000 8 4 1 +CAW
3- +CAW -5. 0. 0. 40. -5. 100. 0. 40.
4- CBEAM 101 100 100 101 0. 0. 1.
5- CBEAM 102 100 101 102 0. 0. 1.
6- CBEAM 103 100 102 103 0. 0. 1.
7- CBEAM 104 100 103 104 0. 0. 1.
8- CBEAM 105 100 104 105 0. 0. 1.
9- CBEAM 201 100 200 201 0. 0. 1.
10- CBEAM 202 100 201 202 0. 0. 1.
11- CBEAM 203 100 202 203 0. 0. 1.
12- CBEAM 204 100 203 204 0. 0. 1.
13- CBEAM 205 100 204 205 0. 0. 1.
14- CBEAM 301 100 300 301 0. 0. 1.
15- CBEAM 302 100 301 302 0. 0. 1.
16- CBEAM 303 100 302 303 0. 0. 1.
17- CBEAM 304 100 303 304 0. 0. 1.
18- CBEAM 305 100 304 305 0. 0. 1.
19- CONM2 101 101 0 5.0
20- CONM2 102 102 0 5.0
21- CONM2 103 103 0 5.0
22- CONM2 104 104 0 5.0
23- CONM2 105 105 0 5.0
24- CONM2 201 201 0 20.0
25- CONM2 202 202 0 20.0
26- CONM2 203 203 0 20.0
27- CONM2 204 204 0 20.0
28- CONM2 205 205 0 20.0
29- CONM2 301 301 0 25.0
30- CONM2 302 302 0 25.0
31- CONM2 303 303 0 25.0
32- CONM2 304 304 0 25.0
33- CONM2 305 305 0 25.0
34- CORD2R 1 0 20. 0. 0. 20. 0. 10. +CRD
35- +CRD 30. 0. 0.
36- EIGR 10 MGIV 0. 25. 4 +EGR
37- +EGR MAX
38- FLFACT 1 1.0 DENSITY
39- FLFACT 2 0. MACH NO.
40- FLFACT 3 600. 1200. 1800. 1920. 2400. 3000. 3600. VELOCITY
41- FLUTTER 20 PK 1 2 3 4 0.01
42- GRID 100 0. 0. 0.
43- GRID 101 0. 20. 0.
44- GRID 102 0. 40. 0.
45- GRID 103 0. 60. 0.
46- GRID 104 0. 80. 0.
47- GRID 105 0. 100. 0.
48- GRID 200 10. 0. 0. 1246
49- GRID 201 10. 20. 0.
50- GRID 202 10. 40. 0.
51- GRID 203 10. 60. 0.
52- GRID 204 10. 80. 0.
53- GRID 205 10. 100. 0.
54- GRID 300 20. 0. 0.
55- GRID 301 20. 20. 0.
56- GRID 302 20. 40. 0.
57- GRID 303 20. 60. 0.
58- GRID 304 20. 80. 0.
59- GRID 305 20. 100. 0.
60- MAT1 1 10.3+6 3.9+6 1.244-5 0.0
61- MATT1 1 1 2 3
62- MKAERO1 0. +MK
63- +MK .001 .1 .2 .5 1.0
64- NLPARM 10 1 AUTO 1 PW YES
65- NLPARM 20 4 AUTO 1 PW YES
66- NLPARM 30 10 AUTO 1 PW YES
67- NLPARM 40 10 AUTO 1 PW YES
68- PAERO1 1000
69- PARAM GRDPNT 100
70- PARAM LGDISP 1
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 577
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
Main Index
578
O U T P U T F R O M G R I D P O I N T W E I G H T G E N E R A T O R
REFERENCE POINT = 100
M O
* 2.500000E+02 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.500000E+04 *
* 0.000000E+00 2.500000E+02 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 3.500000E+03 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.500000E+02 1.500000E+04 -3.500000E+03 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.500000E+04 1.100000E+06 -2.100000E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -3.500000E+03 -2.100000E+05 6.000000E+04 0.000000E+00 *
* -1.500000E+04 3.500000E+03 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.160000E+06 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 2.500000E+02 0.000000E+00 6.000000E+01 0.000000E+00
Y 2.500000E+02 1.400000E+01 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 2.500000E+02 1.400000E+01 6.000000E+01 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 2.000001E+05 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.100000E+04 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 2.110001E+05 *
I(Q)
* 2.000001E+05 *
* 1.100000E+04 *
* 2.110001E+05 *
Q
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 28 3.128240E+02 1.768683E+01 2.814946E+00 3.176117E-01 9.935656E+01
2 29 1.259820E+03 3.549394E+01 5.649036E+00 5.702050E-02 7.183556E+01
3 30 1.219031E+04 1.104097E+02 1.757225E+01 2.102801E-01 2.563379E+03
4 31 2.912658E+04 1.706651E+02 2.716220E+01 1.428661E-01 4.161202E+03
5 32 5.821704E+04 2.412821E+02 3.840124E+01 0.0 0.0
6 1 6.004134E+04 2.450333E+02 3.899827E+01 0.0 0.0
7 33 1.163347E+05 3.410787E+02 5.428436E+01 0.0 0.0
8 34 1.703640E+05 4.127518E+02 6.569149E+01 0.0 0.0
9 35 3.409595E+05 5.839174E+02 9.293333E+01 0.0 0.0
10 39 5.294054E+05 7.276025E+02 1.158015E+02 0.0 0.0
EIGENVALUE = 3.128240E+02
CYCLES = 2.814946E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
Main Index
CHAPTER 8 579
Flutter Analysis Sample Problems
EIGENVALUE = 1.259820E+03
CYCLES = 5.649036E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
EIGENVALUE = 1.219031E+04
CYCLES = 1.757225E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
EIGENVALUE = 2.912658E+04
CYCLES = 2.716220E+01 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 4
A ZERO FREQUENCY ROOT HAS EMERGED. WHEN THE MACH NO., DENSITY AND VELOCITY ARE COMPATIBLE
IT MAY BE INTERPRETED TWO WAYS DEPENDING ON THE SIGN OF THE REAL PART:
1. (-) A MODE IS CRITICALLY DAMPED, OR,
2. (+) THE SYSTEM IS DIVERGING.
ONLY THE MOST CRITICAL ( I.E., MOST POSITIVE REAL ROOTS ) ARE PRINTED IN THE FLUTTER SUMMARY.
FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES, THE REMAINING REAL ROOTS ARE PRINTED HERE.
Main Index
580
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
9
■ Overview
■ Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (Example HA146A)
■ Transient Rolling of BAH Wing Due to Aileron (Example HA146B)
■ Random Gust Response of BAH Wing (Example HA146C)
■ Frequency Response of BAH Wing to Oscillating Aileron
(Examples HA146D and HA146DR)
■ Subsonic Transient Response Analysis of a Sweptback Wing to an Impulsive
Force Applied at the Tip (Example HA146E)
Main Index
582
9.1 Overview
The dynamic aeroelastic response analysis provided in MSC.Nastran is demonstrated in five
applications: four applications use the BAH jet transport wing and one application uses the 15-
deg sweptback wing.
Examples HA146A (p. 583), HA146B (p. 599), and HA146C (p. 610) are analyses of the transient
response to a discrete gust, the random response to atmospheric turbulence, and the transient
response to an aileron input for the BAH wing, respectively. For the discrete and random gust
examples, the gust field is assumed to be uniform spanwise and the aircraft is free to plunge; the
pitching and rolling degrees of freedom are constrained. For the aileron response example,
motion is antisymmetric and the aircraft is free to roll while constrained in pitch and plunge. The
aerodynamic loads on the wing-aileron combination are calculated using the Doublet-Lattice
method at a Mach number of zero.
Examples HA146D and HA146DR (p. 627) are frequency response analyses of the BAH wing. A
frequency response analysis is always done as a first step within the aeroelastic response
solution. However, as demonstrated here, it may be done without any subsequent analysis (e.g.,
random analysis) in the run.
Example HA146E (p. 644)provides an analysis of the response of the 15-deg sweptback wing to
an impulsively applied load at the wing tip in order to investigate the transient response at
subcritical, critical, and supercritical speeds. The structural and aerodynamic models are the
same as in the subsonic flutter analysis described in Example HA145E (p. 397).
It should be noted that Case Control is an essential part of Dynamic Aeroelastic Analysis in that
any output not requested in the Case Control Section or the Bulk Data Section will not be
provided. In Static Aeroelastic Response and Aerodynamic Flutter analyses, certain output is
provided by default. There is no default output from Dynamic Aeroelastic Response analysis.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 583
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
584
duration to permit the peak response to occur, followed by the negative square-wave gust, and
a sufficiently long period is used so that the response damps out adequately before the next
period begins.
Another technique, not demonstrated here, would cause all of the response quantities, including
displacements, to approach values of zero. This would follow the applied loading with the
identical loading twice. The second loading would be in the opposite direction as the first but
with twice the magnitude, and the third loading would have the same magnitude and direction
as the first.
The response quantities determined when using either of these techniques are only valid during
the application of the initial loading; they are not valid during or after the application of the
second loading. For this reason, the initial loading must have sufficient duration so that all
critical responses are achieved.
The DAREA 1002 entry called by the TLOAD1 1001 entry has no influence on the load; it is a
dummy entry required by the presence of the TLOAD1 entry. However, the entry must specify
at least one point, component, and area. Only the DAREA entry associated with the GUST entry
is a dummy; if other loads are prescribed in the analysis, DAREA entries associated with these
other applied loads would be used.
The MKAERO1 entry selects the Mach numbers and reduced frequencies used in generating the
aerodynamic matrices. The Mach number is 0.62. The reduced frequencies, k = ωc ⁄ 2V , are
based on the velocity and reference chord from the AERO entry. At the cut-off frequency of 10.0
Hz, selected here to include the first four modes, and the 475 mph velocity, the reduced
frequency is 0.493. Values of k = 0.001 , 0.02 , 0.10 , and 0.50 are specified on the MKAERO1
entry to represent the range of reduced frequencies.
The PARAM,GUSTAERO entry is set to -1 in order for the harmonic gust aerodynamic
coefficients to be calculated in addition to the aerodynamic coefficients for harmonic motion.
When there are prescribed applied loads but no gust loading in the transient response analysis,
neither the PARAM,GUSTAERO nor the GUST entries are required. The flight condition is
additionally specified by the Mach number on the PARAM,MACH,0.62 entry and dynamic
pressure on the PARAM,Q,4.00747 entry.
The ElGR entry selects the eigenvalue method for the vibration modes to be calculated and
subsequently used for the modal formulation. The rigid body plunge mode and all 10 elastic
modes are calculated. They are determined using the Modified Givens (MGIV) method and are
normalized to their maximum displacements with MAX.
The determination of the root bending moment at the side of the fuselage, GRID 11, is the
primary objective of this gust analysis. The stress data recovery method used to determine the
bending moment is the default Matrix method. (The stress data recovery method is selected by
PARAM,DDRMM; the default value is 0 and is more economical when the number of output
time steps is large. The Mode Displacement method is selected by PARAM,DDRMM,-1.) To
increase the accuracy of the results from the Matrix method, all 11 wing modes are included in
the modal formulation.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 585
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
The range of frequencies for which the solution is performed is selected by the FREQ1 40 entry.
The frequency range includes the first elastic mode, which is wing bending at f = 2.44 Hz . As
more modes are included within the frequency range, the accuracy of the solution increases.
Therefore a 10.0 Hz frequency range is chosen that includes the next two elastic modes at 3.56
and 8.53 Hz. 80 frequencies with a ∆f = DF = 0.125 Hz interval are selected. Because equally
spaced frequencies are selected, the FREQ1 entry is appropriate to input the data. The period of
the solution for equally spaced frequencies is T = 1 ⁄ ∆f = 8.0 sec , i.e., the solution will repeat
every 8.0 seconds.
The Fourier transformation parameters for SOL 146 must be selected to represent both the
resonance characteristics of the structure, the duration of the loading, and the requirement to
return to the initial conditions at the end of the period. Closely spaced frequencies are necessary
near the resonance frequencies, and small frequency intervals are necessary to obtain a period
that is large relative to the duration of the applied loading. For these reasons, the FREQ1 entry
is recommended with small, equal frequency intervals.
The TSTEP 41 entry defines the output time steps by their number and increment and includes
a skip factor for output. The output time steps have no influence on the solution as they do in a
transient response analysis by numerical integration; they are only used to specify the output
time steps. The period is 8.0 seconds, so 320 time steps of 0.025 seconds increments are specified
for printing and plotting. ENDDATA is the last entry in the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Command. The Case Control Section contains the TITLE, SUBTITLE, and
LABEL entries. ECHO = BOTH echoes all of the Bulk Data with and without annotations. SPC
= 14 selects the constraints. METHOD = 10 selects the ElGR entry for the vibration analysis.
SDAMP = 2000 selects the uniform two percent modal structural damping. FREQ = 40 selects
the frequency list and TSTEP = 41 selects the time history output. GUST = 1000 selects the gust
load. The DLOAD entry is required in SOL 146 in the Case Control Section even when there are
only gust loads. SDlSP(PLOT) = 1 and DISP(PLOT) = 2 specify the SET 1 and SET 2 points for
determining modal and physical displacements to be plotted. SPCF = 3 causes the constraint
forces, i.e., the root bending moment at GRID 11, to be printed. Following OUTPUT(XYOUT)
are the XYPLOT requests. Before the first XYPLOT request are several optional statements that
define the plot frame and the plot titles. XYPLOTS are requested for the first and second modes
and the bending moment at the root. The BEGIN BULK command completes the Case Control
Section.
The Executive Control Section begins with the identification ID MSC, HA146A that denotes
Problem No. HA146A in the Test Problem Library. TIME 10 limits CPU time to 10.0 minutes.
SOL 146 calls for the Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Solution. The CEND statement completes
the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data are shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-1 and sorted Bulk Data entries are in
<hypertext>Listing 9-2. <hypertext>Listing 9-3 presents typical output and is discussed briefly
below.
Under the heading REAL EIGENVALUES are the natural frequencies of the structural model.
The first is the rigid body (z-translation) mode followed by 10 elastic modes.
Main Index
586
Of the 11 modal responses calculated for the aeroelastic response solution, the first and second
responses are printed and are plotted in <hypertext>Figure 9-1 and <hypertext>Figure 9-2. The
wing aft tip deflection at GRID 10 is also printed and is plotted in <hypertext>Figure 9-3; the
limited effect of the wing dynamics is seen as the deflection follows the rigid body mode (see
<hypertext>Figure 9-1 and <hypertext>Figure 9-3).
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 587
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
588
The root bending moment is printed under the heading of FORCES OF SINGLE-POINT
CONSTRAINT for GRID 11 column R3 and is plotted in <hypertext>Figure 9-4.
Because certain approximations are made regarding the Fourier series, and due to the method
in which the gust load was applied, the printed and plotted output show the absolute response
of the SPC forces but only the relative response of the displacements. This is evident for the rigid
body plunge mode (<hypertext>Figure 9-1) since this response begins and ends with some
nonzero value.
Inspection of the plots shows the 0.2 second delay and that the response is damped out by the
end of the period. The amplitude of the wing first bending mode in <hypertext>Figure 9-2 goes
to zero (the relative displacement returns to its initial constant value) after a few seconds and the
wing returns to its trimmed condition.
Example 10-5 from Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, pp. 682-685) shows the dynamic
bending moment calculated at the wing root of the BAH wing at 475 mph due to a sharp-edged
gust, including the plunging of the airplane and the first bending mode of the wing, and
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 589
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
calculating the aerodynamic loads by quasi-steady aerodynamic strip theory. The comparison
can therefore only be qualitative because of the many more vibration modes and unsteady
aerodynamic lifting surface theory used here.
The GENEL entry is used to input the flexibility of the structure and defines nonstandard
rotational degrees of freedom for GRID 11. R1 and R2 are rolling and pitching degrees of
freedom respectively, and R3 represents the wing root bending degree of freedom. The GENEL
for the BAH wing has been discussed in Example HA144B (p. 206). The column in the output
FORCES OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINT labeled R3 provides the desired data for wing root
bending moment. The peak response of the wing occurs at about 25 semichords into the gust.
The inset in <hypertext>Figure 9-4 is Figure 10-24 of Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955),
8
and the qualitative comparison is good. The MSC.Nastran peak response is 2.76 × 10 in-lb
7 8
( 1.9 × 10 ft-lb ) in the travel distance of 27 semichords as compared to 2.04 × 10 in-lb
7
( 1.7 × 10 ft-lb ) in 23 semichords in Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955).
Main Index
590
Listing 9-1 Input Files for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA146A
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA146A $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING FREE IN PLUNGE. $
$ SYMMETRIC RESPONSE TO A SQUARE EDGE GUST . $
$ $
$ SOLUTION TRANSIENT ANALYSIS USING DOUBLET-LATTICE $
$ METHOD AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. OF 0.62. $
$ AT MACH NO. OF 0.62 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT XY PLOTS OF MODAL AND GRID POINT $
$ DISPLACEMENTS AND WING ROOT BENDING $
$ MOMENT TIME HISTORIES. $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ AEROELASTIC DYNAMIC RESPONSE
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 591
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-1 Input Files for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (continued)
EXAMPLE HA146A: BAH WING DYNAMIC TRANSIENT ANALYSIS PAGE 3
SYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO, 24 BOXES
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
INCLUDE BAH_STRUCT.DAT
$
INCLUDE BAH_MASS.DAT
$
$ TABDMP1 DEFINES DAMPING COEFFICIENTS (G1) VERSES FREQUENCY (F1).
$ (2.0 PERCENT STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS SPECIFIED OVER THE ENTIRE
$ FREQUENCY RANGE. VALUES ARE LINEARLY INTERPOLATED AND
$ EXTRAPOLATED. A 2.0 PERCENT STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS ROUGHLY
$ EQUIVALENT TO 1.0 PERCENT CRITICAL DAMPING.)
$
$ ID TYPE
TABDMP1 2000 +TABDMP
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 "ENDT"
+TABDMP 0. .02 10. .02 ENDT
$
$ * * CONSTRAINTS * *
$
$ THE SPC ENTRY CONSTRAINS DOFS.
$
$ SID G C D
SPC 14 11 45
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * *
$
$ (THIS MODEL USES THE LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM)
$
$ THE AERO ENTRY DEFINES BASIC AERODYNAMIC PARAMETERS. ACSID IS THE
$ AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM. VELOCITY. REFC IS THE REFERENECE
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM. RHOREF IS REFERENCE DENSITY. SYMXZ AND
$ SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS.
$
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 8360. 131.25 1.1468-71
$
INCLUDE BAH_AERO5.DAT
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$
$ * * DYNAMIC LOAD AND RESPONSE DATA * *
$
$ GUST DEFINES A STATIONARY VERTICAL GUST. LISTED ARE T/RLOAD ENTRY
$ ID, GUST ANGLE OF ATTACK (I.E., THE RATIO OF GUST VELOCITY TO THE
$ VEHICLE VELOCITY), LOCATION OF THE GUST WITH RESPECT TO THE ORIGIN
$ OF THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, AND THE VEHICLE VELOCITY.
$
$ SID DLOAD WG X0 V
GUST 1000 1001 1.0 -1672. 8360.
$
$ TLOAD1 DEFINES A TIME DEPENDENT DYNAMIC LOAD OR ENFORCED MOTION.
$ LISTED ARE THE ID, DAREA ID, DELAY ID, TYPE OF DYNAMIC EXCITATION,
$ AND TABELDI ID.
$
$ SID DAREA DELAY TYPE TID
TLOAD1 1001 1002 1003
$
$ DAREA DEFINES THE DOF WHERE THE LOAD IS APPLIED AND A SCALE FACTOR.
$
$ SID P C A
DAREA 1002 11 1 0.
$
$ TABLED1 DEFINES A TABULAR FUNCTION OF A TIME-DEPENDENT LOAD.
$
$ SID
TABLED1 1003 +TAB1
$ X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X3 Y3 X4 Y4
+TAB1 0. 1. 1. 1. 1. -1. 2. -1. +TAB2
$ X5 Y5
+TAB2 ENDT
$
Main Index
592
Listing 9-1 Input Files for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (continued)
$ THE MKAERO1 ENTRY DEFINES COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED
$ FREQUENCY EACH OF WHICH WILL BE USED TO GENERATE A MATRIX OF
$ GENERALIZED AERODYNAMIC FORCES.
$
$ M1 M2 M3 M4
MKAERO1 .62 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4
+MK .001 .02 0.10 0.50
$
$ PARAM,GUSTAERO,-1 IS REQUIRED IF GUST LOADS ARE TO BE COMPUTED.
$
PARAM GUSTAERO -1
$
$ PARAM,MACH SPECIFIES DYNAMIC PRESSURE.
$
PARAM MACH 0.62
$
$ PARAM,Q SPECIFIES DYNAMIC PRESSURE.
$
PARAM Q 4.00747
$
$ EIGR DEFINES EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION DATA. LISTED ARE THE
$ EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION METHOD, FREQUENCY RANGE, NUMBER OF
$ EXPECTED AND DESIRED ROOTS AND THE METHOD OF NORMALIZATION.
$
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NE ND
EIGR 10 MGIV 11 +EIGR
$ NORM
+EIGR MAX
$
$ PARAM,LMODES,N SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE USED IN
$ THE ANALYSIS.
$
PARAM LMODES 11
$
$ FREQ1 DEFINES THE SET OF FREQUENCIES USED TO OBTAIN
$ THE FREQUENCY RESPONSE SOLUTION. LISTED ARE THE STARTING
$ FREQUENCY, FREQUENCY INCREMENT AND NUMBER OF INCREMENTS.
$
$ SID F1 DF NDF
FREQ1 40 0. .125 80
$
$ TSTEP DEFINES TIME STEP INTERVALS AT WHICH THE TRANSIENT
$ RESPONSES ARE DESIRED. LISTED ARE THE NUMBER OF STEPS,
$ THE TIME INTERVAL AND SKIP FACTOR FOR OUTPUT.
$
$ SID N DT NO
TSTEP 41 320 .025 1
$
ENDDATA
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 593
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-2 Sorted Bulk Data for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing
EXAMPLE HA146A: BAH WING DYNAMIC TRANSIENT ANALYSIS PAGE 10
SYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO, 24 BOXES
TOTAL COUNT= 79
Main Index
594
REFERENCE POINT = 11
M O
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 4.191900E+04 5.128960E+06 -1.642074E+05 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 5.128960E+06 1.350243E+09 -2.381847E+07 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 -1.642074E+05 -2.381847E+07 4.458782E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
S
* 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
DIRECTION
MASS AXIS SYSTEM (S) MASS X-C.G. Y-C.G. Z-C.G.
X 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Y 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00
Z 4.191900E+04 3.917256E+00 1.223541E+02 0.000000E+00
I(S)
* 7.226942E+08 3.727022E+06 0.000000E+00 *
* 3.727022E+06 4.458139E+09 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 *
I(Q)
* 4.458143E+09 *
* 7.226906E+08 *
* 0.000000E+00 *
Q
* 9.977437E-04 9.999995E-01 0.000000E+00 *
* -9.999995E-01 9.977437E-04 0.000000E+00 *
* 0.000000E+00 0.000000E+00 1.000000E+00 *
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 1.705303E-13 4.129531E-07 6.572353E-08 1.085996E+02 1.851951E-11
2 2 2.344038E+02 1.531025E+01 2.436702E+00 7.333811E+00 1.719073E+03
3 3 5.021460E+02 2.240862E+01 3.566442E+00 4.860579E+01 2.440721E+04
4 4 2.873470E+03 5.360476E+01 8.531462E+00 6.036275E+00 1.734505E+04
5 5 6.346819E+03 7.966693E+01 1.267939E+01 1.389629E+01 8.819726E+04
6 6 8.746056E+03 9.352035E+01 1.488422E+01 3.997501E+00 3.496237E+04
7 9 1.766041E+04 1.328925E+02 2.115050E+01 3.884947E+00 6.860977E+04
8 8 2.401137E+04 1.549560E+02 2.466202E+01 3.570773E+00 8.573913E+04
9 11 4.211877E+04 2.052286E+02 3.266314E+01 3.142323E+00 1.323508E+05
10 10 6.020940E+04 2.453760E+02 3.905281E+01 1.016273E+00 6.118916E+04
11 7 9.492829E+04 3.081043E+02 4.903633E+01 8.935863E+00 8.482661E+05
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 595
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-3 Output for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (continued)
POINT-ID = 1
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R (SOLUTION SET)
TIME TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 M 1.109709E+03
2.500000E-02 M 1.109659E+03
5.000000E-02 M 1.109616E+03
7.500000E-02 M 1.109698E+03
1.000000E-01 M 1.109774E+03
1.250000E-01 M 1.109665E+03
1.500000E-01 M 1.109628E+03
1.750000E-01 M 1.109992E+03
2.000000E-01 M 1.109896E+03
2.250000E-01 M 1.106718E+03
2.500000E-01 M 1.097344E+03
2.750000E-01 M 1.079960E+03
3.000000E-01 M 1.054306E+03
3.250000E-01 M 1.020472E+03
3.500001E-01 M 9.781787E+02
3.750001E-01 M 9.272354E+02
4.000001E-01 M 8.680320E+02
4.250001E-01 M 8.011689E+02
4.500001E-01 M 7.269859E+02
4.750001E-01 M 6.457274E+02
5.000001E-01 M 5.578156E+02
5.250000E-01 M 4.635912E+02
5.500000E-01 M 3.630183E+02
5.750000E-01 M 2.559458E+02
6.000000E-01 M 1.424827E+02
6.249999E-01 M 2.289102E+01
6.499999E-01 M -1.026384E+02
6.749999E-01 M -2.337794E+02
6.999999E-01 M -3.698208E+02
7.249998E-01 M -5.099340E+02
7.499998E-01 M -6.535629E+02
7.749998E-01 M -8.003328E+02
7.999998E-01 M -9.498253E+02
8.249997E-01 M -1.101808E+03
8.499997E-01 M -1.256537E+03
8.749997E-01 M -1.414464E+03
8.999997E-01 M -1.575782E+03
9.249997E-01 M -1.740556E+03
9.499996E-01 M -1.909026E+03
9.749996E-01 M -2.081293E+03
9.999996E-01 M -2.256867E+03
1.025000E+00 M -2.435018E+03
1.050000E+00 M -2.615432E+03
1.075000E+00 M -2.797921E+03
1.100000E+00 M -2.981789E+03
1.125000E+00 M -3.166401E+03
1.149999E+00 M -3.352308E+03
1.174999E+00 M -3.540389E+03
1.199999E+00 M -3.729090E+03
Main Index
596
Listing 9-3 Output for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (continued)
POINT-ID = 2
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R (SOLUTION SET)
TIME TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 M -1.064374E-01
2.500000E-02 M -3.560842E-01
5.000000E-02 M -4.877727E-01
7.500000E-02 M -4.154845E-02
1.000000E-01 M 3.323708E-01
1.250000E-01 M -9.691008E-02
1.500000E-01 M -2.032860E-01
1.750000E-01 M 1.275305E+00
2.000000E-01 M 6.706439E-01
2.250000E-01 M -1.178898E+01
2.500000E-01 M -4.526402E+01
2.750000E-01 M -1.003895E+02
3.000000E-01 M -1.690780E+02
3.250000E-01 M -2.407879E+02
3.500001E-01 M -3.066593E+02
3.750001E-01 M -3.585891E+02
4.000001E-01 M -3.884948E+02
4.250001E-01 M -3.909465E+02
4.500001E-01 M -3.655805E+02
4.750001E-01 M -3.162392E+02
5.000001E-01 M -2.493268E+02
5.250000E-01 M -1.738578E+02
5.500000E-01 M -1.010919E+02
5.750000E-01 M -4.173491E+01
6.000000E-01 M -3.091099E+00
6.249999E-01 M 1.131507E+01
6.499999E-01 M 1.337561E+00
6.749999E-01 M -2.899006E+01
6.999999E-01 M -7.137068E+01
7.249998E-01 M -1.158455E+02
7.499998E-01 M -1.537732E+02
7.749998E-01 M -1.785100E+02
7.999998E-01 M -1.854547E+02
8.249997E-01 M -1.736768E+02
8.499997E-01 M -1.469902E+02
8.749997E-01 M -1.118702E+02
8.999997E-01 M -7.460221E+01
9.249997E-01 M -4.099039E+01
9.499996E-01 M -1.669904E+01
9.749996E-01 M -5.077317E+00
9.999996E-01 M -5.044904E+00
1.025000E+00 M -1.303017E+01
1.050000E+00 M -2.611736E+01
1.075000E+00 M -4.123087E+01
1.100000E+00 M -5.318550E+01
1.125000E+00 M -5.796115E+01
1.149999E+00 M -5.749806E+01
1.174999E+00 M -5.560089E+01
1.199999E+00 M -4.667730E+01
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 597
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-3 Output for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (continued)
POINT-ID = 10
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
TIME TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 G 0.0 0.0 1.109629E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
2.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.109213E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
5.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.108986E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
7.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.109663E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.110218E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.109507E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.109184E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.111345E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
2.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.111682E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
2.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.097962E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
2.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.058320E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
2.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 9.901852E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
3.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 8.998873E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
3.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 7.962762E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
3.500001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 6.878726E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
3.750001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 5.840244E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
4.000001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.936776E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
4.250001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.216771E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
4.500001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.684155E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
4.750001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.325413E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
5.000001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.105166E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
5.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 2.932557E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
5.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 2.672145E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
5.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 2.208370E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
6.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 1.480881E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
6.249999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.576413E+01 0.0 0.0 0.0
6.499999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -8.817217E+01 0.0 0.0 0.0
6.749999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -2.509008E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
6.999999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -4.323849E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
7.249998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -6.199208E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
7.499998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -8.038803E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
7.749998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -9.777825E+02 0.0 0.0 0.0
7.999998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.136243E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
8.249997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.276920E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
8.499997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.403501E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
8.749997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.523771E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
8.999997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.645306E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
9.249997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.774612E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
9.499996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -1.917867E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
9.749996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -2.078544E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
9.999996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 -2.254974E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.025000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -2.442921E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.050000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -2.639141E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.075000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -2.839497E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -3.036692E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.125000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -3.225716E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.149999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -3.410247E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.174999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -3.596073E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.199999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 -3.776191E+03 0.0 0.0 0.0
Main Index
598
Listing 9-3 Output for Discrete Gust Response of BAH Wing (continued)
POINT-ID = 11
F O R C E S O F S I N G L E - P O I N T C O N S T R A I N T
TIME TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.578200E+05 1.502993E+05 2.403533E+05
2.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.287512E+05 1.726882E+05 1.929670E+05
5.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.919589E+05 1.331359E+05 7.908797E+04
7.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.963040E+03 9.903859E+04 3.334882E+04
1.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.918563E+05 5.519221E+04 8.505019E+04
1.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.308652E+05 -3.697446E+04 8.820973E+04
1.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.207049E+06 -9.517260E+04 -3.746379E+05
1.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.527517E+06 -1.660655E+05 -1.280005E+06
2.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.077393E+06 -9.880904E+05 6.222305E+03
2.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.816936E+07 -3.961293E+06 9.963644E+06
2.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.922163E+07 -1.005450E+07 3.548669E+07
2.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.688455E+07 -1.861299E+07 7.731285E+07
3.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.538111E+08 -2.739754E+07 1.278717E+08
3.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.090418E+08 -3.381135E+07 1.772224E+08
3.500001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.559364E+08 -3.607156E+07 2.199131E+08
3.750001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.927564E+08 -3.360202E+07 2.539551E+08
4.000001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.155180E+08 -2.702201E+07 2.748986E+08
4.250001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.159732E+08 -1.808489E+07 2.757133E+08
4.500001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.902716E+08 -9.277473E+06 2.539533E+08
4.750001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.455766E+08 -2.963214E+06 2.155412E+08
5.000001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.934463E+08 -6.313372E+05 1.692089E+08
5.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.396292E+08 -2.685184E+06 1.200098E+08
5.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.577131E+07 -8.487236E+06 7.112842E+07
5.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.860412E+07 -1.637795E+07 2.928766E+07
6.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.529455E+06 -2.398121E+07 3.332158E+06
6.249999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.721396E+06 -2.901301E+07 -2.917591E+06
6.499999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.563199E+07 -3.006750E+07 6.952157E+06
6.749999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.733358E+07 -2.682298E+07 2.715102E+07
6.999999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.573027E+07 -1.989346E+07 5.397842E+07
7.249998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.842066E+07 -1.076818E+07 8.380470E+07
7.499998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.277767E+08 -1.638552E+06 1.101674E+08
7.749998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.446556E+08 5.257225E+06 1.260394E+08
7.999998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.460436E+08 8.426425E+06 1.283763E+08
8.249997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.351522E+08 7.418438E+06 1.188569E+08
8.499997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.157641E+08 2.688167E+06 1.009524E+08
8.749997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.035278E+07 -4.500588E+06 7.787553E+07
8.999997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.260421E+07 -1.220302E+07 5.297147E+07
9.249997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.777444E+07 -1.834084E+07 3.033198E+07
9.499996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.002437E+07 -2.143002E+07 1.400410E+07
9.749996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.114935E+07 -2.087231E+07 6.330624E+06
9.999996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.106438E+07 -1.684888E+07 6.784177E+06
1.025000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.752344E+07 -1.031460E+07 1.252859E+07
1.050000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.645404E+07 -2.972595E+06 2.056996E+07
1.075000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.475611E+07 3.279618E+06 2.912948E+07
1.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.198576E+07 7.114893E+06 3.668042E+07
1.125000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.795212E+07 7.923195E+06 4.116635E+07
1.149999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.043980E+07 5.593115E+06 4.180366E+07
1.174999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.639060E+07 1.023708E+06 3.960902E+07
1.199999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.164836E+07 -2.909778E+06 3.202975E+07
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 599
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
600
The TLOAD1 1000 entry identifies the scale factor DAREA 1001, the DELAY 1002, the time-
dependent moment by the blank TYPE field, and the loading table TID 1003. DAREA 1001
specifies EPOlNT 115 as the point of load application in the Lagrange Multiplier technique, and
an aileron rotation scale factor of -1.0. DELAY 1002 defines a time delay of 0.2 seconds in order
to observe that the response has damped out at the end of the previous period in the Fourier
analysis, and to avoid having to compute the time history for a complete period.
As in the discrete gust analysis (see Example HA146A in the previous section), a square-wave
time history of the forcing function is input. The rotation is enforced for 1.0 second on the
aileron, then reversed for 1.0 second, and then returned to zero for the roll rate to damp out
reasonably well before the next period. TABLED1 1003 provides the tabular description of the
aileron input beginning with 1.0 rad for the first second and then reversing to -1.0 rad for the
next second. (Note that there is no extrapolation of tabulated data in Fourier analysis, so the
return of the aileron to 0.0 rad is implied beyond two seconds.) By the Lagrange Multiplier
method outlined above, the moment applied at EPOlNT 115 leads to the unit enforced rotation
about the aileron hinge line.
The EIGR entry specifies the modified Givens eigenvalue method MGIV and requests all
12 modes to be found and normalized on the largest element. PARAM,LMODES,12 uses all
12 modes in the response calculation. The default is to use all of the modes calculated by EIGR,
so LMODES is not needed, but it is included here to emphasize the requirement to have the
aileron mode present in the analysis because, in this example, the aileron mode has the highest
frequency. If the aileron actuator (CELAS2 3) had a lower stiffness, fewer modes could have
been used.
The FREQ1 40 entry lists the equally spaced frequencies at which the Fourier analysis is
performed. If a period of T = 5.0 seconds is assumed to be sufficient for the motion induced by
the 2.0 sec duration aileron excitation to damp out, then the frequency interval becomes
∆f = DF = 1 ⁄ T = 0.2 Hz and the number of equally spaced frequencies up to the assumed
cutoff at 10.0 Hz becomes NDF = 50.
A response record is requested up to the reversal of the aileron input at 1.20 seconds. The
Fourier analysis precedes and is independent of the output time history. The purpose of this
analysis is to solve for the steady roll rate, which is found by numerical differentiation of the
output time history. A sufficiently accurate derivative can be found using a time interval of
∆t = 0.02 sec , so TSTEP 41 prescribes N = 60 and DT = 0.02.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section contains the TITLE, SUBTITLE, LABEL,
and ECHO = BOTH. SPC = 13 selects some of the root constraints. MPC = 1 selects the
multipoint constraint equation used to represent the control surface relative motion. METHOD
= 10 selects the EIGR entry for the vibration analysis and SVEC = ALL requests the printed
eigenvectors. K2PP = ENFORCE selects the DMlG entry. SDAMP = 2000 selects g = 0.03 for
the modal damping. DLOAD = 1000 selects the hinge moment applied to the EPOlNT 115.
FREQ = 40 selects the frequency list. TSTEP = 41 selects the time history output request. DISP
= 2 selects SET 2 for printing the physical displacements of GRIDs 11 and 12. Following
OUTPUT(XYOUT) is an xy-plot request. Before the plot request are several optional statements
that define the plot frame and plot titles. An XYPLOT is requested for the wing (roll) at GRID
11 about the x-axis. The BEGIN BULK command completes the Case Control Section.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 601
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
The Executive Control Section identifies ID MSC, HA146B, which denotes Problem No. HA146B
in the Test Problem Library. TIME 10 limits the CPU time to 10.0 minutes. SOL 146 calls for the
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response DMAP sequence. The CEND statement completes the Executive
Control Section.
Output. The input control and data files are shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-4, the sorted Bulk
Data entries are in <hypertext>Listing 9-5. Selected output is shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-6
and is discussed briefly below.
The first output is the vibration frequency analysis. This is followed by the first three and the
last vibration modes. The first mode is rigid body roll with a computed zero frequency. The
second mode is first antisymmetric torsion and the third mode is first antisymmetric bending.
The twelfth mode is the aileron rotation mode with its 60.0 Hz frequency.
The third set of output is the time history of the roll maneuver, which is also plotted in
<hypertext>Figure 9-5 as represented by the bank angle of GRID 11, DOF R1. The history does
not begin at zero because no initial conditions are imposed in the Fourier analysis and the aileron
input was selected to damp to zero roll rate rather than zero bank angle. (Note, however, that
the bank angle is initially relatively constant at -0.718 rad and shows the maneuver of the
previous period to have damped out.) It is the roll rate that is of interest in this analysis rather
than the bank angle, and the roll rate can be obtained by numerical differentiation of the bank
angle time history. The roll begins at 0.2 seconds due to the delay on the TLOAD1,1000 entry.
The steady roll rate (the constant slope of the bank angle versus time curve) is achieved after 1.0
sec in <hypertext>Figure 9-5. Numerical differentiation between t = 1.18 and 1.20 sec gives a
roll rate p = 3.30 rad/sec for the unit aileron rotation δ a = 1.0 rad . With the velocity of
V = 8360 in/s and the wing semispan of b = 500 in , the steady rolling helix angle becomes
pb ⁄ 2Vδ a = 0.197 . This agrees closely with the static aeroelastic solution of Example HA144B
(p. 206), which obtained pb ⁄ 2Vδ a = 0.203 .
Figure 8-18 of Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, p. 469) is reproduced in
<hypertext>Figure 9-5 to permit a qualitative comparison between the results of the
MSC.Nastran dynamic Fourier transform solution, based on Lifting Surface Theory (DLM) at
Mach zero, and the earlier static aeroelastic results based on Strip Theory with a Prandtl-Glauert
compressibility correction. The textbook gives a pb ⁄ 2Vδ a value of 0.061, which can be
compared with the 0.197 value cited above. The textbook value can be approached by: reducing
the effectiveness of the aileron by 61.5% to match the textbook at zero dynamic pressure and by
performing the analysis at M = 0.728 , q = 5.43 psf. to match the textbook condition. With
these changes MSC.Nastran gives a steady state roll rate of 0.075.
Main Index
602
present, M = 0.0
Figure 9-5 Roll Response of Fuselage Degree of Freedom. Note that the slope of the roll
response curve is roll rate, p.
[Inset is from Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, Figure 8-18])
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 603
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
ID MSC,HA146B
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE TO A $
$ ENFORCED AILERON DEFLECTION $
$ $
$ SOLUTION TRANSIENT ANALYSIS USING $
$ DOUBLET LATTICE METHOD AERODYNAMICS $
$ AT MACH NO. OF 0.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT XY PLOT OF FUSELAGE ROLL $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ AEROELASTIC RESPONSE
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = BAH WING DYNAMIC TRANSIENT ANALYSIS HA146B
2 SUBTI = ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET LATTICE AERO
3 LABEL = ONE CYCLE OF SQUARE WAVE AILERON DEFLECTION
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 13 $ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS (ANTISYMMETRIC)
6 MPC = 1 $ CONTROL SURFACE RELATIVE MOTION
7 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED-GIVENS EIGENVALUE METHOD
8 SVEC = ALL $ PRINT VIBRATION MODES
9 K2PP = ENFORCE $ EPOINT ADDED VIA DMIG
10 SDAMP = 2000 $ STRUCTURAL DAMPING
11 DLOAD = 1000 $ LOADING
12 FREQ = 40 $ FREQUENCY LIST
13 TSTEP = 41 $ SOLUTION TIME STEPS
14 OUTPUT
15 SET 2 = 11
16 DISP = 2 $ STRUCTURAL GRID POINT DISPLACEMENTS
17 OUTPUT(XYOUT) $ XY PLOTTING PACKAGE
18 CSCALE 2.1
19 PLOTTER NASTRAN
20 CURVELINESYMBOL = 0
21 XMIN = 0.
22 XMAX = 2.0
23 XGRID LINES = YES
24 YGRID LINES = YES
25 UPPER TICS = -1
26 RIGHT TICS = -1
27 XTITLE = TIME(SECONDS)
28 TCURVE = FUSELAGE ROLL
29 YTITLE = RESPONSE OF GRID 11 R1
30 XYPLOT DISP / 11(R1)
31 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
604
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
INCLUDE BAH_STRUCT.DAT
$
INCLUDE BAH_MASS.DAT
$
INCLUDE BAH_AILERON
$
$ THE EPOINT ENTRY DEFINES AN "EXTRA" POINT IN THE STRUCTURAL MODEL.
$ THIS ONE REPRESENTS A LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER FOR THE AILERON HINGE MOMENT.
$
EPOINT 115
$
$
$ TABDMP1 DEFINES DAMPING COEFFICIENTS (G1) VERSES FREQUENCY (F1).
$ (3 PERCENT STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS SPECIFIED OVER THE ENTIRE FREQUENCY
$ RANGE. VALUES ARE LINEARLY INTERPOLATED AND EXTRAPOLATED. A 3
$ PERCENT STRUCTURAL DAMPING IS ROUGHLY EQUIVALENT TO 1.5 PERCENT
$ CRITICAL DAMPING).
$
$ ID TYPE
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 "ENDT"
+T2000 0. .03 10. .03 ENDT
$
$ * * CONSTRAINTS * *
$
$ THE SPC ENTRY CONSTRAINS DOFS.
$
$ SID G C D
SPC 13 11 35
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * *
$
$ (LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM)
$
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * *
$
$ THE AERO ENTRY DEFINES BASIC AERODYNAMIC PARAMETERS. ACSID IS THE
$ AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM. VELOCITY. REFC IS THE REFERENECE
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM. RHOREF IS REFERENCE DENSITY. SYMXZ AND
$ SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS.
$
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 8360. 131.232 1.1468-7-1
$
INCLUDE BAH_AERO58.DAT
$
$ PARAM,Q SPECIFIES DYNAMIC PRESSURE.
$
PARAM Q 4.00747
$
$ THE SPLINE1 ENTRY SPECIFIES A SURFACE SPLINE FOR INTERPOLATION
$ OVER A REGION (BOX1 THRU BOX2) OF A CAERO PANEL AND THE
$ STRUCTURAL GRIDS LISTED ON A SET1 FLAGGED BY SETG. DZ IS
$ A LINEAR ATTACHMENT FLEXIBLITY.
$
$ EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ
SPLINE1 104 2001 2005 2018 15
$
$ THE SET1 ENTRY DEFINES THE STRUCTURAL GRID POINTS USED FOR
$ INTERPOLATION BY THE SPLINE.
$
$ SID G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6
SET1 15 8 10 12
$
$ THE MKAERO1 ENTRY DEFINES COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED
$ FREQUENCY EACH OF WHICH WILL BE USED TO GENERATE A MATRIX OF
$ GENERALIZED AERODYNAMIC FORCES.
$
$ M1 M2 M3 M4 ETC
MKAERO1 0.0 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 ETC
+MK 0.001 0.02 0.10 0.50
$
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 605
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
606
Listing 9-5 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Transient Aileron Roll
BAH WING DYNAMIC TRANSIENT ANALYSIS HA146B PAGE 12
ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET LATTICE AERO
ONE CYCLE OF SQUARE WAVE AILERON DEFLECTION
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 1 0. .09 .21 .33 .45 .56 .66 +AE1
2- +AE1 .74
3- AEFACT 2 .74 .82 .90 .974
4- AEFACT 3 .974 1.00
5- AEFACT 4 0. .1875 .375 .625 .750 .875 1.00
6- AERO 1 8360. 131.232 1.1468-7-1
7- CAERO1 1001 1000 0 5 1 1 +CA1
8- +CA1 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
9- CAERO1 2001 1000 0 2 4 1 +CA2
10- +CA2 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
11- CAERO1 3001 1000 0 5 3 1 +CA3
12- +CA3 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
13- CELAS2 3 5142661.12 5
14- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
15- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
16- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
17- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
18- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
19- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
20- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
21- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
22- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
23- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
24- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
25- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
26- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
27- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
28- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
29- CONM1 1 11 +51
30- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
31- +52 4.35+09
32- CONM1 2 12 +AIL1
33- +AIL1 0.0 0.0 +AIL2
34- +AIL2 13970.5
35- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
36- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
37- DAREA 1001 115 0 -1.0
38- DELAY 1002 115 0 .2
39- DMIG ENFORCE 0 1 1 0
40- DMIG ENFORCE 12 5 115 0 1.
41- DMIG ENFORCE 115 0 12 5 -1.
42- EIGR 10 MGIV 12 +EIGR
43- +EIGR MAX
44- EPOINT 115
45- FREQ1 40 0. .2 50
46- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
47- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
48- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
49- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
50- +04 11 6 +05
51- +05 Z 8.7172-61.3361-61.2778-56.2720-61.6251-51.0492-52.0478-5+06
52- +06 1.5630-52.4285-52.0403-53.0861-56.2720-63.2297-51.0492-53.3529-5+07
53- +07 1.5630-53.5021-52.0257-53.5785-52.7732-51.5726-54.8255-53.7628-5+08
54- +08 7.3284-56.4338-59.5810-58.8378-56.3749-53.7628-58.0136-56.4338-5+09
55- +09 1.0012-48.8378-51.1811-41.2758-41.1344-41.9350-41.8160-42.5283-4+10
56- +10 2.4294-41.6999-41.8160-42.2920-42.4294-42.8249-43.6862-43.5052-4+11
57- +11 5.2675-45.1171-44.2292-45.1171-45.7187-48.4840-48.2340-49.2340-4+12
58- +12 S 1.0 90.0 -20.25 45.0 1.0 90.0 81.0 +13
59- +13 45.0 1.0 186.0 -17.85 141.0 1.0 186.0 71.4 +14
60- +14 141.0 1.0 268.0 -15.80 223.0 1.0 268.0 63.2 +15
61- +15 223.0 1.0 368.0 -13.30 323.0 1.0 368.0 53.2 +16
62- +16 323.0 1.0 458.0 -11.05 413.0 1.0 458.0 44.2 +17
63- +17 413.0
64- GRID 1 20.25 90. 12456
65- GRID 2 -81. 90. 12456
66- GRID 3 17.85 186. 12456
67- GRID 4 -71.4 186. 12456
68- GRID 5 15.8 268. 12456
69- GRID 6 -63.2 268. 12456
70- GRID 7 13.3 368. 12456
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 607
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-5 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Transient Aileron Roll (continued)
71- GRID 8 -53.2 368. 12456
72- GRID 9 11.05 458. 12456
73- GRID 10 -44.2 458. 12456
74- GRID 11 0.0 0. 126
75- GRID 12 -86.45 368. 1246
76- MKAERO1 0.0 +MK
77- +MK 0.001 0.02 0.10 0.50
78- MPC 1 12 3 -1.0 8 3 1.5 +MPC1
79- +MPC1 7 3 -0.5 12 5 33.25
80- PAERO1 1000
81- PARAM GRDPNT 11
82- PARAM LMODES 12
83- PARAM Q 4.00747
84- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
85- SET1 14 1 THRU 11
86- SET1 15 8 10 12
87- SPC 13 11 35
88- SPLINE1 104 2001 2005 2018 15
89- SPLINE2 101 1001 1001 1035 14 0. 1. 0 +SP1
90- +SP1 -1.0 -1.0
91- SPLINE2 102 2001 2001 2016 14 0. 1. 0 +SP2
92- +SP2 -1.0 -1.0
93- SPLINE2 103 3001 3001 3005 14 0. 1. 0 +SP3
94- +SP3 -1.0 -1.0
95- TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
96- +T2000 0. .03 10. .03 ENDT
97- TABLED1 1003 +T1003
98- +T1003 0. 1. 1. 1. 1. -1. 2. -1. +T1003A
99- +T1003A ENDT
100- TLOAD1 1000 1001 1002 1003
101- TSTEP 41 60 .02 1
ENDDATA
Main Index
608
R E A L E I G E N V A L U E S
MODE EXTRACTION EIGENVALUE RADIANS CYCLES GENERALIZED GENERALIZED
NO. ORDER MASS STIFFNESS
1 1 -6.892265E-13 8.301967E-07 1.321299E-07 1.667624E+01 -1.149371E-11
2 2 4.945913E+02 2.223941E+01 3.539512E+00 4.167461E+01 2.061190E+04
3 3 8.508833E+02 2.916990E+01 4.642534E+00 7.082290E+00 6.026202E+03
4 4 4.434137E+03 6.658932E+01 1.059802E+01 5.831286E+00 2.585672E+04
5 5 8.732797E+03 9.344943E+01 1.487294E+01 4.022015E+00 3.512344E+04
6 7 1.501493E+04 1.225354E+02 1.950212E+01 1.220782E+02 1.832996E+06
7 9 1.766970E+04 1.329274E+02 2.115605E+01 3.908876E+00 6.906864E+04
8 8 2.409598E+04 1.552288E+02 2.470543E+01 3.522202E+00 8.487088E+04
9 11 4.211864E+04 2.052283E+02 3.266309E+01 3.142603E+00 1.323622E+05
10 10 6.020845E+04 2.453741E+02 3.905250E+01 1.016245E+00 6.118652E+04
11 6 9.304316E+04 3.050298E+02 4.854699E+01 8.852293E+00 8.236453E+05
12 12 1.420885E+05 3.769462E+02 5.999286E+01 3.619337E+01 5.142661E+06
EIGENVALUE = -6.892265E-13
CYCLES = 1.321299E-07 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 1
EIGENVALUE = 4.945913E+02
CYCLES = 3.539512E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 2
EIGENVALUE = 8.508833E+02
CYCLES = 4.642534E+00 R E A L E I G E N V E C T O R N O . 3
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 609
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
POINT-ID = 11
D I S P L A C E M E N T V E C T O R
TIME TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.184407E-01 0.0 0.0
2.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.183016E-01 0.0 0.0
4.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.187638E-01 0.0 0.0
6.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.193694E-01 0.0 0.0
8.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.196903E-01 0.0 0.0
1.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.199214E-01 0.0 0.0
1.200000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.205878E-01 0.0 0.0
1.400000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.216198E-01 0.0 0.0
1.600000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.220712E-01 0.0 0.0
1.800000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.211820E-01 0.0 0.0
2.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.196965E-01 0.0 0.0
2.200000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.195845E-01 0.0 0.0
2.400000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.218282E-01 0.0 0.0
2.600000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.242953E-01 0.0 0.0
2.800000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.221243E-01 0.0 0.0
3.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.107134E-01 0.0 0.0
3.200000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.887337E-01 0.0 0.0
3.400000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.585693E-01 0.0 0.0
3.600000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.242192E-01 0.0 0.0
3.800001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.890207E-01 0.0 0.0
4.000001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.550677E-01 0.0 0.0
4.200001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.237980E-01 0.0 0.0
4.400001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.959850E-01 0.0 0.0
4.600001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.706734E-01 0.0 0.0
4.800001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.445662E-01 0.0 0.0
5.000001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.132899E-01 0.0 0.0
5.200001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.738612E-01 0.0 0.0
5.400001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.261797E-01 0.0 0.0
5.600001E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.723936E-01 0.0 0.0
5.800000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.152457E-01 0.0 0.0
6.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.572284E-01 0.0 0.0
6.200000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.008229E-01 0.0 0.0
6.400000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.846819E-02 0.0 0.0
6.600000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.387435E-03 0.0 0.0
6.799999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.169792E-02 0.0 0.0
6.999999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.425930E-02 0.0 0.0
7.199999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.299640E-01 0.0 0.0
7.399999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.808141E-01 0.0 0.0
7.599999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.370085E-01 0.0 0.0
7.799999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.980180E-01 0.0 0.0
7.999998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.631130E-01 0.0 0.0
8.199998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.307511E-01 0.0 0.0
8.399998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.981631E-01 0.0 0.0
8.599998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.624685E-01 0.0 0.0
8.799998E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.225913E-01 0.0 0.0
8.999997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.799052E-01 0.0 0.0
9.199997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.367909E-01 0.0 0.0
9.399997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.947523E-01 0.0 0.0
9.599997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.541449E-01 0.0 0.0
9.799997E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.153894E-01 0.0 0.0
9.999996E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.795661E-01 0.0 0.0
1.020000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.047222E+00 0.0 0.0
1.040000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.116904E+00 0.0 0.0
1.060000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.185737E+00 0.0 0.0
1.080000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.251923E+00 0.0 0.0
1.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.316347E+00 0.0 0.0
1.120000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.381208E+00 0.0 0.0
1.140000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.447247E+00 0.0 0.0
1.159999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.513113E+00 0.0 0.0
1.179999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.577945E+00 0.0 0.0
1.199999E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.643943E+00 0.0 0.0
Main Index
610
2
ω ( ft/s )
φ ---- = ------------------------------------------- ---------------
0.060
Eq. 9-1
V ω rad/ft
2
0.000004 + ----
V
in which V is in ft/s, and in this example V = 475 mph = 696.67 ft/s . This spectrum results in
a mean square gust velocity of
∞ ω ω
∫0 φ ---V- d ---V-
2 2
wG = = 15π = 47.12 ( ft/s ) Eq. 9-2
2
wG 0.008
S a ( f ) = -------- ------------------------------------------------ Eq. 9-3
V 2πf 2
0.000004 + ---------
V
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 611
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Because this empirical gust spectrum is not a standard form in MSC.Nastran (the Dryden and
von Kármán forms are standard and are specified via the TABRNDG entry), it must be input in
the tabular format using TABRND1. This input provides the frequency content of the gust for
the random analysis in a format similar to that of the gust profile provided for the gust time
history of the discrete gust transient analysis.
The GUST 3002 entry specifies some of the gust characteristics. The DLOAD field refers to the
RLOAD1 3002 entry, the scale factor (angle of attack) of the gust WG (gust velocity/forward
velocity) is set to 1.0/V for an assumed unit gust velocity amplitude, the reference station for the
gust X0 does not apply in this frequency response analysis and is selected as 0.0. The velocity is
8360 in/s. The RLOAD1 3002 entry refers to the DAREA 3003 entry that is a required entry
although its scale factor is not used in the gust analysis (see Remark 5 on DAREA entry);
however, in this case DAREA is used to apply the spectrum to an EPOINT for the special
purpose discussed below. The RLOAD1 entry also refers to the TABLED1 3004, which provides
the unit gust frequency response up to the cutoff frequency of 10.0 Hz.
Random Response. The RANDPS 1031 entry specifies the PSD for the random analysis called
out by the command RANDOM = 1031 in the Case Control section. MSC.Nastran Random
Analysis permits subcases for different excited (J) and applied (K) load sets, but for the gust
analysis only an autospectral density is available so the J = K = 1 on the RANDPS entry. It
selects the TABRDN1 1032 entry that defines the PSD of the source (the gust) with a unit real
2
coefficient G = X + iY = 1.0 + i0.0. The PSD of the gust is defined in a tabular format with
frequencies ranging from 0.0 to the cutoff at f co = 10.0 Hz .
The MKAERO1 entry selects the Mach numbers and reduced frequencies used in generating the
aerodynamic matrices. The Mach number is 0.62 and the reduced frequencies, k = 0.001 , 0.02 ,
0.10 , and 0.50 , are selected to cover the range of vibration frequencies up to 10.0 Hz .
The PARAM,GUSTAERO,-1 entry is required to obtain the aerodynamic loads for the one-
dimensional harmonic gust field in addition to the aerodynamic loads caused by the vibrating
structure. When there are no gust loads, neither the PARAM,GUSTAERO nor the GUST entry
are required. SOL 146 also requires the flight condition data of Mach number and dynamic
pressure as parameters: PARAM,MACH,0.62 and PARAM,Q,4.000747.
The EIGR entry selects the GlVENS method (GIV) for determining the 11 vibration modes used
in the modal formulation. These modes are the same modes selected and discussed in the
discrete gust Example HA146A.
The BAH wing is free to plunge vertically, and this degree of freedom results in a frequency
response to the harmonic gust field that should be zero at zero frequency. This limit cannot be
achieved in MSC.Nastran for numerical reasons, so the lower frequency is selected as 0.001 Hz
on the FREQ 40 entry. The remaining frequencies are equally spaced, as is recommended in the
Fourier solution, using the FREQ1 40 entry that selects 79 equally spaced frequencies with an
interval of ∆f = 0.125 Hz from f = 0.125 up to 10.0Hz .
The turbulence PSD selected for the random response analysis is not automatically output by
MSC.Nastran, and a number of additional entries are required. An extra point EPOINT 50 is
introduced and incorporated into the stiffness matrix by means of a DMIG entry. The DMIG
STIFF entry adds a value of 1.0 to the structural stiffness matrix and represents the stiffness at
Main Index
612
the extra point. EPOINT 50 is independent of and not connected to the rest of the model. Its ID
must be selected less than the lowest numbered CAERO entry, i.e., 1001. A unit load amplitude
for all frequencies is applied to EPOINT 50 by means of RLOAD1 3002 and of DAREA 3003,
which selects EPOINT 50 as the degree of freedom loaded by the unit loading condition in
TABLED1 3004. This results in a unit displacement for EPOINT 50. This technique can also be
used to output the conventional MSC.Nastran gust PSDs that may be selected on the TABRNDG
entry. The ENDDATA entry completes the Bulk Data Section.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section contains the TITLE, SUBTITLE, and
LABEL commands. ECHO = BOTH echoes back all of the Bulk Data in annotated and sorted
formats. SPC = 14 selects the symmetric boundary condition. METHOD = 10 selects the ElGR
entry for determining the vibration modes. SDAMP = 2000 selects the modal damping. FREQ
= 40 selects the frequency set for which the frequency response calculations are performed.
RANDOM = 1031 specifies that this is a random analysis and refers to the RANDPS entry. K2PP
= STIFF refers to the DMlG entry with the same name and specifies that the EPOINT 50 augment
the stiffness matrix. OUTPUT heads the requests for print and plot data. The SDISP(PLOT) = 1
and DlSP(PLOT) = 1 specifies the displacements to be determined for EPOINT 50; both of these
requests are necessary to print and plot the power spectrum of the gust. SPCF(PHASE) = 3, SET
3 = 11 causes the magnitude and phase of the constraint forces to be generated.
SUBCASE 1 is the only loading condition and is referenced by the Bulk Data entry
RANDPS 1031. The GUST = 3002 command identifies the gust and the DLOAD = 3002
command selects RLOAD1 3002, which applies the unit load to EPOINT 50.
Following the OUTPUT(XYOUT) command are the xy-output requests. (The user is referred to
Section 13.3 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual for xy-output.) Preceding the first xy-output
request are several optional statements that define the plot frames and titles. Then, xy-plots are
requested for the wing root bending moment with the magnitude and phase on the same page
by XYPLOT SPCF/11(R3RM,R3IP). The next xy-output request is for the print and plot of the
PSD for the wing root bending moment by XYPRINT,XYPLOT SPCF PSDF/11(R3). The last two
xy-output requests are for the print and plot of the displacement PSD for EPOINT 50 by
XYPRINT,XYPLOT SDISP PSDF/50(T1)and XYPRINT,XYPLOT DISP PSDF/50(T1). Both
requests are necessary to obtain the desired PSD check. This generates the the PSD of the
atmospheric turbulence as input on the TABRND1 entry. However, this technique leads to a
number of user warning messages from the PLOT module indicating that some plots are not
generated. These messages can safely be ignored. The BEGIN BULK command completes the
Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section begins with the identification ID MSC, HA146C, which denotes
Problem No. HA146C in the Test Problem Library. TIME 10 limits the CPU time to 10.0 minutes.
SOL 146 calls for the Dynamic Aeroelastic Response DMAP sequence. The CEND statement
completes the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data are shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-7 followed by the sorted Bulk Data
entries in <hypertext>Listing 9-8. Selected items in the printed output are shown in
<hypertext>Listing 9-9. The requested xy-plots are shown in the <hypertext>Figure 9-6 through
<hypertext>Figure 9-9.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 613
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
The first output listed is the symmetric vibration analysis. All 11 modes are calculated for
formulating the modal matrices. They are the rigid body plunge mode and the 10 elastic modes.
Next is the XY-OUTPUT SUMMARY for the input PSDF. The curve ID is 50(3) referring to
EPOINT 50, component 3; the component 3 corresponds to the 50(T1) request according to the
Item Code in “<hypertext>Plotting” on page 501 of the <emphasis>MSC.Nastran Reference
Guide. The summary includes the RMS value of 0.995306 and the mean frequency of zero
crossings N0 = 1.177425 Hz. The RMS value should be unity, as discussed above, but is slightly
less because of the 10.0 Hz cutoff frequency.
The third output shown is the input power spectrum, again labeled Curve ID = 50, component 3.
This is the input on TABRND1 1032 except for the initial interpolated value at f = 0.001 Hz . The
input PSDF is also plotted in <hypertext>Figure 9-6.
The COMPLEX FORCES OF SINGLE POINT CONSTRAINT output is the frequency response
of the constraint forces at GRID 11 due to the gust and is printed next. The constraint forces are
presented in polar format as magnitude and phase. GRID 11 degree of freedom R3 is a
nonstandard degree of freedom as defined by the GENEL element and represents the wing root
Main Index
614
bending moment at the side of the fuselage. (Note: GRID 11, R1 is the bending moment at the
airplane centerline, and GRID 11, R2 is the root torque.) The magnitude and phase of the wing
root bending moment are plotted in the split frames of <hypertext>Figure 9-7.
The next XY-OUTPUT SUMMARY is for Curve ID 11(8), which is the Item Code for degree of
freedom R3 (see “<hypertext>Plotting” on page 501 of the <emphasis>MSC.Nastran Reference
Guide). The RMS value of the root bending moment is 20,501.9 in-lb for the unit gust rms
velocity w G , and the mean frequency of zero crossings is N 0 = 1.620235 Hz .
The last printed output is the PSDF of the root bending moment. It is also plotted along with
results obtained from a textbook, in <hypertext>Figure 9-8.
The frequency response of the mean square root bending moment here is obtained by rerunning
this example with the input PSDF in TABRND1 1032 changed to a unit spectrum. Then the
output PSDF is the desired frequency response function, i.e., the mean square of the root
bending moment and is plotted along with textbook results, in <hypertext>Figure 9-9.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 615
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
4.0
3.6
3.2
MSC.Nastran
BAH (1955) Flexible
2.8
8
BAH (1955) Rigid
S j ( ω ) ( in/s ) ⁄ Hz × 10
2.4
2.0
2
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency, Hz
Figure 9-8 Power Spectral Density Function of Wing Root Bending Moment
The earlier solution of Bisplinghoff, Ashley, and Halfman (1955, pp. 693, 694) is plotted in
Figure 10-26 of that textbook as the frequency response of the mean square root bending
moment (called the admittance function in the text), and in Figure 10-27 of that same text as the
power spectrum of the root bending moment. These two textbook plots are scaled and added to
<hypertext>Figure 9-9 and <hypertext>Figure 9-8, respectively, in this guide for comparisons to
the present solution.
Main Index
616
MSC.Nastran
5 BAH (1955) Flexible
BAH (1955) Rigid
4
2 2 9
H ja M
= --------- × 10
-
WG 3
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Frequency, Hz
The computed results for the two solutions can be compared by calculating A , the ratio of the
root mean square of the response to the input. The textbook solution for the elastic airplane is
2
root mean square of bending moment, M (elastic)
A = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 16,035 lb-sec Eq. 9-5
2
root mean square of gust input, wg
while the present solution is A = 20,502 lb-sec . The present solution also obtained the mean
frequency N 0 = 1.620 Hz . The ratio of N 0 to the airspeed becomes
N0 1.620 crossings/sec
------- = ---------------------------------- = 0.002325 ------------------------------- Eq. 9-6
V 475 × 88 ⁄ 60 ft/s
or, in perhaps more meaningful units, 12.28 crossings per mile of travel.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 617
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC,HA146C
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ USING A STIFF AILERON. SYMMETRIC $
$ RESPONSE TO A RANDOM GUST. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION TRANSIENT ANALYSIS USING THE $
$ DOUBLET-LATTICE METHOD AERODYNAMICS $
$ AT MACH NO. OF 0.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT XY PLOTS OF MODAL AND GRID POINT $
$ DISPLACEMENTS $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ DYNAMIC AEROELASTIC RESPONSE
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = BAH JET TRANSPORT WING DYNAMIC ANALYSIS HA146C
2 SUBTI = SYMMETRIC RESPONSE, 5 STRIPS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
3 LABEL = RESPONSE TO A RANDOM GUST
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 14 $ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS (SYMMETRIC, NO PITCH)
6 METHOD = 10 $ GIVENS EIGENVALUE METHOD
7 SDAMP = 2000 $ STRUCTURAL DAMPING (3 PERCENT SPECIFIED)
8 FREQ = 40 $ FREQUENCY LIST
9 RANDOM = 1031 $ EMPIRICAL PSDF TABULATED
10 K2PP = STIFF $ DMIG STIFFNESS
11 OUTPUT
12 SET 1 = 50
13 SET 3 = 11
14 DISP(PLOT) = 1 $ DISP AND SDISP ARE REQUIRED FOR PSD PLOTS OF DISP
15 SDISP(PLOT) = 1
16 SPCF(PHASE) = 3 $ XY PLOTTING PACKAGE
17 SUBCASE 1
18 LABEL = RANDOM GUST ANALYSIS
19 GUST = 3002 $ APPLY THE RANDOM GUST
20 DLOAD = 3002 $ APPLY LOAD TO EPOINT TO GET PSD OF GUST
21 OUTPUT(XYOUT) $ FREQ RESP PACKAGE (COMPLEX NUMBERS)
22 CSCALE 2.0
23 PLOTTER = NASTRAN
24 $
25 $ *** THIS APPLIES TO SPLIT FRAMES ***
26 $
27 TRIGHT TICS = -1
28 BRIGHT TICS = -1
29 XTGRID = YES
30 YTGRID = YES
31 XBGRID = YES
32 YBGRID = YES
33 YTTITLE = MAGNITUDE
34 YBTITLE = PHASE
Main Index
618
35 $
36 $ *** THIS SECTION APPLIES TO WHOLE FRAMES ***
37 $
38 UPPER TICS = -1
39 RIGHT TICS = -1
40 XGRID LINES = YES
41 YGRID LINES = YES
42 YTITLE = RESPONSE
43 $
44 $ *** THIS SECTION APPLIES TO ALL FRAMES ***
45 $
46 XTITLE = FREQUENCY (HZ)
47 CURVELINESYMBOL = 6
48 $
49 $ *** FREQUENCY RESPONSE PLOT REQUESTS ***
50 $
51 TCURVE = WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT, GRID 11(R3)
52 XYPLOT SPCF / 11(R3RM,R3IP)
53 $
54 $ *** RANDOM ANALYSIS OUTPUT REQUESTS ***
55 $
56 TCURVE = POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY FUNCTION
57 YTITLE = WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT PSD, 11(R3)
58 XYPRINT,XYPLOT SPCF PSDF / 11(R3)
59 $
60 TCURVE = POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY FUNCTION
61 YTITLE = GUST PSD USING EPOINT 50 FOR OUTPUT
62 XYPRINT,XYPLOT SDISP PSDF / 50(T1)
63 XYPRINT,XYPLOT DISP PSDF / 50(T1)
64 $
65 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 619
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
$
$ SID P C A
DAREA 3003 50 1.
$
$ TABLED1 DEFINES A TABULAR FUNCTION OF A FREQUENCY-DEPENDENT LOAD.
$
$ SID
TABLED1 3004 +T1004
$ X1 Y1 X2 Y2 ETC.
+T1004 0. 1. 10. 1. ENDT
$
$ RANDPS DEFINES POWER SPECTRAL DENISITY FACTORS FOR RANDOM
$ ANALYSIS. LISTED ARE EXCITED AND APPLIED LOAD SET IDS AND
$ THEIR SCALE FACTORS.
$
$ SID J K X Y TID
RANDPS 1031 1 1 1.0 0.0 1032
$
$ TABRND1 IS THE POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY TABLE.
$
TABRND1 1032 +001
+001 0.00 2.8708+0 0.25 1.2641+0 0.50 4.7188-1 0.75 2.3080-1+002
+002 1.00 1.3456-1 1.25 8.7595-2 1.50 6.1402-2 1.75 4.5369-2+003
+003 2.00 3.4865-2 2.25 2.7618-2 2.50 2.2412-2 2.75 1.8547-2+004
+004 3.00 1.5601-2 3.25 1.3304-2 3.50 1.1478-2 3.75 1.0004-2+005
+005 4.00 8.7964-3 4.25 7.7947-3 4.50 6.9547-3 4.75 6.2434-3+006
+006 5.00 5.6359-3 5.25 5.1128-3 5.50 4.6593-3 5.75 4.2636-3+007
+007 6.00 3.9162-3 6.25 3.6095-3 6.50 3.3375-3 6.75 3.0951-3+008
+008 7.00 2.8782-3 7.25 2.6833-3 7.50 2.5076-3 7.75 2.3485-3+009
+009 8.00 2.2042-3 8.25 2.0727-3 8.50 1.9526-3 8.75 1.8427-3+010
+010 9.00 1.7418-3 9.25 1.6490-3 9.50 1.5634-3 9.75 1.4843-3+011
+011 10.00 1.4440-3 ENDT
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * *
$
$ (THIS MODEL USES THE LB-IN-SEC SYSTEM)
$
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * *
$
$ THE AERO ENTRY DEFINES BASIC AERODYNAMIC PARAMETERS. ACSID IS THE
$ AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM. VELOCITY. REFC IS THE REFERENECE
$ COORDINATE SYSTEM. RHOREF IS REFERENCE DENSITY. SYMXZ AND
$ SYMXY ARE SYMMETRY KEYS.
$
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 8360. 131.232 1.1468-71
$
INCLUDE BAH_AERO5.DAT
$
$ THE MKAERO1 ENTRY DEFINES COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED
$ FREQUENCY EACH OF WHICH WILL BE USED TO GENERATE A MATRIX OF
$ GENERALIZED AERODYNAMIC FORCES.
$
$ M1 M2 M3 M4 ETC
MKAERO1 .62 +MK
$ K1 K2 K3 K4 ETC
+MK 0.001 0.02 0.10 0.50
$
$ PARAM,GUSTAERO,-1 IS REQUIRED IF GUST LOADS ARE TO BE COMPUTED.
$
PARAM GUSTAERO -1
$
$ PARAM,M SPECIFIES MACH NUMBER.
$
PARAM M 0.62
$
$ PARAM,Q SPECIFIES DYNAMIC PRESSURE.
$
PARAM Q 4.00747
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Main Index
620
$
$ * * VIBRATION AND FREQUENCY RESPONSE DATA * *
$
$ EIGR DEFINES EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION DATA. LISTED ARE THE
$ EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION METHOD, FREQUENCY RANGE, NUMBER OF
$ EXPECTED AND DESIRED ROOTS AND THE METHOD OF NORMALIZATION.
$
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NE ND
EIGR 10 GIV 0. 1. 11 +EIGR
+EIGR MAX
$
$ FREQ AND FREQ1 DEFINE THE SET OF FREQUENCIES USED TO OBTAIN
$ THE FREQUENCY RESPONSE SOLUTION. FREQ LISTS ARBITRARILY
$ SPACED FREQUENCIES. FREQ1 PROVIDES EQUALLY SPACED FREQUENCIES
$ BY SPECIFYING THE STARTING FREQUENCY, THE FREQUENCY INCREMENT
$ AND NUMBER OF INCREMENTS.
$
$ SID F1 F2 F3 ETC
FREQ 40 0.001
$
$ SID F1 DF NDF
FREQ1 40 .125 .125 79
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$
$ THE EPOINT ENTRY DEFINES AN "EXTRA" POINT IN THE MODEL.
$
EPOINT 50
$
$ DISJOINT DOF ADDED TO THE STRUCTURAL STIFFNESS MATRIX
$ WHICH IS USED TO CHECK THE INPUT GUST PSD.
$
$ NAME "0" IFO TIN TOUT POLAR NCOL
DMIG STIFF 0 6 1 0
DMIG STIFF 50 0 50 0 1.
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 360
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 621
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-8 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Random Gust Response
BAH JET TRANSPORT WING DYNAMIC ANALYSIS HA146C PAGE 12
SYMMETRIC RESPONSE, 5 STRIPS, DOUBLET-LATTICE AERO
RESPONSE TO A RANDOM GUST
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 77 .0 .09 .276 .454 .636 .826 1.0
2- AERO 1 8360. 131.232 1.1468-71
3- CAERO1 1001 1000 0 4 77 1 +CA1
4- +CA1 78.75 0.0 0.0 225.0 35.0 500.0 0.0 100.0
5- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
6- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
7- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
8- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
9- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
10- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
11- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
12- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
13- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
14- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
15- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
16- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
17- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
18- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
19- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
20- CONM1 1 11 +51
21- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
22- +52 4.35+09
23- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
24- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
25- DAREA 3003 50 1.
26- DMIG STIFF 0 6 1 0
27- DMIG STIFF 50 0 50 0 1.
28- EIGR 10 GIV 0. 1. 11 +EIGR
29- +EIGR MAX
30- EPOINT 50
31- FREQ 40 0.001
32- FREQ1 40 .125 .125 79
33- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
34- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
35- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
36- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
37- +04 11 6 +05
38- +05 Z 8.7172-61.3361-61.2778-56.2720-61.6251-51.0492-52.0478-5+06
39- +06 1.5630-52.4285-52.0403-53.0861-56.2720-63.2297-51.0492-53.3529-5+07
40- +07 1.5630-53.5021-52.0257-53.5785-52.7732-51.5726-54.8255-53.7628-5+08
41- +08 7.3284-56.4338-59.5810-58.8378-56.3749-53.7628-58.0136-56.4338-5+09
42- +09 1.0012-48.8378-51.1811-41.2758-41.1344-41.9350-41.8160-42.5283-4+10
43- +10 2.4294-41.6999-41.8160-42.2920-42.4294-42.8249-43.6862-43.5052-4+11
44- +11 5.2675-45.1171-44.2292-45.1171-45.7187-48.4840-48.2340-49.2340-4+12
45- +12 S 1.0 90.0 -20.25 45.0 1.0 90.0 81.0 +13
46- +13 45.0 1.0 186.0 -17.85 141.0 1.0 186.0 71.4 +14
47- +14 141.0 1.0 268.0 -15.80 223.0 1.0 268.0 63.2 +15
48- +15 223.0 1.0 368.0 -13.30 323.0 1.0 368.0 53.2 +16
49- +16 323.0 1.0 458.0 -11.05 413.0 1.0 458.0 44.2 +17
50- +17 413.0
51- GRID 1 20.25 90. 12456
52- GRID 2 -81. 90. 12456
53- GRID 3 17.85 186. 12456
54- GRID 4 -71.4 186. 12456
55- GRID 5 15.8 268. 12456
56- GRID 6 -63.2 268. 12456
57- GRID 7 13.3 368. 12456
58- GRID 8 -53.2 368. 12456
59- GRID 9 11.05 458. 12456
60- GRID 10 -44.2 458. 12456
61- GRID 11 0.0 0. 126
62- GUST 3002 3002 1.1962-40. 8360.
63- MKAERO1 .62 +MK
64- +MK 0.001 0.02 0.10 0.50
65- PAERO1 1000
66- PARAM GRDPNT 11
67- PARAM GUSTAERO-1
68- PARAM M 0.62
69- PARAM Q 4.00747
70- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
Main Index
622
Listing 9-8 Sorted Bulk Data Entries for Random Gust Response (continued)
71- RANDPS 1031 1 1 1.0 0.0 1032
72- RLOAD1 3002 3003 3004
73- SET1 14 1 THRU 11
74- SPC 14 11 45
75- SPLINE2 100 1001 1005 1024 14 0.0 1.0 0 +SP100
76- +SP100 -1.0 -1.0
77- TABDMP1 2000 +TABDMP
78- +TABDMP 0. .03 10. .03 ENDT
79- TABLED1 3004 +T1004
80- +T1004 0. 1. 10. 1. ENDT
81- TABRND1 1032 +001
82- +001 0.00 2.8708+00.25 1.2641+00.50 4.7188-10.75 2.3080-1+002
83- +002 1.00 1.3456-11.25 8.7595-21.50 6.1402-21.75 4.5369-2+003
84- +003 2.00 3.4865-22.25 2.7618-22.50 2.2412-22.75 1.8547-2+004
85- +004 3.00 1.5601-23.25 1.3304-23.50 1.1478-23.75 1.0004-2+005
86- +005 4.00 8.7964-34.25 7.7947-34.50 6.9547-34.75 6.2434-3+006
87- +006 5.00 5.6359-35.25 5.1128-35.50 4.6593-35.75 4.2636-3+007
88- +007 6.00 3.9162-36.25 3.6095-36.50 3.3375-36.75 3.0951-3+008
89- +008 7.00 2.8782-37.25 2.6833-37.50 2.5076-37.75 2.3485-3+009
90- +009 8.00 2.2042-38.25 2.0727-38.50 1.9526-38.75 1.8427-3+010
91- +010 9.00 1.7418-39.25 1.6490-39.50 1.5634-39.75 1.4843-3+011
92- +011 10.00 1.4440-3ENDT
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 93
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 623
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
P R I N T E D D A T A F O R T H I S C U R V E F O L L O W S
DISPLACEMENT CURVE ID = 50 COMPONENT = 3 WHOLE FRAME
PRINT NUMBER X-VALUE Y-VALUE
1 1.000000E-03 2.864373E+00
2 1.250000E-01 2.067450E+00
3 2.500000E-01 1.264100E+00
4 3.750000E-01 8.679900E-01
5 5.000000E-01 4.718800E-01
6 6.250000E-01 3.513400E-01
7 7.500000E-01 2.308000E-01
8 8.749999E-01 1.826800E-01
9 1.000000E+00 1.345600E-01
10 1.125000E+00 1.110775E-01
11 1.250000E+00 8.759500E-02
12 1.375000E+00 7.449849E-02
13 1.500000E+00 6.140199E-02
14 1.625000E+00 5.338550E-02
15 1.750000E+00 4.536900E-02
16 1.875000E+00 4.011700E-02
17 2.000000E+00 3.486500E-02
18 2.125000E+00 3.124150E-02
19 2.250000E+00 2.761800E-02
20 2.375000E+00 2.501500E-02
21 2.500000E+00 2.241200E-02
22 2.625000E+00 2.047950E-02
23 2.750000E+00 1.854700E-02
24 2.875000E+00 1.707400E-02
25 3.000000E+00 1.560100E-02
26 3.125000E+00 1.445250E-02
27 3.250000E+00 1.330400E-02
28 3.375000E+00 1.239100E-02
29 3.500000E+00 1.147800E-02
30 3.625000E+00 1.074100E-02
31 3.750000E+00 1.000400E-02
32 3.875000E+00 9.400200E-03
33 4.000000E+00 8.796400E-03
34 4.125000E+00 8.295550E-03
35 4.250000E+00 7.794700E-03
36 4.375000E+00 7.374700E-03
37 4.500000E+00 6.954700E-03
38 4.625000E+00 6.599050E-03
39 4.750000E+00 6.243400E-03
40 4.875000E+00 5.939650E-03
41 5.000000E+00 5.635900E-03
42 5.125000E+00 5.374350E-03
43 5.250000E+00 5.112801E-03
44 5.375000E+00 4.886050E-03
45 5.500000E+00 4.659301E-03
46 5.625000E+00 4.461450E-03
47 5.750000E+00 4.263601E-03
48 5.875000E+00 4.089901E-03
49 6.000000E+00 3.916200E-03
50 6.125000E+00 3.762851E-03
51 6.250000E+00 3.609500E-03
52 6.375000E+00 3.473500E-03
53 6.500000E+00 3.337500E-03
54 6.625000E+00 3.216300E-03
55 6.750000E+00 3.095100E-03
56 6.875000E+00 2.986650E-03
57 7.000000E+00 2.878200E-03
58 7.125000E+00 2.780750E-03
59 7.250000E+00 2.683301E-03
60 7.375000E+00 2.595450E-03
61 7.500000E+00 2.507600E-03
62 7.625000E+00 2.428050E-03
63 7.750000E+00 2.348500E-03
64 7.875000E+00 2.276350E-03
65 8.000000E+00 2.204200E-03
66 8.125000E+00 2.138450E-03
67 8.249999E+00 2.072701E-03
68 8.375000E+00 2.012650E-03
69 8.500000E+00 1.952600E-03
70 8.625000E+00 1.897650E-03
71 8.750000E+00 1.842700E-03
72 8.875000E+00 1.792250E-03
73 9.000000E+00 1.741800E-03
74 9.124999E+00 1.695400E-03
75 9.250000E+00 1.649000E-03
76 9.375000E+00 1.606200E-03
77 9.500000E+00 1.563400E-03
78 9.625000E+00 1.523850E-03
79 9.749999E+00 1.484300E-03
80 9.875000E+00 1.464150E-03
81 1.000000E+01 1.444000E-03
Main Index
624
FREQUENCY TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
1.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.312178E+02 3.395612E+01 8.308215E+02
0.0 0.0 0.0 173.6820 359.8732 174.6252
1.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.092055E+04 1.230243E+03 9.330418E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 71.1811 248.5424 71.8331
2.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.861192E+04 2.087676E+03 1.589639E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 50.7622 229.3616 51.0190
3.750000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.326442E+04 2.585104E+03 1.987951E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 36.7060 215.6992 36.7986
5.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.614285E+04 2.865934E+03 2.235717E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 26.6160 205.8111 26.6021
6.250000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.814698E+04 3.031500E+03 2.409714E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 18.9874 198.3330 18.8895
7.500000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.976732E+04 3.135313E+03 2.551859E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 12.8939 192.3960 12.7225
8.749999E-01 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.127258E+04 3.204327E+03 2.685191E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 7.7702 187.4722 7.5306
1.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.282730E+04 3.252165E+03 2.823920E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 3.2554 183.2352 2.9501
1.125000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.455186E+04 3.285456E+03 2.978557E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 359.0998 179.4765 358.7296
1.250000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.655425E+04 3.306606E+03 3.158650E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 355.1104 176.0588 354.6748
1.375000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.894966E+04 3.314806E+03 3.374499E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 351.1161 172.8939 350.6140
1.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.187598E+04 3.305959E+03 3.638537E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 346.9409 169.9370 346.3704
1.625000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.550782E+04 3.271766E+03 3.966609E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 342.3771 167.2026 341.7360
1.750000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.006727E+04 3.198116E+03 4.379009E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 337.1540 164.8229 336.4393
1.875000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.581818E+04 3.063984E+03 4.900098E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 330.8942 163.2185 330.1027
2.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.299762E+04 2.847984E+03 5.552409E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 323.0629 163.5802 322.1909
2.125000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.155795E+04 2.576946E+03 6.333834E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 312.9433 169.0459 311.9869
2.250000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.049985E+04 2.521016E+03 7.157834E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 299.7882 184.3782 298.7429
2.375000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.702245E+04 3.313615E+03 7.775445E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 283.4468 201.3680 282.3080
2.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.756493E+04 5.049220E+03 7.864403E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 265.3443 204.1534 264.1071
2.625000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.187171E+04 7.199502E+03 7.393528E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 248.1337 197.1053 246.7932
2.750000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.365701E+04 9.551510E+03 6.690588E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 233.4971 187.0322 232.0486
2.875000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.653845E+04 1.242790E+04 6.081651E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 221.0725 175.9375 219.5118
3.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.234854E+04 1.664170E+04 5.736808E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 208.7704 162.5133 207.0944
3.125000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.116080E+04 2.349440E+04 5.668552E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 191.8247 141.8488 190.0315
3.250000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.440966E+04 3.066718E+04 5.084297E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 161.7768 104.3605 159.8614
3.375000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.006864E+04 2.526187E+04 2.837297E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 132.3735 61.0607 130.3016
3.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.407659E+04 1.658689E+04 1.343349E+04
0.0 0.0 0.0 132.2889 36.5247 129.9028
3.625000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.872051E+03 1.142868E+04 8.537994E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 151.2876 23.9947 148.3866
3.750000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.594335E+03 8.424339E+03 7.345599E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 168.1369 16.6051 164.8525
3.875000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.170586E+03 6.527583E+03 6.978353E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 177.4938 11.6843 173.9513
4.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.835414E+03 5.241428E+03 6.702518E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 182.4707 8.1275 178.6795
4.125000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.472588E+03 4.320244E+03 6.400520E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 185.3352 5.4098 181.2695
4.250000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.087274E+03 3.632354E+03 6.074047E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 187.1697 3.2509 182.7957
4.375000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.697985E+03 3.101771E+03 5.739547E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 188.4894 1.4870 183.7707
4.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.318625E+03 2.681875E+03 5.409977E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 189.5563 0.0153 184.4546
4.625000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.957508E+03 2.342602E+03 5.093353E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 190.5126 358.7673 184.9872
4.750000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.618969E+03 2.063747E+03 4.794036E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 191.4413 357.6955 185.4486
4.875000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.304840E+03 1.831257E+03 4.514035E+03
0.0 0.0 0.0 192.3934 356.7653 185.8867
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 625
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
626
P R I N T E D D A T A F O R T H I S C U R V E F O L L O W S
S P C F CURVE ID = 11 COMPONENT = 8 WHOLE FRAME
PRINT NUMBER X-VALUE Y-VALUE
1 1.000000E-03 1.977175E+06
2 1.250000E-01 1.799854E+08
3 2.500000E-01 3.194319E+08
4 3.750000E-01 3.430251E+08
5 5.000000E-01 2.358660E+08
6 6.250000E-01 2.040133E+08
7 7.500000E-01 1.502966E+08
8 8.749999E-01 1.317169E+08
9 1.000000E+00 1.073052E+08
10 1.125000E+00 9.854578E+07
11 1.250000E+00 8.739414E+07
12 1.375000E+00 8.483326E+07
13 1.500000E+00 8.128981E+07
14 1.625000E+00 8.399666E+07
15 1.750000E+00 8.699830E+07
16 1.875000E+00 9.632476E+07
17 2.000000E+00 1.074861E+08
18 2.125000E+00 1.253330E+08
19 2.250000E+00 1.414997E+08
20 2.375000E+00 1.512345E+08
21 2.500000E+00 1.386156E+08
22 2.625000E+00 1.119497E+08
23 2.750000E+00 8.302371E+07
24 2.875000E+00 6.315071E+07
25 3.000000E+00 5.134440E+07
26 3.125000E+00 4.643948E+07
27 3.250000E+00 3.439094E+07
28 3.375000E+00 9.975069E+06
29 3.500000E+00 2.071304E+06
30 3.625000E+00 7.829903E+05
31 3.750000E+00 5.397941E+05
32 3.875000E+00 4.577653E+05
33 4.000000E+00 3.951672E+05
34 4.125000E+00 3.398409E+05
35 4.250000E+00 2.875781E+05
36 4.375000E+00 2.429403E+05
37 4.500000E+00 2.035491E+05
38 4.625000E+00 1.711942E+05
39 4.750000E+00 1.434907E+05
40 4.875000E+00 1.210293E+05
41 5.000000E+00 1.019869E+05
42 5.125000E+00 8.657085E+04
43 5.250000E+00 7.352034E+04
44 5.375000E+00 6.292698E+04
45 5.500000E+00 5.394262E+04
46 5.625000E+00 4.662227E+04
47 5.750000E+00 4.039806E+04
48 5.875000E+00 3.531279E+04
49 6.000000E+00 3.098357E+04
50 6.125000E+00 2.744907E+04
51 6.250000E+00 2.444779E+04
52 6.375000E+00 2.201848E+04
53 6.500000E+00 1.998008E+04
54 6.625000E+00 1.837344E+04
55 6.750000E+00 1.707461E+04
56 6.875000E+00 1.613149E+04
57 7.000000E+00 1.546431E+04
58 7.125000E+00 1.513814E+04
59 7.250000E+00 1.511812E+04
60 7.375000E+00 1.551027E+04
61 7.500000E+00 1.635102E+04
62 7.625000E+00 1.784922E+04
63 7.750000E+00 2.020490E+04
64 7.875000E+00 2.390297E+04
65 8.000000E+00 2.952186E+04
66 8.125000E+00 3.787747E+04
67 8.249999E+00 4.850485E+04
68 8.375000E+00 5.632427E+04
69 8.500000E+00 5.172190E+04
70 8.625000E+00 3.718041E+04
71 8.750000E+00 2.371273E+04
72 8.875000E+00 1.499244E+04
73 9.000000E+00 9.803491E+03
74 9.124999E+00 6.728371E+03
75 9.250000E+00 4.843722E+03
76 9.375000E+00 3.664899E+03
77 9.500000E+00 2.907492E+03
78 9.625000E+00 2.425229E+03
79 9.749999E+00 2.121818E+03
80 9.875000E+00 1.970670E+03
81 1.000000E+01 1.913110E+03
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 627
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Case Control Command. The Case Control Section is similar to that for the transient roll
example. The K2PP request for the Lagrange multiplier is still required but the TSTEP output
request has been deleted and the displacement output request has been replaced with a
constraint force output request: SPCF = 1, where SET 1 is the fuselage GRID 11.
The plot request is different from the plot request in HA146B. Here the frequency responses of
wing root bending moment and torque are requested in polar form; split frames present the
magnitude above the phase angle as functions of the frequency. The constraint force at GRID 11,
DOF R3 is the bending moment at the side of the fuselage, and the force at GRID 11, DOF R2 is
the torque. The BEGIN BULK entry completes the Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section identifies the problem as ID MSC, HA146D, which denotes
Problem No. HA146D in the Test Problem Library. The time is limited to 10.0 CPU minutes and
SOL 146 calls for the dynamic aeroelastic response DMAP sequence. The CEND entry completes
the Executive Control Section.
Output. The input data and the sorted Bulk Data entries are shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-10
and <hypertext>Listing 9-11. Selected outputs are in <hypertext>Listing 9-12,
<hypertext>Figure 9-10 and <hypertext>Figure 9-11 and are discussed as follows.
Main Index
628
The antisymmetric frequencies of the BAH wing are shown first in <hypertext>Listing 9-12. The
first frequency is a computed zero for the rigid body roll mode. The second frequency is
3.540 Hz for the first torsion mode, and the third frequency is 4.645 Hz for the first antisymmetric
bending mode. The frequency responses for the root shear (T3), the root torque (R2), and the
root bending moment (R3) are listed next under COMPLEX FORCES OF SINGLE POINT
CONSTRAINT. The root bending moment and torque are plotted in <hypertext>Figure 9-10
and <hypertext>Figure 9-11, respectively. The expected resonances in the frequency response
are found in the tabulated and plotted data: the root bending moment peaks near the first
bending frequency and the root torque peaks near the first torsion frequency.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 629
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
This example is very similar to the HA146B example (p. 599) and is therefore a good candidate
for the demonstration of the MSC.Nastran automatic restart capability (see
“<hypertext>Restarts” on page 136). A comparison of the HA146B and HA146D input files
shows that the structure, aerodynamic models, and aerodynamic hard points are identical. The
same boundary conditions are applied so that the eigenanalysis results (compare
<hypertext>Listing 9-6 and <hypertext>Listing 9-12) are identical. Only the loadings differ with
HA146B performing a transient roll analysis while the present analysis is for frequency
response. The HA146D example can therefore be run as a “restart” of the a HA146B run that has
saved its database. The job submittal for the cold start is:
nast68 ha146b scr=no
<hypertext>Listing 9-13 shows the input data file for the restart run and it is seen that the
Executive and Case Control Sections are identical to the HA146D file shown in
<hypertext>Listing 9-10 with a RESTART command statement added at the top of the listing to
indicate that the run is a restart and that it is to use the first “version” of data contained on the
database. The Bulk Data Section is minimal in this run and first deletes the loading of the
HA146B run by referencing the sorted Bulk Data echo line numbers of <hypertext>Listing 9-5
(the deletion of entries 97 through 101 removes TABLED1, TLOAD1, and TSTEP entries while
Main Index
630
the deletion of entry 45 removes the FREQ1 request). The subsequent RLOAD1, TABLED1 and
FREQ1 entries define the new frequency response loading and are those used for HA146D. The
restart run is submitted using
nast68 ha146d_rst scr=no dbs=ha146b
The sorted Bulk Data listing is shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-14. The X-Y output summary
from the restart is shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-15, and these results are identical to those
shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-12.
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC,HA146D
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE TO A $
$ HARMONIC AILERON LOADING $
$ $
$ SOLUTION FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS USING $
$ DOUBLET LATTICE METHOD AERODYNAMICS $
$ AT MACH NO. OF 0.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT XY PLOT OF WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ AEROELASTIC RESPONSE
CEND
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = BAH WING DYNAMIC FREQUENCY RESPONSE HA146D
2 SUBTI = ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET LATTICE AERO
3 LABEL = UNIT HARMONIC AILERON ROTATION
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 13 $ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS (ANTISYMMETRIC)
6 MPC = 1 $ CONTROL SURFACE RELATIVE MOTION
7 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED-GIVENS EIGENVALUE METHOD
8 K2PP = ENFORCE $ EPOINT ADDED VIA DMIG
9 SDAMP = 2000 $ STRUCTURAL DAMPING (3 PERCENT)
10 DLOAD = 1000 $ FREQUENCY DEPENDENT LOAD
11 FREQ = 40 $ FREQUENCY LIST
12 OUTPUT
13 SET 1 = 11
14 SPCF(PHASE) = 1 $ SINGLE POINT CONSTRAINT FORCES
15 OUTPUT(XYOUT) $ XY PLOTTING PACKAGE
16 CSCALE 2.1
17 PLOTTER NASTRAN
18 TRIGHT TICS = -1
19 BRIGHT TICS = -1
20 XTGRID = YES
21 YTGRID = YES
22 XBGRID = YES
23 YBGRID = YES
24 YTTITLE = MAGNITUDE
25 YBTITLE = PHASE
26 XTITLE = FREQUENCY (HZ)
27 CURVELINESYMBOL = 6
28 TCURVE = WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT
29 YTITLE = SPC FORCE OF GRID 11 R3
30 XYPLOT SPCF / 11(R3RM,R3IP)
31 TCURVE = WING ROOT TORQUE
32 YTITLE = SPC FORCE OF GRID 11 R2
33 XYPLOT SPCF / 11(R2RM,R2IP)
34 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 631
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-10 Input Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron (continued)
BAH WING DYNAMIC FREQUENCY RESPONSE HA146D PAGE 4
ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET LATTICE AERO
Main Index
632
Listing 9-10 Input Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron (continued)
$ THE EPOINT ENTRY DEFINES AN "EXTRA" POINT IN THE STRUCTURAL MODEL.
$ THIS ONE REPRESENTS A LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER FOR THE AILERON HINGE MOMENT.
$
EPOINT 115
$
$ * * DYNAMIC LOAD AND RESPONSE DATA * *
$
$ RLOAD1 DEFINES A FREQUENCY DEPENDENT DYNAMIC LOAD OR ENFORCED MOTION.
$ LISTED ARE THE ID, DAREA ID, DELAY ID, DPHASE ID, AND TABLEDI IDS.
$
$ SID DAREA DELAY DPHASE TC TD
RLOAD1 1000 1001 1002 1003
$
$ DAREA DEFINES THE DOF WHERE THE LOAD IS APPLIED AND A SCALE FACTOR.
$
$ SID P C A
DAREA 1001 115 0 -1.0
$
$ TABLED1 DEFINES A TABULAR FUNCTION OF A TIME-DEPENDENT LOAD.
$
$ SID
TABLED1 1003 +T1003
$ X1 Y1 X2 Y2 ETC.
+T1003 0. 1. 5. 1. 5. .0 10. .0 +T1003A
+T1003A ENDT
$
$ THE DELAY ENTRY SPECIFIES THE GRID POINT, DISPLACEMENT COMPONENT
$ AND THE TIME DELAY OF ONSET OF THE FORCING FUNCTION.
$
$ SID P C T
DELAY 1002 115 0 .2
$
$
$ * * * USER SUPPLIED DIRECT MATRIX INPUT DATA * * *
$
$ TIN=1 SPECIFIES THAT THE ELEMENTS WILL BE REAL AND SINGLE PRE-
$ CISION, TOUT=0 SPECIFIES THAT THE TYPE OF MATRIX TO BE GENERATED
$ WILL BE DETERMINED INTERNALLY, POLAR=0 SPECIFIES THAT THE INPUT
$ WILL BE IN ARGAND DIAGRAM FORM (X,IY).
$
$ NAME "0" IFO TIN TOUT POLAR NCOL
DMIG ENFORCE 0 1 1 0
$
$ G2 AND C2 SPECIFY THAT A PITCHING MOMENT OF 1.0 IN LB BE APPLIED
$ AT THE HINGE-LINE OF THE AILERON. SEE P. 3.5-9 OF THE "HANDBOOK
$ FOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF LAGRANGE MULTIPLIERS.
$ THE MINUS SIGN ARISES FROM THE DEFINITION OF A POSITIVE AILERON
$ DEFLECTION, I.E., TRAILING EDGE DOWN ON THE STARBOARD WING.
$
$ NAME G1 C1 G2 C2 X21
DMIG ENFORCE 12 5 115 0 1.
$
$ NAME G2 C2 X22 G1 C1 X12
DMIG ENFORCE 115 0 12 5 -1.
$
$* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$
$ EIGR DEFINES EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION DATA. LISTED ARE THE
$ EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION METHOD, FREQUENCY RANGE, NUMBER OF
$ EXPECTED AND DESIRED ROOTS AND THE METHOD OF NORMALIZATION.
$
$ SID METHOD F1 F2 NE ND
EIGR 10 MGIV 12 +EIGR
$ NORM
+EIGR MAX
$
$ FREQ1 DEFINES THE SET OF FREQUENCIES USED TO OBTAIN
$ THE FREQUENCY RESPONSE SOLUTION. LISTED ARE THE STARTING
$ FREQUENCY, FREQUENCY INCREMENT AND NUMBER OF INCREMENTS.
$
$ SID F1 DF NDF
FREQ1 40 0. .1 50
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 432
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 633
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-11 Sorted Bulk Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron
Main Index
634
Listing 9-11 Sorted Bulk Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 635
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
POINT-ID = 11
C O M P L E X F O R C E S O F S I N G L E P O I N T C O N S T R A I N T
(MAGNITUDE/PHASE)
FREQUENCY TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 G 0.0 0.0 2.885785E+05 0.0 2.497663E+06 4.209172E+06
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 180.0000 180.0000
1.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.462686E+04 0.0 5.341617E+06 1.656624E+06
0.0 0.0 358.9044 0.0 169.0537 187.0946
2.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.715200E+04 0.0 5.185181E+06 1.976318E+06
0.0 0.0 355.5831 0.0 158.8335 186.7975
3.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.003538E+04 0.0 4.994818E+06 2.307983E+06
0.0 0.0 349.8983 0.0 149.6563 180.9410
4.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.263010E+04 0.0 4.818837E+06 2.585938E+06
0.0 0.0 342.7689 0.0 141.4345 172.6773
5.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.477215E+04 0.0 4.680143E+06 2.803856E+06
0.0 0.0 334.9677 0.0 133.9086 163.6324
6.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.651321E+04 0.0 4.583896E+06 2.973687E+06
0.0 0.0 326.9194 0.0 126.8211 154.4629
7.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.795612E+04 0.0 4.527535E+06 3.109103E+06
0.0 0.0 318.8221 0.0 119.9813 145.4042
8.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.919577E+04 0.0 4.506436E+06 3.221133E+06
0.0 0.0 310.7581 0.0 113.2641 136.5240
9.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 5.030629E+04 0.0 4.516295E+06 3.317836E+06
0.0 0.0 302.7567 0.0 106.5927 127.8266
1.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.134258E+04 0.0 4.553872E+06 3.404923E+06
0.0 0.0 294.8237 0.0 99.9220 119.2944
1.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.234507E+04 0.0 4.617120E+06 3.486451E+06
0.0 0.0 286.9551 0.0 93.2259 110.9041
1.200000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.334400E+04 0.0 4.705084E+06 3.565345E+06
0.0 0.0 279.1432 0.0 86.4898 102.6332
1.300000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.436272E+04 0.0 4.817798E+06 3.643771E+06
0.0 0.0 271.3799 0.0 79.7055 94.4615
1.400000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.542002E+04 0.0 4.956208E+06 3.723377E+06
0.0 0.0 263.6571 0.0 72.8680 86.3716
1.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.653175E+04 0.0 5.122163E+06 3.805466E+06
0.0 0.0 255.9673 0.0 65.9741 78.3490
1.600000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.771199E+04 0.0 5.318473E+06 3.891096E+06
0.0 0.0 248.3040 0.0 59.0207 70.3810
1.700000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.897386E+04 0.0 5.549037E+06 3.981153E+06
0.0 0.0 240.6612 0.0 52.0046 62.4572
1.800000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.033011E+04 0.0 5.819067E+06 4.076394E+06
0.0 0.0 233.0336 0.0 44.9216 54.5683
1.900000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.179361E+04 0.0 6.135434E+06 4.177455E+06
0.0 0.0 225.4163 0.0 37.7659 46.7062
2.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.337767E+04 0.0 6.507188E+06 4.284857E+06
0.0 0.0 217.8048 0.0 30.5295 38.8639
2.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.509627E+04 0.0 6.946306E+06 4.398957E+06
0.0 0.0 210.1947 0.0 23.2014 31.0349
2.200000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.696416E+04 0.0 7.468850E+06 4.519882E+06
0.0 0.0 202.5821 0.0 15.7665 23.2140
2.300000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.899677E+04 0.0 8.096700E+06 4.647391E+06
0.0 0.0 194.9630 0.0 8.2037 15.3965
2.400000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 7.120993E+04 0.0 8.860268E+06 4.780634E+06
0.0 0.0 187.3338 0.0 0.4834 7.5795
Main Index
636
X Y - O U T P U T S U M M A R Y ( R E S P O N S E )
SUBCASE CURVE FRAME XMIN-FRAME/ XMAX-FRAME/ YMIN-FRAME/ X FOR YMAX-FRAME/ X FOR
ID TYPE NO. CURVE ID. ALL DATA ALL DATA ALL DATA YMIN ALL DATA YMAX
1 SPCF 1 11( 8,--) 0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 1.656624E+06 1.000000E-01 5.221080E+07 4.500000E+00
0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 1.656624E+06 1.000000E-01 5.221080E+07 4.500000E+00
1 SPCF 1 11(--, 14) 0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 7.579535E+00 2.400000E+00 3.597631E+02 2.500000E+00
0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 7.579535E+00 2.400000E+00 3.597631E+02 2.500000E+00
1 SPCF 2 11( 7,--) 0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 1.539469E+06 5.000000E+00 6.292264E+07 3.400000E+00
0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 1.539469E+06 5.000000E+00 6.292264E+07 3.400000E+00
1 SPCF 2 11(--, 13) 0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 4.834088E-01 2.400000E+00 3.525630E+02 2.500000E+00
0.000000E+00 5.000000E+00 4.834088E-01 2.400000E+00 3.525630E+02 2.500000E+00
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 637
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-13 Input Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart
N A S T R A N F I L E M A N A G E M E N T S E C T I O N E C H O
RESTART VERSION=1,KEEP
PAGE 2
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC,HA146DR
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION BAH JET TRANSPORT WING EXAMPLE $
$ ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE TO A $
$ HARMONIC AILERON LOADING $
$ $
$ SOLUTION FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS USING $
$ DOUBLET LATTICE METHOD AERODYNAMICS $
$ AT MACH NO. OF 0.0 $
$ $
$ OUTPUT XY PLOT OF WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ AEROELASTIC RESPONSE
CEND
Main Index
638
Listing 9-13 Input Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart (continued)
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = BAH WING DYNAMIC FREQUENCY RESPONSE HA146DR
2 SUBTI = ANTISYMMETRIC RESPONSE, DOUBLET LATTICE AERO
3 LABEL = UNIT HARMONIC AILERON ROTATION
4 ECHO = BOTH
5 SPC = 13 $ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS (ANTISYMMETRIC)
6 MPC = 1 $ CONTROL SURFACE RELATIVE MOTION
7 METHOD = 10 $ MODIFIED-GIVENS EIGENVALUE METHOD
8 K2PP = ENFORCE $ EPOINT ADDED VIA DMIG
9 SDAMP = 2000 $ STRUCTURAL DAMPING (3 PERCENT)
10 DLOAD = 1000 $ FREQUENCY DEPENDENT LOAD
11 FREQ = 40 $ FREQUENCY LIST
12 OUTPUT
13 SET 1 = 11
14 SPCF(PHASE) = 1 $ SINGLE POINT CONSTRAINT FORCES
15 OUTPUT(XYOUT) $ XY PLOTTING PACKAGE
16 CSCALE 2.1
17 PLOTTER NASTRAN
18 TRIGHT TICS = -1
19 BRIGHT TICS = -1
20 XTGRID = YES
21 YTGRID = YES
22 XBGRID = YES
23 YBGRID = YES
24 YTTITLE = MAGNITUDE
25 YBTITLE = PHASE
26 XTITLE = FREQUENCY (HZ)
27 CURVELINESYMBOL = 6
28 TCURVE = WING ROOT BENDING MOMENT
29 YTITLE = SPC FORCE OF GRID 11 R3
30 XYPLOT SPCF / 11(R3RM,R3IP)
31 TCURVE = WING ROOT TORQUE
32 YTITLE = SPC FORCE OF GRID 11 R2
33 XYPLOT SPCF / 11(R2RM,R2IP)
34 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 639
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-13 Input Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart (continued)
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
/ 97 101
/ 45
$
$ * * DYNAMIC LOAD AND RESPONSE DATA * *
$
$ RLOAD1 DEFINES A FREQUENCY DEPENDENT DYNAMIC LOAD OR ENFORCED MOTION.
$ LISTED ARE THE ID, DAREA ID, DELAY ID, DPHASE ID, AND TABLEDI IDS.
$
$ SID DAREA DELAY DPHASE TC TD
RLOAD1 1000 1001 1002 1003
$
$
$ TABLED1 DEFINES A TABULAR FUNCTION OF A TIME-DEPENDENT LOAD.
$
$ SID
TABLED1 1003 +T1003
$ X1 Y1 X2 Y2 ETC.
+T1003 0. 1. 5. 1. 5. .0 10. .0 +T1003A
+T1003A ENDT
$
$ FREQ1 DEFINES THE SET OF FREQUENCIES USED TO OBTAIN
$ THE FREQUENCY RESPONSE SOLUTION. LISTED ARE THE STARTING
$ FREQUENCY, FREQUENCY INCREMENT AND NUMBER OF INCREMENTS.
$
$ SID F1 DF NDF
FREQ1 40 0. .1 50
$
$
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 29
Main Index
640
Listing 9-14 Sorted Bulk Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AEFACT 1 0. .09 .21 .33 .45 .56 .66 +AE1
2- +AE1 .74
3- AEFACT 2 .74 .82 .90 .974
4- AEFACT 3 .974 1.00
5- AEFACT 4 0. .1875 .375 .625 .750 .875 1.00
6- AERO 1 8360. 131.232 1.1468-7-1
7- CAERO1 1001 1000 0 5 1 1 +CA1
8- +CA1 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
9- CAERO1 2001 1000 0 2 4 1 +CA2
10- +CA2 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
11- CAERO1 3001 1000 0 5 3 1 +CA3
12- +CA3 78.75 0. 0. 225. 35. 500. 0. 100.
13- CELAS2 3 5142661.12 5
14- CMASS2 121 5248.7 1 3
15- CMASS2 122 134.9 1 3 2 3
16- CMASS2 123 790.3 2 3
17- CMASS2 341 9727. 3 3
18- CMASS2 342 11005. 3 3 4 3
19- CMASS2 343 473. 4 3
20- CMASS2 561 3253.6 5 3
21- CMASS2 562 -139.7 5 3 6 3
22- CMASS2 563 946.3 6 3
23- CMASS2 781 2617.8 7 3
24- CMASS2 782 21. 7 3 8 3
25- CMASS2 783 782.3 8 3
26- CMASS2 9101 494.8 9 3
27- CMASS2 9102 -7.3 9 3 10 3
28- CMASS2 9103 185.2 10 3
29- CONM1 1 11 +51
30- +51 17400. 4.37+7 +52
31- +52 4.35+09
32- CONM1 2 12 +AIL1
33- +AIL1 0.0 0.0 +AIL2
34- +AIL2 13970.5
35- CORD2R 1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -1. +C1
36- +C1 -1. 0. 0.
37- DAREA 1001 115 0 -1.0
38- DELAY 1002 115 0 .2
39- DMIG ENFORCE 0 1 1 0
40- DMIG ENFORCE 12 5 115 0 1.
41- DMIG ENFORCE 115 0 12 5 -1.
42- EIGR 10 MGIV 12 +EIGR
43- +EIGR MAX
44- EPOINT 115
45- FREQ1 40 0. .1 50
46- GENEL 432 1 3 2 3 3 3 +01
47- +01 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 +02
48- +02 8 3 9 3 10 3 +03
49- +03 UD 11 3 11 4 11 5 +04
50- +04 11 6 +05
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 641
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-14 Sorted Bulk Data for Frequency Response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
51- +05 Z 8.7172-61.3361-61.2778-56.2720-61.6251-51.0492-52.0478-5+06
52- +06 1.5630-52.4285-52.0403-53.0861-56.2720-63.2297-51.0492-53.3529-5+07
53- +07 1.5630-53.5021-52.0257-53.5785-52.7732-51.5726-54.8255-53.7628-5+08
54- +08 7.3284-56.4338-59.5810-58.8378-56.3749-53.7628-58.0136-56.4338-5+09
55- +09 1.0012-48.8378-51.1811-41.2758-41.1344-41.9350-41.8160-42.5283-4+10
56- +10 2.4294-41.6999-41.8160-42.2920-42.4294-42.8249-43.6862-43.5052-4+11
57- +11 5.2675-45.1171-44.2292-45.1171-45.7187-48.4840-48.2340-49.2340-4+12
58- +12 S 1.0 90.0 -20.25 45.0 1.0 90.0 81.0 +13
59- +13 45.0 1.0 186.0 -17.85 141.0 1.0 186.0 71.4 +14
60- +14 141.0 1.0 268.0 -15.80 223.0 1.0 268.0 63.2 +15
61- +15 223.0 1.0 368.0 -13.30 323.0 1.0 368.0 53.2 +16
62- +16 323.0 1.0 458.0 -11.05 413.0 1.0 458.0 44.2 +17
63- +17 413.0
64- GRID 1 20.25 90. 12456
65- GRID 2 -81. 90. 12456
66- GRID 3 17.85 186. 12456
67- GRID 4 -71.4 186. 12456
68- GRID 5 15.8 268. 12456
69- GRID 6 -63.2 268. 12456
70- GRID 7 13.3 368. 12456
71- GRID 8 -53.2 368. 12456
72- GRID 9 11.05 458. 12456
73- GRID 10 -44.2 458. 12456
74- GRID 11 0.0 0. 126
75- GRID 12 -86.45 368. 1246
76- MKAERO1 0.0 +MK
77- +MK 0.001 0.02 0.10 0.50
78- MPC 1 12 3 -1.0 8 3 1.5 +MPC1
79- +MPC1 7 3 -0.5 12 5 33.25
80- PAERO1 1000
81- PARAM GRDPNT 11
82- PARAM LMODES 12
83- PARAM Q 4.00747
84- PARAM WTMASS .0025907
85- RLOAD1 1000 1001 1002 1003
86- SET1 14 1 THRU 11
87- SET1 15 8 10 12
88- SPC 13 11 35
89- SPLINE1 104 2001 2005 2018 15
90- SPLINE2 101 1001 1001 1035 14 0. 1. 0 +SP1
91- +SP1 -1.0 -1.0
92- SPLINE2 102 2001 2001 2016 14 0. 1. 0 +SP2
93- +SP2 -1.0 -1.0
94- SPLINE2 103 3001 3001 3005 14 0. 1. 0 +SP3
95- +SP3 -1.0 -1.0
96- TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
97- +T2000 0. .03 10. .03 ENDT
98- TABLED1 1003 +T1003
99- +T1003 0. 1. 5. 1. 5. .0 10. .0 +T1003A
100- +T1003A ENDT
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 101
Main Index
642
Listing 9-15 Output for Frequency response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart
C O M P L E X F O R C E S O F S I N G L E P O I N T C O N S T R A I N T
(MAGNITUDE/PHASE)
FREQUENCY TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 G 0.0 0.0 2.885140E+05 0.0 2.497399E+06 4.208535E+06
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 180.0000 180.0000
1.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.462687E+04 0.0 5.341615E+06 1.656625E+06
0.0 0.0 358.9045 0.0 169.0536 187.0946
2.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 3.715199E+04 0.0 5.185183E+06 1.976318E+06
0.0 0.0 355.5831 0.0 158.8336 186.7975
3.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.003538E+04 0.0 4.994818E+06 2.307983E+06
0.0 0.0 349.8983 0.0 149.6563 180.9410
4.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.263010E+04 0.0 4.818835E+06 2.585938E+06
0.0 0.0 342.7689 0.0 141.4345 172.6773
5.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.477215E+04 0.0 4.680143E+06 2.803856E+06
0.0 0.0 334.9677 0.0 133.9086 163.6324
6.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.651322E+04 0.0 4.583895E+06 2.973687E+06
0.0 0.0 326.9194 0.0 126.8211 154.4629
7.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.795611E+04 0.0 4.527534E+06 3.109102E+06
0.0 0.0 318.8221 0.0 119.9813 145.4042
8.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 4.919577E+04 0.0 4.506437E+06 3.221134E+06
0.0 0.0 310.7581 0.0 113.2641 136.5241
9.000000E-01 G 0.0 0.0 5.030629E+04 0.0 4.516294E+06 3.317836E+06
0.0 0.0 302.7567 0.0 106.5927 127.8266
1.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.134258E+04 0.0 4.553871E+06 3.404923E+06
0.0 0.0 294.8237 0.0 99.9220 119.2944
1.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.234507E+04 0.0 4.617120E+06 3.486451E+06
0.0 0.0 286.9551 0.0 93.2259 110.9041
1.200000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.334401E+04 0.0 4.705084E+06 3.565346E+06
0.0 0.0 279.1433 0.0 86.4898 102.6332
1.300000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.436272E+04 0.0 4.817797E+06 3.643771E+06
0.0 0.0 271.3799 0.0 79.7055 94.4615
1.400000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.542002E+04 0.0 4.956208E+06 3.723378E+06
0.0 0.0 263.6571 0.0 72.8680 86.3716
1.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.653175E+04 0.0 5.122164E+06 3.805467E+06
0.0 0.0 255.9673 0.0 65.9741 78.3490
1.600000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.771199E+04 0.0 5.318474E+06 3.891096E+06
0.0 0.0 248.3040 0.0 59.0207 70.3811
1.700000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 5.897385E+04 0.0 5.549038E+06 3.981154E+06
0.0 0.0 240.6612 0.0 52.0046 62.4572
1.800000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.033011E+04 0.0 5.819067E+06 4.076394E+06
0.0 0.0 233.0336 0.0 44.9216 54.5683
1.900000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.179360E+04 0.0 6.135434E+06 4.177455E+06
0.0 0.0 225.4163 0.0 37.7659 46.7062
2.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.337767E+04 0.0 6.507188E+06 4.284857E+06
0.0 0.0 217.8048 0.0 30.5295 38.8639
2.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.509627E+04 0.0 6.946305E+06 4.398956E+06
0.0 0.0 210.1948 0.0 23.2014 31.0350
2.200000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.696414E+04 0.0 7.468850E+06 4.519881E+06
0.0 0.0 202.5822 0.0 15.7665 23.2140
2.300000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 6.899676E+04 0.0 8.096700E+06 4.647391E+06
0.0 0.0 194.9631 0.0 8.2037 15.3965
2.400000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 7.120991E+04 0.0 8.860268E+06 4.780633E+06
0.0 0.0 187.3338 0.0 0.4834 7.5796
2.500000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 7.361890E+04 0.0 9.802895E+06 4.917747E+06
0.0 0.0 179.6912 0.0 352.5630 359.7631
2.600000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 7.623645E+04 0.0 1.098824E+07 5.055110E+06
0.0 0.0 172.0331 0.0 344.3796 351.9530
2.700000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 7.906869E+04 0.0 1.251318E+07 5.186022E+06
0.0 0.0 164.3605 0.0 335.8372 344.1685
2.800000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 8.210696E+04 0.0 1.453150E+07 5.298223E+06
0.0 0.0 156.6807 0.0 326.7820 336.4601
2.900000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 8.531130E+04 0.0 1.729956E+07 5.369287E+06
0.0 0.0 149.0186 0.0 316.9529 328.9594
3.000000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 8.857969E+04 0.0 2.126843E+07 5.358762E+06
0.0 0.0 141.4457 0.0 305.8746 322.0317
3.100000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 9.170978E+04 0.0 2.726901E+07 5.202992E+06
0.0 0.0 134.1740 0.0 292.6028 316.8169
3.200000E+00 G 0.0 0.0 9.454145E+04 0.0 3.678849E+07 4.901927E+06
0.0 0.0 127.8586 0.0 275.0900 317.2258
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 643
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-15 Output for Frequency response to Oscillating Aileron via Restart (continued)
X Y - O U T P U T S U M M A R Y ( R E S P O N S E )
Main Index
644
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section contains the TITLE, SUBTITLE, and
LABEL commands. ECHO = BOTH echoes back all of the Bulk Data. SPC = 1 selects the
boundary conditions, METHOD = 10 selects the EIGR entry for the vibration analysis, SDAMP
= 2000 selects the damping, DLOAD = 10 selects the impulsive load, FREQ = 101 selects the
frequency list and TSTEP = 201 selects the time history output. The DISP command specifies that
displacements of GRID 40 be calculated and printed. Following OUTPUT(XYOUT) is an xy-plot
request. Preceding the plot request are several optional statements that define the plot frame
and plot titles. An XYPLOT is requested for the tip displacement of the wing at GRID 40 in the
z-direction. The BEGIN BULK command completes the Case Control Section.
The Executive Control Section lists the identification as ID MSC, HA146E, which denotes
Problem No. HA146E in the Test Problem Library. TIME 10 limits the CPU to 10.0 minutes. SOL
146 is the Dynamic Aeroelastic Response solution sequence. The CEND statement completes the
Executive Control Section.
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 645
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
The input data are shown in <hypertext>Listing 9-16, the sorted Bulk Data are in
<hypertext>Listing 9-17, and selected output are in <hypertext>Listing 9-18. The output is
discussed briefly below.
<hypertext>Figure 9-12 is from the analysis performed at 450 ft/s = 5400 in/s. Since there is a
0.1 sec delay, the first full period plotted is from 0.1 to 0.3 seconds. The responses from 0.0 to 0.1
seconds and from 0.2 to 0.3 seconds represent the same portions of separate periods.
<hypertext>Figure 9-12 shows, that below the flutter speed, the tip displacement peaks
immediately and then damps out to negligible values in about 0.1 sec. This type of stable
behavior is expected below the flutter speed.
<hypertext>Figure 9-13 is from the analysis performed at the flutter speed of 491 ft/s = 5892 in/s
and shows that the same impulsive load first excites a stable mode, which damps out, followed
by an unstable mode that appears as a divergent oscillation. This is to be expected at or above
the flutter speed and illustrates the behavior of the Fourier analysis for a neutrally stable system.
As a further demonstration, the same analysis is performed above the flutter speed at 530 ft/s =
6360 in/s, and large dynamic instabilities are apparent in the plotted results as shown in
<hypertext>Figure 9-14. The stable mode again damps out and then the unstable mode diverges
very rapidly. These rapidly increasing displacements occur as expected when the wing is
disturbed above the flutter velocity. The results presented here demonstrate the consistency of
MSC.Nastran between solution sequences (i.e., SOL 145 calculates 5892 in/s = 491 ft/s as the
flutter speed and SOL 146 calculates large dynamic responses at or above this value). However,
the transient results here must be regarded as more qualitative than quantitative as far as
accuracy of a calculated instability boundary (i.e., flutter speed) is concerned.
Main Index
646
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 647
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
648
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 649
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA146E
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA146E $$$$$$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION MODEL A OF NASA TN D-1824 $
$ HALF SPAN 15 DEGREE SWEPT WING $
$ 28 QUAD4 PANEL MODEL $
$ $
$ SOLUTION TRANSIENT RESPONSE TO AN IMPULSE AT $
$ THE TIP USING DOUBLET LATTICE AERO $
$ $
$ OUTPUT PLOT OF TIP DISPLACEMENT TIME $
$ HISTORY $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 10 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 146 $ AEROELASTIC RESPONSE
CEND
Main Index
650
Listing 9-16 Input Data Files for Response to Impulsive Loading (continued)
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
$ $
$ THE ANNOTATIONS IN THIS INPUT DECK ARE INTENDED TO $
$ EXPLAIN THE DATA ON THE CARD IMAGES FOR THIS $
$ EXAMPLE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE VARIOUS MANUALS WHERE $
$ MORE GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS WILL BE FOUND. $
$ $
$*** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***$
INCLUDE PLATE_STRUCT.DAT
$ $
$ * * MASS AND INERTIA PROPERTIES * * $
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR LINEAR, $
$ TEMPERATURE-INDEPENDENT, ISOTROPIC MATERIALS. IT LISTS $
$ YOUNGS MODULUS, THE SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS RATIO (NU $
$ DEFAULTS TO .5*E/G-1.0), MASS DENSITY (RHO DEFAULTS TO $
$ ZERO), THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT (TREF DEFAULTS TO $
$ ZERO) AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENT DAMPING (WHICH IS TWICE THE $
$ CRITICAL DAMPING RATIO AND DEFAULTS TO ZERO). $
$ $
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 1 9.2418+63.4993+6 0.097464
$ $
$ THE TABDMP1 ENTRY DEFINES DAMPING COEFFICIENTS VS. FREQUENCY. $
$ VALUES ARE LINEARLY INTERPOLATED AND EXTRAPOLATED. $
$ $
$ ID TYPE
TABDMP1 2000 +T2000
$ F1 G1 F2 G2 "ENDT"
+T2000 0.0 0.01 1000.0 0.01 ENDT
$ $
$ * * STRUCTURAL CONSTRAINTS * * $
$ $
$ THE SPC1 ENTRY DEFINES SETS OF SINGLE-POINT CONSTRAINTS. $
$ IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENTS TO BE CONSTRAINED AND THE GRID $
$ POINT NO. $
$ $
$ SID C G1 G2 ETC.
SPC1 1 6 1 THRU 40
SPC1 1 12345 9
SPC1 1 12345 25
$ $
$ THE ASET1 ENTRY DEFINES DOFS THAT THE USER DESIRES TO BE $
$ INDEPENDENT. IT LISTS THE DOF COMPONENT NUMBERS AND THE $
$ GRID ID NO.S. THIS IS THE ALTERNATE FORM THAT USES THE $
$ ALPHANUMERIC THRU OPTION. $
$ $
$ C G G ETC.
ASET1 3 1 THRU 8
ASET1 3 10 THRU 24
ASET1 3 26 THRU 40
$ $
$ * * * AERODYNAMIC DATA * * * $
$ $
$ * * ELEMENT GEOMETRY * * $
$ $
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ VELOCITY (USED FOR DATA RECOVERY), THE REFERENCE CHORD $
$ AND FLUID DENSITY, PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ=1 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED ON A WALL THAT ACTS AS A REFLECTING $
$ PLANE; SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR $
$ ENOUGH FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE $
$ NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 0 5892. 2.0706 1.1092-7+1
$ $
$ THE PARAM,Q ENTRY SPECIFIES THE DYNAMIC PRESSURE. (THIS $
$ ENTRY IS REQUIRED IN SOL 146.) $
$ $
PARAM Q 1.925
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 651
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Listing 9-16 Input Data Files for Response to Impulsive Loading (continued)
Main Index
652
Listing 9-16 Input Data Files for Response to Impulsive Loading (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 653
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
654
Listing 9-17 Sorted Bulk Data for Response to Impulsive Loading (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 655
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
TIME TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
0.0 G 0.0 0.0 -2.161281E-03 -2.694785E-04 7.338977E-04 0.0
1.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 -9.106084E-04 -1.683799E-05 4.789137E-04 0.0
2.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 7.477202E-04 4.718859E-05 -1.609862E-04 0.0
3.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 2.277885E-03 3.077695E-04 -5.837492E-04 0.0
4.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 2.869780E-03 5.649505E-04 -8.780780E-04 0.0
5.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 2.179967E-03 5.142913E-04 -6.107069E-04 0.0
6.000001E-03 G 0.0 0.0 2.591812E-04 -6.447673E-05 -3.324048E-04 0.0
7.000001E-03 G 0.0 0.0 -1.724737E-03 -3.929759E-04 3.741779E-04 0.0
8.000000E-03 G 0.0 0.0 -3.069244E-03 -5.150136E-04 8.119160E-04 0.0
9.000001E-03 G 0.0 0.0 -3.035107E-03 -4.234802E-04 1.019383E-03 0.0
1.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.733900E-03 -3.576560E-04 6.237020E-04 0.0
1.100000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 5.516880E-04 3.496103E-05 -3.031057E-05 0.0
1.200000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 2.762273E-03 5.524010E-04 -6.235335E-04 0.0
1.300000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.771174E-03 7.348959E-04 -1.094617E-03 0.0
1.400000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.087068E-03 5.182477E-04 -9.667448E-04 0.0
1.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 8.955137E-04 4.657419E-05 -5.671644E-04 0.0
1.600000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.699995E-03 -2.580434E-04 3.869796E-04 0.0
1.700000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -3.811964E-03 -6.524998E-04 9.692166E-04 0.0
1.800000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -4.218616E-03 -7.479618E-04 1.320688E-03 0.0
1.900000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -2.774433E-03 -5.563300E-04 9.165197E-04 0.0
2.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.785848E-04 9.601130E-05 2.230951E-04 0.0
2.100000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.135004E-03 6.180879E-04 -6.944844E-04 0.0
2.200000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 4.823445E-03 8.400311E-04 -1.381263E-03 0.0
2.300000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 4.398568E-03 7.317043E-04 -1.382091E-03 0.0
2.400000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.915079E-03 3.196245E-04 -8.582898E-04 0.0
2.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.566270E-03 -2.366602E-04 2.799646E-04 0.0
2.600000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -4.656748E-03 -8.871090E-04 1.104175E-03 0.0
2.700000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -5.652717E-03 -1.011126E-03 1.723195E-03 0.0
2.800000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -4.183356E-03 -7.404945E-04 1.361757E-03 0.0
2.900000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -5.792427E-04 -1.157179E-05 5.545950E-04 0.0
3.000000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.378134E-03 5.921518E-04 -7.465787E-04 0.0
3.100000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 6.118540E-03 1.079806E-03 -1.669955E-03 0.0
3.200000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 6.154180E-03 1.087455E-03 -1.892105E-03 0.0
3.300000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.357990E-03 5.938875E-04 -1.300285E-03 0.0
3.400000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.177767E-03 -2.379042E-04 3.240915E-05 0.0
3.500000E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -5.483943E-03 -1.046055E-03 1.253511E-03 0.0
3.599999E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -7.413968E-03 -1.284480E-03 2.216528E-03 0.0
3.699999E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -6.145379E-03 -1.079321E-03 1.945101E-03 0.0
3.799999E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.841564E-03 -2.627536E-04 1.013358E-03 0.0
3.899999E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.452360E-03 5.953839E-04 -6.958374E-04 0.0
3.999999E-02 G 0.0 0.0 7.620675E-03 1.405553E-03 -1.962146E-03 0.0
4.099999E-02 G 0.0 0.0 8.392774E-03 1.481208E-03 -2.554084E-03 0.0
4.199998E-02 G 0.0 0.0 5.400310E-03 9.343401E-04 -1.930600E-03 0.0
4.299998E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -3.281469E-04 -1.217144E-04 -3.676712E-04 0.0
4.399998E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -6.228817E-03 -1.147661E-03 1.381334E-03 0.0
4.499998E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -9.583375E-03 -1.677181E-03 2.766101E-03 0.0
4.599998E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -8.786102E-03 -1.569629E-03 2.709862E-03 0.0
4.699998E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -3.758803E-03 -6.020886E-04 1.679330E-03 0.0
4.799997E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.195483E-03 5.808923E-04 -4.909628E-04 0.0
4.899997E-02 G 0.0 0.0 9.246888E-03 1.725094E-03 -2.266037E-03 0.0
4.999997E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.122023E-02 1.952351E-03 -3.378977E-03 0.0
5.099997E-02 G 0.0 0.0 8.268386E-03 1.448823E-03 -2.779186E-03 0.0
5.199997E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.187526E-03 1.346227E-04 -9.860625E-04 0.0
5.299997E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -6.789724E-03 -1.237243E-03 1.418749E-03 0.0
5.399996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.216828E-02 -2.180339E-03 3.363178E-03 0.0
5.499996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.223997E-02 -2.178860E-03 3.716934E-03 0.0
5.599996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -6.585141E-03 -1.086310E-03 2.616484E-03 0.0
5.699996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 2.365747E-03 4.580293E-04 -7.443000E-05 0.0
5.799996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.090876E-02 2.028860E-03 -2.546651E-03 0.0
5.899996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.475121E-02 2.570582E-03 -4.359502E-03 0.0
5.999995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.219421E-02 2.171182E-03 -3.910340E-03 0.0
6.099995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 3.637522E-03 5.390851E-04 -1.920502E-03 0.0
6.199995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -6.959493E-03 -1.275191E-03 1.295697E-03 0.0
6.299995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.512759E-02 -2.751445E-03 3.995620E-03 0.0
6.399995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.668699E-02 -2.942015E-03 5.009026E-03 0.0
6.499995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 -1.065213E-02 -1.810854E-03 3.894011E-03 0.0
6.599995E-02 G 0.0 0.0 6.605326E-04 1.788970E-04 6.545364E-04 0.0
6.699996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.245513E-02 2.318320E-03 -2.736080E-03 0.0
6.799996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.905753E-02 3.352417E-03 -5.492608E-03 0.0
6.899996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 1.744230E-02 3.119644E-03 -5.404990E-03 0.0
6.999996E-02 G 0.0 0.0 7.401054E-03 1.161095E-03 -3.280462E-03 0.0
Main Index
656
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 657
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
658
Main Index
CHAPTER 9 659
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response Analysis
Main Index
660
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
CHAPTER
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and
10 Optimization
■ Overview
■ Aeroelastic Optimization of FSW Airplane (Example HA200A)
■ Aeroelastic Optimization of FSW Airplane (Example HA200B)
Main Index
662
10.1 Overview
Aeroelastic design sensitivity and optimization are available in Solution 200. These capabilities
are based on static aeroelastic analysis, Solution 144, and flutter analysis, Solution 145.
Optimization of aeroelastic characteristics can therefore be combined with the other
optimization features of Solution 200. Flight vehicles can then be designed optimally for
aeroelastic loads, flying qualities, and flutter as well as for strength, vibration frequencies, and
buckling characteristics. The theory, algorithms, and applications for aeroelastic optimization
have been published by Neill, Johnson, and Canfield (1987), Johnson and Venkayya (1988), and
Johnson and Reymond (1991).
The specification of an aeroelastic design requires the specification of the response quantities
that are to be included in the design process and the determination of these responses.
MSC.Nastran permits the specification of a number of responses for static analysis including
displacements, stresses, strains, and forces, and these capabilities are available in static
aeroelasticity. The response quantities for aeroelastic design include:
• Trim variables in a static aeroelastic response. These allow the user to design for limits
imposed on, e.g., the trim angle of attack or control surface travel.
• Stability derivatives. These allow the user to specify limits on, e.g., the rolling
effectiveness of an aileron.
• Flutter damping level. This assures flutter stability without a requirement to determine
the actual flutter speed.
Once a quantity is identified as a response, it can be used directly in a constraint condition; in
combination with other responses and/or design variables in a constraint condition; as an
objective function directly; or in combination with other responses and/or design variables in
the objective function. This capability of combining responses and design variables is a unique
innovation in MSC.Nastran.
The user interface for the design sensitivity and optimization capability builds on the existing
interface for aeroelastic analysis as detailed in the this guide and on the interface for design
optimization described in the MSC.Nastran Design Sensitivity and Optimization User’s Guide. The
integrated capability contains some aspects of the user interface that are unique to aeroelasticity.
Case Control
Two aeroelastic analysis types are available for the ANALYSIS command:
ANALYSIS = SAERO
ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
As the names imply, the ANALYSIS commands refer to static aeroelasticity and flutter analysis,
respectively.
Bulk Data
Three response types for the DRESP1 entry are unique to aeroelasticity: TRIM, STABDER, and
FLUTTER.
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 663
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
The TRIM response is used to identify an aerodynamic extra point that the user wants to study.
This is done by identifying the variable (AESURF or AESTAT ID) in the ATTA field of the
DRESP1 entry.
The STABDER response is used to identify a stability derivative. In addition to the aerodynamic
variable, the user must identify the component (1 through 6) and if a restrained or unrestrained
derivative is of interest.
The FLUTTER response allows the user selectively to identify damping responses that are to be
studied. Attributes that are available for the response are mode number, Mach number, density,
and velocity.
As with the input, the output is a combination of the existing aeroelastic and design optimization
output. Perhaps the most valuable output available is the sensitivity matrix. This provides a
quantitative assessment of how the responses change due to changes in the design variables [see
pages 220-223 of the MSC.Nastran Design Sensitivity and Optimization User’s Guide (Moore,
Version 68)]. The effect of design changes on aeroelastic responses is often nonintuitive, even
for the most experienced analyst. Therefore, the sensitivity matrix can provide substantial
guidance when a design change is required or contemplated.
Main Index
664
A 1.500000
I1 0.173611
= x i Eq. 10-1
I2 2.000000
0.462963
J
where A , I 1 , I 2 , and J are the area, cross-section area moments of inertia, and effective torsional
moment of inertia, respectively, of the i-th CBAR element. The design variable representing the
inboard wing CBAR is x 1 and the vector of coefficients is chosen to reproduce the physical
properties in Example HA144E when x 1 = 1.0 . The same relationship is used to design the
outboard wing CBAR using a second design variable x2 , and to design the fin CBAR using a
third design variable x 3 . The design of mass balances is another possible option for flutter
prevention that is not considered in this example.
Anticipating the design optimization task of the next section (p. 692), a design objective of
weight is defined in this section even though it is not required for the sensitivity task. The
baseline input Example HA144E presents a problem since all of its mass data are input using
CONM2 entries. The current implementation of optimization in MSC.Nastran cannot treat mass
values input on the CONM2 entry as design parameters. In order to avoid this problem, the
Main Index CONM2 values for the wing and fin are reduced to half of their values in Example HA144E
CHAPTER 10 665
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
values, and these values, may be regarded here as nonstructural mass; the nonstructural weight
of each wing is now 1000 lbs, and the nonstructural weight of the fin is 50 lbs. The structural
mass is then calculated by means of the CBAR cross-sectional area, A above, and its density on
3
the MAT1 entry. For the wing, MAT1 2, is assigned a density of 38.49002 lbs/ft , and for the
3
fin, MAT1 3, is assigned a density of 5.773503 lbs/ft . These values of density lead to a
structural wing weight of 1000.0 lbs on each side and a structural fin weight of 50.0 lbs when the
design variables x1 = x2 = x3 = 1.0 . There is a slight aft shift of the center of gravity from its
location in Example HA144E as a consequence of this division in weight between structural and
nonstructural portions (it has moved from 2.276 ft to 2.514 ft aft of GRID 90, i.e., 2.38% of the
mean aerodynamic chord).
2000 1000
Canard
2100
2007 1007
2103 1131
1100
2115 1119
Aileron
3100
2131
3115
Wing
3103
Rudder
The final step in the design model specification relates to constraint specifications. This example
illustrates typical preliminary design considerations: strength of the aeroelastic airframe in high
load factor maneuvers, stiffness in maneuvering for good aerodynamic performance, stiffness
for adequate roll control, and stiffness for flutter prevention. These design considerations are
each expressed as constraints. Strength is prescribed as a constraint on stresses. Stiffness in
maneuvering is prescribed as a constraint on the twist at the wing tips. Stiffness for roll control
is prescribed as a constraint on the rolling helix angle per unit aileron deflection. Finally,
stiffness for flutter prevention is prescribed by constraints on the aeroelastic system damping at
selected speeds in the flight envelope, including margins of safety on velocity.
Main Index
666
The foregoing design considerations are implemented in MSC.Nastran using the Bulk Data of
<hypertext>Listing 10-1.
97 97
(a) Plan View (b) Side View
Designed Bars
98 98
90
90
99
221 121
99
220 120
222 122
211 111
210 110
310
312
The listing begins with an INCLUDE entry for data set FSW_TWO.DAT, which is given in
<hypertext>Listing 7-19. This is followed by those parts of the structural model that differ from
the Example HA144E (p. 263) description due to design considerations. For example, separate
PIDs are now required on the CBAR Bulk Data entry so that the associated properties can be
independently designed. The CONM2 and MAT1 entries have been modified to split the aircraft
weight into nonstructural and structural portions, as described above. Five TRIM Bulk Data
entries define the five maneuvering flight conditions that are used to design the structure, with
the remaining static aeroelastic inputs provided in the INCLUDE file.
Input for the flutter analysis is in addition to that provided in Section and is therefore input in
its entirety. A subsonic and a supersonic flutter analysis are specified with two separate
FLUTTER Bulk Data entries and their corresponding FLFACT entries. PARAM,LMODES
retains 12 modes in the flutter analysis.
Design Variables. The remainder of the input is for the design model and begins with a
definition of the design variables on the DESVAR Bulk Data entries. Design variables 10, 20, and
30 control the properties on the inboard wing, outboard wing, and fin bars, respectively. Note
that the initial fin design variable is 10 percent of the wing design variables, reflecting the
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 667
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
designer's insight that the fin structure will require significantly less strength than that of the
wing. The DVPREL1 entries indicate the linear relationships between the PBAR properties and
the design variables as specified in <hypertext>Eq. 10-1.
Responses and Constraints. Responses required in the automated design task are identified
using DRESP1 and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries. This example has considerable generality in that
it contains DRESP1 entries for WEIGHT, STRESS, DISPlacement, STABDER (stability
derivatives), and FLUTTER responses that are either constrained directly (i.e., specified to be
within limiting values), used in specifying the design objective (in this case it is to minimize the
weight), or included in synthetic responses. The STRESS responses invoke the minimum and
maximum stresses at end A (the end at the grid point mentioned first on the CBAR entry) of the
bars that model the wing structure. DCONSTR entries then constrain these stresses to fall
6
between – 57.6 and 72.0 × 10 psf .
The ability to limit the structural deformations is demonstrated in this example by first
identifying rotational displacements at the two wing tips and at the vehicle centerline. The
difference between the tip and root displacement is a measure of the aeroelastic deformation,
and the difference is effected using a DRESP2 entry that identifies the associated responses and
a DEQATN entry that provides that equation the takes the difference. DCONSTR entries are
used to limit the response to +1.0 degrees subsonically and +0.5 degrees supersonically.
DCONADD entries adds these displacement constraints (plus a roll effectiveness constraint
described next) to the already defined stress constraints. DCONADD 1 refers to the subsonic
subcase while DCONADD 2 refers to the supersonic subcase.
The roll performance specification frequently determines the stiffness of an aircraft wing. This
requirement is demonstrated in this example by selecting two stability responses,
C l and C l ,
p δa
on DRESP1 entries and then defining an equation using the DRESP2 and DEQATN entries to
specify a roll performance criterion
Cl
pb δa
------------- = – ----------- ≥ REQUIREMENT
2Vδ a Cl
p
DCONSTR entries are used to provide a lower limit of 0.60 for this criterion subsonically and
0.43 supersonically.
Flutter Responses. Two sets of DRESP1 entries include subsonic and supersonic flutter
responses in the design task. DRESP1 1 selects modal damping responses at the analysis density
and Mach number, but only at three critical velocities: 1000.0, 1300.0 and 1500.0 ft/sec. These
responses must all be available from the analysis. A SET1 entry invoked by the DRESP1 entry
restricts the responses to the fourth through the seventh modes since the first three modes
represent rigid body behavior that should not impact the structural design. DRESP1 11 performs
the same function for the supersonic flutter analysis. DRESP2 entries convert the damping value
to a new response of the form
Main Index
668
γ = ( γ – 0.03 ) ⁄ 0.1
This form offsets the response from zero and scales it (see “<hypertext>Aeroelastic Modeling in
MSC.Nastran” on page 93) so that the constraint imposed on the DCONSTR entry specifies that
this response should be less than -0.3, which is equivalent to saying that the damping should be
negative.
Optimization Parameters. The input file concludes with several entries that define parameters
for the optimization and sensitivity task. The DOPTPRM entry is used primarily in optimization
and in this case limits the number of design cycles to 25, requests a comprehensive printout of
design details following each design cycle, and overrides the default finite difference step size
DELB to give greater numerical accuracy when computing sensitivity values.
PARAM,CDIF,YES invokes the more accurate central differencing technique for this example.
PARAM,NASPRT,2 requests standard MSC.Nastran output after every other design cycle. Even
for this small model, this request results in extensive output so PARAM,NASPRT,2 must be
used with caution. PARAM,OPTEXIT,4 specifies that sensitivity results for the baseline design
are to be printed without proceeding on to the optimization phase. Two DSCREEN entries
complete the Bulk Data input and, for this example, force the retention of all the constraints and
therefore produce the sensitivities of all DRESP1 and DRESP2 responses. The DSCREEN,
PARAM,OPEXIT and PARAM,CDIF entries are removed for the optimization example of the
next section, and DELB is returned to its default value.
Case Control Commands. The Case Control Section begins with the TITLE and SUBTITLE
commands. The ECHO = BOTH command echoes the input Bulk Data, including the
"INCLUDEd" files in unsorted and sorted formats. A single boundary condition is used for all
the analyses and is selected by the SPC = 1 command. The DESOBJ = 10 request invokes the
Bulk Data DRESP1 entry with ID = 10 as the objective. This is the WEIGHT response. Request
for output of all the DISPlacments, STRESSes, element FORCEs, AEROdynamic Forces, and
Aerodynamic PRESsures is made above the subcase level, which means that the requests apply
to all the subcases until they are cancelled in subcases 6 and 7. Seven subcases follow, with each
subcase defined by a unique LABEL. The first five subcases are static aeroelastic trim analyses
for differing maneuvering conditions. The ANALYSIS = SAERO command is required in these
subcases to identify which of the multidisciplinary analyses applies for the subcase. The TRIM
command selects a TRIM Bulk Data entry that specifies the maneuver. For the first subcase, the
DESSUB = 1 command invokes the DCONADD Bulk Data entry with DCID = 1 which, in turn,
invokes limits on the element stresses, the aeroelastic deformation, and the roll performance for
the subsonic flight condition. The second subcase invokes a similar set of constraints for the
supersonic flight condition. The remaining three static aeroelastic subcases only constrain the
stress responses.
The final two subcases involve the flutter design tasks, as indicated by the
ANALYSIS = FLUTTER commands. The sixth subcase, and the first flutter subcase, includes a
DISP = 10 request along with PARAM,OPPHIPA set to 1 so as to obtain normal mode
displacements at the grid points. SET 10 is used to limit to the displacement output to the
aerodynamic box centers and not the box corners. The remaining output requests are set to
NONE to avoid output of these data for eigenvectors. The METHOD and FMETHOD entries are
familiar from “<hypertext>Flutter Analysis Sample Problems” on page 339 and invoke the
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 669
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
normal modes and flutter analysis, respectively. The DESSUB = 6 command invokes a
DCONSTR entry that places limits on the subsonic flutter responses. The DESSUB = 7 command
of the final subcase performs the same function for the supersonic flutter analysis.
The Executive Control Section begins with the identification ID MSC, HA200A, which denotes
the problem in the Test Problem Library. TIME 30 limits the CPU time to 30 minutes, and SOL
200 invokes the design sensitivity and optimization solution sequence.
Output. The input data and the sorted Bulk Data entries are shown in <hypertext>Listing 10-1
and <hypertext>Listing 10-2. Selected output is in <hypertext>Listing 10-3 and only includes
those aspects of the output that are unique to design sensitivity since the lengthy remaining
output has been covered by the examples in “<hypertext>Static Aeroelastic Analysis Sample
Problems” on page 179 and “<hypertext>Flutter Analysis Sample Problems” on page 339. An
exception to this is that the subsonic flutter results are shown to assist in the discussion of the
flutter sensitivity results. The first table shown in <hypertext>Listing 10-3 contains information
on the properties that are being designed. In the table, the "ANALYSIS VALUE" refers to the
values of the properties as they are input on the property entries (PBAR in this example) while
the "DESIGN MODEL" refers to the values of the properties developed from the design model
input on the DESVAR and DVPREL1 entries. These two values can differ, and the user is
warned if they do. In this example, the properties on the fin for the design model are a tenth of
the analysis properties. This was the user's intent so the warning can be ignored. Limits on the
property values are also displayed in this table.
The flutter summary for the subsonic flutter analysis is shown next. It is seen that flutter occurs
for point 6 between 1300.0 and 1400.0 ft/sec.
The Design Sensitivity Information. MSC.Nastran produces a sensitivity matrix with rows
that correspond to the design variables and the columns correspond to the responses. The next
series of tables in <hypertext>Listing 10-3 identifies the columns of this matrix by listing
attributes of the particular response. For example, the first response is the weight while the next
three are the displacements identified on DRESP1 entries for the first subcase. This identification
continues though all 115 columns of design sensitivity matrix.
The Design Sensitivity Matrix. The design sensitivity matrix (MATRIX DSCM2) is then listed.
Using the first column as an example, it shows that the sensitivity of the weight with respect to
the three design variables is 666.68, 13333.30 and 49.9983, respectively. While this particular
sensitivity is predictable and could be calculated by hand, it can be seen that other sensitivity
values are not available without a computer analysis. For example, column 70 is the sensitivity
of the sixth flutter mode at a velocity of 1500.0 ft/sec and a Mach number of 0.9. From the Flutter
Summary, it is seen that the flutter damping at this point is positive ( g = 0.4382 ). The
sensitivities of this response with respect to the three design variables are -0.5986, -0.2431 and -
0.0510, respectively. This provides the analyst/designer with useful information on the
tradeoffs required to improve the flutter performance of the vehicle. In this particular case, it is
seen that increasing the first design variable is the most cost effective strategy, i.e., achieves the
most increase in flutter damping for a unit change in weight.
Main Index
670
Design Variable Identification. The final information in <hypertext>Listing 10-3 is the design
cycle history and the design variable history. This information is most useful in an optimization
task, but it also is useful for the sensitivity analysis since it identifies the design variable labels
and values and therefore allows the user to quickly interpret the physical meaning of the rows
of the design sensitivity matrix.
N A S T R A N E X E C U T I V E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
ID MSC, HA200A
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA200A $$$$$$$$
$ $
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION FULL SPAN 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING $
$ WITH AILERON, CANARD AND AFT SWEPT $
$ VERTICAL FIN AND RUDDER. $
$ BAR MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES. $
$ $
$ SOLUTION QUASI-STEADY AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS $
$ AND UNSTEADY FLUTTER ANALYSIS USING $
$ DOUBLET-LATTICE METHOD $
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.9. $
$ $
$ OUTPUT STANDARD AEROELASTIC OUTPUT PLUS $
$ A TABLE IDENTIFYING RESPONSES $
$ FOR WHICH SENSITIVITY RESULTS ARE $
$ AVAILABLE FOLLOWED BY A MATRIX OF $
$ SENSITIVITY VALUES. $
$ $
$ $
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 30 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 200 $ OPTIMIZATION WITH AEROELASTICITY
CEND
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 671
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN PAGE 3
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
C A S E C O N T R O L D E C K E C H O
CARD
COUNT
1 TITLE = EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN
2 SUBTI = DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
3 ECHO = BOTH
4 SPC = 1
5 DESOBJ = 10
6 DISP = ALL $
7 STRESS = ALL $
8 FORCE = ALL $
9 AEROF = ALL $
10 APRES = ALL $
11 SUBCASE 1
12 LABEL = SUBSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT
13 ANALYSIS = SAERO
14 DESSUB = 1
15 TRIM = 1 $
16 SUBCASE 2
17 LABEL = SUPERSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT
18 ANALYSIS = SAERO
19 DESSUB = 2
20 TRIM = 2 $
21 SUBCASE 3
22 LABEL = HIGH SPEED ROLLING PULLOUT
23 ANALYSIS = SAERO
24 DESSUB = 200
25 TRIM = 3 $
26 SUBCASE 4
27 LABEL = HIGH SPEED PULLUP WITH ABRUPT ROLL
28 ANALYSIS = SAERO
29 DESSUB = 200
30 TRIM = 4 $
31 SUBCASE 5
32 LABEL = SUBSONIC ENTRY INTO SNAP ROLL
33 ANALYSIS = SAERO
34 DESSUB = 200
35 TRIM = 5 $
36 SUBCASE 6
37 LABEL = SUBSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
38 ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
39 SET 10 = 1,THRU,100000
40 PARAM OPPHIPA,1
41 DISP = 10
42 STRESS = NONE $
43 FORCE = NONE $
44 AEROF = NONE $
45 APRES = NONE $
46 DESSUB = 6
47 METHOD = 20
48 FMETHOD = 30
49 SUBCASE 7
50 LABEL = SUPERSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
51 ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
52 DISP = NONE $
53 STRESS = NONE $
54 FORCE = NONE $
55 AEROF = NONE $
56 APRES = NONE $
57 DESSUB = 7
58 METHOD = 20
59 FMETHOD = 40
60 BEGIN BULK
Main Index
672
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN PAGE 5
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
I N P U T B U L K D A T A D E C K E C H O
. 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
$
INCLUDE FSW_TWO.DAT
$
$ * RIGHT WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ THE CBAR ENTRY DEFINES A SIMPLE BEAM ELEMENT. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS PROPERTY ENTRY ID, THE TWO GRID POINTS JOINED BY THE $
$ BEAM AND COMPONENTS OF A VECTOR FROM THE FIRST POINT. $
$ THIS VECTOR DEFINES THE DIRECTION OF THE STRUCTURAL DE- $
$ FLECTION OF THE POINT AND ITS POSITIVE SENSE. $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 120 102 110 120 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ THE RBAR ENTRY DEFINES A RIGID BAR. LISTED ARE THE GRID $
$ POINTS AT EACH END AND THE DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT DOFS $
$ AT EACH END. THE NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT DOFS AT THE TWO $
$ ENDS MUST EQUAL SIX. BY DEFAULT THOSE NOT DECLARED INDE- $
$ PENDENT ARE MADE DEPENDENT. $
$ $
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 111 110 111 123456
RBAR 112 110 112 123456
RBAR 121 120 121 123456
RBAR 122 120 122 123456
$
$ THE PBAR ENTRY DEFINES GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF THE BEAM. $
$ LISTED ARE ITS ASSOCIATED MATERIAL ENTRY ID, ITS CROSS SEC- $
$ TIONAL AREA, AREA MOMENTS OF INERTIA, TORSIONAL MOMENT $
$ OF INERTIA AND NON-STRUCTURAL MASS PER UNIT AREA. THE $
$ OPTIONAL CONTINUATION ENTRY CONTAINS STRESS RECOVERY $
$ COEFFICIENTS, I.E., Y,Z COORDINATES WHERE STRESSES ARE $
$ TO BE COMPUTED. K1 AND K2 ARE AREA FACTORS FOR SHEAR $
$ STIFFNESS (DEFAULT IS BLANK; THEN SHEAR STIFFNESS IS $
$ INFINITE, I.E., SHEAR FLEXIBILITY IS ZERO. I12 IS THE $
$ AREA PRODUCT OF INERTIA. $
$ $
$ INBOARD WING
$
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 101 2 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1W
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB1W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2W
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB2W 0.0
$
$ OUTBOARD WING
$
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 102 2 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB3W
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB3W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB4W
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB4W 0.0
$ $
$ * LEFT WING STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 210 101 100 210 0. 0. 1.
CBAR 220 102 210 220 0. 0. 1.
$
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 211 210 211 123456
RBAR 212 210 212 123456
RBAR 221 220 221 123456
RBAR 222 220 222 123456
$ $
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 673
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
$ * FIN STRUCTURE * $
$ $
$ EID PID GA GB X1,GO X2 X3
CBAR 310 103 100 310 0. 0. 1.
$ $
$ PID MID A I1 I2 J NSM
PBAR 103 3 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1V
$ C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 F1 F2
+PB1V 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2V
$ K1 K2 I12
+PB2V 0.0
$
$ EID GA GB CNA CNB CMA CMB
RBAR 311 310 311 123456
RBAR 312 310 312 123456
$
$ $
$ THE MAT1 ENTRY DEFINES THE MATERIAL PROPERTIES. LISTED $
$ ARE ITS ID, ITS ELASTIC MODULUS, SHEAR MODULUS, POISSONS $
$ RATIO, MASS DENSITY, TEMPERATURE EXPANSION COEFFICIENT, $
$ REFERENCE TEMPERATURE AND A STRUCTURAL DAMPING COEFFICIENT. $
$ $
$ DENSITY HAS BEEN ADJUSTED TO GIVE A WEIGHT OF 333.333 LBS FOR THE
$ INBOARD BAR AND 666.667 LBS FOR THE OUTBOARD BAR WHEN X1 = X2 = 1.0
$ AND 50.0 LBS FOR THE FIN WHEN X3 = 1.0
$
$ MID E G NU RHO A TREF GE
MAT1 2 1.44+9 5.40+8 38.49002 +MT2
$+MAT1 ST SC SS MCSID
+MT2 7.20+6 5.76+6
MAT1 3 1.44+9 5.40+8 5.773503 +MT3
+MT3 7.20+6 5.76+6
$ $
$ * WING AND FIN MASSES * $
$ $
$ THE CONM2 ENTRY DEFINES A CONCENTRATED MASS. LISTED ARE $
$ ITS ID, GRID LOCATION, COORDINATE SYSTEM TO LOCATE THE $
$ CENTER OF GRAVITY, THE MASS VALUE AND THE LOCATION OF $
$ THE CENTER OF GRAVITY RELATIVE TO THE GRID LOCATION. $
$ $
$ RIGHT WING
$
CONM2 111 111 0 300.0
CONM2 112 112 0 200.0
CONM2 121 121 0 300.0
CONM2 122 122 0 200.0
$ $
$ LEFT WING
$ $
CONM2 211 211 0 300.0
CONM2 212 212 0 200.0
CONM2 221 221 0 300.0
CONM2 222 222 0 200.0
$ $
$ FIN
$
CONM2 311 311 0 30.0
CONM2 312 312 0 20.0
$ $
Main Index
674
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
$ * * TRIM CONDITIONS * * $
$ $
$ THE TRIM ENTRY SPECIFIES CONSTRAINTS FOR THE TRIM VARIABLES $
$ LISTED ON THE AESTAT AND AESURF ENTRYS. LISTED ARE ITS ID, $
$ THE MACH NUMBER, DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND PAIRS OF TRIM VARI- $
$ ABLES AND THEIR CONSTRAINED VALUES. THOSE THAT ARE NOT $
$ HELD FIXED MUST BE CONSTRAINED BY REACTION FORCES STIPU- $
$ LATED ON THE SUPORT ENTRY. SEE SECTION 3.5.3 OF THE THEO- $
$ RETICAL MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS. $
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 1: SUBSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT $
$ $
$ ID MACH Q LABEL1 UX1 LABEL2 UX2 +TRM
TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 0.0 URDD3 -6.0 +TR1A
$ LABEL3 UX3 ETC
+TR1A URDD5 0.0 AILERON 0.0 RUDDER 0.0 URDD2 0.0 +TR1B
+TR1B URDD4 0.0 URDD6 0.0
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 2: SUPERSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT $
$
TRIM 2 1.2 863.0 PITCH 0. URDD3 -4.0 +TR2A
+TR2A URDD5 0.0 AILERON 0.0 RUDDER 0.0 URDD2 0.0 +TR2B
+TR2B URDD4 0.0 URDD6 0.0
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 3: HIGH SPEED ROLLING PULLOUT $
$ $
TRIM 3 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 6.0499-4URDD3 -4.8 +TR3A
+TR3A URDD5 0. AILERON .174533 YAW 0. URDD2 0. +TR3B
+TR3B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 4: HIGH SPEED PULLUP WITH ABRUPT ROLL $
$ $
TRIM 4 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 6.0499-4URDD3 -4.8 +TR4A
+TR4A URDD5 0. AILERON .174533 ROLL 0. YAW 0. +TR4B
+TR4B URDD2 0. URDD6 0.
$ $
$ TRIM CONDITION 5: SUBSONIC ENTRY INTO SNAP-ROLL $
$ $
TRIM 5 0.45 300.0 ANGLEA .0031512ELEV .174533 +TR5A
+TR5A PITCH 0. SIDES 0. ROLL 0. YAW 0. +TR5B
+TR5B AILERON 0. RUDDER .174533
$ $
$ * * * $
$
$ $
$ * * * FLUTTER ANALYSIS * * *
$
$ * AERODYNAMICS *
$
$ THE AERO ENTRY SPECIFIES THE AERO COORDINATE SYSTEM, THE $
$ REFERENCE LENGTHS PLUS SYMMETRY KEYS. SYMXZ = 0 INDICATES $
$ THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED WITH NO ROOT REFLECTION PLANE; $
$ SYMXY = 0 INDICATES THAT THE MODEL IS MOUNTED FAR ENOUGH $
$ FROM THE FLOOR SO THAT REFLECTION EFFECTS ARE NEGLIGIBLE. $
$ $
$ ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
AERO 1 10.0 2.378-3
$
$ ALL COMBINATIONS OF MACH NUMBER AND REDUCED FREQUENCY LISTED $
$ ON THE MKAERO1 ENTRY AND ITS CONTINUATION ENTRY WILL BE USED $
$ TO GENERATE GENERALIZED AERO FORCE MATRICES. IF MORE THAN $
$ EIGHT MACH NOS OR REDUCED FREQUENCIES ARE REQUIRED A SECOND $
$ MKAERO1 IS NECESSARY. $
$ $
$MKAERO1 M1 M2 ETC +MK
MKAERO1 0.90 1.20 +MK
$+MK K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 ETC
+MK 0.001 0.01 0.1 0.3 0.5 1.0
$
$
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 675
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
$ * VIBRATION ANALYSIS * $
$ $
$ THE EIGR ENTRY SPECIFIES THE METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE EIGEN- $
$ SOLUTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE IN A VACUUM, IN THIS CASE AN $
$ AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF EITHER THE GIVENS METHOD OR THE $
$ MODIFIED GIVENS METHOD. THREE MODES ARE DESIRED, NORMAL- $
$ IZED ON THE MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENTS. $
$ $
$EIGR SID METHOD F1 F2 NO +EIGR
EIGR 20 AGIV 15 +AGIV
$ NORM G C $
+AGIV MAX
$
$ THE PARAM, OPPHIPA = 1 (WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A DISPLACEMENT
$ REQUEST IN THE CASE CONTROL SECTION) WILL GENERATE THE
$ VIBRATION MODE DISPLACEMENTS FOR BOTH THE STRUCTURAL GRID
$ POINTS AND THE AERODYNAMIC GRID POINTS (BOX CENTERLINE
$ MIDPOINTS) IN THE OUTPUT.
$
PARAM OPPHIPA 1
$
$
$ * * FLUTTER SOLUTION PARAMETERS * * $
$ $
$ THE FLUTTER ENTRY DEFINES THE METHOD OF SOLUTION, IDENTIFIES $
$ THE FLFACT ENTRIES THAT FOLL0W, SPECIFIES THE INTERPOLATION $
$ METHOD, THE NUMBER OF ROOTS DESIRED IN THE OUTPUT AND THE $
$ CRITERION FOR CONVERGENCE (DEFAULT IS 10-3). $
$ $
$ SID METHOD DENS MACH VEL IMETH NVALUE EPS $
FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 S 8
$
$ FLFACT ENTRIES ARE USED TO SPECIFY DENSITY RATIOS, MACH NOS $
$ AND REDUCED FREQUENCIES/VELOCITIES FOR FLUTTER ANALYSES. $
$ NEGATIVE VELOCITIES ARE SIGNALS TO COMPUTE AND PRINT EIGEN- $
$ VECTORS. $
$ $
$ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 $
FLFACT 1 1.0 DENSITY
FLFACT 2 0.90 MACH
FLFACT 3 1000.0 1100.0 1200.0 1300.0 1400.0 1500.0 1600.0 VELOCITY
FLUTTER 40 PK 11 12 13 S 8
FLFACT 11 1.0
FLFACT 12 1.20
FLFACT 13 1000.0 1100.0 1200.0 1300.0 1400.0 1500.0 1600.0
$
$ THE PARAM, LMODES, N, ENTRY SPECIFIES THAT N MODES ARE TO BE
$ USED IN THE FLUTTER ANALYSIS.
$
PARAM LMODES 12
$
$ * * * *
$
$ * * * OPTIMIZATION * * *
$
$
$ * * *
$
$ * THE DESIGN MODEL *
$
$ DEFINITION OF THE DESIGN VARIABLES
$
$ THE DESVAR ENTRY DEFINES A DESIGN VARIABLE FOR DESIGN
$ OPTIMIZATION. LISTED ARE A UNIQUE DESIGN VARIABLE ID
$ NUMBER, A USER SUPPLIED NAME FOR PRINTING PURPOSES, AN
$ INITIAL VALUE, A LOWER BOUND, AND AN UPPER BOUND.
$
$DESVAR ID LABEL XINIT XLB XUB
DESVAR 10 PBAR101 1.0 0.001 100.0
DESVAR 20 PBAR102 1.0 0.001 100.0
DESVAR 30 PBAR103 0.1 0.001 100.0
$
Main Index
676
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 677
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
$ STRESS RESPONSES
$
$DRESP1 ID LABEL RTYPE PTYPE REGION ATTA ATTB ATT1
DRESP1 1001 TEN110 STRESS PBAR 7 101
102 103
DRESP1 1002 COM110 STRESS PBAR 8 101
102 103
$
$ STRESS CONSTRAINTS
$
$ THE DCONSTR ENTRY DEFINES DESIGN CONSTRAINTS. LISTED ARE
$ A CONSTRAINT SET ID, THE DRESPI ENTRY ID AND THE LOWER AND
$ UPPER BOUND IMPOSED ON THIS RESPONSE QUANTITY. THE FOLLOWING
$ TWO ENTRIES IMPOSE LIMITS ON THE ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN THE
$ BARS IN UNITS OF POUNDS/FOOT**2.
$
$DCONSTR DCID RID LALLOW UALLOW
DCONSTR 200 1001 -5.76+6 7.20+6
DCONSTR 200 1002 -5.76+6 7.20+6
$
$
$ TIP TWIST RESPONSES
$
DRESP1 101 RTIPROT DISP 5 120
DRESP1 201 LTIPROT DISP 5 220
DRESP1 100 RTROT DISP 5 100
$
$ SECOND LEVEL RESPONSES FOR TIP TWIST
$
$ THE DRESP2 ENTRY DEFINES THE INPUT ARGUMENTS TO USER-SUPPLIED
$ EQUATIONS. THESE SECOND-LEVEL RESPONSES CAN THEN EITHER BE
$ USED AS CONSTRAINTS OR AS AN OBJECTIVE FUNCTION. INPUT MAY
$ CONSIST OF DESIGN VARIABLES (DESVAR), FIRST-LEVEL (DRESP1)
$ RESPONSES, TABLE CONSTANTS (DTABLE), AND GRID COORDINATES
$ (DVGRID). IT LISTS AN ID, A USER DEFINED LABEL, THE DEQATN
$ ENTRY ID, A REGION IDENTIFIER FOR CONSTRAINT SCREENING, A
$ STRING INDICATING DESVAR ID NUMBERS, A DESVAR ID, A STRING
$ INDICATING THAT THE LABELS FOR THE CONSTANTS IN A DTABLE ENTRY
$ FOLLOW, THE LABELS OF CONSTANTS IN THE DTABLE INPUT,
$ A STRING INDICATING DRESP1 ID NUMBERS, DRESP1 IDS, A STRING
$ SIGNIFYING THAT THE IDS AND DIRECTIONS FOLLOWING ARE NODE
$ NUMBERS AND CARTESIAN DIRECTION COMPONENTS, NODE NUMBERS,
$ AND CARTESIAN DIRECTIONS.
$
$DRESP2 ID LABEL EQID REGION XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX
DRESP2 5 RHSTWIST5 +DR25
$ DRESP1 NR1 NR2 NR3 ETC
+DR25 DRESP1 101 100
$
DRESP2 6 LHSTWIST5 +DR26
+DR26 DRESP1 201 100
$
$ EQUATION DEFINING SECOND LEVEL RESPONSE FOR TIP TWIST
$
$ THE DEQATN ENTRY DEFINES THE EQUATION(S) USED IN THE DESIGN
$ PROCESS. IT LISTS A UNIQUE EQUATION ID, AND THE EQUATION IS
$ WRITTEN IN FORTRAN LIKE SYNTAX FOLLOWING THE RULES IN DEFIN ING
$ DMAP ASSIGNMENTS AND FUNCTIONS.
$
$DEQATN EQID EQUATION
DEQATN 5 F(RTIP,RROOT) = RTIP - RROOT
$
$
$ TIP TWIST CONSTRAINTS
$
DCONSTR 50 5 -0.017450.01745
DCONSTR 50 6 -0.017450.01745
DCONSTR 60 5 -.008726 .008726
DCONSTR 60 6 -.008726 .008726
DCONADD 1 50 200
DCONADD 2 60 200
$
$ * * *
$
Main Index
678
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 679
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Listing 10-1 Input File for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
Main Index
680
Listing 10-2 Sorted Bulk Data for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane
EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN PAGE 23
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
S O R T E D B U L K D A T A E C H O
CARD
COUNT . 1 .. 2 .. 3 .. 4 .. 5 .. 6 .. 7 .. 8 .. 9 .. 10 .
1- AELIST 1000 1000 THRU 1007
2- AELIST 1100 1119 1123 1127 1131
3- AELIST 2000 2000 THRU 2007
4- AELIST 2100 2103 2107 2111 2115
5- AELIST 3000 3103 3107 3111 3115
6- AERO 1 10.0 2.378-3
7- AEROS 1 100 10.0 40.0 400.0
8- AESTAT 501 ANGLEA
9- AESTAT 502 PITCH
10- AESTAT 503 URDD3
11- AESTAT 504 URDD5
12- AESTAT 511 SIDES
13- AESTAT 512 YAW
14- AESTAT 513 ROLL
15- AESTAT 514 URDD2
16- AESTAT 515 URDD4
17- AESTAT 516 URDD6
18- AESURF 505 ELEV 1 1000 1 2000
19- AESURF 517 AILERON 110 1100 210 2100
20- AESURF 518 RUDDER 301 3000
21- CAERO1 1000 1000 2 4 1 +CARC
22- +CARC 10. 0. 0. 10. 10. 5. 0. 10.
23- CAERO1 1100 1000 8 4 1 +CARW
24- +CARW 25. 0. 0. 10. 13.45299+20. 0. 10.
25- CAERO1 2000 1000 2 4 1 +CALC
26- +CALC 10. -5. 0. 10. 10. 0. 0. 10.
27- CAERO1 2100 1000 8 4 1 +CALW
28- +CALW 13.45299-20. 0. 10. 25. 0. 0. 10.
29- CAERO1 3100 1000 4 4 1 +CA1FI
30- +CA1FI 30.7735 0. 10. 10. 25. 0. 0. 10.
31- CBAR 101 100 97 98 0. 0. 1.
32- CBAR 102 100 98 90 0. 0. 1.
33- CBAR 103 100 90 99 0. 0. 1.
34- CBAR 104 100 99 100 0. 0. 1.
35- CBAR 110 101 100 110 0. 0. 1.
36- CBAR 120 102 110 120 0. 0. 1.
37- CBAR 210 101 100 210 0. 0. 1.
38- CBAR 220 102 210 220 0. 0. 1.
39- CBAR 310 103 100 310 0. 0. 1.
40- CONM2 97 97 0 3000.0
41- CONM2 98 98 0 3000.0
42- CONM2 99 99 0 3000.0
43- CONM2 100 100 0 3000.0
44- CONM2 111 111 0 300.0
45- CONM2 112 112 0 200.0
46- CONM2 121 121 0 300.0
47- CONM2 122 122 0 200.0
48- CONM2 211 211 0 300.0
49- CONM2 212 212 0 200.0
50- CONM2 221 221 0 300.0
51- CONM2 222 222 0 200.0
52- CONM2 311 311 0 30.0
53- CONM2 312 312 0 20.0
54- CORD2R 1 0 12.5 0. 0. 12.5 0. 10. +CRD1
55- +CRD1 20. 0. 0.
56- CORD2R 2 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2RW
57- +CRD2RW 38.66025+5.0 0.
58- CORD2R 20 0 30. 0. 0. 30. 0. 10. +CRD2LW
59- +CRD2LW 38.66025-5.0 0.
60- CORD2R 100 0 15.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 0.0 -10.0 +CRD100
61- +CRD100 0.0 0.0 0.0
62- CORD2R 110 0 26.7265 10.0 0. 26.7265 10.0 -10.0 +CRD2RA
63- +CRD2RA 36.7265 15.7735 0.
64- CORD2R 210 0 26.7265 -10.0 0. 26.7265 -10.0 10.0 +CRD2LA
65- +CRD2LA 36.7265 -15.77350.
66- CORD2R 300 0 30.0 0. 0. 30.0 10.0 0. +CRD2FI
67- +CRD2FI 20.0 0.0 5.7735
68- CORD2R 301 0 32.5 0. 0. 32.5 -10. 0.0 +CRD2R
69- +CRD2R 22.5 0. 5.7735
70- DCONADD 1 50 200
71- DCONADD 2 60 200
72- DCONSTR 6 4 -1.0+20 -0.3
73- DCONSTR 7 21 -1.0+20 -0.3
74- DCONSTR 50 5 -0.017450.01745
75- DCONSTR 50 6 -0.017450.01745
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 681
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Listing 10-2 Sorted Bulk Data for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
76- DCONSTR 50 2401 0.60
77- DCONSTR 60 2401 0.43
78- DCONSTR 60 6 -.008726.008726
79- DCONSTR 60 5 -.008726.008726
80- DCONSTR 200 1002 -5.76+6 7.20+6
81- DCONSTR 200 1001 -5.76+6 7.20+6
82- DEQATN 4 F(A) = (A - 0.03)/0.1
83- DEQATN 5 F(RTIP,RROOT) = RTIP - RROOT
84- DEQATN 103 F(A,B) =-B/A
85- DESVAR 10 PBAR101 1.0 0.001 100.0
86- DESVAR 20 PBAR102 1.0 0.001 100.0
87- DESVAR 30 PBAR103 0.1 0.001 100.0
88- DOPTPRM DESMAX 25 P1 2 P2 15 DELB 0.01
89- DRESP1 1 FLUTTER FLUTTER 88 +DR1
90- +DR1 1 2 4
91- DRESP1 10 WEIGHT WEIGHT
92- DRESP1 11 FLUTTER FLUTTER 89 +DR11
93- +DR11 11 12 14
94- DRESP1 100 RTROT DISP 5 100
95- DRESP1 101 RTIPROT DISP 5 120
96- DRESP1 201 LTIPROT DISP 5 220
97- DRESP1 1001 TEN110 STRESS PBAR 7 101 +000025
98- ++000025102 103 +000026
99- DRESP1 1002 COM110 STRESS PBAR 8 101 +000027
100- ++000027102 103 +000028
101- DRESP1 1401 CLDELTA STABDER 517 0 4
102- DRESP1 1402 CLP STABDER 513 0 4
103- DRESP2 4 GDAMP 4 +DR24
104- +DR24 DRESP1 1
105- DRESP2 5 RHSTWIST5 +DR25
106- +DR25 DRESP1 101 100
107- DRESP2 6 LHSTWIST5 +DR26
108- +DR26 DRESP1 201 100
109- DRESP2 21 GDAMP 4 +DR21
110- +DR21 DRESP1 11
111- DRESP2 2401 ROLLEFF 103 +DR2401
112- +DR2401 DRESP1 1402 1401
113- DSCREEN EQUA -2.0
114- DSCREEN STRESS -2.0
115- DVPREL1 1014 PBAR 101 4 +000001
116- ++00000110 1.5 +000002
117- DVPREL1 1015 PBAR 101 5 +000003
118- ++00000310 0.173611 +000004
119- DVPREL1 1016 PBAR 101 6 +000005
120- ++00000510 2.0 +000006
121- DVPREL1 1017 PBAR 101 7 +000007
122- ++00000710 0.462963 +000008
123- DVPREL1 1024 PBAR 102 4 +000009
124- ++00000920 1.5 +000010
125- DVPREL1 1025 PBAR 102 5 +000011
126- ++00001120 0.173611 +000012
127- DVPREL1 1026 PBAR 102 6 +000013
128- ++00001320 2.0 +000014
129- DVPREL1 1027 PBAR 102 7 +000015
130- ++00001520 .462963 +000016
131- DVPREL1 1028 PBAR 103 4 +000017
132- ++00001730 1.5 +000018
133- DVPREL1 1029 PBAR 103 5 +000019
134- ++00001930 0.173611 +000020
135- DVPREL1 1030 PBAR 103 6 +000021
136- ++00002130 2.0 +000022
137- DVPREL1 1031 PBAR 103 7 +000023
138- ++00002330 .462963 +000024
139- EIGR 20 AGIV 15 +AGIV
140- +AGIV MAX
141- FLFACT 1 1.0 DENSITY
142- FLFACT 2 0.90 MACH
143- FLFACT 3 1000.0 1100.0 1200.0 1300.0 1400.0 1500.0 1600.0 VELOCITY
144- FLFACT 4 1000.0 1300.0 1500.0
145- FLFACT 11 1.0
146- FLFACT 12 1.20
147- FLFACT 13 1000.0 1100.0 1200.0 1300.0 1400.0 1500.0 1600.0
148- FLFACT 14 1000.0 1300.0 1500.0
149- FLUTTER 30 PK 1 2 3 S 8
150- FLUTTER 40 PK 11 12 13 S 8
151- GRID 90 15. 0. 0.
152- GRID 97 0. 0. 0.
153- GRID 98 10. 0. 0.
154- GRID 99 20. 0. 0.
155- GRID 100 30. 0. 0.
156- GRID 110 27.11325+5. 0.
157- GRID 111 24.61325+5. 0.
158- GRID 112 29.61325+5. 0.
159- GRID 120 21.33975+15. 0.
Main Index
682
Listing 10-2 Sorted Bulk Data for Design Sensitivities of FSW Airplane (continued)
160- GRID 121 18.83975+15. 0.
161- GRID 122 23.83975+15. 0.
162- GRID 210 27.11325-5. 0.
163- GRID 211 24.61325-5. 0.
164- GRID 212 29.61325-5. 0.
165- GRID 220 21.33975-15. 0.
166- GRID 221 18.83975-15. 0.
167- GRID 222 23.83975-15. 0.
168- GRID 310 32.88675+0. 5.
169- GRID 311 30.38675+0. 5.
170- GRID 312 35.38675+0. 5.
171- MAT1 1 1.44+9 5.40+8 0.0
172- MAT1 2 1.44+9 5.40+8 38.49002 +MT2
173- +MT2 7.20+6 5.76+6
174- MAT1 3 1.44+9 5.40+8 5.773503 +MT3
175- +MT3 7.20+6 5.76+6
176- MKAERO1 0.90 1.20 +MK
177- +MK 0.001 0.01 0.1 0.3 0.5 1.0
178- OMIT1 4 110 120 210 220 310
179- PAERO1 1000
180- PARAM AUNITS .031081
181- PARAM CDIF YES
182- PARAM GRDPNT 90
183- PARAM LMODES 12
184- PARAM NASPRT 2
185- PARAM OPPHIPA 1
186- PARAM OPTEXIT 4
187- PARAM WTMASS .031081
188- PBAR 100 1 4.0 .347222 .30 1.0 +PB1F
189- +PB1F 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 +PB2F
190- +PB2F 0.0
191- PBAR 101 2 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1W
192- +PB1W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2W
193- +PB2W 0.0
194- PBAR 102 2 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB3W
195- +PB3W 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB4W
196- +PB4W 0.0
197- PBAR 103 3 1.5 0.173611+2.0 0.462963 +PB1V
198- +PB1V 0.5 3.0 0.5 -3.0 -0.5 3.0 -0.5 -3.0 +PB2V
199- +PB2V 0.0
200- RBAR 111 110 111 123456
201- RBAR 112 110 112 123456
202- RBAR 121 120 121 123456
203- RBAR 122 120 122 123456
204- RBAR 211 210 211 123456
205- RBAR 212 210 212 123456
206- RBAR 221 220 221 123456
207- RBAR 222 220 222 123456
208- RBAR 311 310 311 123456
209- RBAR 312 310 312 123456
210- SET1 88 4 THRU 7
211- SET1 89 4 THRU 7
212- SET1 1000 98 99
213- SET1 1100 99 100 111 112 121 122
214- SET1 2100 99 100 211 212 221 222
215- SET1 3100 99 100 311 312
216- SPC1 1 1 90
217- SPLINE2 1501 1000 1000 1007 1000 0. 1. 1 +SPRC
218- +SPRC 1. -1.
219- SPLINE2 1601 1100 1100 1131 1100 0. 1. 2 +SPRW
220- +SPRW -1. -1.
221- SPLINE2 2501 2000 2000 2007 1000 0. 1. 1 +SPLC
222- +SPLC 1. -1.
223- SPLINE2 2601 2100 2100 2131 2100 0. 1. 20 +SPLW
224- +SPLW -1. -1.
225- SPLINE2 3100 3100 3100 3115 3100 0. 1. 300 +SP2FI
226- +SP2FI -1. -1.
227- SUPORT 90 23456
228- TRIM 1 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 0.0 URDD3 -6.0 +TR1A
229- +TR1A URDD5 0.0 AILERON 0.0 RUDDER 0.0 URDD2 0.0 +TR1B
230- +TR1B URDD4 0.0 URDD6 0.0
231- TRIM 2 1.2 863.0 PITCH 0. URDD3 -4.0 +TR2A
232- +TR2A URDD5 0.0 AILERON 0.0 RUDDER 0.0 URDD2 0.0 +TR2B
233- +TR2B URDD4 0.0 URDD6 0.0
234- TRIM 3 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 6.0499-4URDD3 -4.8 +TR3A
235- +TR3A URDD5 0. AILERON .174533 YAW 0. URDD2 0. +TR3B
236- +TR3B URDD4 0. URDD6 0.
237- TRIM 4 0.9 1200.0 PITCH 6.0499-4URDD3 -4.8 +TR4A
238- +TR4A URDD5 0. AILERON .174533 ROLL 0. YAW 0. +TR4B
239- +TR4B URDD2 0. URDD6 0.
240- TRIM 5 0.45 300.0 ANGLEA .0031512ELEV .174533 +TR5A
241- +TR5A PITCH 0. SIDES 0. ROLL 0. YAW 0. +TR5B
242- +TR5B AILERON 0. RUDDER .174533
ENDDATA
TOTAL COUNT= 243
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 683
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
----- COMPARISON BETWEEN INPUT PROPERTY VALUES FROM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODELS -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY PROPERTY FIELD ANALYSIS DESIGN LOWER UPPER DIFFERENCE
TYPE ID ID VALUE VALUE BOUND BOUND FLAG
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PBAR 101 4 1.500000E+00 1.500000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 101 5 1.736110E-01 1.736110E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 101 6 2.000000E+00 2.000000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 101 7 4.629630E-01 4.629630E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 4 1.500000E+00 1.500000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 5 1.736110E-01 1.736110E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 6 2.000000E+00 2.000000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 7 4.629630E-01 4.629630E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 103 4 1.500000E+00 1.500000E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBAR 103 5 1.736110E-01 1.736110E-02 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBAR 103 6 2.000000E+00 2.000000E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBAR 103 7 4.629630E-01 4.629630E-02 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
1. IF FIELD ID IS LESS THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE WORD POSITION OF AN ENTRY IN EPT.
2. IF FIELD ID IS GREATER THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE FIELD POSITION ON A PROPERTY BULK DATA ENTRY.
3. THE DIFFERENCE FLAG IS USED TO CHARACTERIZE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODEL PROPERTIES:
IF THE FLAG IS NONE, THEN THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VALUES.
IF THE FLAG IS WARNING, THEN THE USER IS ADVISED THAT DIFFERENCES EXIST.
IF THE FLAG IS FATAL, THEN THE DIFFERENCES ARE GREATER THAN 1.00000E+35 AND THE RUN WILL BE TERMINATED.
Main Index
684
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 685
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Main Index
686
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP1 RESPONSE SUBCASE MODE DENSITY MACH VELOCITY
NO. ENTRY ID TYPE ID NO. NO.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
85 11 FLUTTER 7 7 1.000 1.200 1500.000
----------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP2 SUB FREQ/
NO. ENTRY ID CASE TIME
----------------------------------------------------------
86 5 1
87 6 1
88 2401 1
89 5 2
90 6 2
91 2401 2
92 4 6
93 4 6
94 4 6
95 4 6
96 4 6
97 4 6
98 4 6
99 4 6
100 4 6
101 4 6
102 4 6
103 4 6
104 21 7
105 21 7
106 21 7
107 21 7
108 21 7
109 21 7
110 21 7
111 21 7
112 21 7
113 21 7
114 21 7
115 21 7
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9029 (DESOPT) - DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRIX FOR DIRECT
AND SYNTHETIC RESPONSES - GRADIENTS OF RESPONSES WITH RESPECT TO INDEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLES
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 687
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Main Index
688
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 689
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
Main Index
690
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 691
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y O F D E S I G N C Y C L E H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
Main Index
692
4000
3500
Wing Structural Weight (lbs)
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Iteration Number
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 693
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
2.0
DV10
DV20
Design Variable DV30
1.0
0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Iteration Number
Listing 10-4 shows selected output from the optimization results file. A description of design
optimization output can be found in Chapter 5 of the MSC.Nastran User’s Guide for Design
Sensitivity and Optimization (Moore, Version 68).
The abridged listing starts with a statement that the maximum constraint is 14.605. It can be
determined that this constraint is associated with a flutter damping response that is equal to
0.4382, which is a very large value. The output that follows in Listing 10-2 is produced with
P2 = 15 on the DOPTPRM entry and shows the results from the first optimization design cycle.
In the series of tables included in this output, INPUT VALUE refers to exact values determined
from the analysis. OUTPUT VALUES refers to approximate values as determined by the
optimizer. In many cases, there is no approximation or the approximation is exact so that the
output values are very accurate. Other values are determined from linear approximations, and
an exact analysis could produce a significantly different value. The flutter damping response is
a good example where a linear prediction can be expected to become less accurate as the design
moves away from the starting point.
The results indicate that the weight increased from 2000.5 lbs to 3527.9 lbs for the first design
cycle and that the design variables also increased significantly. The DESIGNED PROPERTIES
output shows how the design variable changes affect the underlying structural properties. The
DESIGN CONSTRAINTS ON RESPONSES is useful in that it gives some insight into which
responses are driving the design. Because the DESIGN CONSTRAINT ON RESPONSES table
lists responses by internal ID, it is necessary to refer to a second table to identify which responses
are impacting the design. In this case, all the constrained responses are synthetic since EQUA is
the RESPONSE TYPE for all of the constraints. This indicates that the constraints imposed by
the stress limits have been screened out for this design cycle. The table on CONSTRAINTS ON
DESIGNED PROPERTIES follows and indicates that in the process of reducing the constraint
violation on the responses, certain property limits were exceeded. No problem occurred in this
Main Index
694
case, but too severe a property constraint violation could result in a meaningless structure (e.g.,
one with negative bar areas). If this does occur, the user could restart the design from a better
starting point or tighten the property move limits so that the properties are less likely to become
meaningless.
The output next contains a series of tables that list the response values ordered by subcase. The
response with an internal ID of 10 is the flutter damping value with the large violation of the
design requirement. The DRESP2 responses indicate that the roll performance of the initial
design is slightly deficient and predict that the designed structure will be adequate in this
regard.
Convergence Check. Following the design information is a convergence check summary that
always appears following an optimization cycle. The table is SOFT CONVERGENCE
DECISION LOGIC, and soft convergence refers to a check of the results following an
approximate optimization but before a re-analysis has been performed. In this case, it is seen
that the convergence criteria all fail in that the objective, property values, and constraints all
indicate that further progress is required.
Final Design Results. The output shown in Listing 10-4 now skips ahead to the results from
the seventh and final design cycle. The results tables show identical input and output values,
indicating that the optimizer made no progress for this design cycle and implying that an
optimal design has been achieved. The DESIGNED CONSTRAINTS table shows that the
maximum constraint value is -0.00263, which indicates that the design is feasible (i.e., the design
satisfies the design constraint conditions). The RETAINED DRESP2 RESPONSES table indicates
that the roll response requirements are being satisfied almost exactly and that one of the flutter
constraints is also at the prescribed limit.
The soft convergence check indicates that the design objective and properties have not changed
and the maximum constraint is below the prescribed threshold so that all the convergence
criteria are satisfied. A final analysis then occurs and the subsonic flutter summary is shown in
the listing. Attention is directed to POINT 6 in the summary where it is seen that the flutter curve
crosses the zero damping boundary right at 1500.0 ft/sec. <hypertext>Figure 10-5 compares the
V-g curves of the initial and final designs, indicating the subsonic flutter velocity has been
increased from 1360.0 to 1500.0 ft/sec.
Design Histories. <hypertext>Listing 10-4 is concluded with two tables that present the
design cycle histories depicted in <hypertext>Figure 10-3 and <hypertext>Figure 10-4. The first
table shows the objective function and the maximum constraint value for each of the design
cycles. It is seen that the objective increases from 2005.0 to 2601.8 pounds while the maximum
constraint decreases from a value of 14.605 to an essentially zero value. The second table
presents a history of the design variables and shows that the weight increase can be attributed
to more than doubling the structural properties of the inboard bar while making less significant
changes in the remaining design variables.
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 695
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
1.00
Optimized Design
0.75 Initial Design
0.50
0.25
Damping (g)
0.00
-0.25 VREQ
-0.50
-0.75
-1.00
0.0 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Velocity (ft/sec)
6.0
5.0
Frequency (Hz)
4.0
3.0
2.0
Optimized Design
Initial Design
1.0
0.0 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Velocity (ft/sec)
Figure 10-5 The Critical V-g-V-f Curves for the Forward Swept Wing Aeroelastic
Optimization Example
Main Index
696
********************************************************************
* *
* *
* D E S I G N O P T I M I Z A T I O N *
* *
* *
********************************************************************
*******************************************
* *
* D E S I G N C Y C L E 1 *
* *
*******************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL TYPE MINIMIZE
RESPONSE OF OR SUPERELEMENT SUBCASE INPUT OUTPUT
ID RESPONSE LABEL MAXIMIZE ID ID VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 DRESP1 WEIGHT MINIMIZE 0 1 2.0050E+03 3.5277E+03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DESVAR LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10 PBAR101 1.0000E-03 1.0000E+00 2.0000E+00 1.0000E+02
2 20 PBAR102 1.0000E-03 1.0000E+00 1.6390E+00 1.0000E+02
3 30 PBAR103 1.0000E-03 1.0000E-01 2.0000E-01 1.0000E+02
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY PROPERTY FIELD TYPE OF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
TYPE ID ID PROPERTY BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PBAR 101 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5000E+00 3.0000E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7361E-01 3.4722E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.0000E+00 4.0000E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.6296E-01 9.2593E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5000E+00 2.4586E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7361E-01 2.8455E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.0000E+00 3.2781E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.6296E-01 7.5881E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5000E-01 3.0000E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7361E-02 3.4722E-02 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.0000E-01 4.0000E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.6296E-02 9.2593E-02 1.0000E+20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL INTERNAL
INTERNAL DCONSTR RESPONSE RESPONSE L/U REGION SUBCASE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID ID TYPE FLAG ID ID VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 50 2 EQUA UPPER 6 1 -3.9543E-01 -6.6547E-01
2 50 1 EQUA UPPER 5 1 -3.9543E-01 -6.6440E-01
3 50 3 EQUA LOWER 2401 1 1.7848E-02 -3.4503E-02
4 60 4 EQUA LOWER 2401 2 1.1241E-02 -3.9465E-02
5 6 5 EQUA UPPER 4 6 -4.3507E-01 -3.6965E-01
6 6 6 EQUA UPPER 4 6 1.4605E+01** 1.3839E+00**
7 7 7 EQUA UPPER 21 7 8.1231E+00 -8.8540E+00
8 7 8 EQUA UPPER 21 7 -4.7149E-01 -4.1885E-01
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 697
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL PROPERTY FIELD L/U CYCLE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID FLAG FLAG LIMIT VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 101 4 LOWER 1.2000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
10 101 5 LOWER 1.3889E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
11 101 6 LOWER 1.6000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
12 101 7 LOWER 3.7037E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
13 102 4 LOWER 1.2000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL PROPERTY FIELD L/U CYCLE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID FLAG FLAG LIMIT VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 102 5 LOWER 1.3889E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
15 102 6 LOWER 1.6000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
16 102 7 LOWER 3.7037E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
17 103 4 LOWER 1.2000E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
18 103 5 LOWER 7.3611E-03 -1.3585E+00 -3.7170E+00
19 103 6 LOWER 1.6000E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
20 103 7 LOWER 3.6296E-02 -2.7551E-01 -1.5510E+00
21 101 4 UPPER 1.8000E+00 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
22 101 5 UPPER 2.0833E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
23 101 6 UPPER 2.4000E+00 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
24 101 7 UPPER 5.5556E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
25 102 4 UPPER 1.8000E+00 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
26 102 5 UPPER 2.0833E-01 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
27 102 6 UPPER 2.4000E+00 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
28 102 7 UPPER 5.5556E-01 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
29 103 4 UPPER 1.8000E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
30 103 5 UPPER 2.7361E-02 -3.6548E-01 2.6904E-01
31 103 6 UPPER 2.4000E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
32 103 7 UPPER 5.6296E-02 -1.7763E-01 6.4474E-01
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| R E S P O N S E S IN D E S I G N M O D E L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10 WEIGHT N/A 2.0050E+03 3.5277E+03 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 1 S U B C A S E = 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE GRID COMPONENT LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL ID NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 100 RTROT 100 5 N/A 1.1291E-02 1.1403E-02 N/A
3 101 RTIPROT 120 5 N/A 2.1841E-02 1.7259E-02 N/A
4 201 LTIPROT 220 5 N/A 2.1841E-02 1.7240E-02 N/A
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRAINED / AESTAT /
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL FLAG NO. ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1401 CLDELTA 0 4 517 N/A 2.6340E-01 2.6922E-01 N/A
6 1402 CLP 0 4 513 N/A -4.4697E-01 -4.3374E-01 N/A
Main Index
698
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRAINED / AESTAT /
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL FLAG NO. ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1401 CLDELTA 0 4 517 N/A 2.1655E-01 2.2531E-01 N/A
8 1402 CLP 0 4 513 N/A -5.0933E-01 -5.0408E-01 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 1 S U B C A S E = 6
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 1 S U B C A S E = 7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE MODE MACH LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL NO. VELOCITY NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 11 FLUTTER 5 1.5000E+03 1.2000E+00 N/A 2.4369E-01 -2.6562E-01 N/A
12 11 FLUTTER 6 1.0000E+03 1.2000E+00 N/A -1.4145E-02 -1.2566E-02 N/A
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP2 RESPONSE EQUATION LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 5 RHSTWIST 5 N/A 1.0550E-02 5.8562E-03 1.7450E-02
2 6 LHSTWIST 5 N/A 1.0550E-02 5.8376E-03 1.7450E-02
3 2401 ROLLEFF 103 6.0000E-01 5.8929E-01 6.2070E-01 N/A
4 2401 ROLLEFF 103 4.3000E-01 4.2517E-01 4.4697E-01 N/A
5 4 GDAMP 4 N/A -4.3052E-01 -4.1089E-01 -3.0000E-01
6 4 GDAMP 4 N/A 4.0816E+00 1.1516E-01 -3.0000E-01
7 21 GDAMP 4 N/A 2.1369E+00 -2.9562E+00 -3.0000E-01
8 21 GDAMP 4 N/A -4.4145E-01 -4.2566E-01 -3.0000E-01
****************************************************************************************
INSPECTION OF CONVERGENCE DATA FOR THE OPTIMAL DESIGN WITH RESPECT TO APPROXIMATE MODELS
(SOFT CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
****************************************************************************************
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 699
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
*******************************************
* *
* D E S I G N C Y C L E 7 *
* *
*******************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL TYPE MINIMIZE
RESPONSE OF OR SUPERELEMENT SUBCASE INPUT OUTPUT
ID RESPONSE LABEL MAXIMIZE ID ID VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 DRESP1 WEIGHT MINIMIZE 0 1 2.6018E+03 2.6018E+03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DESVAR LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10 PBAR101 1.0000E-03 2.0927E+00 2.0927E+00 1.0000E+02
2 20 PBAR102 1.0000E-03 8.9963E-01 8.9963E-01 1.0000E+02
3 30 PBAR103 1.0000E-03 1.4322E-01 1.4322E-01 1.0000E+02
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY PROPERTY FIELD TYPE OF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
TYPE ID ID PROPERTY BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PBAR 101 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 3.1391E+00 3.1391E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 3.6332E-01 3.6332E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.1855E+00 4.1855E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 9.6886E-01 9.6886E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.3494E+00 1.3494E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5619E-01 1.5619E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7993E+00 1.7993E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.1649E-01 4.1649E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.1482E-01 2.1482E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.4864E-02 2.4864E-02 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.8643E-01 2.8643E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 6.6304E-02 6.6304E-02 1.0000E+20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL INTERNAL
INTERNAL DCONSTR RESPONSE RESPONSE L/U REGION SUBCASE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID ID TYPE FLAG ID ID VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 50 1 EQUA LOWER 2401 1 -6.4307E-03 -6.4307E-03
2 60 2 EQUA LOWER 2401 2 -1.5090E-02 -1.5090E-02
3 6 3 EQUA UPPER 4 6 -4.4682E-01 -4.4682E-01
4 6 4 EQUA UPPER 4 6 -2.5652E-03** -2.5652E-03**
5 7 5 EQUA UPPER 21 7 -4.7816E-01 -4.7816E-01
Main Index
700
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL PROPERTY FIELD L/U CYCLE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID FLAG FLAG LIMIT VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 101 4 LOWER 2.9821E+00 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
7 101 5 LOWER 3.4516E-01 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
8 101 6 LOWER 3.9762E+00 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
9 101 7 LOWER 9.2041E-01 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
10 102 4 LOWER 1.2820E+00 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
11 102 5 LOWER 1.4838E-01 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
12 102 6 LOWER 1.7093E+00 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
13 102 7 LOWER 3.9567E-01 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
14 103 4 LOWER 2.0408E-01 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
15 103 5 LOWER 2.2364E-02 -1.1179E-01 -1.1179E-01
16 103 6 LOWER 2.7211E-01 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
17 103 7 LOWER 6.2989E-02 -5.2632E-02 -5.2632E-02
18 101 4 UPPER 3.2961E+00 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
19 101 5 UPPER 3.8149E-01 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
20 101 6 UPPER 4.3947E+00 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
21 101 7 UPPER 1.0173E+00 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
22 102 4 UPPER 1.4169E+00 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
23 102 5 UPPER 1.6399E-01 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
24 102 6 UPPER 1.8892E+00 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
25 102 7 UPPER 4.3732E-01 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
26 103 4 UPPER 2.2557E-01 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
27 103 5 UPPER 2.7364E-02 -9.1361E-02 -9.1361E-02
28 103 6 UPPER 3.0075E-01 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
29 103 7 UPPER 6.9619E-02 -4.7619E-02 -4.7619E-02
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| R E S P O N S E S IN D E S I G N M O D E L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10 WEIGHT N/A 2.6018E+03 2.6018E+03 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 7 S U B C A S E = 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRAINED / AESTAT /
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL FLAG NO. ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1401 CLDELTA 0 4 517 N/A 2.6580E-01 2.6580E-01 N/A
3 1402 CLP 0 4 513 N/A -4.4017E-01 -4.4017E-01 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 7 S U B C A S E = 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRAINED / AESTAT /
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL FLAG NO. ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1401 CLDELTA 0 4 517 N/A 2.2095E-01 2.2095E-01 N/A
5 1402 CLP 0 4 513 N/A -5.0621E-01 -5.0621E-01 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 7 S U B C A S E = 6
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE MODE MACH LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL NO. VELOCITY NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 FLUTTER 6 1.0000E+03 9.0000E-01 N/A -1.3405E-02 -1.3405E-02 N/A
7 1 FLUTTER 6 1.5000E+03 9.0000E-01 N/A -7.6959E-05 -7.6959E-05 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 7 S U B C A S E = 7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE MODE MACH LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL NO. VELOCITY NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 11 FLUTTER 6 1.0000E+03 1.2000E+00 N/A -1.4345E-02 -1.4345E-02 N/A
Main Index
CHAPTER 10 701
Aeroelastic Design Sensitivities and Optimization
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP2 RESPONSE EQUATION LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2401 ROLLEFF 103 6.0000E-01 6.0386E-01 6.0386E-01 N/A
2 2401 ROLLEFF 103 4.3000E-01 4.3649E-01 4.3649E-01 N/A
3 4 GDAMP 4 N/A -4.3405E-01 -4.3405E-01 -3.0000E-01
4 4 GDAMP 4 N/A -3.0077E-01 -3.0077E-01 -3.0000E-01
5 21 GDAMP 4 N/A -4.4345E-01 -4.4345E-01 -3.0000E-01
**************************************************
TERMINATION OF DESIGN ITERATION (SOFT CONVERGENCE)
**************************************************
EXPLANATION:
THE OPTIMIZATION PROCESS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPROXIMATE MODELS DID NOT CHANGE APPRECIABLY.
THIS DESIGN MAY NOT WARRANT AN ADDITIONAL COMPLETE FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS.
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9024 (FEA,PHASE1) - STIFFNESS, MASS, DAMPING, AND LOAD GENERATION
INITIATED. DESIGN CYCLE NUMBER= 8
EXAMPLE HA200B: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN PAGE 693
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
SUBSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS SUBCASE 6
FLUTTER SUMMARY
Main Index
702
***** NORMAL CONVERGENCE CRITERIA SATISFIED ***** (HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
**************************************************************************************
CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA
(HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y O F D E S I G N C Y C L E H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL | EXTERNAL | |
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 10 | PBAR101 | 2.0927E+00 : 2.0927E+00 :
2 | 20 | PBAR102 | 8.9963E-01 : 8.9963E-01 :
3 | 30 | PBAR103 | 1.4322E-01 : 1.4322E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
RUN TERMINATED DUE TO HARD CONVERGENCE TO AN OPTIMUM AT CYCLE NUMBER = 7.
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
APPENDIX
References and Bibliography
A
■ Overview
■ References
■ Bibliography of Aeroelasticity and Unsteady Aerodynamics
■ Bibliography of MSC.Nastran Applications
Main Index
704
1.1 Overview
This appendix includes references of interest in the field of aeroelastic analysis and design.
Three categories are included. The first category, References, contains the literature cited
directly in this guide. The second category, Bibliography of Aeroelasticity and Unsteady
Aerodynamics, contains textbook references to the fundamentals of aerodynamic/structural
interaction. The third category, Bibliography of MSC.Nastran Applications, has been excerpted
from the MSC.Nastran Bibliography and includes specific solutions to problems in aeroelasticity
by the methods described in this guide.
Main Index
CHAPTER A 705
References and Bibliography
1.2 References
The references below are all cited in the text of this guide. These are listed alphabetically by the
first author. In the case of multiple references to the same author, the references are listed
chronologically by year. For multiple references to the same author in the same year, letters in
alphabetical order are appended to the year.
Albano, E., and Rodden, W. P. (1969). A Doublet-Lattice Method for Calculating Lift
Distributions on Oscillating Surfaces in Subsonic Flows. AIAA J., Vol. 7, pp. 279-285, p.
2192.
Anon. (1971). “Modal Flutter Analysis Study; Vol. IV, Aero-Servo-Elastic Stability Analysis
Program: PASES,” Rpt. No. SD15204R, Hughes Aircraft Company.
Ashley, H., and Zartarian, G. (1956). Piston Theory - A New Aerodynamic Tool for the
Aeroelastician. J. Aero. Sci., Vol. 23, pp. 1109-1118.
Bisplinghoff, R. L., Ashley, H., and Halfman, R. L. (1955). Aeroelasticity. Reading: Addison-
Wesley Publishing Company.
Blakely, K. (1993). MSC/NASTRAN Basic Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide, Version 68. The
MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation.
Budiansky, B., and Mayers, J. (1956). Influence of Aerodynamic Heating on the Effective
Torsional Stiffness of Thin Wings. J. Aero. Sci., Vol. 23, pp. 1081-1093, 1108.
Caffrey, J. P., and Lee, J. M. (1994). MSC/NASTRAN Linear Static Analysis User’s Guide, Version
68. The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation.
Chen, P. C., and Liu, D. D. (1985). A Harmonic Gradient Method for Unsteady Supersonic Flow
Calculations. J. Aircraft, Vol. 22, pp. 371-379.
Desmarais, R. N., and Bennett, R. M. (1974). An Automated Procedure for Computing Flutter
Eigenvalues. J. Aircraft, Vol. 11, pp. 75-80.
Donato, V. W., and Huhn, C. R., Jr. (1968). Supersonic Unsteady Aerodynamics for Wings with
Trailing-edge Control Surfaces and Folded Tips. Air Force Flight Dynamics Laboratory
Report No. AFFDL-TR-68-30.
Etkin, B. (1972). Dynamics of Atmospheric Flight. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Finck, R. D., and Hoak, D. E. (1976). USAF Stability and Control DATCOM. Air Force Flight
Dynamics Laboratory, Flight Controls Division.
Main Index
706
Frazer, R. A., and Duncan, W. J. (1928). The Flutter of Aeroplane Wings. British A.R.C., R. & M.
1155.
Friedman, I.P., Vosteen, L.F., Cooper, M.J., Gold, R.R., and Reed, W.H.,III (1988). Assessment
of Thermoelastic Analysis and Testing Applicable to the National Aero-Space Plane.
NASP Contractor Report 1017.
Giesing, J. P., Kalman, T. P., and Rodden, W. P. (1971). Subsonic Unsteady Aerodynamics for
General Configurations; Part I, Vol. I - Direct Application of the Nonplanar Doublet-
Lattice Method. Air Force Flight Dynamics Laboratory Report No. AFFDL-TR-71-5, Part
I, Vol. I.
Giesing, J. P., Kalman, T., and Rodden, W. P. (1972a). Subsonic Unsteady Aerodynamics for
General Configurations, Part II, Volume I - Application of the Doublet-Lattice-Method
and the Method of Images to Lifting-Surface/Body Interference. Air Force Flight
Dynamics Laboratory Report No. AFFDL-TR-71-5, Part II, Vol. I.
Giesing, J. P., Kalman, T. P., and Rodden, W. P. (1972b). Subsonic Unsteady Aerodynamics for
General Configurations; Part II, Volume II - Computer Program N5KA. Air Force Flight
Dynamics Laboratory Report No. AFFDL-TR-71-5, Part II, Vol. II.
Giesing, J. P., Kalman, T. P., and Rodden, W. P. (1972c). Subsonic Steady and Oscillatory
Aerodynamics for Multiple Interfering Wings and Bodies. J. Aircraft, Vol. 9, pp. 693-702.
Giesing, J. P., Kalman, T. P., and Rodden, W. P. (1976). Correction Factor Techniques for
Improving Aerodynamic Prediction Methods. NASA CR 144967, May 1976.
Gockel, M. A. (1983). MSC/NASTRAN Handbook for Dynamic Analysis, Version 63. The
MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation.
Harder, R. L., and Desmarais, R. N. (1972a). Interpolation Using Surface Splines. J. Aircraft, Vol.
9, pp. 189-191.
Harder, R. L., MacNeal, R. H., and Rodden, W. P. (1971). A Design Study for the Incorporation
of Aeroelastic Capability into NASTRAN. NASA CR-111918.
Johnson, E. H., and Venkayya, V. B., (1988). Automated Structural Optimization System
(ASTROS), Volume 1. Theoretical Manual, AFWAL-TR-88,3028, Volume 1.
Main Index
CHAPTER A 707
References and Bibliography
Johnson, E. H., and Reymond, M. A., Multidisciplinary Aeroelastic Analysis and Design
Using MSC/NASTRAN (1991). Proceedings of the AIAA/ASME/ASCE/AHS/ASG
32nd Structures, Structural Dynamics, and Materials Conference AIAA-91-1097-CP,
Baltimore, MD.
Lahey, R. S., Miller, M. P. and Reymond, M. (1994). MSC/NASTRAN Reference Manual, Version
68. The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation.
Lawrence, A. J., and Jackson, P. (1970). Comparison of Different Methods of Assessing the Free
Oscillatory Characteristics of Aeroelastic Systems. British A.R.C. C.P. No. 1084.
Küssner, H. G., and Schwarz, I. (1940). Der schwingenden Flugel mit aerodynamisch
ausgeglichenem Ruder. Luftfahrtforschung, Vol. 17, pp. 337-354; translated as The
Oscillating Wing with Aerodynamically Balanced Elevator, NACA TM-991.
Liu, D. D., James, D. K., Chen, P. C., and Pototzky, A. S. (1991). Further Studies of Harmonic
Gradient Method for Supersonic Aeroelastic Applications. J. Aircraft, Vol. 28, pp. 598-605.
Moore, G. J. (1994). MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization User’s Guide, Version 68.
The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation.
Neill, D. N., Johnson, E. H., and Canfield, R. A., (1987). ASTROS - A Multidisciplinary
Automated Structural Design Tool. Proceedings of the AIAA/ASME/ASCE/AHS/ASC
28th Structures, Structural Dynamics and Materials Conference. AIAA-87-0713-CP,
Monterey, California.
Pendleton, E. W., French, M., and Noll, T. E. (1987). A Comparison of Flutter Analyses for a 45°
Swept Transonic Model. Proceedings of the AIAA Design, Systems & Operations
Meeting, St. Louis, MO.
Pines, S., Dugundji, J., and Neuringer, J. (1955). Aerodynamic Flutter Derivatives for a Flexible
Wing with Supersonic and Subsonic Edges. J. Aero. Sci., Vol. 22, pp. 693-700.
Reymond, M. and Miller, M. P. (1994). MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Version 68. The
MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation.
Main Index
708
Rodden, W. P., and Bellinger, E. D. (1982a). Aerodynamic Lag Functions, Divergence, and the
British Flutter Method. J. Aircraft, Vol. 19, pp. 596-598.
Rodden, W. P., Bellinger, E. D., and Giesing, J. P. (1984). Errata and Addenda to “Application
of Oscillatory Aerodynamic Theory to Estimation of Dynamic Stability Derivatives.”
J. Aircraft, Vol. 21, pp. 93-94.
Rodden, W. P., Farkas, E. F., Malcom, H. A., and Kliszewski, A. M. (1962). Aerodynamic
Influence Coefficients from Piston Theory: Analytical Development and Computational
Procedure. Aerospace Corp., Report No. TDR-169(3230-11)TN-2.
Rodden, W. P., Giesing, J. P., and Kalman, T. P. (1972). Refinement of the Nonplanar Aspects
of the Subsonic Doublet-Lattice Lifting Surface Method. J. Aircraft, Vol. 9, pp. 69-73.
Rodden, W. P., Harder, R. L., and Bellinger, E. D. (1979). Aeroelastic Addition to NASTRAN.
NASA Contractor Report 3094.
Rodden, W. P., and Love, J. R. (1985). Equations of Motion of a Quasisteady Flight Vehicle
Utilizing Restrained Static Aeroelastic Characteristics. J. Aircraft, Vol. 22, pp. 802-809.
Rodden W. P., McGrew, J. A., and Kalman, T.P. (1972). Comment on “Interpolation Using
Surface Splines” J. Aircraft, Vol. 9, pp. 869-871.
Rodden, W. P. and Harder, R. L. (1975). Flutter Analysis with Active Controls, Proceedings of
MSC/NASTRAN Users’ Conference, Pasadena, CA.
Rodden, W. P., and Revell, J. D. (1962). The Status of Unsteady Aerodynamic Influence
Coefficients. Institute of the Aeronautical Sciences, Fairchild Fund Paper No. FF-33.
Taylor, J. (ed.). (1965). Manual on Aircraft Loads. AGARDograph 83, Pergamon Press.
Main Index
CHAPTER A 709
References and Bibliography
Tuovila, W.J., and McCarty, J. L., (1955) Experimental Flutter Results for Cantilever Wing
Models at Mach Numbers Up to 3.0, NACA RM L55E11.
Turner, M.J., Dill, E.H., Martin, H.C., and Melosh, R.J. (1960). Large Deflections of Structures
Subjected to Heating and External Loads. J. Aero/Space Sci., Vol. 27, pp. 97-106, 127.
Van Dyke, M. D. (1952). A Study of Second-Order Supersonic Flow Theory. NACA Report
1081.
Yates, E. C., Jr., and Bennett, R. M. (1963). Use of Aerodynamic Parameters from Nonlinear
Theory in Modified-Strip-Analysis Flutter Calculations for Finite-Span Wings at
Supersonic Speeds, NASA TND-1824.
Zartarian, G., and Hsu, P. T. (1955). Theoretical Studies on the Prediction of Unsteady Airloads
on Elastic Wings; Part I - Investigations on the Use of Oscillatory Supersonic
Aerodynamic Influence Coefficients. Wright Air Development Center, WADC Technical
Report 56-97, Part I.
Main Index
710
17. Etkin, B. (1972). Dynamics of Atmospheric Flight. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
18. Petre, A. (1973). Teoria Aeroelasticitiatii-Fenomene Dinamice Periodice. Bucharest: Editura
Academici Republicii Socialiste Romania.
19. Försching, H. W. (1974). Grundlagen der Aeroelastik. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
20. Blevins, R. D. (1977). Flow-induced Vibration. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company.
21. Vanderplaats, G. N. (1984). Numerical Optimization Techniques for Engineering Design
with Applications. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.
22. Haftka, R. T., and Kamat, M. P. (1985). Elements of Structural Optimization. The Hague:
Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
23. Hoblit, F. M. (1988). Gust Loads on Aircraft: Concepts and Applications. Washington,
D.C.: American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics.
24. Dowell, E. H., Curtiss, H. C., Jr., Scanlan, R. H., and Sisto, F. (1990). A Modern Course in
Aeroelasticity. Alphen aan der Rijn, The Netherlands: Sijthoff & Noordhoff, 2nd ed.
Main Index
712
AEROELASTICITY / AERODYNAMICS
Armand, Sasan C.; Liao, Mei-Hwa; Morris, Ronald W. A Transient Plasticity Study and Low
Cycle Fatigue Analysis of the Space Station Freedom Photovoltaic Solar Array Blanket,
The MSC 1990 World Users Conf. Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 19, March, 1990.
Bhatia, Kumar G.; Nagaraja, K. S. Transonic and Density Effect Investigations, Flutter
Parametric Studies of Cantilevered Twin-Engine-Transport Type Wing with and without
Winglet, Vol. II, September, 1984, (NASA CR-172410).
Boroughs, Robert R. Development of the LEARJET 28/29 Wing Using NASTRAN Analysis,
Eighth NASTRAN Users’ Colloq., pp. 11-32, October, 1979, (NASA CP-2131).
Briggs, Hugh C.; Chrisinger, Lance E. A New Capability for Elastic Aircraft Airloads via
NASTRAN, Tenth NASTRAN Users’ Colloq., pp. 165-186, May, 1982, (NASA CP-2249).
Cifuentes, Arturo; Bock, Timothy L.; Coppolino, Robert N. A Finite Element Technique for Tape-
Head Interaction Problems in High Speed Recording: The Steady-State Case, The 1989
MSC World Users Conf. Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 24, March, 1989.
Clark, Wm. B. Gulfstream Experience Using NASTRAN Solution 76 for Lateral Gust Loads
Analysis of the G-IV Airplane, Proc. of the MSC/NASTRAN Aeroelasticity Users Conf.,
Paper No. 1, October, 1989.
Crimaldi, J. P.; Britt, R. T.; Rodden, W. P. Response of the USAF/Northrop B-2 Aircraft to
Nonuniform Spanwise Atmospheric Turbulence, Proc. of the 32nd AIAA/ASME/
ASCE/AHS/ASC Structures, Structural Dynamics, and Materials Conf., Paper No. 91-
1048, April, 1991.
Deerhake, Allen. A Critique of the MSC/NASTRAN Flutter Analysis Capability, Proc. of the
MSC/NASTRAN Users’ Conf., March, 1979.
Desy, Philippe; Perron, Claude. Loads Balancing Technique Using MSC/NASTRAN Results,
The MSC 1991 World Users’ Conf. Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 16, March, 1991.
Doggett, Robert V.; Harder, Robert L. Subsonic Flutter Analysis Addition to NASTRAN,
NASTRAN: Users’ Exper., pp. 507-530, September, 1973, (NASA TM X-2893).
Main Index
CHAPTER A 713
References and Bibliography
Doggett, Robert V.; Cunningham, Herbert J. Jr. Some Applications of the NASTRAN Level 16
Subsonic Flutter Analysis Capability, NASTRAN: Users’ Exper., pp. 495-512, October,
1976, (NASA TM X-3428).
Geyer, A.; Schweiger, W. Aeroelastic and Stress Analysis of the CHIWEC Chinese Wind Energy
Converter Using MSC/NASTRAN, Proc. of the MSC/NASTRAN Eur. Users’ Conf., April,
1985.
Harder, R. L.; MacNeal, R. H.; Rodden, W. P. A Design Study for the Incorporation of
Aeroelastic Capability into NASTRAN, National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
May, 1971, (NASA CR-111918).
Harder, R. L.; MacNeal, R. H.; Rodden, W. P. A Study of a Finite Element Method to Calculate
Oscillatory Supersonic Lift Distributions Using the Acceleration Potential Kernel,
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, August, 1971, (NASA CR-111998).
Harder, Robert L.; MacNeal, Richard H.; Doggett, Robert V. Jr. A Design Study for the
Incorporation of Aeroelastic Capability, NASTRAN: Users’ Exper., pp. 779-796,
September, 1971, (NASA TM X-2378).
Hsu, Lu-Jiin; Chiou, Hua-Tzong; Chen, Kuo-Her. A Study of the Deformation Behavior of Wing
for Composite Material, The 2nd Annual MSC Taiwan Users Conf., Paper No. 4, October,
1990.
Hwang, Jyh-Yeon. A Study of the Structural Dynamic Characteristics Under the Aeroelastic
Interaction, The 4th MSC Taiwan Users’ Conf., Paper No. 10, November, 1992, in
Chinese.
Jew, Howard. Delta Wing Flutter Based on Doublet Lattice Method in NASTRAN, NASTRAN:
Users’ Exper., pp. 603-614, September, 1975, (NASA TM X-3278).
Kooj, B.; Wijker, J. Air Effects on the Dynamic Behaviour of Stowed Solar Array Wings, Proc. of
the Fifteenth MSC/NASTRAN Eur. Users’ Conf., October, 1988.
Lecce, Leonardo; Marulo, Francesco; D’Amato, Ciro Angelo; Verde, Giuseppe. Aeroelastic
Behaviour on an All-Movable Horizontal Tail of a General Aviation Twin-Engine
Aircraft, Int. Forum on Aeroelasticity and Structural Dynamics 1993, May, 1993.
Lee, In; Miura, Hirokazu; Chargin, Mladen; Green, John. Static Aeroelastic Analysis for Generic
Configuration Wing, Proc. of the MSC/NASTRAN Aeroelasticity Users Conf., Paper
No. 2, October, 1989.
Lee, Kuan S.; Miller, R. P.; Porada, T. W. An Application of MSC/NASTRAN Transfer Functions
for Launch Vehicle Air-Loads Analysis, The MSC 1991 World Users’ Conf. Proc., Vol. I,
Paper No. 15, March, 1991.
Lenselink, H. Aerodynamic Loading on a Thrust-Reverser, The MSC 1991 World Users’ Conf.
Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 17, March, 1991.
Lewis, A. P. A NASTRAN DMAP Procedure for Aeroelastic Design Sensitivity Analysis, Proc.
of the 18th MSC Eur. Users’ Conf., Paper No. 17, June, 1991.
Lin, Hung-Hsi; Jhou, Jitai; Stearman, Ronald. Influence of Joint Fixity on the Structural Static
and Dynamic Response of a Joined Wing Aircraft, Proc. of the MSC/NASTRAN
Aeroelasticity Users Conf., Paper No. 9, October, 1989.
Liu, D. D. ZONA Codes for Supersonic Aeroelastic Application, Proc. of the MSC/NASTRAN
Aeroelasticity Users Conf., Paper No. 10, October, 1989.
Masse, Barnard; Pastorel, Henri. Stress Calculation for the Sandia 34-Meter Wind Turbine
Using the Local Circulation Method and Turbulent Wind, The MSC 1991 World Users’
Conf. Proc., Vol. II, Paper No. 53, March, 1991.
McNamee, Martin J.; Zavareh, Parviz. Nonlinear Transient Analysis of a Shock Isolated
Mechanical Fuse, The MSC 1990 World Users Conf. Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 21, March,
1990.
Mei, Chuh; Rogers, James L. Jr. Application of NASTRAN to Large Deflection Supersonic
Flutter of Panels, NASTRAN: Users’ Exper., pp. 67-98, October, 1976, (NASA TM X-
3428).
Nakamura, Hitoshi; Ogaki, Ikuko. Flutter Simulation for Bridges, The MSC 1990 World Users
Conf. Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 20, March, 1990.
Rodden, W. P.; Bellinger, E. D. Aerodynamic Lag Functions, Divergence, and the British Flutter
Method, J. of Aircraft, Vol. 19, No. 7, pp. 596-598, 1982.
Rodden, W. P.; Bellinger, E. D.; Giesing, J. P. Errata and Addenda to ‘Application of Oscillatory
Aerodynamic Theory to Estimation of Dynamic Stability Derivatives,’ J. of Aircraft,
Vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 93-94, 1984.
Rodden, W. P.; Wilson, C. T.; Herting, D. N.; Bellinger, E. D.; MacNeal, R. H. Static Aeroelastic
Addition to MSC/NASTRAN, MSC/NASTRAN Users’ Conf. Proc., Paper No. 15, March,
1984.
Rodden, William P., (ed.) Handbook for Aeroelastic Analysis, The MacNeal-Schwendler
Corporation, Report No. MSR-57, November, 1987.
Rodden, William P. The New MSC/NASTRAN Handbook for Aeroelastic Analysis, The MSC
1988 World Users Conf. Proc., Vol. II, Paper No. 63, March, 1988.
Turner, Daniel, Dr.; Astle, Donald C. A Study of the Effect of Control Surface Aerodynamics on
Flutter Analyses, Proc. of the Conf. on Finite Element Methods and Technology, Paper
No. 16, March, 1981.
Tzong, George T.J.; Sikes, Gregory D.; Dodd, Alan J. Large Order Modal Analysis Module in the
Aeroelastic Design Optimization Program (ADOP) The MSC 1991 World Users’ Conf.
Proc., Vol. II, Paper No. 36, March, 1991.
Visagan, G. Senthil; Elayathu, M. N. G. Flutter Analysis of Launch Vehicle Fin, The First India
MSC Users’ Conf. Proc., December, 1992.
Vollan, A. Use of MSC/NASTRAN for the Aeroelastic Analysis of the Pilatus PlC-9 Turbo
Trainer, Proc. of the MSC/NASTRAN Eur. Users’ Conf., May, 1986.
Vollan, Arne; Alati, Loreto; Ronti, Gino. Unsteady Pressure Distribution of a Wing-Body
Configuration: MSC/NASTRAN Results Compared with Wind Tunnel Tests, The MSC
1990 World Users Conf. Proc., Vol. I, Paper No. 22, March, 1990.
Weisshaar, Terrence A.; Sadlowski, Michael. Panel Flutter Suppression with Active Micro-
Actuators, Int. Forum on Aeroelasticity and Structural Dynamics 1993, May, 1993.
Winther, B. A.; Hagemeyer, D. A.; Britt, R. T.; Rodden, W. P. Aeroelastic Effects on the B-2
Maneuver Response, AIAA Atmospheric Flight Mechanics Meeting, August, 1993,
(AIAA-93-3664).
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Executive Control Section
B
■ Overview
Main Index
718
B.1 Overview
The aeroelastic analysis and design solution sequences are:
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Case Control Section
C
■ Overview
Main Index
720
3.1 Overview
The Case Control Section is described in the “Case Control Commands” on page 175 of the
MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide. Fifteen Case Control data selection commands are available
for aeroelastic analyses and design and various outputs.
Note: The DIVERG Case Control command was not included in the MSC.Nastran Quick
Reference Guide for Version 68, but is available in the MSC.Nastran procedure.
DIVERG Selects the number of eigenvalues and Mach numbers for the aeroelastic
divergence analysis
Main Index
CHAPTER C 721
Case Control Section
Output Control
Main Index
722
Main Index
CHAPTER 723
Describers Meaning
n Set identification of a previously appearing SET command.
(Integer > 0).
ALL Forces at all points will be output.
Remarks:
1. The SET command references box or body element identification numbers.
2. Output is in the units of force or moment.
3. Only aerodynamic forces on points specified on the SET command will be output.
Main Index
724
Format:
n
APRES =
ALL
Examples:
APRES = ALL
APRES = 6
Describers Meaning
n Set identification number of a previously appearing SET command.
Only aerodynamic pressures on the referenced aerodynamic boxes will
be output. (Integer > 0)
ALL Pressures at all points will be output.
Main Index
CHAPTER 725
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of EIGC (and EIGP) Bulk Data entry.
(Integer > 0)
Remark:
1. The CMETHOD command must be specified in order to compute complex
eigenvalues.
Main Index
726
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a DIVERG Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remark:
1. Static aeroelastic divergence analysis can be performed in SOLutions 144, and 200.
Main Index
CHAPTER 727
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a DLOAD, RLOAD1, RLOAD2, TLOAD1, TLOAD2,
or ACSRCE Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. RLOAD1 and RLOAD2 may only be selected in a frequency response problem.
2. TLOAD1 and TLOAD2 may only be selected in a transient response problem.
3. Either a RLOADi or TLOADi entry (but not both) must be selected in an aeroelastic
response problem. If RLOADi is selected, a frequency response is calculated. If
TLOADi is selected, then transient response is computed by Fourier transform. When
there are only gust loads (GUST entry), the DLOAD selects a TLOADi or RLOADi entry
with zero load along with field 3 of the GUST command.
Main Index
728
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of a FLUTTER Bulk Data entry.
(Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. An FMETHOD command is required for flutter analysis.
2. A CMETHOD command in also required for the K-method of flutter analysis.
Main Index
CHAPTER 729
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of FREQ, FREQ1, and FREQ2 Bulk Data
entries. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. A frequency set selection is required for a frequency response problem.
2. A frequency set selection is required for transient response by Fourier methods
(SOLutions 76 and 146).
3. All FREQ, FREQ1 and FREQ2 entries with the same frequency set identification
numbers will be used. Duplicate frequencies will be ignored. f N and f N – 1 are
considered duplicated if
–5
f N – f N – 1 < 10 f MAX – f MIN
Main Index
730
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a GUST Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. The choice of transient or frequency response GUST depends upon the type of TLOAD
or RLOAD referenced on the selected GUST entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 731
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry for
normal modes or modal formulation, or an EIGB or EIGRL entry for
buckling. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. An eigenvalue extraction method must be selected when extracting real eigenvalues
using DMAP modules READ or REIGL.
2. If the set identification number selected is present on both EIGRL and EIGR and/or
EIGB entries, the EIGRL entry will be used. This entry requests the Lanczos
eigensolution method.
3. METHOD(FLUID) permits a different request of EIGR or EIGRL for the fluid portion
of the model from the structural portion of the model in coupled fluid-structural
analysis. See the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual, Chapter 15.
a. If not specified, then the METHOD selection of the structure will be used for the
fluid and modal reduction will not be performed on the fluid portion of the model
in the dynamic solution sequences.
b. The METHOD(FLUID) and METHOD(STRUCTURE) may be specified
simultaneously in the same subcase for the residual structure only. Do not specify
METHOD(FLUID) in a superelement subcase even if the superelement contains
fluid elements.
c. The auto-omit feature (see the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual, Section 9.5.2) is not
recommended. Therefore, only those methods of eigenvalue extraction that can
process a singular mass matrix should be used; e.g., EIGRL entry or MGIV and
MHOU on the EIGR entry.
Main Index
732
Selects the RANDPS and RANDT1 Bulk Data entries to be used in random analysis.
Format:
RANDOM = n
Example:
RANDOM = 177
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of RANDPS and RANDT1 Bulk Data entries to
be used in random analysis. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. RANDOM must select RANDPS Bulk Data entries to perform random analysis.
2. RANDOM must appear in the first subcase of the current loop. RANDPS Bulk Data
entries may not reference subcases in a different loop.
3. If RANDPS entries are used in a superelement analysis, the RANDOM command may
be specified above the subcase level if a condensed subcase structure (SUPER = ALL)
is used. If a condensed subcase structure is not used, then a unique RANDOM
selection of a unique RANDPS entry must be specified within each of the desired
superelement subcases.
Main Index
CHAPTER 733
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of a TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry.
(Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. In frequency response analysis, changes in SDAMPING commands between subcases
must be accompanied by a new FREQUENCY command. (The new FREQi entry may
be a duplicate of the previous entry except that the SID must be different.)
2. In coupled fluid-structure analysis (described in the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual,
Chapter 15), this command is applied only to the structural portion of the model.
Main Index
734
Describers Meaning
n Set identification number. Any set may be redefined by reassigning its
identification number. SETs specified under a SUBCASE command are
recognized for that SUBCASE only. (Integer > 0)
i 1 , i 2 , etc. Identification numbers. If no such identification number exists, the
request is ignored. ( Integer ≥ 0 )
i 3 THRU i 4 Identification numbers ( i 4 > i 3 ). (Integer > 0)
Main Index
CHAPTER 735
Remarks:
1. A SET command may be more than one physical command. A comma at the end of a
physical command signifies a continuation command. Commas may not end a set.
THRU may not be used for continuation. Place a number after the THRU.
2. Set identification numbers following EXCEPT within the range of the THRU must be
in ascending order.
3. In SET 88 above, the numbers 77, 78, etc., are included in the set because they are
outside the prior THRU range.
Main Index
736
Selects the transfer function set to be added to the direct input matrices.
Format:
TFL = n
Example:
TFL = 77
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a TF Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. Transfer functions will not be used unless selected in the Case Control Section.
2. Transfer functions are supported in dynamics problems only.
3. Transfer functions are described in the MSC.Nastran Handbook for Dynamic Analysis,
Section 3.4.2.
4. It is recommended that PARAM,AUTOSPC,NO be specified. See the MSC.Nastran
Reference Manual, Section 9.4.5.
Main Index
CHAPTER 737
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of a TRIM Bulk Data entry.
(Integer > 0)
Remark:
1. Aerodynamic extra points (trim variables) that are not constrained by a TRIM Bulk
Data entry will be free during the static aeroelastic response solution.
Main Index
738
Selects integration and output time steps for linear transient problems.
Format:
TSTEP = n
Example:
TSTEP = 731
Describer Meaning
n Set identification number of a TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
(Integer > 0)
Remark:
1. A TSTEP entry must be selected to execute a transient problem.
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Bulk Data Entries
D
■ Overview
Main Index
740
4.1 Overview
The Bulk Data entries are described in “Bulk Data Entries” on page 849 of the MSC.Nastran
Quick Reference Guide. This section reproduces the Bulk Data entries that are used to perform
aeroelastic analyses. The format of the aeroelastic Bulk Data entries is the standard Bulk Data
input format described at the beginning of “Bulk Data Entries” on page 849 of the MSC.Nastran
Quick Reference Guide. The user should refer to the MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide GFlk+ for
current features for each new application.
Note that the DIVERG Bulk Data entry was not included in the MSC.Nastran Quick Reference
Guide for Version 68, but is available in the MSC.Nastran procedure.
Aerodynamic Parameters
AERO Aerodynamic physical parameters for flutter or dynamic aeroelastic
response analysis and design
AEROS Static aeroelasticity physical properties
GUST Defines aerodynamic gust load
Aerodynamic Geometry and Element
AEFACT Specifies lists of real numbers
CAERO1 Connection definition for subsonic or ZONA51 aerodynamic panel
CAERO2 Connection definition for subsonic slender body
CAERO3 Connection definition for Mach Box theory
CAERO4 Connection definition for aerodynamic macro-strip
CAERO5 Connection definition for Piston Theory
PAERO1 Defines associated bodies for subsonic panel
PAERO2 Property definition for subsonic slender body
PAERO3 Property definition for Mach Box theory
PAERO4 Property definition for strip elements
PAERO5 Property definition for Piston Theory strips
Aerodynamic Matrix Generation
MKAERO1 Table of Mach numbers and reduced frequencies
MKAERO2 Table of Mach numbers and reduced frequencies
Main Index
CHAPTER D 741
Bulk Data Entries
Structure/Aerodynamics Interconnection
SET1 Defines a set of structural grid points
SET2 Defines a set of structural grid points in terms of aerodynamic macro-
elements
SPLINE1 Defines a surface spline for interpolating out-of-plane motion
SPLINE2 Defines a beam spline for interpolating panels and bodies
SPLINE3 Defines a constraint equation
Structural Damping
TABDMP1 Defines structural damping as a tabular function of frequency
Servomechanisms
DMIG Defines structure-related direct input matrices
TF Defines dynamic transfer function
Static Aeroelastic Analysis
AELINK Defines relationships among AESTAT and AESURF entries
AELIST Defines list of aerodynamic elements
AESTAT Specifies rigid body motions to be used as trim variables
AESURF Specifies aerodynamic control surfaces
DIVERG Specifies number of divergence eigenvalues and Mach numbers
SUPORT Defines coordinates for determinate reactions
TRIM Specifies contraints for aeroelastic trim variables
Vibration and Flutter Analyses
EIGC Defines data needed to perform complex eigenvalue analysis
EIGR Defines data needed to perform real eigenvalue analysis
EIGRL Defines data needed to perform real eigenvalue analysis with the
Lanczos Method
FLFACT Specifies aerodynamic data for flutter analysis
FLUTTER Specifies data to perform flutter analysis
Dynamic Aeroelastic Response
DAREA Dynamic load scale factor definition
DELAY Dynamic load function time delay definition
DLOAD Linear combination of dynamic load sets
DPHASE Dynamic load function phase lead definition
FREQi Defines a set of frequencies for problem solutions
Main Index
742
Main Index
CHAPTER 743
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AEFACT SID D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
D8 D9 -etc.-
Example:
AEFACT 97 .3 .7 1.0
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Unique Integer > 0)
Di Number. (Real)
Remarks:
1. AEFACT entries must be selected by a CAEROi or PAEROi entry.
2. Embedded blank fields are not allowed.
3. To specify division points, there must be one more division point than the number of
divisions.
4. When referenced by the CAERO3 entry, AEFACT defines the aerodynamic grid points.
The ID number of the first point defined by each AEFACT entry is the value of the
CAERO3 ID that selected the AEFACT entry. The ID of each following point defined
on the AEFACT is incremented by 1.
Main Index
744
Defines relationships between or among AESTAT and AESURF entries, such that:
n
D I
u + ∑ Ci u i = 0.0
i = 1
where:
D = dependent variable
u
I = independent variable
ui
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AELINK ID LABLD LABL1 C1 LABL2 C2 LABL3 C3
LABL4 C4 -etc.-
Example:
Field Contents
ID Trim set identification number. (Integer > 0)
LABLD Character string to identify the dependent aerodynamic variable. (Character)
LABLi Character string to identify the i-th independent aerodynamic variable. (Character)
Ci Linking coefficient for the i-th variable. (Real)
Remarks:
1. The AELINK entry (or entries) is selected by the TRIM = ID in Case Control.
2. This entry constrains the dependent variable to be a linear combination of the
independent variables.
3. LABLD data must be unique for a given ID (i.e., the variable cannot be constrained
twice).
4. LABLD and LABLi data refer to AESURF or AESTAT Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
CHAPTER 745
Defines a list of aerodynamic elements to undergo the motion prescribed with the AESURF Bulk
Data entry for static aeroelasticity.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AELIST SID E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7
E8 -etc.-
Example:
1202
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ei List of aerodynamic boxes generated by CAERO1 entries to define a surface.
(Integer > 0 or “THRU”)
Remarks:
1. These entries are referenced by the AESURF entry.
2. When the “THRU” option is used, all intermediate grid points must exist. The word
“THRU” may not appear in field 3 or 9 (2 or 9 for continuations).
3. Intervening blank fields are not allowed.
Main Index
746
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AERO ACSID VELOCITY REFC RHOREF SYMXZ SYMXY
Example:
Field Contents
ACSID Aerodynamic coordinate system identification. See Remark 2. (Integer > 0; Default
is the basic coordinate system)
VELOCITY Velocity for aerodynamic force data recovery and to calculate the BOV parameter.
See Remark 5. (Real)
REFC Reference length for reduced frequency. (Real)
RHOREF Reference density. (Real)
SYMXZ Symmetry key for the aero coordinate x-z plane. See Remark 6. (Integer = +1 for
symmetry, 0 for no symmetry, and -1 for antisymmetry; Default = 0)
SYMXY The symmetry key for the aero coordinate x-y plane can be used to simulate
ground effect. (Integer = -1 for symmetry, 0 for no symmetry, and +1 for
antisymmetry; Default = 0)
Remarks:
1. This entry is required for aerodynamic problems. Only one AERO entry is allowed.
2. The ACSID must be a rectangular coordinate system. Flow is in the positive x-direction.
3. Set SYMXY = -1 to simulate ground effect.
4. PARAM,WTMASS does not affect aerodynamic matrices. RHOREF must be input in
mass units.
5. VELOCITY is used only in aeroelastic response analysis, and it must be equal to V on
the GUST Bulk Data entry.
6. The symmetry fields on this entry are only used if neither of the Case Control
commands (AESYMXY, AESYMXZ) are supplied. If either Case Control command is
supplied, even the defaults from Case will override these Bulk Data entries. The Case
Control symmetry is the preferred means of declaring the flow and geometric
symmetry for aeroelastic analysis.
Main Index
CHAPTER 747
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AEROS ACSID RCSID REFC REFB REFS SYMXZ SYMXY
Example:
Field Contents
ACSID Aerodynamic coordinate system identification. See Remark 2. (Integer > 0; Default
is the basic coordinate system)
RCSID Reference coordinate system identification for rigid body motions. (Integer > 0;
Default is the basic coordinate system)
REFC Reference chord length. (Real > 0.0)
REFB Reference span. (Real > 0.0)
REFS Reference wing area. (Real > 0.0)
SYMXZ Symmetry key for the aero coordinate x-z plane. See Remark 6. (Integer = +1 for
symmetry, 0 for no symmetry, and -1 for antisymmetry; Default = 0)
SYMXY The symmetry key for the aero coordinate x-y plane can be used to simulate
ground effects. (Integer = +1 for antisymmetry, 0 for no symmetry, and -1 for
symmetry; Default = 0)
Remarks:
1. This entry is required for static aeroelasticity problems. Only one AEROS entry is
allowed.
2. The ACSID must be a rectangular coordinate system. Flow is in the positive x-direction
(T1).
3. The RCSID must be a rectangular coordinate system. All AESTAT degrees-of-freedom
defining trim variables will be defined in this coordinate system.
4. REFB should be full span, even on half-span models.
5. REFS should be half area on half-span models.
6. The symmetry fields on this entry are only used if neither of the Case Control
commands (AESYMXY, AESYMXZ) are supplied. If either Case Control command is
supplied, even the defaults from Case will override these Bulk Data entries. The Case
Control symmetry is the preferred means of declaring the flow and geometric
symmetry for aeroelastic analysis.
Main Index
748
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AESTAT ID LABEL
Example:
Field Contents
ID Identification number of an aerodynamic trim variable degree-of-freedom. See
Remark 1. (Integer > 0)
LABEL An alphanumeric string of up to eight characters used to identify the degree-of-
freedom. See Remark 1. (Character)
Remarks:
1. The degrees-of-freedom defined with this entry represent rigid body motion in the
reference coordinate system defined on the AEROS entry. The standard labels that
define the various rigid body motions are as follows:
Degree-of-
LABEL Description
Freedom Motion
ANGLEA u r (R2) Angle of Attack
URDD2 ·· Lateral
u r (T2)
URDD3 ·· Vertical
u r (T3)
URDD4 ·· Roll
u r (R1)
Main Index
CHAPTER 749
Degree-of-
LABEL Description
Freedom Motion
URDD5 ·· Pitch
u r (R2)
URDD6 ·· Yaw
u r (R3)
These reserved names may be defined on the AEPARM entry instead, in which case the
incremental load due to the unit perturbation of the rigid body degree-of-freedom (as
it will with AESTAT). See the AEPARM, AEPRESS, and AEFORCE entries.
2. The degrees-of-freedom defined with this entry are variables in the static aeroelastic
trim solution, unless they are constrained by referencing them with a TRIM Bulk Data
entry.
3. If a label other than those above is specified, then the user must either generate the
corresponding forces with an AELINK or via a DMI Bulk Data entry along with a
DMAP alter that includes the DMIIN module and additional statements to merge into
the appropriate matrices. Or, using AEPARM and the AEDW, AEPRESS, and/or
AEFORCE, you can accomplish this purpose without the need for any alters.
Main Index
750
Specifies an aerodynamic control surface as a member of the set of aerodynamic extra points.
The forces associated with this controller will be derived from rigid rotation of the aerodynamic
model about the hinge line(s) and from AEDW, AEFORCE and AEPRESS input data. The mass
properties of the control surface can be specified using an AESURFS entry.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AESURF ID LABEL CID1 ALID1 CID2 ALID2 EFF LDW
Example:
Field Contents
ID Controller identification number. (Integer > 0)
LABEL Controller name, see Remark 1. (Character)
CIDi Identification number of a rectangular coordinate system with a y-axis
that defines the hinge line of the control surface component. (Integer > 0)
ALIDi Identification of an AELIST Bulk Data entry that identifies all
aerodynamic elements that make up the control surface component.
(Integer > 0)
EFF Control surface effectiveness. See Remark 4. (Real ≠ 0.0; Default = 1.0)
LDW Linear downwash flag. See Remark 2. (Character, one of LDW or
NOLDW; Default = LDW).
CREFC Reference chord length for the control surface. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
CREFS Reference surface area for the control surface .(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
PLLIM,PULIM Lower and upper deflection limits for the control surface in radians. (Real,
Default = ± π/2)
HMLLIM,HMULIM Lower and upper hinge moment limits for the control surface in force-
length units. (Real, Default=no limit)
TQLLIM,TQULIM Set identification numbers of TABLEDi entries that provide the lower and
upper deflection limits for the control surface as a function of the dynamic
pressure. (Integer > 0, Default=no limit)
Main Index
CHAPTER 751
Remarks:
1. The ID on AESURF, AESTAT, and AEPARM entries are ignored. AESURFS can be used
to define mass properties of the control surface.
2. The degrees-of-freedom defined on this entry represent a rigid body rotation of the
control surface components about their hinge lines. In the default LDW (Linear
DownWash) case, the downwash due to a unit perturbation of the controll surface will
be computed as part of the database. In the NOLDW case, the user must prescribe the
controller’s effects by direct definition of the induced forces using the AEPRESS,
AEDW and/or AEFORCE entries.
3. Either one or two control surface components may be defined.
4. If EFF is specified, then the forces produced by this surface are modified by EFF (e.g.,
to achieve a 40% reduction, specify EFF=0.60).
5. The continuation is not required.
6. The CREFC and CREFS values are only used in computing the nondimensional hinge
moment coefficients.
7. Position limits may be specified using either PiLIM or TQiLIM, but not both.
8. Position and hinge moment limits are not required.
Main Index
752
Defines an aerodynamic macro element (panel) in terms of two leading edge locations and side
chords. This is used for Doublet-Lattice theory for subsonic aerodynamics and the ZONA51
theory for supersonic aerodynamics.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CAERO1 EID PID CP NSPAN NCHORD LSPAN LCHORD IGID
X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
Example:
CAERO1 1000 1 3 2 1
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (0 < Integer < 100,000,000)
PID Property identification number of a PAERO1 entry; used to specify associated
bodies. Required even if there are no associated bodies. (Integer > 0)
CP Coordinate system for locating points 1 and 4. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
NSPAN Number of spanwise boxes; if a positive value is given NSPAN, equal divisions are
assumed; if zero or blank, a list of division points is given at LSPAN, field 7.
(Integer > 0)
NCHORD Number of chordwise boxes; if a positive value is given NCHORD, equal divisions
are assumed; if zero or blank, a list of division points is given at LCHORD, field 8.
(Integer > 0)
LSPAN ID of an AEFACT data entry containing a list of division points for spanwise boxes.
Used only if NSPAN, field 5 is zero or blank. (Integer > 0)
LCHORD ID of an AEFACT data entry containing a list of division points for chordwise
boxes. Used only if NCHORD, field 6 is zero or blank. (Integer > 0)
IGID Interference group identification; aerodynamic elements with different IGIDs are
uncoupled. (Integer > 0)
X1, Y1, Z1 Location of points 1 and 4, in coordinate system CP. (Real)
X4, Y4, Z4
X12, X43 Edge chord lengths in aerodynamic coordinate system. (Real > 0.0, but not both
zero.)
Main Index
CHAPTER 753
Remarks:
1. The boxes and corner point nodes are numbered sequentially, beginning with EID. The
user should be careful to ensure that all box and corner point node numbers are unique.
There can be overlapping ID’s between the structural and aerodynamic model, but
MSC.Patran will not then be able to display any results. Also, non-unique corner ID’s
are allowed, but results cannot be visualized in MSC.Patran.
2. The number of division points is one greater than the number of boxes. Thus, if
NSPAN=3, the division points are 0.0, 0.333, 0.667, 1.000. If the user supplies division
points, the first and last points need not be 0. and 1. (in which case the corners of the
panel would not be at the reference points)
3. A triangular element is formed if X12 or X43=0.0
4. The element coordinate system is right-handed as shown in Figure 4-1.
5. The continuation is required.
6. It is recommended that NCHORD or LCHORD be chosen so that the typical box chord
length ∆x satisfies the condition ∆x < 0.08 V ⁄ f (recent studies indicate that .02 V ⁄ f
is needed to get converged stability derivates) where V is the minimum velocity and f,
in hertz, is the maximum frequency to be analyzed (see the MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic
Analysis User’s Guide).
Zelem
1 Yelem
1000
1003
4
1001 1006
1004
1007
2 3
Xaero = Xelem
7. This entry can be used for two different aerodynamic theories: Doublet-Lattice for
subsonic and ZONA51 for supersonic. The proper theory is selected based on the
specification of Mach number on the MKAEROi or TRIM entry.
Main Index
754
Defines aerodynamic slender body and interference elements for Doublet-Lattice aerodynamics.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CAERO2 EID PID CP NSB NINT LSB LINT IGID
X1 Y1 Z1 X12
Example:
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (0 < Integer < 100,000,000)
PID Property identification number of a PAERO2 entry. (Integer > 0)
CP Coordinate system for locating point 1. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
NSB Number of slender body elements. If NSB > 0, then NSB equal divisions are
assumed; if zero or blank, specify a list of divisions in LSB. (Integer > 0)
NINT Number of interference elements. If NINT > 0, then NINT equal divisions are
assumed; if zero or blank, specify a list of divisions in LINT. (Integer > 0)
LSB ID of an AEFACT Bulk Data entry for slender body division points; used only if
NSB is zero or blank. (Integer > 0)
LINT ID of an AEFACT data entry containing a list of division points for interference
elements; used only if NINT is zero or blank. (Integer > 0)
IGID Interference group identification. Aerodynamic elements with different IGIDs are
uncoupled. (Integer > 0)
X1, Y1, Z1 Location of point 1 in coordinate system CP. (Real)
X12 Length of body in the x-direction of the aerodynamic coordinate system. (Real > 0)
Remarks:
1. Point 1 is the leading point of the body.
2. All CAERO1 (panels) and CAERO2 (bodies) in the same group (IGID) will have
aerodynamic interaction.
3. At least one interference element is required for the aerodynamic body specified by this
entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 755
4. The beams and connection points are numbered sequentially beginning with EID. The
user should be careful to ensure that all aero elements and connection point ID’s are
unique. Overlapping ID’s between structure and aerodynamic models are allowed, but
will prevent results visualization in MSC.Patran.
Old rules regarding numbering among Z, ZY, Y bodies and CAERO1 no longer apply:
arbitrary ordering is allowed.
5. At least two slender body elements are required for each aerodynamic body.
6. Interference elements are only intended for use with panels.
7. Determining the size of the j-set (i.e., the number of aerodynamic elements) is essential
to input D1JE and D2JE matrices. Use the following expressions for locating the proper
row in the two matrices:
Main Index
756
Defines the aerodynamic edges of a Mach Box lifting surface. If no cranks are present, this entry
defines the aerodynamic Mach Box lifting surface.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CAERO3 EID PID CP LISTW LISTC1 LISTC2
X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
Example:
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (0 < Integer < 100,000,000)
PID Property identification number of a PAERO3 entry. (Integer > 0)
CP Coordinate system for locating points 1 and 4. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
LISTW Identification number of an AEFACT entry that lists (x,y) pairs for structural
interpolation of the wing. (Integer > 0)
LISTC1, Identification number of AEFACT entries that list (x,y) pairs for control surfaces,
LISTC2 if they exist. (Integer > 0)
X1, Y1, Z1 Location of points 1 and 4 in coordinate system CP. (Real)
X4, Y4, Z4
X12, X43 Edge chord lengths in the aerodynamic coordinate system. (Real > 0, X12 ≠ 0 )
Remarks:
1. EID must be unique with respect to all other element identification numbers.
2. The (x,y) pairs on LISTW, LISTC1 and LISTC2 AEFACT entries are in the aero element
coordinate system (see Figure 4-2). The (x,y) pairs define a set of aerodynamic grid
points that are independent of Mach number and are selected by the user to be
representative of the planform and motions of interest. The (x,y) pairs must be
sufficient in number and distribution such that: the surface spline provides an accurate
interpolation between them and the Mach Box centers that are variously located on the
planform as a function of Mach number (a complete description of the Mach Box
Method is given in the MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide).
Main Index
CHAPTER 757
3. The (x,y) pairs are numbered sequentially, beginning with EID for LISTW, then
LISTC1, and finally for LISTC2. On SPLINEi entries, the box numbers (BOX1 and BOX2
on SPLINE1, ID1 and ID2 on SPLINE2, and UKID on SPLINE3) refer to the (x,y) pair
sequence number appropriate for the surface (primary, or first or second control) being
splined.
4. If cranks and/or control surfaces exist, their locations are given on the PAERO3 entry.
5. The numbering system and coordinate system are shown below:
zelem yelem
1 5
4
+ +
+ LISTW
grid points
+
+
7
9
2 11
8+
+ + + 12
3
+ 10 + +
6
xaero = xelem
LISTC1 grid points
Main Index
758
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CAERO4 EID PID CP NSPAN LSPAN
X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
Example:
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (0 < Integer < 100,000,000)
PID Property identification number of a PAERO4 entry. (Integer > 0)
CP Coordinate system for locating points 1 and 4. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
NSPAN Number of strips; if a positive value is given, NSPAN equal strips are assumed. If
zero or blank, LSPAN must be specified. (Integer > 0)
LSPAN ID of an AEFACT entry containing a list of division points for strips. Used only if
NSPAN is zero or blank. (Integer > 0)
X1, Y1, Z1 Location of points 1 and 4 in coordinate system CP. (Real)
X4, Y4, Z4
X12, X43 Edge chord lengths in aerodynamic coordinate system. (Real > 0.0, and not both
zero.)
Remarks:
1. The strips are numbered sequentially, beginning with EID. The user must ensure that
all strip numbers are unique and greater than structural grid, scalar, and extra point
IDs.
2. The number of division points is one greater than the number of boxes. Thus, if
NSPAN = 3, the division points are 0.0, 0.333, 0.667, and 1.000. If the user supplies
division points, the first and last points need not be 0.0 and 1.0 (in which case the
corners of the panel would not be at the reference points).
3. A triangular element is formed if X12 or X43 = 0.
Main Index
CHAPTER 759
zelem
1 yelem
xaero = xelem
Main Index
760
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CAERO5 EID PID CP NSPAN LSPAN NTHRY NTHICK
X1 Y1 Z1 X12 X4 Y4 Z4 X43
Example:
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (0 < Integer < 100,000,000)
PID Property identification number of a PAERO5 entry. (Integer > 0)
CP Coordinate system for locating points 1 and 4. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
NSPAN Number of strips. (Integer. If a positive value is given, equal strips are assumed. If
zero or blank, then LSPAN must be specified.)
LSPAN ID of an AEFACT entry containing a list of division points for strips. Used only if
NSPAN is zero or blank. (Integer > 0)
NTHRY Parameter to select Piston or van Dyke’s theory. (Integer = 0, 1, or 2; Default = 0)
Blank or 0 = Piston theory is used to compute C 1 and C 2
1 = van Dyke’s theory is used to compute C 1 and C 2 with no sweep correction
(secΛ = 1.0).
2 = van Dyke’s theory is used to compute C 1 and C 2 with a sweep correction
based on the actual Λ.
NTHICK Parameter to select thickness integrals input. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
Blank or 0 = Thickness integrals are computed internally.
>0 = Thickness integrals are input directly and are the ID number of an AEFACT
entry that lists the I and/or J integrals.
X1,Y1, Z1 Location of points 1 and 4 in coordinate system CP. (Real)
X4,Y4, Z4
X12, X43 Edge chord lengths in aerodynamic coordinate system. (Real > 0; X12 and X43
cannot both be zero.)
Main Index
CHAPTER 761
zelem
1 yelem
Λ
4
3
2
xaero = xelem
Remarks:
1. The strips are numbered sequentially, beginning with EID. The user must ensure that
all strip numbers are unique and different from structural grid IDs.
2. The number of division points is one greater than the number of boxes. Thus, if
NSPAN=3, the division points are 0.0, 0.333, 0.667, 1.000. If the user supplies division
points, the first and last points need not be 0.0 and 1.0 (in which case the corners of the
panel would not be at the reference points).
3. A triangular element is formed if X12 or X43 = 0.0
2 2 1⁄2
C 1 = m ⁄ ( m – sec Λ )
4 2 2 2 2 2 2
C 2 = [ m ( γ + 1 ) – 4 sec Λ ( m – sec Λ ) ] ⁄ [ 4 ( m – sec Λ ) ]
where:
m = Mach number
γ = Specific heat ratio
Λ = Leading edge sweep angle
Main Index
762
τ⁄2
gξ τ ⁄2 τ ⁄2 Hinge Line
h
ξ
ξ
τ
t
⁄2
ξ
m
ξ
h
ξ = 1
dg
g ξ ≡ ------ = slope of airfoil semithickness
dξ 1 1
I1 = ∫ gξ d ξ J1 = ∫ gξ d ξ
0 ξ
1 1h
I2 = ∫ ξg ξ d ξ J2 = ∫ ξg ξ d ξ
0 ξh
1 1
2 2
I3 = ∫ξ gξ d ξ J3 = ∫ξ gξ d ξ
0 ξ
1 1h
2 2
I4 = ∫ gξ dξ J4 = ∫g ξd ξ
0 ξh
1
2 1
I5 = ∫ ξg ξ dξ 2
0
5 = ∫ ξg ξd ξ
1 ξ h1
2 2 2 2
I6 = ∫ξ gξ d ξ J6 = ∫ξ gξ d ξ
ξ h Integral Definitions
0 I and J Thickness
Figure 4-5 CAERO5
Main Index
CHAPTER 763
Defines scale (area) factors for static and dynamic loads. In dynamic analysis, DAREA is used in
conjunction with RLOADi and TLOADi entries.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DAREA SID P1 C1 A1 P2 C2 A2
Example:
Field Contents
SID Identification number. (Integer > 0)
Pi Grid, extra, or scalar point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci Component number. (Integer 1 through 6 for grid point; blank or 0 for extra or
scalar point.)
Ai Scale (area) factor. (Real)
Remarks:
1. One or two scale factors may be defined on a single entry.
2. Refer to RLOAD1, RLOAD2, TLOAD1, TLOAD2, or ACSRCE entries for the formulas
that define the scale factor Ai in dynamic analysis.
3. Component numbers refer to the displacement coordinate system.
4. In dynamic analysis, DAREA entries may be used with LSEQ Bulk Data entries if
LOADSET is specified in Case Control. The LSEQ and static load entries will be used
to internally generate DAREA entries.
5. If DAREA is referenced by a GUST entry, Pi must be defined. However, it is only used
if selected through a DLOAD Case Control command. WG from the GUST entry is used
instead of Ai when requested via a GUST entry.
6. All DAREA entries corresponding to all grid and scalar points are automatically
converted internally by the program to equivalent FORCE/MOMENT/SLOAD entries
(as appropriate) if there are no LSEQ Bulk Data entries. The DAREA entries can only be
used in static analysis if there are no LSEQ Bulk Data entries.
7. In superelement analysis, DAREA may be used to specify loads not only on the interior
points of the residual, but also on the interior points of upstream superelements if there
are no LSEQ Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
764
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DCONSTR DCID RID LALLOW UALLOW LOWFQ HIGHFQ
Example:
DCONSTR 10 4 1.25
Field Contents
DCID Design constraint set identification number. (Integer > 0)
RID DRESPi entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
LALLOW Lower bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = -1.0E20)
UALLOW Upper bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
LOWFQ Low end of frequency range in Hertz (Real > 0.0, Default = 0.0) See Remark 8.
HIGHFQ High end of frequency range in Hertz (Real > LOWFQ, Default = 1.0E+20). See
Remark 8.
Remarks:
1. The DCONSTR entry may be selected in the Case Control Section by the DESSUB or
DESGLB command.
2. DCID may be referenced by the DCONADD Bulk Data entry.
3. For a given DCID, the associated RID can be referenced only once.
4. The units of LALLOW and UALLOW must be consistent with the referenced response
defined on the DRESPi entry. If RID refers to an “EIGN” response, then the imposed
bounds must be expressed in units of eigenvalue, (radian/time)2. If RID refers to a
“FREQ” response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
5. LALLOW and UALLOW are unrelated to the stress limits specified on the MATi entry.
6. Constraints are computed as follows:
LALLOW – r
g = ------------------------------------ for lower bound constraints
GNORM
r – UALLOW
g = ------------------------------------- for upper bound constraints
GNORM
Main Index
CHAPTER 765
Main Index
766
Defines the time delay term τ in the equations of the dynamic loading function.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DELAY SID P1 C1 T1 P2 C2 T2
Example:
Field Contents
SID Identification number of the DELAY entry. (Integer > 0)
Pi Grid, extra, or scalar point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci Component number. (Integer 1 through 6 for grid point, blank or 0 for extra point
or scalar point.)
Ti Time delay τ for designated point Pi and component Ci. (Real)
Remarks:
1. One or two dynamic load time delays may be defined on a single entry.
2. SID must also be specified on a RLOAD1, RLOAD2, TLOAD1, TLOAD2, or ACSRCE
entry. See those entry descriptions for the formulas that define the manner in which the
time delay τ is used.
3. A DAREA and/or LSEQ entry should be used to define a load at Pi and Ci.
4. In superelement analysis, DELAY entries may only be applied to loads on points in the
residual structure.
Main Index
CHAPTER 767
Defines Mach numbers (m) for a divergence analysis in SOLs 144 and 200.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DIVERG SID NROOT M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
M7 M8 -etc.-
Example:
DIVERG 70 2 .5 .8 .9
Field Contents
SID Unique set identifier. (Integer > 0)
NROOT Number of divergence roots that are to be output and their eigenvectors printed.
(Integer; Default = 1)
Mi Mach number. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. The DIVERG entry is referenced in Case Control by “DIVERG = SID”.
2. The NROOT lowest divergence dynamic pressures are printed. If there are fewer than
NROOT pressures, all available dynamic pressures are printed.
3. Mi values must be distinct.
4. A blank Mach number field terminates the input.
Main Index
768
Defines a dynamic loading condition for frequency response or transient response problems as
a linear combination of load sets defined via RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries for frequency
response or TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries for transient response.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DLOAD SID S S1 L1 S2 L2 S3 L3
S4 L4 -etc.- *
Examples:
-2.0 9
Field Contents
SID Load set identification number. (Integer > 0)
S Scale factor. (Real)
Si Scale factors. (Real)
Li Load set identification numbers of RLOAD1, RLOAD2, TLOAD1, TLOAD2, and
ACSRC entries. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. Dynamic load sets must be selected in the Case Control Section with DLOAD = SID.
2. The load vector being defined by this entry is given by
{ P } = S ∑ Si { P i }
i
Defines the phase lead term θ in the equation of the dynamic loading function.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DPHASE SID P1 C1 TH1 P2 C2 TH2
Example:
Field Contents
SID Identification number of DPHASE entry. (Integer > 0)
Pi Grid, extra, or scalar point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci Component number. (Integers 1 through 6 for grid points; zero or blank for extra
or scalar points)
THi Phase lead θ in degrees. (Real)
Remarks:
1. One or two dynamic load phase lead terms may be defined on a single entry.
2. SID must be referenced on a RLOADi entry. Refer to the RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entry
for the formulas that define how the phase lead θ is used.
3. A DAREA and/or LSEQ entry should be used to define a load at Pi and Ci.
4. In superelement analysis, DPHASE entries may only be applied to loads on points in
the residual structure.
Main Index
770
Defines a set of structural responses that is used in the design either as constraints or as an
objective.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DRESP1 ID LABEL RTYPE PTYPE REGION ATTA ATTB ATT1
ATT2 -etc.-
Example:
DRESP1 1 DX1 STRESS PROD 2 3 102
103
Field Contents
ID Unique entry identifier. (Integer > 0)
LABEL User-defined label. (Character)
RTYPE Response type. See Table 4-1. (Character)
PTYPE Element flag (PTYPE = "ELEM") or property entry name. Used with element
type responses (stress, strain, force, etc.) to identify the property type, since
property entry IDs are not unique across property types. (Character: "ELEM",
"PBAR", "PSHELL", etc.)
REGION Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 10. for defaults.
(Integer > 0)
ATTA, ATTB, Response attributes. See Table 4-1. (Integer > 0 or Real or blank)
ATTi
Main Index
CHAPTER 771
Main Index
CHAPTER 773
Remarks:
1. Stress, strain, and force item codes can be found in “Item Codes” on page 1597. For
stress or strain item codes that have dual meanings, such as von Mises or maximum
shear, the option specified in the Case Control Section will be used; i.e.,
STRESS(VONM) or STRESS(MAXS).
2. RTYPE = "CSTRESS", "CSTRAIN", and "CFAILURE" are used only with the PCOMP
entry. "CSTRESS" and "CSTRAIN" item codes are described under Table 1 (Element
Stress/Strain Item Codes) in “Item Codes” on page 1597. "CFAILURE" item codes are
described under Table 2 (Element Force Item Codes) in “Item Codes” on page 1597.
Only force item codes that refer to failure indices of direct stress and interlaminar shear
stress are valid.
The CFAILURE response type requires the following specifications on the applicable
entries:
• Failure theory in the FT field on PCOMP entry.
• Allowable bonding shear stress in the SB field on PCOMP entry.
• Stress limits in the ST, SC, and SS fields on all MATi entries.
3. ATTB is used only for responses of composite laminae, dynamics, complex eigenvalue,
and stability derivatives. For other responses, this field must be blank.
Main Index
774
4. All grids associated with a DRESP1 entry are considered to be in the same region for
screening purposes. Only up to NSTR displacement constraints (see DSCREEN entry)
per group per load case will be retained in the design optimization phase.
5. DRESP1 identification numbers must be unique with respect to DRESP2 identification
numbers.
6. If PTYPE = "ELEM", the ATTi correspond to element identification numbers.
7. If RTYPE = "DISP", “SPCFORCE”, “GPFORCE”, “GPFORCP”, "TDISP", "TVELO",
"TACCL" or "TSPCF", multiple component numbers (any unique combination of the
digits 1 through 6 with no embedded blanks) may be specified on a single entry.
Multiple response components may not be used on any other response types.
8. If RTYPE = "FRDISP", "FRVELO", "FRACCL", or "FRSPCF" only one component
number may be specified in the ATTA field. Numbers 1 through 6 correspond to real
(or magnitude) components and 7 through 12 imaginary (or phase) components. If
more than one component for the same grid is desired, then a separate entry is
required.
9. Real/imaginary representation is the default for complex response types.
Magnitude/phase representation must be requested by the corresponding Case
Control command; e.g., DlSP(PHASE) = ALL for FRDISP type responses.
10. REGION is used for constraint screening. The NSTR field on DSCREEN entries gives
the maximum number of constraints retained for each region per load case.
IF RTYPE = "WEIGHT", "VOLUME", "LAMA", "EIGN", "FREQ", “CEIG”, “TOTSE”,
“RMSDISP”, “RMSVELO”, “RMSACCL”, no REGION identification number should
be specified. If the region field is left blank for a grid response, one region is created for
each DRESP1 ID. If the region field is left blank for an element response, one region is
created for each property ID invoked. Usually, the default value is appropriate.
If the REGION field is not blank, all the responses on this entry as well as all responses
on other DRESP1 entries that have the same RTYPE and REGION identification
number will be grouped into the same region.
11. REGION is valid only among the same type of responses. Responses of different types
will never be grouped into the same region, even if they are assigned the same REGION
identification number by the user.
12. If RTYPE = "WEIGHT", "VOLUME", or “TOTSE” field ATTi = "ALL" implies total
weight/volume/total strain energy of all superelements except external
superelements.
13. RTYPE = "STABDER" identifies a stability derivative response. ATTB is the restraint
flag for the stability derivative. ATTB = 0 means unrestrained, and ATTB = 1 means
restrained. For example, ATTA = 4000, ATTB = 0, and ATT1 = 3 reference the
unrestrained Cz derivative for the AESTAT (or AESURF) entry ID = 4000.
14. RTYPE = "FLUTTER" identifies a set of damping responses. The set is specified by
ATTi:
ATT1 = Identification number of a SET1 entry that specifies a set of modes.
Main Index ATT2 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of densities.
CHAPTER 775
W x W 12 W 13 W 14 W 15 W 16
W 21 W y W 23 W 24 W 25 W 26
W 31 W 32 W z W 34 W 35 W 36
[W] =
W 41 W 42 W 43 I x W 45 W 46
W 51 W 52 W 53 W 54 I y W 56
W 61 W 62 W 63 W 64 W 65 I z
6×6
The default values of ATTA and ATTB are 3, which specifies weight in the Z direction.
Field ATT1 = “ALL” implies total weight of all superelements except external
superelements. SEIDi refers to a superelement identification number. SEIDi= “0” refers
to the residual superelement. The default of ATT1 is blank which is equivalent to
“ALL”.
28. For RTYPE = GPFORCE, the PTYPE field is used to designate the GRID ID at which the
force is defined. Output that is produced using PARAM NOELOF > 0 is not supported
for the DRESP1 entry.
29. For RTYPE = GPFORCP, the PTYPE field is blank. The grid point force is for the sume
of all elements from the GRID ID listed in ATTA to the GRID (orient ID) listed in ATTi.
This response corresponds to that produced with PARAM NOELP > 0. It is not
necessary to set PARAM NOELP > 0 to compute the GPFORCP response.
Main Index
CHAPTER 777
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DSCREEN RTYPE TRS NSTR
Example:
Field Contents
RTYPE Response type for which the screening criteria apply. See Remark 3. (Character)
TRS Truncation threshold. (Real; Default = -0.5)
NSTR Maximum number of constraints to be retained per region per load case. See
Remark 3. (Integer > 0; Default = 20)
Remarks:
1. Displacement and displacement derivative constraints associated with one particular
load case are grouped by the specification of DRESP1 entries. From each group, a
maximum of NSTR constraints are retained per load case.
2. Stress-strain constraints are grouped by the property; i.e., all elements belonging to the
set of PIDs specified under ATTi on a DRESPi entry are regarded as belonging to the
same region. In superelement sensitivity analysis, if the property (PID) is defined in
more than one superelement, then separate regions are defined. A particular stress
constraint specification may be applied to many elements in a region generating many
stress constraints, but only up to NSTR constraints per load case will be retained.
3. For aeroelastic responses, that is RTYPE = “TRIM”, “STABDER”, and “FLUTTER”, the
NSTR limit is applied to all DRESP1 ID’s that are the same RTYPE and have the same
REGION specified.
4. For responses that are not related to grids or elements, that is RTYPE = WEIGHT”,
“VOLUME”, “EIGN”, “FREQ”, “LAMA”, CEIG”, and TOTSE”, NSTR is not used. TRS
is still applicable.
5. If a certain type of constraint exists but no corresponding DSCREEN entry is specified,
all the screening criteria used for this type of constraint will be furnished by the default
values.
6. Constraints can be retained only if they are greater than TRS. See the Remarks under
the “DCONSTR” on page 764 entry for a definition of constraint value.
7. Constraint screening is applied to each superelement.
Main Index
778
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EIGC SID METHOD NORM G C E ND0
The following continuation is repeated for each desired search region. (J = 1 to n, where n is the
number of search regions.
)
Examples:
EIGC 14 CLAN
+5.6 4
-5.5 3
EIGC 15 HESS 6
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Unique Integer > 0)
METHOD Method of complex eigenvalue extraction. (Character: "INV," "HESS," or "CLAN")
INV Inverse power.
HESS Upper Hessenberg. See Remarks 2. and 3.
CLAN Complex Lanczos. See Remark 9.
NORM Method for normalizing eigenvectors. See Remark 8. (Character: "MAX" or
"POINT"; Default = "MAX")
MAX Normalize the component having the largest magnitude to a
unit value for the real part and a zero value for the imaginary
part.
POINT Normalize the component defined in fields 5 and 6 to a unit
value for the real part and a zero value for the imaginary part.
The value for NORM defaults to "MAX" if the magnitude of
the defined component is zero.
Main Index
CHAPTER 779
Field Contents
G Grid or scalar point identification number. Required if and only if
NORM = "POINT". (Integer > 0)
C Component number. Required if and only if NORM="POINT" and G is a
geometric grid point. (0 < Integer < 6)
E Convergence criterion. (Real > 0.0. Default values are: 10-4 for METHOD = "INV",
10-15 for METHOD = "HESS", E is machine dependent for METHOD = "CLAN".)
MBLKSZ Maximum block size. See Remark 12. (Default = 7, Real > 0.0)
IBLKSZ Initial block size. See Remark 12. (Default = 2, Real > 0.0)
KSTEPS Frequency of solve. (Default = 5, Integer > 0)
METHOD Field
Field
HESS INV CLAN
NDj (Integer > 0) Desired number of Desired number of roots Desired number of
eigenvectors. (No and eigenvectors in j-th roots and eigenvectors
default) search region. to be extracted at j-th
(Default = 3*NEj) shift point. (No default)
ALPHAAj Not used End point Aj of j-th j-th shift point.
OMEGAAj search region in complex (Default = 0.0)
Real and plane. (Default = 0.0)
imaginary parts
of Aj in radians
per unit time.
(Real).
ALPHABj Not used End point Bj of j-th See alternate definition
OMEGABj search region in complex below.
Real and plane. (Default = 0.0)
imaginary parts
of Bj in radians
per unit time.
(Real).
Lj (Real > 0.0) Not used Width of j-th search See alternate definition
region. (Default = 1.0) below.
NEj (Integer > 0) Not used Estimated number of Not used
roots in j-th search
region.
Main Index
780
METHOD Field
Field
HESS INV CLAN
MBLKSZ Maximum Block Size
For block CLAN Default = 7
only
IBLCKSZ Initial Block Size
For block CLAN Default = 2
only
OMEGA
A1
B2
L2
ALPHA
L1
A2
B1
Remarks:
1. The EIGC entry must be selected in the Case Control Section with the command
CMETHOD = SID. Methods of solution are also controlled by SYSTEM(108) on the
NASTRAN statements (described in “nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement”
on page 1).
SYSTEM(108) Specification
0 QZ HESS method or CLAN block Lanczos, as selected by EIGC entry or
(default) equivalent PARAM input. Default value.
1 Force Householder QR (Hessenberg with spill, mass matrix must be
nonsingular)
2 Force old single vector complex Lanczos
4 Force new block complex Lanczos
8 Debugging output for Lanczos methods
16 Turn off block reduction in block complex Lanczos
Main Index
CHAPTER 781
SYSTEM(108) Specification
32 Turn off block augmentation in block complex Lanczos
64 Turn of full orthgonality in block complex Lanczos
128 Turn off preprocessing of initial vectors in block complex Lanczos
256 Force LR method (Hessenberg, no spill, mass matrix must be invertible)
512 Force QZ method
65536 Use semi-algebraic sort on imaginary part of roots (pre-V70.6 sort)
The word “force” above implies that the method selected by the system cell will be
used even when another method has been selected on an EIGC entry. Sums of these
values will produce two or more actions at once, when feasible. As the numbers get
larger, the function is more developer-oriented than user-oriented.
2. When using METHOD = "HESS", the following should be noted:
The "HESS" method is generally more reliable and economical for small and moderate-
size problems. It computes all eigenvalues and ND eigenvectors.
3. The EIGC entry may or may not require continuations as noted below.
• For the "HESS" method, continuations are not required; and their contents are
ignored when present, except for ND1. However, it is recommended that
continuations are not used.
• For the "CLAN" method when the continuation entry is not used a shift is
calculated automatically. When a shift is input on the first continuation entry it
is used as the initial shift. Only one shift is used. Data on other continuation
entries is ignored.
• For METHOD = "INV", each continuation defines a rectangular search region.
Any number of regions may be used and they may overlap. Roots in
overlapping regions will not be extracted more than once.
• For all methods, if no continuation is present, then ND0 must be specified on the
first entry. If a continuation is present, then NDj must be specified on the
continuation and not on the first entry.
4. The units of ALPHAAJ, OMEGAAJ, ALPHABJ, and OMEGABJ are radians per unit
time.
5. See The NASTRAN Theoretical Manual, Sections 10.4.4.5 and 10.4.4.6, for a discussion of
convergence criteria and the search procedure with the INV method.
6. DIAG 12 prints diagnostics for the inverse power method, the complex Lanczos
method and the QZ HESS method.
7. If METHOD = "HESS" and the LR or QR methods (non-default methods) are selected
by system cell 108 the mass matrix must be nonsingular. The default QA method does
not require a nonsingular mass matrix.
Main Index
782
ND1 OUTPUT
>0 All vectors of U and V are output.
=0 U and V are returned in a purged state.
<0 S is returned as a square matrix whose number of columns is equal to the
minimum number of rows or columns of the input matrix. U and V are
truncated to be commensurate with S. This is a method to reduce the costs of
solving very rectangular input matrices by providing a partial solution for
the most interesting vectors.
11. For DMAP applications there are input parameters, not present in the solution
sequences, that may be used to replace the function of the EIGC and CMETHOD
entries. See the MSC.Software Web site for details.
12. The MBLKSZ and IBKLSZ parameters are integers in concept, but must be input at real
numbers (that is, with a decimal point.) They represent maximum sizes, and may be
reduced internally for small size problems.
Main Index
CHAPTER 783
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EIGR SID METHOD F1 F2 NE ND
NORM G C
Example:
EIGR 13 LAN 12
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Unique Integer > 0)
METHOD Method of eigenvalue extraction. (Character)
Modern Methods:
LAN Lanczos Method
AHOU Automatic selection of HOU or MHOU method. See Remark 13.
Obsolete Methods:
INV Inverse Power method.
SINV Inverse Power method with enhancements.
GIV Givens method of tridiagonalization.
MGIV Modified Givens method.
HOU Householder method of tridiagonalization.
MHOU Modified Householder method.
AGIV Automatic selection of METHOD = “GIV” or “MGIV”. See Remark
13.
NORM Method for normalizing eigenvectors. (Character: “MASS,” “MAX,” or “POINT”;
Default = “MASS”)
MASS Normalize to unit value of the generalized mass. (Default)
MAX Normalize to unit value of the largest component in the analysis set.
POINT Normalize to a positive or negative unit value of the component
defined in fields 3 and 4. The POINT option is not supported for
METH=LAN. (Defaults to “MASS” if defined component is zero.)
Main Index
784
Field Contents
G Grid or scalar point identification number. Required only if NORM = “POINT”.
(Integer > 0)
C Component number. Required only if NORM = “POINT” and G is a geometric
grid point. (1 < Integer < 6)
METHOD Field
Field
INV or SINV GIV, MGIV, HOU, or MHOU
F1, F2 Frequency range of interest. F1 Frequency range of interest. If ND is not
must be input. If blank, F1 and F2 are ignored. If ND is
METHOD = “SINV” and ND, is blank, eigenvectors are found with
blank, then F2 must be input. natural frequencies that lie in the range
(Real > 0.0) between F1 and F2. (Real > 0.0; F1 < F2)
NE Estimate of number of roots in Not used.
range (Required for
METHOD = “INV”). Not used
by “SINV” method.
(Integer > 0)
ND Desired number of roots. If this Desired number of eigenvectors. If ND
field is blank and is zero, the number of eigenvectors is
METHOD = “SINV”, then all determined from F1 and F2. If all three
roots between F1 and F2 are are blank, then ND is automatically set
searched and the limit is 600 to one more than the number of
roots. (Integer > 0, Default is degrees-of-freedom listed on SUPORTi
3 ⋅ NE for METHOD = “INV” entries. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
only.)
Remarks:
1. The EIGR entry must be selected with the Case Control command METHOD = SID.
2. See “Real Eigenvalue Analysis” on page 35 of the MSC.Nastran Basic Dynamic Analysis
User’s Guide for a discussion of method selection.
3. The units of F1 and F2 are cycles per unit time.
4. The continuation entry is optional. If the continuation entry is not specified, then mass
normalization is performed.
5. The contemporary methods are LAN and AHOU. The other methods are in a
maintenance-only status, with no enhancements planned for them. They may be
eliminated in a future release of MSC.Nastran.
6. The LAN method is the most general-purpose method, and may be used on both small-
and large-size problems. It takes advantage of sparsity of input matrices, leading to
greater efficiency on large-size problems. Because Lanczos performance is tuned for
Main Index
medium to large problems, this has caused difficulties with very small problems. Thus,
CHAPTER 785
by default, on problems with fewer than 20 degrees-of-freedom when the LAN method
is selected, the method is switched to AHOU. The criteria for automatic switching is
controlled by SYSTEM(359) on the NASTRAN entry. The NE, G, and C fields are
ignored for the LAN method. The NORM field may be set to MASS (the default value)
or NORM. The conventions used when both the Fi and ND fields are specified are
described in Table 1 of the EIGRL entry description. The EIGRL entry is an alternate
method to select the LAN method. It has several other input options for special cases.
When both and EIGRL and EIGR have the same SID and that SID is selected by a
METHOD command the EIGRL entry takes precedence.
7. The AHOU method is competitive with the LAN method when there are small, dense
matrices and many eigenvectors are required. This most commonly occurs when static
or dynamic reduction is performed. The AHOU method does not take advantage of
matrix sparsity, so that computation cost rises with the cube of the number of DOFs.
The AHOU method responds to all permitted values for all the other fields except NE,
which is ignored.
8. All methods require a positive semi-definite (psd) mass matrix for stable solutions. The
mass matrix may be tested for this condition for all methods of solution by setting
SYSTEM(303). A value of “-4” should be sufficient to identify problem matrices. A fatal
error exit is taken when it is not met. All MSC.Nastran metric elements are designed to
produce psd mass matrices. CMASSi elements, DMIG matrices selected by the M2GG
command, and matrices input via INPUTT4 are special methods that allow addition of
non-psd terms by use of non-metric element input. If none of this type of special input
is present and the fatal error exit is taken you may have encountered an error in a
metric element. Contact your local MSC technical representative for corrective action
in this case.
9. The LAN and AHOU methods allow singular but positive semi-definite mass matrices.
10. The tridiagonal methods include the xGIV and xHOU methods, where “x” is described
in the following comments. All tridiagonal methods compute all eigenvalues, and the
number of eigenvectors specified by the Fi and Nd fields, as described in Table 13.
11. If “x” is blank (for example, the HOU method is selected) the mass matrix must be non-
singular.
12. If “x” is M (for example, the MHOU method is selected) the mass matrix may be
singular. A modified, shifted problem is solved in an inverse basis with this method.
Some precision in the solution and longer computation time is exchanged for a more
stable solution.
13. If “x” is A (for example, the AHOU method is selected) an attempt is made to solve the
problem without shifting, in the interest of cost reduction and maximum precision. If
the mass matrix is determined to be poorly conditioned for inversion the basis is
automatically shifted with the modified method.
14. If NORM = “MAX”, components that are not in the analysis set may have values larger
than unity.
Main Index
786
15. If NORM = “POINT”, the selected component should be in the analysis set (a-set). (The
program uses NORM = “MAX” when it is not in the analysis set.) The displacement
value at the selected component will be positive or negative unity.
16. The “SINV” method is an enhanced version of the “INV” method. It uses Sturm
sequence number techniques to make it more likely that all roots in the range have been
found. It is generally more reliable and more efficient than the “INV” method.
–6
17. For the “INV” and “SINV” methods, convergence is achieved at 10 . Convergence is
tested by other criteria for the other methods.
18. For the “SINV” method only, if F2 is blank, the first shift will be made at F1, and only
one eigensolution above F1 will be calculated. If there are no modes below F1, it is likely
that the first mode will be calculated. If there are modes below F1 (including rigid body
modes defined by SUPORT entries), a mode higher than the first mode above F1 may
be calculated.
19. When F1, F2, and ND are all zero or blank, ND is reset to 1. A User Warning Message
is produced for this condition, which is interpreted as likely to be due to an inadvertent
omission by the user.
Main Index
CHAPTER 787
Defines data needed to perform real eigenvalue (vibration or buckling) analysis with the
Lanczos method.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EIGRL SID V1 V2 ND MSGLVL MAXSET SHFSCL NORM
Example:
NORM=MAX NUMS=2
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Unique Integer > 0)
V1, V2 For vibration analysis: frequency range of interest. For buckling analysis:
eigenvalue range of interest. See Remark 4. (Real or blank,
16 16
– 5 × 10 ≤ V1 < V2 ≤ 5. × 10 )
ND Number of roots desired. See Remark 4. (Integer > 0 or blank)
MSGLVL Diagnostic level. (0 < Integer < 4; Default = 0)
MAXSET Number of vectors in block or set. Default is machine dependent. See Remark 14.
SHFSCL Estimate of the first flexible mode natural frequency. See Remark 10. (Real or
blank)
NORM Method for normalizing eigenvectors (Character: “MASS” or “MAX”)
MASS Normalize to unit value of the generalized mass. Not available for
buckling analysis. (Default for normal modes analysis.)
MAX Normalize to unit value of the largest displacement in the analysis
set. Displacements not in the analysis set may be larger than unity.
(Default for buckling analysis.)
ALPH Specifies a constant for the calculation of frequencies (Fi) at the upper boundary
segments for the parallel method based on the following formula. See Remark 13.
(Integer > 0.0; Default = 1.0):
i
1 – ALPH
Fi = ( V2 – V1 ) --------------------------------------------
NUMS
1. – ALPH
NUMS Number of frequency segments for the parallel method. (Integer > 0; Default = 1)
Main Index
788
Field Contents
Fi Frequency at the upper boundary of the i-th segment. See Remark 13. (Real or
blank; V1 < F1 < F2 < …F15 < V2 )
option_i= Assigns a value to the fields above except for SID. ALPH, NUMS, and Fi must be
value_i specified in this format. V1, V2, ND, MSGLVL, MAXSET, SHFSCL, and NORM
may be specified in this format as long as their corresponding field is blank in the
parent entry.
Remarks:
1. Real eigenvalue extraction data sets must be selected with the Case Control command
METHOD = SID.
2. The units of V1 and V2 are cycles per unit time in vibration analysis, and are
eigenvalues in buckling analysis. Each eigenvalue is the factor by which the
prebuckling state of stress is multiplied to produce buckling in the shape defined by the
corresponding eigenvector.
3. NORM = “MASS” is ignored in buckling analysis and NORM = “MAX” will be
applied.
4. The roots are found in order of increasing magnitude; that is, those closest to zero are
found first. The number and type of roots to be found can be determined from Table 4-
5.
5. In vibration analysis, if V1 < 0.0, the negative eigenvalue range will be searched.
(Eigenvalues are proportional to Vi squared; therefore, the negative sign would be
lost.) This is a means for diagnosing improbable models. In buckling analysis, negative
V1 and/or V2 require no special logic.
6. Eigenvalues are sorted on order of magnitude for output. An eigenvector is found for
each eigenvalue.
Main Index
CHAPTER 789
7. MSGLVL controls the amount of diagnostic output during the eigenvalue extraction
process. The default value of zero suppresses all diagnostic output. A value of one
prints eigenvalues accepted at each shift. Higher values result in increasing levels of
diagnostic output.
8. MAXSET is used to limit the maximum block size. It is otherwise set by the region size
or by ND with a maximum size of 15. It may also be reset if there is insufficient memory
available. The default value is recommended.
9. In vibration analysis, if V1 is blank, all roots less than zero are calculated. Small
negative roots are usually computational zeroes which indicate rigid body modes.
Finite negative roots are an indication of modeling problems. If V1 is set to zero,
negative eigenvalues are not calculated.
10. A specification for SHFSCL may improve performance, especially when large mass
techniques are used in enforced motion analysis. Large mass techniques can cause a
large gap between the rigid body and flexible frequencies. If this field is blank, a value
for SHFSCL is estimated automatically.
11. On occasion, it may be necessary to compute more roots than requested to ensure that
all roots in the range have been found. However, this method will not output the
additional roots.
12. NASTRAN SYSTEM(146) provides options for I/O in sparse method only:
SYSTEM(146) Description
2 Increase memory reserved for sparse method by
approximately 100%.
3 Increase memory reserved for sparse method by
approximately 300%.
4 Increase memory reserved for sparse method by
approximately 400%.
13. For the distributed parallel method, the frequency range between V1 and V2 may be
subdivided into segments that can then be analyzed in parallel. V1 and V2 must be
specified for the parallel method. NUMS must be specified greater than 1 to take
advantage of the parallel method. NUMS may also be specified on the NUMSEG
keyword of the NASTRAN statement. Currently, NUMSEG must equal the number of
processors and by default NUMSEG is set to the number of processors requested by the
DMP keyword. If both are specified, then NUMS takes precedence.
The upper frequencies of each segment may be generated automatically by ALPH or
specified directly in Fi. If both are specified, then Fi takes precedence over ALPH as
long as they are consistent. ALPH if multiplied by 100 may also be specified on
FRQSEQ keyword of the NASTRAN statement.
Main Index
790
14. Increasing MAXSET may improve performance for large problems where a large
number of eigenvalues are being found. The default is 7 on all machines except CRAY
which is 12. SYSTEM(263) may be set in an rcfile to effectively modify the default;
however the setting on the EIGRL entry always takes precedence.
15. SYSTEM(196), keyword SCRSAVE, controls reuse of scratch files when segment logic
is invoked. SYSTEM(196) is useful only when multiple frequency segments are
requested on a Lanczos run. (Multiple frequency segments can be requested via the
NUMS field in the EIGRL entry and by SYSTEM(197).) Each frequency segment
requires a minimum of three scratch files. When multiple frequency segments are used
on a single processor computer then each frequency segment is solved serially. In this
case, it makes sense to let segment #2 use the scratch files which were used by segment
#1 since work for segment #1 has been completed (otherwise it wouldn’t be working on
#2). Similarly, when work for segment #2 is finished, segment #3 should be able to use
#2’s scratch files. SYSTEM(196)=1 allows such file reuse and is considered a safe default
on Version 70 and later systems.
16. The new buckling shift logic in Version 70.5 tends to shift to 1.0 first. The logic may
have difficulty finding the lowest ND roots if a problem requests a small number of
roots (ND) when there are thousands of roots below 1. In this case either the loading
should be scaled, SHFSCL specified, or a smaller frequency range requested.
17. Because Lanczos performance is tuned for medium to large problems, this has caused
difficulties with very small problems. Thus, by default, on problems with fewer than
20 degrees-of-freedom when the LAN method is selected, the method is switched to
AHOU. The criteria for automatic switching is controlled by SYSTEM(359) on the
NASTRAN entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 791
Used to specify density ratios, Mach numbers, reduced frequencies, and velocities for flutter
analysis.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FLFACT SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
F8 F9 -etc.-
Example:
FLFACT 97 .3 .7 3.5
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Unique Integer > 0)
Fi Aerodynamic factor. (Real)
FNF Final aerodynamic factor. (Real)
NF Number of aerodynamic factors. (Integer > 0)
FMID Intermediate aerodynamic factors. See Remark 4. (Real)
Remarks:
1. Only the factors selected by a FLUTTER entry will be used.
2. Embedded blank fields are not allowed in the first format above.
3. The factors must be specified in the order in which they are to be used within the
looping of flutter analysis.
4. FMID must lie between F1 and FNF ; otherwise, FMID will be set to
( F1 + FNF ) ⁄ 2 . Then
Main Index
792
2 ⋅ F1 ⋅ FNF
FMID = ---------------------------------- gives equal values to increments of the reciprocal
F1 + FNF
of Fi .
5. If method = PK and this entry specifies velocities, then the velocities must be non-zero.
Input of negative values produces eigenvector results at a velocity equal to the positive
value of the input. Input of positive values provide eigenvalues results without
eigenvectors.
Main Index
CHAPTER 793
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FLUTTER SID METHOD DENS MACH RFREQ IMETH NVALUE EPS
Example:
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
METHOD Flutter analysis method. (Character: “K” for K-method, “PK” for PK method,
“PKNL” for PK method with no looping, “KE” for the K-method restricted for
efficiency.)
DENS Identification number of an FLFACT entry specifying density ratios to be used in
flutter analysis. (Integer > 0)
MACH Identification number of an FLFACT entry specifying Mach numbers ( m ) to be
used in flutter analysis. (Integer > 0)
RFREQ (or Identification number of an FLFACT entry specifying reduced frequencies ( k ) to
VEL) be used in flutter analysis; for the PK and PKNL method, the velocities FLFACT
entry is specified in this field. (Integer > 0)
IMETH Choice of interpolation method for aerodynamic matrix interpolation. Used in the
“K” and “KE” methods only. See Remark 6. (Character: “L” = linear, “S” = surface;
Default = “L”.)
NVALUE Number of eigenvalues beginning with the first eigenvalue for output and plots.
[Integer > 0; Default is the number of modal degrees-of-freedom (uh).]
EPS Convergence parameter for k. Used in the PK and PKNL methods only. See
–3
Remark 4. (Real > 0.0; Default = 10 )
Remarks:
1. The FLUTTER entry must be selected with the Case Control command
METHOD = SID.
2. The density is given by DENS ⋅ RHOREF , where RHOREF is the reference value
specified on the AERO entry and DENS is the density ratio specified on the FLFACT
entry.
Main Index
794
Main Index
CHAPTER 795
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FREQ SID F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7
F8 F9 F10 -etc.-
Example:
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
Fi Frequency value in units of cycles per unit time. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. Frequency sets must be selected with the Case Control command FREQUENCY = SID.
2. All FREQi entries with the same frequency set identification numbers will be used.
Duplicate frequencies will be ignored. f N and f N – 1 are considered duplicated if
Main Index
796
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FREQ1 SID F1 DF NDF
Example:
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
F1 First frequency in set. (Real > 0.0)
DF Frequency increment. (Real > 0.0)
NDF Number of frequency increments. (Integer > 0; Default = 1)
Remarks:
1. FREQ1 entries must be selected with the Case Control command FREQUENCY = SID.
2. The units for F1 and DF are cycles per unit time.
3. The frequencies defined by this entry are given by
f i = F1 + DF ⋅ ( i – 1 )
Main Index
CHAPTER 797
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FREQ2 SID F1 F2 NF
Example:
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
F1 First frequency. (Real > 0.0)
F2 Last frequency. (Real > 0.0, F2 > F1)
NF Number of logarithmic intervals. (Integer > 0; Default = 1)
Remarks:
1. FREQ2 entries must be selected with the Case Control command FREQUENCY = SID.
2. The units for F1 and F2 are cycles per unit time.
3. The frequencies defined by this entry are given by
( i – 1 )d
f i = F1 ⋅ e
1 F2
where d = -------- ln ------- and i = 1, 2, …, ( NF + 1 )
NF F1
In the example above, the list of frequencies will be 1.0, 1.4142, 2.0, 2.8284, 4.0, 5.6569
and 8.0 cycles per unit time.
4. All FREQi entries with the same frequency set identification numbers will be used.
Duplicate frequencies will be ignored. f N and N – 1 are considered duplicated if
Main Index
798
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
GUST SID DLOAD WG X0 V
Example:
Field Contents
SID Gust set identification number. (Integer > 0)
DLOAD Set identification number of a TLOADi or RLOADi entry that defines the time or
frequency dependence. (Integer > 0)
WG Scale factor (gust velocity/forward velocity) for gust velocity. (Real ≠ 0.0)
X0 Streamwise location in the aerodynamic coordinate system of the gust reference
point. (Real)
V Velocity of vehicle. See Remark 5. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. The GUST entry must be selected with the Case Control command GUST = SID.
2. The gust angle is in the +z direction of the aerodynamic coordinate system. The value is
WG ⋅ T t – ------------------
X – X0
V
Main Index
CHAPTER 799
Provides a table of Mach numbers (m) and reduced frequencies (k) for aerodynamic matrix
calculation.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MKAERO1 m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 m8
k1 k2 k3 k4 k5 k6 k7 k8
Example:
MKAERO1 .1 .7
.3 .6 1.0
Field Contents
mi List of from 1 to 8 Mach numbers. (Real > 0.0)
kj List of from 1 to 8 reduced frequencies. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. Blank fields end the list, and thus cannot be used for 0.0.
2. All combinations of (mi, kj) will be used.
3. The continuation entry is required.
4. Multiple MKAERO1 entries are permitted.
5. For the lifting surface theories (Doublet-Lattice and Mach Box), the maximum value of
kj should be less than one quarter of the number of boxes on a representative chord (i.e.,
MAX ( kj ) < C ⁄ 4∆xMAX ( kj ) < C ⁄ 4∆x
where C is the reference chord and ∆x is a typical box chord length).
6. In SOL 146, the program selects only one value of mi to use in computing the dynamic
response solution and, by default, the lowest value is selected. The PARAM,MACH,m
entry may be specified to select a different value. If PARAM,MACH,m is specified,
then the value of mi closest to m will be selected.
7. The very low nonzero value of kj required for aeroelastic divergence analysis of
restrained vehicles with the K- and KE-methods of flutter analysis must be included on
this entry.
Main Index
800
Provides a list of Mach numbers (m) and reduced frequencies (k) for aerodynamic matrix
calculation.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MKAERO2 m1 k1 m2 k2 m3 k3 m4 k4
Example:
Field Contents
mi Mach numbers. (Real > 0.0)
ki Reduced frequencies. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. MKAERO2 will cause the aerodynamic matrices to be computed for the given sets of
parameter pairs. Embedded blank pairs are skipped.
2. No continuation entries are allowed, but multiple MKAERO2 entries are permitted.
3. In SOL 146, the program selects only one value of mi to use in computing the dynamic
response solution and, by default, the lowest value is selected. The PARAM,MACH,m
entry may be specified to select a different value. If PARAM,MACH,m is specified,
then the value of mi closest to m will be selected.
4. The very low nonzero value of ki required for aeroelastic divergence analysis of
restrained vehicles with the K- and KE-methods of flutter analysis must be included on
this entry.
Main Index
CHAPTER 801
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PAERO1 PID B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
Example:
PAERO1 1 3
Field Contents
PID Property identification number referenced by a CAERO1 entry. (Integer > 0)
Bi Identification number of CAERO2 entries for associated bodies. (Integer > 0 or
blank)
Remarks:
1. The associated bodies must be in the same aerodynamic group, as specified in the IGID
field on CAERO2 entry.
2. If there are no bodies, the entry is still required (with Bi fields blank).
3. The Bi numbers above must appear on a CAERO2 entry to define these bodies
completely.
Main Index
802
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PAERO2 PID ORIENT WIDTH AR LRSB LRIB LTH1 LTH2
Example:
1 3
Field Contents
PID Property identification number. (Integer > 0)
ORIENT Orientation flag. Type of motion allowed for bodies. Refers to the aerodynamic
coordinate system of ACSID. See AERO entry. (Character = “Z”, “Y”, or “ZY”)
WIDTH Reference half-width of body and the width of the constant width interference
tube. (Real > 0.0)
AR Aspect ratio of the interference tube (height/width). (Real > 0.0)
LRSB Identification number of an AEFACT entry containing a list of slender body half-
widths at the end points of the slender body elements. If blank, the value of
WIDTH will be used. (Integer > 0 or blank)
LRIB Identification number of an AEFACT entry containing a list of slender body half-
widths at the end points of the interference elements. If blank, the value of
WIDTH will be used. (Integer > 0 or blank)
LTH1, LTH2 Identification number of AEFACT entries for defining θ arrays for interference
calculations. (Integer > 0)
THIi, THNi The first and last interference element of a body to use the θ 1 array; the others
use the θ 2 array. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. The half-widths (given on AEFACT entries referenced in fields 6 and 7) are specified at
division points. The number of entries on an AEFACT entry used to specify half-widths
must be one greater than the number of elements.
2. The half-width at the first point (i.e., the nose) on a slender body is usually 0.0; thus, it
is recommended (but not required) that the LRSB data is supplied with a zero first
value.
3. THIi and THNi are interference element numbers on a body. The first element is one
Main Index
for each body.
CHAPTER 803
Slender Body
(six elements x
shown)
Division Points
Interference Tube
(three elements x
shown)
z
θ θ2
3
θ4 θ
1
End View Theta Array (receving points
(looking forward) for interference body elements)
y
half width
5. The angles θ 1 and θ 2 are input in degrees using the aerodynamic element coordinate
system as the reference coordinate system for defining the theta points.
6. Distribution of the theta points need not be uniform. A theta point must be placed a
finite distance from any aerodynamic box edge; preferably the box edge would be
equidistant from any two theta points. This aerodynamic coordinate system is defined
on the AERO Bulk Data entry.
7. For half models, the theta arrays LTH1 and LTH2 should encompass a full 360 degree
range.
Main Index
804
Defines the number of Mach boxes in the flow direction and the location of cranks and control
surfaces of a Mach box lifting surface.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PAERO3 PID NBOX NCTRL X5 Y5 X6 Y6
X7 Y7 X8 Y8 X9 Y9 X10 Y10
Example:
Field Contents
PID Property identification number. (Integer > 0)
NBOX Number of Mach boxes in the flow direction. (0 < Integer < 50)
NCTRL Number of control surfaces. (Integer 0, 1, or 2)
X5 through Y12 Locations of points 5 through 12, which are in the aerodynamic coordinate
system, to define the cranks and control surface geometry. (Real)
Remarks:
1. For an illustration of the geometry, see the CAERO3 entry description.
2. If Y5 < 0.0, there is no leading edge crank. Also, if Y6 < 0.0, there is no trailing edge
crank.
3. If NCTRL = 0, no continuations are required. If NCTRL = 1 or 2, then NCTRL
continuations are required.
4. Y7 > Y8, Y9 > Y10, and Y11 > Y12.
5. The number of Mach boxes in the spanwise direction (NSB) may be found from the
following formula:
β ⋅ y max
NSB = INT --------------------------------------- + 0.5
x max
--------------------------------
NBOX + 0.5
Main Index
CHAPTER 805
where:
β = 2
M –1
x max = maximum chordwose direction
The number of Mach boxes in the streamwise direction may then be computed from:
The number of Mach boxes in the streamwise direction may then be computed from:
x max
NBOX = INT --------------------------------- + 0.999
β ⋅ y max
------------------------- -
NSB – 0.5
The number of chordwise boxes specified by the user (NBOX > 50) will be replaced by
a floating point number (usually slightly higher than NBOX). The method contracts the
mesh equally in both dimensions until a box edge lies on the surface tip. This mesh size
is then used to compute the number of chordwise boxes.
Note: A minimum of seven Mach boxes in the flow direction (NBOX) is recommended.
Main Index
806
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PAERO4 PID CLA LCLA CIRC LCIRC DOC1 CAOC1 GAPOC1
Example:
Field Contents
PID Property identification number. (Integer > 0)
CLA Select Prandtl-Glauert correction. (Integer = -1, 0, 1; Default = 0)
-1 Compressibility correction made to lift curve slope data for a reference
Mach number.
0 No correction and no list needed. (Default)
+1 No correction and lift curve slope provided by a list as a function of strip
location and Mach number.
LCLA Identification number of the AEFACT entry that lists the lift curve slope on all strips
for each Mach number on the MKAEROi entry. See Remark 7(b.) below. (Integer =
0 if CLA = 0, > 0 if CLA ≠ 0)
CIRC Select Theodorsen’s function C ( k ) or the number of exponential coefficients used
to approximate C ( k ) . (Integer = 0, 1, 2, 3; Default = 0. Must be zero if CLA ≠ 0.)
0 Theodorsen function.
1, 2, 3 Approximate function with b 0, b 1, β 1, …, b n, β n n = 1, 2, 3.
LCIRC Identification number of the AEFACT entry that lists the b, β values for each Mach
number. See Remarks 7c., 7d., and 7e. below; variable b ’s and β ’s for each mi on the
MKAEROi entry. (Integer = 0 if CIRC = 0, > 0 if CIRC ≠ 0)
DOCi d/c = distance of the control surface hinge aft of the quarter-chord divided by the
strip chord ( Real ≥ 0.0 )
CAOCi c a ⁄ c = control surface chord divided by the strip chord. (Real > 0.0)
GAPOCi g/c = control surface gap divided by the strip chord. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. PAERO4 is required for Strip theory with three fields (DOCi, CAOCi, GAPOCi)
specified per strip.
Main Index
CHAPTER 807
2. If CLA = -1, lift curve slope data at one Mach number are needed on the AEFACT entry.
3. If CAOCi = 0.0, there is no control surface.
4. If GAPOCi = 0.0, there is no slot flow.
5. If GAPOCi < 0.01, then 0.01 is used.
6. Embedded blank fields are not permitted.
7. The following table lists the lift curve slope or lag function selection and the AEFACT
entry formats used for Strip theory:
Table 4-4 Strip Theory Function Selections and AERACT Entry Formats
Theodorsen
Parameter Combinations Entry
Number
Functio Data Type Input CL LCL LCIR Forma
CIRC of Words
n A A C t Index
0 0 2 ID 6*NMACH d.
0 0 3 ID 8*NMACH e.
Entry Format
a. AEFACT, ID, m 1, c lα , c lα , …, c lα
1 2 NSTRIP
b. AEFACT, ID, m 1, c lα , c lα , …, c lα ,
11 21 NSTRIP1
m 2, c lα , c lα , c lα c lα , …, c lα , c lα ,
11 12 21 22 NSTRIP1 NSTRIP2
Main Index
808
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PAERO5 PID NALPHA LALPHA NXIS LXIS NTAUS LTAUS
Example:
Field Contents
PID Property identification number. (Unique Integer > 0)
NALPHA Number of angle of attack ( α ) values to be input for each Mach number (mi) on
the MKAERO1 or MKAERO2 entry. (Integer > 0)
NALPHA Meaning
1 α is the same value for all strips; enter one
value, in units of degrees, on the AEFACT
entry for each Mach number.
Number of Strips α is different for each strip; enter α ’s, in units
of degrees, in the following order: m 1 , α 1 , α 2 ,
..., m 2 , α 1 , α 2 , ..., etc.
LALPHA ID number of the AEFACT entry that lists the α’s for the strips at each Mach
number in the MKAERO1 or MKAERO2 entry. (Integer > 0)
NXIS Number of dimensionless chord coordinates ( ξ ) to be input. (Integer > 0, Default
= 0)
NXIS Meaning
0 No ξ’s are required. (Default)
Main Index
CHAPTER 809
NXIS Meaning
1 ξ ’s are the same for all strips; enter values for
one strip on the AEFACT entry ( ξ h if
NTHICK > 0, or ξ m and ξ h if NTHICK = 0)
LXIS Identification number of AEFACT entry that lists the ξ values for the strip in order
indicated by values of NXIS and NTHICK. (Integer = 0 if c a = 0 and NTHICK >
0 or LXIS>0 if c a = 0 and/or NTHICK = 0)
NTAUS Parameter used to select the number of thickness ratio ( τ ) values to be input.
(Integer > 0, Default = 0)
NTAUS Meaning
0 No τ ’s are required. (Default)
1 τ ’s are the same for all strips; enter ( τ 1 ,
τh1, τt1) values for one strip on AEFACT
entry.
Number of Strips τ’s must to be input for each strip on an
AEFACT entry in the following order:
(τ1, τh1, τt1, τ2, τh2, τt2, ..., τNSPAN, τhNSPAN,
τtNSPAN)
LTAUS Identification number of AEFACT entry that lists the τ values for the strips.
(Integer = 0 or blank if NTAUS = 0, LTAUS > 0 if NTAUS > 0)
CAOCi c a ⁄ c = control surface chord divided by the strip chord. (Real > 0.0)
Remarks:
1. The continuation entry is required for Piston theory with one entry (CAOCi) per strip.
2. Embedded blank fields are not allowed on the continuation entry.
3. If CAOCi = 0.0, there is no control surface.
4. Table 4-5 lists the thickness data input and AEFACT entry format used for Piston
theory.
Main Index
810
Table 4-5 Thickness Data Input and AEFACT Entry Format for Piston Theory
Entry Format
a. AEFACT, ID, I1, I2, I3, I4, I5, I6
b. AEFACT, ID, I1, ..., I6, J1, ..., J6I1, I2, I3, I4, I5, I6
c. AEFACT, ID, ξ h
d. AEFACT, ID, ξ h1, ξ h2, ξ h3, …, ξ hNSTRIP
e. AEFACT, ID, τ m, τ h, τ t
f. AEFACT, ID, ξ m, ξ h
g. AEFACT, ID, τ m1, τ h1, τ t1, τ m2, τ h2, τ t2, …, τ mNSTRIP, τ hNSTRIP, τ tNSTRIP
τ m1, τ h1, τ t1, τ m2, τ h2, τ t2, …, τ mNSTRIP, τ hNSTRIP, τ tNSTRIP
h. AEFACT, ID, ξ m1, ξ h1, ξ m2, ξ h2, …, ξ mNSTRIP, ξ hNSTRIP
5. The following table lists the angle-of-attack distribution and AEFACT entry formats
used for Piston theory.
Parameter Entry
Type of Combinations Number of Words Format
Distribution
NALPHA LALPHA Index
Entry Format
a. AEFACT, ID, m 1, α 1, m 2, α 2, … ,
b. AEFACT, ID, 1, α 11, α 21, α 31, …, α NSTRIP1, m 2, α 12, α 22, …, α NSTRIP2, m 2 , etc., for
all m on MKAEROi entry.
c. A control surface rotation is positive when the trailing edge moves in the negative
z-direction of the aerodynamic element coordinate system; see the MSC.Nastran
Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide.
Main Index
812
PARAM Parameter
Specifies values for parameters used in solution sequences or user-written DMAP programs.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PARAM N V1 V2
Example:
PARAM IRES 1
Field Contents
N Parameter name (one to eight alphanumeric characters, the first of which is
alphabetic).
V1, V2 Parameter value based on parameter type, as follows:
Type V1 V2
Integer Integer Blank
Real, single-precision Real Blank
Character Character Blank
Real, double-precision Double-precision real Blank
Complex, single-precision Real or blank Real or blank
Complex, double-precision Double-precision real Double-precision real
Remarks:
1. See “Parameters” on page 1481 for a list of parameters used in solution sequences that
may be set by the user on PARAM entries.
2. If the large field entry format is used, the second physical entry must be present, even
though fields 6 through 9 are blank.
Main Index
CHAPTER 813
Defines load set power spectral density factors for use in random analysis having the frequency
dependent form
S jk ( F ) = ( X + iY )G ( F )
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RANDPS SID J K X Y TID
Example:
Field Contents
SID Random analysis set identification number. (Integer > 0)
J Subcase identification number of the excited load set. (Integer > 0)
K Subcase identification number of the applied load set. (Integer > 0; K > J)
X, Y Components of the complex number. (Real)
TID Identification number of a TABRNDi entry that defines G(F). (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. Set identification numbers must be selected with the Case Control command
(RANDOM = SID).
2. For auto spectral density, J = K, X must be greater than zero and Y must be equal to zero.
3. For TID = 0, G(F) = 1.0.
4. RANDPS may only reference subcases included within a single loop (a change in direct
matrix input is not allowed).
5. See the MSC.Nastran Advanced Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide for a discussion of
random analysis.
6. In the case of cyclic symmetry Solution Sequence 118, J and K must refer to the coded
subcase IDs. See “Additional Topics” on page 463 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual
for the coding procedure.
7. In superelement analysis, J and K must refer to the superelement subcases. For
example, if superelement 10 has SUBCASEs 1 and 2 and superelement 20 has
SUBCASEs 3 and 4, then a separate RANDPS entry is required for each superelement,
even though X, Y, and TID may be identical.
8. For uncoupled PSDF (no J < K entries) only one J = K entry is allowed for unique value
of J. For coupled PSDF (some J < K entries) any number of entries are allowed.
Main Index
814
Defines time lag constants for use in random analysis autocorrelation function calculation.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RANDT1 SID N T0 TMAX
Example:
Field Contents
SID Random analysis set identification number. (Integer > 0)
N Number of time lag intervals. (Integer > 0)
T0 Starting time lag. (Real > 0.0)
TMAX Maximum time lag. (Real > T0)
Remarks:
1. Time lag sets must be selected with the Case Control command RANDOM = SID.
2. At least one RANDPS entry must be present with the same set identification number.
3. The time lags defined on this entry are given by
TMAX – T0
T i = T0 + -------------------------------- ( i – 1 ), i = 1, N + 2
N
4. See the MSC.Nastran Advanced Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide for a discussion of
random analysis.
Main Index
CHAPTER 815
i { θ – 2πfτ }
{ P ( f ) } = { A [ C ( f ) + iD ( f ) ]e }
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RLOAD1 SID EXCITEID DELAY DPHASE TC TD TYPE
Example:
RLOAD1 5 3 1
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
EXCITEID Identification number of the DAREA or SPCD entry set that defines A. See
Remarks 5. and 6. (Integer > 0)
DELAY Defines time delay τ. (Integer > 0, real or blank.) If it is a non-zero integer, it
represents the identification number of DELAY Bulk Data entry that defines τ . If
it is real, then it directly defines the value of τ that will be used for all degrees of
freedom that are excited by this dynamic load entry. See also Remark 2.
DPHASE Defines phase angle θ. (Integer > 0, real or blank.) If it is a non-zero integer, it
represents the identification number of DPHASE Bulk Data entry that defines θ (in
degrees). If it is real, then it directly defines the vlaue of θ (in degrees) that will be
used for all degrees of freedom that are excited by this dynamic load entry. See also
Remark 2.
TC Set identification number of the TABLEDi entry that gives C ( f ) . See Remark 2.
(Integer > 0)
TD Set identification number of the TABLEDi entry that gives D ( f ) . See Remark 2.
(Integer > 0)
TYPE Defines the type of the dynamic excitation. See Remarks 5. and 6. (Integer,
character or blank; Default = 0)
Remarks:
1. Dynamic excitation sets must be selected with the Case Control command
DLOAD = SID.
2. If any of DELAY, DPHASE, TC, or TD fields are blank or zero, the corresponding τ,
θ, C ( f ) or D ( f ) will both be zero. Either TC or TD may be blank or zero, but not both.
Main Index
816
6. TYPE (field 8) also determines the manner in which EXCITEID (field 3) is used by the
program as described below:
Excitation specified by TYPE is applied load
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID may also reference DAREA, static and thermal load set entries.
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program may also reference static and thermal load set entries specified by
the LID or TID field in the selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the
EXCITEID.
Excitation specified by TYPE is enforced motion
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID will reference SPCD entries.
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program will reference SPCD entries specified by the LID field in the
selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the EXCITEID.
Main Index
CHAPTER 817
i { φ ( f ) + θ – 2πfτ }
{ P( f) } = { A ⋅ B( f) e }
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RLOAD2 SID EXCITEID DELAY DPHASE TB TP TYPE
Example:
RLOAD2 5 3 7
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
EXCITEID Identification number of the DAREA or SPCD entry set that defines A. See
Remarks 5. and 6. (Integer > 0)
DELAY .Defines time delay τ. (Integer > 0, real or blank.) If it is a non-zero integer, it
represents the identification number of DELAY Bulk Data entry that defines τ . If
it is real, then it directly defines the value of τ that will be used for all degrees of
freedom that are excited by this dynamic load entry. See also Remark 2.
DPHASE Defines phase angle θ. (Integer > 0, real or blank.) If it is a non-zero integer, it
represents the identification number of DPHASE Bulk Data entry that defines θ (in
degrees). If it is real, then it directly defines the vlaue of θ (in degrees) that will be
used for all degrees of freedom that are excited by this dynamic load entry. See also
Remark 2.
TB Set identification number of the TABLEDi entry that gives B ( f ) . (Integer > 0)
TP Set identification number of the TABLEDi entry that gives φ ( f ) in degrees.
(Integer > 0)
TYPE Defines the type of the dynamic excitation. See Remarks 5. and 6. (Integer,
character or blank; Defaults = 0)
Remarks:
1. Dynamic excitation sets must be selected with the Case Control command
DLOAD = SID.
2. If any of DELAY, DPHASE, or TP fields are blank or zero, the corresponding τ, θ, or
φ ( f ) will be zero.
Main Index
818
6. TYPE (field 8) also determines the manner in which EXCITEID (field 3) is used by the
program as described below:
Excitation specified by TYPE is applied load
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID may also reference DAREA, static and thermal load set entries.
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program may also reference static and thermal load set entries specified by
the LID or TID field in the selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the
EXCITEID.
Excitation specified by TYPE is enforced motion
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID will reference SPCD entries.
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program will reference SPCD entries specified by the LID field in the
selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the EXCITEID.
Main Index
CHAPTER 819
Defines a list of structural grid points for aerodynamic analysis, XY-plots for SORT1 output, and
the PANEL entry.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SET1 SID G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7
G8 -etc.-
Example:
SET1 3 31 62 93 124 16 17 18
19
SET1 6 32 THRU 50
Field Contents
SID Unique identification number. (Integer > 0)
Gi List of structural grid point identification numbers. (Integer > 0 or “THRU”; for the
“THRU” option, G1 < G2 or “SKIN”; in field 3)
Remarks:
1. SET1 entries may be referenced by the SPLINEi entries, PANEL entries and
XYOUTPUT requests.
2. When using the “THRU” option for SPLINEi or PANEL data entries, all intermediate
grid points must exist.
3. When using the “THRU” option for XYOUTPUT requests, missing grid points are
ignored.
4. When using the “SKIN” option, MSC.Nastran will generate a panel consisting of the
structural portion of the fluid-structural boundary.
5. When the SET1 entry is used in conjunction with the ACMODL entry, under rules
defined on the ACMODL entry, the Gi may be a list of element IDs.
Main Index
820
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SET2 SID MACRO SP1 SP2 CH1 CH2 ZMAX ZMIN
Example:
Field Contents
SID Unique identification number. (Integer>0)
MACRO Element identification number of an aerodynamic macro element. (Integer > 0)
SP1, SP2 Lower and higher span division points defining the prism containing the set. (Real)
CH1, CH2 Lower and higher chord division points defining the prism containing the set.
(Real)
ZMAX, Z-coordinates of top and bottom (using right-hand rule with the order of the
ZMIN corners as listed on a CAEROi entry) of the prism containing set. (Real)
Remarks:
1. The SET2 entry is referenced by the SPLINEi entry.
2. Every grid point within the defined prism and within the height range will be in the
list. For example:
CH1 = 0.0
MACRO 111
119 122
113 116
CH2 = .667
SP2 = 0.75
The shaded area in Figure 4-8 defines the cross section of the prism for the sample data
given above. Points exactly on the boundary may be missed; therefore, to get all the
grid points within the area of the macro element, SP1=-.01, SP2=1.01, etc. should be
used.
3. A zero value for ZMAX or ZMIN implies a value of infinity. Usually, ZMAX > 0.0 and
ZMIN < 0.0.
Main Index
4. To print the (internal) grid IDs found, use DIAG 18.
CHAPTER 821
Defines a surface spline for interpolating motion and/or forces for aeroelastic problems on
aerodynamic geometries defined by regular arrays of aerodynamic points.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SPLINE1 EID CAERO BOX1 BOX2 SETG DZ METH USAGE
NELEM MELEM
Example:
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (Integer > 0)
CAERO Aero-element (CAEROi entry ID) that defines the plane of the spline. (Integer >
0)
BOX1, BOX2 First and last box with motions that are interpolated using this spline; see
Remark 3. when using Mach Box method. (Integer > 0, BOX2 > BOX1)
SETG Refers to the SETi entry that lists the structural grid points to which the spline is
attached. (Integer > 0)
DZ Linear attachment flexibility. (Real > 0.0)
METH Method for the spline fit. IPS,TPS or FPS. See Remark 1. (Character, Default =
IPS)
USAGE Spline usage flag to determine whether this spline applies to the force
transformation, displacement transformation or both. FORCE, DISP or BOTH.
See Remark 5. (Character, Default = BOTH)
NELEM The number of FE elements along the local spline x-axis if using the FPS option.
(Integer > 0; Default = 10)
MELEM The number of FE elements along the local spline y-axis if using the FPS option.
(Integer > 0; Default = 10)
Remarks:
1. The default METHOD will result in the use of the Harder-Desmarais Infinite Plate
Spline (IPS). The other options are the Thin Plate Spline (TPS) and the Finite Plate
Spline (FPS). The continuation applies only to the FPS option and is required only if the
defaults are not adequate.
2. The interpolated points (k-set) will be defined by aero boxes. Figure 4-9 shows the cells
for which uk is interpolated if BOX1 = 115 and BOX2 = 118.
Main Index
822
119 122
113 116
3. The attachment flexibility (units of area) is used for smoothing the interpolation. If DZ
= 0.0, the spline will pass through all deflected grid points. If DZ is much greater than
the spline area, a least squares plane fit will be applied. Intermediate values will
provide smoothing.
4. When using the Mach Box method, BOX1 and BOX2 refer to the ID number of the first
and last aerodynamic grids (x,y pairs on the AEFACT entry) which will be used for
interpolation to structural grids. BOX1 and BOX2 do not refer to Mach Boxes.
5. The USAGE field allows you to specify that the particular spline interpolant defined in
this entry is to be used for just the force transformation (FORCE) or just the
displacement transformation (DISP) or for both (BOTH).
T
Fg = [ GPkg ] { Pk } (FORCE/BOTH splines are in the transform)
Uk = [ GDkg ] { Ug } (DISP/BOTH splines are in the transform)
In general, the two transforms are done with distinct matrices. Only when ALL splines
T
are of type BOTH is the familiar transpose relationship [ GPgk ] = [ GDkg ] satisfied.
The default behavior (BOTH for all splines) is compatible with version of MSC.Nastran
prior to Version 70.5.
In general, the two transforms are done with distinct matrices. Only when ALL splines
T
are of type BOTH is the familiar transpose relationship [ GPgk ] = [ GDkg ] satisfied.
The default behavior (BOTH for all splines) is compatible with version of MSC.Nastran
prior to Version 70.5.
In general, the USAGE field can be used to apply aerodynamic forces to the structure
from aerodynamic panels that are intended NOT to move (USAGE=FORCE) or to
apply structural displacements to aerodynamic grids whose forces are not to be applied
to the structure (USAGE=DISP). The DISP option is somewhat esoteric in that you are
then suggesting that the aeroelastic effect of the surface is important while its forces are
not. (In other words, only the forces arising from tis effects on other surfaces is
important.) While there may be circumstances where this is true, it is unlikely. Take
care that you included all the FORCEs from aerodynamic panels that are important by
including them in either FORCE or BOTH spline(s). MSC.Nastran will NOT issue a
warning unless ALL forces are omitted. All displacements may be omitted without
warning (and is a means to perform "rigid aerodynamic" analyses).
Main Index
CHAPTER 823
Defines a beam spline for interpolating motion and/or forces for aeroelastic problems on
aerodynamic geometries defined by regular arrays of aerodynamic points.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SPLINE2 EID CAERO ID1 ID2 SETG DZ DTOR CID
Example:
SPLINE2 5 8 12 24 60 0. 1.0 3
1.
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (Integer > 0)
CAERO Aero panel or body (CAEROi entry ID) that is to be interpolated. (Integer > 0)
ID1, ID2 First and last box or body element whose motions are interpolated using this
spline. See Remark 6. when using the Mach Box method. (Integer > 0, ID2 > ID1)
SETG Refers to an SETi entry that lists the structural grid points to which the spline is
attached. (Integer > 0)
DZ Linear attachment flexibility. (Real > 0.0)
DTOR Torsional flexibility ratio (EI/GJ). (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0; use 1.0 for bodies.)
CID Rectangular coordinate system for which the y-axis defines the axis of the spline.
Not used for bodies, CAERO2. (Integer > 0)
DTHX, DTHY Rotational attachment flexibility. DTHX is for rotation about the spline’s x-axis
(in-plane bending rotations); however, it is not used for bodies. DTHY is for
rotation about the spline’s y-axis (torsion); however, it is used for slope of
bodies. (Real)
USAGE Spline usage flag to determine whether this spline applies to the force
transformation, displacement transformation or both. FORCE, DISP or BOTH.
See Remark 9. (Character, Default = BOTH)
Remarks:
1. The interpolated points (k-set) will be defined by aero boxes.
2. The spline axis for panels is the projection of the y-axis of coordinate system CID,
projected onto the plane of the panel. For bodies, the spline axis is parallel to the x-axis
of the aerodynamic coordinate system.
Main Index
824
3. The flexibilities DZ, DTHX, and DTHY are used for smoothing. (Zero attachment
flexibility values will imply rigid attachment (i.e., no smoothing, whereas negative
values of DTHX or DTHY will imply infinity, therefore, no attachment). See the
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide for a discussion of special cases.
4. The continuation entry is required.
5. The SPLINE2 EID must be unique with respect to all SPLINEi entries.
6. When using the Mach Box method, ID1 and ID2 refer to the ID number of the first and
last aerodynamic grids (x,y pairs on the AEFACT entry) which will be used for
interpolation to the structural grids. ID1 and ID2 do not refer to Mach Boxes.
7. DTOR is the ratio of rotational to linear deflection and, in lieu of a more accurate
estimate, a value of 1.0 is recommended. A different value may be used; e.g., if DTOR
is much greater than 1.0, primarily rotational deflection will occur; if DTOR is much
less than 1.0, primarily linear deflection will occur.
8. If a SPLINE2 element only references one grid point, the job will fail without a message
in the GI Module.
9. The USAGE field allows you to specify that the particular spline interpolant defined in
this entry is to be used for just the force transformation (FORCE) or just the
displacement transformation (DISP) or for both (BOTH).
T
Fg = [ GPkg ] { Pk } (FORCE/BOTH splines are in the transform)
Uk = [ GDkg ] { Ug } (DISP/BOTH splines are in the transform)
In general, the two transforms are done with distinct matrices. Only when ALL splines
T
are of type BOTH is the familiar transpose relationship [ GPgk ] = [ GDkg ] satisfied.
The default behavior (BOTH for all splines) is compatible with version of MSC.Nastran
prior to Version 70.5.
In general, the USAGE field can be used to apply aerodynamic forces to the structure
from aerodynamic panels that are intended NOT to move (USAGE=FORCE) or to
apply structural displacements to aerodynamic grids whose forces are not to be applied
to the structure (USAGE=DISP). The DISP option is somewhat esoteric in that you are
then suggesting that the aeroelastic effect of the surface is important while its forces are
not. (In other words, only the forces arising from tis effects on other surfaces is
important.) While there may be circumstances where this is true, it is unlikely. Take
care that you included all the FORCEs from aerodynamic panels that are important by
including them in either FORCE or BOTH spline(s). MSC.Nastran will NOT issue a
warning unless ALL forces are omitted. All displacements may be omitted without
warning (and is a means to perform "rigid aerodynamic" analyses).
Main Index
CHAPTER 825
Defines a constraint equation for aeroelastic problems. Useful for control surface constraints.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SPLINE3 EID CAERO BOXID COMP G1 C1 A1 USAGE
G2 C2 A2 -etc.
Example:
43 5 -1.0
Field Contents
EID Element identification number. (Integer > 0)
CAERO Identification number of the macro-element on which the element to be
interpolated lies. (Integer > 0)
BOXID Identification number of the aerodynamic element; i.e., the box number. (Integer >
0)
COMP The component of motion to be interpolated. See Remark 4. (One of the Integers 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.)
Gi Grid point identification number of the independent grid point. (Integer > 0)
Ci Component numbers in the displacement coordinate system. (One of the Integers
1 through 6 for grid points, or 0 for scalar points.)
Ai Coefficient of the constraint relationship. (Real)
USAGE Spline uage flag to determine whether this spline applies to the force
transformation, displacement transformation or both. FORCE, DISP or BOTH. See
Remark 6. (Character, Default = BOTH).
Remarks:
1. The independent grid points and components must refer to degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set.
2. The constraint is given by
ud = ∑ Aiui
where
Main Index
826
3. The SPLINE3 EID must be unique with respect to all SPLINEi entries.
4. The allowable components by CAEROi entry type are indicated by an “X” in the table
below:
COMP
Entry Type
1 2 3 5 6
CAERO1 X X
CAERO2 X X X X
CAERO3 X
CAERO4 X X X
CAERO5 X X X
3D Geometry X X X X X
then suggesting that the aeroelastic effect of the surface is important while its forces are
not. (In other words, only the forces arising from tis effects on other surfaces is
important.) While there may be circumstances where this is true, it is unlikely. Take
care that you included all the FORCEs from aerodynamic panels that are important by
including them in either FORCE or BOTH spline(s). MSC.Nastran will NOT issue a
warning unless ALL forces are omitted. All displacements may be omitted without
warning (and is a means to perform "rigid aerodynamic" analyses).
Main Index
828
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SUPORT ID1 C1 ID2 C2 ID3 C3 ID4 C4
Example:
SUPORT 16 215
Field Contents
IDi Grid or scalar point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci Component numbers. (Integer 0 or blank for scalar points. Any unique
combination of the Integers 1 through 6 for grid points with no embedded blanks.)
Remarks:
1. The SUPORT entry specifies reference degrees-of-freedom for rigid body motion. It is
not intended to be used in place of a constraint (i.e., SPCi entry or PS on the GRID
entry).
2. SUPORT and/or SUPORT1 entries are required to perform inertia relief in static
analysis (SOLs 1 and 101).
In SOL 1, the presence of a SUPORT or selection of a SUPORT1 entry automatically
invokes inertia relief analysis.
In SOL 101, PARAM,INREL,-1 must also be specified or the SUPORTi entries will be
treated as constraints.
3. Be careful not to spell SUPORT with two Ps.
4. Degrees-of-freedom specified on this entry form members of the mutually exclusive r-
set. They may not be specified on other entries that define mutually exclusive sets. See
“Degree-of-Freedom Sets” on page 1663 for a list of these entries.
5. From 1 to 24 support degrees-of-freedom may be defined on a single entry.
6. See “Rigid Body Supports” on page 281 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual for a
discussion of supported degrees-of-freedom (members of the r-set).
7. An alternative to SUPORT is the SUPORT1 entry, which is requested by the SUPORT1
Case Control command.
Main Index
CHAPTER 829
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABDMP1 TID TYPE
f1 g1 f2 g2 f3 g3 -etc.-
Example:
TABDMP1 2
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer > 0)
TYPE Type of damping units. (Character: “G”, “CRIT”, or “Q”; Default is “G”)
fi Natural frequency value in cycles per unit time. (Real > 0.0)
gi Damping value. (Real)
Remarks:
1. Modal damping tables must be selected with the Case Control command
SDAMPING = TID.
2. The frequency values, fi, must be specified in either ascending or descending order, but
not both.
3. Discontinuities may be specified between any two points except the two starting points
or two end points. For example, in Figure 4-10 discontinuities are allowed only
between points f2 through f7. Also, if g is evaluated at a discontinuity, then the average
value of g is used. In Figure 4-10, the value of g at f = f3 is g = ( g3 + g4 ) ⁄ 2 .
4. At least one continuation entry must be specified.
5. Any fi or gi entry may be ignored by placing “SKIP” in either of the two fields used for
that entry.
6. The end of the table is indicated by the existence of “ENDT” in either of the two fields
following the last entry. An error is detected if any continuations follow the entry
containing the end-of-table flag “ENDT”.
7. The TABDMP1 uses the algorithm
g = gT ( f )
Main Index
830
where f is input to the table and g is returned. The table look-up g T ( f ) is performed
using linear interpolation within the table and linear extrapolation outside the table
using the last two end points. See Figure 4-10. No warning messages are issued if table
data is input incorrectly.
g
f value
Discontinuity Range of Table
Allowed
Discontinuity
Not Allowed
Linear
Extrapolation
of Segment
f1-f2
f
f1 f2 f3 f5 f6 f7
f4 f8
f
Extrapolated
KDAMP Result
1 (Default) B Matrix
-1 ( 1 + ig )K
gi
b i = ----- K i
ωi
Main Index
CHAPTER 831
C ⁄ C0 = g ⁄ 2
1 ⁄ ( 2C ⁄ C 0 )
Q =
1 ⁄ g
Main Index
832
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABLED1 TID XAXIS YAXIS
x1 y1 x2 y2 x3 y3 -etc.- “ENDT”
Example:
TABLED1 32
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer > 0)
XAXIS Specifies a linear or logarithmic interpolation for the x-axis. See Remark 6.
(Character: “LINEAR” or “LOG”; Default = “LINEAR”)
YAXIS Specifies a linear or logarithmic interpolation for the y-axis. See Remark 6.
(Character: “LINEAR” or “LOG”; Default = “LINEAR”)
xi, yi Tabular values. (Real)
“ENDT” Flag indicating the end of the table.
Remarks:
1. xi must be in either ascending or descending order, but not both.
2. Discontinuities may be specified between any two points except the two starting points
or two end points. For example, in Figure 4-11 discontinuities are allowed only
between points x2 through x7. Also, if y is evaluated at a discontinuity, then the
average value of y is used. In Figure 4-11, the value of y at x=x3 is y = ( y3 + y4 ) ⁄ 2 . If
the y-axis is a LOG axis then the jump at the discontinuity is evaluated as y = y3y4 .
3. At least one continuation must be specified.
4. Any xi-yi pair may be ignored by placing the character string “SKIP” in either of the
two fields.
5. The end of the table is indicated by the existence of the character string “ENDT” in
either of the two fields following the last entry. An error is detected if any continuations
follow the entry containing the end-of-table flag “ENDT”.
6. TABLED1 uses the algorithm
y = yT ( x )
Main Index
CHAPTER 833
where x is input to the table and y is returned. The table look-up is performed using
interpolation within the table and extrapolation outside the table using the two starting
or end points. See Figure 4-11. The algorithms used for interpolation or extrapolation
are:
LOG LOG ln ( xj ⁄ x ) ln ( x ⁄ xi )
exp -------------------------- ln yi + -------------------------- ln yj
ln ( xj ⁄ xi ) ln ( xj ⁄ xi )
x value
Discontinuity Range of Table
Allowed
Discontinuity
Not Allowed
Linear
Extrapolation
of Segment
x1-x2
x
x1 x2 x3, x5 x6 x7,
x4 x8
x
Extrapolated
7. Linear extrapolation is not used for Fourier transform methods. The function is zero
outside the range of the table.
8. For frequency-dependent loads, xi is measured in cycles per unit time.
9. Tabular values on an axis if XAXIS or YAXIS = LOG must be positive. A fatal message
will be issued if an axis has a tabular value < 0.
Main Index
834
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABLED2 TID X1
x1 y1 x2 y2 x3 y3 -etc.-
Example:
TABLED2 15 -10.5
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer > 0)
X1 Table parameter. See Remark 6. (Real)
xi, yi Tabular values. (Real)
Remarks:
1. xi must be in either ascending or descending order, but not both.
2. Discontinuities may be specified between any two points except the two starting points
or two end points. For example, in Figure 4-12 discontinuities are allowed only
between points x2 and x7. Also if y is evaluated at a discontinuity, then the average
value of y is used. In Figure 4-12, the value of y at x=x3 is y = ( y3 + y4 ) ⁄ 2 .
3. At least one continuation entry must be specified.
4. Any xi-yi pair may be ignored by placing “SKIP” in either of the two fields.
5. The end of the table is indicated by the existence of “ENDT” in either of the two fields
following the last entry. An error is detected if any continuations follow the entry
containing the end-of-table flag “ENDT”.
6. TABLED2 uses the algorithm
y = y T ( x – X1 )
where x is input to the table and y is returned. The table look-up is performed using
linear interpolation within the table and linear extrapolation outside the table using the
two starting or end points. See Figure 4-12. No warning messages are issued if table
data is input incorrectly.
Main Index
CHAPTER 835
x value
Discontinuity Range of Table
Allowed
Discontinuity
Not Allowed
Linear
Extrapolation
of Segment
x1-x2
x
x1 x2 x3 x5 x6 x7
x4 x8
x
Extrapolated
7. Linear extrapolation is not used for Fourier transform methods. The function is zero
outside the range of the table.
8. For frequency-dependent loads, X1 and xi are measured in cycles per unit time.
Main Index
836
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABLED3 TID X1 X2
x1 y1 x2 y2 x3 y3 -etc.-
Example:
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer > 0)
X1, X2 Table parameters. (Real; X2 ≠ 0.0)
xi, yi Tabular values. (Real)
Remarks:
1. xi must be in either ascending or descending order, but not both.
2. Discontinuities may be specified between any two points except the two starting points
or two end points. For example, in Figure 4-13 discontinuities are allowed only
between points x2 and x7. Also if y is evaluated at a discontinuity, then the average
value of y is used. In Figure 4-13, the value of y at x=x3 is y = ( y3 + y4 ) ⁄ 2 .
3. At least one continuation entry must be present.
4. Any xi-yi pair may be ignored by placing “SKIP” in either of the two fields.
5. The end of the table is indicated by the existence of “ENDT” in either of the two fields
following the last entry. An error is detected if any continuations follow the entry
containing the end-of-table flag “ENDT”.
6. TABLED3 uses the algorithm
y = y T -----------------
x – X1
X2
where x is input to the table and y is returned. The table look-up is performed using
interpolation within the table and linear extrapolation outside the table using the two
starting or end points. See Figure 4-13. No warning messages are issued if table data is
input incorrectly.
Main Index
CHAPTER 837
x value
Discontinuity Range of Table
Allowed
Discontinuity
Not Allowed
Linear
Extrapolation
of Segment
x1-x2
x
x1 x2 x3 x5 x6 x7
x4 x8
x
Extrapolated
7. Linear extrapolation is not used for Fourier transform methods. The function is zero
outside the range of the table.
8. For frequency-dependent loads, X1, X2, and xi are measured in cycles per unit time.
Main Index
838
Defines the coefficients of a power series for use in generating frequency-dependent and time-
dependent dynamic loads. Also contains parametric data for use with the table.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABLED4 TID X1 X2 X3 X4
A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 -etc.-
Example:
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer > 0)
Xi Table parameters. (Real; X2 ≠ 0.0; X3<X4)
Ai Coefficients. (Real)
Remarks:
1. At least one continuation entry must be specified.
2. The end of the table is indicated by the existence of “ENDT” in the field following the
last entry. An error is detected if any continuations follow the entry containing the end-
of-table flag “ENDT”.
3. TABLED4 uses the algorithm
N
i
Ai -----------------
x – X1
y = ∑ X2
i = 0
where x is input to the table, y is returned, and N is the number of pairs. Whenever
x < X3, use X3 for x; whenever x > X4, use X4 for x. There are N + 1 entries in the table.
There are no error returns from this table look-up procedure.
4. For frequency-dependent loads, xi is measured in cycles per unit time.
Main Index
CHAPTER 839
Defines power spectral density as a tabular function of frequency for use in random analysis.
Referenced by the RANDPS entry.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABRND1 TID XAXIS YAXIS
f1 g1 f2 g2 f3 g3 -etc.-
Example:
TABRND1 3
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer > 0)
XAXIS Specifies a linear or logarithmic interpolation for the x-axis. (Character: “LINEAR”
or “LOG”; Default = “LINEAR”)
YAXIS Specifies a linear or logarithmic interpolation for the y-axis. (Character: “LINEAR”
or “LOG”; Default = “LINEAR”)
fi Frequency value in cycles per unit time. (Real > 0.0)
gi Power spectral density. (Real)
Remarks:
1. The fi must be in either ascending or descending order, but not both.
2. Discontinuities may be specified between any two points except the two starting points
or two end points. For example, in Figure 4-14 discontinuities are allowed only
between points f2 through f7. Also, if g is evaluated at a discontinuity, then the average
value of g is used. In Figure 4-14, the value of g at f = f3 is g = ( g3 + g4 ) ⁄ 2 . If the y-axis
is a LOG axis then the jump at the discontinuity is evaluated as y = y3y4 .
3. At least two entries must be present.
4. Any fi-gi pair may be ignored by placing “SKIP” in either of the two fields used for that
entry.
5. The end of the table is indicated by the existence of “ENDT” in either of the two fields
following the last entry. An error is detected if any continuations follow the entry
containing the end-of-table flag “ENDT”.
6. TABRND1 uses the algorithm
g = gT ( f )
Main Index
840
where f is input to the table and g is returned. The table look-up is performed using
linear interpolation within the table and linear extrapolation outside the table using the
two starting or end points. See Figure 4-14. No warning messages are issued if table
data is input incorrectly.
g
f value
Discontinuity Range of Table
Allowed
Discontinuity
Not Allowed
Linear
Extrapolation
of Segment
f1-f2
f
f1 f2 f3 f5 f6 f7
f4 f8
f
Extrapolated
7. For auto spectral density, the value of g returned must be greater than or equal to zero,
as shown in Remark 6.
8. Tabular values on an axis if XAXIS or YAXIS = LOG must be positive. A fatal message
will be issued if an axis has a tabular value < 0.
9. The algorithms used are:
LOG LINEAR ln ( f i + 1 ⁄ f ) ln ( f ⁄ f i )
----------------------------- g i + ----------------------------- g i + 1
ln ( f i + 1 ⁄ f i ) ln ( f i + 1 ⁄ f i )
LINEAR LOG fi + 1 – f f – fi
exp -------------------- ln g i + -------------------- ln g i + 1
fi + 1 – fi fi + 1 – fi
LOG LOG ln ( f i + 1 ⁄ f ) ln ( f ⁄ f i )
exp ----------------------------- ln g i + ----------------------------- ln g i + 1
ln ( f i + 1 ⁄ f i ) ln ( f i + 1 ⁄ f i )
Main Index
CHAPTER 841
Defines the power spectral density (PSD) of a gust for aeroelastic response analysis.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TABRNDG TID TYPE L/U WG
Example:
Field Contents
TID Table identification number. (Integer >0)
TYPE PSD type: von Karman (TYPE = 1) or Dryden model (TYPE = 2). (Integer = 1 or 2)
L/U Scale of turbulence divided by velocity (units of time). See L/U in Remark 2. (Real)
WG Root-mean-square gust velocity. (Real)
Remarks:
1. This entry must be referenced by a RANDPS entry.
2. The power spectral density is given by
2 2 2
2 1 + 2 ( p + 1 )k ( L ⁄ U ) ω
S q ( ω ) = 2 ( WG ) ( L ⁄ U ) ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2 p+3⁄2
[1 + k (L ⁄ U) ω ]
where
Type p k
1=von Karman 1/3 1.339
2=Dryden 1/2 1.0
Main Index
842
2 2
( B0 + B1 ⋅ p + B2 ⋅ p )u d + ∑ ( A0 ( i ) + A1 ( i )p + A2 ( i )p ) ui = 0 Eq. C-1
i
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TF SID GD CD B0 B1 B2
Example:
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
GD, G(i) Grid, scalar, or extra point identification numbers. (Integer > 0)
CD, C(i) Component numbers. (Integer zero or blank for scalar or extra points, any
B0, B1, B2 one of the Integers 1 through 6 for a grid point.)
A0(i), A1(i), A2(i) Transfer function coefficients. (Real)
Remarks:
1. Transfer function sets must be selected with the Case Control command TFL = SID.
2. Continuation entries are optional.
3. The matrix elements defined by this entry are added to the dynamic matrices for the
problem.
4. The constraint relation given in Eq. C-1 will hold only if no structural elements or other
matrix elements are connected to the dependent coordinate u d . In fact, the terms on the
left side of Eq. C-1 are simply added to the terms from all other sources in the row for
ud .
5. See the MSC.Nastran Advanced Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide for a discussion of transfer
functions.
6. For each SID, only one logical entry is allowed for each GD, CD combination.
7. For heat transfer analysis, the initial conditions must satisfy Eq. C-1.
Main Index
CHAPTER 843
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TLOAD1 SID EXCITEID DELAY TYPE TID
Example:
TLOAD1 5 7 LOAD 13
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
EXCITEID Identification number of DAREA or SPCD entry set or a thermal load set (in heat
transfer analysis) that defines A. See Remarks 2. and 3. (Integer > 0)
DELAY Defines time delay τ . (Integer > 0, real or blank) If it is a non-zero integer, it
represents the identification number of DELAY Bulk Data entry that defines τ . If
it is real, then it directly defines the value of τ that will be used for all degrees of
freedom that are excited by this dynamic load entry. See also Remark 9.
TYPE Defines the type of the dynamic excitation. See Remarks 2. and 3. (Integer,
character or blank; Default = 0)
TID Identification number of TABLEDi entry that gives F ( t ) . (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. Dynamic excitation sets must be selected with the Case Control command DLOAD =
SID.
2. The type of the dynamic excitation is specified by TYPE (field 5) according to the
following table:
Main Index
844
3. TYPE (field 5) also determines the manner in which EXCITEID (field 3) is used by the
program as described below
Excitation specified by TYPE is applied load
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID may also reference DAREA, static, and thermal load set entries
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program may also reference static and thermal load set entries specified by
the LID or TID field in the selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the
EXCITEID.
Excitation specified by TYPE is enforced motion
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID will reference SPCD entries. If such entries indicate null enforced
motion, the program will then assume that the excitation is enforced motion
using large mass and will reference DAREA and static and thermal load set
entries just as in the case of applied load excitation.
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program will reference SPCD entries specified by the LID field in the
selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the EXCITEID. If such entries indicate
null enforced motion, the program will then assume that the excitation is
enforced motion using large mass and will reference static and thermal load set
entries corresponding to the DAREA entry in the selected LSEQ entries, just as
in the case of applied load excitation.
4. EXCITEID may reference sets containing QHBDY, QBDYi, QVECT, QVOL and
TEMPBC entries when using the heat transfer option.
5. TLOAD1 loads may be combined with TLOAD2 loads only by specification on a
DLOAD entry. That is, the SID on a TLOAD1 entry may not be the same as that on a
TLOAD2 entry.
6. SID must be unique for all TLOAD1, TLOAD2, RLOAD1, RLOAD2, and ACSRCE
entries.
7. If the heat transfer option is used, the referenced QVECT entry may also contain
references to functions of time, and therefore A may be a function of time.
8. If TLOADi entries are selected in SOL 111 or 146 then a Fourier analysis is used to
transform the time-dependent loads on the TLOADi entries to the frequency domain
and then combine them with loads from RLOADi entries. Then the analysis is
performed as a frequency response analysis but the solution and the output are
converted to and printed in the time domain. Please refer to “Fourier Transform” on
page 176 of the MSC.Nastran Advanced Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide.
9. If DELAY is blank or zero, τ will be zero.
Main Index
CHAPTER 845
0 , t < ( T1 + τ ) or t > ( T2 + τ )
{P(t)} =
B C t̃
A t̃ e cos ( 2πF t̃ + P ) , ( T1 + τ ) ≤ t ≤ ( T2 + τ )
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TLOAD2 SID EXCITEID DELAY TYPE T1 T2 F P
C B
Example:
2.0
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
EXCITEID Identification number of DAREA or SPCD entry set or a thermal load set (in heat
transfer analysis) that defines A. See Remarks 2. and 3. (Integer > 0)
DELAY Defines time delay τ. (Integer > 0, real or blank). If it is a non-zero integer, it
represents the identification number of DELAY Bulk Data entry that defines τ.. If
it is real, then it directly defines the value of τ that will be used for all degrees of
freedom that are excited by this dynamic load entry. See also Remark 5.
TYPE Defines the type of the dynamic excitation. See Remarks 2. and 3. (Integer,
character or blank; Default = 0)
T1 Time constant. (Real > 0.0)
T2 Time constant. (Real; T2 > T1)
F Frequency in cycles per unit time. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.0)
P Phase angle in degrees. (Real; Default = 0.0)
C Exponential coefficient. (Real; Default = 0.0)
B Growth coefficient. (Real; Default = 0.0)
Remarks:
1. Dynamic excitation sets must be selected with the Case Control command with
DLOAD=SID.
Main Index
846
2. The type of the dynamic excitation is specified by TYPE (field 5) according to the
following table:
3. TYPE (field 5) also determines the manner in which EXCITEID (field 3) is used by the
program as described below
Excitation specified by TYPE is applied load
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID may also reference DAREA, static and thermal load set entries
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program may also reference static and thermal load set entries specified by
the LID or TID field in the selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the
EXCITEID.
Excitation specified by TYPE is enforced motion
• There is no LOADSET request in Case Control
EXCITEID will reference SPCD entries. If such entries indicate null enforced
motion, the program will then assume that the excitation is enforced motion
using large mass and will reference DAREA and static and thermal load set
entries just as in the case of applied load excitation.
• There is a LOADSET request in Case Control
The program will reference SPCD entries specified by the LID field in the
selected LSEQ entries corresponding to the EXCITEID. If such entries indicate
null enforced motion, the program will then assume that the excitation is
enforced motion using large mass and will reference static and thermal load set
entries specified by the LID or TID field in the selected LSEQ entries
corresponding to the EXCITEID, just as in the case of applied load excitation.
4. EXCITEID (field 3) may reference sets containing QHBDY, QBDYi, QVECT, and QVOL
and TEMPBC entries when using the heat transfer option.
5. If DELAY is blank or zero, τ will be zero.
6. TLOAD1 loads may be combined with TLOAD2 loads only by specification on a
DLOAD entry. That is, the SID on a TLOAD1 entry may not be the same as that on a
TLOAD2 entry.
7. SID must be unique for all TLOAD1, TLOAD2, RLOAD1, RLOAD2, and ACSRCE
entries.
Main Index
CHAPTER 847
8. If the heat transfer option is used, the referenced QVECT entry may also contain
references to functions of time, and therefore A may be a function of time.
9. If TLOADi entries are selected in SOL 111 or 146 then a Fourier analysis is used to
transform the time-dependent loads on the TLOADi entries to the frequency domain
and them combine them with loads from RLOADi entries. Then the analysis is
performed as a frequency response analysis but the solution and the output are
converted to and printed in the time domain. In this case, B will be rounded to the
nearest integer. Please refer to “Fourier Transform” on page 176 of the MSC.Nastran
Advanced Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide.
10. The continuation entry is optional.
Main Index
848
Specifies constraints for aeroelastic trim variables. The SPLINE1 and SPLINE4 entries need to be
here for the finite plate spline.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TRIM ID MACH Q LABEL1 UX1 LABEL2 UX2 AEQR
Example:
ELEV 0.2
Field Contents
SID Trim set identification number. (Integer > 0)
MACH Mach number. (Real > 0.0 and ≠ 1.0)
Q Dynamic pressure. (Real > 0.0)
LABELi The label identifying aerodynamic trim variables defined on an AESTAT or
AESURF entry. (Character)
UXi The magnitude of the aerodynamic extra point degree-of-freedom. (Real)
AEQR Flag to request a rigid trim analysis. A value of 0.0 provides a rigid trim analysis,
see Remark 4. (Real > 0.0 and < 1.0, Default =1.0)
Remarks:
1. The TRIM entry must be selected with the Case Control command TRIM=SID.
2. The selected TRIM entry specifies the constrained values of the listed extra point
degrees-of-freedom (“trim variables”) for a particular loading condition. These
variables are listed on AESTAT and/or AESURF entries.
3. If MACH is less than 1.0, then the Doublet-Lattice theory is used. If MACH is greater
than 1.0, then the ZONA51 theory is used.
4. EXCITEID may reference sets containing QHBDY, QBDYi, QVECT, QVOL and
TEMPBC entries when using the heat transfer option.
Main Index
CHAPTER 849
Defines time step intervals at which a solution will be generated and output in transient analysis.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TSTEP SID N1 DT1 NO1
N2 DT2 NO2
-etc.-
Example:
TSTEP 2 10 .001 5
9 0.01 1
Field Contents
SID Set identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ni Number of time steps of value DTi. (Integer > 1)
DTi Time increment. (Real > 0.0)
NOi Skip factor for output. Every NOi-th step will be saved for output. (Integer > 0;
Default = 1)
Remarks:
1. TSTEP entries must be selected with the Case Control command TSTEP = SID.
2. Note that the entry permits changes in the size of the time step during the course of the
solution. Thus, in the example shown, there are 10 time steps of value .001 followed by
9 time steps of value .01. Also, the user has requested that output be recorded for t =
0.0, .005, .01, .02, .03, etc.
3. See “Guidelines for Effective Dynamic Analysis” on page 265 of the MSC.Nastran
Basic Dynamic Analysis User’s Guide for a discussion of considerations leading to the
selection of time steps.
4. In modal frequency response analysis (SOLs 111 and 146), this entry is required only
when TLOADi is requested; i.e., when Fourier methods are selected.
5. The maximum and minimum displacement at each time step and the SIL numbers of
these variables can be printed by altering DIAGON(30) before the transient module
TRD1 and by altering DIAGOFF(30) after the module. This is useful for runs that
terminate due to overflow or excessive run times.
6. For heat transfer analysis in SOL 159, use the TSTEPNL entry.
Main Index
850
Main Index
MSC.Nastran Aeroelastic Analysis User’s Guide
APPENDIX
Parameters for Aeroelastic Analysis
E and Design
■ Overview
Main Index
852
5.1 Overview
PARAM Bulk Data entries are used in the DMAP sequences for input of miscellaneous data
and to request special features. The most important parameters used in aeroelastic analysis
and design are described in alphabetical order. The complete description of all parameters
is contained in “Parameters” on page 601 of the MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide, and the
used should refer to that section for current features.
G Default = 0.0
G specifies the uniform structural damping coefficient in the formulation
of dynamics problems. To obtain the value for the parameter G, multiply
the critical damping ratio, C ⁄ C o , by 2.0. PARAM,G is not recommended
for use in hydroelastic or heat problems. If PARAM,G is used in transient
analysis, PARAM,W3 must be greater than zero or PARAM,G will be
ignored (see Section 9.4.10 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Manual).
GUSTAERO Default = 1
If gust loads are to be computed, for example on restart, set GUSTAERO
to -1. The default is recommended if no gust loads are to be computed
after the flutter analysis.
HFREQ Default = 1.+30
The parameters LFREQ and HFREQ specify the frequency range in cycles
per unit time (LFREQ is the lower limit and HFREQ is the upper limit) of
the modes to be used in the modal formulations. Note that the default for
HFREQ will usually include all vectors computed. A related parameter is
LMODES.
KDAMP Default = 1
If KDAMP is set to -1, viscous modal damping is entered into the complex
stiffness matrix as structural damping. See Section 9.4.10 of the
MSC.Nastran Reference Manual.
LFREQ Default = 0.0
Se HFREQ.
LMODES Default = 0
LMODES is the number of lowest modes to use in a modal formulation. If
LMODES = 0, the retained modes are determined by the parameters
LFREQ and HFREQ. In coupled fluid-structure analysis, LMODES is
applied only to the structural portion of the model.
Main Index
CHAPTER E 853
Parameters for Aeroelastic Analysis and Design
OPTEXIT
Description
Value
0 Do not exit. Proceed with optimization.
1 Exit after the initialization of the analysis and design
model but before finite element analysis begins.
2 Exit after finite element analysis and initial design
response and shape basis vector processing.
3 Exit after design constraint evaluation and screening.
4 Exit after design sensitivity analysis and print the
matrix of design sensitivity coefficients (DSCM2).
-4 Exit after design sensitivity analysis and write the
data blocks related to sensitivity coefficients (DSCM2
and DSCMCOL) to an external file using the
OUTPUT2 and OUTPUT4 modules. See related
parameters ITAPE, IUNIT, and OMAXR.
Main Index
854
OPTEXIT
Description
Value
5 Exit after the first approximation optimization of the
design model.
6 Exist after the first update of the analysis model
based on the first approximate optimization of the
design model.
Main Index
I N D E X
MSC.Nastran Toolkit User’s Guide
Main Index
856 INDEX
C DEQATN, 125
example, 667
CAERO1 DESAERDR, 162, 169
example, 182 Design objective, 664
CAERO1 Bulk Data entry Design sensitivity
specification of, 752 matrix, 669
CAERO2 Design sensitivity and optimization
example, 297 solution sequence, 157
CAERO2 Bulk Data entry DESOBJ, 124
specification of, 754 DESOPT, 154
CAERO3 DESSUB, 124, 126
example, 411 DESVAR
CAERO3 Bulk Data entry example, 666
specification of, 756 Dihedral
CAERO4 effect, 300
example, 373 example, 294
CAERO4 Bulk Data entry Discrete gust response, 583
specification of, 758 DIVERG, 116, 173
CAERO5 Divergence analysis, 10, 64
example, 440 example, 373
CAERO5 Bulk Data entry output, 144
specification of, 760 DIVERGRS, 165
CMETHOD, 116 DJX matrix, 53, 175
COMPILE, 161 DLOAD, 122
Complex conjugate pairs, 72 DOPTPRM
Complex eigenvalue analysis, 70 example, 668
Constraint spline, 50 DoubletLattice method, 31, 32
Control point, 29 example, 357
Correction factors, 39 Downwash, 30
Cranks, 37 Downwash matrix
gust, 75
DPD, 158
D DPHASE Bulk Data entry
D1JK, 176 specification of, 769
D2JK, 176 DRESP1, 124
DCONADD, 126 example, 667
example, 667 DRESP1 Bulk Data entry
DCONSTR, 124, 126 specification of, 770
example, 667 DRESP2, 125
DCONSTR Bulk Data entry example, 667
specification of, 764 Dryden, 83
DELAY Bulk Data entry DSARLP, 173
specification of, 766 DSARSN, 173
DELFL, 178 DSCM2 matrix, 669
DELS, 178 DSCREEN
DELX, 178 example, 668
Main Index
INDEX 857
Main Index
858 INDEX
I LRIB
example, 297
iset, 66 LRSB
IFT, 174 example, 297
IGID LSB
example, 297 example, 297
IMETH, 119 LTH1
Impulsive response, 644 example, 297
Include files
BAH_STRUCT.DAT, 211
FSW_TWO.DAT, 269 M
HA144D_MODEL.DAT, 247 Mach box method, 36, 37
MISSILE_SERVO.DAT, 518
example, 411
MISSILE_STRUCT.DAT, 515 Mach number, 69
PANEL_STRUCT.DAT, 467
Mass matrix, 53
PLATE_STRUCT.DAT, 229 Mean axis constraint, 57
Inertia relief, 54
Mean axis rotations, 60, 61, 184
Integration matrix, 31 Mean axis system, 57
Interference elements, 33
Mean frequency, 82
Inverse Fourier Transform, 78 Method of images, 298
Iteration history, 692
MFREQRS, 162, 168
MISSILE_SERVO.DAT, 518
J MISSILE_STRUCT.DAT, 515
MKAERO1, 119
jset, 29 example, 358
MKAERO2, 119
MODACC, 158
K Modal damping matrix, 69
Flutter analysis Modal mass matrix, 69
Kmethod, 65, 69 Modal stiffness matrix, 69
Kmethod, 69, 373 MODERS, 158
Flutter analysis Multidisciplinary analysis, 124
KEmethod, 65, 71 Multiple flutter subcases, 10
KEmethod, 71, 397 example, 344
L N
Lagrange multiplier method, 599, 627 NINT
Large mass method, 223 example, 297
Lateral stability derivatives, 209 NSB
LFREQ, 119 example, 297
Linear splines, 41 NVALUE, 120
rigid arms, 50
LINT
example, 297 O
LMODES, 119 OPPH, 158
Main Index
INDEX 859
Main Index
860 INDEX
Main Index
INDEX 861
U
UHVT, 178
Unsymmetric maneuvers, 263
URDD3, 115
URDD5, 115
V
Vg curves, 71, 147
VDR1, 158
Main Index
862 INDEX
Main Index